Függelék:Sanskrit-English/p2



pul

  1. pul 1. 6. 10. P. polati, pulati, polayati, to be great or large or high, to be piled or heaped up Dhātup. xx, 11
  2. xxxii, 61

pula

  1. pula mfn. extended, wide L
  2. m. horripilation ( See under pulaka) L
  3. N. of an attendant of Siva L
  4. (ā), f. the soft palate or uvula L
  5. N. of a partic. pace of horses Śiś. v, 60. Sch
  6. (ī), f. a bunch ( See tṛṇa-pulī)
  7. n. size, extent L

pulakeśin

  1. ○keśin and m. N. of princes L

pulakeśivallabha

  1. ○keśi-vallabha m. N. of princes L

pulaka

  1. pulaka m. a species of edible plant MBh
  2. a species of tree L
  3. (pl.) erection or bristling of the hairs of the body (considered to be occasioned by delight or rapture rather than by fear) Kāv. Pur. (also n. but mostly occurring ibc. and ifc. with f. ā)
  4. a bunch ( See tṛṇa-p○)
  5. a kind of stone or gem Var
  6. flaw or defect in a gem L
  7. a kind of insect or vermin L
  8. a cake of meal with which elephants are fed L
  9. orpiment L
  10. a Gandharva L
  11. = asurājī (?) L
  12. N. of a prince VP
  13. of a Nāga L
  14. n. a species of earth L
  15. horripilation (cf. above)
  16. ○kâkulâkṛti mfn. 'having the frame excited by bristling hair', thrilled with joy MW
  17. ○kâṅkita-savâṅga mf(ī)n. having the whole body covered with bristling hair Pañc
  18. ○kâṅkura m. (sprout of) bristling hair Gīt
  19. ○kâṅga m. the noose or cord of Varuṇa L
  20. ○kâcita mfn. covered with bristling hair Śak. (Pi.) iii, 12 (v. l. ○kâncita)
  21. ○kâlaya m. N. of Kubera L
  22. ○kôkampa mfn. trembling with a thrill of delight Kathās
  23. ○kâdgama m. erection of the hair Bhartṛ
  24. ○kâddhūṣita-śarīra (B. dhṛṣita-ś○), mfn. having she body covered with erected hairs Pañc
  25. ○kâdbheda, m.= ○kâdgama Bhartṛ

pulakaya

  1. pulaḍkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to have or feel the hair of the body erect (with rapture or delight) Gīt

pulakita

  1. pulaḍkita mfn. having the hair of the bṭbristling erect, thrilled with joy Kāv. Pañc. Hit
  2. -sarvâṅga mf(ī)n. having the whole bristling covered with bristling hair Pañc

pulakin

  1. pulaḍkin mfn. = ○kita W
  2. m. Nauclea Cordifolia L

pulakīkṛta

  1. pulaḍkī-kṛta mfn. ○kita BhP

pulasa

  1. pulasa mfn. g. tṛṇâdi

pulasti

  1. pulastí mfn. (perhaps fr. pulas for puras
  2. but according to Uṇ. iv, 179 Sch. fr. pula and √3. as) wearing the hair straight or smooth VS
  3. m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

pulastya

  1. pulasḍtya m. N. of an ancient Ṛishi (one of the mind-born sons of Brahmā
  2. also enumerated among the Prajā-patis and seven sages, and described as a lawgiver) AV. Pariś. Pravar. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW. 517, n. 1)
  3. N. of Śiva Śivag
  4. -siddhânta m. -smṛti f. ○tyâṣṭaka n. N. of wks

pulaha

  1. pulaha m. (pula + √2. hā) N. of an ancient Ṛishi (one of the mind-born sons of Brahmā enumerated among the Prajā-patis and seven sages) AV.Pariś. Pravar. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW: 517, n. 1)
  2. N. of a star Hariv
  3. N. of Śivi Śivag
  4. ○hâśrama m. N. of a hermitage BhP. (= harikṣetra Sch.)

pulāka

  1. pulāka m. n. shrivelled or blighted or empty or bad grain Mn. MBh. &c
  2. a partic. species of grain L
  3. a lump of boiled rice L. (○kâdaka n. rice-water Suśr.)
  4. brevity, abbreviation, compendium L
  5. celerity, dispatch (-kārin mfn. making haste, hastening) L

pulākin

  1. pulāḍkin m. a tree L

pulānikā

  1. pulānikā f. (prob.) induration of the skin Suśr

pulāyita

  1. pulāyita n. a horse's gallop L. (cf. ardha-p○)

pulina

  1. pulina m. n. (g. ardarcâdi) a sandbank, a small island or bank in the middle of a river, an islet, a sandy beach (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. the bank of a river (= tīra) Ragh. Sch
  3. m. N. of a mythical being conquered by Garuḍa MBh
  4. of a poet Cat

pulinajaghanā

  1. ○jaghanā f. having sandbanks for hips (said of the Gambhtrā river personified as a female) Megh

pulinadvīpaśobhita

  1. ○dvīpa-śobhita mfn. beautified by shoals and islets MW

pulinapradeśa

  1. ○pradeśa m. situation or place of an island Kathās

pulinamaṇḍita

  1. ○maṇḍita mfn. adorned with sandbanks or islets R

pulinavatī

  1. ○vatī f. (prob.) N. of a river, g. ajirâdi

pulinda

  1. pulinda m. pl. (Uṇ. iv, 85) N. of a barbarous tribe AitBr. MBh. &c
  2. (sg.) a man or the king of this tribe
  3. a barbarian, mountaineer MBh. Kathās
  4. N. of a king BhP
  5. the mast or rib of a ship (= polinda) L
  6. (ā), f. N. nf a serpent-maid Kāraṇḍ
  7. (ī), f. a Pulinda woman BhP
  8. (in music), N. of a Rāga

pulinduka

  1. pulinḍduka m. pl. N. of a barbarous tribe (= pulinda) MBh
  2. (sg.) N. of a king of the Pulinda and Śabara and Bhilla Kathās. [Page 638, Column]
  3. of a son of Ārdraka VP
  4. (ikā), f. (in music) = pulindī

pulika

  1. pulika m. N. of a man VP
  2. (ā), f. yellowish alum L

pulikeśin

  1. pulikeśin m. = pula-keśin Inscr

pulimat

  1. pulimat m. N. of a man VP. (cf. pulomat)

pulirika

  1. pulirika m. a snake L

pulilśa

  1. pulilśa m.= Paulus (Alexanndrinus), N. of the author of a Siddhanta (also ○śâcārya) VarBṛS. Sch

pulīkoya

  1. pulīkoya m. a partic. aquatic animal MaitrS. (cf. kulikaya, kulipaya and purīkaya)

pulīkā

  1. pulī́kā f. a species of bird MaitrS. (cf. kulīkā)

pulītat

  1. pulītát n. = purītat MaitrS

pulu

  1. pulu mfn. = puru in comp

pulukāma

  1. ○kā́ma mfn. having many desires, covetous RV. i, 179, 5

pulvagha

  1. pulv-aghá mfn. doing much evil ib. x, 86, 21

puluṣa

  1. puluṣa m. N. of a man (cf. pauluṣi)

puloma

  1. puloma m. (m.c.) = puloman R
  2. (ā), f. N. of a daughter of the demon Vaiśvānara (she was loved by the demon Puloman, but became the wife of Bhṛigu or Kaśyapa) MBh. Hariv. Pur
  3. Acorus Calamus (= vacā) L

puloma

  1. puloma in comp. for ○man

pulomajā

  1. ○jā f. 'daughter of Puloman', N. of Indrāṇi Prasannar

pulomajit

  1. ○jit m. conqueror of Prasannar., N. of Indra Cat

pulomatanayā

  1. ○tanayā f. = -ja Gal

pulomadviṣ

  1. ○dviṣ m. 'enemy of Prasannar., N. of Indra L

pulomaniṣūdana

  1. ○niṣūdana (Gal.),

pulomabhid

  1. ○bhid (L.), m. 'destroyer of PṭPrasannar., N. of Indra (who destroyed his father-in-law PṭPrasannar. in order to avert his imprecation consequent on the violation of his daughter)

pulomāri

  1. pulomâri m. = ○ma-dvith, Kāvyśd

pulomārcis

  1. pulomârcis m. 'having the lustre of PṭPrasannar., N. of a prince VP

pulomāvi

  1. pulomâvi m. (prob.) wṛ. for ○mâri ib

puloman

  1. puloman m. N. of a demon (the father-in-law of Indra by whom he was destroyed) MBh. Hariv. Pur
  2. of a prince VP

pulomat

  1. pulomat m. N. of two princes VP. (cf. pulimat)

pulomahī

  1. pulomahī f. opium L

pulkaka

  1. púlkaka See púklaka and next MaitrS

pulkasa

  1. pulkasa m. (ī f.) N. of a despised mixed tribe Gaut. MBh. (also ○kaka BhP
  2. cf. paulkasá and pukkaśa)

pulya

  1. pulya mfn., g. balâdi

pulla

  1. pulla mfn. expanded, blown L
  2. n. a flower L. (prob. wṛ. for phulla)

pulvagha

  1. pulvaghá mfn. See pulu

puṣ

  1. puṣ cl. 4. P. puṣyati, to divide, distribute Dhātup. xxvi, 106 (vḷ. for vyuṣ, q.v.)

puṣ

  1. puṣ cl. 1. P. (Dhātup: xvii, 50) poṣati (trans.), only Nir. x, 34 ; cl. 4. P. (Dhātup. xxvi, 73) púṣyati (trans. and intrans. ; m.c. also A. ○te) RV. &c. &c. ; cl. 9. P. (Dhātup. xxxi, 57) puṣṇāti (trans.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (pf. pupóṣa, pupuṣyās RV. ; aor. apuṣat or apoṣīt Gr. ; Pot. puṣeyam, RY. ; Prec. puṣyāsam, ○sma Br. ; fut. poṣiṣyati, pokṣyati ;poṣitā, poṣṭā Gr. ; Pass. puṣyate Kāv. ; sor. apoṣi Gr. ; inf. puṣyáse RV.), to be nourished (with instr., e.g. bhāryayā MBh. xiii, 4569), to thrive, flourish, prosper (also with póṣam, puṣṭim or vṛddhim) RV. AV. VS. ŚBr. (rarely in later language, e.g. MBh. see above, and sometimes in Bhiṭṭ., where also 3 sg. puṣyati-tarām)
  2. to cause to thrive or prosper, nourish, foster, augment, increase, further, promote, fulfil (e.g. a wish), develop, unfold, display, gain, obtain, enjoy, possess RV. &c. &c.: Caus. poskáyati (aor. apūpuṣat Gr.), to rear, nourish, feed, cause to thrive or prosper RV. &c. &c
  3. to cause to be reared or fed by (instr.) Śak.: Desid. pupoṣiṣati, pupuṣithati, pupukṣati Gr.: Intens. popuṣyate, popoṣṭi ib

puṣ

  1. puṣ mfn. (ifc.) nourishing, causing to thrive (cf. vitva-p○) showing, displaying Śiś. x, 32. [Page 638, Column]

puṣa

  1. puṣa mfn. (ifc.) nourishing, cherishing (cf. graha-p○)
  2. m. N. of a teacher Cat
  3. (ā), f. Methonica Superba L

puṣita

  1. puṣita mfn. nourished, nurtured (= puṣṭa) W

puṣka

  1. puṣka a word formed for the explanation of puṣkala g. sidhmâdi (perhaps also underlying the formation of puṣkara, puṣpa and puṣka-jit
  2. cf. pauṣka-jiti)

puṣkara

  1. púṣkara n. (rather fr. puṣka + ra than fr. puṣ + kara
  2. but Uṇ. iv, 4) a blue lotus-flower, a lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum or Nymphaea Nelumbo (ifc. f. ā) AV. &c. &c. (met. 'the heart' MBh. v, 1790)
  3. the bowl of a spoon (ifc. f. ā) RV. Br. GṛŚrS
  4. the skin of a drum Kālid
  5. the tip of an elephant's trunk Var
  6. water ŚBr
  7. the sky, heaven Prab. (of Naigh. i, 3)
  8. a night of new moon falling on a Monday or Tuesday or Saturday Hcat
  9. an arrow L
  10. the blade or the sheath of a sword L
  11. a cage L
  12. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
  13. a part L
  14. the art of dancing L
  15. union L
  16. war, battle L
  17. intoxication L
  18. N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage (now called Pokhar in the district of Ajmere, RTL. 558) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. (also pl
  19. according to Vishṇ. Sch. there are three, viz. jyeṣṭha, madhyama and kaniṣṭha)
  20. m. n. = -dviipa MBh. Pur
  21. = brahmâṇḍa Nīlak
  22. (with Jainas) one of the 5 Bhārata L
  23. m. Ardea Sibirica Pañc
  24. (in astrol.) an inauspicious Yoga, an ill-omened combination of a lucky lunation with an unlucky day, 3/4 of a lunar mansion W
  25. a kind of drum MBh
  26. a kind of serpent L
  27. the sun L
  28. a pond, lake L
  29. a kind of disease L
  30. the regent of Pokhar-dvipa (below) MārkP
  31. N. of Kṛishṇa MBh
  32. of Śiva Śivag
  33. of a son of Varuṇa MBh. Pur
  34. of a general of the sons and grandsons of Varuṇa L
  35. of an Asura Hariv
  36. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
  37. of a Buddha Lalit
  38. of a prince (the brother of Nala) Nal
  39. of a son of Bharata VP
  40. of Su-nakshatra BhP
  41. of a son of Vṛika and Dūrvâkshi ib
  42. of an author Cat
  43. of a mountain in Pokhar-dvipa MBh
  44. m. pl. N. of a class of clouds said to occasion dearth and famine L. (cf. puṣkarâvartaka)
  45. of the inhabtants of Kuśa-dvipa corresponding to Brihmans VP
  46. of the lunar mansions Punar-vasu, Uttarashādhā, Kṛittikā, Uttara-phagūnī, Pūrva-bhādrapadā and Viśākhā collectively L
  47. (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi) N. of one of the 8 wives of Śiva Cat. (perhaps wṛ. for puṣkasī i.e. pulkasī)

puṣkarakarṇikā

  1. ○karṇikā f. the finger on the tip of an elephant's trunk Gal

puṣkarakalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. N. of wk

puṣkaracūḍa

  1. ○cūḍa m. 'lotus-crested', N. of one of the 4 elephants that support the earth BhP

puṣkaraja

  1. ○ja n. 'lotus-born', N. of the √of Costus Speciosus L

puṣkaratīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place L

puṣkaradvīpa

  1. ○dvīpa m. N. of a Dvipa or great division of the earth L

puṣkaranāḍī

  1. ○nāḍī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

puṣkaranābha

  1. ○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu BhP

puṣkarapattra

  1. ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. Bhartṛ
  2. -netra mfn. having eyes like lotus. leaves Ragh

puṣkaraparṇa

  1. ○parṇá n. a lotus-petal and a kind of brick named after it AV. ŚBr. &c
  2. ○ṇikā or ○ṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

puṣkarapalāśa

  1. ○palāśa n. = -parṇa Lāṭy

puṣkarapurāṇa

  1. ○purāṇa n. N. of a Purāṇa

puṣkaraprādurbhāva

  1. ○prādurbhāva m. N. of wk

puṣkarapriya

  1. ○priya m. or n. wax L

puṣkarabīja

  1. ○bīja n. lotus-seed Mṛicch. Suśr
  2. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

puṣkaramālin

  1. ○mālin m. 'wearing a lotus-wreath', N. of a man MārkP

puṣkaramāhātmya

  1. ○māhātmya n. N. of wk

puṣkaramukha

  1. ○mukha n. the aperture of the tip of an elephant's trunk Śiś
  2. mf(ī)n. (a vessel) having a mouth like the tip of an elṭelephant's trunk, Āryav

puṣkaramūla

  1. ○mūla (Bhpr.),

puṣkaramūlaka

  1. ○mūḍlaka (L.), n. the √of Costus Speciosus or Arabicus

puṣkaravana

  1. ○vana n. the forest in the Tirtha Pushkara TBr. Sch
  2. -prādur-bhāva m. -māhātmya n. N. of wks

puṣkaravyāghra

  1. ○vyāghra m. 'water-tiger', an alligator L

puṣkaraśāyikā

  1. ○śāyikā f. a species of aquatic bird Suśr

puṣkaraśikā

  1. ○śikā (prob.) wṛ. for next

puṣkaraśikhā

  1. ○śikhā or f. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

puṣkaraśiphā

  1. ○śiphā f. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

puṣkarasad

  1. ○sad m. N. of a man
  2. pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi

puṣkarasāgara

  1. ○sāgara m. or n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

puṣkarasāda

  1. ○sādá m. a species of bird (according to TS. Sch. = puṣkarasarpa or bhramara)

puṣkarasādi

  1. ○sādi m. N. of a teacher Āpast. (prob. wṛ. for pauṣkarasādi)

puṣkarasādin

  1. ○sādin m. = -sāda, Mahrdh

puṣkarasārin

  1. ○sārin m. wṛ. for pauṣkarasādi

puṣkarasārī

  1. ○sārī f. 'having the essence of the lotus', a kind of writing Lalit

puṣkarasthapati

  1. ○sthapati m. N. of Śiva MBh. (= brahmâṇḍasya svāmī Nīlak.)

puṣkarasraj

  1. ○sraj f. a lotus-wreath, T3āṇḍBr
  2. (pú○), mfn. wearing a lotus-wrṭwreath RV. AV. ŚBr
  3. m. du. N. of the two Aśvins L

puṣkarākṣa

  1. puṣkarâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus. eyed MBh
  2. m. N. of Vishṇu L
  3. of a man BrahmaP. [Page 639, Column]
  4. of a prince Ratnâv
  5. of a poet Cat

puṣkarākhya

  1. puṣkarâkhya m. Ardea Sibirica L

puṣkarāgra

  1. puṣkarâgra n. the tip or extremity of an elephant's trunk Pañc

puṣkarāṅghrija

  1. puṣkarâṅghrija m. or n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

puṣkarācchādikā

  1. puṣkarâcchādikā f. a species of bird Gal

puṣkarāraṇya

  1. puṣkarâraṇya n. = puṣkara-vana MBh

puṣkarāruṇi

  1. puṣkarâruṇi m. N. of a prince BhP

puṣkarāvatī

  1. puṣkarā-vatī f. 'abounding in lotuses', N. of a town (= the ? ? of the ancients and the Pousekielofati of Hiouen-Thsang) R. Kathās. Pur. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 Sch.)
  2. a form of Dākshāyaṇi MatsyaP

puṣkarāvartaka

  1. puṣkarâvartaka m. N. of a partic. class of clouds Kālid. (cf. puṣkalâv○)

puṣkarāṣṭaka

  1. puṣkarâṣṭaka n. N. of wk

puṣkarāhva

  1. puṣkarâhva (Car.),

puṣkarāhvaya

  1. puṣkarâḍhvaya (L.), m. Ardea Sibirica
  2. ī. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus. 1

puṣkarekṣaṇa

  1. puṣkarêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-eyed
  2. m. (with puruṣa), N. of Vishṇu R. 2

puṣkarekṣaṇa

  1. puṣkarekṣaṇa mfn. being for a moment in the sky MW

puṣkaroddhṛta

  1. puṣkarôddhṛta mfn. raised with the extremity of the trunk ib

puṣkarāya

  1. puṣkarāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to act as or represent a drum Daśar

puṣkarikā

  1. puṣkarikā f. a kind of disease (formation of abscesses on the penis) Suśr
  2. N. of a woman Daś

puṣkarin

  1. puṣkarin mfn. abounding in lotuses R
  2. m. an elephant Dhūrtan
  3. a sword Gal
  4. N. of a prince (= puṣkarâruṇi) VP
  5. (íṇī), f. a lotus pool, any pool or pond RV. &c. &c
  6. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
  7. Hibiscus Mutabilis L
  8. a female elephant L
  9. N. of a river ŚivaP
  10. of the wife of Bhumanyn MBh
  11. of the wife of Cākshusha and mother of Manu Hariv
  12. of the mother of Manu Cākshusha VP
  13. of the wife of Vyushṭa and mother of Cakshus and grandmṭmother of Manu BhP
  14. of the wife of Ulmuka ib
  15. of a temple in Maru or Marwar Buddh

puṣkala

  1. puṣkalá mf(ā)n. (cf. puṣka) much, many, numerous, copious, abundant MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. rich, magnificent, full, complete, strong, powerful, excellent, best AV. &c. &c
  3. loud, resonant, resounding MBh. Hariv. Pur
  4. purified L
  5. m. (vḷ. ○kara) a kind of drum MBh
  6. (in music) a Partic. stringed instrument
  7. N. of Śiva Śivag
  8. of a son of Varuṇa L
  9. of an Asura Hariv
  10. of a Ṛishi Cat
  11. of a son of Bharata R
  12. of a Buddha Lalit
  13. of a Tirtha (rather n.) L
  14. pl. N. of, people MārkP
  15. of the military caste in Kuśadvipa VP
  16. (ī), f. g. gaurâdi
  17. n. (ifc. f. ā) the bowl of a spoon Gṛihyās. (vḷ. ○kara)
  18. a partic. measure of capacity (= 8 Kuñcis = 64 handfuls) ĀpŚr. Sch
  19. a partic. weight of gold KātyŚr. Sch
  20. alms to the exient of 4 mouthfuls of food W (rather m.) N. of mount Meru L

puṣkalamocana

  1. ○mocana n

puṣkalavijaya

  1. ○vijaya m. N. of chs. of PadmaP

puṣkalāvata

  1. puṣkalāvata m. an inhabitant of Pushkalā-vati Var. (also ○taka)
  2. N. of an ancient physician (vḷ. pauṣk○) Cat
  3. n. N. of the residence of Pushkala (son of Bharata) R
  4. (ī), f. N. of a city (= puṣkarā-vatī)

puṣkāavarta

  1. puṣkā́âvarta m. (prob.) = next
  2. -mâhātmya n. N. of wk

puṣkalāvartaka

  1. puṣkalâvartaka m. N. of a partic. class of clouds (= puṣkarâv○), Mallin. on Śiś. xv, 107

puṣkalaka

  1. puṣkalaka m. the musk-deer L
  2. a post, wedge, pin, bolt L
  3. a Buddhist or Jaina mendicant L. (wṛ. puṣalaka)

puṣṭa

  1. puṣṭá mfn. nourished, cherished, well-fed, thriving, strong, fat, full, complete, perfect, abundant, rich, great, ample Mn. MBh. &c
  2. rich in, blessed with (instr.) Daś
  3. full-sounding, loud Hariv
  4. burnt W. (wṛ. for pluṣṭa?)
  5. incubated, brooded over MW
  6. n. growth, increase, gain, acquisition, wealth, property (esp. of children or cattle) RV. VS. AV

puṣṭatā

  1. ○tā f

puṣṭatva

  1. ○tva n. the being well-fed, a prosperous or thriving condition MW

puṣṭapati

  1. ○páti m. the lord of prosperity or welfire AV

puṣṭavipuṣṭa

  1. ○vipuṣṭa m. du. the well-fed and the ill-fed Pañc

puṣṭāṅga

  1. puṣṭâṅga mf(ī)n. fat-limbed, well-fed, fat Hit

puṣṭārtha

  1. puṣṭârtha mfn. having a complete sense, fully intelligible (a-p○) Sāh

puṣṭāvat

  1. puṣṭā́-vat mfn. breeding or rearing cattle RV

puṣṭi

  1. púṣṭi (or puṣṭi, esp. RV.), f. well-nourished condition, fatness, plumpness, growth, increase, thriving, prosperity, wealth, opulence, comfort RV. &c. &c
  2. breeding, rearing (esp. of cattle
  3. also with paśoḥ) RV. TS. ŚBr
  4. development, fulness, completeness Sāh
  5. N. of a partic. ceremony performed for the attainment of welfare or prosperity Cat
  6. N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. Hariv. Pur. [Page 639, Column]
  7. of the mother of Lobha, MārkP
  8. of a daughter of Dhruva VP
  9. of a daughter of Paurṇamāsa ib
  10. of a Śakti Hcat
  11. one of the 16 Mātṛikās or divine mothers L
  12. of a Kalā of the moon BrahmaP
  13. of a Kalā of Prakṛiti and wife of Gaṇêśa BrahmaP
  14. of a form of Dakshāyanī MatsyaP
  15. of a form of Sarasvatī W
  16. Physalis Flexuosa L

puṣṭikara

  1. ○kara mf(ī)n. nourishing, causing to thrive or grow Var. Suśr. MārkP

puṣṭikarman

  1. ○karman n. a religious ceremony performed for the attainment of prosperity GṛŚrS. MBh
  2. n. a verse or formula relating to this cerṭceremony Kauś

puṣṭikānta

  1. ○kānta m. 'beloved of Pushṭi.' N. of Ganêśa L

puṣṭikāma

  1. ○kāma (pú○), mfn. wishing for prṭprosperity AV. &c. &c

puṣṭigu

  1. ○gu (○pú○), m. N. of a man (said to be a Kānva and author of RV. viii, 51, 1)

puṣṭida

  1. ○da mfn. yielding or causing prṭprosperity, nourishing, cherishing Hariv. Var. Suśr
  2. m. pl. N. of a class of Pitṛis MārkP
  3. (ā), f. N. of a drug (= vṛddhi) L
  4. Physalis Flexuosa L

puṣṭidāvan

  1. ○dāvan mf(arī)n. = -da mfn. Kauś

puṣṭipati

  1. ○páti m. the lord of prṭprosperity or welfare TS. Br. GṛŚrS

puṣṭipravāhamaryādābheda

  1. ○pravāha-maryādā-bheda m. N. of wk
  2. -vivaraṇa n. N. of Comm. on it

puṣṭimat

  1. ○mát mfn. thriving, abundant, prosperous, well off RV. &c. &c
  2. containing the word puṣṭi or any other derivative of √2. puṣ ŚBr. ŚrS
  3. m. N. of a prince VP

puṣṭimati

  1. ○mati m. N. of an Agni MBh

puṣṭimārga

  1. ○mārga m. 'the way of well-being', N. of the doctrine of a Vaishṇava sect founded by Vallabhâcārya RTL. 134

puṣṭimbhara

  1. ○m-bhará mfn. bringing prosperity (said of Pūshan) RV

puṣṭilīlāṭīkā

  1. ○līlā-ṭīkā f. N. of wk

puṣṭivardhana

  1. ○várdhana mfn. increasing prṭprosperity or welfare RV. &c. &c
  2. m. a cock L

puṣṭiśrāddha

  1. ○śrāddha n. N. of a partic. Śrāddha VP

puṣṭicchu

  1. puṣṭicchu mfn. desirous of prosperity or welfare KātyŚr

puṣṭika

  1. puṣṭika m. N. of a poet Cat
  2. (ā), f. a bivalve shell, an oyster (prob. wṛ. for puṭikā)

puṣṭyartha

  1. puṣṭy-artha n. N. of a Śrāddha ('for health and well-being of body') RTL. 305

puṣpa

  1. púṣpa n. (for puṣka?) a flower, blossom (ifc. f. ā, in names of plants oftener ī
  2. Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 1) AV. &c. &c
  3. the menstrual flux Suśr
  4. a partic. disease of the eye, albugo Suśr
  5. a spot on the nails and teeth Car
  6. (in dram.) gallantry, politeness, declaration of love Daśar. Sāh. Pratāp
  7. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy
  8. of a book, Divyâiv
  9. a kind of perfume L
  10. the vehicle of Kubera L
  11. blooming, expanding L
  12. m. a topaz R
  13. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
  14. of a son of Ślisṭi Hariv
  15. of a son of Śaṅkha ib. (C. puṣya)
  16. of a Bodhi-sattva(?) Lalit
  17. of a mountain, MārkP
  18. of a book (prob. = puṣpa-sūtra), Divyáv
  19. (ā), f. N. of the town Campā L

puṣpakaraṇḍa

  1. ○karaṇḍa or n. flower-basket', N. of a grove near Avanti or Oujein (also ○dâdyāna n. Mṛicch.)

puṣpakaraṇḍaka

  1. ○karaṇḍḍaka n. flower-basket', N. of a grove near Avanti or Oujein (also ○dâdyāna n. Mṛicch.)

puṣpakaraṇḍinī

  1. ○karaṇḍinī f. N. of Onjein (cf. prec.) L

puṣpakarṇa

  1. ○kárṇa mfn. having a flower(-shaped mole) in the ear TS

puṣpakāra

  1. ○kāra m. N. of the author of the Pushpa-sūtra L

puṣpakāla

  1. ○kāla m. 'flower-time', the spring Var
  2. the time of the menses Suśr

puṣpakāsīsa

  1. ○kāsīsa (Suśr.),

puṣpakāsīsaka

  1. ○kāsīḍsaka (L.), n. green or black sulphate of iron

puṣpakīṭa

  1. ○kīṭa m. 'flower-insect', a large bee L

puṣpaketana

  1. ○ketana m. 'characterized by flower', the god of love L

puṣpaketu

  1. ○ketu m. id. MBh
  2. vitriol used as a collyrium Caurap
  3. calx of brass W
  4. N. of a Buddha L
  5. of a prince of Pushpa-bhidra HPariś

puṣpagaṇḍikā

  1. ○gaṇḍikā f. N. of a kind of farce in which men act as women and women as men Bhar. Sāh. ('contrary purpose or effort of man and woman' W.)

puṣpagiri

  1. ○giri m., flower-mountain', N. of a mythical mountain (the favourite resort of Varuṇa) W

puṣpagṛha

  1. ○gṛha n. 'flower-house', a conservatory R

puṣpagranthana

  1. ○granthana n. wearing a wreath or garland of flower Vet

puṣpaghātaka

  1. ○ghātaka m. flower-destroyer, the bamboo (whose stem is said to decay after the plant has flowered) L

puṣpacaya

  1. ○caya m. a quantity of flower W
  2. gathering flower ib

puṣpacāpa

  1. ○cāpa m. a bow of flower, the bow of the god of love Kālid
  2. the god of love Kathās

puṣpacāmara

  1. ○cāmara m. having flower for a chowrie', Artemisia Indica or Pandanus Odoratissimus L

puṣpacintāmaṇi

  1. ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

puṣpacūla

  1. ○cūla m. 'flower-crested', N. of a man HPariś
  2. (ā), f. N. of a woman ib

puṣpaja

  1. ○ja mfn. 'flower-born', derived or coming from f. (-jaṃ rajaḥ, pollen Sāh.)
  2. m. the juice of flower s L
  3. (ā), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountains MārkP

puṣpajāti

  1. ○jāti f. flower-born', N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountains VP

puṣpada

  1. ○da m. 'flower-giving', a tree L

puṣpadaṃṣṭra

  1. ○daṃṣṭra m. 'having flower for fangs, N. of a serpent-demon MBh

puṣpadanta

  1. ○danta m. 'flower-toothed', N. of Śiva R
  2. of an attendant of Śiva MBh
  3. of an attendant of Vishṇu. BhP. [Page 639, Column]
  4. (also -ka) of a Gandharva (author of the Mahimna? Stava?) Cat
  5. of a Vidyā-dhara L
  6. of a serpent-demon L
  7. (with Jainas) of the 9th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī
  8. of a partic. being Hcat
  9. of the elephant of the northvest quarter ib
  10. of the mountain Śatruṃ-jaya Śatr
  11. (du.) sun and moon ib
  12. (ī), f. N. of a Rākshasī Buddh
  13. n. N. of a temple Kathās
  14. of a palace Buddh
  15. of a gate Hariv
  16. -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha SkandaP
  17. -bhid m. N. of Śiva L. (prob. wṛ. for pūṣa-danta-bhid)
  18. -vat mfn. one who has flowered teeth Hcat
  19. ○tânvaya, in an elephant with partic. marks (descended from the race of Pushpa-danta) Gal

puṣpadāman

  1. ○dāman n. a garland of flower, Śiṅgār
  2. a kind of metre Col

puṣpadrava

  1. ○drava m. the juice of flower L
  2. an infusion of flower (as rosewiter &c.) L

puṣpadruma

  1. ○druma m. a tree which bears flower
  2. -kusumita-mukuṭa m. 'having a flowery diadem like a tree in bloom', N. of a Gandharvarāja L

puṣpadha

  1. ○dha m. the offspring of an out-caste Brāhman Mn. x, 21

puṣpadhanus

  1. ○dhanus and m. 'armed with a bow of flower', N. of the god of love Kāv

puṣpadhanvan

  1. ○dhanvan m. 'armed with a bow of flower', N. of the god of love Kāv

puṣpadhāraṇa

  1. ○dhāraṇa m. 'flower-bearer', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh

puṣpadhvaja

  1. ○dhvaja m. = -ketana L

puṣpanāṭaka

  1. ○nāṭaka m. v. l. for -baṭuka

puṣpanikara

  1. ○nikara m. throwing flower W
  2. a multitude of flower MW

puṣpanikṣa

  1. ○nikṣa m. 'flower-kissing', a bee L

puṣpaniryāsa

  1. ○niryāsa and m. exudation or juice of flower L

puṣpaniryāsaka

  1. ○niryāḍsaka m. exudation or juice of flower L

puṣpanetra

  1. ○netra n. 'flower-tube', a kind of catheter Suśr

puṣpaṃdhaya

  1. ○ṃ-dhaya m. 'flower-sucking', a bee L

puṣpanyāsa

  1. ○nyāsa m. an offering of flower W

puṣpapaṭa

  1. ○paṭa m.flowered cloth Mṛicch. Sch

puṣpapattra

  1. ○pattra m. 'flower-feathered', a kind of arrow L

puṣpapattrin

  1. ○pattrin mfn. having flower for arrows (said of the bow of Kāma-deva) W

puṣpapatha

  1. ○patha m. (L.),

puṣpapadavī

  1. ○padavī f. (Hāsy.) 'course of the menses', the vulva

puṣpapāṇḍu

  1. ○pāṇḍu m. a species of serpent Suśr

puṣpapuṭa

  1. ○puṭa m. a cup or bag filled with flower L
  2. the hands arranged in the shape of the calyx of a flower Cat
  3. (in music) a partic. position in dancing

puṣpapura

  1. ○pura n. (Ragh. &c.),

puṣpapurī

  1. ○purī f. (Daś.) N. of the city Pāṭali-putra or Palibothra

puṣpapeśala

  1. ○peśala mfn. as delicate, as flower Kathās

puṣpapracaya

  1. ○pracaya m. plucking flower (to steal them) Pāṇ. 3-3, 60

puṣpapracāya

  1. ○pracāya m. plucking or gathering flower ib
  2. ○yikā f. id. Uṇ. ii, 32 Sch. (tava puṣpa-pracāyika, it is thy turn to gather flower Pāṇ. 6-2, 74, Scb.) -1

puṣpaphala

  1. ○phala m. Feronia Elephantum L
  2. Benincasa Cerifera L. -2

puṣpaphala

  1. ○phala n. flower and fruits MBh
  2. -druma m. pl. trees bearing flower and fruits Ragh
  3. -vat mfn. bearing flower and fruits Suśr

puṣpabaṭuka

  1. ○baṭuka m. a courtier, gallant Cat. (vḷ. -nāṭaka)

puṣpabali

  1. ○bali m. an oblation of flower MārkP

puṣpabāṇa

  1. ○bāṇa m. flower-arrowed', the god of love
  2. -vilāsa m. N. of a poem (attributed to a certain Kālidāsa)

puṣpabhaṅga

  1. ○bhaṅga m. a festoon of flower ('treading on flower' Sch.) MW

puṣpabhadra

  1. ○bhadra m. beautiful with flower', a kind of pavilion with 62 columns Vāstuv
  2. N. of a man Mṛicch
  3. n. N. of a city HPariś
  4. (ā), f. N. of a river BhP

puṣpabhadraka

  1. ○bhadraka n. N. of a partic. wood BhP

puṣpabhava

  1. ○bhava mfn. being or contained in flower
  2. m. the nectar of flower W

puṣpabhājana

  1. ○bhājana n. a flower basket Śak

puṣpabhūti

  1. ○bhūti m. 'essence of flower', N. of a prince Hcar

puṣpabhūṣaṇa

  1. ○bhūṣaṇa n' 'ornament of flower', N. of a Nāṭaka Sāh

puṣpabhuṣita

  1. ○bhuṣita n. 'adorned with flower', N. of a Prakaraṇa ib

puṣpabherotsa

  1. ○bherôtsa (?), m. N. of a man Buddh

puṣpamañjarikā

  1. ○mañjarikā f. a species of creeper L. ('blue lotus' W.)

puṣpamaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of flower, flowery MBh. Kāv

puṣpamātham

  1. ○mātham ind. (with √math) to crush like a flower Bālar

puṣpamālā

  1. ○mālā f. a garland of flower R
  2. N. of a Dik-kanyā (s.v.) Pārśvan
  3. N. of a poem and of another wk. (on flower to be used or avoided in the worship of deities)
  4. ○la-kathā f. N. of wk. Pañcad
  5. ○lā-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of flower-garlands Hcat
  6. ○lin mfn. wearing a flower-gṭgarlands Jātakam

puṣpamās

  1. ○mās or m. flower -month', the spring R

puṣpamāsa

  1. ○māsa m. flower -month', the spring R

puṣpamitra

  1. ○mítra m. (vḷ. puṣya-m○) N. of a king (according to the Brāhmanical account, a general of the last Maurya dynasty and father of prince Agni-mitra, or according to Buddhists, a king, the successor of Pushyadharman) Mālav. Pur. Buddh. (cf IW. 167, n. 2)
  2. of another king VP
  3. -sabhā f. the court of king Pushyadharman Pāṇ. 1-1, 68 Vārtt. 7 Pat

puṣpamegha

  1. ○megha m. a cloud raining flower
  2. ○ghī-. √kṛ, to turn into a cloud raining flower Megh

puṣpayamaka

  1. ○yamaka n. a Yamaka (s.v.) of the final syllables of all lines of a stanza, e.g. Bhaṭṭ. x, 14

puṣparakta

  1. ○rakta mfn. red as a flower Megh
  2. dyed red with vegetable colour W
  3. m. Hibiscus Phoeuiceus L

puṣparacana

  1. ○racana n. making flower into a garland (one of the 64 arts or Kalās) Gal

puṣparajas

  1. ○rajas n. 'flower-dust', pollen
  2. (esp.) saffron L

puṣparatha

  1. ○ratha m. 'flower-chariot', a car for travelling or for pleasure R. Hcat. [Page 640, Column]

puṣparasa

  1. ○rasa (or ○sâhvaya), m. (having the name) flower-juice, the nectar or honey of flower L

puṣparāga

  1. ○rāga m. 'flower-hued', a topaz Var

puṣparāja

  1. ○rāja m. 'flower-king (?)', id. L

puṣpareṇu

  1. ○reṇu m. 'flower-dust', pollen Ragh

puṣparocana

  1. ○rocana m. Mesua Roxburghī L

puṣpalāva

  1. ○lāva m. a flower- gatherer or garland-maker (also ○vin) L
  2. (il), f. a female flower-gatherer Megh

puṣpalikṣa

  1. ○likṣa m. 'flower-licker', a bee W. (cf. -nikṣa)

puṣpalipi

  1. ○lipi f. 'flower-writing.' N. of a partic. style of writing Lalit

puṣpalih

  1. ○lih m. (nom. ṭ) a large black bee W

puṣpalīlā

  1. ○līlā f. 'flower-sport', N. (of a woman?) Cat. -1

puṣpavat

  1. ○vat (púṣpa-), mfn. having flower or decorated with flower, flowery, blooming RV. &c. &c
  2. m. N. of a Daitya MBh
  3. of a man Saṃskārak
  4. of a prince Hariv. Pur
  5. of a mountain in Kuś-dvipa MBh
  6. (du.) sun and moon Bālar. Gaṇit. (perhaps fr. -vanta)
  7. (ī), f. (a woman) having the menses L
  8. (a cow) longing for the bull BhP. Sch
  9. N. of a sacred bathing place MBh. -2

puṣpavat

  1. ○vat ind. like a flower Bhartṛ

puṣpavana

  1. ○vana n. N. of a mountain
  2. -māhātmya n. N. of wk

puṣpavartman

  1. ○vartman m. 'flower-path', N. of Dru-pada Hcar

puṣpavarṣa

  1. ○varṣa n. flower-rain', flower showered upon a hero on any great occasion Ragh. (also ○ṣaṇa MW.)
  2. m. N. of a mountain BhP

puṣpavahā

  1. ○vahā f. 'carrying flower', N. of a river ib

puṣpavāṭikā

  1. ○vāṭikā (Kuval.),

puṣpavāṭī

  1. ○vāṭī (Pañc.), f. a flower-garden

puṣpavāhana

  1. ○vāhana m. 'having a flowery car', N. of a king of Pushkara AgP

puṣpavāhinī

  1. ○vāhinī f. (= -vahā) N. of a river Hariv

puṣpavicitrā

  1. ○vicitrā f. N. of a metre L

puṣpaviśikha

  1. ○viśikha m. = -bāṇa Alaṃkārav

puṣpavṛkṣa

  1. ○vṛkṣa m. a tree bearing blossoms L

puṣpavṛṣṭi

  1. ○vṛṣṭi f. = -varṣa n. Ratnâv

puṣpaveṇī

  1. ○veṇī f. a chaplet or garland of flower R
  2. N. of a river MBh

puṣpasakaṭikā

  1. ○sakaṭikā f. a voice coming from heaven
  2. -nimitta-jñāna n. knowledge of the omens which result from heavenly voices (one of the 64 arts or Kalās) BhP. Sch

puṣpaśakaṭī

  1. ○śakaṭī f. (L.) and -jñāna n. (Gal.) = prec

puṣpaśakalin

  1. ○śakalin m. 'having flower-like scales', a kind of serpent Suśr

puṣpaśakuna

  1. ○śakuna m. 'flower-bird', Phasianus Gallus MBh. (v. l.)

puṣpaśayyā

  1. ○śayyā f. a couch of flower Śak

puṣpaśara

  1. ○śara m. = -bāṇa L
  2. ○râsana m. = -dhanus Vcar

puṣpaśilīmukha

  1. ○śilī-mukha m. = -bāṇa Prasannar

puṣpaśūnya

  1. ○śūnya m. 'flowerless', Ficus Glomerata L

puṣpaśekhara

  1. ○śekhara m. a garland of flower Kathās

puṣpaśrīgarbha

  1. ○śrī-garbha m. 'filled with the beauty of flower', N. of a Bodhi-sattva L

puṣpasamaya

  1. ○samaya m. 'flower-season', the spring L

puṣpasādhāraṇa

  1. ○sādhāraṇa m. 'common time for flower', id. L

puṣpasāyaka

  1. ○sāyaka m.= -bāṇa Dhirtas

puṣpasāra

  1. ○sāra m. the nectar or honey of flower L. (-sudhā-nidhi m. N. of wk.)
  2. (ā), f. holy basil BrahmaP

puṣpasitā

  1. ○sitā f. 'white like flower', a kind of sugar Bhpr

puṣpasūtra

  1. ○sūtra n. N. of a Sūtra work (ascribed to Gobhila or to Vara-ruci) on the change of Ṛiks into Sāmans
  2. -bhāṣya n. N. of Comm. on it

puṣpasaurabhā

  1. ○saurabhā f. 'smelling like flower', Methonica Superba L

puṣpasnāna

  1. ○snāna n. v. l. for puṣya-sn○

puṣpasraj

  1. ○sraj f. a garland of flower Kāv

puṣpasreda

  1. ○sreda m.= -sara L

puṣpahārin

  1. ○hārin mfn. stealing or taking away flower, Pāṇ. vi, 2, 79 Sch

puṣpahāsa

  1. ○hāsa m. 'smiling with flower', a flower-garden Hariv
  2. N. of Vishṇu ib
  3. of a man L
  4. (ā), f. a woman during menstruation L

puṣpahīna

  1. ○hīna mfn. flowerless, not flowering L
  2. (ā), f. a woman past child-bearing L
  3. Ficus Glomerata L

puṣpākara

  1. puṣpâkara mfn. rich in flower, flowery
  2. m. (with māsa) the flowery month, spring Vikr
  3. -deva m. N. of a poet Cat

puṣpāgama

  1. puṣpâgama m. 'flower-advent', the spring Ṛitus

puṣpāgra

  1. puṣpâgra n. flower-point', a pistil Vām

puṣpājīva

  1. puṣpâjīva and m. 'living by flower', a gardener, florist, garland-maker L

puṣpājīvin

  1. puṣpâjīḍvin m. 'living by flower', a gardener, florist, garland-maker L

puṣpāñjana

  1. puṣpâñjana n. calx of brass employed as a collyrium L

puṣpāñjali

  1. puṣpâñjali m. two handfuls of flower L
  2. N. of sev. wks. (also -stotra and ○lyaṣṭaka n.)
  3. mfn. presenting flower or a nosegay in both hands opened and hollowed W

puṣpāḍa

  1. puṣpâḍa and m. a kind of rice Gal

puṣpāḍaka

  1. puṣpâḍḍaka m. a kind of rice Gal

puṣpānana

  1. puṣpânana m. flower faced', N. of a Yaksha MBh

puṣpānauga

  1. puṣpânauga n. a powder promoting menstruation Car

puṣpāṅta

  1. puṣpâṅta mfn. perishing after the blossom (?) SāmavBr

puṣpāpaṇa

  1. puṣpâpaṇa m. a flower-market Pañcad

puṣpāpīḍa

  1. puṣpâpīḍa m. 'chaplet of flower', N. of a Gandharva Śukas

puṣpābbikīrṇa

  1. puṣpâbbikīrṇa mfn. strewed with flower Lalit
  2. m. a kind of spotted snake Suśr

puṣpābhiṣeka

  1. puṣpâbhiṣeka m. = ○pa-snāna Var

puṣpāmbu

  1. puṣpâmbu n. the honey or nectar of flower L

puṣpāmbhas

  1. puṣpâmbhas n. flower-water, N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh

puṣpāyudha

  1. puṣpâyudha m. 'flower armed', the god of love Kāv

puṣpārama

  1. puṣpâráma m. a flower-garden Kathās

puṣpārṇa

  1. puṣpârṇa m. 'flower-stream', N. of a son of Vatsara and Svar-viithi BhP

puṣpārpaṇa

  1. puṣpârpaṇa n. N. of wk. [Page 640, Column]

puṣpāvakīrṇa

  1. puṣpâvakīrṇa m. 'strewed with flower', N. of a prince of the Kiṃnaras Kāraṇḍ

puṣpāvacaya

  1. puṣpâvacaya m. gathering flower W. (cf. Vām. v, 2, 42)
  2. ○cāyikā f. the gathering of flower (a kind of play or sport) Cat
  3. ○cāyin m. gathering flower, a flower-gatherer W

puṣpāvat

  1. púṣpā-vat mfn. = 1. púṣpa-vat TS
  2. (ī), f. N. of a town Cat

[[]]

  1. puṣpāvalivanarājikusumitābhijña3puṣpâvali-vanarāji-kusumitâbhijña m. knowing the season of the flowering of the rows of flower and of the forest-trees', N. of a Buddha Lalit. (vḷ. puṣpa-bali-v○)

puṣpāśin

  1. puṣpâśin mfn. eating flower Vishṇ

puṣpāsava

  1. puṣpâsava m. a decoction of flower R. Ṛitus
  2. honey L

puṣpāsāra

  1. puṣpâsāra m. = ○pa-vṛṣṭi Megh

puṣpāstaraka

  1. puṣpâstaraka m. (Cat),

puṣpāstaraṇa

  1. puṣpâstaḍraṇa n. (BhP. Sch.) the art of strewing flower (one of the 64 Kalas)

puṣpāstra

  1. puṣpâstra m. = ○pâyudha L

puṣpāhara

  1. puṣpâhara mfn. one who takes or plucks flower W

puṣpāhvā

  1. puṣpâhvā f. Anethum Sowa L

puṣpeṣu

  1. puṣpêṣu m.= ○pa-bāṇa Kathās

puṣpotkaṭā

  1. puṣpôtkaṭā f. N. of a Rākshasi the mother of Rāvaṇa and Kumbha-karṇa) MBh

puṣpottara

  1. puṣpottara m. or n. (with Jainas) N. of a partic. heaven W

puṣpodakā

  1. puṣpôdakā f. 'having flower for water', N. of a river in the lower world MBh

puṣpodbhava

  1. puṣpôdbhava m. 'sprung from flower', N. of a man Daś

puṣpodyāna

  1. puṣpôdyāna n. a flower-garden MW

puṣpopagama

  1. puṣpôpagama mfn. bearing flower Vishṇ

puṣpopajīvin

  1. puṣpopajīvin m.= puṣpâjīvin R

puṣpaka

  1. puṣpaka m. a kind of serpent Suśr
  2. N. of a mountain MārkP
  3. (ikā), f. the tartar of the teeth L
  4. the mucus of the tongue. Gal
  5. the mucus of the glans penis or urethra L
  6. the last words of a chapter (which state the subject treated therein) L
  7. n. (rarely m.) N. of the self-moving aerial car of Kubera (also -vimāna, n
  8. it was carried off by the demon Rāvaṇa and constantly used by him till he was slain by Rāma-candra, who then employed the car to transport himself and Sītā back to Ayodhyā) MBh. R. &c
  9. N. of a forest Hariv
  10. calx of brass or green vitriol used as a collyrium L
  11. a bracelet (esp. one of jewels) L
  12. a small earthen fire-place or furnace on wheels L
  13. a cup or vessel of iron L
  14. a partic. disease of the eyes (albugo) L

puṣpāya

  1. puṣpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become a flower, Kularṇ

puṣpita

  1. puṣpita mf(ā)n. flowered, bearing flowers, blooming, in bloom MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. having marks like flowers, variegated, spotted, (said of bad teeth) Car
  3. exhaling an odour indicative of approaching death ib
  4. completely manifested, fully developed Kathās
  5. florid, flowery (as speech) Bhag
  6. m. N. of a Buddha Lalit
  7. (ā), f. a menstruous woman L

puṣpitapalāśapratima

  1. ○palāśa-pratima mfn. resembling a Butea Frondosa in flower MW

puṣpitākṣa

  1. puṣpitâkṣa mfn. having spots (allugo) on the eye VarBṛS. Sch
  2. ○kṣi-tva (l), n. ib

puṣpitāgra

  1. puṣpitâgra mfn. covered at the extremities with flowers or blossoms MBh. Gīt
  2. (ā), f. N. of a metre

puṣpitaka

  1. puṣpitaka m. N. of a mountain Hariv

puṣpin

  1. puṣpín mfn. bearing flowers, flowering, blossoming RV. &c. &c
  2. florid, flowery (as speech) BhP
  3. (iṇī), f. (a woman) in menstruation or desirous of sexual intercourse Kāv. BhP

puṣpya

  1. puṣpya Nom. P. ○yati (p. Ā. ○yamāna) to bear flowers, flower, blossom, bloom MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. √puṣp, ○pyati in Dhātup. xxvi, 15)

puṣya

  1. púṣya n. nourishment (pl.) Car
  2. the blossom or flower i.e. the uppermost or best of anything (cf. Gk. [640,] ? ; Lat. flos) RV
  3. (puṣyā), m. N. of the 6th (or 8th, but See nakṣatra) lunar asterism (also called Sidhya and Tishya) AV. &c. &c
  4. (= -yoga), the conjunction of the moon with Pushya Mn. MBh. &c
  5. N. of the month Pausha VP
  6. of the Kali-yuga or fourth age W
  7. of one of the 24 mythical Buddhas MWB. 136, n. 1
  8. of various princes VP
  9. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
  10. (puṣyā́), f. a species of plant AV
  11. the asterism Pushya L

puṣyadharman

  1. ○dharman m. N. of a prince Buddh

puṣyanetra

  1. ○netra mfn. having the asterism Pushya for a guide Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 2 Pat

puṣyamitra

  1. ○mitra m. N. of a prince VP
  2. pl. his dynasty ib. (cf. puṣpa-m○)

puṣyayaśas

  1. ○yaśas m. N. of a man with the patr. Audavraji L

puṣyaratha

  1. ○ratha m. the asterism Pāṇ. as a car Śiś
  2. a carriage for pleasure ib. (cf. puṣpa-r○)

puṣyalipi

  1. ○lipi vḷ. for puṣpa-l○

puṣyasnāna

  1. ○snāna n. a partic. ceremony of purification performed while the moon is passing through the asterism Pāṇ. Var. (v. l. puṣpaṣ○)

puṣyābhiṣeka

  1. puṣyâbhiṣeka m. id. ib. (vḷ. puṣpâbh○)

puṣkara

  1. puṣkara ○kala, See pp. 638, 639. [Page 640, Column]

puṣkaletra

  1. puṣkaletra m. N. of a village Rājat

puṣkaśa

  1. puṣkaśa ○kasa, v. l. for pukkaśa, pulkasa, q.v

puṣkiriṇī

  1. puṣkiriṇī f. often for puṣkariṇī Divyâv

puṣpalaka

  1. puṣpalaka m. a post, pin, stake, peg, wedge L. (cf. puṣkalaka)

puṣpasa

  1. puṣpasa m. the lungs L. (cf. pupphusa, phupphusa)

puṣpāṇanāḍa

  1. puṣpāṇanāḍa m. N. of a Grāma Rājat

puṣyalaka

  1. puṣyalaka wṛ. for puṣkalaka

pus

  1. pus cl. 10. P. posayati, to discharge, emit Dhātup. xxxii, 92

pust

  1. pust cl. 10. P. pustayati, to respect or disrespect (?) Dhātup. xxxii, 52
  2. to bind Vop. (cf. √bust)

pusta

  1. pusta m. n. (g. ardharcādi) working in clay, modelling, Kathā
  2. (also ā f.) a manuscript, book Var. (cf. below) Hcat
  3. mfn. covered, filled W

pustakarman

  1. ○karman n. plastering, painting W

pustamaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. formed of metal or wood, wrought in clay, modelled Suśr

pustavārtta

  1. ○vārtta m. one who lives by books or makes books VarBṛS

pustaka

  1. pustaka m. or n. a protuberant ornament, boss ( below)
  2. mf(ikā)n. a manuscript, book, booklet Hariv. Kāv. Var. &c

pustakakara

  1. ○kara m. an embosser VarBṛS. Sch

pustakāgāra

  1. pustakâgāra n. 'book-room', a library MW

pustakāstaraṇa

  1. pustakâstaraṇa n. the wrapper of a manuscript Hcat

  1. pū cl. 9. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxxj, 12) punā́ti, punīté (3. pl. Ā. punáte AV., punaté RV
  2. 2. sg. Impv. P. punīhi RV. &c., punāhí SV.)
  3. ci. 1. Ā. (xxii 70) pávate (of P. only Impv. -pava RV. ix, 19, 3, and p. gen. pl. pavatām Bhag.x, 31
  4. p. Ā. punāná below, pávamāna, See p. 610, col. 3
  5. 1. sg. Ā. punīṣe RV. vii, 85, 1
  6. pf. pupuvuh. ○ve Br
  7. apupot RV. iii, 26, 8
  8. aor. apāviṣuḥ Subj. apaviṣṭa RV
  9. fut. paviṣyati, pavitā Gr
  10. ind., p. pūtvā́ AV
  11. pūtvií RV
  12. pavitvā Gr
  13. -pū́ya and -pāvam Br. &c
  14. inf. pavitum Br.), to make clean or clear or pure or bright, cleanse, purify, purge, clarify, illustrate, illume (with sáktum, to cleanse from chaff, winnow'
  15. with krátum or manīṣā́m, to enlighten the understanding'
  16. with hiraṇyam, 'to wash gold') RV. &c. &c
  17. (met.) to sift, discriminate, discern
  18. to think of or out, invent, compose (as a hymn) RV. AV
  19. (Ā. pávate) to purify one's self. be or become clear or bright
  20. (esp.) to flow off clearly (said of the Soma) RV
  21. to expiate, atone for ib. vii, 28, 4
  22. to pass so as to purify
  23. to purify in passing or pervading, ventilate RV. &c. (cf. √pav): Pass. pūyáte, to be cleaned or washed or purified
  24. to be freed or delivered from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. paváyati or pāvayati (ep. also ○te
  25. aor. apīpavat Gr
  26. Pass. pāvyate Kāv.), to cleanse, purify TS. Br. &c.: Desid, pupūṣati, pipaviṣate Gr.: Desid. of Caus. pipāvayiṣati Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Umbr. pir ; Germ. Feuer ; Eng. [640,] fire.]

punāna

  1. punāná mfn. being clear or bright or purified RV. (also with tanvám or tanvā́)
  2. washing off, destroying (sin) RV. vi, 66, 4
  3. pouring forth i.e. showing (brightness), ii, 3, 5

punīta

  1. punītá mfn. cleaned, purified MBh

  1. pū mfn. cleansing, purifying (ifc
  2. cf. annauda-, ghṛta- &c.)

pūta

  1. pūtá mfn. (for 2. See √pūy, p. 641) cleaned, purified, pure, clear, bright RV. &c. &c
  2. m. (L.) a conch-shell
  3. white Kuśa grass
  4. Flacourtia Sapida
  5. du. the buttocks (cf. puta)
  6. (ā), f. a species of Dūrvā grass L. ; N. of Durgā L. [Cf. Lat. pū7tus, pūrus.]

pūtakratā

  1. ○kratā (pūtá-.), f. N. of a woman RV. (cf. next)

pūtakratāyī

  1. ○kratāyī f. the wife of Pūta-kratu Pāṇ. 4-1, 36
  2. the wife of Indra Uṇ. i, 78 Sch

pūtakratu

  1. ○kratu (pūtá-), m. 'pure-minded', N. of a man RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 36)
  2. N. of Indra Uṇ. i, 78 Sch

pūtagandha

  1. ○gandha m. a species of plant ( = varvara) L

pūtatṛṇa

  1. ○tṛṇa n. white Kuśa grass L

pūtadakṣa

  1. ○dakṣa (pūtá-), mfn. pure-minded (also ○kṣas) RV
  2. m. N. of an Āṅgirasa (author of RV. viii, 83)

pūtadru

  1. ○dru m. 'pure tree', Butea Frondosa L. [Page 641, Column]

pūtadhānya

  1. ○dhānya -n. 'winnowed grain', sesamum L
  2. mf(ā)n. containing winnowed grain AV.Paipp

pūtapattrī

  1. ○pattrī f. holy basil L

pūtapāpa

  1. ○pāpa or mfn. purified or freed from sin MBh

pūtapāpman

  1. ○pāpman mfn. purified or freed from sin MBh

pūtaphala

  1. ○phala m. 'pure-fruited', the bread-fruit tree L

pūtabandhana

  1. ○bándhana mf(ī)n. attached to that which is purified RV

pūtabandhu

  1. ○bandhu (pūtá-), mfn. of pṭpurified descent or noble race RV

pūtabhṛt

  1. ○bhṛ́t m. a kind of vessel which receives the Soma juice after it has been strained VS. TS. Br

pūtamati

  1. ○mati m. 'pure-minded', N. of Śiva Śivag

pūtamūrti

  1. ○mūrti mfn. having one's form or body cleansed, pure, purified Rājat

pūtayavam

  1. ○yavam ind. at the time of winnowing barley, g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi, (cf. pūyamāna-y○)

pūtātman

  1. pūtâtman mfn. pure-minded (○ma-tā f.) Hariv
  2. m. N. of Vishṇu RTL. 106
  3. a saint, ascetic
  4. a man purified by ablution W

pūti

  1. pū́ti f. (for 2. See col. 3) purity, purification ŚBr. MBh

pūtidhānya

  1. ○dhānya wṛ. for pūta-dh○ (above)

pūtrima

  1. pūtríma mfn. purified, pure, clean AV

pūna

  1. pūna mfn. destroyed (= vi-naṣṭa) Pāṇ. 8-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat

pūnadevī

  1. pūná-devī f. N. of a woman Cat

pūni

  1. pūni f. purifying, cleansing (?) Pāṇ. 8-2, 44 Vārtt. 1 Pat. (vḷ. dhūni)

pūyamāna

  1. pūyámāna mfn. being cleansed or purified &c. RV
  2. m. N. of a man L

pūyamānayavam

  1. ○yavam ind. at the time of winnowing barley, g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi (cf. pūta-y○)

  1. pū mfn. (√1. pā) drinking ( See agre-pū́)

pūḥkāmya

  1. pūḥ-kāmya See p. 636, col. 1

pūga

  1. pūga m. (ifc. f. ā
  2. cf. puñja) any assemblage or combination or body of persons, a multitude, number, mass, quantity (in one place n.) ŚāṅkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. country court or an assembly of townsmen IW. 296, n. 1
  4. disposition, property, nature W
  5. the Areca Catechu, called betel-nut tree (n. its nut) Var. Kāv. Suśr
  6. = kaṇṭaki-vṛkṣa L
  7. = chanda, or chandas L. = bhāva L

pūgakṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. made into a heap, gathered, collected Pāṇ. 6-2, 46 Sch

pūgakhaṇḍa

  1. ○khaṇḍa m. or n. a piece of Areca-nut Rājat

pūgapātra

  1. ○pātra n. a betel-box or -next L

pūgapīṭha

  1. ○pīṭha n. 'betel receptacle', spitting-pot, spittoon (the Areca-nut, when chewed with betel, producing saliva) L

pūgapuṣpikā

  1. ○puṣpikā f. Areca-nut and flowers (presented to the principal guests at a marriage festival) L

pūgapota

  1. ○pota m. a young Areca-tree BhP

pūgaphala

  1. ○phala n. 'fruit of the Areca tree', commonly called 'betel-nut' Var. Suśr

pūgayalña

  1. ○yalña m. a sacrifice offered for a number of persons
  2. ○ñiya mfn. relating to it MBh

pūgaroṭa

  1. ○roṭa or (?), m. Phoenix Paludosa L

pūgavoṭa

  1. ○voṭa (?), m. Phoenix Paludosa L

pūgavaira

  1. ○vaira n. enmity against a number of persons MBh

pūgatitha

  1. pūgatitha mfn. numerous, manifold Pāṇ. 5-2, 52 (cf. gaṇat○, bahut○)

pūgī

  1. pūgī f. the Areca Catechu (producing a nut chewed with betel-leaf)

pūgīphala

  1. ○phala n. the Areca-nut Subh

pūgīlatā

  1. ○latā f. the Areca-palin Kād

pūgya

  1. pūgya mfn. belonging to a multitude
  2. (ifc.) belonging to the troop or band of, g. varg-âdi

pūj

  1. pūj cl. 10. P, (Dhātup. xxxii, 100) pūjayati (ep. also Ā. ○te and cl. 1. P. pūjati
  2. pf. pupūjire MBh
  3. aor. apūpujat Gr
  4. ind. p. pūjayitvā Mn. &c
  5. pūjya MBh.), to honour, worship, revere, respect, regard ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c
  6. to honour or present with (instr.) Mn. vii, 203
  7. to initiate, consecrate Vet

pūjaka

  1. pūjaka mf(ikā)n. honouring, respecting, worshipping, a worshipper (with gen. or ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c

pūjana

  1. pūjana n. reverencing, honouring, worship, respect, attention, hospitable reception ib. (mālikā f. N. of wk.)
  2. an object of reverence Pāṇ. 8-1, 67
  3. (ī), f. = ○janīyā f. MBh. Hariv
  4. a hen-sparrow L

pūjanīya

  1. pūjanīya mfn. to be revered or worshipped, venerable, honourable, (compar. -tara
  2. superl. -tama) MBh. R. &c
  3. (ā), f. N. of a female bird (a friend of king Brahnia-datta) Hariv

pūjayāna

  1. pūjayāna mfn. honouring, reverencing MW

pūjayitavya

  1. pūjayitavya mfn. = ○janīya Nir. Hit. Pūjsyitṛi, mfn. honouring, worshipping, a worshipper. MBh

pūjā

  1. pūjā f. honour, worship, respect, reverence, veneration, homage to superiors or adoration of the gods GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c

pūjākara

  1. ○kara mfn. paying respect or showing homage to (comp.) Pañc

pūjākarman

  1. ○karman mfn. denoting the action of honouring, meaning 'to honour' Nir. [Page 641, Column]

pūjākāṇḍa

  1. ○kāṇḍa n

pūjākrama

  1. ○krama m

pūjākhaṇḍa

  1. ○khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wks

pūjāgṛha

  1. ○gṛha n. 'house of worship', a temple Dhūrtan

pūjānyāsavidhi

  1. ○nyāsavidhi m. N. of wk

pūjāpaṭṭaka

  1. ○paṭṭaka n. a deed or document of honour, Lokapr

pūjāpathyamālā

  1. ○pathya-mālā f

pūjāpaddhati

  1. ○paddhati f

pūjāprakāśa

  1. ○prakāśa m

pūjāpradīpa

  1. ○pradīpa m

pūjāratna

  1. ○ratna n

pūjāratnākara

  1. ○ratnâkara m. N. of wks

pūjārha

  1. ○"ṣrha (○jârha), mfn. worthy of reverence or honour, venerable, respectable Kathās

pūjāvat

  1. ○vat mfn. enjoying honour or distinction Śaṃk

pūjāvidhi

  1. ○vidhi m. paying respect, showing homage L
  2. N. of wk

pūjāvaikalyaprāyaścitta

  1. ○vaikalya-prâyaścitta n. N. of wk

pūjāsatkāra

  1. ○satkāra m. = -vidhi Ratnâv

pūjāsambhāra

  1. ○sambhāra m. (Mālatim.),

pūjopakaraṇa

  1. pūḍjôpakaraṇa n. (Ratnāv.) the requisites for the worship or adoration of a god

pūjopayogisāman

  1. pūḍjôpayogi-sāman n. pl. N. of wk

pūjita

  1. pūjita mfn. honoured, received or treated respectfully, worshipped, adored Mn. MBh. &c
  2. honoured by (gen. or comp. Pāṇ. 2-2, 12) or on account of (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  3. acknowledged, recommended MBh. Suśr
  4. frequented, inhabited MBh
  5. consecrated Kathās
  6. supplied with (comp.) MBh. R
  7. m. a god L
  8. n. N. of a place Divyāv

pūjitapattraphalā

  1. ○pattra-phalā f. N. of a plant L

pūjitapūjaka

  1. ○pūjaka mfn. honouring the honoured MBh

pūjila

  1. pūjila mfn. = ○janīya
  2. m. a god Uṇ. i, 57

pūjya

  1. pūjya mfn. = ○janīya (superl. -tama) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. m. an honourable man Car
  3. a father-in-law L

pūjyatā

  1. ○tā f. (MBh.), or (MārkP.) venerableness, honourableness, the being entitled to honour

pūjyatva

  1. ○tva n. (MārkP.) venerableness, honourableness, the being entitled to honour

pūjyapāda

  1. ○pāda m. N. of Deva-nandin Cat. (○dacaritra n. N. of wk.)

pūjyapūjā

  1. ○pūjā f. honouring those worthy of honour (○jā-vyatikrama, m. neglecting to do so) Ragh

pūṇ

  1. pūṇ cl. 10. P. pūṇayati, to collect or heap together Dhātup. xxxii, 92 (v. l.)
  2. cf. puṇpūl

pūt

  1. pūt ind. an onomat. expressive of blowing or hard breathing (prob. wṛ. for phūt, phut, q.v.)

pūtkārī

  1. ○kārī f. N. of Sarasvati L
  2. of the capital of the Nāgas or serpent race W

pūtana

  1. pūtana m. a partic. class of demons or spirits (also = vetāla), Mālatim. Bālar. SaddhP
  2. (ā), f. See next

pūtanā

  1. pūtanā f. N. of a female demon (said to cause a partic. disease in children, and to have offered her poisoned breast to the infant Kṛishṇa who seized it and sucked away her life
  2. regarded also as one of the Mātṛis attending upon Skanda, and as a Yogini) MBh. Hariv. Kāv. Pur
  3. a kind of disease in a child (ascribed to the demon PṭPūtanā) W
  4. Terminalia Chebula L
  5. a species of Valeriana L
  6. wṛ. for pṛtanā

pūtanākeśa

  1. ○keśa m.,,

pūtanākeśī

  1. ○keḍśī f. a species of plant Car

pūtanātva

  1. ○tva n. the state or condition of Pūtanā Kāraṇḍ

pūtanādūṣaṇa

  1. ○dūṣaṇa m. 'PṭPūtanā-destroyer', N. of Kṛishṇa L

pūtanāmokṣaṇaprastāva

  1. ○mokṣaṇa-prastāva m. N. of ch. of BrahmaP

pūtanāvidhāna

  1. ○vidhāna n. N. of wk

pūtanāri

  1. ○"ṣri (○nârī),

pūtanāsūdana

  1. ○sūdana and m. 'enemy, destroyer, slayer of Pūtāva', N. of Kṛishṇa L

pūtanāhan

  1. ○han m. 'enemy, destroyer, slayer of Pūtāva', N. of Kṛishṇa L

pūtanāya

  1. pūtanāya Nom. P. ○yati, to represent Pūtanā BhP

pūtanikā

  1. pūtanikā f. the demon Pūtanā Gīt

pūtara

  1. pūtara m. a partic. aquatic animal Gaṇar. iv, 291 (applied to an insignificant or mean person= adhama and opp. to kuñjara) HPariś

pūtudāru

  1. pūtu-dāru m. = pūta-dru, the tree Butea Frondosa Kauś

pūtudru

  1. pūtú-dru (AV.),

pūtudru

  1. pū́tu-dru (TS.), m. the tree Acacia Catechu or Pinus Deodora
  2. n. its fruit

pūthikā

  1. pūthikā (?), f. a species of culinary plant Suśr. (vḷ. pṛthukā and yūthikā)

pūpa

  1. pūpa m. a cake, a sort of bread MBh. R. &c. (cf. apūpa)

pūpaśālā

  1. ○śālā f. a cake room, baker's shop Mn. ix, 264 (prob. apūpa-ś○)

pūpāṣṭakā

  1. pūpâṣṭakā f. the 8th day of the wane of the moon after the day Āgrahāyaṇī L

pūpalā

  1. pūpalā (L.),

pūpalikā

  1. pūpaḍlikā (Car.), or (L.), f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil L

pūpalī

  1. pūpaḍlī (L.), f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil L

pūpālika

  1. pūpālika m. (Suśr.),

pūpālikā

  1. pūpāḍlikā (ib.) and f. id

pūpālī

  1. pūpāḍlī (L.), f. id

pūpikā

  1. pūpikā f. id. L

pūpīya

  1. pūpīya or mfn. g. apūpâdi

pūpya

  1. pūpya mfn. g. apūpâdi

pūy

  1. pūy cl. 1. P. pū́yati (TS. ŚBr. &c.), /A pūyate (Dhātup. xiv, 13), to become foul or putrid, stink. [Cf. Zd. pū, puiti
  2. Gk. ?, ? [Page 641, Column] ; Lat. pūs, pūteo [641,] ; Lith. púti ; Goth. fûls ; Germ. faul ; Eng. foul.]

pūta

  1. pūta mfn. (for 1. See √pū, p. 640) putrid, foul-smelling, stinking L

pūti

  1. pū́ti mfn. (for 1. See col. 1) putrid, foul-smelling, stinking, fetid, ill-smelling AV. &c. &c. (after a finite verb expressive of blame or censure, e.g. pacati pūti or pūtiḥ, PIṇ. viii, 1, 69 Pat.)
  2. m. purulent matter, pus MBh. ix, 2259
  3. Guilandina Bonduc Bhpr
  4. civet L
  5. f. a stench, stink W
  6. n. a species of grass L

pūtikaraja

  1. ○karaja (l) and m. Guilandina Bonduc L

pūtikarañja

  1. ○karañja m. Guilandina Bonduc L

pūtikarṇa

  1. ○karṇa m. a disease of the ear with discharge of putrid matter Suśr
  2. -tā id. ib

pūtikarṇaka

  1. ○karṇaka m. id. Suśr
  2. Guilandina Bonduc L. (vḷ. ○ṇika)

pūtikāṣṭha

  1. ○kāṣṭha and n. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia L

pūtikāṣṭkaka

  1. ○kāṣḍṭkaka n. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia L

pūtikiṭa

  1. ○kiṭa m. stinking insect', a kind of insect Suśr

pūtikuṣmāṇḍāya

  1. ○kuṣmāṇḍāya Nom. (fr. pṭputrid-kuṣmāṇḍa) Ā. ○yate, to resemble a rotten gourd i.e. be quite worthless Sarvad
  2. ○dāyamāna-tva n. complete worthlessness ib

pūtikhaṣa

  1. ○khaṣa m. a kind of animal Āpast. (cf. -ghāsa). -1

pūtigandha

  1. ○gandhá m. fetid odour, stench TS. Mn. Yājñ. -2

pūtigandha

  1. ○gandha mfn. foul-smelling, stinking L
  2. m. sulphur L
  3. Terminalia Catappa L
  4. (ā), f. Vernonia Authelminthica L
  5. tin L

pūtigandhi

  1. ○gandhi mfn. ill-smelling, fetid MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 135)

pūtigandhika

  1. ○gandhika mfn. id. L
  2. (ā), f. Serratula Anthelminthica L

pūtighāsa

  1. ○ghāsa m. 'eating putrid food', a species of animal living in trees Suśr

pūtitailā

  1. ○tailā f. 'containing ill-smelling oil', Cardiospermum Halicacabum L. -tva n. putrid state, stinking Suśr

pūtinasya

  1. ○nasya n. a disease of the nose causing offensive breath Suśr. (wṛ. pūta-n○)

pūtināsāgada

  1. ○nāsā-gada m. id. L

pūtināsika

  1. ○nāsika mfn. having a fetid nose Yājñ

pūtipattra

  1. ○pattra m. 'having ill-smelling leaves', a variety of Śyonaka L

pūtiparṇa

  1. ○parṇa m. 'id.', Pongamia Glabra L

pūtipuṣpikā

  1. ○puṣpikā f. 'having ill-smelling blossoms', Citrus Medica L

pūtiphalā

  1. ○phalā or,

pūtiphalī

  1. ○phaḍlī f. 'bearing ill-smelling fruit', Sereatula Anthelminthica L

pūtibhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. putrid state, stench Kap

pūtimayūrikā

  1. ○mayūrikā f. Ocimum Villosum L

pūtimāṃsa

  1. ○māṃsa n. dead or decayed flesh W

pūtimāṣa

  1. ○māṣa m. N. of a man, AśvSr

pūtimukta

  1. ○mukta m. or n. voiding excrement L

pūtimṛttika

  1. ○mṛttika m. or n. 'having fetid soil', N. of a hell Mn. Yājñ

pūtimeda

  1. ○meda m. Vachellia Farnesiana L

pūtirajju

  1. ○rajjú f. a rotten cord AV. Kauś

pūtivaktra

  1. ○vaktra mfn. 'fetid-mouthed', one who has offensive breath Yājñ
  2. -tā f. Mn

pūtivaya

  1. ○vaya v. l. for -ghāsa Suśr

pūtivāta

  1. ○vāta m. foul wind expelled from the bowels BhP
  2. Aegle Marmelos L

pūtivṛkṣa

  1. ○vṛkṣa m. 'ill-smelling tree', Calosanthes Indica L

pūtivraṇa

  1. ○vraṇa n. a foul ulcer MW

pūtiśapharī

  1. ○śapharī f. rotten fish Kauś

pūtiśārijā

  1. ○śārijā (?), f. a polecat, civet-cat L

pūtiśṛñjaya

  1. ○śṛñjaya m. pl. N. of a people VP

putyaṇḍa

  1. puty-aṇḍa m. a partic. ill-smelling insect MBh. (vḷ.)
  2. a musk-deer L

pūtika

  1. pūtika mfn. foul, stinking, putrid MBh
  2. m. = pūtīka ĀśvŚr. MBh. Suśr
  3. Guilandina Bonduc Bhpr
  4. (ā), f. Basella Cordifolia L
  5. a white ant (wṛ. for puttikā) MBh. Pañc
  6. n. ordure, excrement W

pūtikāmukha

  1. pūtikā-mukha m. a bivalve shell L

pūtikeśvaratīrtha

  1. pūtikêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha on the banks of the Revā Narma-da ŚivaP

pūtīka

  1. pūtī́ka m. a species of plant serving as a substitute for the Soma plant (often explained by rohiṣa, perhaps Guilandina Bonduc) TS. Br. ŚrS. Suśr
  2. the polecat, civet-cat L. (cf. pūtika)

pūtīkarañja

  1. pūtī-karañja v. l. for pūti-k○

pūya

  1. pū7ya m. n. purulent matter, pus, suppuration, discharge from an ulcer or wound ŚBr. &c. &c

pūyabhuj

  1. ○bhuj mfn. eating purulent carcasses Mn. xii, 72

pūyarakta

  1. ○rakta m. (sc. roga) 'having purulent blood', a kind of disease of the nose with discharge of pṭpurulent blood Suśr. -vaha, m. 'filthy-streamed', N. of a partic. hell VP

pūyaśoṇita

  1. ○śoṇita n. purulent blood, ichor Mn. iii, 180

pūyābha

  1. pūyâbha n. 'resembling pus', a kind of bloody-flux L

pūyāri

  1. pūyâri m. 'hostile to suppuration', the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica (the leaves of which are used to produce dispersion or absorption of purulent matter) L

pūyālasa

  1. pūyâlasa m. a partic. disease of the place of junction (saṃdhi) of the eye
  2. suppuration at the joints, white swelling Suśr

pūyoda

  1. pūyôda m. 'having fetid wafer', N. of a partic. hell (cf. pūya-vaha)

pūyana

  1. pūyana n. pus, discharge from a wound or sore L

pūra

  1. pūra mfn. (√pṝ, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. pāṇi-)
  2. fulfilling, satisfying (cf. kāma-)
  3. m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kāv. Pur
  4. the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a large quantity of water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kāv. Suśr. &c. [Page 642, Column]
  5. a cake R. (cf. ghṛta-)
  6. a kind of breath-exercise = pūraka below BhP
  7. the cleansing of a wound L. (cf. pūraṇa)
  8. the citron tree (= bīja-pūra) L
  9. (ī), f. N. of a woman Cat
  10. n. a kind of incense L
  11. bdellium L
  12. mf(ā)n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf. pūrikā below)

pūrāmla

  1. pūrâmla n. the fruit of Spondias Maugifera L

pūrotpīḍa

  1. pūrôtpīḍa m. excess or superabundance of water Kathās

pūraka

  1. pūraka mfn. filling, completing, fulfilling, satisfying (ifc. or with gen
  2. Pāṇ. 2-3, 70 Kāś.) Mn. MBh. &c
  3. m. flood, stream, effusion BhP
  4. (in arithm.) the multiplier
  5. a ball of meal offered at the conclusion of the oblations to the Pitṛis L. (also piṇḍa, m. Kull. on Mn. v, 85)
  6. closing the right nostril with the forefinger and then drawing up air through the left and then closing the left nostril and drawing up air through the right (as a religious exercise) RTL. 402
  7. the citron tree L
  8. (ikā), f. a sort of cake MBh. Yājñ. (○kâpūpa) Bhpr. &c

pūrakakumbhakarecaka

  1. ○kumbhaka-recaka m. pl. or n. pl. (?) inhaling and then retaining and then exhaling air MW

pūraṇa

  1. pūraṇa mf(ī)n. filling, completing, satisfying causing, effecting KātyŚr. Śaṃk. Hariv
  2. drawing (a bow) MW
  3. m. 'completer', N. of the masculine ordinal numbers from dvitīya upwards Pāṇ. 2-2, 11 &c
  4. a dam, bridge L
  5. the sea L
  6. a medicinal oil or embrocation L
  7. N. of a man ĀśvŚr
  8. (with the patr. vaiśvāmitra), N. of the author of RV. x, 160
  9. (ī), f. an ordinal number in the feminine gender Pāṇ. v, 4, 116 &c
  10. Bonibax Heptaphyllum L
  11. (du.) the cross threads in weaving cloth, warp Rājat
  12. N. of Durgā MW
  13. of one of the two wives of the popular deity Ayenār RTL. 219 (pū́r○), n. the act or filling or filling up, puffing or swelling up AV. &c. &c
  14. fulfilling, satisfying Mālav
  15. furnishing, equipping Var
  16. (with dhanuṣaḥ) drawing or bending a bow to the full MBh. R
  17. (in medic.) injection of fluids or supplying with food
  18. (in astron.) the revolution of a heavenly body through its orbit Sūryas
  19. (in arithm.) multiplication
  20. rain L
  21. a sort of cake Bhpr
  22. Cyperus Rotundus L
  23. the cross threads in weiving cloth, warp L

pūraṇakāśyapa

  1. ○kāśyapa m. N. of a man Buddh

pūraṇapariśiṣṭa

  1. ○pariśiṣṭa n. N. of wk

pūraṇapratyaya

  1. ○pratyaya m. an affix forming an ordinal Pāṇ. Sch

pūraṇavyākhyā

  1. ○vyākhyā f. N. of Comm. on MānGṛ

pūraṇīya

  1. pūraṇīya mfn. to be filled up, to be supplied Jaim. Sch

pūram

  1. pūram

pūrayitvā

  1. pūrayitvā See √pṝ

pūrayitavya

  1. pūrayitavya mfn. to be filled or filled up Pāṇ. 6-3, 59
  2. to be satisfied Nir. vii, 23

pūrayitṛ

  1. pūrayitṛ mfn. one who fills or fulfils or satisfies Kāv
  2. m. N. of Vishṇu MBh
  3. of Śiva Śivag

pūrikā

  1. pūrikā See under pūraka

pūrita

  1. pūrita mfn. filled, completed &c
  2. made full or strong, intensified (as a sound) MBh
  3. filled with wind, blown (as a conch) BhP
  4. multiplied, overspread W

pūrin

  1. pūrin mfn. filling, making full (ifc.) MBh

pūrṇa

  1. pūrṇá mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
  2. abundant, rich Kāv
  3. fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past ŚāṅkhGṛ. MBh. R. &c
  4. concluded (as a treaty), Rajat
  5. complete, all, entire SāṅkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c
  6. satisfied, contented R
  7. (ifc.) perfectly familiar with Hcat
  8. drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv
  9. (in augury) fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to dīpta, q.v.)
  10. uttering this cry VarBṛS
  11. strong, capable, able L
  12. selfish, self-indulgent W
  13. m. a partic. form of the sun Cat
  14. a kind of tree R
  15. (in music) a partic. measure
  16. N. of a Nāga MBh
  17. of a Deva-gandharva ib
  18. of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit
  19. (ā), f. N. of the 15th Kalā of the month BrahmaP
  20. of the 5th, 10th and : 15th Tithis Var
  21. N. of a woman Vet
  22. (with Śiktas) of an authoress of Mantras Cat
  23. of 2 rivers VP
  24. ī. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS
  25. water Naigh. i, 12
  26. the cipher or figure o Gaṇit

pūrṇakaṃsa

  1. ○kaṃsa m. a full cup L

pūrṇakakud

  1. ○kakud mfn. 'fullhumped' humpbacked Pāṇ. 5-4, 146 Sch

pūrṇakākud

  1. ○kākud or mfn. Pāṇ. 5-4, 149

pūrṇakākuda

  1. ○kākuḍda mfn. Pāṇ. 5-4, 149

pūrṇakāma

  1. ○kāma mfn. one whose wishes are fulfilled, satisfied Mcar
  2. -tā f. MārkP

pūrṇakāraṇa

  1. ○kāraṇa mfn. (ifc.) fulfilling, satisfying BrahmaP

pūrṇakuṭa

  1. ○kuṭa m. a partic. class of birds Var

pūrṇakumbha

  1. ○kumbha m. (ifc. f. ā) a full cup or jar, (esp.) a cup full of water (also with apām) Mn. Ragh. [Page 642, Column]
  2. a cup filled with holy water and used at the consecration of a king W
  3. a partic. mode of fighting MBh
  4. N. of a Dānava Hariv. (vḷ. kumbha-karṇa)
  5. m. or n. a hole (in a wall) of the shape of a waterjar Mṛicch
  6. mf(ā)n. having a full pitcher ŚāṅkhŚr

pūrṇakośā

  1. ○kośā f. 'having a full pod', a species of plant Var

pūrṇakoṣṭhā

  1. ○koṣṭhā f. a species of Cyperus L

pūrṇakha

  1. ○kha mfn. (prob.) having its axle-hole well greased (said of a waggon), SaṃhitUp

pūrṇagabhasti

  1. ○gabhasti (pūrṇá-), mfn. one whose arms or hands are full (of wealth) RV

pūrṇagarbha

  1. ○garbha mf(ā)n. one whose interior is well-filled Bhpr
  2. (ā), f. pregnant, ready to bring forth MW

pūrṇagiri

  1. ○giri m. N. of a place Cat

pūrṇacandra

  1. ○candra m. the full moon MBh. R
  2. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
  3. of an author Cat
  4. -nibhânana mf(ā)n. having a face like the full moon Nal
  5. -prâyaścitta. prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
  6. -prabhā f. the lustre of the full moon MW

pūrṇacāttra

  1. ○cāttra n. a spindle wound round with yarn Gobh

pūrṇatā

  1. ○tā f. (Hariv.) and n. (Kathās.) fulness

pūrṇatva

  1. ○tva n. (Kathās.) fulness

pūrṇatūṇa

  1. ○tūṇa mfn. full-quivered, having the quiver full MW

pūrṇadarva

  1. ○darvá n. a ceremony with a full ladle ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (vḷ. ○vya)

pūrṇadeva

  1. ○deva m. N. of an author Cat

pūrṇadharma

  1. ○dharma m. w, r. for pūrta-dh○ (below)

pūrṇaparvendu

  1. ○parvêndu f. the day of full moon A

pūrṇapātra

  1. ○pātrá m. n. a full vessel or cup, as much as will fill a vessel, a cupful (as a measure of capacity properly 256 handfuls of rice) ŚBr. TBr. GṛŚrS. (also ī f. ŚaṅkhGṛ.)
  2. n. a vessel full of rice presented at a sacrifice to the superintending and officiating priests W
  3. a vessel filled with valuable things to be distributed as presents (esp. a present made to any one who brings good news), Mālatim. Kād. Hcar
  4. -pratibhaṭa mfn. emulating the fullness or a full vṭvessel i.e. overflowing, supreme (as glory) Rājat
  5. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a full vessel, amounting to a full vessel or to only so much (as a speech) MBh. Kathās
  6. -vṛttya ind. after the manner of a full vessel, plentifully, abundantly, Mālatim

pūrṇapurī

  1. ○purī m. N. of a scholar Cat

pūrṇapuruṣārthacandra

  1. ○puruṣârtha-candra m. or n. N. of a drama

pūrṇaprakāśa

  1. ○prakāśa m. N. of an author Cat

pūrṇaprajña

  1. ○prajña m. N. of Madhva (also called Madhya-mandira), and of his adherents Sarvad. (cf. IW. 118 ; 119)
  2. -darśana n. N. of ch. of Sarvad

pūrṇabandhura

  1. ○bandhura for -vandhura VS

pūrṇabīja

  1. ○bīja m. a citron L

pūrṇabhadra

  1. ○bhadra m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
  2. of the father of the Yaksha Hari-keśa, Skandap
  3. of several men Hariv. Daś
  4. of a scholar (who revised the Pañcasantra in 1514) Cat

pūrṇabhedinī

  1. ○bhedinī f. a species of plant L

pūrṇamaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala n. a full circle Cat

pūrṇamā

  1. ○mā f. full-moon (day) L

pūrṇamānasa

  1. ○mānasa mfn. having a satisfied mind, contented R

pūrṇamās

  1. ○mās (pūrṇá-), m. full moon ŚBr

pūrṇamāsa

  1. ○māsa (pūrṇá-), m. full moon
  2. a ceremony on the day of full moon TS. Br. MBh. &c
  3. full moon personified as son of Dhātṛi and Anumati BhP
  4. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
  5. (ī), f. = pūrṇa-mā ĀpŚr. Comm

pūrṇamukta

  1. ○mukta mfn. shot from a bow completely bent (as an arrow) R

pūrṇamukha

  1. ○mukha n. a full mouth
  2. instr. (blowing) with full cheeks MānŚr
  3. m. a species of bird R
  4. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

pūrṇamuṣṭi

  1. ○muṣṭi mf. a handful, ŚaṅkhGṛ

pūrṇamaitrāyaṇīputra

  1. ○maitrāyaṇī-putra m. N. of a man Buddh

pūrṇayoga

  1. ○yoga m. a partic. mode of fighting MBh

pūrṇayauvana

  1. ○yauvana mfn. one whose youth is in full vigour Daś

pūrṇaratha

  1. ○ratha m. a complete warrior Kathās

pūrṇalakṣmīka

  1. ○lakṣmīka mfn. full of magnificence or wealth Kathās

pūrṇavandhura

  1. ○vandhura (pūrṇá-), mfn. having the chariot-seat filled RV

pūrṇavapus

  1. ○vapus mfn. full-bodied', full (the moon) MBh

pūrṇavarman

  1. ○varman m. N. of a man Buddh

pūrṇaviṃśativarṣa

  1. ○viṃśativarṣa mfn. full 20 years old Mn

pūrṇavighana

  1. ○víghana mfn. full but not hard (?) ŚāṅkhGṛ

pūrṇavaināśika

  1. ○vaināśika mfn. maintaining the doctrine of absolute annihilation
  2. m. pl. N. of Buddhists (= sarva-vaisāśika) Col

pūrṇaśakti

  1. ○śakti f. 'Full energy', N. of a partic. form of Rādhā W. (cf. RTL. 187)
  2. -mat mfn. possessing that Energy (Kṛishṇa) ib

pūrṇaśrī

  1. ○śrī mfn. having fullness of fortune Subh

pūrṇaśruti

  1. ○śruti mfn. having the ears filled MW

pūrṇasamaya

  1. ○samaya m. N. of a Kshapaṇaka Cat

pūrṇasena

  1. ○sena m. N. of an author Cat

pūrṇasaugandha

  1. ○saugandha m. N. of a man L

pūrṇasruva

  1. ○sruva m. a full ladle called sruva MānŚr

pūrṇahoma

  1. ○homa m. = pūrṇâhuti Gobh. Kaut. Vait

pūrṇākṣa

  1. pūrṇâkṣa and m. N. of a Maudgalya Car

pūrṇākṣya

  1. pūrṇâḍkṣya (l), m. N. of a Maudgalya Car

pūrṇāṅka

  1. pūrṇâṅka m. 'a full figure or number', an integer MW
  2. -gaṇita n. arithmetic of integers MW

pūrṇāṅgada

  1. pūrṇâṅgada m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

pūrṇāñjali

  1. pūrṇâñjali m. 'full Añjali' two handfuls, Kauś'

pūrṇānaka

  1. pūrṇânaka n. 'full drum', a partic. drum L
  2. the sound of a drum L. [Page 642, Column]
  3. clothes and garlands presented to friends at a feast (v. l. pūrṇālaka
  4. cf. pūrṇa-pātra) L
  5. a vessel L
  6. a moon-beam L

pūrṇānadī

  1. pūrṇā-nadī f. N. of a sacred river MW

pūrṇānanda

  1. pūrṇânanda m. full delight, RamatUp
  2. N. of the Supreme Being A
  3. of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -nātha, -sarasvatī &c.) Cat
  4. -prabaudha m. N. of wk

pūrṇāpūrṇa

  1. pūrṇâpūrṇa mfn. full and not full Pañcat

pūrṇābhilāṣa

  1. pūrṇâbhilāṣa mfn. one whose wishes are fulfilled, satisfied, contented MW

pūrṇābhiṣikta

  1. pūrṇâbhiṣikta m. pl.a partic. sect of the Śāktas W

pūrṇābhiṣeka

  1. pūrṇâbhiṣeka m. a partic. ceremony among the Śāktas W
  2. -paddhati f. N. of wk

pūrṇābhrarasa

  1. pūrṇâbhra-rasa m. a partic. medicament, Rasendrac

pūrṇāmṛta

  1. pūrṇâmṛta mfn. full of nectar
  2. (ā), f. N. of the 16th Kala of the moon BrahmaP
  3. ○tâṃśu-vadana mfn. having a face like the full moon Kathās

pūrnāyata

  1. pūrnâyata n. a completely bent bow Hariv

pūrṇāyus

  1. pūrṇâyus m. N. of a Gandharva MBh. Hariv. (vḷ. ūrṇāyu)

pūrṇārtha

  1. pūrṇârtha mfn. one who has attained his object, whose wishes have been realized BhP

pūrṇāvatāra

  1. pūrṇâvatāra m. N. of the 4th, 7th and 8th incarnations of Vishṇu A

pūrṇāśā

  1. pūrṇâśā f. N. of a river MBh. (vḷ. parṇâśā)

pūrṇāśrama

  1. pūrṇâśrama m. N. of an author, ○mīya n. his wk

pūrṇāhutī

  1. pūrṇâhutī f. 'complete oblation', an offering made with a full ladle Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Rājat. (○tika mfn. relating to it KātyŚr. Sch.)
  2. -prayoga m. -mantra m. pl. N. of wks

pūrṇeccha

  1. pūrṇêccha mfn. one whose wishes have been realized Kathās

pūrṇendu

  1. pūrṇêndu m. the full moon Kāv. Kathās. &c
  2. -bimbânana mfn. having a face like a full moon MW
  3. -rasa m. a partic. medicament Rasar
  4. -vadana mfn. having a face like a full moon MW

pūrṇeśa

  1. pūrṇêśa m. N. of an author (○ī f. of an authoress) of Mantras among Śāktas Cat

pūrṇotkaṭa

  1. pūrṇôtkaṭa m. N. of a mountain MārkP

purṇotsaṅga

  1. purṇôtsaṅga mf(ā)n. far advanced in pregnancy MBh. (v. l. putrôtsaṅgā)
  2. m. N. of a prince VP

pūrṇoda

  1. pūrṇôda nif(ā)n. having a full bed (as a river) R

pūrṇodarā

  1. pūrṇôdarā f. N. of a deity Cat

pūrṇopamā

  1. pūrṇôpamā f. a complete comparison (containing the four requisites upamāna, upameya. sādhāraṇa-dharma, and upamā-vācaka or sādṛśya-pratipādaka
  2. opp. to luptâpamā) Kpr. Kuval. Pratāp

pūrṇaka

  1. pūrṇaka m. a species of tree R
  2. the blue jay (= svarṇa-cūḍa) MBh. (Nīlak.)
  3. a cock MW
  4. a partic. vessel or utensil (used by the Magas) VP
  5. = dhānya-jvara Gal
  6. (ikā), f. a species of bird described as having a double or cleft beak (also called nāsā-chinnī) Malatīm

pūrṇālaka

  1. pūrḍṇālaka n. vḷ. for pūrṇânaka

pūrṇiman

  1. pūrḍṇiman m. N. of a brother of Kaśyapa and son of Marīci and Kalā BhP

pūrṇimā

  1. pūrṇimā f. the night or day of full moon Rājat. Sūryas
  2. -dina n. the day of full moon Pañcat. (○ṇimânta m. the end of the day of full moon MW.)
  3. -manoratha-vrata n. N. of a partic. observance Cat

pūrṇimārātri

  1. ○rātri f. the night of full mṭmoon Hemac
  2. -śarvarī f. the night of full moon Kpr

pūrṇimāsī

  1. pūrṇimāsī f. (according to some) = paurṇamāsī, q.v. L

pūrṇīkṛ

  1. pūrṇī-kṛ √to make complete Kathās

pūrta

  1. pūrtá mfn. filled, full, complete, completed, perfected Pur
  2. (iṣṭaś ca pūrtaś ca dharmau, = iṣṭāpūrta, q.v. MārkP.)
  3. covered, concealed L
  4. n. fulfilling, fulfilment
  5. granting, rewarding, a reward, merit, a meritorious work, an act of pious liberality (such as feeding a Brāhman, digging a well &c.) RV. &c. &c
  6. keeping, guarding L
  7. N. of wk. (also -kamabâkara)
  8. -dharma (wṛ. pūrṇa-dh○), m. a meritorious work (cf. pūrta) MārkP
  9. -prakāśa m. mālā f. ○tóddyota m. N. of wks

pūrtaya

  1. pūrtaya Nom. P. ○yati (with dharmam) to perform the meritorious works called pūrta ( See above) BhP

pūrti

  1. pūrtí f. filling, completion Pāṇ. Sch. (cf. pāda-p○)
  2. ending, coming to an end Naish
  3. granting, rewarding, reward RV. TS
  4. satiety, satisfaction MW
  5. -kāma (pū́rti-), mfn. (ifc.) desirous of completing or supplying BhP
  6. desirous of a grant or reward AV

pūrtin

  1. pūrtin mfn. possessing the merit of pious liberality (cf. pūrta) TS. Kāṭh. Pāṇ. Sch
  2. filling, completing, effective W

pūrtvan

  1. pūrtvan mfn. one who has eaten his fill Kāṭh

pūrya

  1. pū́rya mfn. to be filled or satisfied Br. MBh

pūru

  1. pūrú m. (orig.= puru, and connected with puruṣa, pūrvṣa) a man, people. RV
  2. N. of a tribe (associated with the Yadus, Turvaśas, Druhyus) ib
  3. of a class of demons ŚBr
  4. of an ancient prince (the son of Yayāti and Śarmishṭhā) MBh. Śak. Pur. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 165 Vārtt. 3 Pat.) [Page 643, Column]
  5. of a descendant of Atri and author of RV. v, 16 ; 17 RAnukr
  6. of a son of Manu and Naḍvalā Hariv
  7. of a son of Jahnu BhP

pūruṣa

  1. pū́ruṣa m. (m. c.) = púruṣa RV. &c. &c

pūruṣaghna

  1. ○ghná mfn. slaying men RV

pūruṣatvatā

  1. ○tvá-tā ind. = puruṣa-tvá-tā ib

pūruṣād

  1. pūruṣấd mfn. devouring men RV. AV

pūruṣāda

  1. pūruṣâda m. N. of a tribe of cannibals VarBṛS

pūrvāyus

  1. pūrv-āyus See pūrvâyus under pūrva

pūrjayana

  1. pūr-jáyana pūr-dvār &c. See p. 636, col. 1

pūrva

  1. pū́rva mf(ā)n. (connected with purā, puras, pra, and declined like a pron. when implying relative position whether in place or time, but not necessarily in abl. loc. sg. m. n. and nom. pl. m
  2. See Pāṇ. 1-1, 27 ; 34 ; vii, 1, 16) being before or in front fore, first RV. &c. &c
  3. eastern, to the east of (abl.) ib
  4. former, prior, preceding, previous to, earlier than (abl. or comp.) ib. (gaja-pūrva, preceding the number 'eight', i.e. seven, the seventh Śrutab
  5. māsena p○, or māsa-p○, earlier by a month Pāṇ. 2-1, 31
  6. ifc. often = formerly or before, e.g. strī-p○, fṭformerly a wife
  7. āḍhya-p○, formerly wealthy
  8. esp. after a pp., e.g. kṛta-p○, done before, dṛṣṭa-p○, seen before
  9. ifc. also preceded or accompanied by, attended with, e.g. smita-pūrvā-vāk, speech accompanied by smiles
  10. sometimes not translatable, e.g. mṛdu-pūrvā vāk, kind speech)
  11. ancient, old, customary, traditional RV. &c. &c
  12. first (in a series), initial, lowest (opp. to uttara
  13. with dama or sāhasa 'the lowest fine') Mn. viii, 120 &c
  14. (with vayas) 'first age', youth MBh
  15. foregoing, aforesaid, mentioned before (abl.) Mn. MBh. Pāṇ
  16. m. an ancestor, forefather (pl. the ancients, ancestors) RV. &c. &c
  17. an elder brother R
  18. N. of a prince BhP
  19. (ā), f. (with or sc. diś) the east MBh. R
  20. N. of a country to the east of Madhya-deśa L
  21. of the Nakshatras Pūrva-phalgunt, Pūrvâshāḍhā and Pūrvabhadrapadā collectively Var
  22. n. the fore part Śak. ii, 4 (Pāṇ. 2-2, 1)
  23. a partic. high number (applied to a period of years) Buddh
  24. N. of the most ancient of Jaina writings (of which 14 are enumerated) L
  25. N. of a Tantra Cat
  26. an ancient tradition W
  27. (am), ind. before (also as a prep. with abl.), formerly, hitherto, previously (sometimes with pres.) RV. &c. &c. (often ibc., e.g. pūrva-kārin, active before, pūrvôkta, said before
  28. also ifc. in the sense of 'with', e.g. prīti-pūrvam, with love
  29. mati-pūrvam with intention, intentionally
  30. mṛdu-pūrva-√bhāṣ, to speak kindly
  31. above.
  32. also with an ind. p., e.g. pūrva-bhojam, or -bhuktvā, having eaten before Pāṇ. 3-4, 24
  33. adya-p○, until now, hitherto
  34. previously -tataḥ, first-then
  35. pūrva-paścāt, previously-afterwards
  36. pūrva-upari, previously-subsequently
  37. pūrva-adhūnā or adya, formerly-now)
  38. (eṇa), ind. in front, before
  39. eastward, to the east of (opp. to apareṇa, with gen. or acc
  40. Pāṇ. 5-3, 35 Sch.) ŚBr. &c. &c
  41. (with tataḥ) 'to the east of that' MBh

pūrvakarman

  1. ○karman n. a former work or action Śaṃk. Kathās
  2. preparation Suśr
  3. ○ma-kṛta-vādin m. one who asserts that only preceding actions determine the following Jātakam

pūrvakalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. the preceding or aforesaid manner PārGṛ. MBh
  2. (e or eṣu), ind. in former times MBh. Kull

pūrvakāmakṛtvan

  1. ○kāma-kṛ́tvan mfn. fulfilling former wishes AV

pūrvakāya

  1. ○kāya m. the fore (part of the) body (of animals) or the upper (part of the) body (of men) KātyŚr. MBh. &c

pūrvakārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. active at first ŚāṅkhŚr

pūrvakārya

  1. ○kārya mfn. to be done before or first R

pūrvakala

  1. ○kala m. a former or previous time L
  2. mfn. belonging to a formerly time previously mentioned (-tā, f.) VPrāt

pūrvakālika

  1. ○kālika (MBh.),

pūrvakālīna

  1. ○kālīna (Nyāyak. -tva n.), mfn. belonging to former times, ancient

pūrvakāṣṭhā

  1. ○kāṣṭhā f. the eastern quarter A

pūrvakṛt

  1. ○kṛ́t mfn. active from ancient times VS

pūrvakṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. done formerly or in a prior existence, previous
  2. n. (with or sc. karman) an action done in former times or in a former birth Mn. MBh

pūrvakṛtvarī

  1. ○kṛtvarī f. acting beforehand AV

pūrvakṛṣṇīya

  1. ○kṛṣṇīya n. N. of wk

pūrvakoṭi

  1. ○koṭi f. anticipation L
  2. the starting point of a discussion, the first statement = pūrva-pakṣa (q.v.) A

pūrvakramāgata

  1. ○kramâgata mfn. descended from ancestors Yājñ

pūrvakriyā

  1. ○kriyā f. preparation Siṃhâs

pūrvaga

  1. ○ga mfn. going before preceding MBh. Rājat
  2. belonging to what precedes Hemac

pūrvagaṅgā

  1. ○gaṅgā f. 'eastern Gaṅgā', N. of the Narmadā or Revā river Kathās

pūrvagata

  1. ○gata mfn. gone before Śak
  2. n. N. of a Jaina wk. belonging to the Dṛishṭi-vāda

pūrvagatvan

  1. ○gátvan mfn. going to meet RV

pūrvagama

  1. ○gama m. (ifc.) a predecessor Kāraṇḍ

pūrvagrāmin

  1. ○grāmin m. N. of a family Cat. [Page 643, Column]

pūrvaghaṭakarpara

  1. ○ghaṭakarpara m. or n. N. of wk. (prob. the first part of the poem Ghaṭa-karpara)

pūrvaṃgata

  1. ○ṃ-gata mfn. going before Dhūrtan

pūrvaṃgama

  1. ○ṃ-gama mfn. id. L
  2. serving zealously, obedient Divyâv
  3. ifc. attended by, furnished with L

pūrvacit

  1. ○cít mfn. piling up first, preceding in piling up VS

pūrvacitī

  1. ○citī f. wṛ. for -cittī MBh

pūrvacitta

  1. ○citta (pū́rva-), mfn. wṛ. for -cit AV

pūrvacitti

  1. ○citti (pūrvá-), f. foreboding, presentiment (only dat. 'at the first notice, forthwith') RV
  2. (prob.) first notion or conception VS
  3. N. of an Apsaras VS. MBh. Hariv. Pur
  4. (prob.) wṛ. for -cita VS

pūrvacittikā

  1. ○cittikā (Gal.) and f. N. of an Apsaras = -citti

pūrvacittī

  1. ○cittī (MBh.), f. N. of an Apsaras = -citti

pūrvacintana

  1. ○cintana n. former cares or trouble Rājat

pūrvacodita

  1. ○codita mfn. formerly stated or prescribed Mn
  2. -tva n. PārGṛ

pūrvaja

  1. ○já mfn. born or produced before or formerly, former
  2. ancient, primaeval RV. &c. &c
  3. first-born, elder, the eldest (son, brother &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. produced by something antecedent, caused MW
  5. born in the east, eastern W
  6. antecedent (to what precedes in comp.) L
  7. m. an elder brother, the eldest before Mn. MBh. &c
  8. an ancestor, forefather R. Ragh. Kathās. &c
  9. the eldest son Gaut
  10. the son of the elder wife A
  11. (pl.) the deified progenitors of mankind W
  12. the Pitṛis living in the world of the moon A
  13. (ā), f. an elder sister ib
  14. -deva m. N. of Brahmā MBh

pūrvajana

  1. ○janá m. pl. men of former times AV

pūrvajanman

  1. ○janman n. a former birth, fṭformerly state of existence or life Ragh. Hit. Kathās
  2. m. an elder brother Ragh
  3. ○ma-kṛta mfn. done in a former birth or previous state of existence Hit
  4. ○mârjita mfn. acquired in some former state of existence (as merit &c.) MW

pūrvajā

  1. ○jā́ mfn. born or produced before RV

pūrvajāti

  1. ○jāti f. = -janman Kathās

pūrvajāvan

  1. ○jā́van mfn. born or produced before RV

pūrvajina

  1. ○jina m. 'ancient sage', N. of Mañju-śrī L

pūrvajñāna

  1. ○jñāna n. knowledge of a former life Yājñ

pūrvatana

  1. ○tana mfn. former, earlier MBh

pūrvatantra

  1. ○tantra n. N. of a Tantra

pūrvatara

  1. ○tara (pū́rva-), mfn. earlier, previous, prior, anterior RV. &c
  2. (am), ind. before, first, previously Bhag. R

pūrvatas

  1. ○tas ind. before, in front, towards or in the east Gobh. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. first, in the first place BhP

pūrvataskara

  1. ○taskara m. a former thief Mn

pūrvatā

  1. ○tā f. the being preceded or accompanied by (comp.) Daś

pūrvatāpanīya

  1. ○tāpanīya n. (and ○yôpaniṣad f.) N. of the first half of the Nṛisiṃha-tāpanī-yôpanishad Col. (cf. uttara-tāpanīya)

pūrvatāpinī

  1. ○tāpinī f. = -tapaniya
  2. -dīpikā f. Cat

pūrvatra

  1. ○tra ind. previously, in the preceding part, above (opp. to uttaratra) Pāṇ. 8-2, 1
  2. = loc. of pūrva e.g. pūrvatra janmani, 'in a former life' Kathās
  3. p"ṣ dine, on the day before L

pūrvatraigartaka

  1. ○traigartaka mfn. (fr. -trigarta) L

pūrvatraiyalinda

  1. ○traiyalinda mfn. (fr. next) Pat

pūrvatryalinda

  1. ○tryalinda N. of a village Pat

pūrvatva

  1. ○tva n. precedence, priority, former state or condition Jaim. Pāṇ. Sch

pūrvathā

  1. ○thā (pūrvá-), ind. formerly or is formerly, previously, first RV. TBr

pūrvadakṣiṇa

  1. ○dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. south-eastern KātyŚr. MārkP

pūrvadatta

  1. ○datta mfn. given before Hcat

pūrvadarśana

  1. ○darśana m. N. of a man BhP

pūrvadāvika

  1. ○dāvika mfn. (fr. -devikā) Pāṇ. 7-3, 1 Sch

pūrvadikpati

  1. ○dik-pati or m. 'regent of the eastern quarter', N. of Indra L

pūrvadigīśa

  1. ○dig-īśa m. 'regent of the eastern quarter', N. of Indra L

pūrvadina

  1. ○dina n. the earlier part of the day, forenoon MW

pūrvadiś

  1. ○diś f. the eastern region, east quarter Pañcad

pūrvadiśya

  1. ○diśya mfn. situated towards the east, hearing east
  2. eastern MW

pūrvadiṣṭa

  1. ○diṣṭa mfn. determined by former actions BhP
  2. n: the award of destiny A

pūrvadīkṣā

  1. ○dīkṣā́ f. the former consecration ŚBr
  2. ○kṣin mfn. taking the formerly consecration AitBr

pūrvadugdha

  1. ○dugdha mfn. sucked out or plundered before Daś

pūrvaduṣkṛtabhoga

  1. ○duṣkṛta-bhoga m. the pain or penalty consequent on sins committed in a former birth MW

pūrvadṛṣṭa

  1. ○dṛṣṭa mfn. seen before Kathās
  2. appeared in former times, primaeval MBh
  3. declared by the ancients Mn. ix, 87

pūrvadṛṣṭi

  1. ○dṛṣṭi f. a former view or sight MW

pūrvadeva

  1. ○deva m. a primaeval deity MBh. (applied also to the Pitṛis= -devatā Mn. iii, 192)
  2. an Asura or demon (offspring of Kaśyapa, the parent of both gods and demons) Siṃhâs

pūrvadevikā

  1. ○devikā f. N. of a village in the eastern part of India Pāṇ. Sch

pūrvadeśa

  1. ○deśa m. the eastern direction
  2. (e, to the east of abl. Pāṇ. Sch.)
  3. the eastern country MBh

pūrvadeha

  1. ○deha m. a former body
  2. (e), ind. in a formerly birth or existence Hariv

pūrvadehika

  1. ○dehika and mfn. done in a former existence MBh

pūrvadaihika

  1. ○daihika (also paurva-d○), mfn. done in a former existence MBh

pūrvadvāra

  1. ○dvāra mfn. favourable in the eastern region Sūryapr

pūrvadvārika

  1. ○dvārika mfn. favourable to an expedition towards the east Var

pūrvanagarī

  1. ○nagarī f. g. nady-ādi

pūrvanaḍaka

  1. ○naḍaka n. a hollow bone in the upper part (of the thigh) KātyŚr

pūrvanipāta

  1. ○nipāta m. (in gram.) the irregular priority of a word in a comp. [Page 643, Column]

pūrvanimitta

  1. ○nimitta n. an omen Lalit

pūrvanivāsa

  1. ○nivāsa m. 'former habitation', a former existence Divyâv
  2. -jñāna n. (with Buddhists) knowledge of the past lives of all beings MW
  3. ○sânusmṛti f. 'recollection of former habitations', reminiscence of formerly existence (one of the 10 powers of a Buddha) Dharmas. 20 ; 76

pūrvaniviṣṭa

  1. ○niviṣṭa mfn. made formerly or in ancient times (as a pond) Mn. ix, 281

pūrvanyāya

  1. ○nyāya m. a previous judgment Yājñ. Sch

pūrvanyāsa

  1. ○nyāsa m. N. of wk

pūrvapakṣa

  1. ○pakṣá m. the fore part or side TBr
  2. the first half of a lunar month, the fortnight of the waxing moon TS. Br. Lāṭy. &c. (○kṣâha, a day in the first half &c. ĀpGṛ.)
  3. the first half of a year KātyŚr
  4. an action at law, the first statement of the plaintiff, first step in a law-suit Yājñ. Vishṇ. Nār
  5. the first objection to an assertion in any discussion, the prima facie view or argument in any question Śaṃk. Suśr. MārkP. (cf. IW. 99)
  6. -grantha m. ○tha-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-rahasya n. ○thânu-gama m. -nirukti f. N. of wks
  7. -pāda m. the first step of a legal process or law-suit, the plaint of the plaintiff W
  8. -rahasya n. -lakṣaṇa n. -vyāpti f. ○ti-kroḍa m. ○ti-lakṣaṇa n. -vyutpatti-lakṣaṇa n. -vyutpatti-vāda m. ○kṣâvalī f. N. of wks

pūrvapakṣaya

  1. ○pakṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make the first objection to an assertion in any discussion Bādar. Sch

pūrvapakṣin

  1. ○pakṣin mfn. one who makes the first objṭobjection to an assṭassertion ib

pūrvapakṣīkṛ

  1. ○pakṣī-√kṛ = -pakṣaya

pūrvapakṣīya

  1. ○pakṣīya mfn. situated on the front side Pāṇ. 4-2, 138

pūrvapañcāla

  1. ○pañcāla (pūrvá-), m. pl. the eastern Pañcālas Pāṇ. 6-2, 103 Sch
  2. sg.- pūrvaḥ pañcālānām Pāṇ. 8-3, 13 Sch

pūrvapatha

  1. ○patha m. a former way, way gone before Kathās

pūrvapada

  1. ○pada n. the first member of a comp. Prāt. Pāṇ. &c.: -prakṛti-svara mfn. having the original accent of the first member of a comp
  2. -tva n. Pāṇ. 2-1, 4 Vārtt. 2

pūrvapadika

  1. ○padika mfn. relating to the first member of a comp. W
  2. = pūrva-padam adhī7te veda vā Pāṇ. 4-2, 60 Kāś

pūrvapadya

  1. ○padya mfn. belonging to the first member of a comp. RPrāt

pūrvaparigraha

  1. ○parigraha m. first claim, prerogative, precedence MBh
  2. mf(ā)n. claimed as first privilege by (gen.) R

pūrvapariccheda

  1. ○pariccheda m. and n. N. of wks

pūrvaparibhedya

  1. ○paribhedya (?), n. N. of wks

pūrvaparvata

  1. ○parvata m. the eastern mountain (from behind which the sun is supposed to rise) L

pūrvapaścāt

  1. ○paścāt adv. from the east to the west Hcat
  2. ○cān-mukha mf(ī)n. flowing to the east and west R

pūrvapaścāyata

  1. ○paścâyata mfn. spreading or running from the east to the west Hcat. MārkP

pūrvapaścima

  1. ○paścima mf(ā)n. directed from the east to the west Sūryas
  2. -tas adv. from the east to the, vest Hcat

pūrvapā

  1. ○pā́ mfn. drinking first or before others RV

pūrvapāñcālaka

  1. ○pāñcālaka mfn. belonging to the eastern Pañcālas Pāṇ. 6-2, 105 Sch

pūrvapāṭaliputra

  1. ○pāṭali-putra n. N. of a city
  2. ○traka mfn. being in Pūrva-pṭpreviously (?) Pāṇ. 7-3, 14 Sch

pūrvapāṇinīya

  1. ○pāṇinīya m. pl. the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east
  2. mfn. relating to them Pāṇ. 6-2, 104 Sch

pūrvapāda

  1. ○pāda m. a forefoot KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr
  2. N. of a man (vḷ. pūjya-p○) Cat

pūrvapāna

  1. ○pāna (Nir.),

pūrvapāyya

  1. ○pā́yya (RV.), n. = -pīti

pūrvapālin

  1. ○pālin m. N. of a prince MBh
  2. of Indra A

pūrvapitāmaha

  1. ○pitāmaha m. a forefather, ancestor MBh. Kathās

pūrvapīṭhikā

  1. ○pīṭhikā f. introduction Daś
  2. N. of wk. (?)

pūrvapīti

  1. ○pīti (pūrvá-), f. precedence in drinking RV

pūrvapuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa m. a forefather, ancestor Kauś. Bālar. Pañcat
  2. (pl. forefathers, ancestors Kād.)
  3. 'the primaeval Soul', N. of Brahmā Hariv

pūrvapūjita

  1. ○pūjita mfn. consecrated before Kathās

pūrvapūrṇamāsī

  1. ○pūrṇa-māsī f. the first or real day of full moon Jyot

pūrvapūrva

  1. ○pūrva mf(ā)n. each previous or preceding one, each one mentioned previously (also -tama) MBh
  2. m. pl. forefathers, ancestors MBh
  3. ○vânugaṇḍikā f. N. of a range of hills (cf. apara-gaṇḍikā) MBh
  4. ○vôkta mfn. each one mentioned previously Vedântas

pūrvapeya

  1. ○péya n. precedence in drinking RV. AitBr
  2. precedence AV

pūrvaprajñā

  1. ○prajñā́ f. knowledge of the past, remembrance, memory ŚBr

pūrvapratipanna

  1. ○pratipanna mfn. one who has promised before Kathās

pūrvaprayoga

  1. ○prayoga m. N. of wk

pūrvapravṛtta

  1. ○pravṛtta mf(ā)n. formerly happened or done or fixed &c. R

pūrvaprasthita

  1. ○prasthita mfn. gone before, set ont in advance Vikr

pūrvaprāyaścitta

  1. ○prâyaś-citta n. N. of wk

pūrvapreta

  1. ○prêta mfn. gone or flown away before TāṇḍyaBr
  2. deceased, dead Divyâv
  3. m. pl. the Pitṛis
  4. -pūjaka mfn. worshipping the Pitṛis, Lalit

pūrvaphalgunī

  1. ○phalgunī f. 'the first Phalguni', N. of the 11th Nakshatra (cf. uttara-phalgunī) VP. Uṇ. Sch
  2. -bhava m. N. of Bṛihas-pati or the planet Jupiter L

pūrvabandhu

  1. ○bandhu m. first i.e. best friend Mṛicch

pūrvabādha

  1. ○bādha m. suspension or annulment of something preceding Siṃhâs

pūrvabrāhmaṇa

  1. ○brāhmaṇa n. N. of wk. [Page 644, Column]

pūrvabhakṣikā

  1. ○bhakṣikā f. (prob.) wṛ. for -bhikṣikā

pūrvabhadrapada

  1. ○bhadra-pada m. (and ā f. pl.) = -bhādrap○ L

pūrvabhava

  1. ○bhava m. a former life Hemac

pūrvabhāga

  1. ○bhāga m. the fore part L
  2. the upper part (opp. to adho-bhāga) Suśr
  3. dina-p○, the earlier part of the day, forenoon, morning Ragh
  4. mfn. whose conjunction with the moon begins in the forenoon Sūryapr

pūrvabhāj

  1. ○bhā́j mfn. receiving the first share, the first sharer, preferred, privileged, excellent RV
  2. belonging to the preceding Prāt

pūrvabhādrapada

  1. ○bhādrapada m. (and ā f. pl.) the 25th Nakshatra, the former of the two called Bhādrapadā (containing two stars) MBh. VP. Col

pūrvabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. prior or antecedent existence, priority KapS. Bhāshāp
  2. (in rhet.) disclosing an intention Daśar. Pratāp

pūrvabhāvin

  1. ○bhāvin mfn. being anterior, preceding TBr. Comm
  2. ○vi-tva n. priority Kap

pūrvabbāṣin

  1. ○bbāṣin mfn. speaking first, polite, complaisant R

pūrvabhikṣikā

  1. ○bhikṣikā f. a breakfast Divyâv

pūrvabhukti

  1. ○bhukti f. prior or long-continued possession Mn.viii, 252

pūrvabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. existing previously, preceding Pāṇ. Sch

pūrvabhūbhṛt

  1. ○bhū-bhṛt m. the eastern mountain (from behind which the sun is supposed to rise)
  2. a former prince Subh

pūrvamagadha

  1. ○magadha m.pl. the eastern Magadhas

pūrvamadra

  1. ○madra m. pl. the eastern Madras (cf. paurvam○) L

pūrvamadhyāhna

  1. ○madhyâhna m. the forenoon Kathās

pūrvamāgadhaka

  1. ○māgadhaka mfn. relating or belonging to the eastern Magadhas L

pūrvamārin

  1. ○mārin mfn. dying before GṛŚrS. Mn. &c

pūrvamīmāṃsā

  1. ○mīmāṃsā f. 'inquiry into or interpretation of the first or Mantra portion of the Veda', N. of the system of philosophy attributed to Jaimini (as opp. to uttara-m○, which is an inquiry into the later or Upanishad portion
  2. the pūrva-m○ is generally called the Mantra, and in interpreting the Vedic text discusses the doctrine of the eternity of sound identified with Brahma IW. 98 &c.)
  3. N. of wk. of Soma-nātha
  4. -kārikā f. pl. and ○sârtha-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

pūrvamukha

  1. ○mukha mfn. having the face turned towards the east Hcat

pūrvayakṣa

  1. ○yakṣa m. 'the first Yaksha', N. of Maṇi-bhadra (one of the Jinas or Jaina teachers) L

pūrvayāmya

  1. ○yāmya mfn. south-eastern
  2. (e), ind. in the south-east Hcat

pūrvayāyāta

  1. ○yāyāta n. the more ancient form of the legend of Yayāti or that current in the east Siddh

pūrvayāyin

  1. ○yāyin mfn. moving towards the east Sūryas

pūrvayāvan

  1. ○yā́van m. 'going before', a leader RV

pūrvayoga

  1. ○yoga m. olden time, history of oṭolden time SaddhP

pūrvaraṅga

  1. ○raṅga m. the commencement or prelude of a drama, a prologue, an overture Śiś. ii, 8 Daśar. Sāh. &c

pūrvarāga

  1. ○rāga m. earliest or incipient affection, love between two persons which springs from some previous cause Sāh

pūrvarāja

  1. ○rāja m. an ex-king Mudr

pūrvarātra

  1. ○rātrá m. the first part of the night, the time from dusk to midnight AitBr. Kauś. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
  2. -krita mfn. done during the formerly previously of the night (= tre kṛ○ Pāṇ. 2-1, 45 Sch.)

pūrvarūpa

  1. ○rūpá n. indication of something approaching, an omen AV
  2. something prior or antecedent to, (esp.) the symptom of occurring disease Car. Suśr
  3. the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants (-tā f.) TUp. Prāt. &c
  4. (in rhet.) a figure of speech which describes the unexpected return of anything to its former state Kuval
  5. mf(ā)n. having the previous form or shape, being as before Dhūrtas

pūrvalakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa n. indication of anything about to occur Car. -1

pūrvavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having (or relating to) something preceding or antecedent VPrāt
  2. (an argument) in which a conclusion is drawn from a previous cause to in effect Nyāyad
  3. f. one who has been previously married Āp
  4. ○vat-tara mfn. antecedent, former R. -2

pūrvavat

  1. ○vát ind. as before, as hitherto, as heretofore, as aforesaid
  2. according to something previous (applied in the Nyāya to a kind of inference such as inferring from the previous appearance of a cloud that rain will fall) RV. &c. &c

pūrvavayas

  1. ○vayas mfn. or being in the first period or stage of life, young MBh

pūrvavayaska

  1. ○vayaska mfn. being in the first period or stage of life, young MBh

pūrvavayasa

  1. ○vayasá n. the first period or stage of life, youth Br

pūrvavayasin

  1. ○vayasín mfn. being in the first period of life, young TBr

pūrvavartin

  1. ○vartin mfn. existing before, preceding, prior, previous
  2. ○ti-tā f. (Bhāshāp.), ○ti-tva n. (Mṛicch. Sch.) former existence, precedence, priority

pūrvavah

  1. ○váh (vā́h), mfn. drawing in front, being the first horse or leader, or harnessed for the first time (applied to a horse) Br. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr

pūrvavākya

  1. ○vākya n. (in dram.) an allusion to a former utterance Sāh

pūrvavāda

  1. ○vāda m. the first plea or plaint in an action at law Vishṇ. Yājñ. Sch

pūrvavādin

  1. ○vādin m. 'speaking first', 'making the first statement of a case', a complainant, plaintiff Yājñ

pūrvavāyu

  1. ○vāyu m. the east wind Var

pūrvavārṣika

  1. ○vārṣika mfn. relating to the first half of the rainy season Pāṇ. 7-3, 11 Sch. [Page 644, Column]

pūrvavid

  1. ○vid mfn. knowing the things or events of the past Mn. ix, 44

pūrvavideha

  1. ○videha m. the country of the eastern Videhas (with Buddhists 'one of the 4 continents' Dharmas. 120)
  2. -lipi f. a partic. mode of writing L

pūrvavidhi

  1. ○vidhi m. a preceding rule Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 51
  2. N. of wk

pūrvavipratiṣedha

  1. ○vipratiṣedha m. the conflict of two statements or rules the first of which is opposed to the second ĀpŚr. Comm

pūrvavihita

  1. ○vihita mfn. deposited or buried before (as a treasure) Mṛicch

pūrvavṛta

  1. ○vṛta mfn. chosen before Kum

pūrvavṛtta

  1. ○vṛtta mfn. formerly happened
  2. relating to a previous occurrence Hariv
  3. n. a former event, previous occurrence Kālid. Śaṃk
  4. former conduct MārkP

pūrvavairin

  1. ○vairin mfn. one who is the first to begin hostilities MBh

pūrvaśāṃśapa

  1. ○śāṃśapa mfn. (fr. -śiṃśapā) Pāṇ. 7-3, 1 Sch

pūrvaśānti

  1. ○śānti f. N. of wk

pūrvaśārada

  1. ○śārada mfn. relating to the first half of the autumn Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 72

pūrvaśāstra

  1. ○śāstra n. N. of wk

pūrvaśiṣya

  1. ○śiṣya m. (and ā f.) a former or ancient pupil Mālatīm

pūrvaśīrṣa

  1. ○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. having the head or top turned towards the east MBh

pūrvaśaila

  1. ○śaila m. = -parvata L
  2. pl. N. of a Buddhist school
  3. -saṃghârāma m. N. of a Buddhist monastery

pūrvaśaivadīkṣāvidhi

  1. ○śaiva-dīkṣā-vidhi m. and N. of wks

pūrvaṣaṭka

  1. ○ṣaṭka (?), n. N. of wks

pūrvasaṃhitā

  1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

pūrvasaktha

  1. ○sakthá n. (prob.) the upper part of the thigh Pāṇ. 5-4, 98

pūrvasaṃcita

  1. ○saṃcita mfn. gathered before Mn.vi, 15

pūrvasaṃjalpa

  1. ○saṃjalpa m. an introduction in the form of a dialogue Car

pūrvasad

  1. ○sád mfn. sitting in front SV

pūrvasaṃdhyā

  1. ○saṃdhyā f. 'earlier twilight', dawn, day-break W

pūrvasabhika

  1. ○sabhika m. the chief of a gambling house Mṛicch

pūrvasamudra

  1. ○samudra m. the eastern sea Var

pūrvasara

  1. ○sara mf(ī)n. going before, preceding Pāṇ. 3-2, 19 Bhaṭṭ

pūrvasasya

  1. ○sasya n. earliest-sown grain Var

pūrvasāgara

  1. ○sāgara m. the eastern sea Ragh. VarBṛS

pūrvasāra

  1. ○sāra mfn. going eastwards Pāṇ. 1-?1ī, 2, 19 Sch
  2. -sārâsvādinī f. N. of wk

pūrvasārin

  1. ○sārin mfn. preceding, taking precedence of all others MBh

pūrvasāhasa

  1. ○sāhasa n. the first or heaviest fine or punishment Mn

pūrvasiddha

  1. ○siddha mfn. previously settled or determined or proved KapS

pūrvasiddhānta

  1. ○siddhânta m. and -pakṣatā f. N. of wks

pūrvasupta

  1. ○supta mfn. formerly or already fallen asleep Pañcat

pūrvasū

  1. ○sū́ mfn. first bringing forth RV
  2. firstborn, ancient, primaeval ŚāṅkhŚr

pūrvasūri

  1. ○sūri m. an ancient master (of music) Saṃgīt

pūrvasevā

  1. ○sevā f. first use or practice of (gen.) Baudh

pūrvastha

  1. ○stha mfn. standing first, most excellent MBh

pūrvasthiti

  1. ○sthiti f. first or former state MW

pūrvasvara

  1. ○svara m. (in gram.) having the accent of the preceding MW

pūrvahūti

  1. ○hūti (pūrvá-), f. first or earliest invocation, morning prayer RV. VS

pūrvahoma

  1. ○homá m. an introductory, sacrifice TBr

pūrvāgni

  1. pūrvâgni m. 'original or primaeval fire', the householder's sacred formerly (= āvasa-thya) AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
  2. -vahana n. a vehicle for carrying the sacred fṭformerly KātyŚr
  3. -vā́h n. a bull carrying the sacred formerly ŚBr. KātyŚr

pūrvāṅga

  1. pūrvâṅga n. the former body Kathās
  2. a constituent part of the preceding VPrāt. Sch
  3. m. the first day in the civil month Sūryapr

pūrvācarita

  1. pūrvâcarita mfn. formerly done or followed W

pūrvācala

  1. pūrvâcala m. = ○va-parvata VarP. Śatr

pūrvācāryavṛttāntadīpikā

  1. pūrvâcārya-vṛttânta-dīpikā f. N. of a comm. on wks. of the Rāmânuja school

pūrvātitha

  1. pūrvātitha n. (= paurv○) N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

pūrvātithi

  1. pūrvâtithi m. N. of a man Cat

pūrvādi

  1. pūrvâdi mfn. beginning with the word pūrva Var

pūrvāditas

  1. pūrvâditas ind. beginning from the east ib

pūrvādya

  1. pūrvâdya mfn. beginning with the east ib

pūrvādri

  1. pūrvâdri m. = ○va-parvata Kathās

pūrvādhika

  1. pūrvâdhika mfn. greater than before
  2. -dyuti mfn. more brilliant than before Kathās

pūrvādhikārin

  1. pūrvâdhikārin m. a prior owner, former proprietor MW

pūrvādhirāma

  1. pūrvâdhirāma n. the more ancient form of the story of Rāma on the form current in the east Pāṇ. Sch

pūrvādhyuṣita

  1. pūrvâdhyuṣita mfn. formerly inhabited R

pūrvānubhūta

  1. pūrvânubhūta mfn. formerly felt or enjoyed Caurap

pūrvānuyoga

  1. pūrvânuyoga m. N. of a Jaina wk. belonging to the Dṛishṭi-vāda

pūrvānuṣṭhita

  1. pūrvânuṣṭhita mfn. observed or performed before
  2. -tva n. Baudh

pūrvānta

  1. pūrvânta m. (in gram.) the end of a preceding word
  2. anticipation (= pūrvakoti) L
  3. -tas ind. in advance Lalit

pūrvāpakārin

  1. pūrvâpakārin mfn. one who has injured another before R

pūrvāpara

  1. pūrvâpara mfn. being before and behind
  2. directed forward and backward, eastern and western KātyŚr. Kālid. &c. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)
  3. prior and subsequent, first and last
  4. preceding and following, following one another, connected with one another KātyŚr. MBh. &c
  5. (ám), ind. one after another RV. ĀpŚr. Sch
  6. n. that which is before and behind, east and west Sūryas
  7. connection Mn. viii, 56
  8. the proof and thing to be proved W
  9. -grantha m. N. of wk. [Page 644, Column]
  10. -dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. eastern, western and southern MBh
  11. -dina n. forenoon and afternoon Cat
  12. -rātri f. the former and latter half of the night, ŚāṅkhGr
  13. -prayoga m. N. of wk
  14. -virodha m. opposition of prior and subsequent, inconsistency, incongruity MW
  15. -smārta-prayoga m. N. of wk
  16. ○parâyata mf(ā)n. running from east to west KātyŚr. Sch
  17. ○parī-bhāva m. the following one another, succession Sarvad
  18. ○parī-√bhū, to follow one another, be connected with one another Nir. Sāh
  19. ○parya n. = paurvāparya
  20. (eṇa), ind. one after another KātyŚr. Sch. VarBṛ. Sch

pūrvāpaharaṇā

  1. pūrvâpaharaṇā f. g. ajâdi Kāś. (vḷ. ○pahāṇā)

pūrvāpuṣ

  1. pūrvâpúṣ (?) RV. viii, 22, 2 (Sāy. = pūrveṣām poṣakaḥ
  2. vḷ. pūrâyus, q.v.)

pūrvābhādrapadā

  1. pūrvā-bhādrapadā f. the 25th Nakshatra MBh. (vḷ. pūrva-bh○)

pūrvābhibhāṣin

  1. pūrvâbhibhāṣin mfn. = -pūrva-bhâṣin, q.v. Rājat

pūrvābhimukha

  1. pūrvâbhimukha mf(ā)n. turned or flowing towards the east (as rivers) Suśr

pūrvābhirāmā

  1. pūrvâbhirāmā f. N. of a river MBh

pūrvābhiṣeka

  1. pūrvâbhiṣeká m. previous anointing
  2. (Sāy. 'a partic. Mantra') ŚBr

pūrvābhyāsa

  1. pūrvâbhyāsa m. the repetition of what precedes
  2. (ena), ind. afresh, anew ŚārṅgP

pūrvāmbudhi

  1. pūrvâmbudhi m. the eastern ocean Kathās

pūrvāyus

  1. pūrvâyús mfn. (prob.) 'of an early age', young RV. (vḷ. for pūrvâpúṣ, q.v
  2. others pūrv-āyus, 'having or granting vital power')

pūrvārāma

  1. pūrvârāma m. 'eastern garden', N. of a Buddhist monastery

pūrvārcika

  1. pūrvârcika n. N. of the first half of the Sāma-veda (the second half of which is called uttarârcika)

pūrvārjita

  1. pūrvârjita mfn. attained or gained formerly or by former works Kathās

pūrvārdha

  1. pūrvârdhá m. (later n.) the front or upper part
  2. eastern side (opp. to jaghanârdha, uttarârdha &c.) TS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c
  3. the fore or first half (of a hemistich) Śrutab
  4. (with dinasya) forenoon Bhartṛ. &c
  5. -kāya m. the front or upper part of the body MBh
  6. -bhāga m. the upper part, top Ragh
  7. -lambin mfn. having the foremost half inclined, leaning forward MW

pūrvārdhya

  1. pūrvārdhya mfn. being on the eastern side Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Pāṇ. Sch

pūrvāvadhīrita

  1. pūrvâvadhīrita mfn. formerly disdained Śak

pūrvāvedaka

  1. pūrvâvedaka m. 'making the first statement', a plaintiff Yājñ

pūrvāśā

  1. pūrvâśā f. the east Hcat

pūrvāśin

  1. pūrvâśin mfn. eating before another (abl. or loc.) MBh

pūrvāṣāḍhā

  1. pūrvâṣāḍhā f. the first of two constellations called Ashāḍhā (the 18th or 20th Nakshatra or lunar asterism) Var. Pur
  2. ○ḍha-janana-śānti f. N. of wk

pūrvāsin

  1. pūrvâsín mfn. shooting before (another) AV

pūrvāhṇa

  1. pūrvâhṇá m. the earlier part of the day, forenoon (mostly loc
  2. sometimes incorrectly pūrvâhna) RV. &c. &c
  3. (○hṇa-kāle or ○hNe-k○, ○hṇa-tare or ○hNe-t○, ○hṇa-tame or ○hNe-t○ [Pāṇ. 6-3, 17 Sch.], ○hṇe-tarām or -tamām [v, 4, 11 Sch.], ind. in the forenoon
  4. -hṇa-kṛta mfn. = ○hNe-kR○ [ī, 1, 45 Sch.], to be done in the formerly
  5. ○hṇâparâhṇayoḥ ind. in the formerly and afternoon Lāṭy. Gobh
  6. ○hṇe-geya mfn. [ī, 1, 43 Sch.] to be sung in the fṭformerly)
  7. ○hṇaka m. 'born in the forenoon', N. of a man Pāṇ. 4-3, 28
  8. ○hṇatana or ○hṇe-tana (vi, 3, 17 Sch.), mfn. belonging or relating to the forenoon
  9. ○hṇika mf(ī)n. id. MBh
  10. n. a matutinal ceremony or sacrifice = p"ṣ-kriyā (or -vidhi) MBh

pūrvetara

  1. pūrvêtara mf(ā)n. 'other than eastern', western L

pūrvedyus

  1. pūrvedyús ind. on the day before, yesterday (opp. to uttaredyus, apare-dyus &c.) TS. Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c
  2. early, betimes, in the morning. L
  3. during that portion of a day on which religious ceremonies are to be performed = dharmâhe, dharma-vāsare L
  4. ○dyur-āhṛtá mfn. fetched on the day before ŚBr
  5. ○dyur-dugdhá mfn. milked on the day before ŚBr

pūrvendra

  1. pūrvêndra m. a former Indra MBh

pūrveṣukāmaśamī

  1. pūrvêṣukāmaśamī N. of a village Pāṇ. 2-1, 50 &c. Sch
  2. ○vaiṣukāmaśama mfn. (fr. prec.), iv, 2, 107 &c. Sch

pūrvokta

  1. pūrvôkta mfn. said before, formerly stated, aforesaid, before mentioned Mn. Kathās. &c
  2. -parāmarśaka mfn. referring to something before mentioned MW

pūrvocita

  1. pūrvôcita mfn. before accustomed, known from former days, former R

pūrvottara

  1. pūrvôttara mf(ā)n. north-eastern MBh. MārkP. Hcat. &c
  2. (e), ind. in the north-east Hcat
  3. du. or (ibc.) the antecedent and subsequent, the preceding and following VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch
  4. -śānti f. N. of wk

pūrvotthāyin

  1. pūrvôtthāyin mfn. rising the first (in the morning) Gaut. MBh

pūrvotthita

  1. pūrvôtthita mfn. risen before (as smoke) Ragh

pūrvotpatti

  1. pūrvôtpatti mfn. arising before KapS

pūrvotpanna

  1. pūrvôtpanna mfn. produced or arisen or existent before
  2. -tva n. = pūrva-bhāva Bhāshāp. [Page 645, Column]

pūrvodakplava

  1. pūrvôdak-plava mfn. inclined towards the north-east Var

pūrvodita

  1. pūrvôdita mfn. aforesaid, before mentioned W

pūrvopakārin

  1. pūrvôpakārin mfn. one who has formerly, done a service to another MBh

pūrvopakrama

  1. pūrvôpakrama mf(ā)n. beginning from the east Gobh

pūrvopanihita

  1. pūrvôpanihita mfn. previously hidden away (as a treasure) Mn. viii, 37

pūrvopapanna

  1. pūrvôpapanna mfn. (prob.) having prior claims MBh

pūrvopasṛta

  1. pūrvôpasṛtá mfn. approached or arrived first TBr

pūrvopārjita

  1. pūrvôpârjita mfn. formerly occupied or acquired Pañc

pūrvaka

  1. pūrvaka mf(ikā)n. earlier, former, previous, prior, first MBh. Kāv. &c. (strī-p○, 'one who was formerly a woman', bhūta-p○, 'having been before'
  2. ifc. also= preceded or accompanied by, connected with, consisting in
  3. am ind. = after, with, amid, according to)
  4. m. a forefather, ancestor Hariv. R. MārkP

pūrvaya

  1. pūrvaya only in upâdhāyya-p○ mfn. 'having an edge or border' (of braid), trimmed, edged TS

pūrvika

  1. pūrvika mfn. former, ancient Kāraṇḍ
  2. formerly invited L
  3. wṛ. for pūrvaka MBh

pūrviṇa

  1. pūrviṇa mfn. derived from ancestors or fore-fathers, ancestral ĀśvŚr

pūrvin

  1. pūrvin mfn. id. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 133, and See a-, daśa-, strī-p○)

pūrvineṣṭha

  1. pūrvineṣṭhá mfn. (prob.) wṛ. SV

pūrvī

  1. pūrvī́ f. See purú

pūrvīṇa

  1. pūrvīṇa mfn. = pūrviṇa Pāṇ. 4-4, 133

pūrveṇa

  1. pūrveṇa ind. See under pūrva

pūrvya

  1. pūrvyá (rarely pū́rvya), mf(ā)n. former, previous, ancient, old (opp. to naviiyas, nū-tana &c.) RV. AV. ŚāṅkhŚr. ŚvetUp
  2. precedent, first RV. RPrāt
  3. next, nearest RV
  4. most excellent ib. ŚBr. (Sch. 'young')
  5. (ám), ind. before, formerly, at first, long since, hitherto RV
  6. -stuti (pūrvyá-), f. first cr principal praise RV

pūl

  1. pūl cl. 1. 10. P. pūlati, pūlayati, to collect, gather Dhātup. xv, 25
  2. xxxii, 93

pūla

  1. pūla m. a bunch, bundle MānGṛ. KātyŚr. Sch. (also -ka)
  2. pl. straw ĀśvŚr. Sch

pūlāka

  1. pūlāka g. palāśâdi

pūlāsa

  1. pūlāsa n. g. saṃkalâdi Gaṇar. 81

pūlāsakuraṇḍa

  1. ○kuraṇḍa g. rāja-dantâdi

pūlāsaka

  1. pūlāsaka in -karaṇḍa Kāś
  2. -kuraṇḍa n. g. rāja-dantâdi Gaṇar. 83

pūlya

  1. pūlya n. an empty or shrivelled grain of corn AV

pūṣ

  1. pūṣ (= √2. puṣ), cl. 1. P. pūṣati, to nourish, increase Dhātup. xvii, 24

pūṣa

  1. pūṣa m. a kind of mulberry tree L
  2. (ā), f. N. of the third Kalā of the moon BrahmaP

pūṣa

  1. pūṣa in comp. for ○ṣan

pūṣadantahara

  1. ○danta-hara m. 'taking away Pūshan's teeth', N. of Śiva L

pūṣadhra

  1. ○dhra (prob.) wṛ. for pṛṣa-dhra

pūṣabhāsā

  1. ○bhāsā f. 'sun-splendour', N. of the capital of Indra L. (wṛ. -bhāṣā)

pūṣamitra

  1. ○mitra m. 'friend of Pūsha', N. of a man L

pūṣarāti

  1. ○rāti mfn. (prob.) giving growth or increase RV

pūṣātmaja

  1. pūṣâtmaja or m. 'son or younger brother of Pūsha', N. of Parjanya MBh. (Nīlak.)

pūṣānuja

  1. pūṣânuja m. 'son or younger brother of PṭPūsha', N. of Parjanya MBh. (Nīlak.)

pūṣāṣṭottara

  1. pūṣâṣṭôttara n. N. of a Stotra

pūṣāsuhṛd

  1. pūṣâsuhṛd m. 'enemy of Pūsha', N. of Śiva L

pūṣaṇ

  1. pūṣaṇ in comp. for ○ṣan

pūṣaṇvat

  1. ○vát mfn. accompanied by Pūshan RV. VS. AitBr

pūṣaṇa

  1. pūṣáṇa m. N. of a god (= Pūshan) RV
  2. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

pūṣan

  1. pūṣán m. (the a not lengthened in the strong cases, but acc. ○ṣāṇam, in MārkP.) N. of a Vedic deity (originally connected with the sun, and therefore the surveyor of all things, and the conductor on journeys and on the way to the next world, often associated with Soma or the Moon as protector of the universe
  2. he is, moreover, regarded as the keeper of flocks and herds and bringer of prosperity
  3. in the Brāhmaṇas he is represented as having lost his teeth and feeding on a kind of gruel, whence he is called karambhâd
  4. in later times he is one of the 12 Ādityas and regent of the Nakshatra Revatī or Paushṇa
  5. du. 'Pūshan and Aryaman' VP. Sch.)
  6. the sun Kād. Bālar
  7. (?) growth, increase (cf. pūṣa-rāti)
  8. the earth L

pūṣkara

  1. pūṣkara n. a word formed for the explanation of puṣkara ŚBr

pṛ

  1. pṛ cl. 3. P. (Dhātup. xxv, 4) píparti (3. pl. píprati RV
  2. Impv. pipṛhi BhP
  3. para VS
  4. cl. 9. P. pṛṇāti, 'to protect' Dhātup. xxxi, 19
  5. pf. 3. pl. pipruḥ BhP. [= pūrṇāḥ Sch.]
  6. aor. Subj. parṣi, parṣati, parṣa, pāriṣat RV. [Page 645, Column]
  7. apārīt Bhaṭṭ
  8. inf. parṣáṇi RV.), to bring over or to (acc.), bring out of, deliver from (abl.), rescue, save, protect, escort, further, promote RV. AV. VS. ŚāṅkhGṛ. BhP. Bhaṭṭ
  9. to surpass, excel (acc.) RV. viii, 50, 8 AV. xi, 5, 1 ; 2
  10. to be able (with inf.) BhP.: Caus. pāráyati (ep. and m. c. also ○te
  11. aor. apīparat
  12. Pass. pāryate), to bring over or out, rescue, protect, save, preserve, keep alive RV. &c. &c
  13. to get over, overcome, bring to an end ib
  14. to resist, withstand, be a match for (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  15. to be capable of or able to (with an inf. which after pāryate has a pass. sense
  16. √.śak and Pāṇ. 3-4, 66 Sch.) Kāv. Pur. &c. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [645,] Lat. porta, peritus ; Slav. pirati ; Germ. fahren ; Eng. fare.]

pṛ

  1. pṛ cl. 5. P., 6. Ā. pṛṇoti or priyate (Dhātup. xxvii, 12 ; xxviii, 109), to be busy or active (only in ā-√pṛ and vy-ā-√pṛ, q.v.)

pṛkkā

  1. pṛkkā f. Trigonella Corniculata L. (cf. spṛkkā)

pṛkta

  1. pṛkta pṛkti, See under √1. pṛc

pṛktha

  1. pṛktha n. possession, property, wealth L. (cf. riktha)

pṛkṣ

  1. pṛ́kṣ f. (nom. wanting
  2. prob. fr. √1. pṛc) refreshment, satiation, nourishment, food RV

pṛkṣa

  1. pṛkṣá mfn. (either connected with pṛśni, pṛṣat, or fr. √1. pṛc) spotted, dappled (others 'fleet, swift'
  2. others, having or bringing food')
  3. m. a spotted (or a swift &c.) horse (others 'beast of burden'
  4. others 'food, nourishment, abundance') RV
  5. N. of a man ib. ii, 13, 8
  6. = saṃgrāma Naigh. ii, 57

pṛkṣaprayaj

  1. ○prayaj (○kṣá-), mfn. in which oblations of food begin to be offered (said of the dawn) RV. iii, 7, 10 (Sāy
  2. according to others 'hastening with swift horses')

pṛkṣayāma

  1. ○yāma (○kṣá-), mfn. 'driving swift horses' (prob. N. of a family) RV. i, 122, 7

pṛkṣu

  1. pṛkṣú (prob.) wṛ. for pṛtsú SV

pṛkṣudh

  1. pṛkṣúdh mfn. (?) RV. i, 141, 4

pṛc

  1. pṛc cl. 7. P. (Dhātup. xxix, 25) pṛṇákti Ā. pṛṅkté (or cl. 2. pṛkte Dhātup. xxiv, 20
  2. cl. 1. P. pṛñcati AV
  3. cl. 3. P. pipṛgdhi, pipṛkta RV
  4. pf. papṛcuḥ AitBr
  5. papṛcāsi, ○cyāt, ○cāná RV
  6. aor. párcas [p. pṛcāná ib
  7. Prec. pricīmahi] ib
  8. aprāk AV
  9. apṛkṣi, ○kta ib
  10. aparcīt, ○ciṣṭa Gr
  11. fut. parciṣyati, ○te, parcitā ib
  12. inf. -pṛ́ce, -pṛ́cas RV.), to mix, mingle, put together with (instr., rarely loc
  13. dhanuṣā śaram, 'to fix the arrow upon the bow' Bhaṭṭ.), unite, join RV. &c. &c
  14. to fill (Ā. one's self?), sate, satiate RV. MBh
  15. to give lavishly, grant bountifully, bestow anything (acc. or gen.) richly upon (dat.) RV
  16. to increase, augment ib. (Prob. connected with √pṝ, to fill
  17. cf. also √pṛj.)

pṛkta

  1. pṛktá mfn. mixed or mingled with, full of
  2. brought into contact with, touching (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
  3. n. wṛ. for pṛktha L

pṛkti

  1. pṛkti f. touch, contact L

pṛc

  1. pṛ́c f. food, nourishment, refreshment RV. v, 74, 10 (cf. ghṛta-, madhu-)

pṛcchaka

  1. pṛcchaka mf(ikā)n. (√prach) one who asks or inquires about (gen.) Yājñ. Śak. Pañc
  2. inquiring into the future VarBṛS
  3. m. an inquirer, inquisitive person W

pṛcchana

  1. pṛcchana n. asking, inquiring W

pṛcchā

  1. pṛcchā f. asking, questioning (acc.), question about (comp.) Kāv
  2. an inquiry into the future VarBṛS

pṛcchya

  1. pṛcchya mfn. to be asked or inquired after BhP

pṛj

  1. pṛj pṛñj, cl. 2. Ā. pṛkte, pṛṅkte Dhātup.xxiv, 20 (vḷ. for pṛc) ; 15 (vḷ. for pij). Cf. an-ava-pṛgṇa, ava-prajjana
  2. parjanya

pṛḍ

  1. pṛḍ cl. 6. P. pṛḍati, to gladden, delight Dhātup. xxviii, 39

pṛṇ

  1. pṛṇ cl. 6. P. pṛṇati (p. pṛṇát, Ved. Inf. pṛṇádhyai), See √pṝ

pṛṇākā

  1. pṛṇākā f. the female young of an animal ( hariṇa-p○). [Page 645, Column]

pṛt

  1. pṛt f. (only in loc. pl. pṛtsú, in one place [i, 129,] pṛtsúṣu RV
  2. but according to Vop. also in other cases, viz. pṛtas, pṛtā, pṛdbhyām) battle, contest, strife

pṛtsuti

  1. ○sutí m. or f. hostile attack (Sāy. 'a host') RV

pṛtana

  1. pṛ́tana n. an army or a hostile encounter TBr
  2. (ā), f. See next

pṛtanā

  1. pṛ́tanā f. battle, contest, strife RV. VS. Br
  2. a hostile armament, army RV. &c. &c. (in later times esp. a small army or division consisting of 243 elephants, as many chariots, 729 horse, and 1215 foot= 3 Vahinīs)
  3. pl. men, mankind Naigh. ī. 3

pṛtanāj

  1. ○"ṣj (○nâj), mfn. rushing to or in battle RV. (AV. vḷ. ○nâjí)

pṛtanāja

  1. ○"ṣja (○nâja), m. = śūra, a hero SāṅkhŚr

pṛtanājaya

  1. ○jaya m. victory in battle or over armies PārGṛ

pṛtanājit

  1. ○jít mfn. victorious in bṭbattle AV. ŚāṅkhBr
  2. m. N. of an Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr

pṛtanājya

  1. ○"ṣjya (○nâjya), n. 'rushing together in battle', close combat, fight RV

pṛtanānī

  1. ○nī or m. a leader in battle, commander, general MBh

pṛtanāpati

  1. ○pati m. a leader in battle, commander, general MBh

pṛtanāṣāh

  1. ○ṣ�āh mfn. victorious in bṭbattle RV. AV
  2. m. N. of Indra L

pṛtanāṣāhya

  1. ○ṣā́hya (RV.) and n. = -jaya

pṛtanāsāhya

  1. ○sā́hya (TBr.), n. = -jaya

pṛtanāhava

  1. ○"ṣháva (○nâh○), m. challenge to battle, fight RV

pṛtanāya

  1. pṛtanāya Nom. P., only p. ○yát, fighting together, engaged in combat RV. AV. VS

pṛtanāyu

  1. pṛtanāḍyú mfn. hostile
  2. m. an enemy RV

pṛtanya

  1. pṛtanya Nom. P. ○yáti, to attack, assail, fight against (acc.) RV. AV

pṛtanyā

  1. pṛtaḍnyā f. an army BhP

pṛtanyu

  1. pṛtaḍnyú mfn. attacking, hostile
  2. m. an enemy RV. VS

pṛtsu

  1. pṛtsu loc. of pṛt in comp

pṛtsutur

  1. ○túr mfn. victorious in battle RV

pṛtsudha

  1. pṛtsudha (?), m. = saṃgrāma (vḷ. for pṛtsu Naigh. ii, 17)

pṛtsuṣu

  1. pṛtsúṣu See pṛt

pṛth

  1. pṛth cl. 10. P. parthayati, to extend Dhātup. xxxii, 10 (cf. √prath, of which it is only the weak form)

pṛth

  1. pṛth f. = pṛthā below L

pṛtha

  1. pṛthá m. the flat or palm of the hand ŚBr
  2. a partic. measure (the length of the hand from the tip of the fingers to the knuckles, or = 13 Aṅgulis) KātyŚr
  3. (ā), f. See below

pṛthamātra

  1. ○mātrá n. the breadth of a hand TBr
  2. mfn. a hand broad KātyŚr

pṛthavāna

  1. ○vāna (pṛ́tha-), m. N. of a man RV

pṛthahara

  1. ○hara m. wṛ. for pṛthu-h○ MBh

pṛthāśva

  1. pṛthâśva m. N. of a king MBh

pṛthā

  1. pṛthā f. N. of a daughter of Śūra and adopted daughter of Kuntī and one of the wives of Pāṇḍu (mother of Karṇa before her marriage, and of Yudhi-shṭhira, Bhīma, and Arjuna after her marriage
  2. See Kuntī) MBh. Hariv. &c

pṛthāja

  1. ○ja m. 'son of Pāṇḍu', N. of Arjuna L
  2. Pentaptera Arjuna L

pṛthājanman

  1. ○janman m. 'id.', N. of Yudhi-shṭhira, Pracaṇḍ

pṛthātmaja

  1. ○tmaja (○thâtm○), m. = prec. Veṇis

pṛthāpati

  1. ○pati m. 'husband of Pāṇḍu', N. of Pāṇḍu L

pṛthābhū

  1. ○bhū m. 'son of Pāṇḍu', N. of Yudhi-shṭhira, Pracaṇḍ

pṛthāraṇi

  1. ○raṇi (○thâr○), f. 'the Araṇi PṭPāṇḍu', N. of Kuntī the wife of Pāṇḍu (as the mystical wood from which the Pāṇḍavas were struck out or generated
  2. cf. pāṇḍava-vahni and pāṇḍavâraṇi)

pṛthāsuta

  1. ○suta m. 'son of Pāṇḍu', N. of Arjuna Kir

pṛthāsūnu

  1. ○sūnu m. 'id.', N. of Yudhi-shṭhira Veṇis

pṛthak

  1. pṛ́thak ind. (√pṛth or prath + añc) widely apart, separately, differently, singly, severally, one by one (often repeated) RV. &c. &c
  2. (as a prep. with gen. or instr
  3. Pāṇ. 2-3, 32) apart or separately or differently from L
  4. (with abl.) without Prab
  5. except, save Bhaṭṭ

pṛthakkaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. separating, setting apart ĀpŚr. Sch. Pāṇ. Sch

pṛthakkāma

  1. ○kāma mfn. (pl.) having different wishes KātyŚr

pṛthakkārya

  1. ○kārya n. a separate or private affair Mn. vii, 120

pṛthakkula

  1. ○kula mfn. (pl.) belonging to different families L

pṛthakkṛ

  1. ○√kṛ to make separate, sunder KātyŚr
  2. to keep off, avert Sāy

pṛthakkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. separated, sundered, cut off MārkP

pṛthakkṛti

  1. ○kṛti f. an individual BhP

pṛthakkriyā

  1. ○kriyā f. separation, disunion Mn. Yājñ

pṛthakkṣetra

  1. ○kṣetra m. pl. children of one father by different wives or by wives of different classes Yājñ. Sch

pṛthakcara

  1. ○cara mf(ī)n. going separately or alone MW

pṛthakceṣṭā

  1. ○ceṣṭā f. pl. different activities Bhag

pṛthaktā

  1. ○tā f. separateness, severalty, singleness, individuality Nyāyam. Sch

pṛthaktva

  1. ○tva
  2. n. id. ŚāṅkhŚr. Nir. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.68)
  3. (ena), ind. singly, one by one MBh
  4. -tas (ŚāṅkhŚr.) and -śas (Nyāyam. Sch.), separately, singly

pṛthaktvacā

  1. ○tvacā f. 'diverse-barked', Sanseviera Zeylanica L

pṛthakpada

  1. ○pada mfn. consisting of single i.e. uncompounded words (-tva n.) Vām

pṛthakparṇikā

  1. ○parṇikā f. 'diverse-leaved', = -tvacā L. [Page 646, Column]

pṛthakparṇī

  1. ○parṇī f. id. L
  2. Hemionitis Cordifolia Car. Suśr

pṛthakpinda

  1. ○pinda m. a distant kinsman who offers the Śrāddha oblation ( See piṇḍa) by himself and not together with the other relations Mn. v, 78 (Kull. = 'samānôdaka')

pṛthakśabda

  1. ○śabda m. a separate or distinct or independent word Vop

pṛthakśayyā

  1. ○śayyā f. sleeping apart Hit

pṛthakśāyin

  1. ○śāyin mfn. (pl.) sleeping alone or apart Vishṇ

pṛthakśruti

  1. ○śruti mfn. uttering a distinct sound, distinctly heard RPrāt

pṛthaksukha

  1. ○sukha mfn. (pl.) having different joys MBh

pṛthaksthita

  1. ○sthita mfn. existing separately, separate MW

pṛthaksthiti

  1. ○sthiti f. separate existence, separation Vikr

pṛthakat

  1. pṛthakat ind.= pṛthak Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Sch

pṛthag

  1. pṛthag in comp. for ○thak

pṛthagabhimati

  1. ○abhimati mfn. regarding the world as separate (from God) MW

pṛthagartha

  1. ○artha mfn. (pl.) having separate or distinct advantages MBh
  2. having separate or distinct meanings (-tā f.) Kir

pṛthagātman

  1. ○ātman mfn. 'having a sṭseparate nature or essence', separate, distinct, individual W
  2. m. individualized spirit, the individual soul (as distinct from universal spirit or the soul of the universe) ib
  3. ○ma-tā f. separateness, severalty L
  4. discrimination, judgment W
  5. ○mikā f. separate or individual existence, individuality L

pṛthagālaya

  1. ○ālaya mfn. (pl.) having sṭseparate dwelling Kathās

pṛthagīśamānin

  1. ○īśa-mānin mfn. regarding God as separate from the universe MW

pṛthagupādāna

  1. ○upâdāna n. separate mention Pāṇ. 4-2, 113 Sch

pṛthaggaṇa

  1. ○gaṇa m. a separate company or class Mn. i, 37

pṛthagguṇa

  1. ○guṇa mfn. having distinct properties. W

pṛthaggotra

  1. ○gotra mfn. (pl.) belonging to different families MārkP

pṛthagjana

  1. ○jana m. a man of lower caste or character or profession Mn. MBh. &c. (-vat ind. Ragh. viii, 89)
  2. an ordinary professing Buddhist MWB. 132
  3. a fool, blockhead Śiś
  4. villain L
  5. pl. common people, the multitude (also sg.) Mn. MBh. &c
  6. = pṛthak-kṣetra W
  7. -kalyāṇaka m. a man wishing for conversion Divyâv

pṛthagjanapada

  1. ○jana-pada n. each single country or people Lāṭy

pṛthagjaya

  1. ○jaya m. victory in a separate combat or duel (a-pṛth○) Gaut

pṛthagdṛś

  1. ○dṛś mfn. seeing something different from (abl.) BhP

pṛthagdevata

  1. ○devata mfn. having a separate or special deity Sāy

pṛthagdvāra

  1. ○dvāra n. pl. special doors i.e. means of attainment MBh

pṛthagdharmavid

  1. ○dharma-vid m. pl. each knowing different laws Gaut

pṛthagbīja

  1. ○bīja m. Semecarpus Anacardium L

pṛthagbhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. separate state or condition, difference, distinctness, individuality KaṭhUp. MBh. &c

pṛthagbhū

  1. ○√bhū to be peculiar to Divyâv
  2. -bhūta mfn. become separate, separated, different MW

pṛthagyoga

  1. ○yoga mfn. (prob.) wṛ. for -bhāga (having different lots) or -bhoga (hṭhaving distinct enjoyments) Kathās

pṛthagyogakaraṇa

  1. ○yogakaraṇa n. the separation of a grammatical rule into two Pāṇ. Sch. (cf. yoga-vibhāga)

pṛthagrasamaya

  1. ○rasamaya mf(ī)n. made of a distinct or special sap or essence BhP

pṛthagrūpa

  1. ○rūpa mfn. variously shaped, diverse, different, manifold L

pṛthaglakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa mf(ā)n. having dṭdistinct characteristics KātyŚr

pṛthagvartman

  1. ○vartman (pṛ́thag-), mfn. having distinct courses ŚBr. ChUp

pṛthagvarṣa

  1. ○varṣa n. pl. a year in each case, each and every year Gaut

pṛthagvādin

  1. ○vādín mfn. each saying something different ŚBr

pṛthagvidha

  1. ○vidha mfn. of distinct kinds, manifold, various Mn. MBh. &c
  2. distinct from (abl.) BhP

pṛthaṅ

  1. pṛthaṅ in comp. for ○thak

pṛthaṅniṣṭha

  1. ○niṣṭha mfn. existing by itself, being something different or distinct in each case MBh

pṛthavī

  1. pṛthavī f. = pṛthivii L

pṛthi

  1. pṛ́thi m. N. of a man (protected by the Aśvins, according to Sāy. a Rājarshi) RV. (Cf. pṛthī, pṛthu
  2. pārtha, ○thya.)

pṛthisava

  1. ○sava m. N. of a partic. ceremony TBr. Sch

pṛthikā

  1. pṛthikā f. a centipede L

pṛthivi

  1. pṛthivi f. = ○vii

pṛthivitva

  1. ○tvá n. the state or condition of the earth TS. TBr

pṛthividā

  1. ○dā mfn. earth-giving Kāṭh. ĀpŚr

pṛthivibhāga

  1. ○bhāga (○vii-), mfn. having the earth as a share, entitled to it TS

pṛthivimūla

  1. ○mūla m. 'e-rooted', N. of a man L

pṛthiviloka

  1. ○loká m. the earth regarded as a world ŚBr

pṛthiviṣad

  1. ○ṣád mfn. = -sad AV
  2. -ṣṭha or -ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing on the earth, stepping firmly (as a horse) RV

pṛthivisad

  1. ○sád mfn. sitting on the earth VPrāt

pṛthivī

  1. pṛthivī́ f. (= pṛthvii f. of pṛthu) the earth or wide world ('the broad and extended One', personified as devii and often invoked together with the sky [3. div and dyāvā-pṛthivii RTL. 18]
  2. according to VP. daughter of pṛthu
  3. the Veda makes 3 earths, one called bhūmi, inhabited by men, and a under it
  4. there is also an earth between the world of men and the circumambient ocean "ṣBr. and one extending through the 3 worlds ṇaigh.) RV. &c. &c
  5. land, ground, soil ib
  6. earth regarded as one of the elements Prab. Suśr. [Page 646, Column]
  7. = antarikṣa Naigh. i, 3
  8. ○vyā vrata and saṃsarpa n. N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

pṛthivīkampa

  1. ○kampa m. an earthquake MBh

pṛthivīkṛtsna

  1. ○kṛtsna n. one of the 10 mystical exercises called Kṛitsna L

pṛthivīkṣit

  1. ○kṣit mfn. dwelling on or ruling over the exercises, m. a prince, king KātyŚr. ChUp. &c

pṛthivīgrantha

  1. ○grantha m. N. of wk

pṛthivīcandra

  1. ○candra m. 'eṭexercises-moon', N. of a prince of the Tri-gartas Rājat

pṛthivījaya

  1. ○jaya vḷ. for next Hariv

pṛthivīṃjaya

  1. ○ṃ-jaya mfn. eṭexercises-conquering
  2. m. N. of a Dānava MBh
  3. of a son of Virāṭa ib

pṛthivītala

  1. ○tala n. 'eṭexercises-surface', ground, the terrestrial or infernal regions MBh. Kāv. &c

pṛthivītīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh

pṛthivītva

  1. ○tva n. state or condition of the exercises, earthiness Sarvad

pṛthivīdaṇḍapāla

  1. ○daṇḍapāla m. the police-magistrate of a country (-tā, f.) Mṛicch

pṛthivīdevī

  1. ○devī f. N. of a woman Kathās

pṛthivīdyāvā

  1. ○dyā́vā (○vií-), nom. du. eṭexercises and heaven RV. (cf. dyāvā-pṛthivii)

pṛthivīdhara

  1. ○dhara m. (with miśrâcārya) N. of an author Cat

pṛthivīdharaṇa

  1. ○dharaṇa n. a prop or support of the exercises Hariv

pṛthivīṃdadā

  1. ○ṃ-dadā f. 'eṭexercises-giving', N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ. (cf. pṛthivi-dā)

pṛthivīndra

  1. ○"ṣndra (○vii7ndra), m. 'the Indra of the exercises', a prince, king A

pṛthivīpati

  1. ○pati m. 'exercises-lord', a prince, king TBr. Mn. &c
  2. N. of Yama L
  3. (with sūri) N. of an author Cat
  4. a species of bulbous plant growing on the Himâlaya L

pṛthivīparipālaka

  1. ○paripālaka m. 'eṭexercises-guardian', a prince, king MārkP

pṛthivīpārvataka

  1. ○pārvataka m. or n. rock-oil, petroleum (?) L

pṛthivīpāla

  1. ○pāla (MBh. Kāv.),

pṛthivīpālaka

  1. ○pāḍlaka (MārkP.), m. = -paripālaka

pṛthivīpra

  1. ○prá mfn. exercises-filling AV

pṛthivīplava

  1. ○plava m. 'eṭexercises-flood', the sea Gal

pṛthivībhuj

  1. ○bhuj m. 'eṭexercises-enjoyer', a king Vikr. Rājat

pṛthivībhujaṃga

  1. ○bhujaṃga m. 'eṭexercises-lover', a king MārkP

pṛthivībhṛt

  1. ○bhṛt m. 'exercises-bearer', a mountain Śiś

pṛthivīmaṇḍa

  1. ○maṇḍa m.or n. eṭexercises-scum L

pṛthivīmaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala m. or n. the circuit of the exercises MW

pṛthivīmaya

  1. ○máya mf(ī)n. formed of eṭexercises, earthen ŚBr

pṛthivīrasa

  1. ○rasa m. exercises-sap L

pṛthivīrājya

  1. ○rājya n. 'eṭexercises-dominion', sovereignty Kathās

pṛthivīruha

  1. ○ruha m. 'exercises-grower', a plant, tree Hariv

pṛthivīloka

  1. ○loka m. vḷ. for ○vi-loká, q.v

pṛthivīvaralocana

  1. ○vara-locana m. N. of Bodhi-sattva Kāraṇḍ

pṛthivīśa

  1. ○"ṣśa (vii7śa), m. 'eṭexercises-lord', a king MārkP

pṛthivīśakra

  1. ○śakra m. 'the Indra of the eṭexercises', id. L

pṛthivīśvara

  1. ○"ṣśvara (○vI7zv○), m. = ○vI7za○ R. MārkP

pṛthivīṣad

  1. ○ṣad mfn. abiding on eṭexercises MānŚr. (vḷ. -sad)

pṛthivīsaṃśita

  1. ○saṃśita (○vií-), mfn. impelled by the exercises AV

pṛthivīsava

  1. ○sava m. N. of a partic. ceremony ĀpŚr

pṛthivy

  1. pṛthivy in comp. for ○vii before vowels

pṛthivyāpīḍa

  1. ○āpīḍa m. N. of 2 princes of Kaśmīra Rājat

pṛthivyupasaṃkramaṇā

  1. ○upasaṃkramaṇā f. N. of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ

pṛthī

  1. pṛ́thī m. (nom. ○thī dat. ○thyai or ○thaye gen. ○thyās) N. of a mythical personage with the patr. Vainya (said to have been the first anointed sovereign of men, to have ruled also the lower animals, and to have introduced the arts of husbandry into the world
  2. he is enumerated among the Ṛishis and said to be the author of RV. x, 148) RV. AV. Br. (cf. pṛthi, pṛthu
  3. pārtha)

pṛthu

  1. pṛthú mf(vií or u)n. broad, wide, expansive, extensive, spacious, large
  2. great, important
  3. ample, abundant
  4. copious, numerous, manifold RV. &c. &c. (u ind.)
  5. prolix, detailed Var
  6. smart, clever, dexterous L
  7. m. a partic. measure of length (= pṛtha) L
  8. fire L
  9. N. of Śiva MBh
  10. of one of the Viśve Devās VP
  11. of a Dānava Hariv
  12. of a son of An-enas MBh. Hariv
  13. of a Vṛishṇi and son of Citraka ib
  14. of a son of Citra-ratha BhP
  15. of a descendant of Ikshvāku (son of An-araṇya and father of Tri-śaṅku) R
  16. of a son of Para Hariv
  17. of a son of Prastāra VP
  18. of a son of Rucaka BhP
  19. of a son of one of the Manus Hariv
  20. of one of the Saptarshis ib
  21. of a son of Vaṭêśvara (father of Viśākha-datta) Cat
  22. of a son of Veṇa MWB. 423
  23. of a monkey R
  24. (u), f. Nigella Indica L
  25. = hiṅgu-pattrī L
  26. opium L
  27. (vii), f. See below. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Germ. platt ; Eng. plate.]

pṛthukarman

  1. ○karman m. [646,] N. of a son of Śaśa-bindu and grandson of Citra-ratha VP

pṛthukalpiṇī

  1. ○kalpiṇī f. vḷ. for patha-kalpanā

pṛthukīrti

  1. ○kīrti mfn. far-famed R
  2. N. of a son of Śaśa-bindu VP
  3. f. N. of a daughter of Surā Hariv

pṛthukucotpīḍam

  1. ○kucôtpīḍam ind. pressing a full bosom Prab

pṛthukṛṣṇā

  1. ○kṛṣṇā f. a species of cumin Bhpr

pṛthukola

  1. ○kola m. a species of jujube L

pṛthuga

  1. ○ga m. pl. 'far-moving', N. of a class of deities under Manu Cākshusha VP

pṛthugman

  1. ○gmán mfn. (prob.) = -jman RV

pṛthugrīva

  1. ○grīva m. 'broad-necked', N. of a Rākshasa RV

pṛthucārvañcitekṣaṇa

  1. ○cārv-añcitêkṣaṇa mf(ā)n. having large and beautiful and curved eyes Nal

pṛthucchada

  1. ○cchada m. 'broad-leaved', a species of plant L

pṛthujaghana

  1. ○jaghana mf(ā)n. large-hipped Bhartṛ

pṛthujaya

  1. ○jaya m. 'victorious far and wide', N. of a son of Śaśabindu VP. [Page 646, Column]

pṛthujman

  1. ○jman mfn. broad-pathed AV. (cf. -gman)

pṛthujraya

  1. ○jráya (f. ī) and mfn. widely extended RV

pṛthujrayas

  1. ○jráyas mfn. widely extended RV

pṛthuṃjaya

  1. ○ṃ-jaya vḷ. for ○thu-j○

pṛthutama

  1. ○tama mfn. broadest, widest, largest, greatest MW

pṛthutara

  1. ○tara mfn. broader, wider, larger, greater
  2. ○rī-√kṛ, to open (the eyes) wider Ratnâv

pṛthutā

  1. ○tā f

pṛthutva

  1. ○tva n. breadth, width, largeness, greatness Suśr. Var

pṛthudaṃṣṭra

  1. ○daṃṣṭra mfn. large-tusked MBh

pṛthudatta

  1. ○datta m. N. of a frog Pañcat

pṛthudarśin

  1. ○darśin mfn. far-seeing, far-sighted (met.) Suśr

pṛthudātṛ

  1. ○dātṛ m. vḷ. for -dāna

pṛthudāna

  1. ○dāna m. N. of a son of Śasa-bindu VP

pṛthudīrghabāhu

  1. ○dīrghabāhu mfn. having broad and long arms MW

pṛthudharaṇidhara

  1. ○dharaṇi-dhara m. N. of Vishṇu MBh

pṛthudharma

  1. ○dharma m. vḷ. for -karman

pṛthudhāra

  1. ○dhāra mfn. broad-edged MBh. R

pṛthunitamba

  1. ○nitamba mfn. large-hipped MW

pṛthupakṣas

  1. ○pákṣas mfn. broad-flanked (said of a horse) RV

pṛthupattra

  1. ○pattra m. a kind of garlic (= rakta-laśuna) L

pṛthuparśu

  1. ○párśu mfn. armed with large sickles RV

pṛthupalāśikā

  1. ○palāśikā f. Curcuma Cedoaria (= śaṭī, palāśaka) L

pṛthupājavat

  1. ○pāja-vat mfn. containing the word pṛthu-pā́jas ĀpŚr

pṛthupājas

  1. ○pā́jas mfn. far-shining, resplendent RV

pṛthupāṇi

  1. ○pāṇi (pṛthú-), mfn. brṭbroad-handed RV

pṛthupīnavakṣas

  1. ○pīna-vakṣas mfn. having a brṭbroad and fleshy breast Var

pṛthupragāṇa

  1. ○pragāṇa (pṛthú-), mfn. having a wide approach or access, approached by wide avenues RV

pṛthupragāman

  1. ○pragāman (pṛthú-), mfn. wṭwide-striding, taking wide strides RV

pṛthuprajña

  1. ○prajña mfn. having a wide understanding L

pṛthupratha

  1. ○pratha mfn. farfamed, having a wide reputation Rājat

pṛthuprotha

  1. ○protha mfn. having broad or wṭwide nostrils (said of a horse) MBh

pṛthubāhu

  1. ○bāhu mfn. broad-armed, having brawny arms MBh

pṛthubījaka

  1. ○bījaka m. lentils L

pṛthubudhna

  1. ○budhna (or pṛthú-b○), mfn. brṭbroad-based, having a broad basis or foot, having a brṭbroad sole or under-part RV. AV. VS. ṢaḍvBr. Lāṭy
  2. broad in the hinder part (as a worm) Car

pṛthubhuvana

  1. ○bhuvana n. the wide world Bhartṛ

pṛthumat

  1. ○mat m. N. of a prince VP

pṛthumukha

  1. ○mukha mfn. wide-mouthed Pāṇ. 6-2, 168
  2. having a thick point KātyŚr

pṛthumṛdvīkā

  1. ○mṛdvīkā f. 'wide grape', (prob.) a raisin MBh

pṛthuyaśas

  1. ○yaśas mfn. far-famed, of wṭwide renown MBh. Hariv. VarBṛ
  2. m. N. of a son of Śaśa-bindu VP
  3. of a son of Varāha-mihira Cat
  4. of an author ib

pṛthuyāman

  1. ○yāman mfn. having a broad path (said of Ushas) RV

pṛthuraśmi

  1. ○raśmi m. N. of a Yati PañcavBr. Kāṭh

pṛthurukma

  1. ○rukma or m. N. of a son of Parā-jit (or Parā-vṛit) Hariv. VP

pṛthurukman

  1. ○rukḍman m. N. of a son of Parā-jit (or Parā-vṛit) Hariv. VP

pṛthuroman

  1. ○roman m. 'having broad hairs or scales', a fish VarBṛS
  2. mayugma n. the zodiacal sign Pisces VarBṛ

pṛthulalāṭatā

  1. ○lalāṭatā f. having a wide forehead (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. lxxxiv, 72

pṛthulocana

  1. ○locana mf(ā)n. having large eyes MBh

pṛthuvaktrā

  1. ○vaktrā f. 'wide-mouthed', N. of one of the Matṛis attending on Skanda MBh

pṛthuvakṣas

  1. ○vakṣas mfn. having a broad breast R

pṛthuvega

  1. ○vega m. 'having excessive force or impetus', N. of a prince MBh

pṛthuvyaṃsa

  1. ○vyaṃsa mfn. brṭbroad-shouldered MBh

pṛthuśimba

  1. ○śimba m. a species of Śyonāka L

pṛthuśiras

  1. ○śiras (pṛthú-), mfn. brṭbroad-headed, flat-headed AV. Suśr
  2. f. N. of a daughter of Puloman Hariv

pṛthuśṛṅga

  1. ○śṛṅga m. a broad-horned species of sheep Bhpr

pṛthuśekhara

  1. ○śekhara m. 'broad-crested', a mountain L

pṛthuśrava

  1. ○śrava m. wṛ. for next

pṛthuśravas

  1. ○śrávas mfn. far-famed, of wide renown
  2. m. N. of a man RV. MBh
  3. of a son of Śaśa-bindu Hariv. VP. BhP
  4. of a son of Raghu BhP
  5. of a son of the 9th Manu MārkP
  6. of a serpent-demon PañcavBr. MBh
  7. of a being attendant upon Skanda MBh. (wṛ. -śrava)
  8. of the elephant of the north quarter Var

pṛthuśrī

  1. ○śrī mfn. having great fortune, highly prosperous MBh

pṛthuśroṇi

  1. ○śroṇi (pṛthú-) and f. broad-hipped, having large hips or buttocks ŚBr. MBh

pṛthuśroṇī

  1. ○śroṇī f. broad-hipped, having large hips or buttocks ŚBr. MBh

pṛthuṣeṇa

  1. ○ṣeṇa (ṣ for s), m. 'having an extensive army', N. of a son of Rucira (or Rucirâśva) Hariv. VP. (vḷ. -sena)
  2. of a son of Vibhu BhP

pṛthuṣṭu

  1. ○ṣṭu or mfn. having a broad tuft of hair RV. (= -jaghana Nir.)

pṛthuṣṭuka

  1. ○ṣṭuka mfn. having a broad tuft of hair RV. (= -jaghana Nir.)

pṛthusattama

  1. ○sattama m. N. of a prince VP

pṛthusattvavat

  1. ○sattvavat mfn. abounding in great living creatures MW

pṛthusampad

  1. ○sampad mfn. possessing large property, rich, wealthy Rājat

pṛthusena

  1. ○sena m. vḷ. for -ṣeṇa, q.v

pṛthuskandha

  1. ○skandha m. 'bṭbroad-shouldered', aboar L

pṛthuhara

  1. ○hara m. N. of Śiva MBh

pṛthūdaka

  1. pṛthū7daka n. 'having extensive waters', N. of a sacred bathing-place on the northern bank of the Sarasvatī MBh
  2. m. and -svāmin m. N. of the author of a Comm. on the Brahma-gupta BhP. Col

pṛthūdara

  1. pṛthū7dara m. 'broad-bellied', a ram L
  2. N. of a Yaksha Kathās

pṛthūpākhyāna

  1. pṛthū7pâkhyāna n. 'episode of Pṛithu.' N. of the 29th and 30th ch. of Part II of PadmaP

pṛthuka

  1. pṛ́thuka m. n. rice or grain flattened
  2. rice scalded with hot water and then dried over a fire and ground in a mortar TBr. BhP. Suśr. (also -taṇḍula Āp. BhP.) [Page 647, Column]
  3. m. a boy, the young of any animal Hariv. Śiś. &c
  4. pl. a species of grain Car
  5. vḷ. for pṛthu-ga VP
  6. (ā), f. a girl L
  7. a species of plant (= hiṅgu-pattrī) L

pṛthukīya

  1. pṛthukīya and mfn. (fr. pṛthuka), g. apūpâdi

pṛthukya

  1. pṛthukya mfn. (fr. pṛthuka), g. apūpâdi

pṛthula

  1. pṛthula mf(ā)n. broad, large, great MBh. Śiś. Kathās
  2. m. vḷ. for pṛthulâkṣa VP
  3. (ā), f. a species of plant (= hiṅgu-pattrī) L

pṛthulalocana

  1. ○locana mf(ā)n. large-eyed MBh

pṛthulavakṣas

  1. ○vakṣas mfn. broad-breasted MBh

pṛthulavikrama

  1. ○vikrama mfn. of great heroism BhP

pṛthulākṣa

  1. pṛthulâkṣa m. 'large-eyed', N. of a prince (son of Catur-aṅga) MBh. Hariv. VP. BhP

pṛthulaujas

  1. pṛthulâujas mfn. of great energy MārkP

pṛthūkṛ

  1. pṛthū-√kṛ to extend, expand, enlarge, spread out MW

pṛthvikā

  1. pṛthvikā f. = pṛthviikā

pṛthvī

  1. pṛthvī́ f. (cf. pṛthivii) the earth (also as an element) RV. &c. &c
  2. Nigella Indica L
  3. Boerhavia Procumbens L
  4. = hiṅgu-pattrī L
  5. great cardamoms L
  6. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col
  7. N. of the mother of the 7th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L

pṛthvīkurabaka

  1. ○kurabaka m. a species of tree L

pṛthvīkhāta

  1. ○khāta n. a hole or pit in the earth, cavern MW

pṛthvīgarbha

  1. ○garbha m. N. of Gaṇêśa L
  2. of a Bodhi-sattva W

pṛthvīgṛha

  1. ○gṛha n. a dwelling in the earth, a cave Hariv

pṛthvīcandrodaya

  1. ○candrôdaya m. N. of wk

pṛthvīja

  1. ○ja m. 'earth-born', a tree A
  2. N. of the planet Mars A
  3. n. a species of salt (= gaḍa-lavaṇa) L

pṛthvītala

  1. ○tala n. the ground, dry land Pañcad

pṛthvīdaṇḍapālatā

  1. ○daṇḍapāla-tā f. vḷ. for pṛthivii-a○

pṛthvīdānavidhi

  1. ○dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk

pṛthvīdhara

  1. ○dhara m. 'e-supporter', a mountain Naish
  2. N. of a demon Var. Vāstuv. Hcat
  3. (also -bhaṭṭa and ○râcārya) N. of sev. authors Cat
  4. of the author of Comm. on Mṛicch. Cat

pṛthvīpati

  1. ○pati m. 'earth-lord', a prince, king, sovereign Prab. Kathās
  2. -tva n. princedom, kingdom Kathās

pṛthvīpāla

  1. ○pāla m. N. of a man Rājat

pṛthvīpura

  1. ○pura n. N. of a town in Magadha, Satr

pṛthvīpremodaya

  1. ○premôdaya m. N. of wk

pṛthvībhara

  1. ○bhara m. (?) a species of the Aty-ashṭi metre W

pṛthvībhuj

  1. ○bhuj m. 'earth-enjoyer', a prince, king Bālar. Inscr

pṛthvībhṛt

  1. ○bhṛt m. 'earth-bearer', a prince, king Subh

pṛthvīmalla

  1. ○malla and m. N. of authors Cat

pṛthvīmallarāja

  1. ○mallarāja m. N. of authors Cat

pṛthvīrāja

  1. ○rāja m. N. of a prince and poet Cat
  2. -vijaya m. N. of a poem

pṛthvīrājya

  1. ○rājya n. earth-dominion, kingdom Kathās

pṛthvīrūpa

  1. ○rūpa m. N. of a prince Kathās

pṛthvīvarāhasaṃvāda

  1. ○varāha-saṃvāda m. N. of ch. of VarP

pṛthvīśa

  1. ○"ṣśa (○vii7śa), m. 'lord of the earth', a prince, king, sovereign MBh
  2. -tā f. princedom, kingdom Hcat

pṛthvīsārataila

  1. ○sāra-taila n. a partic. med. preparation L

pṛthvīhara

  1. ○hara m. N. of a man Rājat

pṛthvīkā

  1. pṛthvīkā f. large or small cardamoms L
  2. Nigella Indica Suśr. (also pṛthvikā) L

pṛdāku

  1. pṛ́dāku m. an adder, viper, snake VS. TS. AV. MBh. (also pṛdākū́, f). a tiger or panther L. [Lat. pardus, pardalis &c.]
  2. an elephant L
  3. a tree L

pṛdākusānu

  1. ○sānu (pṛ́d○), mfn. having a surface like that of a serpent, smooth or shining like a serpent RV

pṛśana

  1. pṛ́śana n. (√spṛś) clinging to
  2. (ī́), f. tender, gentle RV

pṛśanāyu

  1. pṛ́śaḍnāyú f. = ○nī ib

pṛśni

  1. pṛ́śni mfn. (Uṇ.iv, 52) variegated, dappled, piebald, speckled, spotted (said esp. of cows, serpents, frogs &c.) RV. AV. Br. ŚrS. MBh
  2. (pl.) manifold, different (as desires) TS
  3. dwarfish, thin, small L
  4. m. N. of a prince (the father of Śvaphalka) Hariv. VP
  5. (pl.) N. of a family of Ṛishis MBh. (○nayo'jāh, the supposed authors of RV. ix, 86, 31-40 Anukr.)
  6. (i), f. a dappled cow (fig. = milk, the earth, a cloud, the starry sky) RV. MBh
  7. a ray of light L
  8. N. of the mother of the Maruts RV
  9. of the wife of Savitṛi BhP
  10. of the wife of king Su-tapas (who in a former birth under the name of Devakī was mother of Kṛishṇa) ib
  11. (ī), f. Pistia Stratiotes L
  12. n. (with bharad-vājasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr. [Cf. √pṛṣ
  13. Gk. ?.] [647,]

pṛśnigarbha

  1. ○garbha (pṛ́○), mf(ā)n. being in the variegated bosom or in the being of the vṭvariegated one RV
  2. m. N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Vishṇ. MBh. &c

pṛśnigu

  1. ○gu (pṛ́○), mfn. = next
  2. m. N. of a man RV. i, 112, 7

pṛśnigo

  1. ○go (pṛ́○), mfn. driving with dappled cows ib. vii, 18, 10

pṛśnitva

  1. ○tvá n. the being variegated &c. TS

pṛśnidhara

  1. ○dhara m. 'earth-bearer', N. of Kṛishṇa W

pṛśninipreṣita

  1. ○niprêṣita mfn. sent or hastening down to Pṛiśni i.e. the earth RV. vii, 18, 10 (Sāy. 'sent by Pṛiśni')

pṛśniparṇikā

  1. ○parṇikā f. Hemionitis Cordifolia or Uraria. Lagopodioides L. [Page 647, Column]

pṛśniparṇī

  1. ○parṇī́ f. id. ŚBr. KātyŚr. Suśr

pṛśnibāhu

  1. ○bāhu (pṛ́○), mfn. having speckled arms i.e. front legs (said of a frog) AV
  2. m. N. of a mythical being ib

pṛśnibhadra

  1. ○bhadra m. 'propitious to Devakī or to the earth', N. of Kṛishṇa L

pṛśnimat

  1. ○mat mfn. containing the word pṛśni AitBr

pṛśnimantha

  1. ○mantha m. a drink made by stirring and mixing ingredients coming from a speckled cow Kauś

pṛśnimātṛ

  1. ○mātṛ (pṛ́○), mfn. having the earth for a mother (said of herbs) AV
  2. having Pṛismni for a mother (said of the Maruts) RV. AV

pṛśnivat

  1. ○vat (pṛ́○), mfn. = -mat TBr

pṛśnivāla

  1. ○vāla mf(ā)n. having a spotted tail ĀpŚr

pṛśniśapha

  1. ○śapha mf(ā)n. having spotted hoofs ib

pṛśniśṛṅga

  1. ○śṛṅga m. 'having a small or a variegated crest', N. of Vishṇu or of Gaṇêśa L

pṛśnisaktha

  1. ○sakthá mfn. having spotted thighs TS. Kāṭh

pṛśnihan

  1. ○hán mfn. slaying the speckled (snake) AV

pṛśnikā

  1. pṛśnikā f. Pistia Stratiotes L

pṛśnī

  1. pṛśnī f. See pṛśni

pṛśnyāhvayā

  1. pṛśny-āhvayā f. = pṛśni-parṇī Suśr

pṛṣ

  1. pṛṣ cl. 1. P. parṣati, to sprinkle
  2. to weary
  3. to vex or hurt
  4. to give Dhātup. xvii, 55
  5. cl. 1. Ā. parṣate (xvi, 12, vḷ. for varṣ), to become wet. (Perhaps akin to √pruṣ
  6. cf. also pṛśni.)

pṛṣa

  1. pṛṣa in comp. for ○ṣat

pṛṣadhra

  1. ○dhra m. N. of a man RV. viii, 52, 4 (supposed author of RV. viii, 56)
  2. of a son of one of the Manus MBh
  3. of a warrior on the side of the Pāṇḍavas ib. (wṛ. -dhru
  4. cf. pṛśni-dhara)

pṛṣokta

  1. pṛṣôkta m. N. of a prince VP

pṛṣotthāna

  1. pṛṣôtthāna mfn. g. pṛṣôdarâdi (vḷ. ○ṣôdvāni)

pṛṣodara

  1. pṛṣôdará mf(ā)n. having a spotted belly TS. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 109)

pṛṣodyāna

  1. pṛṣôdyāna n. a small garden or grove L

pṛṣodvāni

  1. pṛṣôdvāni See ○ṣôtthāna

pṛṣat

  1. pṛ́ṣat mf(atī)n. spotted, speckled, piebald, variegated AV. VS. Br. GṛŚrS
  2. sprinkling W
  3. m. the spotted antelope R. (cf. g. vyāghrâdi, where Kāś. pṛṣata)
  4. a drop of water (only pl
  5. ○tām pati m. 'lord of the drops of water', the wind) Śiś. vi, 55
  6. (atī), f. a dappled cow or mare (applied to the animals ridden by the Maruts) RV. VS. ŚBr. ŚrS
  7. a spotted doe MBh. R. &c
  8. = pārṣatī, the daughter of Pṛishata MBh. i, 6390
  9. n. a drop of water or any other liquid Hariv. BhP

pṛṣattā

  1. ○tā f

pṛṣattva

  1. ○tva n. the being spotted or variegated KātyŚr. Sch

pṛṣata

  1. pṛṣata mfn. having white spots, speckled, variegated L
  2. (○tá), m. the spotted antelope VS. &c. &c. (ī f. See under pṛṣat)
  3. a drop of water MBh. Hariv. Kāv
  4. a spot, mark Var
  5. N. of the father of Dru-pada MBh. Hariv. Pur

pṛṣatāśva

  1. pṛṣatâśva m. air, wind (= pṛṣad-aśva) L

pṛṣatka

  1. pṛṣatka m. a round spot Harav
  2. an arrow (as being variegated or as bring as swift as an antelope) L. (cf. IW. 405, n. 1)
  3. the versed sine of an arc Gaṇit

pṛṣad

  1. pṛṣad in comp. for ○ṣat

pṛṣadaṃśa

  1. ○aṃśa g. utsâdi (Kāś. pṛṣa, daṃśe),

pṛṣadaśva

  1. ○aśva (pṛ́○), mfn. having piebald horses or having antelopes for horses (said of the Maruts) RV
  2. m. wind or the god of wind Hcar
  3. N. of Śiva Śivag
  4. N. of a man (pl. his descendants) Pravar. MBh
  5. of a son of An-aranya and father of Hary-aśva VP
  6. of a son, of Virūpa BhP

pṛṣadājya

  1. ○ājyá n. curdled or clotted butter, ghee mixed with coagulated milk (forming an oblation) RV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS
  2. -dhānī f. a vessel for an oblation of ghee and curds ĀpŚr
  3. -praṇutta (○jyá-), mfn. driven away from the oblṭoblation of ghee and curds AV

pṛṣaddhra

  1. ○dhra wṛ. for pṛṣa-dhra

pṛṣadyoni

  1. ○yoni (pṛ́○), mfn. (prob.) = pṛśni-garbha RV

pṛṣadvat

  1. ○vat (pṛ́○), mfn. party-coloured, variegated RV

pṛṣadvatsa

  1. ○vatsa mfn. having a spotted calf Kāṭh

pṛṣadvarā

  1. ○varā f. 'best among spotted antelopes', N. of a wife of Ruru and daughter of a Vidyā-dhara by Menakā (a sort of antelope) Kathās

pṛṣadvala

  1. ○vala m. 'Piebald', N. of a horse of Vāyu or the wind (cf. -aśva) L

pṛṣadvāṇa

  1. ○vāṇa m. 'having variegated arrows', N. of a man (cf. pārṣadvāṇa)

pṛṣanti

  1. pṛṣanti m. a drop of water L

pṛṣāta

  1. pṛṣāta mfn. spotted, variegated Gal

pṛṣātaka

  1. pṛṣā́taka m. n. a mixture of ghee and coagulated milk or some similar compound (cf. pṛṣad-ājya) AV. GṛŚrS
  2. m. (pl.) a kind of ceremony PārGṛ
  3. N. of Rudra MānGṛ
  4. (ī́), f. a kind of disease or N. of a female demon causing it AV

pṛṣita

  1. pṛṣita n. rain Gobh

pṛṣabhāṣā

  1. pṛṣabhāṣā f. = pūṣa-bhāsā L. [Page 647, Column]

pṛṣākara

  1. pṛṣākara (?), f. a small stone used as a weight L

pṛṣṭa

  1. pṛṣṭá mfn. (√prach) asked, inquired, questioned, interrogated, demanded, wished for, desired, welcome RV. &c. &c
  2. n. a question, inquiry ĀpGṛ. Pāṇ

pṛṣṭaprativacana

  1. ○prativacana n. the act of answering a question or inquiry Pāṇ. 3-2, 120

pṛṣṭabandhu

  1. ○bandhu mfn. one by whom adherents or praisers are wished for (Agni) RV. iii, 20, 3

pṛṣṭahāyana

  1. ○hāyana m. an elephant ('whose years are inquired about', sc. in buying or selling?) L

pṛṣṭabhidhāyin

  1. pṛṣṭabhidhāyin mfn. answering when asked, i.e. not puzzled how to answer an inquiry Var

pṛṣṭvā

  1. pṛṣṭvā ind. See √prach

pṛṣṭaparṇī

  1. pṛṣṭa-parṇī f. Hemionitis Cordifolia L. (cf. pṛśni-p○)

pṛṣṭi

  1. pṛṣṭí f. a rib (cf. parśu) RV. AV. (○ṭī, xi, 1, 34) VS. ŚBr. -tás ind. on the ribs TS

pṛṣṭivāh

  1. ○v�ā́h mfn. carrying on the sides (or on the back) AV

pṛṣṭisācaya

  1. ○sācayá mfn. joined with the ribs ŚBr

pṛṣṭyāmaya

  1. pṛṣṭy-āmayá m. a pain in the side AV
  2. ○yín mfn. suffering from it RV

pṛṣṭyā

  1. pṛṣṭyā́ f. a side-horse (mare) AV. vi, 102, 2 (cf. praṣṭi)

pṛṣṭi

  1. pṛṣṭi f. touch L. (cf. spṛṣṭi)
  2. a ray of light L. (cf. pṛśni)

pṛṣṭi

  1. pṛṣṭi = pṛṣṭha Pañcad. Kauś. Sch

pṛṣṭha

  1. pṛṣṭhá n. (prob. fr. pra-stha, 'standing forth prominently'
  2. ifc. f. ā) the back (as the prominent part of an animal), the hinder part or rear of anything RV. &c. &c. (pṛṣṭhena-√yā, with gen., to ride on
  3. ○ṭhena-√vah, to carry on the back
  4. ○ṭhaṃ-√dā, to give the back, make a low obeisance
  5. ○ṭhe ind. behind or from behind)
  6. the upper side, surface, top, height ib. (with diváḥ, or nā́kasya, the surface of the sky, vault of heaven
  7. cf. ghṛta-p○)
  8. the flat roof of a house (cf. gṛha-p○, harmya-p○)
  9. a page of a book MW
  10. N. of partic. arrangement of Sāmans (employed at the midday libation and formed from the Rathaṃtara, Bṛihat, Vairūpa, Vairāja, Śākvara, and Raivata Śalkvara) TS. Br. ŚrS
  11. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr

pṛṣṭhaga

  1. ○ga mfn. mounted or riding on Kathās

pṛṣṭhagāmin

  1. ○gāmin mfn. going behind, following, devoted or faithful Pañcat. (B.)

pṛṣṭhagālana

  1. ○gālana (?), HYogas

pṛṣṭhagopa

  1. ○gopa m. one who guards or protects the rear of a tighting warrior MBh

pṛṣṭhagranthi

  1. ○granthi m. 'back-knot', a hump on she back L
  2. a kind of swelling L
  3. mfn. hump-backed A

pṛṣṭhaghna

  1. ○ghna m. 'killing from behind' (?)
  2. N. of a man Cat

pṛṣṭhacakṣus

  1. ○cakṣus m. 'having eyes in the back', a crab L
  2. a bear, V

pṛṣṭhaja

  1. ○ja m. 'back-born', N. of a form (or a son) of Skanda MBh. (vḷ. pṛ́ṣṭha-taḥ)

pṛṣṭhajāha

  1. ○jāha n. 'back-√', (prob.) os coccygis L

pṛṣṭhatap

  1. ○tap mfn. having one's back burned (by the sun) Āpast

pṛṣṭhatalpana

  1. ○talpana n. the exterior muscles of an elephant's back L

pṛṣṭhatas

  1. ○tás ind. from or on or behind the back, behind (with gen. or ifc.)
  2. to the back, backwards
  3. secretly, covertly ŚBr. &c. &c. (with √kṛ, to place on the back R
  4. to neglect, abandon, forsake, give up, renounce MBh. R. &c
  5. with √gam, to go behind, follow, pursue Pañc
  6. with √bhū, to be behind, be disregarded or of no account MBh.)
  7. -"ṣto-bhāvam ind. Pāṇ. 3-4, 61 Sch
  8. -"ṣto-mukha mfn. with back turned Divyâv

pṛṣṭhatāpa

  1. ○tāpa m. 'back-burning', noon, midday MBh

pṛṣṭhadṛṣṭi

  1. ○dṛṣṭi m. 'looking backwards', a bear L

pṛṣṭhadeśa

  1. ○deśa m. the back part, rear
  2. (e), ind. behind (with gen.) Pañcat

pṛṣṭhadhāraka

  1. ○dhāraka mfn. bearing on the back, bearing (a weight as burden) ĀpŚr. Sch

pṛṣṭhapātin

  1. ○pātin mfn. being behind a person's back, following, watching, observing, controlling Rājat

pṛṣṭhapīṭhī

  1. ○pīṭhī f. a broad back Bālar

pṛṣṭhaphala

  1. ○phala n. (in alg.) the superficial contents of a figure Col

pṛṣṭhabhaṅga

  1. ○bhaṅga m. 'breaking or bending the back', N. of a mode of fighting MBh

pṛṣṭhabhāga

  1. ○bhāga m. the hinder part, back, rear Kāv

pṛṣṭhabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. the upper story or roof-terrace of a house Kathās

pṛṣṭhamadhya

  1. ○madhya m. the middle of the back MW

pṛṣṭhamāṃsa

  1. ○māṃsa n. the flesh on the back (○saṃ-√khād or bhakṣ, 'to eat the flesh of a person's back', backbite) MBh. Kāv
  2. ○sâda or ○sâdana mfn. a backbiter, slanderer L
  3. backbiting, slandering A

pṛṣṭhayajvan

  1. ○yájvan m. one who sacrifices on high places RV

pṛṣṭhayāna

  1. ○yāna n. 'going on the back (of a horse &c.)', riding Suśr
  2. mfn. = next Kām. [Page 648, Column]

pṛṣṭhayāyin

  1. ○yāyin mfn. riding on the back of (comp.) Kām. Sch

pṛṣṭharakṣa

  1. ○rakṣa m.= -gopa MBh

pṛṣṭharakṣaṇa

  1. ○rakṣaṇa n. protection or defence of the back MārkP

pṛṣṭhalagna

  1. ○lagna mfn. hanging about a person's (gen.) back, following Pañc

pṛṣṭhavaṃśa

  1. ○vaṃśa m. the back-bone Suśr

pṛṣṭhavāstu

  1. ○vāstu n. the upper story of a house Mn. iii, 91

pṛṣṭhavāh

  1. ○v�ā́h mfn. 'borne on the back', riding Hariv
  2. carrying a load on the back MaitrS
  3. wṛ. for paṣṭha-v○ and praṣṭha-v○, q.v

pṛṣṭhavāha

  1. ○vāha m. a beast of burnt, draught-ox Nīlak

pṛṣṭhavāhya

  1. ○vāhya m. id. L

pṛṣṭhaśamanīya

  1. ○śamanīya m. N. of a partic. Agni-shṭoma Nyāyam. Sch

pṛṣṭhaśaya

  1. ○śaya mfn. lying on the back, g. pārśvâdi

pṛṣṭhaśṛṅga

  1. ○śṛṅga m. 'having horns over the back', a wild goat L
  2. ○gin m. (L.) 'id.', a ram
  3. a buffalo
  4. a eunuch
  5. N. of Bhāma

pṛṣṭhaśveta

  1. ○śveta m. 'white on the back or on the other side', N. of a kind of rice Gal

pṛṣṭhastotra

  1. ○stotra n. N. of a partic. arrangement of Sāmans (= pṛṣṭha, q.v.) Br. ŚrS

pṛṣṭhākṣepa

  1. pṛṣṭhâkṣepa m. acute and violent pain in the back Car

pṛṣṭhānuga

  1. pṛṣṭhânuga (R.),

pṛṣṭhānugāmin

  1. pṛṣṭhânugāmin (Pañcat.), mfn. going behind, following

pṛṣṭhānupṛṣṭhaka

  1. pṛṣṭhânupṛṣṭhaka mf(ikā)n. being behind a person's back, pursuing, following

pṛṣṭhāvaguṇṭhanapaṭa

  1. pṛṣṭhâvaguṇṭhana-paṭa m. a horse-cloth (covering the back) Kād

pṛṣṭhāṣṭhīla

  1. pṛṣṭhâṣṭhīla m. or n. the back of a tortoise Bālar

pṛṣṭhāsthi

  1. pṛṣṭhâsthi n. the back bone L

pṛṣṭhodaya

  1. pṛṣṭhôdaya mfn. rising from behind (applied to the zodiacal signs Aries, Taurus Gemini, Sagittarius, and Capricorn) Var

pṛṣṭhopatāpa

  1. pṛṣṭhôpatāpa m. the shining of the sun upon the back SāmavBr

pṛṣṭhaka

  1. pṛṣṭhaka n. the back R
  2. ○ke-√kṛ, to place behind, postpone, neglect, resign Caurap. Pañc

pṛṣṭhībhū

  1. pṛṣṭhī-√bhū to become depressed or dejected L. (prob. wṛ. for piṣṭī-√bhū)

pṛṣṭhe

  1. pṛṣṭhe loc. of pṛṣṭha in comp

pṛṣṭhemukha

  1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face in the back MBh

pṛṣṭhya

  1. pṛṣṭhyá mfn. belonging to or coming from the heights (with payas or andhas n. the milk or the plant from the heights, i.e. the Soma) RV
  2. carrying on the back
  3. m. (with or sc. aśva) a horse for riding or for draught Lāṭy. MBh
  4. (ā), f. the edge which runs along the back of a Vedi KātyŚr. Sulbas
  5. (pṛ́○), mfn. forming the Stotras called Pṛishṭha TāṇḍBr
  6. having these Stotras (said of a partic. period of 6 sacrificial days as subst. m., viz. pṛṣṭhyâhan, pṛṣṭhya-tryaha, -pañcâha, -stotriya, -caturtha, -ṣaṣṭha Vait.)
  7. m. = pṛṣṭhānāṃ samūhaḥ Pāṇ. 4-2, 42 Vārtt. 1 Pat

pṛṣṭhyastoma

  1. ○stoma m. N. of 6 Ekâhas or of a period of 6 sacrificial days (cf. above) ŚrS

pṛṣṭhyāvalamba

  1. pṛṣṭhyâvalamba m. (sc. pañcâha), a period of 5 sacrificial days ib

pṛṣṇi

  1. pṛṣṇi (L.) mfn. = pṛśni
  2. f. = pārṣṇi, or = pṛśni (ray of light)

pṛṣṇiparṇī

  1. pṛṣṇi-parṇī wṛ. for pṛśni-p○

pṛṣva

  1. pṛ́ṣva mf(ā)n. produced by hoar-frost TS. (Sch.)

pṝ

  1. pṝ cl. 9. P. (Dhātup. xxxi, 19) pṛṇā́ti RV
  2. cl. 6. P. (√pṛṇ, xxviii, 40) priṇáti ib
  3. cl. 3. P. (xxv, 4) píparti ib. (also Ā
  4. Impv. pipīpṛhi BhP. iv, 19, 38
  5. pf. papāra, 3. pl. paparuḥ, or papruḥ Pāṇ. 7-4, 12
  6. pupūre, ○rire Bhaṭṭ
  7. -pupūryās RV
  8. papṛvás [?] MaitrS
  9. aor. apārīt Gr., pūriṣṭhās TĀr
  10. Impv. pūrdhí RV
  11. Prec. priyāsam AV., pūryāt Gr
  12. fut. [par�ISyati], [par�ItA] Gr
  13. ind. p. pūrtvā Gr., -pūrya MBh
  14. -pūram [in comp. with its object
  15. cf. udara-p○, goṣpada-p○, carma-p○. and Pāṇ. 3-4, 31 ; 3]
  16. inf. pṛṇádhyai RV
  17. -puras Kāṭh
  18. pūritum R.), to fill (Ā. 'one's self') RV. AV
  19. to fill with air, blow into (acc.) Bhaṭṭ
  20. to sate, cherish, nourish, bring up RV. AV
  21. to refresh (as the Pitṛis) Bhaṭṭ. (aor. apārīt vḷ. atārpsīt)
  22. to grant abundantly, bestow on (dat.), present with (instr.) RV. AV. (often p. pṛṇát = bounteous, liberal, ungrudging)
  23. to fulfil, satisfy (as a wish) BhP.: Pass. pūryáte (ep. also ○ti, and RV. Ā. pū́ryate, p. pū́yamāṇa), to be filled with, become full of (instr.), be sated RV. VS. ŚBr. MBh. &c
  24. to become complete (as a number) Lāṭy.: Caus. pārayati, to fill Dhātup. xxxii, 15
  25. to fulfil (only aor. pīparat) RV
  26. pūráyati (Dhātup. xxxiii, 126), ○te (Pass. pūryate [above].
  27. aor. apūri, apūriṣṭa), to fill, fill up with (instr.) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
  28. to fill (with a noise, said also of the noise itself) MBh. R
  29. to fill with wind, blow (a conch) ib. [Page 648, Column]
  30. to draw (a bow or an arrow to the ear) R
  31. to make full, complete, supplement (a sentence) Kuval
  32. to cover completely, overspread, bestrew, surround MBh. Kāv. &c
  33. to load or enrich or present with (instr.) ib
  34. to fulfil (a wish or hope) AV. &c. &c
  35. to spend completely (a period of time) R.: Desid. [pipar�ISati], pupūrṣati Gr.: Intens. pāparti, popūrti, popūryate ib. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [648,] Lat. plere, plenus ; Lit. pílti, pílnas ; Slav. [pl�un�u] ; Goth. fulls ; Germ. voll ; Eng. full.]

peki

  1. peki m. or f. a species of bird Svapnac

pecaka

  1. pecaka m. (√1. pac?) an owl (cf. kṛṣṇa-p○)
  2. the tip or the √of an elephant's tail Var
  3. a couch, bed (= paryaṅka) L
  4. a louse L
  5. a cloud L
  6. (ikā), f. a kind of owl Hariv. (vḷ. picaka and pecuka)

pecakin

  1. pecakin m. an elephant L. (vḷ. picakin)

pecila

  1. pecila m. id. L. (vḷ. picila)

pecu

  1. pecu n. Colocasia Antiquorum L

pecuka

  1. pecuka n

peculī

  1. peḍculī f. id. L

peja

  1. peja m. See tila-p○
  2. (ā), f. = peyā L

peñjūṣā

  1. peñjūṣā f. the wax of the ear L

peṭa

  1. peṭa mf(ā, or ī)n. (√piṭ?) a basket, bag L
  2. a multitude L
  3. a retinue L
  4. m. the open hand with the fingers expanded (= pra-hasta) L

peṭakandaka

  1. ○kandaka m. a species of bulbous plant Gal

peṭālu

  1. peṭâlu n. id. ib

peṭaka

  1. peṭaka mf(ikā)n. a little basket, casket, box Daś. Sāy. Kull. (cf. kośa-peṭaka, bhūṣaṇa-peṭikā)
  2. m. n. = dvaṃdva L
  3. n. a multitude, company, quantity, number Rājat. Kathās. (○kaṃ-√kṛ, with instr. 'to join or consort with')
  4. (iká), f. a species of plant L

peṭāka

  1. peṭāka m. a basket L

peṭṭāla

  1. peṭṭāla m. or n. id. Mālatīm. vi, 18/19 (vḷ. ○laka)

peḍā

  1. peḍā f. id. (?) Divyâv

peṭṭibhaṭṭa

  1. peṭṭi-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the father of Viśvêśvara-bhaṭṭa Cat

peḍḍanācārya

  1. peḍḍanâcārya m. N. of an author Cat

peḍḍabhaṭṭa

  1. peḍḍa-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the commentator Mallinātha Cat

peḍhāla

  1. peḍhāla m. N. of the eighth Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī L

peṇ

  1. peṇ cl. 1. P. peṇati, to go
  2. to grind
  3. to embrace Dhātup. xiii, 15 (cf. paiṇ, praiṇ, laiṇ)

peṇḍa

  1. peṇḍa m. a way, road Gal

petva

  1. pétva m. (√1. pā?) a ram, wether RV. AV. VS. TBr
  2. a small part, W
  3. n. nectar, Amṛita Uṇ. iv, 115 Sch
  4. ghee or clarified butter L

pedu

  1. pedú m. (√pad?) N. of a man (under the especial protection of the Aśvins, by whom he was presented with a white horse that killed serpents) RV

pepīyamāna

  1. pepīyamāna mfn. (√1. pā, Intens.) drinking separately or greedily ChUp. Hariv

peya

  1. peya mfn. to be drunk or quaffed, drinkable MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to be tasted, tastable MBh. (opp. to ghreya, spṛśya &c.)
  3. to be taken (as medicine) Car
  4. to be drunk in or enjoyed by (cf. śrotra-p○)
  5. m. (sc. yajña-kratu) a drink offering, libation ŚāṅkhŚr
  6. (ā), f. rice gruel or any drink mixed with a small quantity of boiled rice MBh. Car. Suśr
  7. a species of anise (= miśreyā) L
  8. n. a drink, beverage MBh. R. Suśr

peru

  1. perú mfn. drinking VS. (Mahīdh
  2. perhaps rather = 3. péru)
  3. (péru), thirsty (?) TS
  4. m. (only L.) the sun
  5. fire
  6. the ocean
  7. the golden mountain (cf. meru)

peb

  1. peb cl. 1. Ā. pebate Dhātup. x, 11 (vḷ. for sev, q.v.)

peyālam

  1. peyālam (?), ind. once more, repeatedly L

peyūṣa

  1. peyūṣa m. or n. (= and vḷ. for pīyūṣa, q.v.) biestings
  2. fresh butter
  3. nectar L

peraja

  1. peraja or peroja n. a turquoise L. (cf. Pers. ?). [Page 648, Column]

peraṇi

  1. peraṇi or ○ṇī f. (in music) a kind of dance

peramabhaṭṭa

  1. perama-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the father of Jagan-nātha Paṇḍita-rāja Cat

peralasthalamāhātmya

  1. perala-sthala-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

perā

  1. perā f. a kind of musical instrument Bhaṭṭ

peru

  1. perú mfn. (√1. pṛ) carrying across, rescuing, delivering RV. (For 1. See col. 2.)

peru

  1. péru mfn. (√pī, pyai) swelling or causing to swell RV. TĀr
  2. m. seed, germ, off-spring (with apā́m = Soma) ib. VS. TS. MaitrS

peruka

  1. peruká m. N. of a man RV

perubhaṭṭa

  1. peru-bhaṭṭa m. (with lakṣmīkānta) N. of the Guru of Jagan-nātha Paṇḍita-rāja Cat. (cf. perama-bh○)

pel

  1. pel cl. 1. 10. P. pelati (Dhātup. xv, 34), peláyati (Naigh. ii, 14), to go

pela

  1. pela m. a small part W
  2. going W
  3. n. = next L

pelaka

  1. pelaka m. a testicle L

pelava

  1. pelava mf(ā) n. delicate, fine, soft, tender Kālid. Kathās. (ifc. 'delicate like' or 'too dṭdelicate for')
  2. thin, slim, slender Śiś. Suśr. (opp. to bahala)

pelavakṣauma

  1. ○kṣauma n. fine linen Suśr

pelavapuṣpapattrin

  1. ○puṣpa-pattrin mfn. having tender flowers for arrows Kum

peli

  1. peli g. chāttry-ādi

peliśālā

  1. ○śālā f. ib

pelin

  1. pelin m. a horse W

peluvāsa

  1. pelu-vāsa (?), m. a chameleon L

pev

  1. pev cl. 1. Ā. pevate, = sev Dhātup. xiv, 33

peśa

  1. péśa m. (√piś) an architect, carpenter(?) RV. i, 92, 5 ; vii, 34, 11
  2. ornament, decoration AitBr. BhP. (cf. puru- and su-
  3. g. gaurâdi and sidhmâdi)
  4. (ī), f. See below

peśana

  1. péśana mf(ī)n. well formed, beautiful RV. AV

peśala

  1. peśalá mf(ā)n. (g. sidhmâdi) artificially formed, adorned, decorated VS. TBr
  2. beautiful, charming, lovely, pleasant MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. soft, tender, delicate, Kalid
  4. expert, skilful, clever Bhartṛ
  5. fraudulent, crafty L
  6. (am), ind. tenderly, delicately Kathās
  7. m. N. of Vishṇu, V
  8. n. charm, grace, beauty, loveliness BhP

peśalatva

  1. ○tva n. dexterity, skill VarBṛS. Sch

peśalamadhya

  1. ○madhya mfn. slender-waisted Ragh

peśalākṣa

  1. peśalâkṣa mfn. having beautiful eyes
  2. -tā f. Rājat

peśalīkṛ

  1. peśalī-√kṛ to render beautiful R

peśas

  1. péśas n. shape, form, colour RV
  2. an artificial figure, ornament, embroidery, an embroidered garment ib. VS. AitBr

peśaskarī

  1. ○karī f. a bee (conceived of as a female) Gal

peśaskārin

  1. ○kārin m. a wasp BhP

peśaskārī

  1. ○kārī́ f. a female embroiderer VS. ŚBr

peśaskṛt

  1. ○kṛt m. the hand (as 'the artist') BhP
  2. a wasp ib

peśasvat

  1. ○vat (péśas-), mfn. decorated, adorned VS

peśi

  1. peśi m. wṛ. for peṣi
  2. f. an egg or = next L

peśikā

  1. peśikā f. rind, shell (of fruit) Suśr

peśitṛ

  1. peśitṛ́ m. one who cuts in pieces or carves, carver, a VS

peśī

  1. peśī f. (g. gaurâdi) a piece of flesh or meat (also māṃsa-p○ or peśī māṃsa-mayī) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. MBh. (cf. piśita)
  2. the fetus shortly after conception (-tva n.) Nir. MBh. Suśr
  3. a muscle (of which there are said to be 500 in the human body) Yājñ. Suśr
  4. the peel or rind (of fruit) Suśr. (cf. peśikā)
  5. a kind of drum MBh
  6. a sheath, scabbard L
  7. a shoe L
  8. the egg of a bird L
  9. spikenard L
  10. a blown bud L
  11. N. of a Piśācī and a Rākshasī L
  12. of a river L

peśīkośa

  1. ○kośa m. a bird's egg L

peśī

  1. peśī ind. for ○śa

peśīkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. cut into pieces, carved R. (cf. 1. peṣī)

peśyaṇḍa

  1. peśy-aṇḍa n. a piece of flesh (esp. the fetus soon after conception) BhP
  2. a bird's egg L

peśvara

  1. peśvara mfn. (prob.) who or what grinds Vop

peṣ

  1. peṣ cl. 1. Ā. peṣate, to exert one's self, strive diligently Dhātup. xvi, 14

peṣa

  1. peṣa mf(ī)n. (√piṣ) pounding, grinding (ifc.) Baudh. (cf. śilā-p○)
  2. m. the act of pounding or grinding or crushing Śiś. (cf. piṣṭa-p○)

peṣaka

  1. peṣaka mf(ikā)n. one who pounds or grinds (cf. gandhaka-peṣikā). [Page 649, Column]

peṣaṇa

  1. peṣaṇa n. pounding, grinding (of grain) KātyŚr. Hcat
  2. crushing (○ṇaṃ-√yā, to be crushed), MārkP
  3. a threshing floor L
  4. a hand-mill L
  5. Euphorbia Antiquorum L
  6. (ī), f. See below

peṣaṇavat

  1. ○vat mfn. a word formed for the explanation of pipiṣvat Sāy

peṣaṇi

  1. peṣaṇi f. = next L

peṣaṇī

  1. peṣaṇī f. a grind-stone Mn. iii, 68

peṣaṇīputraka

  1. ○putraka m. a small grind-stone L

peṣaṇīya

  1. peṣaṇīya mfn. to be ground or pounded or pulverized MW

peṣāka

  1. peṣāka m. a small grind-stone L

peṣi

  1. peṣi m. a thunderbolt L

peṣī

  1. peṣī ind. for peṣa

peṣīkṛ

  1. ○√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya or -kṛtvā), to crush, pound MBh. (cf. 2. peśī)

peṣṭṛ

  1. peṣṭṛ mfn. who or what pounds or grinds Kull

peṣya

  1. peṣya mfn. = peṣaṇīya
  2. (ifc.) to be ground into Suśr

peṣī

  1. péṣī f. swaddling-clothes RV. v, 2, 2 (others 'churning-stick'
  2. others 'nurse' Sāy. = hiṃsikā, piśācikā)

peṣṭra

  1. peṣṭra n. (√piś) a bone AV

pes

  1. pes cl. 1. P. pesati, to go (= pis) Dhātup. xvii, 69

pesuka

  1. pésuka mfn. (√pis) spreading, extending ŚBr

pesvara

  1. pesvara mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 175) going, moving W
  2. destructive ib
  3. splendid ib

pai

  1. pai cl. 1. P. pāyati, to dry, wither Dhātup. xxii, 23

paiṅga

  1. paiṅga mfn. (fr. piṅga) relating to a rat or mouse Kauś
  2. m. N. of a teacher (prob. wṛ. for ○gya)
  3. n. N. of wk

paiṅgarāja

  1. ○rājá m. a kind of bird VS

paiṅgākṣīputra

  1. paiṅgākṣī-putra m. and (fr. piṅgâkṣī-putra) Pāṇ. 4-2, 28 Vārtt. 1 ; 2 Pat

paiṅgākṣīputrīya

  1. paiṅgākṣī-puḍtrīya mfn. (fr. piṅgâkṣī-putra) Pāṇ. 4-2, 28 Vārtt. 1 ; 2 Pat

paiṅgāyanibrāhmaṇa

  1. paiṅgāyani-brāhmaṇa n. N. of wk. ĀpŚr

paiṅgi

  1. paiṅgi m. patr. of Yāska L

paiṅgin

  1. paiṅgin mfn. derived from Paiṅgya Pāṇ. Sch
  2. m. a follower of Pāṇ. Anup

paiṅginpaiṅgirahasyabrāhmaṇa

  1. ○paiṅgi-rahasyabrāhmaṇa n. N. of wk

paiṅgī

  1. paiṅgī f. of ○gya

paiṅgīputra

  1. paíṅgī-pútra m. N. of a teacher ŚBr

paiṅgya

  1. paíṅgya m. patr. of a teacher Br. MBh
  2. n. the doctrine of Paíṅgya Br

paiṅgyasmṛti

  1. ○smṛti f. N. of wk

paiṅgyāyanabrāhmaṇa

  1. paiṅgyāyana-brāhmaṇa n. N. of wk. (cf. paiṅgāyani-br○)

paiṅgarāyaṇa

  1. paiṅgarāyaṇa m. patr. fr. piṅgara g. naḍâdi

paiṅgala

  1. paiṅgala m. (sg. and pl.) patr. fr. piṅgala g. kaṇvâdi
  2. n. the manual of Piṅgala

paiṅgalakāṇva

  1. ○kāṇva m. pl. the followers of Piṅgala-kāṇva Pāṇ. 1-1, 173 Vārtt.8 Pat

paiṅgalopaniṣad

  1. paiṅgalôpaniṣad f. N. of wk

paiṅgalāyana

  1. paiṅgalāyana (g. naḍâdi),

paiṅgalāyani

  1. paiṅgalāḍyani (Saṃskārak
  2. next.), m. patr. fr. piṅgala

paiṅgalaudāyani

  1. paiṅgalaudāyani m. g. pailâdi (Kāś. paiṅgalāyani)

paiṅgalya

  1. paiṅgalya m. patr. fr. piṅgala g. gargâdi
  2. n. brown or tawny colour Suśr

paicchilya

  1. paicchilya n. (fr. picchila) sliminess, mucilaginousness Suśr

paija

  1. paija m. N. of a teacher BhP

paijavana

  1. paijavaná m. (fr. pijavana) patr. of Su-dās and of several men RV. &c. &c

paijūlāyana

  1. paijūlāyana patr. fr. pijūla g. aśvâdi

paiñjūṣa

  1. paiñjūṣa m. the ear L. (cf. piñjūṣa, peñjūṣa)

paiṭaka

  1. paiṭaka or paiṭāka m. patr. fr. [piT�Aka] g. śivâdi

paiṭākika

  1. paiṭ�ākika mfn. = [piT�Akena harati] g. utsaṅgâdi

paiṭakalāyana

  1. paiṭakalāyana m. sg. and pl. patron. Saṃskārak

paiṭhara

  1. paiṭhara mf(ī)n. (fr. piṭhara) cooked in a saucepan R

paiṭharika

  1. paiṭharika m. (prob.) one who uses a saucepan for making musical sounds Pat

paiṭhasarpa

  1. paiṭhasarpa mfn. (fr. pīṭha-sarpin) Pāṇ. 6-4, 144 Vārtt. 1 Pat. [Page 649, Column]

paiṭhika

  1. paiṭhika m. (prob.) patr. fr. pīṭha Hariv

paiṭhīna

  1. paiṭhīna m. = next Cat

paiṭhīnasi

  1. paiṭhīnasi m. patr. of an ancient teacher (a Muni and author of a system of laws) AV.Pariś. Pravar. &c

paiṭhīnasismṛti

  1. ○smṛti f. N. of wk

paiṭhīnasya

  1. paiṭhīnasya m. patr. Saṃskārak

paiḍika

  1. paiḍika mf(ī)n. (fr. piḍakā) relating to boils or pustules Suśr

paiḍva

  1. paiḍva wṛ. for paidva

paiṇ

  1. paiṇ cl. 1. P. paiṇati, to go
  2. to send
  3. to embrace Dhātup. xiii, 15 (cf. peṇ)

paiṇḍapātika

  1. paiṇḍapātika mf(ī)n. (fr. piṇḍapāta) living on alms Buddh

paiṇḍāyana

  1. paiṇḍāyana m. patr. fr. piṇḍa g. naḍâdi

paiṇḍikya

  1. paiṇḍikya n. (fr. piṇḍika), g. purohitâdi

paiṇḍinya

  1. paiṇḍinya n. (fr. piṇḍin) L

paiṇḍya

  1. paiṇḍḍya n. metron. (fr. piṇḍī) Pāṇ. 4-1, 151

paitadārava

  1. paitadārava mfn. (fr. pīta-dāru), g. rajatâdi

paitarāvaṇa

  1. paitarāvaṇa m. patr. (fr. pītarāvaṇa?) Pravar

paitā

  1. paitā Vṛiddhi form of pitā in comp

paitāputrīya

  1. ○putrīya mfn. relating to father and son KātyŚr

paitāmaha

  1. ○maha mf(ī)n. relating to or derived from a grandfather AitBr. MBh
  2. relating to or derived from or presided over by Brahmā MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. m. Brahmā's son (patr. of Manu) MBh
  4. (pl.) forefathers, ancestors MW
  5. n. the lunar mansion called Rohiṇī Var
  6. -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP
  7. -siddhânta m. ○hī-bhāṣya n. N. of wks

paitāmahaka

  1. ○mahaka mfn. belonging or relating to a grandfather Pāṇ. 3-4, 77 Sch

paitṛ

  1. paitṛ Vṛiddhi form of pitṛ in comp

paitṛkriyā

  1. ○kriyā f. N. of wk

paitṛmatya

  1. ○matyá mfn. sprung from one who has an illustrious father ĀpŚr. Sch
  2. m. the grandson of an illustrious man VS. Pravar. (g. kurv-ādi)

paitṛmedhika

  1. ○medhika mfn. relating to a sacrifice to the Pitṛis
  2. m. or n. N. of wk
  3. -vidhāna n. -vidhāna-prayoga m. -vidhi m. -sūtra, n. N. of wks

paitṛyajñika

  1. ○yajñika (Lāṭy.),

paitṛyajñīya

  1. ○yajñīya (Mn.), mfn. = -medhika

paitṛṣvaseya

  1. ○ṣvaseya mf(ī)n. sprung from a father's sister or paternal aunt Mn. MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 133)
  2. m. a fathers's sister's son BhP
  3. (ī), f. a father's sister's daughter Mn. xi, 171

paitṛṣvasrīya

  1. ○ṣvasrīya mfn. = prec. Pāṇ. 4-1, 132

paitṛka

  1. paitṛka mf(ī)n. belonging to a father, paternal, ancestral Mn. MBh. &c
  2. relating or sacred to the Pitṛis Rājat
  3. n. a sacred rite or Śrāddha in honour of deceased ancestors MBh

paitṛkatithinirṇaya

  1. ○tithi-nirṇaya m. N. of wk

paitṛkadhana

  1. ○dhana n. ancestral property, patrimony MW

paitṛkabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. the country of one's ancestors
  2. a paternal estate W

paitṛkavidhāna

  1. ○vidhāna n. N. of wk

paitṛkaṣvaseya

  1. ○ṣvaseya m

paitṛkaṣvaseyī

  1. ○ṣvaseḍyī f. = paitṛ-ṣ○ above

paitra

  1. paitra mf(ī)n. = paitṛka ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh
  2. n. a partic. part of the hand (cf. pitṛ-tīrtha) W

paitrāhorātra

  1. paitrâhorātra m. a day and night of the Pitṛis (= one month) W

paitrika

  1. paitrika (prob.) wṛ. for paitṛka

paitrya

  1. paitrya mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to the Pitṛis MārkP. Suśr

paitudārava

  1. paitudārava mfn. relating to or derived from the tree Pītu-dāru Br. ŚrS

paitudrava

  1. paitudrava mfn. = daivadārava ŚāṅkhŚr. Sch

paitta

  1. paitta mf(ī)n. (fr. pitta) relating to the bilious humour, bilious Suśr

paittika

  1. paittika mf(ī)n. id. ib
  2. of a bilious temperament Var

paittala

  1. paittala mf(ī)n. (fr. pittala) made of brass, brazen L

paidva

  1. paidvá m. (scil. aśva) the serpent-killing horse of Pedu RV

painaddhaka

  1. painaddhaka mfn. (fr. pi-naddha), g. varāhâdi

paināka

  1. paināka mf(ī)n. (fr. pinākin) belonging to or coming from Rudra-Śiva R
  2. m. patr. fr. pināka Pravar

painya

  1. painya n. (fr. pīna) fatness, thickness Dhātup. ix, 46

paippala

  1. paippala mf(ī)n. (fr. pippala) made of the wood of the holy fig-tree Mcar. [Page 649, Column]

paippalava

  1. paippaḍlava mfn. g. kaṇvâdi

paippalavya

  1. paippaḍlavya m. (fr. pippalū), g. gargâdi

paippalāda

  1. paippalāda mf(ī)n. derived from Pippalâda GarbhUp
  2. m. patr. fr. pippalâda
  3. pl. N. of a school of the AV
  4. ○dôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

paippalādaka

  1. paippalāḍdaka mf(ī)n. peculiar to or taught by Pippalâda or Paippalāda
  2. n. the treatise or text of Pippalâda Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Vārtt. 23 Pat

paippalādi

  1. paippalāḍdi m. patr. of a teacher Pravar. MBh. Hariv
  2. (pl.) N. of a school of the AV. Col

paippalāyani

  1. paippalāyani m. patr. of a teacher VP. (cf. pippalāyani)

paippalīkacchapa

  1. paippalī-kacchapa mfn. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 126

paiyavana

  1. paiyavana wṛ. for paijavana

paiyūkṣa

  1. paiyūkṣa mfn. (fr. pīyūkṣa), g., tālâdi

paiyūṣa

  1. paiyūṣa n. = pīyūṣa L

paila

  1. paila m. (metron. fr. pīlā Pāṇ. 4-1, 118) N. of a teacher (a sage and promulgator of the Ṛig-veda) GṛS. MBh. &c

pailagarga

  1. ○garga m. N. of a man MBh

pailagarbha

  1. ○garbha m. 'offspring of PṭPāṇ. N. of a man MW

pailameli

  1. ○meli m.patr. Saṃskārak

pailaśyāparṇeya

  1. ○śyāparṇeya m. pl., g. kārta-kaujapâdi

pailasūtrabhāṣya

  1. ○sūtra-bhāṣya n. N. of wk

pailīya

  1. pailīya m.pl. the disciples of Paila Pat

paileya

  1. paileya m. metron. fr. pīlā Pāṇ. 4-1, 118

pailava

  1. pailava mf(ī)n. made of the wood of the Pīlu tree (as the staff borne by a Vaiśya) Mn. Gaut

pailu

  1. pailu Vṛiddhi form of pīlu in comp

pailukuṇa

  1. ○kuṇa mfn. g. utsâdi

pailumūla

  1. ○mūla mfn. = pīlu-mūle dīyate kāryaṃ vā g. vyuṣṭâdi

pailuvaha

  1. ○vaha

pailuvahaka

  1. ○vaḍhaka Pāṇ. 4-2, 122 Sch

pailuśīrṣi

  1. ○śīrṣi m

pailuśīrṣyā

  1. ○śīrṣyā f. Pāṇ. 6-1, 61 Vārtt. 3 Pat

pailya

  1. pailya m. vḷ. for paila ĀrshBr

paillya

  1. paillya n. (fr. pilla) blear-eyedness Car

pailva

  1. pailva m. vḷ. for paila ĀrshBr

pailvakāyana

  1. pailvakāyana m. sg. and pl. patr. Saṃskārak

paiśalya

  1. paiśalya n. (fr. peśala) graciousness, affability MBh

paiśāca

  1. paiśāca mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to the Piśācas, demon-like, infernal GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c. (with graha m. demoniacal possession MBh.)
  2. m. a Piśāca or kind of demon (also as N. of a tribe) MBh. (cf. g. parśv-ādi)
  3. the eighth or lowest form of marriage (when a lover secretly embraces a damsel either sleeping or intoxicated or disordered in her intellect) Mn. iii, 34
  4. (ī), f. a present made at a religious ceremony to secure friendly regard W
  5. (in dram.) a sort of jargon spoken by demons on the stage (cf. piśāca-bhāṣā)
  6. night L
  7. n. N. of wk

paiśācabhāṣya

  1. ○bhāṣya a. N. of Comm. on Bhag

paiśācika

  1. paiśācika mf(ī)n. relating to the Piśācas, demoniacal (cf. cūlikā-p○)

paiśācya

  1. paiśācya n. demoniacal nature BhP

paiśuna

  1. paiśuna n. (fr. piśuna) tale-bearing, backbiting, calumny, malignity, wickedness Mn. MBh. &c

paiśunika

  1. paiśunika mfn. slanderous Divyâv

paiśunya

  1. paiśunya n. = paiśuna n. Mn. MBh. &c. (-vādin mfn. slanderous Daś.)
  2. = bhikṣâśitva L. (prob. wṛ. for paiṇḍinya)

paiṣṭa

  1. paiṣṭa mf(ī)n. (fr. piṣṭa) made of flour, ground or made up into a cake Gṛihyās. Hcat
  2. m. patr. fr. piṣṭa g. śivâdi
  3. (ī), f. spirituous liquor distilled from rice or other grain L. (cf. RTL. 193)

paiṣṭika

  1. paiṣṭika mf(ī)n. made of meal or flour Suśr
  2. (ā), f. = paiṣṭī
  3. n. a quantity of cakes L

paisukāyana

  1. paisukāyana m. patr. Pravar

po

  1. po (nom. pauḥ), fr. Nom. pāvaya Pāṇ. 1-1, 58 Vārtt. 2 Pat

pogaṇḍa

  1. pogaṇḍa mfn. not full-grown or adult, young Pur
  2. deformed, having a redundant or defective member L
  3. m. a boy, one from his 5th to his 16th year W. (cf. a-p○)

paugaṇḍa

  1. paugaṇḍa mf(ī)n. relating to a boy, boyish Pur
  2. n. (also ○ḍaka) boyhood, a period lasting from the 5th to the 16th year BhP. Sch. [Page 650, Column]

poñch

  1. poñch cl. 1. Ā. poñchate, to clean (shoes) Divyâv. (prob. for prôñch, q.v.)

poṭa

  1. poṭa m. (√puṭ?) the foundation of a house L. (cf. pota)
  2. putting together, uniting, mixing L
  3. = śakala (?) Hcar. Sch
  4. (ā), f. a hermaphrodite or a woman with a beard Hcar
  5. a female servant or slave L
  6. (ī), f. the rectum PārGṛ. Sch
  7. a large alligator L

poṭagala

  1. ○gala m. (only L.) a species of reed
  2. Saccharum Spontaneum
  3. a fish
  4. = pañcajanya

poṭaka

  1. poṭaka m. a servant KātyŚr. Sch
  2. (ikā), f. a species of plant L

poṭāya

  1. poṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate = poṭāṃ karoti Pāṇ. 3-1, 17 Vārtt. 1

poṭala

  1. poṭala (Car.) and ○laka (KātyŚr. Sch.), m. ○likā (L.), f. a bundle or packet

poṭṭala

  1. poṭṭala n

poṭṭalī

  1. poṭṭaḍlī f. id. L

poṭṭalaka

  1. poṭṭalaka m. or n. id. Car

poṭṭalīkṛ

  1. poṭṭalī-√kṛ to put together into a bundle or packet Car

poṭika

  1. poṭika m. a pustule, boil L

poṭṭila

  1. poṭṭila m. (with Jainas) N. of the ninth Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī L

poḍu

  1. poḍu m. the parietal bone, the bone forming the upper part of the skull L

pota

  1. pota m. (hardly fr. √pū
  2. but Uṇ. iii, 86) a young animal or plant (mostly ifc., e.g. mṛga-p○ 'a young deer', cūta-p○ 'a young mango tree') MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. a fetus which has no enveloping membrane L
  4. cloth, a garment L
  5. the foundation of a house L. (cf. poṭa)
  6. m. n. a vessel, ship, boat MBh. Hariv. Var. Kāv. [Cf. Lat. putus
  7. Lit. pautas.]

potaja

  1. ○ja mfn. produced from a fetus which has no enveloping membrane (opp. to jarāyu-ja) L

potatva

  1. ○tva n. the state or condition of (being) a ship Mcar

potadhāra

  1. ○dhāra (Gal.),

potadhārin

  1. ○dhāḍrin (Śatr.), m. a ship-owner, master of a vessel

potaplava

  1. ○plava m. 'floating in a ship', a seaman, mariner Var

potabaṇij

  1. ○baṇij See -vaṇij

potabhaṅga

  1. ○bhaṅga m. shipwreck Kathās. Pañc

potarakṣa

  1. ○rakṣa m. 'ship-governing', the rudder of a boat L

potavaṇij

  1. ○vaṇij m. 'ship-merchant', a voyaging merchant Hit

potavāha

  1. ○vāha (L.),

potavāhaka

  1. ○vāḍhaka (Pañcad.), m. 'boat-conductor', a boatman, steersman

potaśāli

  1. ○śāli m. small or young rice L

potācchādana

  1. potâcchādana n. 'cloth-covering', a tent L

potādhāna

  1. potâdhāna n. small fry, a shoal of young fish, Vāsav

potābha

  1. potâbha m. a species of camphor Gal. (cf. potāsa)

potaka

  1. potaka m. a young animal or plant (mostly ifc
  2. cf. pota) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. N. of a serpentdemon MBh
  4. the site or foundation of a house L. (cf. gṛha-p○)
  5. (ikā), f. (only L.) cloth, a garment
  6. Basella Lucida or Rubra
  7. Anethum Sowa
  8. = mūlapotī
  9. (ī), f. Turdus Macrourus or Basella Lucida L

potāya

  1. potāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be a ship Siṃhâs

potyā

  1. potyā f. = potānāṃ samūhaḥ g. pāśâdi

potana

  1. potana n. N. of a town HPariś

potaraka

  1. potaraka m. or n. = next Buddh

potala

  1. potala m. or n. N. of a seaport on the Indus (= ?
  2. later applied to the residence of the Dalai Lama in Lhassa) Buddh. (cf. MWB. 292 &c.)

potalaka

  1. potalaka m. or n. N. of a mountain (= potala?) L
  2. (ikā), f. See go-potalikā

potalakapriya

  1. ○priya m. 'fond of the mountain Potālaka', N. of a Buddha or of a Jina L

potāla

  1. potāla m. N. of a Brāhman L
  2. wṛ. for potala

potāsa

  1. potāsa m. a species of camphor L. (Eng. potaṣ?)

potimatsaka

  1. potimatsaka m. N. of a prince MBh. (vḷ. pautimatsyaka and yotimatsaka)

potu

  1. potu m. (√1. pū) = mānabhāṇḍa-śo-dhaka L

potṛ

  1. pótṛ or m. 'Purifier', N. of one of the 16 officiating priests at a sacrifice (the assistant of the Brāhman

potṛ

  1. potṛ́ m. 'Purifier', N. of one of the 16 officiating priests at a sacrifice (the assistant of the Brāhman
  2. = yajñasya śodhayiṭri Sāy.) RV. Br. ŚrS. Hariv
  3. N. of Vishṇu L
  4. (trī), f. N. of Durgā Gal. (cf. pautrī)

potṛtvaprayoga

  1. ○tva-prayoga or m. N. of wk

potṛtṛprayoga

  1. ○ḍtṛprayoga m. N. of wk

potra

  1. potrá n. the Soma vessel of the Potṛi RV
  2. the office of the Potṛi ib. KātyŚr
  3. the snout of a hog, Ṛit. Hcar
  4. a ploughshare L
  5. a garment or a thunderbolt (= vastra vḷ. vajra L.)
  6. a ship or boat L. (cf. pota)

potramaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala n. 'snout-orb', the round snout (of a hog &c.), Ṛit. [Page 650, Column]

potrāyudha

  1. potrâyudha m. armed with a snout, a hog, boar L

potri

  1. potri in comp. for ○trin

potridaṃṣṭrāja

  1. ○daṃṣṭrā-ja m. a kind of gem (supposed to be produced in the tusk of a boar) L

potrirathā

  1. ○rathā f. 'hog-vehicled', (with Buddhists) N. of Māyā
  2. (with Jainas) N. of a Śakti or female divinity

potrin

  1. potrin m. 'snouted', a wild boar Vcar

potrī

  1. potrī f. a garment (?) Divyâv

potrīya

  1. potrīya mfn. relating or belonging to the Potṛi AitBr. KātyŚr

ponaka

  1. ponaka See śata-p○

popuva

  1. popuva mfn. (fr. Intens.) purifying much or repeatedly Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Sch

potha

  1. potha m. (√puth) a blow, stroke R

pothakī

  1. pothak�ī f. a kind of ulcer on the eyelids Suśr. (cf. poṭika)

pothikā

  1. pothikā See ava-p○

ponnūrusthalamāhātmya

  1. ponnūru-sthala-māhātmya n. N. of wk

poyā

  1. poyā f. a kind of wind instrument Kalpas

poyāladaha

  1. poyāladaha m. or n. N. of a tank or pool Kshitîś

pora

  1. pora = parvan, in nīla-p○ and śata-p○, q.v

poraka

  1. poraka id. in śata-p○

pola

  1. pola m. (√pul) magnitude, bulk, heap L. (g. jvalâdi)
  2. (ī), f. See next

polikā

  1. polikā (Bhpr.),

polī

  1. poḍlī (L.), a kind of cake (cf. pūlikā, paulī, pūpālī)

polinda

  1. polinda m. the mast or the ribs of a ship or boat L. (cf. padāra, ○raka, pādālinda)

poviya

  1. poviya m. N. of the father of Gaṅga-dāsa Cat

poṣa

  1. póṣa m. (√puṣ) thriving, prosperity, abundance, wealth, growth, increase RV. AV. Br. GṛŚrS
  2. nourishing, nurture, rearing, maintaining, supporting Kāv. Pur. &c

poṣaka

  1. póḍṣaka mf(ikā)n. nourishing, feeding, a nourisher, supporter, breeder, keeper Mn. MBh. &c
  2. (ifc.) subsisting on or by Hariv

poṣaṇa

  1. póḍṣaṇa mfn. nourishing, cherishing (cf. pakṣa-p○)
  2. n. the act of nourishing, fostering, keeping, supporting MBh. Kāv. &c

poṣaṇīya

  1. póḍṣaṇīya mfn. to be nourished or kept or protected MārkP

poṣam

  1. póḍṣam ind. (with √puṣ) to thrive or prosper in (comp.) Pat

poṣayitṛ

  1. poṣayitṛ mfn. (fr. Caus.) one who nourishes or cherishes or rears L

poṣayitnu

  1. poḍṣayitnú mfn. causing to grow or thrive, nourishing, fostering RV
  2. m. the Indian cuckoo L

poṣayiṣṇu

  1. poḍṣayiṣṇú mfn. causing to thrive, advantageous, beneficial AV

poṣas

  1. poṣas See viśvấyu-poṣas

poṣita

  1. poṣita mfn. nourished, cherished, supported MW

poṣitavya

  1. poḍṣitavya mfn. to be cherished or protected W

poṣitṛ

  1. poḍṣitṛ mfn. one who breeds or rears Kull

poṣin

  1. poṣin mfn. nourishing, rearing Kathās

poṣuka

  1. poṣuka mfn. prospering, growing ṢaḍvBr

poṣṭṛ

  1. poṣṭṛ mfn. = ○ṣitṛ MBh. Var
  2. m. grey benduc W
  3. -vara mfn. the best of nourishers, nourishing best W

poṣya

  1. póṣya mfn. thriving, well fed RV
  2. abundant, copious ib
  3. causing wealth or prosperity AV
  4. to be nourished or fed or brought up or taken care of MBh. Kāv. Pur
  5. -putra (W.), -putraka (Pur.), m. an adopted son
  6. -putra-karaṇa n. adoption MW
  7. -varga m. a class of persons or objects to be cherished (as parents, children, guests, and the sacred fire) W

poṣyāvat

  1. póḍṣyā́-vat mfn. causing prosperity, beneficial RV

poṣadha

  1. poṣadha m. (with Buddhists) fasting, a fasting day Lalit
  2. sacred day Jātakam

poṣadhotsava

  1. poṣaḍdhôtsava m. sacred festival Jātakam
  2. ○dhôṣita mfn. keeping the fast Divyâv

poṣadhika

  1. poṣadhika mfn. relating to fasting or a fṭfestival day (?) L

poṣadheya

  1. poṣadheya n. fasting must be observed Lalit

pauṃścalīya

  1. pauṃścalīya mfn. (fr. puṃś-cali) belonging or relating to harlots, meretricious
  2. -vidyā f. knowledge concerning harlots Rājat

pauṃścaleya

  1. pauṃśḍcaleyá m. the son of a hṭharlots TBr

pauṃścalya

  1. pauṃśḍcalya n. female incontinency, harlotry Mn. Hariv

pauṃsavana

  1. pauṃsavana n. fr. and = puṃsavana L. ( See p. 630, col. 3.) [Page 650, Column]

pauṃsāyana

  1. pauṃsāyaná m. patr. fr. 2. puṃs ŚBr

pauṃsna

  1. pauṃsna mf(ī)n. worthy of or fit for or relating to a man, manly, human BhP
  2. n. manhood, virility ib

pauṃsya

  1. paúṃsya mfn. belonging to men, manly Śaṃk
  2. n. manhood, virility, manly strength or a manly deed RV

paukkasa

  1. paukkasa vḷ. for paulkasa BrahmUp

paugaṇḍa

  1. paugaṇḍa ○ḍaka, See pogaṇḍa

pauccha

  1. pauccha mfn. (fr. puccha) being on the tail, caudal Kathās

pauñjiṣṭha

  1. pauñjiṣṭhá m. (fr. puñjiṣṭha) a fisherman (vḷ. ○ṣṭa) AV. TBr
  2. patr. (vḷ. pauj○) Saṃskārak

pauṭali

  1. pauṭali m. a patr. Saṃskārak

pauṭāyana

  1. pauṭāyana m. a patr. fr. puṭa g. aśvâdi

pauḍa

  1. pauḍa See pakta-p○

pauṇaki

  1. pauṇaki m. patr. fr. puṇaka Hcar

pauṇiki

  1. pauṇiki m. ○kyā f. patr. fr. puṇika Pāṇ. 4-1, 79 Sch

pauṇikera

  1. pauṇikera m. metron. (fr. ?) Pat

pauṇḍarīka

  1. pauṇḍarīka mf(ī)n. (fr. puṇḍarīka) made or consisting of lotus-flowers (as a garland) Mālatīm
  2. m. a kind of Soma sacrifice lasting 11 days ṢaḍvBr. ŚrS. &c
  3. patr. of Kshema-dhṛitvan TāṇḍBr
  4. n. (sc. kuṣṭha) a kind of leprosy Suśr

pauṇḍarīkakārikā

  1. ○kārikā f

pauṇḍarīkakḷptiprayoga

  1. ○kḷpti-prayoga m

[[]]

  1. pauṇḍarīkadaśadivasapaddhati3pauṇḍarīka--daśa-divasa-paddhati f

pauṇḍarīkapaddhati

  1. ○paddhati f

pauṇḍarīkaprayoga

  1. ○prayoga m

pauṇḍarīkaratnākara

  1. ○ratnâkara m

pauṇḍarīkasāman

  1. ○sāman n. pl.,

pauṇḍarīkahotṛsaptaka

  1. ○hotṛ-saptaka n

pauṇḍarīkahautraprayoga

  1. ○hautra-prayoga m. N. of wks

pauṇḍarīya

  1. pauṇḍarīya ○rīyaka and ○rya n. a kind of drug used as a remedy for diseased eyes (= puṇḍarya) L

pauṇḍra

  1. pauṇḍra m. (fr. puṇḍra) a species of sugar-cane of a pale straw colour Suśr
  2. (pl.) N. of a people and of a country (said to include part of South Behar and Bengal) MBh. Hariv. Pur
  3. (sg.) a king of this country (regarded as a son of Vasudeva) ib
  4. N. of the conch-shell of Bhīma MBh
  5. n. a sectarian mark KātyŚr. Sch

pauṇḍrarāja

  1. ○rāja m. a king of the Pauṇḍras Kathās

pauṇḍraviṣaya

  1. ○viṣaya m. the country of the PṭPauṇḍras ib

pauṇḍra

  1. pauṇḍra Vṛiddhi form of puṇḍra in comp

pauṇḍranāgara

  1. ○nāgara mfn. Pāṇ. 7-3. 24 Sch

pauṇḍramatsyaka

  1. ○matsyaka m. N. of a prince MBh

pauṇḍravatsa

  1. ○vatsa m. N. of a Vedic school L. (vḷ. -vaccha)

pauṇḍravardhana

  1. ○vardhana n. N. of a city (= puṇḍra-v○) R. Kathās. (also -vivardhana Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch.)
  2. m. N. of a country (Behar) L

pauṇḍraka

  1. pauṇḍraka m. the pale straw-coloured species of sugar-cane Bhpr
  2. a prince or (pl.) the people of the Pauṇḍras Mn. MBh. Hariv. Pur
  3. N. of a partic. mixed caste of hereditary sugar-boilers (the son of a Vaiśya by a woman of the distiller class, regarded as one of the degraded races of Kshatriyas) Mn. x, 44
  4. n. (as mfn. ifc.) a sectarian mark BhP

pauṇḍrika

  1. pauṇḍrika m. a species of sugar-cane L
  2. pl. N. of a people MBh

pauṇḍhra

  1. pauṇḍhra wṛ. for pauṇḍra

pauṇya

  1. pauṇya mfn. (fr. puṇya) acting rightly, virtuous, worthy TāṇḍBr. KātyŚr

pautakrata

  1. pautakratá m. metron. fr. pūtakratā RV

pautana

  1. pautana m. (fr. pūtanā?) N. of a country or people Suśr. (Sch. = mathurā-pradeśa)

pautanya

  1. pautanya n. (fr. pūtanā) Pat

pautarīya

  1. pautarīya mfn. (fr. pūtara), Gaṇ

pautava

  1. pautava n. a kind of mensure L. (cf. potu)

pauti

  1. pauti Vṛiddhi form of pūti in comp

pautināsikya

  1. ○nāsikya n. fetor of the nostrils Mn. xi, 50

pautimāṣa

  1. ○māṣa mfn. (fr. -māṣya), g. kaṇvâdi

pautimāṣya

  1. ○māṣya m. (g. gargâdi) patr. or metron. of a teacher BṛĀrUp. (also ○ṣī-putra)
  2. (ā), f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 74 Vārtt. 1 Pat

pautimāṣyāyaṇa

  1. ○māṣyāyaṇa (paúti-), m. patr. fr. prec. ŚBr
  2. (ī), f. Pat. [Page 651, Column]

pautika

  1. pautika mfn. (fr. pūtika, or ○kā), g. saṃkalâdi
  2. (ī), f. a kind of pot-herb L

pautikya

  1. pautikya n. g. purohitâdi Kāś

pautudruva

  1. paútudruva mfn. relating to the tree Pūtu-dru ĀpŚr

pautṛka

  1. pautṛka mfn. (fr. potṛ) Pāṇ. 4-3, 78 Sch

pauttika

  1. pauttika n. (fr. puttikā) a kind of honey Bhpr

pautra

  1. paútra mf(ī)n. (fr. putra) derived from or relating to a son or children AV. MBh. &c. (with iṣṭi f. 'a sacrifice performed to obtain a son' R.)
  2. m. a son's son, grandson AV. Br. &c. (also -ka Kāv.)
  3. (ī), f. a granddaughter MBh. Hariv. Kathās
  4. N. of Durgā L

pautrajīvika

  1. ○jīvika n. an amulet made of the seeds of Putranjiva Roxburghī Suśr

pautramartya

  1. ○martya n. the dying of children MantraBr

pautramṛtyu

  1. ○mṛtyu in. id. HirGṛ

pautrāgha

  1. pautrâgha n. any injury or evil happening to children AV

pautrādya

  1. pautrâdya (prob.) wṛ. for prec

pautrāyaṇa

  1. pautrāyaṇa m. patr. fr. pautra ChUp

pautrika

  1. pautrika m. patr. fr. putrika or = next

pautrikeya

  1. pautrikeya m. (fr. putrikā) the son of a daughter adopted to raise issue for her father Kull

pautrikeyavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having a grandson by an adopted daughter ib

pautrikya

  1. pautrikya n. (fr. putrika), g. purohitâdi

pautrin

  1. pautrin mfn. (fr. pautra) having a grandson Mn. ix, 136

pautra

  1. pautra n. the office of the Potṛi g. udgātrādi

paudanya

  1. paudanya n. N. of a city MBh. (vḷ. vaidanya)

paudgalika

  1. paudgalika mfn. (fr. pudgala) substantial, material, Śīl
  2. selfish Divyâv

paunaḥ

  1. paunaḥ Vṛiddhi form of punaḥ in comp

paunaḥpunika

  1. ○punika mfn. frequently reiterated, repeated again and again Vop

paunaḥpunya

  1. ○punya n. frequent repetition
  2. (ena), ind. again and again, repeatedly Vedântas. Kāś. Vop

paunar

  1. paunar Vṛiddhi form of punar in comp

paunarādheyika

  1. ○ādheyika mf(ī)n. relating to the rite of replacing or renewing the sacrificial fire ŚrS

paunarukta

  1. ○ukta n. repetition, tautology, Kad

paunaruktika

  1. ○uktika mfn. = punaruktam adhī7te veda vā g. ukthâdi

paunaruktya

  1. ○uktya n. = -ukta Ragh. Śaṃk. Sāh

paunarnava

  1. ○nava mfn. belonging to the Punar-navā (Boerhavia Procumbens) Suśr

paunarbhava

  1. ○bhava mf(ā)n. relating or belonging to a widow who has married a second husband
  2. m. the son of a widow remarried Mn. Gaut. MBh. &c
  3. m. (with bhartṛ) a woman's second husband Mn. ix, 176

paunarbhavika

  1. ○bhavika mf(ī)n. relating to regeneration L

paunarvasava

  1. ○vasava mfn. relating to the physician Punar-vasu
  2. m. (with yuvan) a student of medicine Hcar

paunarvācanika

  1. ○vācanika or mfn. pleonastic, superfluous ĀśvGṛ. Sch

paunarvācika

  1. ○vācika mfn. pleonastic, superfluous ĀśvGṛ. Sch

paupika

  1. paupika m. pl. (fr. pūpa?) patron. Saṃskārak

paumpā

  1. paumpā f. N. of a sacred lake
  2. -māhātmya n. N. of wk

pauyamāni

  1. pauyamāni m. patr. fr. pūyamāna Pat

paura

  1. paurá m. (√pṝ) 'filler, increaser', N. of Soma (Sāy. = udara-pūraka)
  2. of Indra (Sāy. = pūrayitṛ)
  3. of the Aśvins &c. RV
  4. of a Ṛishi (author of RV. v, 73 ; 74)
  5. (pl.) of a dynasty VP

paura

  1. paura mf(ī)n. (fr. pura) belonging to a town or city, urban, civic
  2. m. a townsman, citizen (opp. to jānapada) Gaut. MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. a prince engaged in war under certain circumstances (= nāgara, q.v., applied also to planets opposed to each other) Var
  4. (pl.) N. of a dynasty VP
  5. (ī), f. the language of the servants in a palace L
  6. n. a species of fragrant grass L

paurakanyā

  1. ○kanyā f. a maiden of the city Ragh

paurakārya

  1. ○kārya n. public business Śak

paurajana

  1. ○jana m. m. townsfolk, citizens MBh. R. &c

paurajānapada

  1. ○jānapada mf(ī)n. belonging to town and country
  2. m. pl. townsmen and country-people MBh. R

pauramukhya

  1. ○mukhya m. chief man of the city Daś

paurayoṣit

  1. ○yoṣit f. a woman living in a city, townswoman MW

paurarucideva

  1. ○ruci-deva m. N. of a man Kathās

pauraloka

  1. ○loka m. sg. and pl.= -jana Kathās. Pañc

pauravṛddha

  1. ○vṛddha m. = -mukhya MBh. Daś

paurasakhya

  1. ○sakhya n. fellow-citizenship Mn. ii, 134

paurastrī

  1. ○strī f. = -yoṣit W

paurāgragaṇya

  1. paurâgragaṇya m. = paura-mukhya Daś. [Page 651, Column]

paurāṅganā

  1. paurâṅganā f. = ○rayoṣit Megh

pauraka

  1. pauraka m. a garden in the neighbourhood of a city or round a house L

pauraṃjana

  1. pauraṃjana mf(ī)n. sprung or descended from Puraṃ-jana and Puraṃ-janī BhP

pauraṃdara

  1. pauraṃdara mf(ī)n. (fr. puraṃ-dara) relating to or derived from or sacred to Indra MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. n. the Nakshatra Jyeshṭhā Var

paurika

  1. paurika m. a townsman, citizen MārkP
  2. a governor of a city L
  3. N. of a prince of the city of Purikā MBh
  4. pl. N. of a people MārkP

paurakutsī

  1. paurakutsī f. wṛ. for pauru-k○ Hariv

pauragīya

  1. pauragīya mfn. (fr. pura-ga), g. kṛśâśvâdī

pauraṇa

  1. pauraṇa m. patr. fr. pūraṇa ĀśvŚr
  2. (ī), f. wṛ. for paurāṇi Hariv

pauraṇṭaka

  1. pauraṇṭaka and ○ṭhaka m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. paurandaka)

pauraṃdhra

  1. pauraṃdhra mfn. (fr. puraṃdhri) belonging to a woman, feminine Viddh

paurava

  1. paurava mf(ī)n. (fr. pūru) belonging to or descended from Pūru MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 168, Vartt. 3 Pat.)
  2. m. a descendant of Paurava ib. &c
  3. pl. the race of Paurava Śak. Pur
  4. N. of a people in the north or north-east of India MBh. R. Var. (vḷ. paulava)
  5. (ī), f. N. of the wife of Vasu-deva or of Yudhi-shṭhira Pur
  6. (in music) N. of a Mūrchanā or a Rāga

pauravatantava

  1. ○tantava See para-p"ṣ-t○ (p. 587, col. 1)

pauravaka

  1. pauravaka m. pl. N. of a people MBh

pauravīya

  1. pauravīya mfn. devoted to Pūru Pāṇ. 4-3, 100 Sch

pauraścaraṇika

  1. pauraścaraṇika mfn. (fr. puraś-caraṇa) Pāṇ. 4-3, 72

paurastya

  1. paurastya mf(ā)n. (fr. puras) situated in front, foremost Ragh. BhP
  2. eastern (-pavana m. east wind Kathās.)
  3. pl. the people in the east (= gauḍa) Kāvyâd

paurāṇa

  1. paurāṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. purāṇa) relating to the past or to former times, previous, ancient, primeval, Paurānic MBh. Hariv. R

paurāṇika

  1. paurāḍṇika mf(ī)n. id. Kāv. Pur. Suśr
  2. versed in ancient legends and stories MBh. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60)
  3. of the value of one Purāṇa (coin) Saṃskārak
  4. m. a Brāhman well read in the Purāṇas, a mythologist W

paurika

  1. paurika See above

pauriṇa

  1. pauriṇa wṛ. for pauraṇa

pauru

  1. pauru Vṛiddhi form of puru in comp

paurukutsa

  1. ○kutsa m. patr. of Trasa-dasyu Br. MBh. &c. (ī f. Hariv.)

paurukutsi

  1. ○kutsi (paúru-),

paurukutsya

  1. ○kutsyá m. id. RV

paurumadga

  1. ○madga n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr. (wṛ. -mahna)

paurumīḍha

  1. ○mīḍha or n. N. of a Sāman ŚrS

paurumīḻha

  1. ○mīḻha n. N. of a Sāman ŚrS

pauruśiṣṭi

  1. ○śiṣṭi m. N. of a teacher TĀr

pauruhanmana

  1. ○hanmana n. N. of sev. Sāmans Br. Lāṭy

pauruhūta

  1. ○hūta mfn. belonging to Puruhūta i.e. Indra Śak

paurūravasa

  1. paurūravasa mfn. belonging or relating to Purū-ravas MBh
  2. m. patr. fr. purūravas ĀśvŚr. (wṛ. pauroravasa)

pauruṣa

  1. pauruṣá mf(ī)n. (fr. puruṣa) manly, human ŚBr. MBh. &c
  2. belonging or sacred to Purusha RPrāt. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. = puruṣa-dvayasa, -daghna or -mātra Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 ; 38
  4. m. a weight or load which can be carried by one man Mn. viii, 404 (Kull.)
  5. N. of a Rākshasa VP. (vḷ. pauruṣeya)
  6. (ī), f. a woman ŚāṅkhŚr
  7. a period of 3 hours (= yāma) HPariś
  8. n. manhood, virility (opp. to strītva) R
  9. manliness, manly strength or courage or deed, valour, heroism MBh. Kāv. &c
  10. force (opp. to buddhi, 'intellect') Kathās
  11. a man's length VarBṛS
  12. a generation ĀśvŚr. MārkP
  13. semen virile L
  14. the penis Suśr
  15. a sun-dial L

pauruṣatā

  1. ○tā f. and manhood, manly strength or spirit W

pauruṣatva

  1. ○tva n. manhood, manly strength or spirit W

pauruṣa

  1. pauruṣa Vṛiddhi form of puruṣa in comp

pauruṣamedhika

  1. ○medhika (paúr○), mfn. relating or belonging to a human sacrifice ŚrS

pauruṣavidhika

  1. ○vidhika mfn. man-like, human Nir

pauruṣāda

  1. pauruṣāda mfn. relating or peculiar to man-eaters or cannibals Hariv

pauruṣāsakin

  1. pauruṣāsakin m. pl. the school of Purushāsaka, g. śaunakâdi (Kāś. vḷ. ○ṣāṃsakin)

pauruṣika

  1. pauruṣika m. a worshipper of Purusha BhP

pauruṣeya

  1. paúruṣeya mf(ī)n. relating to or derived from or made by man, human RV. VS. AV. Br. MBh. [Page 651, Column]
  2. coming from the soul, spiritual Kap. Sch
  3. m. a hireling, day-labourer SaddhP
  4. = samūha, vadha or puruṣasya padântaram (?) L
  5. N. of a Rākshasa BhP
  6. n. human action, the work of man AV

pauruṣeyatva

  1. ○tva n. human nature or origin Jaim. Sch

pauruṣeyavedavādin

  1. ○veda-vādin m. one who asserts the human origin of the Veda Sarvad

pauruṣya

  1. pauruṣya mfn. relating to Purusha VPrāt
  2. n. manliness, manly strength or courage, heroism MārkP

paureya

  1. paureya mfn. (fr. pūra), g. sakhyādi

pauro

  1. pauro Vṛiddhi form of puro = puras in comp

paurogava

  1. ○gava m. an overseer or superintendent of a royal household, (esp.) the inspector of the royal kitchen MBh. Hariv. Rājat

paurodāśa

  1. ○dāśá m. relating to the Puroḍāśa (s.v.) ŚBr
  2. m. a Mantra recited upon making the Puroḍāśa oblation Siddh
  3. ○śika mf(ī)n. fr. prec. KātyŚr. Sch. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 70 Sch.)
  4. ○śīya mfn. ĀpGṛ. Sch

paurodhasa

  1. ○dhasa m. patr. fr. puro-dhas Saṃskārak
  2. the office of the Purohita BhP

paurobhāgya

  1. ○bhāgya n. envy, malice Kālid

paurohita

  1. ○hita mf(ī)n. belonging to or proceeding from a Purohita MārkP

paurohitika

  1. ○hitika m. metron. fr. puro-hitikā g. śivâdi

paurohitya

  1. ○hitya mfn. belonging to the family of a Purohita ĀśvŚr
  2. n. the office of a recited Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c

paurṇa

  1. paurṇa Vṛiddhi form of pūrṇa in comp

paurṇadarva

  1. ○darva n. = pūrṇa-d○ ĀśvŚr

paurṇamāsa

  1. ○māsá mf(ī)n. relating to the full moon, usual or customary at full moon, having the fṭfull moon ŚBr. &c. &c
  2. mṇ. full moon sacrifice AV. &c. &c. (-dharma m. the duty or rule of the full moon sacrṭsacrifice KātyŚr
  3. -vat ind. like (at) the full moon sacrṭsacrifice ib
  4. -sthālī-pāka-prayoga m. ○sêṣṭi f. and ○sêṣṭi-prayoga, m. N. of wks.)
  5. m. patr. of a man Saṃskārak
  6. of a son of Marīci and Sambhūti Pur
  7. of a prince of the Āndhra dynasty ib
  8. n. a day of full moon GṛŚrS. MBh
  9. (ī), f. a day or night of full moon
  10. (○sy-adhikaraṇa n. N. of wk.)
  11. ○saka m. full moon sacrifice AgP
  12. ○sāyana n. a kind of full moon sacrṭsacrifice SāṅkhŚr
  13. ○sika mf(ī)n. used for the full moon sacrṭsacrifice KātyŚr. Sch
  14. ○sya n. a full moon sacrṭsacrifice ib. MBh

paurṇavatsa

  1. ○vatsa m.pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda AV.Pariś

paurṇasaugandhi

  1. ○saugandhi m. patr. fr. pūrṇa-saugandha Saṃskārak

paurṇamī

  1. paurṇamī f. a day of full moon (= pūrṇimā) L

paurṇima

  1. paurṇima m. (fr. pūrṇimā) an ascetic
  2. (ā), f. prec. W

paurta

  1. paurta mfn. (fr. pūrta) with karman n. a meritorious or charitable work (such as feeding Brāhmans, digging wells &c.) MBh. MārkP

paurti

  1. paurti m. patr. fr. pūrta Pat

paurtika

  1. paurtika mfn. relating to a charitable or meritorious work Mn. Hcat

paurya

  1. paurya patr. fr. pura g. kurv-ādi

paurva

  1. paurva mf(ī)n. (fr. pūrva) relating or belonging to the past
  2. relating to the east, eastern W

paurva

  1. paurva Vṛiddhi form of pūrva in comp

paurvakālya

  1. ○kālya n. priority of time Pat

paurvajanmika

  1. ○janmika mfn. done in a former life Vajracch

paurvadehika

  1. ○dehika or mfn. belonging to or derived from a former body or a, former existence, done in a fṭformer life Yājñ. MBh. Hariv

paurvadaihika

  1. ○daihika mfn. belonging to or derived from a former body or a, former existence, done in a fṭformer life Yājñ. MBh. Hariv

paurvanagareya

  1. ○nagareya mfn. fr. pūrva-nagarī g. nady-ādi

paurvapañcālaka

  1. ○pañcālaka mfn. = pūrvaḥ pañcālānām Pāṇ. 7-3, 13 Sch

paurvapadika

  1. ○padika mfn. seizing by the fore-foot (?) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-4, 39
  2. relating to the first member of a compound Pat. (cf. auttarap○)

paurvabhaktika

  1. ○bhaktika mf(ī)n. taken before eating Car

paurvamadrika

  1. ○madrika mfn. fr. pūrva-madra Pāṇ. 4-2, 108 Kāś

paurvavarṣika

  1. ○varṣika mfn. = pūrvāsu varṣāsu bhavaḥ ib. vii, 3, 11 Sch

paurvaśāla

  1. ○śāla mfn. = pūrvasyāṃ śālāyām bhavaḥ ib. iv, 2, 107 Kāś

paurvātitha

  1. paurvātitha m. patr. fr. pūrvâtithi, Prav
  2. n. N. of a Sāman Br

paurvāparya

  1. paurvāparya n. priority and posteriority, the relation of prior and posterior, succession, continuity Lāṭy. Śaṃk. &c

paurvārdhaka

  1. paurvārdhaka or mfn. living or situated on the eastern side of (gen.) Pāṇ. Sch

paurvārdhika

  1. paurvārḍdhika mfn. living or situated on the eastern side of (gen.) Pāṇ. Sch

paurvāhṇika

  1. paurvāhṇika mfn. (wṛ. ○hnika) relating to the morning, produced in the forenoon, matutinal KātyŚr. MBh. &c

paurvika

  1. paurvika mf(ī)n. former, prior, ancient, old, ancestral Mn. MBh. &c
  2. (ī), f. an ancestress MBh

paula

  1. paula m. sg. and pl. patr. Saṃskārak

paulahasti

  1. ○hasti m. patr. ib

paulava

  1. paulava vḷ. for paurava, q.v. [Page 652, Column]

paulastya

  1. paulastya mfn. relating to or descended from Pulasti or Pulastya R
  2. m. patr. of Kubera or Rāvaṇa MBh. Hariv. R
  3. of Vibhīshaṇa L
  4. (pl.) the brothers of Dur-yodhana MBh
  5. (pl.) a race of Rākshasas L
  6. the moon L
  7. N. of an author
  8. (-smṛti f. N. of wk.)
  9. wṛ. for paurastya Kathās
  10. (○stī). f. patr. of Sūrpa-ṇakhā (the sister of Rāvaṇa) L

paulāka

  1. paulāka mfn. (fr. pūlāka), g. palāśâdi

paulāsa

  1. paulāsa mfn. (fr. pūlāsa), g. saṃkalâdi

pauli

  1. pauli m. grain half dressed or scorched or fried with ghee and made into a sort of cake L
  2. patr. (also pl.) Saṃskārak

paulikā

  1. paulikā f. a kind of cake L. (vḷ. polikā)

paulinya

  1. paulinya mfn. (fr. pulina), g. saṃkāśâdi

pauliśa

  1. pauliśa mfn. derived from or composed by Puliśa
  2. -mata n. -siddhânta m. N. of astron. wks

pauluṣi

  1. paúluṣi m. (fr. puluṣa) patr. of Satya-yajña ŚBr

pauloma

  1. pauloma mfn. relating to or treating of Pulomā (N. of the 4th-12th Adhyāyas of MBh. i
  2. IW. 371, n. 1)
  3. relating to Puloman or Pulomā or Pulomī MBh. Hariv
  4. m. N. of a Ṛishi Hariv
  5. (pl.) of a class of demons KaushUp. MBh. &c
  6. (ī), f. See next

paulomī

  1. paulomī f. 'daughter of Puloman', N. of the wife of Indra Kāv. Pur
  2. of the wife of Bhṛigu (cf. pulomā) VāyuP

paulomīpati

  1. ○pati m. 'lord or husband of Paulomī', N. of Indra Bhām

paulomīvallabha

  1. ○vallabha m. 'lover of PṭPaulomī', N. of Indra Bālar

paulomīśa

  1. paulomī7śa m. = ○mi-pati L

paulkasa

  1. paulkasá m. (= pulkasa) the son of a Nishāda or of a Śūdra father and of a Kshatriyā mother VS. ŚBr. &c

pauṣa

  1. pauṣa mf(ī), n. relating to or occurring at the time when the moon is in the asterism Pushya Ragh. Var
  2. m. the month Pausha (December-January, when the full moon is in the asterism Pushya) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
  3. N. of the 3rd year in the 12 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS
  4. (ī), f. the night or day of full moon in the month Pausha Kauś
  5. n. a festival or a partic. festival L
  6. a fight, combat L
  7. N. of sev. Sāmans Br

pauṣamāhātmya

  1. ○māhātmya n. N. of wk

pauṣya

  1. pauṣya mfn. relating to the asterism Pushya MBh
  2. relating to king Paushya (○ṣyôpâkhyāna n. N. of MBh. i, 3
  3. IW. 371, n. 1)
  4. m. N. of a prince (the son of Pūshan and king of Karaviirapura) MBh

pauṣadha

  1. pauṣadha m. (cf. poṣadha) a fasting day Kalpas. HPariś. (also -dina n.)

pauṣkajiti

  1. pauṣkajiti m. patr. (fr. puṣkajit?) Saṃskārak

pauṣkara

  1. pauṣkara mf(ī)n. relating to or made of or connected with the blue lotus MBh. Hariv. Pur
  2. (m. with or scil. prādur-bhāva, 'the appearance of Vishṇu in the form of a lotus flower' Hariv.)
  3. relating to or derived from Costus Speciosus or Costus Arabicus
  4. n. the √(with or sc. mūla) or fruit of Costus SpṭSpeciosus or Arc Suśr. L
  5. N. of wk

pauṣkaratantra

  1. ○tantra n

pauṣkarasaṃhitā

  1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of wks

pauṣkaraka

  1. pauṣkaraka mfn. = pauṣkara (also with prādur-bhāva) Hariv

pauṣkarasādi

  1. pauṣkarasādi m. (fr. puṣkara-sad) N. of a grammarian TPrāt

pauṣkariṇī

  1. pauṣkariṇī f. = puṣkariṇī, a lotus pool L

pauṣkareyaka

  1. pauṣkareyaka mfn. g. kattry-ādi

pauṣkala

  1. pauṣkala m. (fr. puṣkala) a species of grain MārkP
  2. n. N. of sev. Sāmans Br

pauṣkalāvata

  1. pauṣkalāvata m. (fr. puṣkalā-vatī) N. of a physician Suśr
  2. mfn. derived from or composed by PaushkṭPaushkalāvata ib

pauṣkaleyaka

  1. pauṣkaleyaka mfn. g. kattry-ādi

pauṣkalya

  1. pauṣkalya n. full growth, maturity, complete development BhP

pauṣki

  1. pauṣki m. patron. (Kāś., vḷ. in g. taulvaly-ādi)

pauṣṭika

  1. pauṣṭika mf(ī)n. (fr. puṣṭi) relating to growth or welfare, nourishing, invigorating, furthering, promoting (with gen.) Gṛihyās. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 652, Column]
  2. n. a cloth worn during the ceremony of tonsure L

pauṣṭī

  1. pauṣṭī f. (fr. puṣṭa?) N. of the wife of Pūru MBh

pauṣṭhimera

  1. pauṣṭhimera m. patron. Saṃskārak

pauṣṇa

  1. pauṣṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. pūṣan) belonging or relating or sacred to Pūshan VS. TS. Br. ŚrS
  2. relating to the sun Jyot
  3. n. the Nakshatra Revatī Var. (wṛ. ○ṇya)

pauṣṇāvata

  1. pauṣṇāvata m. pl. patron Saṃskārak. (prob. wṛ. for pauṣtāvata fr. puṣṭā-vat)

pauṣpa

  1. pauṣpa mf(ī)n. (fr. puṣpa) relating to or coming from or made of flowers, flowery, floral Kāv. Pur. (often wṛ. for pauṣya MBh.)
  2. (ī), f. N. of the city of Pāṭali-putra (= puṣpa-purī) L

pauṣpaka

  1. pauṣpaka mfn. = pauṣpa Hcat
  2. n. oxide of brass considered as a collyrium, green vitriol L

pauṣpaketava

  1. pauṣpaketava mfn. (fr. puṣpa-ketu) relating to the god of love Bālar

pauṣpāyaṇa

  1. pauṣpāyaṇa m. patr. fr. pauṣpi g. taulvaly-ādi

pauṣpi

  1. pauṣpi m. patr. fr. puṣpa ib

pauṣpīya

  1. pauṣpīya mfn. fr. pauṣpi Pāṇ. 4-2, 113 Sch

pauṣpañji

  1. pauṣpañji or ○piñji m. patr. of a teacher VāyuP
  2. ○piñjin m. pl. his disciples ib

pauṣpiṇḍi

  1. pauṣpiṇḍi or ○piṇḍya or ○pidya (?), m. N. of an ancient teacher Cat

pauṣya

  1. pauṣya See under pauṣa

pauṣyañji

  1. pauṣyañji ○yiñji vḷ. or wṛ. for pauṣpañji, ○piñji

pauskara

  1. pauskara wṛ. for pauṣkara

pnā

  1. pnā f. the braided hair of Śiva L

pyāṭ

  1. pyāṭ ind. a particle used in calling, ho! hallo! L. (cf. g. câdi)

pyāy

  1. pyāy See pyai below

pyukṣṇa

  1. pyukṣṇa m. or n. a covering for a bow (made of sinews or of the skin of a serpent
  2. only -veṣṭitaṃ dhanuḥ) ŚBr. KātyŚr

pyuṣ

  1. pyuṣ cl. 4. 10. P. pyuṣyati, pyoṣayati vḷ. for vyuṣ Dhātup. xxvi, 7

pyus

  1. pyus cl.4.P. pyusyati vḷ. for vyuṣ Dhātup. xxvi, 106

pyai

  1. pyai or pyāy, cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xxii, 68 ; xiv, 17) pyā́yate (pf. papye Gr
  2. aor. apyāyi ib
  3. apyāsam AitĀr
  4. Prec. pyāyiṣīmahi or pyāsiṣīmahi AV. VS. Br
  5. fut. pyāsyate or pyāyiṣyate Gr
  6. pyātā, pyāyitā ib.), to swell, be exuberant, overflow: Caus. pyāyáyati, ○te AV. &c
  7. (Pass. pyāyyáte Br.) to make overflow, fill up (mostly in comp. with ā-, See ā-pyai
  8. √.pi, pī)

pyāta

  1. pyāta (TS.) or (Gr.), mfn. fat, swollen (= pīna)

pyāna

  1. pyāna (Gr.), mfn. fat, swollen (= pīna)

pyāyana

  1. pyāyana mfn. causing to thrive, promoting growth or increase, invigorating Nir
  2. n. growth, increase Vop

pyāyita

  1. pyāyita mfn. fat
  2. grown fat
  3. increased
  4. strengthened, refreshed (= pīna) MW

pra

  1. prá ind. before
  2. forward, in front, on, forth (mostly in connection with a verb, esp. with a verb of motion which is often to be supplied
  3. sometimes repeated before the verb, Pāṇ. 8-1, 6
  4. rarely as a separate word, e.g. AitBr. ii, 40)
  5. as a prefix to subst. = forth, away, cf. pra-vṛtti, pra-sthāna
  6. as pref. to adj. = excessively, very, much, cf. pra-caṇḍa, pra-matta
  7. in nouns of relationship = great-, cf. pra-pitāmaha, pra-pautra
  8. ('according to native lexicographers it may be used in the senses of gati, ā-rambha, ut-karṣa, sarvato-bhāva, prāthamya, khyāti, ut-patti, vy-avahāra) RV. &c. &c. [Cf. puras, purā, pūrva ; Zd. fra
  9. Gk. ? ; Lat. pro ; Slav. pra-, pro- ; Lith. pra- ; [652,] Goth. faúr, faúra ; Germ. vor ; Eng. fore.]

pra

  1. pra mfn. (√pṝ or prā) filling, fulfilling
  2. (n. fulfilment, ifc
  3. cf. ākūti-, kakṣya-, kāma-)
  4. like, resembling (ifc
  5. cf. ikṣu-, kṣura-). [Page 652, Column]

prauga

  1. prá-�ga n. (prob. fr. pra-yuga) the forepart of the shafts of a chariot RV. (cf. hiraṇya-p○) TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr
  2. a triangle MānGṛ. Śulbas
  3. mṇ.= -śastra RV. VS. Br. ŚrS

praugacit

  1. prá-�ga--cít mfn. piled up or arranged in the form of a triangle ŚBr

praugaciti

  1. prá-�ga--cíti f. arrangement in the forepart of a triangle MaitrS

praugaśastra

  1. prá-�ga--śastra n. N. of the second Śastra or hymn at the morning libation Vait
  2. N. of wk

praugastotra

  1. prá-�ga--stotra n. N. of a partic. Stotra ib

praugādhyāya

  1. pra�gâdhyāya m. N. of wk

praugya

  1. pra-�gyá mfn. being at or on the forepart of the shafts of a chariot ŚBr

prakaṅkata

  1. pra-kaṅkatá m. a partic. venomous worm or reptile RV

prakaca

  1. pra-kaca mfn. (prob.) having the hair erect L. (cf. ut-k○, vi-k○)

prakaṭa

  1. pra-kaṭa mf(ā)n. (according to Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 fr. pra + affix kaṭa
  2. but prob. Prākr. = pra-kṛta, cf. ava-k○, ut-k○, ni-k○, vi-k○, saṃ-k○), evident, clear, manifest, open, plain, public Sūryas. Kāv. Kathās. (prakaṭah so'stu, 'let him show himself') Pur. &c
  3. m. N. of a Śaiva philosopher Cat
  4. ibc. and (am), ind. evidently, visibly, openly, in public Var. Kathās. Pañc
  5. -prīti-vardhana m. 'evidently increaser of joy', N. of Śiva Śivag
  6. -raktânta-nayana mfn. having the eye-corners visibly red Pañc
  7. -vaikṛta mf(ā)n. openly inimical Rājat
  8. -śīrṣa mfn. bearing the head uplifted Mṛicch
  9. ○tâprakaṭa mf(ā)n. open and not open L

prakaṭa

  1. pra-kaṭa Nom. P. ○ṭati (pr.p. ○ṭat), to appear, become manifest Hariv

prakaṭana

  1. pra-ḍkaṭana n. manifesting, bringing to light ŚārṅgP

prakaṭaya

  1. pra-ḍkaṭaya Nom.P. ○yati, to manifest, disclose, evince, display Kāv. Pur

prakaṭāya

  1. pra-ḍkaṭāya Nom. P. ○yati, to manifest, reveal, proclaim VarP

prakaṭita

  1. pra-ḍkaṭita mfn. manifested, unfolded, proclaimed, public, evident, clear Kāv. Pur
  2. -hatâśeṣa-tamas mfn. having openly destroyed utter darkness Kāv

prakaṭī

  1. pra-ḍkaṭī ind. (= ○kaṭa) in -karaṇa n. making visible, manifesting, proclaiming Cat
  2. -√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya), to manifest, unfold, display Kāv. Pañc. &c
  3. -kṛta mfn. manifested, shown, displayed Kāv. Pur
  4. -√bhū (ind. p. -bhūya), to become manifest, appear Kāv. Kathās
  5. -bhūta mfn. manifest, open, plain Kāv. Pur. Pañc

prakaṇva

  1. pra-kaṇva m. 'freed from evil' (?), N. of a place Pāṇ. 6-?153 Kāś

prakath

  1. pra-√kath P. -kathayati (ind. p. kathayya Pāṇ. 6-4, 56 Sch.), to announce, proclaim R

prakathana

  1. pra-ḍkathana n. announcing, proclaiming Pāṇ. 1-3, 32 (am, ind. enclit. after a finite word, g. gotrâdi)

prakamana

  1. pra-kamana n. (√2. kam) Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

prakamanīya

  1. pra-ḍkamanīya mfn. ib

prakamp

  1. pra-√kamp Ā. -kampate, to tremble, shake, quiver MBh. R
  2. to become lax, be loosened Suśr
  3. to vibrate (said of sound) RPrāt.: Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble R. BhP
  4. to swing, wave, brandish, shake Br. KātyŚr

prakampa

  1. pra-ḍkampa mfn. trembling R
  2. m. (ifc. f. ā) trembling or violent motion, quaking, staggering &c. MBh. Kāv. &c

prakampana

  1. pra-ḍkampana mf(ā, or ī)n. trembling violently W
  2. m. wind, air Śiś
  3. N. of a hell L
  4. of an Asura Kathās
  5. n. great trembling, violent or excessive motion MBh. Hariv. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch.)

prakampanīya

  1. pra-ḍkampanīya mfn. to be made to tremble Vop

prakampita

  1. pra-ḍkámpita (!), mfn. trembling, quaking Suparṇ. R
  2. (fr. Caus.) made to tremble, shaken Bhaṭṭ
  3. n. trembling or violent motion Var

prakampin

  1. pra-ḍkampin mfn. trembling, moving to and fro MārkP

prakampya

  1. pra-ḍkampya mfn. to be caused to tremble or shake R. (cf. duṣ-prak○)

prakara

  1. pra-kara &c. See pra-√kṛ

prakara

  1. pra-kara See pra-√kṝ, p. 654

prakarṣa

  1. pra-karṣa &c. See pra-√kṛṣ

prakal

  1. pra-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive onwards, chase, pursue MBh
  2. to drive out (cattle for grazing) Gobh
  3. to urge on, incite Kāṭh

prakālana

  1. pra-ḍkālana mfn. driving on, chasing, pursuing MBh. Hariv
  2. m. N. of a Nāga of the race of Vāsuki MBh

prakalā

  1. pra-kalā f. part of a part, a minute portion L

prakalavid

  1. prakala-víd mfn. knowing very little, ignorant RV. vii, 18, 15 (Sāy
  2. = vaṇij Nir.)

prakalpaka

  1. pra-kalpaka ○pana &c. See pra √kḷp. [Page 653, Column]

prakalyāṇa

  1. pra-kalyāṇa mfn. very excellent Śivag

prakaśa

  1. pra-kaśá m. the thong or lash of a whip AV
  2. the urethra (cf. niruddha-p○) Suśr
  3. hurting, killing W

prakas

  1. pra-√kas Caus. -kāsayati, to drive away Dhūrtas. (in Prākr.)
  2. to cause to bloom Ghaṭ

prakāṅkṣ

  1. pra-√kāṅkṣ P. -kāṅkṣati, to wish for, desire Suśr
  2. to watch, lie in wait, waylay MBh

prakāṅkaṅkṣā

  1. pra-√kāṅḍkaṅkṣā f. desire of food, appetite Car

prakāṇḍa

  1. pra-kāṇḍa m. n. the stem or trunk of a tree from the √to the branches Śiś. ix, 45
  2. a branch, shoot W
  3. (ifc.) anything excellent of its kind Mcar. Bālar. Naish. (cf. go-, -mantri-
  4. also ○ḍaka Bhaṭṭ.)
  5. m. the upper part of the arm L. (cf. pra-gaṇḍa)

prakāṇḍara

  1. prakāṇḍara m. a tree L

prakāma

  1. pra-kāmá m. joy, delight VS
  2. pl. objects of desire R
  3. ibc. and am, or -tas ind. with delight, willingly, according to desire, sufficiently, very much, indeed MBh. Kāv. &c

prakāmabhuj

  1. ○bhuj mfn. eating till satisfied, eating enough Ragh

prakāmavikasat

  1. ○vikasat mfn. expanding or blooming abundantly Amar

prakāmavinata

  1. ○vinata mfn. quite drooping Śak

prakāmavistāra

  1. ○vistāra m. great expansiveness Ragh

prakāmāntastapta

  1. prakāmântastapta mfn. internally consumed by heat Mṛicch

prakāmālokanīyatā

  1. prakāmâlokanīyatā f. the being an object that may be viewed at pleasure Kum

prakāmodya

  1. prakāmốdya n. talking to the heart's content, talkativeness VS. ŚBr

prakāra

  1. pra-kāra &c. See pra-√kṛ

prakāś

  1. pra-√kāś Ā. -kāśate (ep. also P. ○tī), to become visible, appear, shine, become evident or manifest Up. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -kāśayati (rarely ○te), to make visible, cause to appear or shine, illumine, irradiate, show, display, manifest, reveal, impart, proclaim ib.: Intens. (only pr.p. -cākaśat) to illumine (and) to survey RV. iv, 53, 4

prakāśa

  1. pra-ḍkāśa mfn. visible, shining, bright ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. &c
  2. clear, manifest, open, public Mn. MBh. &c. (nāmadheyam prakāśaṃ kṛtvā, 'pronouncing a name out loud' ŚāṅkhGṛ.)
  3. expanded W
  4. universally noted, famous, celebrated for (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kālid
  5. renowned throughout (comp.) Ragh
  6. (ifc.) having the appearance of, looking like, resembling MBh. R. &c
  7. ibc. and (am), ind. openly, publicly, before the eyes of all Mn. MBh. &c. (○śaṃ nâbhyudaikṣata, 'he did not look up openly' R.)
  8. aloud, audibly (esp. in dram., opp. to ātma-gatam, sva-gatam &c.)
  9. m. clearness, brightness, splendour, lustre, light RV. &c. &c
  10. (fig.) light, elucidation, explanation (esp. at the end of titles of explanatory works, e.g. kāvya-, tarka- &c.)
  11. appearance, display. manifestation, expansion, diffusion MBh. Kāv. Sāh
  12. publicity, fame, renown, glory Hariv
  13. sunshine open spot or air MBh. Śak. MārkP. (e ind. openly, publicly, before the world, ifc. in the presence of MBh. Prab.)
  14. the gloss on the upper part of a (horse's) body VS. (Mahīdh)
  15. wṛ. for prāk○ TBr
  16. a chapter, section, Cat
  17. N. of sev. wks. ib
  18. laughter L
  19. N. of a Brāhman (son of Tamas) MBh
  20. of Manu Raivata Hariv
  21. (pl.) the messengers of Vishṇu L
  22. n. bell-metal, brass L
  23. -kartṛ m. 'light-maker', N. of the sun MBh
  24. -karman m. 'whose work is to give light', N. of the sun MBh
  25. -kāma mfn. wishing for renown ĀśvŚr
  26. -kraya m. a purchase made publicly MW
  27. -tā f. brightness, brilliance, splendour Yājñ. Pañcat
  28. publicity (○tāṃ-√gam, to become known or public Mudr.)
  29. renown MBh
  30. -tva n. clearness, brightness Naish. Sch
  31. appearance, manifestation (sva-, 'of one's self') Sāh
  32. celebrity, renown MBh
  33. -datta m. N. of a poet Cat
  34. -devii f. N. of a princess Rājat
  35. -dhara m. N. of an author Cat
  36. -nārī f. 'public woman', a prostitute Mṛicch
  37. -vañcaka m. 'open rogue, a public deceiver or cheat MW
  38. -vat mfn. (-vat-tva n.) bright, brilliant, shining ChUp. Ragh. Sch. Śaṃk
  39. m. N. of one of the feet of Brahmā ChUp
  40. -varṣa m. N. of a poet Cat
  41. -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. -saptati f. -sūtra n. N. of wks
  42. ○śâkāśa-kānti mfn. bright as a clear sky MW
  43. ○śâtmaka mfn. = ○śâtman (○ka-tva n. the possession of a brilliant nature or character, brilliancy) Śaṃk
  44. ○śâtman mfn. brilliant in character or nature, brilliant, shining Sūryas
  45. m. N. of Śiva Śivag
  46. the sun L
  47. N. of sev. men and authors (also with yati and svāmin) Cat
  48. ○śâditya m. and ○śânanda m. N. of authors Cat
  49. ○śī-karaṇa n. giving light, illuminating R
  50. ○śī-√kṛ P. Ā. to give light, illumine Var. [Page 653, Column]
  51. to publish, make known Hariv
  52. ○śī-bhāva m. the becoming light, morning twilight Nir
  53. ○śêtara mfn. 'other than visible', invisible Śak
  54. ○śêndra m. N. of a man (the father of Kshemêndra) Cat
  55. ○śôdaya m. N. of wk

prakāśaka

  1. pra-ḍkāśaka mf(ikā)n. clear, bright, shining, brilliant Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. MBh
  2. universally known, renowned Rājat
  3. irradiating, illuminating, giving light BhP. Sāṃkhyak. Sch. MBh. &c
  4. making clear, illustrating, explaining Sarvad. Śaṃk
  5. making apparent or manifest, disclosing, discovering, publishing, evincing, betraying Sāh. MārkP
  6. indicating, expressing L
  7. m. 'light-giver', the sun Kathās
  8. (ikā), f. N. of sev. Comms
  9. n. bell-metal, brass L
  10. ○ka-jñātṛ and -prajñātṛ m. 'knowing the giver of light, i.e. the sun', a cock L
  11. ○ka-tva n. illustration, explanation Vedântas

prakāśana

  1. pra-ḍkāśana mfn. illuminating, giving light RāmatUp. MBh
  2. (ā), f. teaching L
  3. n. illuminating, giving light
  4. causing to appear, displaying, bringing to light, publicly showing or manifesting Nir. MBh. Suśr. &c
  5. -vat mfn. irradiating, illuminating Nir

prakāśanīya

  1. pra-ḍkāśanīya mfn. to be displayed, to be shown or manifested MW

prakāśita

  1. pra-ḍkāśita mfn. become visible, brought to light, clear, manifest, apparent, evident
  2. displayed, unfolded, discovered
  3. illumined, enlightened, irradiated
  4. published, promulgated MBh. R. Suśr. &c
  5. -viruddha-tā f. and ○ddha-tva n. (in rhet.) a partic. awkwardness in expression (saying something at variance with what ought to be said) Sāh

prakāśin

  1. pra-ḍkāśin mfn. visible, clear, bright, shining MBh. Hariv
  2. making visible or manifest Pañcat
  3. ○śi-tā f. and -tva n. clearness, brightness, brilliance, light MBh

prakāśya

  1. pra-ḍkāśya mfn. to be brought to light or made manifest Sāṃkhyak. Saṃk. Sāh
  2. n. wṛ. for prāk○, q.v. MBh. R. MārkP
  3. -tā f. the being manifest, publicity Rājat

prakiraṇa

  1. pra-kiraṇa -kīrṇa &c. See pra-√kṝ

prakīrt

  1. pra-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to announce, proclaim, declare, call, name, state, approve Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

prakīrtana

  1. pra-ḍkīrtana n. announcing, proclaiming, extolling, praising MBh. MārkP
  2. (ā), f. mentioning, naming Nir

prakīrti

  1. pra-ḍkīrti f. celebration, declaration Bhag

prakīrtita

  1. pra-ḍkīrtita mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned Mn. Yājñ
  2. named, called Mn. Pañc
  3. approved, praised, celebrated Yājñ. Pañc

prakuñca

  1. pra-kuñca m. (cf. kuñci) a partic. measure of capacity (somewhat more or less than a handful) Suśr
  2. = pala Car

prakuṭ

  1. pra-√kuṭ (only ind. p. -kuṭya), to cut or carve (meat) into small pieces MBh

prakuthita

  1. pra-kuthita mfn. (√kuth) putrid, putrescent Suśr

prakotha

  1. pra-ḍkotha m. putrefaction, putridity ib
  2. mfn. in ○thôdaka n. filthy water ib

prakup

  1. pra-√kup P. -kupyati, to be moved or agitated
  2. to become enraged, fly into a passion MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -kopayati, to set in motion, agitate, excite, provoke to anger Mn. MBh. &c

prakupita

  1. pra-ḍkupita (prá-), mfn. moved, agitated, shaken RV. ii, 12, 2
  2. very angry, incensed, enraged Mn. Yājñ. &c

prakupta

  1. pra-ḍkupta mfn. enraged, incensed Vikr. iv, 57

prakopa

  1. pra-ḍkopa m. effervescence, excitement, raging (of diseases, war &c.) Var. Rājat
  2. tumult, insurrection Hit
  3. violent anger, rage, fury, wrath, ire Mn. MBh. &c
  4. (in med.) excess, superabundance, vitiation Suśr

prakopaṇa

  1. pra-ḍkopaṇa or mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus

prakopana

  1. pra-ḍkopana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus
  2. Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch.) exciting, irritating, provoking Suśr
  3. n. anything irritating, irritation ib
  4. provoking, exasperating, incensing MBh. Hit

prakopaṇīya

  1. pra-ḍkopaṇīya or mfn. to be irritated or provoked Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

prakopanīya

  1. pra-ḍkopanīya mfn. to be irritated or provoked Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

prakopita

  1. pra-ḍkopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) irritated, provoked, enraged R

prakopitṛ

  1. pra-ḍkopitṛ mfn. exciting, disquieting, disturbing (ifc.) MBh

prakopin

  1. pra-ḍkopin mfn. irritated Car
  2. (ifc.) irritating, stimulating ib

prakubratā

  1. prakubrátā f. (of unknown etym. and meaning) ŚBr

prakula

  1. pra-kula n. a handsome or excellent body L. (vḷ. pra-hvala)

prakūj

  1. pra-√kūj P. -kūjati, to utter groans Car

prakūjana

  1. pra-ḍkūjana n. groaning ib

prakūṭā

  1. pra-kūṭā f. See paca-prak○ under 2. paca, p. 575, col. 2. [Page 653, Column]

prakūrd

  1. pra-√kūrd P. -kūrdati, to jump forward, leap about Pañc

prakūṣmāṇḍi

  1. pra-kūṣmāṇḍi f. N. of Durgā L

prakṛ

  1. pra-kṛ √1. P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, -kṛṇoti, ○ṇute &c., to make, produce, accomplish, perform, achieve, effect RV. &c. &c
  2. to make into, render (with double acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  3. (with dārān) to take to wife, marry MBh
  4. to appoint, charge with (loc.) PārGṛ. Mn. Yājñ
  5. to enable to, make fit for (inf.) RV
  6. to remove, destroy, kill AV. Hariv
  7. (only Ā. by Pāṇ. 1-3, 32) to violate, pollute (a girl) Mn. viii, 370
  8. (Ā.) to induce, move, incline RV
  9. to make a person perform anything PārGṛ
  10. (with manas, or buddhim) to set the heart upon, make up the mind to (dat. or loc.), resolve, determine Mn. MBh. R
  11. to gain, win, conquer RV
  12. to lay out, expend Pāṇ. 1-3, 32
  13. to put forward, mention first, make the subject of discussion ib
  14. to serve, honour, worship Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -kārayati, to cause to be made or prepared Gaut

prakara

  1. pra-kara mf(ī)n. (for 2. See pra-kṝ) doing much or well W
  2. m. aid, friendship ib
  3. usage, custom ib
  4. respect ib
  5. seduction ib
  6. (ī), f. a kind of song Yājñ
  7. an episodical interlude inserted in a drama to explain what follows Daśar. (also ○rikā Pratāp.)
  8. theatrical dress or disguise W

prakaraṇa

  1. pra-ḍkaraṇa n. production, creation Hariv
  2. treatment, discussion, explanation
  3. treatise, monograph, book, chapter (esp. introduction or prologue) GṛŚrS. MBh. Sarvad
  4. a subject, topic, question, matter, occasion, opportunity MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. (asminn eva "ṣraṇe, 'on this occasion' or 'in this connection' MBh
  6. na ca "ṣraṇaṃ vetsi, 'nor do you know what is the matter' Kathās.)
  7. a kind of drama with a fictitious plot (such as Mṛicch. Mālatīm. &c.) Sāh. (IW. 47 r)
  8. treating with respect W
  9. doing much or well ib
  10. N. of wk. (cf. nyāyapr○)
  11. -tas ind. occasionally Suśr
  12. -tva n. Vedântas
  13. -pañcikā f. -pāda m. -vādârtha m. N. of wks
  14. -śas ind. according to species or kind (opp. to pṛthak-tvena) Nir
  15. -sama m. a kind of sophism, an assertion by two opponents of some argument which has the same force of argument pro and con Nyāyas. Car
  16. ○ṇī (or ○ṇikā), f. a drama of the same character as the Prakaraṇa but of less extent Sāh

prakaraṇikā

  1. pra-ḍkaraṇikā and See above

prakarikā

  1. pra-ḍkarikā See above

prakartavya

  1. pra-ḍkartavya mfn. to be prepared MBh
  2. to be disclosed or brought to light Pañcat
  3. to be appointed to (loc.) MBh

prakartṛ

  1. pra-ḍkartṛ mfn. one who causes MBh

prakāra

  1. pra-kāra m. sort, kind, nature, class, species, way, mode, manner, APrāt. Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. kena "ṣreṇa, in what way? how? Pañc
  3. ○raiḥ, in one way or another R
  4. rāmāyaṇasya bhāratasya vā "ṣraḥ, a kind of R. or MBh. Rājat. (mostly ifc. mfn
  5. cf. tri- 'of three kinds', nānā-, bahu-)
  6. similitude or difference L
  7. -ka mfn. = kāra ifc. (cf. tat-, niṣ-)
  8. -tā f. speciality Bhāshāp
  9. -vat mfn. belonging to a species Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch

prakārya

  1. pra-ḍkārya mfn. to be evinced or manifested Pañc

prakṛta

  1. pra-ḍkṛta mfn. made, done, produced, accomplished, prepared RV. &c. &c
  2. appointed, charged KātyŚr
  3. (ifc.) made or consisting of (tat-p○) Pāṇ. 5-4, 21
  4. commenced, begun or one who has commenced or begun, iii, 4, 71
  5. put forward, mentioned, under discussion or in question KātyŚr. Kathās. Sāh
  6. (in rhet.) = upa-meya Kpr
  7. wished, expected W
  8. genuine, real MW
  9. m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi
  10. n. something begun L
  11. original subject, present case MW
  12. -tā (prakṛtá-), f. the being begun or in process of execution ŚBr
  13. -tva n. the being the subject of discussion Śaṃk
  14. the being offended Jātakam
  15. ○târtha mfn. having the original sense
  16. real, true Kathās
  17. ○tôkta mfn. being spoken of as the original subject of discussion Sāh

prakṛti

  1. pra-ḍkṛti f. See next p

prakriyā

  1. pra-ḍkriyā f. producing, production Sarvad
  2. procedure, way, manner MBh
  3. a ceremony, observance, formality Hariv. Kathās. Rājat
  4. precedence, high position, elevation, privilege MBh. Rājat. Kathās
  5. the insignia of high rank Rājat
  6. characterisation Nyāyas
  7. a chapter (esp. the introductory chapter of a work) Śaṃk. Cat
  8. (in med.) a prescription Bhpr
  9. (in gram.) etymological formation
  10. rules for the formation and inflection of words MW
  11. -kaumudī (and ○dī-vṛtti), f. -"ṣñjana-ṭīkā (○kriyâñj○), f. -pradīpa m. -bhūṣaṇa n. -mañjarī f. -ratna n. -rūpâvalī f. -"ṣrṇava (○kriyârṇ○), m. -saṃgraha m. -sarvasva n. -sāra m. N. of gram. wks. [Page 654, Column]

prakṛti

  1. pra-kṛti f. 'making or placing before or at first', the original or natural form or condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to vi-kṛti, q.v.) Prāt. Nir. Jaim. MBh
  2. cause original source Mn. MBh. Śak. &c
  3. origin, extraction Mṛicch
  4. nature, character, constitution, temper, disposition MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c. (ibc. and ○tyā ind. by nature, naturally, unalterably, properly Prāt. ŚrS. Mn. &c.)
  5. fundamental form, pattern, standard, model, rule (esp. in ritual) ŚrS
  6. (in the Sāṃkhya phil.) the original producer of (or rather passive power of creating) the material world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or Guṇas called sattva, rajas and tamas), Nature (distinguished from puruṣa, Spirit as Māyā is distinguished from Brahman in the Vedântas)
  7. pl. the 8 producers or primary essences which evolve the whole visible world (viz. a-vyakta, buddhi or mahat, ahaṃ-kāra, and the 5 tan-mātras or subtle elements
  8. rarely the 5 elements alone) IW. 80 &c
  9. (in mythol.) a goddess, the personified will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the Śakti or personified energy or wife of a deity, as Lakshmī, Durgā &c
  10. also considered as identical with the Supreme Being) W. IW. 140 RTL. 223
  11. (pl.) N. of a class of deities under Manu Raibhya Hariv
  12. (in polit.) pl. a king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry Mn. MBh. &c
  13. the subjects of a king, citizens, artisans &c. ib
  14. the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually enumerated, viz. king minister, alies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses Mn. ix, 294 ; 295)
  15. the various sovereigns to be considered in case of war (viz. the madhyama, vijigīṣu, udāsīna and śatru
  16. to which should be added 8 remoter princes, viz. the mitra, arimitra, mitra-mitra, arimitra-mitra, pārṣṇi-graha, ākranda, pārṣṇigrāhâsāra, ākrandâsāsa
  17. each of these 12 kings has 5 Prakṛitis in the form of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure and army, so that the total number of Prakṛitis may be 72) Mn. vii, 155 ; 157 Kull
  18. (in gram.) the crude or elementary form of a word, base, √, an uninflected word Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch. Vop
  19. N. of 2 classes of metres Col
  20. (in arithm.) a co-efficient multiplier ib
  21. (in anat.) temperament, the predominance of one of the humours at the time of generation W
  22. (with tritīyā) the third nature, a eunuch MBh
  23. matter, affair Lalit
  24. the male or female organ of generation L
  25. a woman or womankind L
  26. a mother L
  27. an animal L
  28. N. of a woman Buddh
  29. N. of wk

prakṛtikalyāṇa

  1. ○kalyāṇa mf(ī)n. beautiful by nature MārkP

prakṛtikṛpaṇa

  1. ○kṛpaṇa mfn. naturally plaintive
  2. nature feeble (in discriminating) MW

prakṛtikhaṇḍa

  1. ○khaṇḍa n. N. of BrahmaP. ii

prakṛtigāna

  1. ○gāna n. N. of wk

prakṛtiguṇa

  1. ○guṇa m. one of the 3 constituent essences of Pāṇ. ( See guṇa) MW

prakṛtija

  1. ○ja mfn. springing from nature, inborn, innate Bhag

prakṛtitattvanirūpaṇa

  1. ○tattva-nirūpaṇa n. N. of wk

prakṛtitarala

  1. ○tarala mfn. naturally changeful, volatile, fickle, dissolute W

prakṛtitva

  1. ○tva n. the state or condition of being the original or natural or fundamental form of anything Kap. Śulbas

prakṛtiniṣṭhura

  1. ○niṣṭhura mfn. naturally hard or cruel R

prakṛtipāṭha

  1. ○pāṭha m. = dhātup○, list of verbal roots Pat

prakṛtipuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa m. a minister, servant Megh
  2. a standard or model of a man Siṃhâs
  3. (du.) nature and spirit L

prakṛtipralaya

  1. ○pralaya m. = -laya MW

prakṛtibhava

  1. ○bhava mfn. natural, usual, common Var

prakṛtibhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. the natural state or unaltered condition of anything ĀśvŚr
  2. mfn. = -bhava Var

prakṛtibhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. being in the original state or condition, original
  2. ○têkāra m. the original sound or letter i MW

prakṛtibhūman

  1. ○bhūman n. pl. plurality of original form or nature Nir. vii, 4

prakṛtibhojana

  1. ○bhojana n. usual food Car

prakṛtimañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f. N. of wk

prakṛtimaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala n. the aggregate of the Prakṛitis or of a king's subjects, the whole kingdom Ragh

prakṛtimat

  1. ○mat mfn. having the original or natural form or shape, natural, usual, common MBh
  2. in a natural or usual frame of mind R

prakṛtimaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. being in the natural state or condition RāmatUp

prakṛtilaya

  1. ○laya m. absorption into Prakṛiti, the dissolution of the universe Sāṃkhyak
  2. N. of a class of Yogins Yogas

prakṛtivat

  1. ○vat ind. as in the original form, Upal

prakṛtivikṛti

  1. ○vikṛti f. mutation of the original form or state Rājat
  2. -yāga-kālaviveka m. N. of wk
  3. -sva-bhāva m. the relation of (a word in its) radical form to (itself under the) mutations (of inflection &c.) MW

prakṛtiviṣama

  1. ○viṣama mfn. naturally rough Bhartṛ

prakṛtivihārakārikā

  1. ○vihāra-kārikā f. pl. N. of wk

prakṛtiśraiṣṭhya

  1. ○śraiṣṭhya n. superiority of origin Mn.x, 3

prakṛtiṣṭha

  1. ○ṣṭha mfn. = -stha Car

prakṛtisampanna

  1. ○sampanna mfn. endowed with a noble nature R. [Page 654, Column]

prakṛtisiddha

  1. ○siddha mfn. effected by nature, natural
  2. n. true or real nature Bhartṛ

prakṛtisubhaga

  1. ○subhaga mfn. naturally pleasant or agreeable Megh

prakṛtistha

  1. ○stha mfn. being in the original or natural state, genuine, unaltered, unimpaired, normal, well, healthy Yājñ. Kāv. Var. Suśr. (also -sthita Var.)
  2. inherent, innate, incidental to nature Ragh
  3. bare, stripped of everything MW
  4. -darśana mfn. one who has recovered the faculty of sight Śak. (Pi.) iii, 36/37

prakṛtisthita

  1. ○sthita mfn. See -stha

prakṛtihautra

  1. ○hautra n. N. of wk

prakṛtījana

  1. prakṛtī-jana m. sg. the subjects of a king R

prakṛtīśa

  1. prakṛtī7śa m. 'lord of subjects', a magistrate Hariv

prakṛtīṣṭinirṇaya

  1. prakṛtī7ṣṭi-nirṇaya m

prakṛtyṛc

  1. prakṛtyṛc f. N. of wks

prakṛt

  1. pra-kṛt √2. P. -kṛntati, (ep. also -kartati), to cut off
  2. to cut up, cut to pieces AV. MBh

prakṛnta

  1. pra-ḍkṛntá m. one who cuts to pieces TS. (vḷ. vi-kṛntá)

prakṛśita

  1. pra-kṛśita (√kṛś), mfn. attenuated, thin, emaciate W

prakṛṣ

  1. pra-√kṛṣ P. -karṣati, to draw or stretch forth, drag along or away Kauś. MBh. &c
  2. to push off, remove from (abl.) R
  3. to lead (an army) MBh. R
  4. to draw or bend (a bow) MBh
  5. to distract, trouble, disturb R.: Caus. -karṣayati, to cause (a field) to be ploughed ĀśvGṛ

prakarṣa

  1. pra-ḍkarṣa m. pre-eminence, excellence, superiority, excess, intensity, high degree MBh. Kāv. &c. (often ifc., e.g. adhva-pr○, a great distance R
  2. kāla-pr○, a long time Suśr
  3. guṇa-pr○, extraordinary qualities Mṛicch
  4. phala-pr○ mfn. consisting chiefly in fruit Suśr
  5. śakti-pr○, possessing extraordinary power Inscr.)
  6. length of time, duration Car
  7. absoluteness, definitiveness W
  8. (in gram.) the effect of the prefix pra upon roots ib
  9. ibc. and (āt, or eṇa), ind. eminently, intensely, thoroughly, in a high degree MBh. Kāv. &c
  10. -gamana n. going absolutely or finally, departure W
  11. -tantra mfn. dependent on excellence or superior strength MW
  12. -vat mfn. pre-eminent, excelling by or in (comp.) Śaṃk

prakarṣaka

  1. pra-ḍkarṣaka m. 'harasser, disquieter', N. of the god of love L

prakarṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍkarṣaṇa m. one who distracts or troubles MBh
  2. n. drawing away ib
  3. pushing forth, advancing, Rprāt
  4. drawing furrows, ploughing W
  5. extension, length, duration (kāla-) Suśr
  6. a bridle or whip MBh. vii, 6446
  7. the act of harassing or disquieting MW
  8. excellence, superiority W
  9. realizing by the use of a pledge more than the interest of the money lent upon it ib

prakarṣaṇīya

  1. pra-ḍkarṣaṇīya mfn. to be dragged away or moved along KātyŚr. Sch

prakarṣita

  1. pra-ḍkarṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) drawn forth or out &c
  2. exceeded in profit (as the interest of a loan) W
  3. n. profit on a pledge beyond the interest of the money lent upon it W

prakarṣin

  1. pra-ḍkarṣin mfn. drawing forth, causing to move, leading (an army) Hariv
  2. excellent, pre-eminent, distinguished Jātakam

prakṛṣṭa

  1. pra-ḍkṛṣṭa mfn. drawn forth, protracted, long (in space and time) MBh. R
  2. superior, distinguished, eminent Mn. MBh. &c. (-tara mfn. Pañcat
  3. -tama mfn. Daś.)
  4. violent, strong Ratnâv
  5. distracted, harassed, disquieted. MW
  6. -keśâkhya m. coral (lit. having the name 'beautiful hair'
  7. cf. pra-vāla) Kāvyâd
  8. -tā f. (MW.), -tva n. (Hit.) transcendent excellence, pre-eminence, superiority

prakṛṣya

  1. pra-ḍkṛṣya mfn. = ○karṣaṇīya KātyŚr
  2. excessive, much
  3. -kutsita mfn. strongly censured Pāṇ. 2-3. 17, Vartt. 1, (prakṛṣṭa-k○ Bhaṭṭ. ii, 36 Sch.)

prakṝ

  1. pra-kṝ √1. P. -kirati, to scatter forth, strew, throw about ŚBr. MBh. &c
  2. to issue forth, spring up R. Suśr.: Pass. (and P. Pot. -kīryāt) to disappear, vanish MBh

prakara

  1. prakara m. (for 1. See pra-kṛ) a scattered heap, heap, multitude, quantity, plenty MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a nosegay W
  3. (ī), f. a place where four roads meet L
  4. n. aloe wood, Agallochum L

prakaritṛ

  1. praḍkaritṛ́ m. one who sprinkles (or seasons?) VS

prakiraṇa

  1. praḍkiraṇa n. scattering, throwing about MārkP

prakīrṇa

  1. praḍkīrṇa mfn. scattered, thrown about, dispersed Nir. MBh. Kāv
  2. squandered Dhūrtas
  3. disordered, dishevelled MBh. R. Suśr
  4. waved, waving Śiś. xii, 17
  5. mixed, containing various subjects, miscellaneous Kām
  6. standing alone, nowhere mentioned Vishṇ
  7. confused, incoherent (as speech) Śiś. ii, 63
  8. expanded, opened W
  9. spread abroad, published ib
  10. m. Guilandina Bonduc L
  11. a horse (?) Gal
  12. n. a miscellany, any miscellaneous collection L
  13. a chapter or section of a book L
  14. extent L
  15. N. of a class of Jaina works MWB. 533 [Page 654, Column]
  16. scattering or throwing about A
  17. -keśa mf(ī)n. having dishevelled hair MBh. Suśr
  18. (ī), f. N. of Durgā L
  19. -pūjā f. -mantra m. pl. N. of wks
  20. -maithuna mfn. living in mixed (connubial) intercourse MBh
  21. -saṃgraha m. N. of wk
  22. ○ṇâdhyâya m. a chapter containing miscellaneous subjects (N. of VarBṛS. xxii)
  23. ○ṇâmbara-mūrdhaja mfn. with disordered garments and dishevelled hair MBh

prakīrṇaka

  1. praḍkīrṇaka mfn. scattered, dispersed, occurring singly or in single instances VarBṛS
  2. mixed, containing various things ib. Sch
  3. m. a horse L
  4. m. (L. n.) a tuft of hair used as an ornament for horses MBh. R
  5. a chowrie (the tail of the Bos Grunniens used as a fan or fly-flap and as an ornṭornament for horses) L
  6. n. a miscellany, any collection of heterogeneous objects Vām. i, 3, 12
  7. a section or division of a book L
  8. N. of the 3rd part of the Vākyapadīya and of another wk. Cat
  9. (in law) a case not provided for by the Śāstras and to be decided by the judge or king W
  10. extent, length L
  11. -dāna n. pl. N. of wk

prakīrya

  1. praḍkīrya mfn. to be scattered or strewed &c. L
  2. m. (and ā f.) N. of some medic. plant or plants Car. Suśr. (Guilandina Bonduc and a species of Karañja L.)

prakṝt

  1. pra-√kṝt See pra-√kīrt

prakḷp

  1. pra-√kḷp Ā. -kalpate (rarely P. ○ti), to prosper, succeed AV
  2. to be fit or suitable (with inf.) KātyŚr. Sch.: Caus. -kalpayati, to place in front, put at the head, honour AV. ŚBr
  3. to put down on (loc.) MBh
  4. to appoint or elect to, select for (loc.) ib. BhP
  5. to put in the place of (gen.) Pat
  6. to contrive, invent, devise, prepare, provide Mn. MBh. &c
  7. to fix, settle, determine Mn. Yājñ
  8. to prescribe Car
  9. to make out, ascertain, calculate Var
  10. to make into, choose for (2 acc. or acc. and loc.) BhP
  11. to suppose, imagine (with acc. and loc.) MBh

prakalpaka

  1. pra-ḍkalpaka mf(ikā)n. being in the right place Pat

prakalpana

  1. pra-ḍkalpana n. placing in, raising to (comp.) Sāh
  2. (ā), f. fixing, settlement, allotment Mn. viii, 211
  3. n. or f. supplying or mixing with (saha) Car

prakalpayitri

  1. pra-ḍkalpayitrí m. one who prepares or arranges ŚBr

prakalpita

  1. pra-ḍkalpita mfn. made, done, prepared, arranged, appointed MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. shed (as a tear) Amar
  3. (ā), f. a kind of riddle Cat

prakalpya

  1. pra-ḍkalpya mfn. to be appointed or settled or fixed or determined Mn. Yājñ

prakḷpta

  1. pra-ḍkḷpta mfn. done, made, prepared, arranged, ready R. Kathās
  2. being in the right place, being right Pat
  3. (am), ind. readily, easily ŚBr
  4. -tva n. progress, success KātyŚr
  5. -snāna-maṇḍana mfn. one whose ablutions and toilet have been arranged R

prakḷpti

  1. pra-ḍkḷpti f. the being there, existing KātyŚr. (wṛ. ○kṛti)
  2. the being in the right place, being right or correct Pat

praketa

  1. pra-ketá m. (√4. cit) appearance, apparition, sight RV
  2. perception, intelligence, knowledge (concr. = a knower, vii, 11, 1 ; x, 104, 6) ib

praketana

  1. pra-ḍketana n. appearance, apparition (used to explain prec.) Nir. ii, 19

prakoṣṭha

  1. pra-koṣṭha m. the fore-arm Kālid. BhP. Suśr
  2. a room near the gate of a palace Mudr
  3. (also n. L.) a court in a house, a quadrangle or square surrounded by buildings Mṛicch
  4. a part of a door-frame W

prakoṣṭhaka

  1. pra-ḍkoṣṭhaka m. a room near the gate of a palace Kum

prakoṣṇā

  1. prakoṣṇā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras VP

prakkhara

  1. prakkhara m. iron armour for the defence of a horse or elephant L. (cf. pra-kṣara, pra-khara)

prakrand

  1. pra-√krand (only aor. 3. sg. -akran), to call or invoke loudly RV. v, 59, 1: Caus. (only aor. -acikradat) to roar, move with a rushing sound ib. ix, 77, 1

prakram

  1. pra-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, (P.) to step or stride forwards, set out, walk on, advance, proceed, resort to (acc
  2. aor. Ā. -cákramanta RV. ii, 19, 2
  3. prâkraṃsta Bhaṭṭ.), march, pass, go RV. &c. &c
  4. (with pradakṣiṇam) to walk around from left to right BhP
  5. to cross, traverse R
  6. (Ā.) to undertake, commence, begin (with acc., artham ifc., or inf.) MBh. (also P., e.g. varayām pra-cakramuḥ = ○yāṃ-cakruḥ, i, 1809) Kāv. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 42)
  7. to act or behave towards (loc.) MBh.: Caus., -krāmayati, to cause to step forwards PārGṛ.: Desid. cikraṃ-siṣyate Pāṇ. 7-2, 36 Vārtt. 2 Pat. [Page 655, Column]

prakrantṛ

  1. pra-ḍkrantṛ m. (L.) one who proceeds or begins
  2. conquering, overpowering, surpassing

prakrama

  1. pra-ḍkramá m. (ifc. f. ā) stepping, proceeding L
  2. a step, stride, pace (also as a measure of distance, the length of which is variously stated at 2 or 3 or 3 1/2 Padas, also at more or less) Br. GṛŚrS
  3. commencement, beginning, procedure, course KātyŚr. Mālatīm. Prab. Kathās
  4. leisure, opportunity L
  5. relation, proportion, degree, measure Vedântas
  6. method, order, regularity (esp in the position of words and in gram. construction
  7. cf. -bhaṅga)
  8. the reading of the Krama (= krama-pāṭha, q.v.) Pat
  9. discussing any point in question
  10. the case in question MW
  11. (pl.) a series of oblations corresponding to the movements of a sacrificial horse ŚBr. KātyŚr
  12. -tṛtīya n. the third of a square pace KātyŚr
  13. -bhaṅga m. (in rhet.) want of order or method, the breaking of symmetry in composition or the violation of gram. construction (= bhagna-prakramatā) Kāvyâd. Sch
  14. ○ga-vat mfn. wanting method or symmetry, irregular, unsymmetrical Pratāp
  15. -viruddha mfn. stopped in the beginning Prab

prakramaṇa

  1. pra-ḍkramaṇa n. stepping forwards, proceeding, advancing towards (comp.) KātyŚr. Kālid
  2. issuing forth Tattvas

prakramaṇīya

  1. pra-ḍkramaṇīya (W.), and mfn. to be gone or proceeded

prakramitavya

  1. pra-ḍkramitavya (Pat.), mfn. to be gone or proceeded

prakramitṛ

  1. pra-ḍkramitṛ m. = ○krantṛ Pat

prakramya

  1. pra-ḍkramya mfn. = ○kramaṇīya W

prakrānta

  1. pra-ḍkrānta mfn. proceeded, gone &c. Kāv
  2. commenced, begun L
  3. previously mentioned or stated MW
  4. n. the setting out on a journey Yājñ
  5. the point in question MW
  6. -tva n. commencement, beginning Kull
  7. the being meant or understood by anything Hcat

prakrāmaṇī

  1. pra-ḍkrāmaṇī f. a kind of magic Divyâv

prakraya

  1. pra-kraya m. (√1. krī) = kḷptika (?) L

prakrī

  1. pra-ḍkrī́ mfn. to be bought, purchasable AV

prakrīḍ

  1. pra-√krīḍ P. Ā. -krī́ḍati (krī́ḻati), ○te, to play, sport, disport one's self, frolic, amuse one's self (with anything, instr
  2. with a person, instr. or saha) RV. AV. MBh. &c

prakrīḍa

  1. pra-ḍkrīḍá m. play, pastime VS. Hariv
  2. (with marutāṃ) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
  3. a place of sports, playground ĀśvGṛ

prakrīḍita

  1. pra-ḍkrīḍita mfn. playing, sporting MBh

prakrīḍin

  1. pra-ḍkrīḍín mfn. playing, sporting RV. vii, 56, 16

prakruś

  1. pra-√kruś P. -króśati, to raise a cry, cry out MBh. R
  2. to utter (cries, acc.), call R
  3. to invoke, call upon, cry out to (acc.) MBh

prakrośa

  1. pra-ḍkrośa m. a shriek, scream Lāṭy

praklid

  1. pra-√klid Ā. -klidyate, to become moist or humid, to become wet MBh. Suśr.: Caus. -kledayati, to moisten, wet, make wet Suśr
  2. wṛ. for -kleśayati Car

praklinna

  1. pra-ḍklinna mfn. moist, humid, wet R. Suśr
  2. putrefied Car
  3. moved with compassion or sympathy BhP
  4. -tva n. being moist or humid Suśr
  5. -vartman n. a kind of disease of the eyelids (cf. klinna-v○) Suśr
  6. -hṛdayêkṣaṇa mfn. having the heart and eyes moist (with affection) MW

prakleda

  1. pra-ḍkleda m. moistness, wetness, humidity MBh
  2. -vat mfn. becoming moist or wet Suśr

prakledana

  1. pra-ḍkledana mfn. moistening, wetting ib

prakledin

  1. pra-ḍkledin mfn. id. ib
  2. fusing, liquefying, resolving (-ditva n.) Car

prakliś

  1. pra-√kliś Caus. -kleśayati, to put in a morbid state Car. (wṛ. -kled○)

prakvaṇ

  1. pra-√kvaṇ P. -kvaṇati, to sound HPariś

prakvaṇa

  1. pra-ḍkvaṇa m. (f. ifc. ā) the sound of a Viṇā or lute Pāṇ. Sch

prakvāṇa

  1. pra-ḍkvāṇa m. the sound of a Vīṇā L
  2. wṛ. for prahvāṇa TāṇḍBr

prakvātha

  1. pra-kvātha m. (√kvath) seething, boiling Jātakam

prakṣa

  1. prakṣá m. (for plakṣá, to explain an etymology) TS

prakṣa

  1. prakṣa mfn. in vana-prakṣá vḷ. for -krakṣá SV
  2. in nāgarājasama-pr○ wṛ. for nāgarāḍiva duṣ-prêkṣyaḥ MBh

prakṣapaṇa

  1. pra-kṣapaṇa -kṣaya &c. See pra-√kṣi

prakṣar

  1. pra-√kṣar P. -kṣárati, to stream forth, stream, ooze RV. ŚāṅkhŚr. Pañcad
  2. to drop down Bhaṭṭ

prakṣara

  1. pra-ḍkṣara m. iron armour for the defence of a horse or elephant (cf. pra-khara, prakkhara) Hemac. [Page 655, Column]

prakṣaraṇa

  1. pra-ḍkṣaraṇa n. flowing forth, oozing GopBr. Mn. Sch

prakṣal

  1. pra-√kṣal P. -kṣālayati, to wash off, wash away, rinse ŚBr. ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to cleanse, purify MBh.: Caus. Ā. -kṣālāpayate (Pot. ○yīta), to have anything (as one's feet) washed ĀśvGṛ

prakṣālaka

  1. pra-ḍkṣālaka mfn. washing, one who washes Mn. MBh. R. (cf. sadyaḥ-p○)

prakṣālana

  1. pra-ḍkṣālana mfn. performing frequent ablutions, one who performs frequent ablutions R
  2. n. washing, washes off, cleaning, cleansing, purifying, KātySr. Pur. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. bathing MW
  4. a means of cleaning, anything used for purifying, water for washing KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Yājñ. Suśr
  5. ○nârthāya ind. for the sake of washing MW

prakṣālanīya

  1. pra-ḍkṣālanīya mfn. to be washed away or cleansed
  2. to be purified ib

prakṣālayitṛ

  1. pra-ḍkṣālayitṛ m. one who washes (the feet of his guest) ĀpGṛ

prakṣālita

  1. pra-ḍkṣālita mfn. washed, cleansed
  2. expiated ib
  3. -pāṇi mfn. having one's hands washed MānGṛ
  4. -pāda mfn. having one's feet washed Pāṇ. 6-2, 110 Sch. 1

prakṣālya

  1. pra-ḍkṣālya mfn. to be washed or purified MārkP. 2

prakṣālya

  1. pra-ḍkṣālya ind. having washed or rinsed ŚBr. MBh

prakṣāma

  1. pra-kṣāma mfn. (prob.) burnt, singed (said of a sacrifice) ĀpŚr

prakṣi

  1. pra-√kṣi P. -kṣiṇā́ti, to spoil, destroy, wear out, exhaust RV. AV. ŚBr.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to be destroyed, perish MBh
  2. to be worn out or exhausted or diminished MW

prakṣapaṇa

  1. pra-ḍkṣapaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) destroying Rājat

prakṣaya

  1. pra-ḍkṣaya m. destruction, ruin, vanishing, end MBh. Hariv. Sarvad

prakṣayaṇa

  1. pra-ḍkṣayaṇa mfn. causing to perish, destroying (in ghaṭa-p○ q.v.)

prakṣīṇa

  1. pra-ḍkṣīṇa (prá-), mfn. destroyed, perished
  2. vanished, disappeared
  3. decayed, wasted, diminished (-candra m. the waning moon Var.) AV. BhP. Hit. &c
  4. atoned MW
  5. n. the spot where any one has perished (e.g. prakṣīṇam idam deva-dattasya, this is the spot where Deva perished) Pāṇ. 6-4, 60 Sch

prakṣin

  1. prakṣin See upala-p○

prakṣip

  1. pra-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipáti, -kṣipate, to cast, hurl, throw or fling at or into (loc.), place in, put before Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to let down Kathās
  3. to launch a ship Divyâv
  4. to add Sūryas
  5. to insert, interpolate Pāṇ. Sch. R. Sch.: Caus. -kṣepayati, to cause or order to cast or put into (loc.) MBh

prakṣipta

  1. pra-ḍkṣipta mfn. thrown or cast at, hurled, flung
  2. thrown forth, projected Hit
  3. inserted, interpolated Pāṇ. 6-3, 83 Sch
  4. -vat mfn. one who has thrown at, one who has thrown W

prakṣipya

  1. pra-ḍkṣipya ind. having thrown at, hṭhaving hurled Pañc

prakṣepa

  1. pra-ḍkṣepa m. throwing, casting, projecting
  2. throwing into or upon, scattering upon Mn. Kull. BhP
  3. putting, placing (pāda-p○ pl. steps Kād.)
  4. adding to, increasing (e.g. a dose) Car
  5. anything added or thrown into drugs while in course of decoction, an ingredient L
  6. insertion, interpolation TBr. Sch. ĀpŚr. Sch. Śaṃk
  7. (also ○paka m.) the sum deposited by each member of a commercial company Līl
  8. the box of a carriage BhP
  9. -lipi f. a partic. style of handwriting Lalit

prakṣepaka

  1. pra-ḍkṣepaka m. See ○kṣepa

prakṣepaṇa

  1. pra-ḍkṣepaṇa n. pouring upon Suśr
  2. (ifc.) throwing on or into Śaṃk. Yājñ. Sch
  3. fixing (as a price) Yājñ

prakṣepaṇīya

  1. pra-ḍkṣepaṇīya mfn. to be thrown or cast forth, to be thrown away MW

prakṣepin

  1. pra-ḍkṣepin mfn. (ifc.) throwing upon, placing upon Nir

prakṣeptavya

  1. pra-ḍkṣeptavya mfn. to be thrown into or upon (loc.), to be scattered upon Yājñ. Hariv. Hcat. Kathās

prakṣepya

  1. pra-ḍkṣepya mfn. to be thrown or put on (as an ornament) Śak. Sch

prakṣībita

  1. pra-kṣībita or -kṣīvita (fr. √kṣīb or √kṣīv), drunken, intoxicated Pāṇ. 8-2, 55 Sch

prakṣud

  1. pra-√kṣud P. -kṣuṇatti, to pound, crush Bhaṭṭ

prakṣuṇṇa

  1. pra-ḍkṣuṇṇa mfn. crushed Bhaṭṭ
  2. pierced through, lacerated Pañcat

prakṣubh

  1. pra-√kṣubh Ā. P. -kṣobhate, -kṣubhyati, to be moved or shaken or agitated or confused
  2. to totter, stagger. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -kṣobhayati, to agitate, excite Suśr

prakṣobhaṇa

  1. pra-ḍkṣobhaṇa n. agitating, exciting Prab

prakṣai

  1. pra-√kṣai P. -kṣāyati, to be consumed, burn (intr.) TBr

prakṣṇu

  1. pra-√kṣṇu (only pf. -cukṣṇuvuḥ), to sharpen, whet, point Bhaṭṭ. [Page 655, Column]

prakṣveḍana

  1. pra-kṣveḍana (Pañc.) or ○ḍanā f. ○dana m. ○danā f. (L
  2. √kṣviḍ, or kṣvid) an iron arrow (as humming or whizzing)
  3. calling aloud, clamour W

prakṣveḍa

  1. pra-ḍkṣveḍa f. humming, grumbling MBh

prakṣveḍita

  1. pra-ḍkṣveḍita (or ○dita), mfn. clamorous, shouting, noisy MBh. R
  2. unctuous W
  3. n. shout, hum R
  4. -vat mfn. noisy
  5. unctuous W

prakhan

  1. pra-√khan (only aor. -khān), to dig up, up√, eradicate Kathās

prakhara

  1. pra-khara mfn. very hard or rough Prasannar
  2. very hot or acrid Bhām
  3. m. iron armour for the defence of a horse or elephant L. (cf. prakkhara, pra-kṣara)
  4. a mule L
  5. a dog L

prakhala

  1. pra-khala m. a great scoundrel or villain Mṛicch

prakhād

  1. pra-√khād P. -khādati, to eat up, devour RV

prakhāda

  1. pra-ḍkhādá mfn. swallowing, devouring ib

prakhid

  1. pra-√khid (only pr. p. -khidát), to thrust away VS

prakhud

  1. pra-√khud P. -khudáti, futuere AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ

prakhyā

  1. pra-√khyā P. -khyāti, to see RV. (Subj. -khyat
  2. inf. -khyaí) ŚBr. (ind. p. -khyāya)
  3. to announce, proclaim, extol BhP. (Impv. -khyāhi): Pass. -khyāyate, to be seen or known
  4. to be visible or public or acknowledged or celebrated Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -khyāpayati, to make generally known, proclaim, announce, publish Mālatīm. Rājat

prakhya

  1. pra-ḍkhyá mfn. visible, clear, bright ŚBr. MBh
  2. (ā), f. look, appearance (only ifc. = resembling, like) MBh. R. &c
  3. brightness, splendour (only ifc.) R
  4. perceptibility, visibility, Jaini
  5. making manifest, disclosure Daśar

prakhyas

  1. pra-ḍkhyas m. = prajā-pati Uṇ. iv, 232 Sch
  2. the planet Jupiter L

prakhyāta

  1. pra-ḍkhyāta mfn. known, celebrated, acknowledged, recognised MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. forestalled, claimed by right of pre-emption Mn. ( See below)
  3. pleased, happy W
  4. -bala-viirya mfn. of celebrated strength and valour R
  5. -bhāṇḍa n. (with rājñaḥ) a commodity the pre-emption of which is claimed by a king Mn.viii, 399
  6. -vaptṛka mfn. having a celebrated father L
  7. -sad-bhartṛ m. known as a good husband Kathās

prakhyāti

  1. pra-ḍkhyāti f. visibility, perceptibility, celebrity (only a-prakh○) MBh
  2. praise, eulogium W

prakhyāna

  1. pra-ḍkhyāna n. the being perceived or known Pāṇ. 1-2, 54
  2. = ○khyāpana R

prakhyānīya

  1. pra-ḍkhyānīya mfn. to be celebrated or made known Vop

prakhyāpana

  1. pra-ḍkhyāpana n. making known, report, information R. Daś

prakhyāpanīya

  1. pra-ḍkhyāpanīya mfn. to be made known or published Vop

prakhyāpita

  1. pra-ḍkhyāpita mfn. known as, named (with nom.) Caṇḍ

prakhyāyamāna

  1. pra-ḍkhyāyamāna mfn. being celebrated or spoken about Nal

praga

  1. pra-ga See under pra-√gam below

pragaṭa

  1. pragaṭa wṛ. for pra-kaṭa HYog

pragaṇ

  1. pra-√gaṇ P. -gaṇayati, to reckon up, calculate MBh. (ind. p. -gaṇayya Pāṇ. 6-4, 56 Sch.)

pragaṇḍa

  1. pra-gaṇḍa m. the upper part of the arm (also ○ḍaka) L. (cf. pra-kāṇḍa)
  2. (ī), f. an outer wall or rampart MBh

pragadita

  1. pra-gadita mfn. (√gad) spoken, speaking, beginning to speak W

pragādya

  1. pra-gādya mfn. Pāṇ. 3-1, 100 Sch

pragam

  1. pra-√gam P. -gacchati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to go forwards, set out, advance, proceed, go to, reach, attain RV. &c. &c

praga

  1. pra-ga mfn. going before, preceding Pāṇ. 8-4, 38 Sch
  2. (e), ind., See below

pragata

  1. pra-gata mfn. gone forward, started MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. separate, apart ( See below)
  3. gone with difficulty W
  4. -jānu, or ○nuka mfn. having the knees far apart, bandy-legged, bow-legged L

pragama

  1. pra-gama m. the first manifestation of love, first advance in courtship Pratāp

pragamana

  1. pra-gamana n. = prec. Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch
  2. a speech containing an excellent answer Sāh
  3. progress, advance W
  4. difficult progress (?) ib
  5. disputing (?) ib

pragamanīya

  1. pra-gamanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

pragāman

  1. pra-gāman n. walk, gait, step ( See pṛthu-g○)

pragāmin

  1. pra-gāmin mfn. setting out, being about to depart R. (vḷ. prāg-g○)

prage

  1. pra-ge ind. early in the morning, at dawn, at day-break ('when the sun goes forth' ?) Lāṭy. Mn. &c
  2. to-morrow morning Siṃhâs
  3. -tana mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 23) matutinal, early Bālar. [Page 656, Column]
  4. relating to the next day, future L
  5. -niśa mfn. one who (sleeps) in the early morning as (if it, were) night MBh
  6. -śaya mfn. asleep early in the morning ib

pragayaṇa

  1. pra-gayaṇa n. an excellent answer Daś. (wṛ. for -gāmana?)

pragarj

  1. pra-√garj P. -garjati, to begin to thunder MBh

pragarjana

  1. pra-garjana n. roaring, roar (cf. siṃha-)

pragarjita

  1. pra-garjita n. a roar, noise, din L

pragardhin

  1. pra-gardhín mfn. (√gṛdh) pressing or hastening onwards, eager RV

pragal

  1. pra-√gal Caus. -gālayati, to cause to fall off Car

pragalita

  1. pra-galita mfn. dripped down Megh

pragalbh

  1. pra-√galbh Ā. -galbhate, to be bold or confident, behave resolutely Śiś
  2. to be capable of or ready to (loc. or inf.) Bālar. Vcar
  3. to be equal to or fit to pass for (nom.) Sarvad
  4. to be arrogant or proud W

pragalbha

  1. pra-galbha mf(ā)n. bold, confident, resolute, brave, strong, able MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. proud, arrogant, impudent Ragh
  3. skilful Kād
  4. illustrious, eminent W
  5. mature (as age) MW
  6. m. N. of the fire employed at the Jātakarman Gṛihyās
  7. (with ācārya) N. of an author (called also Śubhaṃ-kara) Cat
  8. (ā), f. a bold and confident woman (esp. one of the classes of heroines in dram. composition) Sāh
  9. N. of Durgā L
  10. (am), ind. courageously, resolutely Mṛicch
  11. -kulāla m. a skilful potter Bhartṛ
  12. -tā f. (Kum.), -tva n. (W.) boldness, wilfulness, resolution, energy, strength, power
  13. -manas mfn. resolute-minded (a-) Amar
  14. -lakṣaṇa n. and ○ṇa-prakāśa m. N. of wks
  15. -vāc mfn. speaking confidently or proudly Kum

pragalbhita

  1. pra-galbhita mfn. proud, arrogant MW
  2. eminent, conspicuous ib
  3. shining or resplendent with (instr.) Cat

pragā

  1. pra-√gā P. -jigāti, to go forwards proceed, advance, move, go RV. MBh. 1

pragāṇa

  1. pra-gāṇa n. (for 2. See under pra-√gai) access, approach, See pṛthu-prag○

pragāḍha

  1. pra-gāḍha &c. See pra-√gāh below

pragātha

  1. pra-gātha See pra-√gai, col. 2

pragāh

  1. pra-√gāh Ā. -gāhate, to dive into, penetrate, pervade RV

pragāḍha

  1. pra-gāḍha mfn. dipped or steeped in, mixed with, soaked, impregnated (ifc.) Suśr
  2. much, excessive MBh
  3. rich in, full of (ifc.) Kām
  4. advanced, late (hour) Daś
  5. hard, difficult L
  6. (am), ind. much, exceedingly, greatly Kāv. Suśr
  7. tightly, firmly W
  8. n. a crowd MBh. iv, 1977 (= saṃ-kaṭa Nīlak.)
  9. pain, privation, penance W
  10. -tā f. -tva n. abundance, excessiveness MW
  11. hardness ib

pragāhana

  1. pra-gāhana n. dipping or plunging into (gen.) ĀpŚr

pragīta

  1. pra-gīta ○ti, See pra-√gai

praguṇa

  1. pra-guṇa mf(ā)n. straight (lit. and lig.), right, correct, honest, upright Mālatīm. Hcar
  2. being in a good state or condition, excellent Ragh. Mālatīm
  3. -racanā f. = next Daśar

praguṇana

  1. pra-guṇana n. putting straight, arranging Mālatīm

praguṇaya

  1. pra-guṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to put straight, set right Dhanaṃj
  2. to develop, exhibit, manifest Nyāyam

praguṇita

  1. pra-guṇita mfn. made even or smooth or straight, put in order properly arranged Bālar. Pañc

praguṇin

  1. pra-guṇin mfn. smooth or even i.e. friendly towards (loc.) MBh

praguṇī

  1. pra-guṇī in comp. for ○guṇa

praguṇīkaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. putting straight, arranging properly KātyŚr. Sch

praguṇīkṛ

  1. ○√kṛ to put straight or in order, make smooth or even Car. Pañc
  2. to make amenable to (loc.) Mudr
  3. to nourish, bring up A

praguṇībhū

  1. ○√bhū to make one's self fit or ready for (dat.), Kuv

praguṇya

  1. praguṇya mfn. more exceeding, excellent W

pragup

  1. pra-√gup Caus. -gopayati, to protect, guard Pañc. Bhaṭṭ
  2. to conceal, keep secret Hcat

pragopana

  1. pra-gopana n. protection, preservation, salvation W

pragur

  1. pra-√gur (only aor. -gūrta), to cry aloud RV. i, 173, 2 (Sāy. 'to make great efforts')

pragṝ

  1. pra-gṝ √1. P. -gṛṇāti, to proclaim, announce to (loc.) RV. i, 152, 5
  2. to extol, praise BhP

prage

  1. pra-ge See under pra-√gam. [Page 656, Column]

pragai

  1. pra-√gai P. -gāyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to begin to sing, sing, celebrate, praise, extol
  2. to sound, resound RV. MBh. BhP. 2

pragāṇa

  1. pra-gāṇa n. (for 1. See pra-gā) singing, song L

pragātṛ

  1. pra-gātṛ m. a singer MBh. ('excellent singer' L.)

pragātha

  1. pra-gāthá m. a kind of stanza (the combination of a Bṛihatī or Kakubh with a Sato-bṛihatī so as to form a triplet) VS. RPrāt. &c
  2. N. of a Ṛishi with the patr. Kāṇva and Ghaura, the author of RV. viii, 1, 2 ; 10 ; 48 ; 51-54
  3. (pl.) N. of RV. viii (which contains a great many PrṭPragai stanzas)
  4. -kāram ind. combining into a Pragai stanza Lāṭy

pragāyin

  1. pra-gāyin mfn. beginning to sing, singing Hariv

pragīta

  1. pra-gīta mfn. recited in a singing tone, sung Sarvad
  2. resonant with singing, vocal MBh. R
  3. singing, one who has begun to sing Kathās
  4. n. song Ṛitus. Caurap
  5. a sing-song or drawling recitation (regarded as a fault) Śiksh

pragīti

  1. pra-gīti f. a kind of metre Col

pragrath

  1. pra-√grath P. -grathnāti, or -grathati, to string together, join, connect Nyāyam. Sch

pragrathana

  1. pra-grathana n. connecting or stringing together, intertwining Sāy

pragras

  1. pra-√gras P. -grasati, to eat up, devour, swallow MBh

pragrah

  1. pra-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, ○ṇīte, to hold or stretch forth, hold AV. &c. &c
  2. to offer, present ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
  3. to seize, grasp, take hold of, take ŚrS. MBh. &c
  4. to accept, receive Śak. Var
  5. to draw up, tighten (reins), stop (horses) Śak
  6. to befriend, favour, further, promote MBh. Hariv. R
  7. to keep separated or isolated (cf. below): Caus. (inf. -grāhitum) to receive, accept MBh

pragṛhīta

  1. pra-gṛhīta mfn. held forth or out, taken, accepted &c. R. Hariv. &c
  2. lofty Divyâv
  3. joined, united with (ibc.) BhP
  4. kept separate, pronounced without observing the rules of Saṃdhi
  5. -pada mf(ā)n. having the words pronounced separately RPrāt. 1

pragṛhya

  1. pra-gṛhya mfn. to be seized or taken or accepted MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (in gram.) to be taken or pronounced separately, not subject to the rules of Saṃdhi (as the final ī, ū, and e of the dual terminations, e.g. kavii etau, 'these two poets') Prāt. Pāṇ. &c. 2,

pragṛhya

  1. pra-gṛhya ind. having taken or grasped, carrying away with, with MBh. Kāv. &c

pragraha

  1. pra-graha m. (ifc. f. ā) holding in front, stretching forth MBh
  2. seizing, clutching, taking hold of (○haṃ gataḥ, seized, taken) ib. Hariv
  3. a partic. manner of fighting MBh. (= śatror uttānapā-tanârtham pādâkarṣaṇam, or = gala-hastakaḥ Nīlak.)
  4. the seizure of the sun or moon, beginning of an eclipse (cf. graha) Sūryas
  5. friendly reception, kindness, favour MBh. Hariv
  6. obstinacy, stubbornness (○haṃgataḥ, obstinate, stubborn) MBh
  7. a rein, bridle KaṭhUp. MBh. &c
  8. a ray of light (like all words meaning 'rein' or 'bridle') L
  9. a rope, halter, cord, string, thong MBh
  10. the cord or string suspending a balance L
  11. a guide, leader, ruler (also as N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa) MBh
  12. a companion, satellite ib
  13. binding L
  14. taming, breaking (a horse) L
  15. the arm L
  16. a species of plant Car. (Cassis Fistula L.)
  17. a vowel not subject to the rules of Saṃdhi TPrāt. (-tva n. Sch
  18. 1. pra-gṛhya)
  19. N. of a partic. sacrificial rite (also -homa KātyŚr. Sch.)
  20. mf(ā)n. receiving, kind, hospitable (with sabhā f. a hall of reception, an audience hall) R. (B.)
  21. = ūrdhvabāhu (?) R. Sch. (cf. práñjali-pragr○)
  22. -vat mfn. (ifc.) one who has seized, holding MBh
  23. receiving, kindly, obliging R. (Sch. 'keeping down the wicked' or 'controlling the organs of sense')
  24. ○hâdi-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
  25. ○hin mfn. guiding the reins BhP

pragrahaṇa

  1. pra-grahaṇa m. a leader, guide (only ifc. [f. ā] 'led by') MBh
  2. stretching forth, offering ŚāṅkhŚr
  3. taking, seizing, holding ib
  4. the seizure of the sun and moon, commencement of an eclipse VarBṛS. Sūryas
  5. a means for taming or breaking in MBh
  6. the being a leader or guide, authority, dignity ib
  7. a rein, bridle MW
  8. a check, restraint ib

pragrahītavya

  1. pra-grahītavya mfn. to be checked or controlled Vajracch

pragrāha

  1. pra-grāha m. (only L.) seizing, taking, bearing, carrying (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 46)
  2. a rein, bridle (cf. ib. 53)
  3. the string of a balance (cf. ib. 52)
  4. -vat mfn. having the string of a balance MW

pragrāham

  1. pra-grāham ind. taking the words separately, not pronouncing them according to the rules of Saṃdhi AitBr

pragrīva

  1. pra-grīva m. n. (g. ardharcâdi
  2. also -ka ifc. Hcar.) a wooden balustrade or fence round a building Rājat. viii, 328
  3. a window, lattice, balcony (projecting like a neck
  4. cf. grīvā) L
  5. a summer-house, pleasure-house L. [Page 656, Column]
  6. a painted turret L
  7. a stable L
  8. the top of a tree L

praglai

  1. pra-√glai P. -glāyati, to fade, wither away Bhaṭṭ. (Sch. -mlāyati): Caus. -glāpayati Vop

pragla

  1. pra-gla mfn. wearied, fatigued, exhausted W

praghaṭ

  1. pra-√ghaṭ Ā. -ghaṭate, to exert one's self, devote one's self to (loc.) Bhaṭṭ
  2. to commence, begin ib

praghaṭaka

  1. pra-ghaṭaka (ifc.) a precept, rule, doctrine Cat

praghaṭā

  1. pra-ghaṭā f. the rudiments or first elements of a science
  2. -vid m. = śāstra-gaṇḍa L
  3. a general reader (but not a profound one) W. (cf. chāttra-g○)

praghaṭṭaka

  1. pra-ghaṭṭaka m. (√ghaṭṭ) a precept, rule, doctrine Kap. Sch. (cf. pra-ghaṭaka)

praghaṇa

  1. pra-ghaṇa m. n. (√han) a place or a terrace before a house Hcar. (also [○gh�Ana]) L
  2. an iron mace or crowbar L
  3. a copper pot L

praghana

  1. pra-ghana m. = prec
  2. also vḷ. for prathana, Phaseolus Mungo L

praghāṇa

  1. pra-ghāṇa mṇ.= or vḷ. for ○ghaṇa Hcar. L
  2. the trunk of a tree L

praghāta

  1. pra-ghātá m. a blow, stroke TS. Sch
  2. a battle, fight L
  3. the edging of a garment ŚBr

praghāna

  1. pra-ghāna See ○ghāṇa

praghasa

  1. pra-ghasa m. (√ghas) a devourer (pl. N. of false gods) L. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-4, 37 ; 38)
  2. N. of a Rākshasa MBh
  3. of a monkey follower of Rāma R
  4. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

praghāsa

  1. pra-ghāsa See varuṇa-praghāsá

praghāsin

  1. pra-ghāsín (VS.),

praghāsya

  1. pra-ghāsyá (TS.), mfn. voracious

praghātaya

  1. pra-ghātaya P. ○yati (Caus. of pra-√han), to strike, kill Divyâv

praghuṇa

  1. praghuṇa m. a guest, visitor L. (prob. wṛ. for prāghuṇa)

praghuṣ

  1. pra-√ghuṣ Caus. -ghoṣayati, to cause to announce aloud, proclaim MBh

praghuṣṭa

  1. pra-ghuṣṭa mfn. sounding forth Var

praghoṣa

  1. pra-ghoṣa m. sound, noise BhP. (also -ka L.)
  2. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

praghoṣin

  1. pra-ghoṣin m. 'roaring', N. of the 9 classes of the Maruts MW

praghūrṇa

  1. pra-ghūrṇa mfn. (√ghūrṇ) turning round or rolling violently W
  2. wandering, roaming ib
  3. m. a guest, visitor L. (prob. wṛ. for prāgh○)

praghṛ

  1. pra-√ghṛ P. -gharati, to ooze out Divyâv

praghṛṣ

  1. pra-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub to pieces Kauś
  2. to rub into, anoint Suśr

pragharṣa

  1. pra-gharṣa m. rubbing, anointing Car

pragharṣaṇa

  1. pra-gharṣaṇa m. grinding, crushing, destroying Kāv
  2. n. rubbing, a remedy for rubbing in or anointing Car

praghṛṣṭa

  1. pra-ghṛṣṭa mfn. rubbed in, embrocated, anointed Suśr

praca

  1. praca See acyuta-pr○ and nakha-pr○

pracakita

  1. pra-cakita mfn. (√cak) trembling, shuddering, terrified Pañc

pracakra

  1. pra-cakra n. an army in motion L

pracakṣ

  1. pra-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to tell, relate, declare MBh. Ragh
  2. to suppose, regard or consider as (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  3. to name, call Mn. BhP.: Caus. -cakṣayati, to irridiate, illumine RV

pracakṣaṇam

  1. pra-ḍcakṣaṇam ind. (after a fin. verb), g. gotrâdi

pracakṣas

  1. pra-ḍcakṣas m. N. of the regent of the planet Jupiter, Bṛihas-pati W

pracaṅkaśa

  1. pra-caṅkaśa See a-pr○

pracaṇḍa

  1. pra-caṇḍa mf(ā)n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce, passionate, terrible, direful, formidable MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. great, large, hot, burning, sharp ( See comp. below)
  3. m. a species of oleander with white flowers L
  4. N. of a Dānava Kathās
  5. of a goblin MārkP
  6. of a son of Vatsa-prī and Su-nandā ib
  7. (ā), f. a species of Dūrvā with white flowers L
  8. a form or Śakti of Durgā Cat

pracaṇḍaghoṇa

  1. ○ghoṇa mfn. large-nosed, having a long or prominent nose MBh

pracaṇḍacaṇḍikā

  1. ○caṇḍikā f. a form of Durgā
  2. -sahasra-nāma-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

pracaṇḍatarībhū

  1. ○tarī-√bhū to become fiercer or more passionate Kād

pracaṇḍatā

  1. ○tā f. great violence or passion Uttarar

pracaṇḍadeva

  1. ○deva m. N. of a prince W

pracaṇḍapāṇḍava

  1. ○pāṇḍava n. 'the wrathful sons of Pāṇḍu', N. of a drama by Rāja-śekhara (= bāla-bhārata)

pracaṇḍabhairava

  1. ○bhairava (prob.) m. N. of a Vyāyoga (kind of drama)

pracaṇḍabhairavarasa

  1. ○bhairava-rasa m. N. of a partic. medicinal preparation L

pracaṇḍamādhava

  1. ○mādhava m. (with kāśmīra) N. of a poet Cat

pracaṇḍamūrti

  1. ○mūrti m. Crataeva Roxburghī L

pracaṇḍavadana

  1. ○vadana mf(ā)n. having a terrible face Dhūrtas. [Page 657, Column]

pracaṇḍavarman

  1. ○varman m. N. of a prince Daś

pracaṇḍaśakti

  1. ○śakti m. N. of a man Kathās

pracaṇḍaśarakārmuka

  1. ○śarakārmuka mfn. having sharp arrows and a terrible bow (said of the god of love) MBh

pracaṇḍaśephas

  1. ○śephas m. N. of a man Kautukar

pracaṇḍasūrya

  1. ○sūrya mfn. having a hot or burning sun Ṛitus

pracaṇḍasena

  1. ○sena m. N. of a prince, of Tāmra-liptikā Vet

pracaṇḍātapa

  1. pracaṇḍâtapa m. fierce or stifling heat, Ṛit

pracaṇḍogrā

  1. pracaṇḍogrā f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat

pracat

  1. pra-√cat Caus. Ā. -cātayate, to drive or scare away, remove, destroy RV

pracatā

  1. pra-ḍcátā ind. secretly, in secret ib

pracapala

  1. pra-capala mfn. very unsteady or restless Hariv

pracaya

  1. pra-caya &c. See pra- √1. ci

pracar

  1. pra-√car P. -carati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to proceed towards, go or come to, arrive at (acc.) RV. &c. &c
  2. to come forth, appear MBh. R. &c
  3. to roam, wander Prab. BhP
  4. to circulate, be or become current (as a story) R. Var
  5. to set about, perform, discharge (esp. sacred functions, with instr. of the object or of the means employed) AV. Br. KātyŚr
  6. to be active or busy, be occupied or engaged in (loc.) MBh. BhP
  7. to proceed, behave, act in peculiar manner Mn. MBh. &c
  8. to come off, take place BhP.: Caus. -cārayati, to allow to roam, turn out to graze Hariv
  9. to make public W

pracara

  1. pra-ḍcara m. a road, way, path L
  2. usage, custom, currency W
  3. going well or widely ib
  4. pl. N. of a people R. (vḷ. praccara and pra-stara)

pracaraṇa

  1. pra-ḍcaraṇa n. going to graze Cat
  2. proceeding with, beginning, undertaking ŚrS. Bālar
  3. circulating, being current W
  4. employing, using MW
  5. (ī́), f. (sc. sruc) a wooden ladle employed for want of a better at a sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr

pracaraṇīya

  1. pra-ḍcaraṇīya mfn. being in actual use ŚBr

pracarita

  1. pra-ḍcarita mfn. followed, practised Mn. x, 100
  2. arrived at, visited R
  3. current, publicly known Car. Sch

pracaritavya

  1. pra-ḍcaritavya mfn. to be proceeded with or undertaken, to be performed AitBr

pracaritos

  1. pra-ḍcaritos inf. (with purā) before he (the Adhvaryu) sets to work GopBr. Vait

pracaryā

  1. pra-ḍcaryā f. an action, process ĀśvŚr

pracāra

  1. pra-ḍcāra m. roaming, wandering Hariv. (cf. bhikṣā-)
  2. coming forth, showing one's self, manifestation, appearance, occurrence, existence MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. application, employment, use ib
  4. conduct, behaviour Mn. MBh. &c
  5. prevalence, currency, custom, usage W
  6. a playground, place of exercise Hariv
  7. pasture-ground, pasturage Mn. ix, 219 (= Vishṇ. xviii, 44, where Sch. 'a way or road leading from or to a house') Yājñ. MBh. Hariv. R

pracāraṇa

  1. pra-ḍcāraṇa n. (prob.) scattering, strewing Kād

pracārita

  1. pra-ḍcārita mfn. allowed to wander or roam about MW
  2. made public or manifest ib. (cf. g. tārakâdi)

pracārin

  1. pra-ḍcārin mfn. coming forth, appearing MBh
  2. following, adhering or sticking to (loc. or comp.) ib
  3. proceeding with, acting, behaving ib
  4. going about, wandering MW

pracal

  1. pra-√cal P. -calati (rarely Ā. ○te), to be set in motion, tremble, quake TBr. MBh. &c
  2. to stir, move on, advance, set out, depart MBh. BhP. Pañcat
  3. to start, spring up from (a seat) R
  4. to swerve, deviate from (abl.) MBh
  5. to become troubled or confused, be perplexed or bewildered or excited ib. BhP.: Caus. -calayati, to set in motion, move, jog, wag Kāv
  6. to remove from (abl.) Suśr
  7. -cālayati, to cause to shake or tremble R
  8. to stir up, stir round Pañcat

pracala

  1. pra-ḍcala mfn. moving, tremulous, shaking MBh. Kāv. Suśr
  2. what goes well or widely W
  3. current, circulating, customary ib
  4. -kāñcana-kuṇḍala mfn. (an ear) adorned with golden rings Ṛitus
  5. -dāsa m. N. of a poet Cat
  6. -latā-bhuja mfn. having tremulous arm-creepers (= slender arms that tremble) Prab
  7. -siṃha m. N. of a poet Cat
  8. -"ṣcalâṅga mfn. having tremulous limbs MBh

pracalaka

  1. pra-ḍcalaka m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr. (cf. ○calāka)

pracalakin

  1. pra-ḍcalakin wṛ. for ○calākin

pracalat

  1. pra-ḍcalat mfn. moving, trembling, shaking MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. going, proceeding far or much W
  3. circulating, being current or customary W
  4. prevailing, being recognized (as authority or law) ib

pracalana

  1. pra-ḍcalana n. trembling, shaking, rocking, swaying MaitrUp. Pañcat
  2. retiring, flight Pañcat
  3. going well or widely W
  4. circulating, being current or customary ib

pracalāka

  1. pra-ḍcalāka m. shooting with arrows L
  2. a peacock's tail or crest L
  3. a chameleon Āpast
  4. a snake or other venomous animal (cf. ○calaka) Suśr. [Page 657, Column]
  5. (○calā́kā), f. springing up TS. Sch

pracalākin

  1. pra-ḍcalākin m. a peacock L
  2. a snake L

pracalāya

  1. pra-ḍcalāya Nom. P. ○yati, to nod the head (while asleep) Jātakam

pracalāyana

  1. pra-ḍcalāyana n. nodding the head (on first becoming intoxicated) Car

pracalāyita

  1. pra-ḍcalāyita mfn. nodding the head (while asleep and in a sitting posture) L
  2. rolling about, tumbling, tossed about (as a ship) MW
  3. n. See under āsīna

pracalita

  1. pra-ḍcalita mfn. set in motion, moved, shaken, tremulous, rolling (as the eye) MBh. R. &c
  2. one who has set out, proceeded, departed Pañcat. Hit. Vet
  3. confused, bewildered, perplexed MBh. BhP
  4. current, customary, circulating W
  5. prevailing, recognized, received (as authority or law) ib
  6. n. going away, departure BhP

pracālaka

  1. pra-ḍcālaka mf(ikā)n. causing to tremble, trembling with (comp.) L

pracālana

  1. pra-ḍcālana n. stirring, stir, noise (?) Pañcat

pracaṣāla

  1. pra-caṣāla n. a partic. ornament on a sacrificial post MBh

pracāya

  1. pra-cāya &c. See below

pracāla

  1. pracāla m. the neck of the Vīṇā or Indian lute L. (wṛ. for pravāla)

praci

  1. pra-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, -cinute, to collect, gather, pluck Gobh. MBh. &c
  2. to mow or cut down (enemies) MBh
  3. to increase, augment, enhance Var.: Pass. -cīyate, to be gathered or collected, to grow, thrive, multiply MBh. Kāv

pracaya

  1. pra-caya m. (ifc. f. ā) collecting, gathering Pāṇ. 3-3, 40 (cf. puṣpa-)
  2. accumulation, heap, mass, quantity, multitude Ṛitus. Rājat. Suśr
  3. growth, increase A
  4. slight aggregation W
  5. = -svara TPrāt
  6. (in alg.) the common increase or difference of the terms in a progression
  7. -kāṣṭhâgata mfn. one who has attained the highest degree of intensity Nyāyam. Sch
  8. -svara m. 'accumulated tone', the tone occurring in a series of unaccented syllables following a Svarita RPrāt. Śiksh

pracayana

  1. pra-ḍcayana n. gathering, collecting ( phala-)

pracāya

  1. pra-ḍcāya m

pracāyikā

  1. pra-ḍcāyikā f. gathering, plucking, collecting (with the hand or in turn, cf: puṣpa-
  2. the latter also 'a female who gathers', A.)

pracita

  1. pra-ḍcita mfn. gathered, collected, heaped, accumulated
  2. covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Suśr
  3. pronounced with the Pracaya tone, accentless VPrāt
  4. m. (also -ka) N. of a metre Col
  5. -svara m. = pracaya-svara

pracinvat

  1. pra-ḍcinvat mfn. gathering, collecting, plucking MBh. Hariv
  2. m. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya Hariv. Pur

praceya

  1. pra-ḍceya mfn. to be collected or gathered
  2. to be increased MW
  3. spreading everywhere Jātakam

pracika

  1. pracika g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

pracikīrṣu

  1. pra-cikīrṣu mfn. (√1. kṛ Desid.) wishing or intending to requite BhP

pracit

  1. pra-√cit P. Ā. -ciketti, -cikitte, to know or make known RV
  2. to become visible or manifest, appear ib. TS.: Caus. -cetayati, to make known, cause to appear RV
  3. (Ā.) to appear ib.: Desid. -cikitsati, to show, point out ib

pracikita

  1. pra-ḍcikita (prá-), mfn. knowing, familiar or conversant with VS. (Mahīdh.)

pracetana

  1. pra-ḍcetana mfn. illumining, illustrating SV

pracetas

  1. pra-ḍcetas (prá-), mfn. attentive, observant, mindful, clever, wise (said of the gods, esp. of Agni and the Ādityas) RV. AV. VS. TS
  2. happy, delighted L
  3. m. N. of Varuṇa Hariv. Kālid. BhP
  4. of a Prajā-pati (an ancient sage and law-giver) Mn. i, 35 (-smṛti f. N. of wk.)
  5. of a prince (son of Duduha) Hariv
  6. of a son of Duryāman VP
  7. of a son of Dur-mada BhP
  8. pl. (wṛ. prāc○) N. of the 10 sons of Prācīna-barhis by a daughter of Varuṇa (they are the progenitors of Daksha) MBh. Hariv. Pur

pracetasa

  1. pra-ḍcetasa wṛ. for prāc○
  2. (ī), f. Myrica Sapida L

pracetita

  1. pra-ḍcetita mfn. ( See a-prac○) noticed, observed

pracetuna

  1. pra-ḍcetúna mfn. affording a wide view or prospect RV

praciti

  1. pra-citi f. (√2. ci) investigation, examination (= vi-citi) Kuṭṭanīm

pracint

  1. pra-√cint P. -cintayati, to think upon, reflect, consider, find out, devise, contrive MBh. Kāv. &c. 1

pracintya

  1. pra-ḍcintya ind. having reflected or considered MBh. 2

pracintya

  1. pra-ḍcintya mfn. to be reflected or cṭconsidered ib

pracībala

  1. pracībala m. or n. a species of plant Suśr

pracīra

  1. pra-cīra m. N. of a son of Vatsaprī and Su-nandā MārkP. [Page 657, Column]

pracīrṇa

  1. pra-cīrṇa mfn. (√car) come forth, appeared MBh

pracud

  1. pra-√cud P. -codati, to set in motion, drive on, urge, impel RV.: Caus. -codayati id. RV. (Ā. to hasten, make haste, viii, 24, 13) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to excite, inspire RV
  3. to command, summon, request, demand Mn. MBh. &c
  4. to announce, make known, proclaim Mn. iii, 228

pracudita

  1. pra-ḍcudita mfn. (m. c. for ○codita) hurled, shot off MBh

pracoda

  1. pra-ḍcoda m. instigation Buddh

pracodaka

  1. pra-ḍcodaka mf(ikā)n. instigating
  2. (ikā), f. 'inflamer', N. of the 4 daughters of Niyojikā (daughter of the demon Du?-saha) MārkP

pracodana

  1. pra-ḍcodana n. instigating, exciting MBh
  2. direction, order, command R
  3. a rule or law W
  4. saying ib
  5. sending ib
  6. (ī), f. Solanum Jacquini L

pracodita

  1. pra-ḍcodita mfn. (fr. Caus.) driven on, urged, impelled MBh. Ragh
  2. asked, requested, ordered, directed Mn. (cf. a-prac○) R
  3. decreed, determined BhP
  4. announced, proclaimed ŚvetUp
  5. sent, dispatched W

pracodin

  1. pra-ḍcodin mfn. driving forward, urging Kathās
  2. (inī), f. Solanum Jacquini L

pracupita

  1. pra-cupita See upasthita-p○

pracura

  1. pracura mf(ā)n. much, many, abundant (opp. to alpa)
  2. plenteous, plentiful, frequent
  3. (ifc.) abounding in, filled with MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. m. a thief A

pracuracandana

  1. ○candana n. much sandal Ṛitus

pracuracchala

  1. ○cchala mfn. hidden in manifold disguises MBh

pracuratā

  1. ○tā f. (Var.),

pracuratva

  1. ○tva n. (Hariv. &c.) abundance, multitude

pracuranityadhanāgama

  1. ○nitya-dhanâgama mfn. receiving many and constant supplies of money Bhartṛ

pracuraparibhava

  1. ○paribhava m. frequent humiliation ib

pracurapādapa

  1. ○pādapa mfn. abounding with trees R

pracurapuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa mfn. abounding with men, populous W
  2. m. a thief. L

pracuraratnadhanāgama

  1. ○ratna-dhanâgama mfn. having a large income of gems and money MW

pracuraloma

  1. ○loma mfn. having too much hair Kull

pracurī

  1. pracurī in comp. for ○ra

pracurīkaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. making abundant, augmenting, increasing W

pracurīkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. augmented, increased ib

pracurībhū

  1. ○√bhū to become abundant, increase Śiś

pracūrṇ

  1. pra-√cūrṇ P. -cūrṇayati (only aor. prâcucūrṇat), to crush, grind to dust Bhaṭṭ

pracṛt

  1. pra-√cṛt P. -cṛtati, to loose, loosen, untie AV. ĀśvŚr

pracṛtta

  1. pra-ḍcṛtta mfn. loose, dishevelled
  2. -śikha mfn. with dishṭdishevelled hair ĀśvGṛ

pracetana

  1. pra-cetana &c. See pra-√cit

pracetṛ

  1. pracetṛ m. a charioteer L. (wṛ. for pra-vetṛ)

pracela

  1. pra-cela n. (√cel?) yellow sandalwood L

pracelaka

  1. pra-ḍcelaka m. a horse L

praceluka

  1. praceluka m. a cook L. (wṛ. for paceluka)

pracoda

  1. pra-coda &c. See pra-√cud

pracchad

  1. pra-cchad (√chad), P. Ā. -cchādayati, ○te, to cover, envelop, wrap up (Ā. with instr. 'to cover one's self with, put on') ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
  2. to be in the way, be an obstacle to (acc.) R
  3. to hide, conceal, disguise, keep secret Mn. MBh. &c

praccchad

  1. pra-cḍcchád f. a cover, covering VS. MaitrS

praccchada

  1. pra-cḍcchada m. a cover, coverlet, wrapper, blanket L
  2. -paṭa m. (L.), -vāsas n. (Kathās.) id

praccchanna

  1. pra-cḍcchanna mfn. covered, enveloped, shut up ŚBr. MBh. &c
  2. hidden, concealed, unobserved, private, secret, disguised (ibc. and am ind. 'secretly, covertly') Mn. MBh. &c
  3. n. a private door
  4. a lattice, loop-hole L
  5. -gupta mfn. secretly hidden Bhartṛ
  6. -cāraka and -cārin mfn. acting secretly or fraudulently R
  7. -taskara m. a secret thief Mn
  8. -pāpa m. a secretly sinner ib
  9. -vañcaka m. a secretly rogue or rascal ib
  10. -vṛtti f. a secretly manner or way Śukas
  11. ○cchannī-√bhū, to hide or conceal one's self. L

praccchādaka

  1. pra-cḍcchādaka mf(ikā)n. concealing, covering (ifc.) MārkP. Suśr
  2. m. the song of a wife deserted by her husband (sung with the accompaniment of a lute and containing a covert description of her sorrows) L

praccchādana

  1. pra-cḍcchādana mfn. concealing, hiding (cf. piplu-)
  2. n. covering, concealing, concealment MBh. Pañcat
  3. an upper or outer garment L
  4. -paṭa m. a cover, coverlet, wrapper Pañcat

praccchādita

  1. pra-cḍcchādita mfn. covered, wrapped up, clothed, hidden, concealed R. Suśr. 1

praccchādya

  1. pra-cḍcchādya ind. having covered or hidden MBh. 2. [Page 658, Column]

praccchādya

  1. pra-cḍcchādya mfn. to be covered or hidden Kāv

pracchana

  1. pracchana See under √prach

pracchāna

  1. pra-cchāna pra-cchita, See under pra-ccho below

pracchāya

  1. pra-cchāya (prob.) n. a shadowy place, dense shade Hariv. Śak. Kathās

pracchid

  1. pra-cchid (√chid), P.Ā. -cchinatti, -cchintte, to cut off or through, pierce, split, cleave AV. &c. &c
  2. to rend or take away, withdraw MBh.: Caus. -cchedayati, to cause to cut off &c. MBh.: Caus. of Intens. -cecchidayya Pat

praccchid

  1. pra-cḍcchíd mfn. cutting off or to pieces VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch.)

praccchindyākarṇa

  1. pra-cḍcchindyā-karṇa mf(ī)n. whose ear is to be cleft MaitrS. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 115)

pracccheda

  1. pra-cḍccheda m. a cutting, slip, strip KātyŚr
  2. a musical division, bar (?) Divyâv

praccchedaka

  1. pra-cḍcchedaka m. a song sung by a wife who thinks her husband false to her Sāh. (cf. pra-cchādaka)

praccchedana

  1. pra-cḍcchedana n. dividing into small pieces ṢaḍvBr

praccchedya

  1. pra-cḍcchedya See a-pracchedya

pracchuḍ

  1. pra-cchuḍ (√chuḍ), Caus. -cchoḍayati, to stretch out Kāraṇḍ

pracchṛd

  1. pra-cchṛd (√chṛd), Caus. -cchardayati, to vomit Suśr

praccchardana

  1. pra-cḍcchardana n. emitting, exhaling Yogas
  2. vomiting, an emetic Suśr

praccchardi

  1. pra-cḍcchardi (Gal.),

praccchardikā

  1. pra-cḍcchardikā (Pāṇ. 3-3, 108 Sch.), f. vomiting, sickness

praccho

  1. pra-ccho (√cho
  2. only ind. p. -cchayitvā), to bleed by making incisions in the skin, cup, lance, scarify Suśr

praccchāna

  1. pra-cḍcchāna n. scarifying, making sore ib

praccchita

  1. pra-cḍcchita mfn. cut, lanced, scarified ib

pracyu

  1. pra-cyu Ā. -cyavate (ep. also P. ○ti), to move, proceed, depart TS. AV. ŚBr
  2. to swerve or deviate from (abl.) MBh
  3. to be deprived of, lose (abl.) ib. Kāv. Pañcat
  4. to come or stream forth ib
  5. to fall down, drop, stumble ŚBr. MBh. R
  6. to fall (scil. from heaven i.e. be born again) HPariś.: Caus. -cyāvayati, to move, shake RV
  7. to eject, remove or dispel or divert from (abl.) ib. &c. &c
  8. to cause to fall (lit. and fig.) MBh. Daś. BhP. Suśr

pracyava

  1. pra-ḍcyava m. fall, ruin Kāṭh
  2. withdrawal Kap. Sch
  3. advancement, improvement MW

pracyavana

  1. pra-ḍcyavana mfn. removing, destroying Car. (wṛ. for ○cyāvana?)
  2. n. falling down (esp. from heaven i.e. being born again) HPariś
  3. departure, withdrawal Suśr
  4. loss, deprivation (with abl.) MBh
  5. oozing, dropping A

pracyāvana

  1. pra-ḍcyāvana n. means of removing or diminishing, a sedative Suśr
  2. causing to give up, diverting from (abl.) Pāṇ. Sch

pracyāvuka

  1. pra-ḍcyāvuka mfn. transitory, fragile, SāṅkhBr

pracyuta

  1. pra-ḍcyuta (prá-), mfn. routed, put to flight expelled, banished, retreated AV
  2. streamed forth or issued from (abl.) ib. MBh. &c
  3. fallen from (lit. and fig.), swerved from, deprived of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  4. subtracted, Bījag
  5. -tva n. deviation, retreat MW

pracyuti

  1. pra-ḍcyuti f. going away, withdrawing, departing Śaṃk
  2. loss, deprivation (with abl.) ib
  3. falling from, giving up (ifc.) Var. Sch
  4. decay, fall, ruin (a-pr○) ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

prach

  1. prach cl.6. P. (Dhātup.xxviii, 120), pṛcchati (Ved. and ep. also Ā. pṛcchate
  2. pf. papraccha Br. &c., papṛkṣé [?] RV. iv, 43, 7
  3. aor. áprākṣīt AV. &c., áprāṭ RV., apraṣṭa Kāv
  4. fut. prakṣyati Br. &c., praṣṭā Gr
  5. ind. p. pṛṣṭvā, -pṛcchya MBh
  6. inf. práṣṭum AV. &c., -pṛ́ccham, ○cche RV.), to ask, question, interrogate (acc.)
  7. to ask after inquire about (acc.)
  8. to ask or interrogate any one (acc.) about anything (acc., dat., loc., prati, or adhikṛtya with acc
  9. arthe or hetoḥ ifc.) RV. (pr.p. Ā. pṛcchamāna, 'asking one's self', x ; 34, 6) &c. &c
  10. (in astrol.) to consult the future Var
  11. (with nāmato mātaram) to inquire about one's (gen.) mother's name Śak
  12. (with na) not to trouble one's self with ĀśvŚr
  13. to seek, wish, long for
  14. to ask, demand, beg, entreat (acc.) RV.: Pass. pṛcchyáte, to be asked or questioned about (act., dat. &c., as above) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. pracchayati (aor. apapracchat), Gr.: Desid. pipṛcchiṣati Pāṇ. 1-2, 8: Intens. parīpṛcchyate Pāṇ. 7-4, 90 Pat. [Orig. pṛk ; Lat. preces, procus ; poscere for porscere ; Slav. prositi ; Lith. prasśy4ti ; Germ. frâhên, fragen ; forskôn, forschen.] [Page 658, Column]

pracchana

  1. pracchana n. (and ○nā f.) asking, inquiring, a question, inquiry L

praja

  1. pra-ja See under pra-√jan

prajaṅgha

  1. pra-jaṅgha m. N. of a monkey and of a Rākshasa R
  2. (ā), f. a partic. portion of the lower part of the, thigh, Jātakam

prajan

  1. pra-√jan Ā. -jāyate (ep. also P. ○ti), to be born or produced, spring up from (abl.) be begotten (by instr. or abl.
  2. from abl.
  3. or with loc.
  4. in [loc. or adhi]) RV. &c. &c
  5. to become an embryo ŚBr
  6. to be born again MBh
  7. to propagate offspring with or by (instr.) RV. ŚBr. Mn
  8. to bring forth, generate, bear, procreate (acc.)
  9. beget on (loc. or instr.) MBh
  10. to cause to be reproduced ŚBr.: Caus. -janayati, to cause any one (acc.) to propagate offspring (instr.) RV
  11. to beget, procreate MaitrS. (aor. prajanayām akaḥ
  12. Pāṇ. 3-1, 42) AV. ŚBr
  13. to cause to be reproduced ŚBr.: Desid. -jijaniṣate, to wish to be born ŚBr.: Desid. of Caus. -jijanayiṣati, to wish to cause to be conceived or born ib

praja

  1. pra-ḍja mf(ā)n. bringing forth, bearing ( a-praja)
  2. m. a husband L
  3. (ā), f. See below. 1

prajajñi

  1. pra-jajñi mfn. (for 2. See under pra-jñā) able to beget ( See 1. a-prajajñi)

prajana

  1. pra-ḍjana m. begetting, impregnation, generation, bearing, bringing forth (rarely n.) Mn. MBh
  2. one who begets, generator, progenitor BhP
  3. ○nartham ind. for the sake of procreation Mn. ix, 96

prajanana

  1. pra-ḍjánana mfn. begetting, generating, generative, vigorous VS. ŚBr
  2. n. the act of begetting or bringing forth, generation, procreation, birth, production (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c
  3. generative energy, semen TS. TBr. ŚrS
  4. the male (RV. Br.) or female (L.) generative organ
  5. offspring, children BhP
  6. = pra-gama, or pra-gata L
  7. -kāma mfn. desirous of begetting or bringing forth Kauś
  8. -kuśala mfn. skilled in midwifery Suśr
  9. -vat (○jánana-), possessing generative power AV

prajanayitṛ

  1. pra-ḍjanayitṛ́ m. a generator, begetter, progenitor TS. Br

prajanikā

  1. pra-ḍjanikā f. a mother L

prajaniṣṇu

  1. pra-ḍjaniṣṇú mfn. generative, procreative, producing ŚBr. Kāṭh. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 136)
  2. being born or produced W
  3. growing, standing (as corn) ib

prajaniṣyamāṇā

  1. pra-ḍjaniṣyamāṇā f. about to bring forth, being near the time of delivery Suśr

prajanu

  1. pra-ḍjanú mf. the organ of generation (of females) TBr

prajanuka

  1. pra-ḍjanuka (?), m. the body L

prajas

  1. pra-ḍjas (ifc.) = ○jā (cf. duṣ-, bahu-)
  2. m. N. of a son of Manu Auttami VP

prajāta

  1. pra-ḍjāta (prá-), mfn. born, produced, Rv. &c. &c
  2. (ā), f. a woman who has borne a child ŚrS. MBh. &c. (cf. ṛta-)

prajāti

  1. pra-ḍjāti (prá-), f. generating or generative power, generation, production, bringing forth, delivery Br. ŚrS. BhP
  2. = upa-nayana, initiation with the sacred thread (as causing second birth) BhP. Sch
  3. m. N. of a prince MārkP. (vḷ. pra-jāni)
  4. -kāma mfn. desirous of propagation AitBr
  5. -mat mfn. containing words relating to generation ib
  6. ○tyānanda m. the joy of propagation BhP

prajā

  1. prajā́ f. (ifc. f. ā
  2. cf. pra-ja above) procreation, propagation, birth RV. AV
  3. offspring, children, family, race, posterity, descendants, aftergrowth (of plants) RV. &c. &c
  4. a creature, animal, man, mankind
  5. people, subjects (of a prince) ib
  6. seed, semen VS. (cf. -niṣeka)
  7. an era Divyâv

prajākara

  1. ○kara m. a symbol. N. for 'a sword' (!) L

prajākalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. the time of creation Hariv. (perhaps wṛ. for purā-k○)

prajākāma

  1. ○kāma (○jā́-), mfn. desirous of offspring AV. &c. &c
  2. m. desire of offspring ML

prajākāra

  1. ○kāra m. the author of creation Hariv

prajāgupti

  1. ○gupti f. protection of subjects Āpast

prajāghnī

  1. ○ghnī See -han

prajācandra

  1. ○candra m. 'people's moon', honorific N. of a prince Rājat

prajātantu

  1. ○tantu m. a line of descendants, a race TUp. BhP

prajātīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha n. the auspicious moment of birth BhP

prajādā

  1. ○dā f. 'granting offspring', N. of a species of shrub L

prajādāna

  1. ○dāna n. procreation of children Āpast
  2. 'people's gift', silver L

prajādvāra

  1. ○dvāra n. 'gate or means of obtaining progeny', N. of the sun MBh

prajādhara

  1. ○dhara mfn. supporting creatures (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ

prajādhyakṣa

  1. ○"ṣdhyakṣa (○jâdh○), m. 'surveyor of creatures', N. of the sun MBh
  2. of Kardama and Daksha BhP

prajānātha

  1. ○nātha m. 'lord of creatures', N. of Brahmā or Manu Prab
  2. of Daksha, Bh
  3. = -pa Ragh. Rājat

prajāniṣeka

  1. ○niṣeka m. infusion of semen, impregnation, offspring Ragh. xiv, 60

prajāntaka

  1. ○"ṣntaka (○jânt○), m. 'destroyer of creatures', Yama, god of death L. -1

prajāpa

  1. ○pa mfn. (for 2. See pra-√jap) protecting subjects Nalac
  2. m. a prince, king L

prajāpati

  1. ○pati (○jā-), m. 'lord of creatures', N. of Savitṛi, Soma, Agni, Indra &c. RV. AV
  2. a divinity presiding over procreation, protector of life ib. VS. Mn. Suśr. BhP. [Page 658, Column]
  3. lord of creatures, creator RV. &c. &c. (N. of a supreme god above or among the Vedic deities [RV. (only x, 21, 10) AV. VS. Br.] but in later times also applied to Vishṇu, Śiva, Time personified, the sun, fire, &c., and to various progenitors, esp. to the 10 lords of created beings first created by Brahmā, viz. Marīci, Atri, Aṅgiras, Pulastya, Pulaka, Kratu, Vasishṭha, Pracetas or Daksha, Bhṛigu, Nārada [Mn.i, 34
  4. IW. 206, n.], of whom some authorities count only the first 7, others the last 3)
  5. a father L
  6. a king, prince L
  7. a son-in-law L
  8. N. of the 5th (39th) year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var
  9. the planet Mars, a partic. star, ? Aurigae Sūryas
  10. (in astrol.) = 2. kāla-nara, q.v
  11. a species of insect L
  12. N. of sev. men and authors Cat
  13. (ī), f. a matron, lady Divyâv
  14. N. of Gautama Buddha's aunt and nurse (with the patr. Gautamī, the first woman who assented to his doctrines) Lalit
  15. -grihīta (○jā́-p○), mfn. seized by Prajā-pati VS
  16. -carita n. N. of wk
  17. -cití f. Prajā-pati's layer ŚBr
  18. -datta m. N. of a man Pat
  19. -nivāsinī f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ
  20. -pati m. 'lord of the Prajā-pati', N. of Brahmā BhP
  21. of Daksha ib
  22. -bhakṣita (○jā́-p○), mfn. eaten by Prajā-pati VS
  23. -mukha (jā́-p○), mfn. having Prajā-pati as head or chief ŚBr
  24. -yajña m. 'sacrifice to Prajā-pati', the procreation of children enjoined by law VP
  25. -loká m. Prajā-pati's world (situated between the sphere of Brahmā and that of the Gandharvas) ŚBr
  26. -śarman m. N. of a man L
  27. -sṛṣṭa (○jā́-p○), mfn. created by Prajā-pati AV. ŚBr
  28. -smṛti f. N. of wk
  29. -hṛdaya n. 'Prajā-pati's heart', N. of a Sāman ŚrS. (also prajā́pater-hṛ́d○ ŚBr. TS.)

prajāpatika

  1. ○patika m. endearing form of prajāpati-datta Pat

prajāpatya

  1. ○patya wṛ. for prājāpatya

prajāpaddhati

  1. ○paddhati f. N. of wk

prajāparipālana

  1. ○paripālana n. the protection of subjects Vishṇ

prajāpāla

  1. ○pāla m. 'protector of creatures', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh
  2. a prince, king ib. Rājat
  3. N. of a king VarP

prajāpālana

  1. ○pālana n. = -paripālana Mn. ix, 253 &c
  2. N. of wk

prajāpāli

  1. ○pāli m. 'protector of creatures', N. of Śiva Śivag. (cf. go-pāli)

prajāpālya

  1. ○pālya n. the office of protector of the people, royal office R

prajāmṛtatva

  1. ○"ṣmṛtatva (○jâmṛ○), n. perpetuity of posterity AV

prajārtham

  1. ○"ṣrtham and ind. for the sake of offspring MBh

prajārthe

  1. ○"ṣḍrthe (○jârth○), ind. for the sake of offspring MBh

prajāvat

  1. ○vat (○jā́-), mfn. having or granting offspring or children, prolific, fruitful RV. &c. &c
  2. m. N. of a Ṛishi and his hymn ĀśvGṛ
  3. (with the patr. prājāpatya) supposed author of RV. x, 183 Anukr
  4. (atī), f. pregnant BhP
  5. (ifc.) bringing forth, mother of MārkP. (cf. viira-)
  6. a brother's wife Ragh
  7. the wife of an elder brother L
  8. N. of a tutelary deity of the Su-mantus VarP
  9. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
  10. of the wife of Priya-vrata MārkP

prajāvarī

  1. ○varī f. vḷ. for -vatī (f. of prec.) MānGṛ

prajāvid

  1. ○víd mfn. bestowing or granting progeny AV

prajāvṛddhi

  1. ○vṛddhi f. increase or abundance of offspring Āpast

prajāvyāpāra

  1. ○vyāpāra m. care for or anxiety about the people Siṃhâs

prajāvyṛddhapaśuvyṛddha

  1. ○vyṛddha-paśu-vyṛddha mfn. one who has ill luck with his children and cattle ĀpŚr

prajāśānti

  1. ○śānti f. N. of wk

prajāsani

  1. ○sáni mfn. = -vid VS

prajāsṛj

  1. ○sṛj m. creator of beings, N. of Brahmā and Kaśyapa Rājat
  2. father or king Śiś. i, 28 Sch

prajāhan

  1. ○han mf(ghnī)n. killing offspring, destroying progeny PārGṛ

prajāhita

  1. ○hita mfn. favourable to or good for offspring or subjects
  2. n. water W

prajepsu

  1. prajêpsu mfn. desirous to obtain offspring MW

prajāśa

  1. prajâśa m. 'lord of creatures', N. of the god presiding over the procreation of offspring BhP
  2. 'lord of the people', a prince, king Ragh. BhP

prajeśvara

  1. prajêśvara m. 'lord of creatures', creator (cf. prājeśvara)
  2. a prince, king Hariv. Ragh

prajehā

  1. prajêhā f. desire of offspring MBh

prajotpatti

  1. prajôtpatti f. the raising up of progeny MW

prajotpādana

  1. prajôtpādana n. id. Suśr

prajānā

  1. pra-jānā f. the place of bringing forth AitĀr

prajāni

  1. pra-ḍjāni m. N. of a prince Pur. (cf. jāti)

prajāyinī

  1. pra-ḍjāyinī f. about to bring forth Suśr
  2. (ifc.) bearing, bringing forth, a mother of (cf. viira-)

prajijanayiṣitavya

  1. pra-ḍjijanayiṣitavyá mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wished to be born ŚBr

prajijaniṣamāṇa

  1. pra-ḍjíjaniṣamāṇa mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to be born or produced ŚBr

prajap

  1. pra-√jap P. -japati, to recite in a low tone, whisper, mutter MBh. 2

prajāpa

  1. pra-ḍjāpa mfn. (for 1. See under pra-jā) muttering prayers, praying Nalac

prajaya

  1. pra-jaya See under pra-√ji

prajalp

  1. pra-√jalp P. -jalpati, to talk, speak, tell, communicate, announce, proclaim Yājñ. MBh. &c

prajalpa

  1. pra-ḍjalpa m. prattle, gossip, heedless or frivolous words (esp. words used in greeting a lover) L. [Page 659, Column]

prajalpana

  1. pra-ḍjalpana n. talking, speaking Pañcat

prajalpita

  1. pra-ḍjalpita mfn. talked, spoken ib
  2. one who has begun to talk Kum
  3. n. spoken words, talk MBh

prajava

  1. pra-java See pra-√jū below

prajahita

  1. pra-jahita See pra-√hā

prajāgṛ

  1. pra-√jāgṛ P. -jāgarti, to watch, watch over (loc.) Bhaṭṭ
  2. to lie in wait for (gen.) MBh.: Caus. -jāgarayati (aor. -ajīgaḥ), to wake (trans.) RV

prajāgara

  1. pra-ḍjāgara mfn. one who wakes, waking MBh. &c
  2. m. a watchman, guardian BhP
  3. N. of Vishṇu MBh
  4. waking, watching, attention, care (also pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. waking up (intr.) Kām
  6. (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh

prajāgaraṇa

  1. pra-ḍjāgaraṇa n. being awake Suśr

prajāgarūka

  1. pra-ḍjāgarūka mfn. wide awake, Śrikaṇṭh

prajāpayitṛ

  1. prajāpayitṛ́ in., wṛ. for pradājayitṛ́ TBr

praji

  1. pra-√ji P. -jayati, to, win, conquer AV. &c. &c

prajaya

  1. pra-ḍjayá m. victory, conquest ŚBr

prajit

  1. pra-ḍjit mfn. conquering, defeating Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

prajita

  1. prajita mfn. driven, impelled, urged on (prob. wṛ. for prâjita
  2. See tottra-, daṇḍa-)

prajina

  1. prajina m. wind, air (also spelt prajīna) L

prajinv

  1. pra-√jinv P. -jinvati, or -jincti, to refresh, animate, promote, further RV

prajihīrṣu

  1. pra-jihīrṣu mfn. (Desid. of √hṛ) being about to strike or hit Rājat

prajīvana

  1. pra-jīvana n. (√jīv) livelihood, subsistence Mn. ix, 163

prajīvin

  1. pra-ḍjīvin m. N. of a minister of Megha-varṇa (the king of the crows) Pañcat

prajuṣṭa

  1. pra-juṣṭa mfn. (√juṣ) strongly attached to or intent on (loc.) Mn. ii, 96

prajū

  1. pra-√jū Ā. -javate, to hasten forwards RV. iii, 33, 1 (?): Caus. -jāvayati, to set in rapid motion, dart, shoot (arrows) Nir. ix, 17

prajava

  1. pra-ḍjavá m. haste, rapidity RV
  2. mfn. rapid, swift Gal
  3. (○jávam), ind. hastily, rapidly TS

prajavana

  1. pra-ḍjavana mfn. running very quickly Uttarar

prajavita

  1. pra-ḍjavita mfn. driven on, impelled MBh. Hariv. R
  2. (ifc.) urged on, incited, summoned by (= pra-codita) Hariv

prajavin

  1. pra-ḍjavin mfn. hastening, rapid, swift Kād. Kathās. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 156)
  2. m. a runner, courier, express

prajṛmbh

  1. pra-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to begin to yawn, open the mouth MBh

prajṝ

  1. pra-√jṝ P. -jīryati, to be digested Suśr

prajīrṇa

  1. pra-ḍjīrṇa mfn. digested Car

prajjaṭikā

  1. prajjaṭikā f. a kind of Prākṛit metre Col

prajji

  1. prajji m. N. of a man Rājat

prajña

  1. pra-jña mfn. = pra-jñu L

prajñā

  1. pra-√jñā P. -jānāti, to know, understand (esp. a way or mode of action), discern, distinguish, know about, be acquainted with (acc.) RV. &c. &c
  2. to find out, discover, perceive, learn MBh. Kāv. &c.:, Caus. [-jJ�Apayati], to show or point out (the way) ŚBr
  3. to summon, invite Lalit. 2

prajajñi

  1. pra-ḍjájñi mfn. (for 1. See pra-√jan) knowing, conversant with ŚBr

prajña

  1. pra-jña mf(ā)n. (for 1. See above) wise, prudent MāṇḍUp
  2. (ifc.) knowing, conversant with (cf. nikṛti-, pathi-)
  3. (ā), f. See col. 2
  4. -tā (○jñá-) f. knowledge. ŚBr

prajñaka

  1. pra-jñaka See akṛta-prajñaka

prajñapta

  1. pra-jñapta mfn. (fr. Caus.) ordered, prescribed (cf. vaidya-)
  2. arranged (as a seat) Divyâv

prajñapti

  1. pra-jñapti f. teaching, information, instruction BhP
  2. an appointment, agreement, engagement W
  3. arrangement (of a seat) Divyâv
  4. (with Jainas) a partic. magical art personified as one of the Vidyā-deviis Kathās. (L. also ○tī)
  5. -kauśika m. N. of a teacher acquainted with the magical art called Prajñapti Kathās
  6. -vādin m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school SaddhP
  7. -śāstra n. N. of wk

prajñāta

  1. pra-jñāta mfn. known, understood, found out, discerned, known as (nom.), well-known, public, common, notorious Mn. MBh. &c

prajñātavya

  1. pra-jñātavya mfn. to be known, discernible KaushUp

prajñāti

  1. pra-jñāti (prá-), f. knowing the way to (gen.) or the right way ŚBr. TāṇḍBr

jñātṛ

  1. jñātṛ́ m. one who knows the way, guide, conductor RV

jñātra

  1. ḍjñātra See a-prajñātrá

jñāna

  1. ḍjñā́na mf(ī)n. prudent, wise L. [Page 659, Column]
  2. easily known AV
  3. n. knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, discrimination AV. &c. &c
  4. a distinctive mark, token of recognition, any mark or sign or characteristic AV. MBh. R. &c
  5. a monument, memorial ŚBr
  6. -kumuda-candrikā f. N. of wk
  7. -ghaná m. nothing but knowledge ŚBr. (cf. under ghaná)
  8. -tṛpta mfn. satiated with, i.e. full of knowledge MBh
  9. -saṃtati f. a train of thought Tattvas
  10. ○nânanda, ○nâśrama, and ○nêndra m. N. of authors Cat

jñāpana

  1. ḍjñāpana n. (fr. Caus.) statement, assertion Nyāyas. Sch
  2. -pradeśa-vyākhyā, f
  3. ○nôpâṅga n. N. of wks

jñāpanīya

  1. ḍjñāpanīya or mfn. to be asserted Nyāyas. Sch

jñāpayitavya

  1. ḍjñāpayitavya mfn. to be asserted Nyāyas. Sch

jñāpita

  1. ḍjñāpita mfn. betrayed, disclosed Śak. i, 23/24 (v. l.)

prajñā

  1. pra-jñā́ f. wisdom, intelligence, knowledge, discrimination, judgment ŚBr. &c. &c
  2. device, design ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
  3. a clever or sensible woman W
  4. Wisdom personified as the goddess of arts and eloquence, Sarasvatī L
  5. a partic. Śakti or energy Hcat
  6. (with Buddh.) true or transcendental wisdom (which is three fold Dharmas. 110) MWB. 126 ; 128
  7. the energy of Ādi-buddha (through the union with whom the latter produced all things) MWB. 204

prajñākara

  1. ○kara m. N. of a Buddh. scholar and of Sch. on Nalôd

prajñākāya

  1. ○kāya m. N. of Mañju-śri Buddh

prajñākūṭa

  1. ○kūṭa m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP

prajñākośa

  1. ○kośa m. N. of a man Kathās

prajñāgupta

  1. ○gupta mfn. protected by understanding (-śarīra) ŚārṅgP
  2. N. of a Buddh. scholar

prajñāghana

  1. ○ghana m. nothing but intelligence BhP

prajñācakṣus

  1. ○cakṣus n. the eye of understanding Mālav. Vajracch
  2. mfn. 'mind-eyed', wise, intelligent MBh. iii, 13891
  3. blind ib. i, 147 &c
  4. m. N. of the blind king Dhṛita-rāshṭra L

prajñācandra

  1. ○candra m. 'moon of wisdom', N. of a scholar Buddh

prajñāḍhya

  1. ○"ṣḍhya (○jñâḍhya), m. 'rich in wisdom', N. of a man Kathās

prajñātman

  1. ○"ṣtman (○jñât○), mfn. 'one whose nature is wisdom', being all wisdom AitĀr

prajñāditya

  1. ○"ṣditya (○jñâd○), m. 'sun of wisdom', N. applied to a very clever man Rājat

prajñādeva

  1. ○deva m. 'god of wisdom', N. of a scholar Buddh

prajñāntaka

  1. ○"ṣntaka (○jñât○), m. 'destroyer of wisdom', (with Buddh.) one of the 10 gods of anger Dharmas. 11

prajñāpāramitā

  1. ○pāramitā f. perfection in wṭwisdom Kathās. Kāraṇḍ
  2. (with Buddh.) one of the 6 or 10 transcendent virtues Dharmas. 17 ; 18 MWB. 128
  3. -sūtra n. N. of wk

prajñāpeta

  1. ○"ṣpêta (○jñâp○), mfn. destitute of wisdom or knowledge KaushUp

prajñāprakāśa

  1. ○prakāśa m. N. of wk

prajñāpratibhāsita

  1. ○pratibhāsita m. 'illumined by wisdom', a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

prajñābhadra

  1. ○bhadra m. 'excelling in wṭwisdom', N. of a scholar Buddh

prajñāmaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of wisdom or understanding MBh

prajñāmātrā

  1. ○mātrā f. an element of cognition, organ of sense KaushUp

prajñāvat

  1. ○vat mfn. wise, knowing, shrewd, intelligent Kathās. Pañcat. &c

prajñāvardhanastotra

  1. ○vardhana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

prajñāvarman

  1. ○varman m. 'having wisdom for armour', N. of a man Buddh

prajñāvāda

  1. ○vāda m. a word of wisdom Bhag

prajñāvṛddha

  1. ○vṛddha mfn. old in wisdom or knowledge MBh

prajñāsahāya

  1. ○sahāya mfn. 'having wṭwisdom for a companion', wise, intelligent Kathās

prajñāsāgara

  1. ○sāgara m. 'sea of wisdom', N. of a king's minister Kathās

prajñāsūktamuktāvalī

  1. ○sū7kta-muktâvalī f. N. of wk

prajñāhīna

  1. ○hīna mfn. destitute of wṭwisdom, ignorant, silly, unwise W

prajñāla

  1. prajñāla mfn. wise, prudent, g. sidhmâdi

prajñin

  1. prajñin mfn. id. L

prajñila

  1. prajñila mfn. id., g. picchâdi

prajñu

  1. pra-jñu mfn. having the knees far apart, bandy-legged, bow-legged L. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 129)

prajval

  1. pra-√jval P. -jvalati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to begin to burn or blaze, be kindled (lit. and fig.), flame or flash up, shine, gleam TBr. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. [-jv�Alayati], to set on fire, light, kindle, inflame GṛŚrS. ChUp. MBh. &c
  2. (with Buddh.) to illustrate, explain Divyâv

prajvaljvalana

  1. pra-√jval--"ṣjvalana n. blazing up, flaming, burning Var. Pratāp

prajvaljvalanīya

  1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvalanīya mfn. to be set on fire, inflammable MW

prajvaljvalita

  1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvalita mfn. flaming, blazing, burning, shining Lāṭy. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. n. flaming up, blazing, burning Hariv

prajvaljvālana

  1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvālana n. kindling, setting on fire Vishṇ

prajvaljvālā

  1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvālā f. a flame, light R

prajvaljvālita

  1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvālita mfn. lighted, kindled MW

prajvāra

  1. pra-jvāra m. (√jvar) the heat cf fever (sometimes personified) BhP

praḍīna

  1. pra-ḍīna mfn. (√ḍī) flown up or forward, taking flight R. Mṛicch
  2. n. the act of flying, flying forward MBh. [Page 659, Column]

praṇa

  1. praṇa mfn. (fr. 1. pra) ancient, old Pāṇ. 5-4, 30 Vārtt. 7 Pat

praṇakha

  1. pra-ṇakha m. or n. (?) the point of the nails ChUp

praṇad

  1. pra-ṇad (√nad), P. -ṇadati, to resound, begin to sound or roar or cry MBh. R

praṇadana

  1. pra-ṇadana n. = ○ṇāda L

praṇadita

  1. pra-ṇadita mfn. sounding, buzzing, humming (as a bee) Śiś

praṇāda

  1. pra-ṇāda m. a loud sound or noise (esp. expressive of approbation or delight), shout, cry, roar, yell, neigh &c. MBh. R
  2. a murmur or sigh of repture W
  3. noise or buzzing in the ear (from thickening of the membranes &c.), SuŚr
  4. N. of a Cakra-vattin Divyâv

praṇādaka

  1. pra-ṇādaka mfn. sounding &c. Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 Sch

praṇapāt

  1. pra-ṇapāt m. a great-grandson RV. [Cf. Lat. pro-nepos.]

praṇabh

  1. pra-ṇabh (√nabh), Ā. -ṇabhate, to burst, split, cleave RV

praṇam

  1. pra-ṇam (√nam), P. Ā. -ṇamati, ○te (ind. p. -ṇamya), to bend or bow down before (often with mūrdhnā, śirasā &c.), make obeisance to (dat, gen., loc. or acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. [-n�Amayati], (ind. p. -namayya), to cause a person (acc.) to bow before (dat.) Kālid
  2. to bow, incline ib

praṇata

  1. pra-ṇata mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined ŚāṅkhBr. Mn. &c
  2. bowed to, saluted reverentially BhP
  3. bent towards, offered respectfully Mālav. (cf. below)
  4. humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP
  5. skilful, clever W
  6. a partic. kind of accentuation Sāy
  7. of a Pariś. of SV
  8. -kāya mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP
  9. -bahu-phala mfn. one to whom various fruits or good things are offered Mālav. i, 1
  10. -vat mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W
  11. -śiras mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W
  12. ○tâtmavat mfn. 'having one's person bowed', inclined, stooping R. (B.)
  13. ○tâśeṣa-sāmanta mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L

praṇati

  1. pra-ṇati f. bending, bowing, inclination, salutation, reverence, obeisance MBh. Kāv. &c

praṇamana

  1. pra-ṇamana n. bowing before, salutation, reverence (gen. or comp.) Bhartṛ. Kathās

praṇamayya

  1. pra-ṇamayya ind. bowing Divyāv

praṇamita

  1. pra-ṇamita mfn. bent, bowed, inclined (-śiras = praṇata-ś○) Mālav
  2. offered or given respectfully Amar
  3. a partic. kind of accentuation SaṃhUp

praṇamra

  1. pra-ṇamra mfn. bowing, inclined
  2. ○rī-√bhū, to bow down Kāv

praṇāma

  1. pra-ṇāma m. (ifc. f. ā) bending, bowing, a bow, respectful salutation, prostration, obeisance (esp. to a Brāhman or to a deity) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. -kṛti f. making an obeisance Pañcat
  3. -mitra m. N. of a man HPariś
  4. ○mâñjali m. reverential salutation with the hands opened and hollowed Daś
  5. ○mâdara m. reverential salutation Kum

praṇāmin

  1. pra-ṇāmin mfn. bending, bowing before, honouring (comp.) MBh

praṇaya

  1. pra-ṇaya ○yana &c. See pra-ṇī

praṇava

  1. pra-ṇáva See pra-ṇu

praṇaś

  1. pra-ṇaś (√1. naś), P. -ṇaśati, to reach, attain (only aor. -ṇak and -naśīmahi) RV

praṇaś

  1. pra-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇaśati, or ṇaśyati (ep. also Ā. ○te
  2. fut. -naṅkṣyati
  3. inf. -naṣṭum Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch.), to be lost, disappear, vanish RV. &c. &c
  4. to flee, escape Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -ṇāśyati, to cause to disappear or perish AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
  5. to allow to be lost i.e. leave unrewarded Hit

praṇāśa

  1. pra-ṇāśa m. vanishing, disappearance, cessation, loss, destruction, death R. Var. Suśr. &c

praṇāśana

  1. pra-ṇāśana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) causing to disappear, removing, destroying (ifc.) MBh. Hariv. Suśr. &c
  2. n. destruction, annihilation Ragh

praṇāśin

  1. pra-ṇāśin mfn. = ○ṇāśana mfn. (only f. inī at the end of a verse) MBh. Hariv. R

pranaṣṭa

  1. pra-naṣṭa mfn. (wrongly written pra-ṇaṣṭa Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch.) lost, disappeared, vanished, ceased, gone, perished, destroyed, annihilated Mn. MBh. &c

pranaṣṭajñānika

  1. ○jñānika mfn. one whose knowledge or memory is destroyed Suśr

pranaṣṭavinaya

  1. ○vinaya mfn. uncivil, rude MW

pranaṣṭasvāmika

  1. ○svāmika mfn. (property) the owner of which has disappeared Mn. viii, 30

pranaṣṭādhigata

  1. pranaṣṭâdhigata mfn. lost and found again ib., 33

praṇasa

  1. pra-ṇasa mfn. having a prominent nose Pāṇ. 5-4, 119 Sch

praṇāḍikā

  1. pra-ṇāḍikā or ○ḍī f. a channel, water-course, drain (met. = intervention, interposition) [Page 660, Column]
  2. ○ḍikayā (Sarvad.), or ○ḍyā (ŚBr. Sch.), ind. mediately, indirectly

praṇāla

  1. pra-ṇāla m. a channel from a pond, watercourse, drain L
  2. (prob.) a row, series Kād
  3. (ī), f. a channel &c. R. Mṛicch. Siś. Bhpr
  4. recension (of a text
  5. cf. pāṭha-)
  6. intervention, interposition Naish

praṇālikā

  1. pra-ṇālikā f. a channel &c. (cf. sruk-praṇ○)
  2. intervention, medium L
  3. (ayā), ind. indirectly Mahīdh

praṇi

  1. pra-ṇi for pra-ni, according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 17 before a number of roots, viz. gad ( See below), ci, 1. dā, dih, de, do, drā, dhā ( See below), dhe, nad ( below), pat ( See below), pad, psāmā, me, yam, yā, vap, vah, vā, śam, so, han ( See below)
  2. according to Vop. xii, 1 also before 1. mī

praṇiṃsita

  1. pra-ṇiṃsita mfn. (√niṃs) kissed W

praṇiṃsitavya

  1. pra-ṇiṃsitavya or mfn. to be kissed Pāṇ. 8-4, 33

praniṃsitavya

  1. pra-niṃsitavya mfn. to be kissed Pāṇ. 8-4, 33

praṇikṣ

  1. pra-ṇikṣ (√nikṣ
  2. only fut. -ṇikṣiṣyati), to devour Bhaṭṭ

praṇikṣaṇa

  1. pra-ṇikṣaṇa or n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

pranikṣaṇa

  1. pra-nikṣaṇa n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

praṇigad

  1. pra-ṇi-√gad (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -ṇigadati, to speak, say, declare Śiś. vi, 44

praṇij

  1. pra-ṇij (√nij
  2. aor. prâṇaikṣit), to wash away, cleanse AV. TS. ŚBr

praṇejana

  1. pra-ṇéjana mf(ī)n. washing or wiping away Lāṭy
  2. n. the act of washing or bathing AV
  3. water for washing ŚBr

praṇijñā

  1. pra-ṇi-√jñā P. -jānāti, to reflect, consider Bhaṭṭ

praṇidhā

  1. pra-ṇi-√dhā (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to place in front, cause to precede MBh
  2. to put down, deposit ib
  3. to place in, bring into (loc.) ib
  4. to set (a gem) in (loc.) Hit
  5. to put on, apply Suśr
  6. to touch MBh
  7. to turn or direct (the eyes or thoughts) upon (loc.) MBh. Hariv. &c. (with manas and inf. 'to resolve upon' Bhaṭṭ
  8. scil. manas, 'to give the whole attention to, reflect, consider' MBh
  9. ātma praṇidhīyatām, 'one must think' ib.)
  10. to send out or employ (a spy or emissary), to spy MBh. R
  11. to find out or ascertain anything (acc.) to be (acc.) MBh

praṇidhātavya

  1. pra-ṇidhātavya mfn. to be turned upon (loc.) Car

praṇidhāna

  1. pra-ṇidhāna n. laying on, fixing, applying (also pl.) Car. Suśr
  2. access, entrance L
  3. exertion, endeavour SaddhP
  4. respectful conduct, attention, paid to (loc.) MBh
  5. profound religious meditation, abstract contemplation of (comp.) Ragh. Kathās. Vedântas
  6. vehement desire Lalit
  7. vow ib
  8. prayer (threefold) Dharmas. 112

praṇidhāyin

  1. pra-ṇidhāyin mfn. employing, sending out (spies) Prasannar

praṇidhi

  1. pra-ṇidhi m. watching, observing, spying MBh
  2. sending out (spies or emissaries) R
  3. a spy, secret agent, emissary Mn. MBh. &c. (○dhī-√bhū, to become a spy Pañcat.)
  4. an attendant, follower L
  5. care, attention L
  6. asking, solicitation, request SaddhP
  7. prayer Divyâv
  8. N. of a son of Bṛihad-ratha MBh

praṇidheya

  1. pra-ṇidheya mfn. to be applied or injected (as a clyster) Suśr
  2. to be sent out (as a spy) MBh
  3. n. employing, sending out (of emissaries) MW

praṇihita

  1. pra-ṇihita mfn. laid on, imposed, applied Suśr
  2. put down, deposited Bālar. BhP
  3. outstretched, stretched forth Megh. Sāh
  4. directed towards, fixed upon (loc.) Hariv. Bhartṛ. BhP
  5. delivered, committed, entrusted to (dat.) Bālar
  6. contained in (comp.) BhP
  7. sent out (as a spy) MBh
  8. found out, discovered ib
  9. ascertained or stated Mn. vii, 54
  10. one who has his thoughts concentrated on one point, intent upon (loc.) R. Bhaṭṭ
  11. obtained, acquired W
  12. prudent, cautious, wary ib
  13. resolved, determined ib
  14. agreed to or admitted ib
  15. -dhī (Bhartṛ.), ○tâtman (Āpast.), mfn. having the mind fixed upon (loc. or comp.)
  16. ○têṣaṇa mfn. having the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (comp.) Hariv

praṇidhyai

  1. pra-ṇi-√dhyai (only pf. -dadhyau), to attend to (acc.) BhP

praṇinad

  1. pra-ṇi-√nad (only pr. p. -nadat Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), sounding deep or like thunder W

praṇināda

  1. pra-ṇināda m. a deep sound ib

praṇind

  1. pra-ṇind (√nind
  2. only ind. p. -ṇindya
  3. Pāṇ. 8-4, 33), to blame, censure, upbraid Bhaṭṭ

praṇindana

  1. pra-ṇindana or n. censuring, upbraiding Pāṇ. ib. Sch

praṇinindana

  1. pra-ṇiḍnindana n. censuring, upbraiding Pāṇ. ib. Sch

praṇipat

  1. pra-ṇi-√pat (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -patati (esp. ind. p. -patya), to throw one's self down before, bow respectfully to (acc., rarely dat. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause a person (acc.) to bow down or fall prostrate Mālav. [Page 660, Column]

praṇipatana

  1. pra-ṇipatana n. throwing one's self down before, falling at a person's feet Amar

praṇipatita

  1. pra-ṇipatita mfn. bowed down in reverence, saluting MBh. R

praṇipāta

  1. pra-ṇipāta m. (ifc. f. ā) falling at a person's feet, prostration, humble submission to (gen.), salutation, reverence, obeisance MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. -gata mfn. resorting to a respectful salutation MBh
  3. -puraḥsaram ind. preceded by prostration, with an obeisance MārkP
  4. -pratīkāra mfn. having submission for a remedy, counteracted by submission Ragh
  5. -rasa m. 'taking pleasure in submission', N. of a magical formula pronounced over weapons R

praṇipātin

  1. pra-ṇipātin mfn. falling at a person's feet, submissive, humble MBh

praṇihan

  1. pra-ṇi-√han (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -hanti, to slay, kill, destroy, extirpate. MBh. Kāv. (with acc. or gen
  2. Pāṇ. 2-3, 56 Sch.)
  3. to bend down lower (the hand) VPrāt
  4. to pronounce lower (than Anudātta) ib

praṇihata

  1. pra-ṇihata mfn. = dviṣṭa, prati-skhalita, or baddha L

praṇihita

  1. pra-ṇihita See pra-ṇī-√dhā

praṇī

  1. pra-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead forwards, conduct, advance, promote, further RV. &c. &c
  2. to bring or lead to, convey (esp. the sacrificial fire or water or Soma to its place at the altar) ib
  3. to offer, present Bhaṭṭ
  4. to produce, perform, execute, finish Up. MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. to do away with, remove, dispel MBh
  6. to manifest affection, love, desire MBh
  7. to show, represent (a drama) Bālar. Prasannar
  8. to inflict (as punishment) Mn. MBh. &c
  9. to apply (as a clyster) Car
  10. to establish, fix, institute, promulgate, teach MBh. Kāv. &c
  11. to write, compose Sarvad
  12. (Ā.) to draw in (the breath) ŚBr.: Desid. -ninīṣati (!), to wish to lead or conduct RV

praṇaya

  1. pra-ṇaya m. a leader Pāṇ. 3-1, 142 (jyotiṣām Nir. ii, 14)
  2. guidance, conduct MBh
  3. manifestation, display Mṛicch
  4. setting forth (an argument) Jātakam
  5. affection, confidence in (loc.), love, attachment, friendship, favour (ibc
  6. āt, ena and ○yôpêtam ind. confidentially, affectionately, openly, frankly) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. desire, longing for (loc
  8. anyathā, 'for something else') ib
  9. an entreaty, request, solicitation R. Vikr
  10. reverence, obeisance L
  11. final beatitude L
  12. -kalaha m. a quarrel of lovers, mere wanton quarrelsomeness Megh. Kād. Pañcat
  13. -kupita mfn. angry through love, feigning anger Megh
  14. -kopa m. the (feigned) anger of a coquette towards her lover MW
  15. -peśala mfn. soft through affection R
  16. -prakarṣa m. excess of affṭaffection, extraordinary attachment Kathās
  17. -bhaṅga m. breach of confidence, faithlessness Vikr. Pur
  18. -madhura mfn. sweet through affection Bhartṛ
  19. -maya mf(ī)n. full of confidence Jātakam
  20. -māna m. 'love-pride', the jealousy of love W
  21. -vacana n. a declaration of love or affection Megh
  22. -vat mfn. possessing candour, unceremonious, frank, open, confident Kālid
  23. attached or devoted to, loving (loc. or comp.) ib
  24. desirous of. longing for (loc.) Śiś
  25. (ifc.) familiar with, used to Bālar
  26. -virhāta = -vihata A
  27. -vimukha mf(ī)n. averse from love or friendship Megh
  28. -vihati f. refusal of a request, non-compliance W
  29. -spṛś mfn. exciting love, affectionate Mālatīm
  30. ○yâparādha m. an offence against (mutual) affection or confidence Amar
  31. ○yâpahārin mfn. taking with confidence or without shyness MW
  32. ○yâmṛta-pañcāśaka n. N. of wk
  33. ○yī-√kṛ, to attach closely Vcar
  34. ○yī-√bhū, to become attached or affectionate Suśr
  35. ○yônmukha mf(ī)n. expectant through love Mālav
  36. ○yâpêta mfn. possessing candour, frank, open MārkP

praṇayana

  1. pra-ṇayana n. bringing forwards, conducting, conveying, fetching ŚrS. MBh. &c
  2. means or vessel for bringing or fetching (cf. agni-)
  3. showing, betraying (ct. śraddhā-)
  4. (with daṇḍasya or daṇḍa.), applying(the rod), infliction of (punishment) Mn. Yājñ
  5. establishing, founding (of a school) BhP
  6. execution, performance, practice MBh. Kāv
  7. bringing forward, adducing L
  8. composing, writing L
  9. satisfying, satiating R

praṇayanīya

  1. pra-ṇayanīya mfn. used in bringing or fetching (as wood employed in carrying the sacred fire) ŚrS

praṇayin

  1. pra-ṇayin mfn. having affection for (gen.), attached to, beloved, dear, intimate, familiar MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 660, Column]
  2. feeling attracted towards, longing for, desirous of (instr. or comp.), affectionate, loving, kind ib
  3. (ifc.) clinging to, dwelling or being in
  4. turned towards, aiming at
  5. combined or provided with Kāv
  6. m. a friend, favourite Kum. v, 11
  7. a husband, lover
  8. (inī f.) a beloved female, wife Kālid. Bhartṛ. Kathās. &c
  9. a worshipper, devotee Kum. iii, 66
  10. a suppliant, suitor Vikr
  11. ○yi-kriyā f. the business or affair of a lover or friend Vikr. iv, 31
  12. ○yi-jana m. a friend or lover (also collect.) Kālid
  13. ○yi-tā f. attachment or devotion to, desire or longing for (gen., loc. or comp.) Kāv
  14. ○yi-bhava mfn. being attached to, being in (comp.) Bālar. i, 49
  15. ○yi-mādhava-campū f. N. of a poem

praṇāyaka

  1. pra-ṇāyaka m. a leader, chief or commander(of an army) MBh

praṇāyya

  1. pra-ṇāyya mfn. (only L.) dear, beloved, fit, worthy
  2. blameless, desireless
  3. disapproved, rejected

praṇinīṣeṇya

  1. pra-ṇinīṣeṇya mfn. (fr. Desid.) forming the entrance or beginning (as a day) TāṇḍBr

praṇī

  1. pra-ṇī́ m. a leader or guide TBr
  2. f. guidance, furtherance, devotion (?) RV. iii, 38, 2

praṇīta

  1. pra-ṇīta (prá-), mfn. led forwards, advanced, brought, offered, conveyed (esp. to the altar, as fire or water or Soma) RV. &c. &c
  2. brought into, reduced to (e.g. tamas, to blindness RV
  3. -vaśam, to submission BhP.)
  4. directed towards (loc.) Sāh
  5. hurled, cast, shot MBh
  6. led towards i.e. delivered, given (as a son
  7. others 'exposed') MBh. i, 4672
  8. performed, executed, finished, made, done, prepared Up. MBh. &c
  9. inflicted, sentenced, awarded Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  10. established, instituted, taught, said, written MBh. Kāv. &c
  11. (-tva n. Sarvad.) wished, desired (cf. manaḥ-)
  12. good (as food) Divyâv
  13. entered, approached L
  14. m. (scil. agni) fire consecrated by prayers or mystical formulas W
  15. (ā), f. a partic. vessel used at sacrifices, a sort of cup L
  16. N. of a river L
  17. pl. (scil. āpas) water fetched on the morning of a festival for sacrificial uses, holy water ŚBr. ŚrS. &c
  18. n. anything cooked or dressed (such as a condiment) A
  19. ○tavijñāpana n. begging for dainties L
  20. ○tā-kāle ind. = praṇītānām praṇayana-kāle ŚāṅkhŚr
  21. ○tā-caru m. the vessel for the holy water, ŚaṅkhGṛ
  22. ○tā-praṇáyana n. the vessel in which holy water is fetched ŚBr. GṛŚrS

praṇīti

  1. pra-ṇīti (prá-), f. conduct, leading, guidance RV. AV
  2. leading away AV
  3. favour MW

praṇīya

  1. pra-ṇīya mfn. to be led on Pāṇ. 3-1, 123

praṇetavya

  1. pra-ṇetavya mfn. to be led or guided MBh
  2. to be accomplished or executed or used or applied ib

praṇetṛ

  1. pra-ṇetṛ́ m. a leader, guide RV. &c. &c. (Ved. with gen. or acc
  2. Class. gen. or comp.)
  3. a maker, creator MBh. Hariv
  4. an author, promulgator of a doctrine MBh. Pur
  5. a performer or one who plays a musical instrument L
  6. one who applies (a clyster) Car
  7. -mat mfn. containing the notion of leading AitBr

praṇetra

  1. pra-ṇetra See vāyú-praṇetra

praṇenī

  1. pra-ṇenī́ mfn. (fr. Intens.) leading or guiding constantly or repeatedly RV

praṇeya

  1. pra-ṇeya mfn. to be guided or led, docile, obedient MBh. Hariv. Śaṃk
  2. to be (or being) used or applied Bālar. Car
  3. to be executed or accomplished MBh
  4. to be fixed or settled ib

praṇu

  1. pra-ṇu (√nu), P. Ā. -navati, ○te, to roar, bellow, sound, reverberate RV. AV
  2. P. -ṇau. ti, to make a humming or droning sound
  3. (esp.) to utter the syllable om Br. ChUp. ŚrS

praṇava

  1. pra-ṇáva (or prá-ṇ○), m. (ifc. f. ā) the mystical or sacred syllable om VS. TS. ŚBr. Mn. (ifc. also -ka) &c. (-tva n. RāmatUp.)
  2. a kind of small drum or tabor = (and prob. wṛ. for) paṇana L
  3. -kalpa m. -darpaṇa m. -pariśiṣṭa n. -vyākhyā f. ○vârcana-candṛkā f. ○vârtha-nirṇaya m. ○vârtha-prakāśikā-vyākhyāna n. ○vôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

praṇuta

  1. pra-ṇuta mfn. praised, celebrated, lauded BhP

praṇud

  1. pra-ṇud (√nud), P. -ṇudati, ○te, (inf. nódam RV.), to push on, propel, set in motion, drive or scare away RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -ṇodayati, to push or thrust away KaṭhUp
  2. to move, excite Pañcat
  3. to press a person to do anything (2 acc.) Var

praṇutta

  1. pra-ṇutta (prá-), mfn. pushed away, repelled, set in motion AV

praṇud

  1. pra-ṇud mfn. (ifc.) = next MBh. Suśr
  2. who or what enjoins or commands W

praṇuda

  1. pra-ṇuda mfn. (ifc.) driving or scaring or forcing away Hariv

praṇudita

  1. pra-ṇudita mfn. beaten, struck MBh. (Nīlak.)

praṇunna

  1. pra-ṇunna mfn. = ○ṇutta MBh. R. Śiś
  2. sent, dispatched MW
  3. shaken, trembling ib

praṇottavya

  1. pra-ṇottavya mfn. to be propelled AitBr

praṇoda

  1. pra-ṇoda m. driving, guiding (horses &c.) W
  2. directing, ordering ib

ṇodita

  1. ṇodita mfn. (fr. Caus.) set in motion, agitated, Pañcat. [Page 661, Column]
  2. driven, guided
  3. directed, ordered W

ṇodya

  1. ḍṇodya mfn. to be driven or turned away, to be moved MW

praṇyasta

  1. pra-ṇy-asta mfn. (√2. as) beat down or depressed in front TPrāt

pratakvan

  1. pra-tákvan mfn. (√tak) rushing on
  2. steep, Precipitous TS

prataṅkam

  1. pra-táṅkam ind. gliding, creeping AV

pratakṣ

  1. pra-√takṣ (only pf. Ā. -tatakehire), to build, make, produce RV

prataṭa

  1. pra-taṭa n. (?) a high bank Ml

prataḍ

  1. pra-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike down, knock down MBh. Pañcat

pratata

  1. pra-tata See pra-√tan

pratatāmaha

  1. pra-tatāmaha m. a great-grandfather AV

pratadvasu

  1. pratád-vasu mfn. (for prathad-v○, or pra-tata-v○) increasing wealth RV. viii, 13, 27 (= prâpta-vasu Nir
  2. = vistīrṇa-dhanu Sāy.)

pratan

  1. pra-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, -tanute, to spread (intr.) or extend over, cover, fill A. &c. &c
  2. to spread (trans.), disperse, diffuse, continue, propagate VS. &e. &c
  3. to show, display, reveal, ŚiŚ
  4. to undertake, begin, perform, execute, effect, cause, do, make (also with 2 acc.) MBh. Kāv. Rājat.: Pass. -tāyate, to spread or extend from, proceed from (abl.). ChUp
  5. -tanyate, to be continued or extended or particularized Sarvad

pratata

  1. pra-ḍtata (prá-), mfn. spread over, diffused, covered, filled RV. R. Suśr
  2. (am), ind. continuously, unintermittingly MW

pratati

  1. pra-ḍtati f. spreading, extension L
  2. (also ī), a creeping plant L

pratāna

  1. pra-ḍtāná m. a shoot, tendril AV. &c. &c
  2. a plant with tendrils Mn. Var
  3. (met.) branching out, ramification Kathās. Suśr
  4. N. of a section of a wk. whose name ends in kalpa-latā Cat
  5. diffuseness, prolixity Sarvad
  6. a kind of disease, tetanus, epilepsy L
  7. N. of a man (pl., his descendants), g. upakâdi
  8. (ā, or ī), f. N. of a plant (= go-jihvā) L
  9. ○na-vat mfn. having shoots or tendrils Suśr
  10. ramified ib

pratānita

  1. pra-ḍtānita mfn. treated diffusely or in a prolix manner Sarvad

pratānin

  1. pra-ḍtānin mfn. having shoots or tendrils L
  2. spreading, extending W
  3. (inī), f. a spreading creeper, climbing plant L

pratana

  1. pra-tana mf(ī)n. (fr. 1. pra) ancient, old Pāṇ. 5-4, 30 Vārtt. 7 Pat. (cf. pra-tna)

pratanu

  1. pra-tanu mfn. very thin or fine, delicate, minute, slender, small, insignificant Kāv. Suśr. (also -ka
  2. ind. -kam)
  3. ○nū-√kṛ, to render thin, emaciate, diminish, weaken MBh. Jātakam

pratap

  1. pra-√tap P. -tapati, to give forth heat, burn, glow, shine (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to feel pain, suffer R
  3. to warm, heat, shine upon ŚBr. &c. &c
  4. to roast, bake R. Suśr
  5. to kindle, light, illumine RV
  6. to pain with heat, torment, harass MBh. Kāv.: Pass. -tapyate, to suffer pain BhP.: Caus. -tāpayati (fut. -tāpitā MBh. viii, 1971), to make warm, heat GṛŚrS. MBh. and e
  7. to set on fire, irradiate, illuminate R
  8. to destroy or pain with heat, torment, harass MBh. R. &c

pratapa

  1. pra-ḍtapa m. the heat of the sun
  2. -tra n. a parasol BhP

pratapat

  1. pra-ḍtapat mf(antī)n. burning glowing, shining (lit. and fig.), feeling pain, doing penance MBh
  2. m. the sun MW. (cf. MBh. iv, 42)
  3. an ascetic R

pratapana

  1. pra-ḍtapana n. warming, heating KātyŚr. MBh. Suśr
  2. ○ne-√kṛ, (prob.) to put near the fire, make warm (ind. p. -kṛtya, or -kṛtvā), g. sâkṣād-ādi

pratapta

  1. pra-ḍtapta mfn. hot, glowing shining MBh
  2. subjected to great heat, annealed BhavP
  3. pained (esp. by heat), tortured, harassed MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. (prob.) n. annealed gold R

prataptṛ

  1. pra-ḍtaptṛ m. one who burns or singes Śaṃk

pratāpa

  1. pra-ḍtāpa m. glowing heat, heat, warmth Kāv. Var. Suśr
  2. splendour, brilliancy, glory, majesty, dignity, power, strength, energy Mn. MBh. &c
  3. Calotropis Gigantea (= arka) L
  4. N. of a man MBh. Rājat
  5. -candra m. N. of a king Kathās
  6. of a Jaina author Sarvad
  7. -deva (Cat), -dhavala (Inscr.), m. N. of princes
  8. -nāraśiṃha or -nṛsiṃha m. N. of wks
  9. -pāla m. N. of a man Rājat
  10. -pura n. N. of a town ib
  11. -mārtaṇḍa m. N. of sev. wks
  12. -mukuṭa m. N. of a prince Vet
  13. -rāja m. N. of a king Dharmaś
  14. rāma-pūjā f. N. of wk. [Page 661, Column]
  15. -rudra m. N. of a king of the Kākatīyas (or according to others of Vijayanagara or of Eka-śilā
  16. sev. wks. are attributed to him, though in reality composed by different authors) Cat
  17. ○dra-kalyāṇa n. N. of a drama
  18. ○dra-yaśo-bhūṣaṇa, or = ○drīya n. N. of wk. by Vidyā-nātha on rhetoric (in which king Pratāpa-rudra is eulogized)
  19. -vat mfn. full of splendour, majestic, glorious, powerful MBh. R. &c
  20. m. N. of Śiva Śivag
  21. of an attendant of Skanda MBh
  22. -velâvalī f. (in music) N. of a Rāga
  23. -śīla m. N. of a king (= śilâditya) Rājat
  24. -śekhara m. (in music) a kind of measure
  25. -siṃha and -siṃha-rāja m. N. of authors Cat
  26. ○pâditya m. N. of sev. princes (-tā f.) Rājat
  27. ○pâlaṃkāra m. N. of wk. (prob.= ○parudrīya)
  28. ○pêndra m. N. of the sun Hcar

tāpana

  1. tāpana mfn. making hot, paining, tormenting MBh. R. Suśr
  2. m. N. of Śiva Śivag
  3. a partic. hell BhP
  4. n. warming, heating, turning, paining, distressing MBh. Suśr

tāpasa

  1. ḍtāpasa m. Calotropis Gigantea Alba Bhpr

tāpin

  1. ḍtāpin mfn. burning, scorching, paining (ifc.)
  2. glowing, shining, splendid, majestic, powerful MBh. Hariv. Rājat

pratam

  1. pra-√tam P. -tāmyati, to become exhausted or breathless, faint away, lose self-consciousness, perish AitBr. MBh. Suśr

pratamaka

  1. pra-ḍtamaka m. a partic. form of asthma Suśr

pratām

  1. pra-ḍtām mfn. (nom. ○tān) Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 ; viii, 2, 64 Kāś. (also ind
  2. g. svar-ādi)

pratāmaka

  1. pra-ḍtāmaka m. = ○tamaka Car

pratamām

  1. pra-tamā́m ind. (fr. 1. prá) especially, particularly ŚBr. AitBr

prataram

  1. pra-tarám (RV. AV.),

pratarām

  1. pra-taḍrām (VS. ĀśvŚr.), ind. further, more particularly, in future

pratara

  1. pra-tara ○raṇa &c. See pra-√tṝ

pratark

  1. pra-√tark P. -tarkayati
  2. to form a clear view or notion of (acc.), to gather, conclude MBh. Suśr
  3. to regard as, take for (2. acc.) Bhaṭṭ

pratarka

  1. pra-ḍtarka m. conclusion, supposition, conjecture MBh. Śak

pratarkaṇa

  1. pra-ḍtarkaṇa n. judging, reasoning, discussion, logic L

pratarkya

  1. pra-ḍtarkya See a-pratarkya

pratardana

  1. pra-tardana See under pra-√tṛd

pratala

  1. pra-tala m. the open hand with the fingers extended L
  2. m. n. one of the divisions of the lower regions L. (cf. pātāla)

pratavas

  1. prá-tavas mfn. mighty, powerful, active (said of the Maruts) RV

pratāmra

  1. pra-tāmra mfn. excessively red, very red, Sak

pratāra

  1. pra-tāra ○raka &c. See under pra√tṝ

prati

  1. práti ind. (as a prefix to roots and their derivative nouns and other nouns, sometimes pratī
  2. for 2. See p, 664) towards, near to
  3. against, in opposition to
  4. back, again, in return
  5. down upon, upon, on
  6. before nouns it expresses also likeness or comparison (cf. prati-candra)
  7. or it forms Avyayibhāvas of different kinds (cf. prati-kṣaṇam, prati-graham, praty-agni &c
  8. rarely ifc. e.g. sūpaprati, a little broth Pāṇ. 2-1, 9)
  9. or as a prep. with usually preceding acc., in the sense of towards, against, to, upon, in the direction of (e.g. śabdam p○, in the dirṭdirection of the sound R
  10. agnim pr○, against the fire Mn
  11. also praty-agni ind. Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Sch
  12. ripum pr○, against the enemy Mn
  13. ātmānam pr○, to one's self Ratnâv.)
  14. opposite, before, in the presence of (e.g. rodasī pr○, befṭbefore heaven and earth RV.)
  15. in comparison, on a par with, in proportion to (e.g. indram pr○, in comparṭcomparison with little RV
  16. sahasrāṇi pr○, on a par with i.e. equivalent to thousands ib
  17. also with abl. or -tas
  18. Pāṇ. 1-4, 92 ; ii, 3, 11)
  19. in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (e.g. yūpam pr○, near the sacrificial post AitBr
  20. gaṅgām pr○, at or on the Ganges R
  21. etat pr○, at this point TS
  22. āyodhanam pr○, on the field of battle MBh.)
  23. at the time of, about, through, for (e.g. phālgunam pr○, about the month Phālguna Mn
  24. ciram pr○, for a long time MBh
  25. bhṛśam pr○, often, repeatedly Car.)
  26. or used distributively (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90) to express at every, in or on every, severally (e.g. yajñam pr○, at every sacrifice Yājñ
  27. yajñaṃ yajñam pr○ TS
  28. varṣam pr○, every year, anually Pañcat
  29. in this sense often comp
  30. above.)
  31. in favour of, for (Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
  32. e.g. pāṇḍavān pr○, in favour of the Pāṇ. MBh.) [Page 661, Column]
  33. on account of, with regard to, concerning (Pāṇ. ib., e.g. sīmām pr○, concṭconcerning a boundary Mn
  34. gautamam pr○, with regṭregard to Ganges R.)
  35. conformably or according to (e.g. mām pr○, according to me, i.e. in my opinion Mālav
  36. cf. mām praty araṇyavat pratibhāti, 'it seems to me like a forest' Hit
  37. na bubhukṣitam prati bhāti kiṃ cit, 'to a hungry man nothing is of any account' Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 2)
  38. as, for (after a verb meaning, to regard or consider'
  39. Vikr. iv, 69)
  40. or as prep. with abl. in return or as compensation for, instead or in the place of (Pāṇ. 1-4, 92 Sch.)
  41. with abl. or -tas See above
  42. with abl. or gen. (?) to express, 'about', 'at the time of' (only prṭprati vastoḥ', at daybreak' RV.)
  43. as prep. with gen. = with reference to Hariv. 10967. [Cf. Zd. paiti
  44. Gk. ?, ?, ?.] [661,]

prati

  1. prati in comp. with nouns not immediately connected with roots

pratikañcuka

  1. ○kañcuka m. (prob.) a critic, a critical work Āryabh

pratikaṇṭham

  1. ○kaṇṭham ind. 'throat by throat', singly, severally, one by one (so that each is reckoned), RPrat

pratikaṇṭhukayā

  1. ○kaṇṭhukayā (prob.) wṛ. for

pratikaṇṭhikayā

  1. ○kaṇḍṭhikayā ind. id. Divyâv

pratikapālam

  1. ○kapālam ind. in every cup KātyŚr. Sch

pratikarkaśa

  1. ○karkaśa mf(ā)n. equally hard, of the same hardness as (comp.) Mṛicch

pratikalam

  1. ○kalam ind. at every moment, constantly, perpetually Vcar

pratikalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. counter-part (cf. apr○ and also prati-√kḷp)

pratikalpam

  1. ○kalpam ind. in each cosmic period Nīlak

pratikaśa

  1. ○kaśa mfn. (prob.) not obeying the whip Pāṇ. 6-1, 152 Sch

pratikaṣṭa

  1. ○kaṣṭa mfn. comparatively (i.e. beyond expectation) bad Suśr

pratikāṇḍam

  1. ○kāṇḍam ind. for every section or chapter Baudh

pratikāma

  1. ○kāmá mfn. being according to wish or desire, desired, beloved AV
  2. (ám), ind. according to wish, at will RV. ŚrS

pratikāmin

  1. ○kāmin mfn. contrary to desire, disagreeable ŚāṅkhBr
  2. (inī), f. a female rival Śiś

pratikāmya

  1. ○kāmyá mfn. being according to wish or liking AV

pratikāya

  1. ○kāya m. 'counter-body', an adversary Kir
  2. a target, butt, mark ib
  3. an effigy, likeness, picture L
  4. a bow Gal

pratikitava

  1. ○kitava m. an adversary at play Daś

pratikīla

  1. ○kīla m. an opposite post or peg Pat

pratikuñjara

  1. ○kuñjara m. a hostile elephant MBh

pratikuṇḍam

  1. ○kuṇḍam ind. in every fire-pit Hcat

pratikūpa

  1. ○kūpa m. a moat, ditch L

pratikūla

  1. ○kūla mf(ā)n. 'against the bank' (opp. to anu-kūla, q.v.), contrary, adverse, opposite, inverted, wrong, refractory, inimical, disagreeable, unpleasant Mn. MBh. &c
  2. (kū́lam), ind. contrarily, against, in inverted order AV. &c. &c
  3. n. inverted order, opposition
  4. (ena, in invṭinverted order BhP
  5. ○leṣu sthitaḥ, offering opposition Mn. ix, 275)
  6. -kārin (Mālav.), -kṛt (R.), mfn. acting adversely, inimical
  7. -tas ind. in contradiction to (-to-√vṛt, to be in cṭcontradiction to) MBh
  8. -tā f. (Kāv. &c.), -tva n. (MW.) adverseness, opposition, hostility
  9. perverseness, contumacy
  10. -darśana mfn. looking cross or awry, having an ungracious aspect MW
  11. -daiva mfn. opposed by fate (-tā f. hostility of fate) Pañcat
  12. -pravartin mfn. (a ship) taking an adverse course or(tongue) causing unpleasantness ŚārṅgP. (v. l.)
  13. -bhāṣin mfn. speaking against, contradicting R
  14. -vacana n. refractory speech, contradiction Pañcat
  15. -vat mfn. refractory, contumacious MBh
  16. -vartin mfn. being adverse to, disturbing, troubling Kum
  17. -vāda m. = -vacana MBh
  18. -vādin mfn. = -bhāṣin ib
  19. -visarpin mfn. (a ship) moving against the wind or stream, (a tongue) moving unpleasantly ŚārṅgP. (cf. -pravartin)
  20. -vṛtti mfn. resisting, opposing (with gen.) BhP
  21. -vedanīya mfn. causing an unpleasant effect Tarkas
  22. -śabda mfn. sounding unpleasantly Kum
  23. ○lâcarita n. an offensive action, injurious conduct Ragh
  24. ○lôkta n. pl. contradiction Kathās

pratikūlaya

  1. ○kūlaya Nom. P. ○yati, to resist, oppose R. Kād

pratikūlika

  1. ○kūlika mfn. hostile, inimical Mcar. (prob. wṛ. for prāt○)

pratikṛttikā

  1. ○kṛttikā f. g. aśvâdi

pratikoṇam

  1. ○koṇam ind. for or in every quarter of the sky Hcat

pratikriyam

  1. ○kriyam ind. for each action Kap. ( See also under prati-√kṛ)

pratikrūra

  1. ○krūra mfn. cruel in return, returning harshness MBh. (a-pratikr○)

pratikṣaṇam

  1. ○kṣaṇam ind. at every moment, continually Kālid. Rājat. &c

pratikṣatra

  1. ○kṣatra m. N. of a descendant of Atri (author of RV. v, 46) Anukr
  2. of a son of An-enas Hariv
  3. of a son of Kshatra-vṛiddha VP
  4. of a son of Śamin Hariv

pratikṣapam

  1. ○kṣapam ind. everynight Śiś

pratikṣaya

  1. ○kṣaya m. a guard L

pratikṣetra

  1. ○kṣetra n. place, stead
  2. (e), ind. instead of (gen.) Gṛihyās

pratikṣepa

  1. ○kṣepa

pratikṣepaṇa

  1. ○kṣeḍpaṇa See pra-√kṣip

pratikṣoṇibhṛt

  1. ○kṣoṇi-bhṛt m. opposition king Vcar

pratikhura

  1. ○khura m. a partic. wrong position of a child at birth Suśr

pratikheṭaka

  1. ○kheṭaka g. aśvâdi

pratigaja

  1. ○gaja m.= -kuñjara MBh. Hariv. [Page 662, Column]

pratigātram

  1. ○gātram ind. in every limb (only ibc.) Dhūrtas

pratigiri

  1. ○giri m. an opposite mountain BhP

pratigu

  1. ○gu ind. against a cow Mn. iv, 52

pratigṛham

  1. ○gṛham (KātyŚr.),

pratigeham

  1. ○geham (Rājat.), ind. in every house

pratigrāmam

  1. ○grāmam ind. in every village Rājat
  2. ○ma-samīpam ind. near every village Dharmaś

praticakra

  1. ○cakra n. a discus which is a match for any other MBh
  2. a hostile army Nīlak

praticandra

  1. ○candra m. a mock moon, paraselene R

praticaraṇam

  1. ○caraṇam ind. in every school or branch L

praticiti

  1. ○citi ind. in every layer or pile KātyŚr

praticodanam

  1. ○codanam ind. on every order or injunction ĀśvŚr

praticchanada

  1. ○cchanada m. a reflected image
  2. any image, likeness, substitute Hariv. Rājat
  3. -kalyāṇa mfn. obliging, complaisant L

praticchandaka

  1. ○cchandaka m.= -cchanda Kull
  2. mfn. versed in, familiar with Nalac

praticchāyā

  1. ○cchāyā f. reflection, likeness, image, shadow, phantom Hariv. Śaṃk
  2. the distorted image of a sick man (indicative of approaching death) Car
  3. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of the distṭdistorted imṭimage of a sick man ib

praticchāyikā

  1. ○cchāyikā f. an image, phantom Naish

pratijaṅghā

  1. ○jaṅghā f. the shin-bone L

pratijana

  1. ○janá m. an adversary AV
  2. ○nya (pratī-), mfn. adverse, hostile RV

pratijanam

  1. ○janam ind. in every one Śiś

pratijanman

  1. ○janman See prati-√jan

pratijihvā

  1. ○jihvā and f. the uvula L

pratijihvikā

  1. ○jihvikā f. the uvula L

pratijūtivarpas

  1. ○jūti-varpas (práti-), mfn. assuming any form according to impulse RV. iii, 60, 1

pratitadvid

  1. ○tad-vid f. recognition of the contrary KaushUp

pratitantram

  1. ○tantram ind. according to each Tantra or opinion W
  2. ○tra-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
  3. ○tra-siddhânta m. a doctrine adopted in various systems (but not in all) Nyāyas. Car

pratitarām

  1. ○tarā́m ind. (with √bhū) to retire or shrink more and more ŚBr

pratitaru

  1. ○taru ind. at each tree Gīt

pratitāla

  1. ○tāla m. (in music) a kind of measure
  2. (ī), f. the key of a door L

pratitālaka

  1. ○tālaka m. = prec. (m. and f.) L

pratitūṇī

  1. ○tūṇī f. a modification of the nervous disease called Tūṇī Suśr. (cf. pra-tūṇī)

pratitryaham

  1. ○tryaham ind. for three days at a time Gaut

pratidaṇḍa

  1. ○daṇḍa mfn. refractory under the rod, disobedient, obstinate TāṇḍBr

pratidantin

  1. ○dantin m. = -kuñjara Kir
  2. ○ty-anīkam ind. against the army of elephants ib

pratidinam

  1. ○dinam and ind. day by day, daily, every day Kāv. Var. Pañcat

pratidivasam

  1. ○divasam ind. day by day, daily, every day Kāv. Var. Pañcat

pratidiśam

  1. ○diśam ind. in every direction or quarter, all around GṛŚrS. Megh. &c

pratidūta

  1. ○dūta m. a messenger sent in return Rājat. Kathās

pratidṛś

  1. ○dṛś mfn. similar, like TS

pratidṛśam

  1. ○dṛśam ind. in or for every eye BhP

pratidṛṣṭānta

  1. ○dṛṣṭânta m. a counter example Nyāyas
  2. -sama m. an irrelevant objection by adducing a cṭcounter example which ignores the opponent's example ib

pratidevatā

  1. ○devatā f. a corresponding deity MuṇḍUp
  2. ○tam ind. = -daivatam KātyŚr

pratideśam

  1. ○deśam ind. = -diśam Var. Rājat

pratideham

  1. ○deham ind. in each bady Śaṃk

pratidaivatam

  1. ○daivatam ind. for each deity ib

pratidoṣam

  1. ○doṣám ind. in the evening, in the dark RV

pratidvaṃdva

  1. ○dvaṃdva m. an adversary, rival, foe (in a-pratidv○) MBh. R. &c
  2. n. opposition, hostility W
  3. ○dvaya Nom. P. ○yati, to rival Divyâv
  4. ○dvin m. = ○dva m. (ifc. vying with) MBh. Kāv
  5. ○dvii-bhūta mfn. being an advṭadversary' Śaṃk

pratidvādaśan

  1. ○dvādaśan mfn. pl. twelve in each case Gaut

pratidvāram

  1. ○dvāram (Kathās.),

pratidvāri

  1. ○dvāri (BhP.), ind. at every gate or door

pratidvipa

  1. ○dvipa m. = -kuñjara Kir

pratidvirada

  1. ○dvirada m. id. MBh. Hariv

pratidvīpam

  1. ○dvīpam ind. in every part of the world Hcar

pratidhī

  1. ○dhī mfn. (ifc.) as intelligent as, Pracaṇḍ

pratidhura

  1. ○dhura m. a horse harnessed by the side of another VS. Sch. (cf. apratidh○)

pratinagaram

  1. ○nagaram ind, in every town Hcar

pratinadi

  1. ○nadi ind. at every river Bālar

pratinaptṛ

  1. ○naptṛ m. a great grandson, a son's grandson L. (cf. praṇapāt)

pratinamaskāra

  1. ○namaskāra mfn. one who returns a salutation ŚāṅkhŚr

pratinayana

  1. ○nayana (ibc.), into the eye Mālatīm

pratinava

  1. ○nava mfn. new, young, fresh
  2. -javāpuṣpa n. a newly opened China rose Megh

pratināga

  1. ○nāga m. = -kuñjara MBh

pratināḍī

  1. ○nāḍī f. a branch vein L

pratināman

  1. ○nāman (práti-), mf(minī)n. having corresponding names, related by name ŚBr
  2. ○ma ind. by name, mentioning the name Veṇis
  3. ○ma-grahaṇam ind. mentioning each individual name Kād

pratināyaka

  1. ○nāyaka m. 'counter hero', the adversary of the hero (in a play) Sāh
  2. an image, likeness, counterfeit, Śrikaṇṭh

pratinārī

  1. ○nārī f. a female rival Śiś

pratiniśam

  1. ○niśam ind. every night Kathās

pratiniścaya

  1. ○niścaya m. a contrary opinion MBh

pratiniṣka

  1. ○niṣka m. or n. (?) a Nishka (s.v.) in each case Hcat

pratiniṣṭha

  1. ○niṣṭha mfn. standing on the opposite side Car

pratinṛpati

  1. ○nṛpati m. = -kṣoṇibhṛt Dhanaṃj

pratinyāyam

  1. ○nyāyám ind. in inverted order ŚBr

pratinyāsa

  1. ○nyāsa a counter deposit Nār

pratinyūṅkha

  1. ○nyūṅkha m. a corresponding insertion of the vowel o ŚāṅkhŚr
  2. ○khaya Nom. ○yati, to insert the vowel o in the corresponding stanza or verse ib. [Page 662, Column]

pratipakṣa

  1. ○pakṣa m. the opposite side, hostile party, opposition MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. an obstacle Divyâv
  3. an adversary, opponent, foe ib. (ifc. = a rival in, match for, equal, similar Kāvyâd.)
  4. a respondent, defendant (in law) W
  5. m. N. of a king VāyuP
  6. -graha m. the taking of the opposite side (○haṃ cakruḥ, they took the oppṭopposite side) MBh
  7. -caṇḍa-bhairava m. N. of the chief of a partic. sect Cat
  8. janman mfn. caused by the enemy. Śiś
  9. -tā f. (BhP.), -tva n. (Śaṃk.) opposition, hostility
  10. ○kṣita mfn. containing a contradiction, contradictory Bhāshāp
  11. nullified by a contradictory premiss (one of the 5 kinds of fallacious middle terms) MW

pratipakṣin

  1. ○pakṣin m. an opponent, adversary Śaṃk
  2. ○kṣi-tā f. self-contradiction, the being self-contradictory MW

pratipacanam

  1. ○pacanam ind. at each cooking Gobh. Sch.- 1

pratipaṇa

  1. ○paṇa m. (for 2. See p. 667) the stake of an adversary at play Kathās

pratipaṇya

  1. ○paṇya n. merchandise in exchange Divyâv

pratipattraphalā

  1. ○pattraphalā f. a kind of gourd L

pratipatni

  1. ○patni f. (m. c. for ○tnī) a female rival (-vat BhP.)
  2. ind. for each wife ĀpŚr. Sch

pratipatha

  1. ○patha m. way back Harav
  2. (am), ind. along the road Kathās. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 42)
  3. backwards Rājat
  4. ○tha-gati mfn. going a long the road Kum. iii, 76
  5. ○thika mfn. id. Pāṇ. 4-4, 42. 1

pratipad

  1. ○pad ind. (cf. prati-√pad, p. 667) = -padam
  2. -darśinī f. 'looking at every step', a woman L

pratipada

  1. ○pada n. N. of an Upâṅga
  2. (am), ind. (also ○da ibc.) at every step, on every occasion, at every place, everywhere Kāv
  3. at every word, word by word Sarvad
  4. literally, expressly (Pāṇ. 2-2, 10 Vārtt.1 ; vi, 2, 26 Sch.)
  5. each, singly R. (= pratyekam Sch.)
  6. ○da-tva n. walking step by step Kāṭh

pratipadmam

  1. ○padmam ind. at every lotus flower Hcat

pratiparṇaśiphā

  1. ○parṇa-śiphā f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

pratiparyāyam

  1. ○paryāyam ind. at every turn GṛŚrS

pratiparva

  1. ○parva ind. at every change of the moon Vcar

pratipalam

  1. ○palam ind. every moment Bhām

pratipallava

  1. ○pallava m. an opposite or outstretched branch Ragh

pratipaśu

  1. ○paśu ind. at every sacrificial victim TBr. Sch. 1

pratipāṇa

  1. ○pāṇa m. (for 2. See s.v.) a counter-pledge, anything staked against another thing MBh
  2. a counter-stake, counter-game, revenge at play Nal. (cf. -paṇa, above)

pratipātram

  1. ○pātram ind. (in dram.) in each part, in each character, by every actor Śak

pratipādapam

  1. ○pādapam ind. in every tree Vikr

pratipādam

  1. ○pādam ind. in each Pāda, in eṭeach quarter of a verse Piṅg

pratipāpa

  1. ○pāpa mfn. wicked or evil in return, recompensing evil for evil MBh

pratipāpin

  1. ○pāpin mfn. id. Nīlak

pratipiṇḍam

  1. ○piṇḍam ind. in each Piṇḍa (s.v.) MānŚr

pratipuṃniyata

  1. ○puṃ-niyata mfn. settled for every soul singly Sarvad

pratipur

  1. ○púr f. a hostile castle MaitrS

pratipura

  1. ○pura g. aṃśv-ādi Kāś

pratipuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa or m. 'a counter-person', a similar man

pratipūr

  1. ○pūr○ m. 'a counter-person', a similar man
  2. a companion, assistant
  3. a deputy, substitute KātyŚr. Sch
  4. (a-pratip○, unmatched BhP.)
  5. the effigy of a man (which thieves push into the interior of a house before entering it themselves) Mṛicch
  6. (ibc. and ám ind.) man by man, every man, for each mṭman Br. GṛŚrS. Hcar. Āp
  7. for each soul Sāṃkhyak

pratipuṣyam

  1. ○puṣyam ind. at each time of the moon's entrance into the constellation Pushya Var

pratipustaka

  1. ○pustaka n. a copy of an original manuscript, a copy in general Sāy. on ŚBr

pratipūruṣa

  1. ○pūruṣa See -puruṣa above

pratipūrvāhṇam

  1. ○pūrvâhṇam ind. every forenoon Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Sch

pratipṛṣṭhā

  1. ○pṛṣṭhā f. each page of a leaf. Cat

pratipraṇavaṃ

  1. ○praṇavaṃ ind. at every repetition of the syllable om KātyŚr
  2. ○va-saṃyukta mfn. accompanied each time with the sṭsyllable om Yājñ

pratipraṇāma

  1. ○praṇāma m. a bow or obeisance in return, saluting in turn Rājat. Kād

pratiprati

  1. ○pratí mf(tínī)n. being a counter-part, counter-balancing
  2. being a match for, equal to (acc.) Br. Nir

pratipratīka

  1. ○pratīka (ibc.) and ind. at each initial word ĀśvŚr

pratipratīkam

  1. ○pratīḍkam ind. at each initial word ĀśvŚr
  2. on or at every part of the body Naish

pratiprabhātam

  1. ○prabhātam ind. every morning Kathās. Inscr

pratiprayāṇakam

  1. ○prayāṇakam ind. with each day's journey Kād

pratiprayoga

  1. ○prayoga m. counter-application or parallel setting forth of a proposition, Savad

pratipraśna

  1. ○praśna m. a question asked in return ĀpŚr
  2. an answer Var
  3. (ám), ind with regard to the controversy ŚBr. (Sāy.)

pratiprasava

  1. ○prasava See under prati-pra- √1. sū

pratiprasavam

  1. ○prasavam ind. in each birth Sarvad

pratiprākāra

  1. ○prākāra m. an outer rampart L

pratiprāni

  1. ○prâni ind. in or for every living creature Bādar. Sch

pratiprāś

  1. ○prāś (práti-), m. an opponent in controversy, adversary in a lawsuit ( See prati-√prach) AV

pratiprāśita

  1. ○prāśita mfn. opposed in debate Kauś

pratipriya

  1. ○priya mfn. agreeable to (gen.) ĀpŚr
  2. n. kindness or service in return MBh. Ragh

pratiprekṣaṇa

  1. ○prêkṣaṇa n. looking at in return Āp. [Page 662, Column]

pratipraīṣa

  1. ○praī7ṣa m. a cry or call in return, direction given in return KātyŚr

pratiphalīkaraṇam

  1. ○phalī-karaṇam ind. at each cleaning of the corn KātyŚr. Comm

pratiphullaka

  1. ○phullaka See p. 668

pratibandhu

  1. ○bandhu m. an equal in rank or station MBh. 1

pratibala

  1. ○bala n. a hostile army Vcar. Daś. 2

pratibala

  1. ○bala mfn. having equal strength or power, equally matched, a match for (with gen. or ifc., e.g. astra-p○, equal in arms), being able to (dat. or inf.) MBh. R. (cf. a-p○)

pratibāṇi

  1. ○bāṇi See -vāṇi below

pratibāhu

  1. ○bāhu m. fore-arm Var
  2. an opposite side (in a square or polygon) Col
  3. N. of sev. men BhP

pratibimba

  1. ○bimba n. (rarely m.) the disc of the sun or moon reflected (in water)
  2. a reflection, reflected image, mirrored form MBh. Pañcat. Kāv. &c. (also ○baka)
  3. a resemblance or counterpart of real forms, a picture, image, shadow W
  4. (among the synonyms of 'equal' Kāvyâd.)
  5. N. of the chapters of the Kāvya-ptakāśâdarśa Cat
  6. -vartin mfn. being reflected or mirrored MW
  7. -bimbâta (?), m. a mirror W

pratibimba

  1. ○bimba Nom. P. ○bati, to be reflected or mirrored Kap. Sch
  2. ○bita mfn. reflected, mirrored (-tva n.) ib. &c
  3. ○bī-√kṛ, to reflect, represent, equal Daś

pratibimbana

  1. ○bimbana n. the being reflected, Sāṃkhyaprav. Sch. Nīlak
  2. reflection
  3. comparing together, comparison Sāh

pratibimbaya

  1. ○bimbaya Nom. P. ○yati, to reflect, mirror L. (cf. ○bita above)

pratibīja

  1. ○bīja n. bad seed L

pratibījam

  1. ○bījam ind. for every sort of grain ĀpŚr

pratibhaṭa

  1. ○bhaṭa mfn. a match for, vying with (gen. or comp.), rivalling Vcar. Caṇḍ. Rājat
  2. (○ṭī-kṛ, to equalize to Naish
  3. m. an adversary Rājat.)
  4. -tā f. emulousness, emulation Rājat

pratibhaya

  1. ○bhaya mf(ā)n. exciting fear, formidable, terrible, dangerous ĀśvGṛ. Gobh. MBh. &c
  2. n. fear (with abl. or ifc.) MBh. Rājat
  3. danger ĀśvGṛ. Rājat
  4. (am), ind. formidably, frightfully Ragh
  5. -kara and ○yaM-k○ mfn. causing fear R. Kathās
  6. -bhayâkāra mfn. having a formidable aspect MW

pratibhavam

  1. ○bhavam ind. for this and all future births L. 1

pratibhāga

  1. ○bhāga (ibc.), for every degree Siddhântaś. (for 2. See under prati-√bhaj)

pratibhī

  1. ○bhī f. fear Bhojapr

pratibhuja

  1. ○bhuja m. = -bāhu Col

pratibhūpāla

  1. ○bhūpāla m. = next Vcar
  2. (pl.) each single prince, all the princes together. Naish

pratibhūbhṛt

  1. ○bhūbhṛt m. a hostile prince Vcar

pratibhairava

  1. ○bhairava mf(ā)n. dreadful Var

pratimaṅgalavāra

  1. ○maṅgala-vāra m. pl. (prob.) every Tuesday Cat

pratimañca

  1. ○mañca and m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

pratimañcaka

  1. ○mañḍcaka m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

pratimaṇṭhaka

  1. ○maṇṭhaka (prob.) m. id. Cat. (cf. maṇṭhaka)

pratimaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala n. a secondary disk (of the sun &c.) Hariv
  2. an eccentric orbit Col

pratimatsya

  1. ○matsya m. pl. N. of a people MBh. VP. (vḷ. -māsya)

pratimantram

  1. ○mantram ind. with or at every formula or verse KātyŚr. Gaut

pratimandiram

  1. ○mandiram ind. in every house Rājat

pratimanvantara

  1. ○manv-antara n. every Manv-antara
  2. am (Mcar.), e (Hcat.), ind. in each MṭManv-antara

pratimalla

  1. ○malla m. an opponent in wrestling or boxing, an antagonist or rival Hariv. Kathās. Vcar
  2. -tā f. rivalry Harav

pratimahānasa

  1. ○mahânasa n. every kitchen Gobh. Comm

pratimahāvyāhṛti

  1. ○mahā-vyāhṛti ind. at each Mahā-vyāhṛiti KātyŚr

pratimahiṣa

  1. ○mahiṣa m. a hostile buffalo Kāv

pratimāṃsa

  1. ○māṃsa n. new or restored flesh Kathās

pratimātṛ

  1. ○mātṛ ind. mother by mother, every mother Gaut

pratimātrā

  1. ○mātrā f. pl. every measure (of time) NṛisUp

pratimāyā

  1. ○māyā f. counter-spell, cṭcounter-charm MBh. Kathās

pratimārga

  1. ○mārga m. the way back MBh
  2. (e), ind. on the way Divyâv

pratimārgaka

  1. ○mārgaka m. the city of Hari-ścandra (said to hover in the air) L

pratimālā

  1. ○mālā f. an exercise analogous to capping verses, reciting verse for verses as a trial of memory or skill (one of the 64 Kalās Cat.) W

pratimāsa

  1. ○māsa (ibc.) and ind. every month, monthly L

pratimāsam

  1. ○māḍsam ind. every month, monthly L

pratimāsya

  1. ○māsya m. pl. N. of a people (vḷ. for -matsya, q.v.)

pratimitra

  1. ○mitra wṛ. for praty-amitra, q.v. MBh

pratimukula

  1. ○mukula (ibc.), in or upon every bud Prab

pratimukha

  1. ○mukha n. the reflected image of the face Harav
  2. (in dram.) a secondary plot or incident which hastens or retards the catastrophe, the Epitasis (also ○khasaṃdhi) Daśar. Pratāp. Sāh. Sch
  3. an answer Sāh
  4. mf(ā or ī)n. standing before the face, facing R. BhP. Vajracch
  5. being near, present R
  6. (ibc. or am ind.) towards, in front, before GṛS. Mn. MBh
  7. (i), wṛ.for -mukharī, q.v. Saṃgīt
  8. ○khâṅga n. (in dram.) progressive narration of events W

pratimukharī

  1. ○mukharī f. a partic. mode of drumming Saṃgīt

pratimudrā

  1. ○mudrā f. a counter-seal Mn. Kull
  2. the impression of a seal Lalit

pratimuhus

  1. ○muhus ind. again and again, repeatedly Prab. Caurap. Śātiś

pratimuhūrta

  1. ○muhūrta (ibc.) and ind. every moment, constantly Caurap

pratimuhūrtam

  1. ○muhūrḍtam ind. every moment, constantly Caurap

pratimūrti

  1. ○mūrti f. a corresponding form, image L

pratimūṣikā

  1. ○mūṣikā f. a species of rat W

pratiyāmini

  1. ○yāmini ind. every night Kathās. [Page 663, Column]

pratiyuvati

  1. ○yuvati f. a concubine, female rival Vcar

pratiyuvam

  1. ○yuvam ind. towards the young man Śiś. viii, 35

pratiyūthapa

  1. ○yūthapa m. the leader of. a hostile herd (of elephants) MBh

pratiyūpam

  1. ○yūpam ind. post by post ĀpŚr

pratiyogam

  1. ○yogam ind. rule by rule Pat

pratiyoni

  1. ○yoní ind. according to source or origin ŚBr

pratirajani

  1. ○rajani ind. every night Naish

pratiratha

  1. ○ratha m. an opposite fighter in a war-chariot, an adversary in war, equal adversary Kathās. (cf. a-p○)
  2. N. of a descendant of Atri (author of the hymn RV. v, 47) RAnukr
  3. of a son of Mati-nāra and father of Kaṇva Hariv
  4. of a son of Vajra and father of Sucāru ib

pratirathyam

  1. ○rathyam ind. in every road Kāv

pratirāja

  1. ○rāja (Kull.) or (R.), m. a hostile king, royal adversary

pratirājan

  1. ○rāḍjan (R.), m. a hostile king, royal adversary

pratirājam

  1. ○rājam ind. king by king, for every king Pat

pratirātram

  1. ○rātram (Hit.) or (Vcar.), ind. each night, nightly

pratirātri

  1. ○rāḍtri (Vcar.), ind. each night, nightly

pratiripu

  1. ○ripu ind. against the enemy or the enemies Śiś

pratirūpa

  1. ○rūpa n. the counterpart of any real form, an image, likeness, representation MBh. Var. BhP. (also ā f. KaushUP.)
  2. a pattern, model for imitation (cf. -dhṛk below)
  3. anything falsified, a counterfeit of (gen.) Vishṇ
  4. mf(ā)n. like, similar, corresponding, suitable, proper, fit RV. &c. &c. (○pam akurvan, not requiting. MārkP.)
  5. agreeable, beautiful MBh
  6. m. N. of a Dānava ib
  7. (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Meru BhP
  8. -carya mfn. exemplary in conduct, worthy of imitation MW
  9. -caryā́ f. suitable or exemplary conduct ŚBr
  10. -tā f. resemblance Harav
  11. -dhṛk mfn. offering (i.e. being) a model or pattern BhP

pratirūpaka

  1. ○rūpaka n. an image, a picture L
  2. forgery Nār
  3. (prob.) a forged edict MBh
  4. mf(ikā)n. similar, corresponding, having the appearance of anything (generally ifc.) MBh. Mn. Śak. &c
  5. m. a quack, charlatan Car

pratirūpya

  1. ○rūpya in a-p○ wṛ. for a-prātirūpya, See prātir○

pratiraudrakarman

  1. ○raudra-karman mfn. acting cruelly against others R

pratilakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa n. 'a counter-mark', mark, sign MBh. R

pratiliṅgam

  1. ○liṅgam ind. at every Liṅga Rājat

pratilipi

  1. ○lipi f. a copy, transcript, written reply L

pratiloka

  1. ○loka m. every world Hcat

pratiloma

  1. ○lomá mf(ā)n. against the hair or grain (opp. to anu-l○), contrary to the natural course or order, reverse, inverted
  2. adverse, hostile, disagreeable, unpleasant
  3. low, vile ŚBr. RPrāt. ŚrS. &c
  4. left, not right W
  5. contrary to caste (where the mother is of a higher caste than the father) ib
  6. (ibc. and ám ind.) against the hair, against the grain, in reversed or inverted order TS. Br. ĀśvŚr. &c
  7. m. N. of a man
  8. pl. his descendants, g. upakâdi
  9. (ā), f. a partic. incantation (to be recited from the end to the beginning) Kathās
  10. n. any disagreeable or injurious act
  11. (ena), ind. in an unfriendly manner, unpleasantly Cāṇ
  12. -ja mfn. born in the inverse order of the classes (as of a Kshatriya father and Brāhmaṇī mother, or of a Vaiśya fṭfather and Kshatriyā man or Brāhmaṇī man, in which cases the wife is of a higher caste than the husband
  13. Mn. x, 16) W
  14. -tas ind. in consequence of the inverted order or course Mn. x, 68
  15. invertedly, in inverted order or series Yājñ. MBh. Pañcat
  16. -rūpa mfn. inverted KaushUp
  17. ○mânuloma mfn. speaking against or for anything
  18. (ibc. and am ind.) in inverted order or course and in the natural order or course Mn. Yājñ
  19. ○ma-tas ind. in an unfriendly and friendly manner R

pratilomaka

  1. ○lomaka mfn. against the hair or grain', reverse, inverted BhP
  2. n. inverted order, perversion Pañcat

prativaktram

  1. ○vaktram ind. on every face Hcat

prativat

  1. ○vat mfn. containing the word prati AitBr

prativatsara

  1. ○vatsara m. a year MBh
  2. (am), ind. every year, yearly Rājat. Kathās

prativanam

  1. ○vanam ind. in every wood or forest Bhartṛ

prativanitā

  1. ○vanitā f. a female rival Śiś

prativargam

  1. ○vargam ind. group by group KātyŚr

prativarṇa

  1. ○varṇa m. every caste Hcat
  2. (am), ind. containing by containing Gaut

prativarṇika

  1. ○varṇika mfn. having a corresponding colour, similar L

prativartman

  1. ○vartmán mfn. taking an opposite road or course AV

prativarman

  1. ○varman See su-prati-v○

prativarṣa

  1. ○varṣa (ibc.) or (ind.), every year, yearly MārkP. Pañcat

prativarṣam

  1. ○varḍṣam (ind.), every year, yearly MārkP. Pañcat

prativallabhā

  1. ○vallabhā f. = -yuvati Vcar

prativaṣaṭkāram

  1. ○vaṣaṭkāram ind. at each exclamation Vashaṭ ĀśvŚr

prativasati

  1. ○vasati ind. in every habitation or house Kathās

prativastu

  1. ○vastu n. a counterpart, equivalent
  2. anything given in return, anything contrasted with another Kathās. Pratāp
  3. vastū7pamā f. (rhet.) a simile or parallel (in which a pṭparallel is, drawn between two different objects by stating some common characteristic belonging to both) Kāvyâd. Sāh. Kuval. &c

prativahnipradakṣiṇam

  1. ○vahni-pradakṣiṇam ind. at each perambulation from left to right of the sacred fire Kathās

prativākyam

  1. ○vākyam ind. in every sentence L. 1. [Page 663, Column]

prativāṇi

  1. ○vāṇi m. fn. unseemly, unsuitable L. 2

prativāṇi

  1. ○vāṇi f. n. an answer L
  2. opposition L. (wṛ. ○vāni)
  3. f. = paribhāṣā, prajñapti &c. Gal

prativāta

  1. ○vāta m. a contrary wind, Mn Suśr
  2. (am), ind. against the wind KātyŚr. Śak. Pañcat
  3. (e), ind. on the lee side MW. -1

prativāraṇa

  1. ○vāraṇa m. (for 2. See under prati-√vṛ) a hostile elephant. Hariv
  2. a sham or mock elephant
  3. (with daitya), a Daitya in the form of an elephant BhP

prativārttā

  1. ○vārttā f. account, information Śak

prativāsaram

  1. ○vāsaram ind. every day, daily Rājat. Kathās. Hcat
  2. (e), ind. -tad-dinam L

prativāsarika

  1. ○vāsarika mfn. daily Hcat

prativāsudeva

  1. ○vāsudeva m. 'opponent of a Vāsudeva', (with Jainas) N. of nine beings at enmity with VṭVāsudeva (= viṣṇu-dviṣ) Col

prativiṭapam

  1. ○viṭapam ind. to every branch, Śāntiś

pratividyam

  1. ○vidyam ind. in every doctrine Gaut

prativindhya

  1. ○vindhya m. N. of a king who ruled over a particular part of the Vindhya mountains MBh
  2. of a son of Yudhi-shṭhira
  3. pl. N. of his descendants MBh. Pur

prativipāśam

  1. ○vipāśam ind. along the Vipāś river Laghuk

prativimba

  1. ○vimba &c. = -bimba &c. 1

prativirati

  1. ○virati ind. (for 2. See prati-vi√ram) at every pause, at each cessation or disappearance, Śāntiś

prativiśva

  1. ○viśva mfn. pl. one and all
  2. (eṣu), ind. in all cases Cat

prativiṣa

  1. ○viṣa n. 'counter-poison', an antidote L
  2. mf(ā)n. containing an antṭantidote Rājat
  3. (ā), f. Aconitum Heterophyllum Car. Bhpr

prativiṣaya

  1. ○viṣaya m. pl. the various objects of sense L
  2. (ibc. and am ind.) in relation to each single object of sṭsingle Sāṃkhyak

prativiṣṇu

  1. ○viṣṇu ind. at every (image of) Vishṇu Vop
  2. towards Vishṇu, in place of Vishṇu W

prativiṣṇuka

  1. ○viṣṇuka m. Pterospermum Suberifolium L

prativīra

  1. ○vīra m.an antagonist, a well-matched opponent MBh. Vcar. BhP
  2. -tā f. the being a well-mṭman opponent, antagonism Prab

prativīrya

  1. ○vīrya n. (the being a match for in valour) in a-p○ mfn. unequalled, matchless, irresistible MBh. R
  2. a-prativiiyârambha, not having sufficient strength to undertake anything SaddhP

prativṛtta

  1. ○vṛtta n. an eccentric circle Gol

prativṛttāntam

  1. ○vṛttântam ind. according to the saying, as they say Rājat

prativṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti ind. according to the modulation (of the voice) RPrāt

prativṛṣa

  1. ○vṛṣa m. a hostile bull Hariv

prativedam

  1. ○vedam ind. at or for every Veda Yājñ. Bādar
  2. ○da-śākham ind. for every branch or school of the VṭVeda Madhus

prativedāntam

  1. ○vedântam ind. in every Upanishad Bādar. Sch

prativelam

  1. ○velam ind. on every occasion MBh

prativeśa

  1. ○veśa (práti- or pratī-
  2. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 3). mf(ā)n. neighbouring, a neighbour RV. TS. ŚBr. &c
  3. auxiliary Br. TBr. Comm
  4. m. a neighbouring house L
  5. -tās ind. from the neighbourhood ŚBr
  6. -vāsin mf(nī)n. living in the neighbourhood
  7. m.f. a neighbour Alaṃkārak

prativeśin

  1. ○veśin (or pratī-v○). mfn. neighbouring
  2. m. and (nī), f. a neighbour Dhūrtas. Mṛicch. Sāh

prativeśma

  1. ○veśma ind. in every house Śiś

prativeśman

  1. ○veśman n. a neighbour's house Pañcat

prativeśya

  1. ○veśya m. a neighbour MBh

prativaira

  1. ○vaira n. requital of hostilities, revenge MBh

prativyoma

  1. ○vyoma or m. N. of a prince Pur

prativyoman

  1. ○vyoḍman m. N. of a prince Pur

pratiśatru

  1. ○śatru (práti-), m. an adversary, opponent, enemy AV. Kuval. Sch

pratiśabda

  1. ○śabda (or ○daka Kād. Hcar.), m. echo, reverberation MBh. R. Ragh. &c
  2. -ga mfn. going after a sound or in the direction of a sṭsound MBh
  3. -vat mfn. re-echoing, resounding Kathās. 1

pratiśaraṇa

  1. ○śaraṇa n. (for 2. See under prati-√śṝ) confidence in (ifc.) Divyâv
  2. -bhūta mfn. resorted to (acc.) ib. (cf. -saraṇa under prati-√sṛ)

pratiśarāsana

  1. ○śarâsana n. an adversary's bow Vās

pratiśarīram

  1. ○śarīram ind. concerning one's own body or person Pat

pratiśaśin

  1. ○śaśin m. a mock moon, paraselene Var

pratiśākham

  1. ○śākham ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda) Bādar. Sch

pratisākhavat

  1. ○sākha-vat See -śākhā

pratiśākhā

  1. ○śākhā f. a side branch, sound shoot (pl. all the schools of the Veda BhP.)
  2. -nāḍī f. a branch vein PraśnUp
  3. ○khavat mfn. having anything as side branches MBh. 1

pratiśāsana

  1. ○śāsana n. (for 2. See prati-√śās) a rival command or authority (cf. a-p○) Ragh

pratiśilpa

  1. ○śilpa n. a counter-Śilpa ŚāṅkhŚr

pratiśiṣya

  1. ○śiṣya m. under-disciple (?) Divyâv

pratiśukrabudha

  1. ○śukra-budha (ibc.), towards the planets Venus or Mercury Var

pratiśukram

  1. ○śukram (perhars two words), ind. towards the planet Venus R

pratiśulka

  1. ○śulka wṛ. for -śrutkā ( See under prati-√śru) Lalit

pratiśṛṅgeṇa

  1. ○śṛṅgeṇa ind. horn by horn Hcat

pratiśrotas

  1. ○śrotas ind. wṛ. for -srotas, q.v

pratiśloka

  1. ○śloka m. a counter Śloka Siṃhâs. L
  2. (am), ind. at every ŚlṭŚloka BhP

pratiṣka

  1. ○ṣka &c., See prati-ṣkaśa, p. 671

pratisaṃyoddhṛ

  1. ○saṃyoddhṛ m. an adversary in war MBh

pratisaṃvatsaram

  1. ○saṃvatsaram ind. at every year, yearly Yājñ. ĀpŚr. Comm

pratisaṃskāram

  1. ○saṃskāram ind. at every ceremony. ĀpŚr

pratisaṅgakṣikā

  1. ○saṅgakṣikā f. a cloak to keep off the dust (worn by Buddhist mendicants) L. (prob. wṛ. for -saṃkakṣikā). [Page 663, Column]

pratisadanam

  1. ○sadanam ind. every one to his dwelling Mcar

pratisadṛkṣa

  1. ○sadṛkṣa or (práti-), mfn. similar VS

pratisadṛś

  1. ○sadṛś (práti-), mfn. similar VS

pratisadma

  1. ○sadma ind. at or in every house BhP

pratisama

  1. ○sama mfn. equal to, a match for MBh. Nāg

pratisamantam

  1. ○samantam (práti-), ind. on every side, everywhere ŚBr

pratisambandhi

  1. ○sambandhi ind. according to the respective connection Sāh

pratisarga

  1. ○sarga See under prati-√sṛj

pratisargam

  1. ○sargam ind. in every creation Mn. Kull

pratisavya

  1. ○savya mfn. in inverted order, inverted, reverse L

pratisāma

  1. ○sāma mfn. (prob.) unkind, unfriendly Pāṇ. 5-4, 75

pratisāmanta

  1. ○sāmanta m. 'a hostile neighbour', enemy, adversary Kuval. Hcar

pratisāmarthya

  1. ○sāmarthya n. relative suitableness R

pratisāyam

  1. ○sāyam ind. towards evening Gobh

pratisiṃha

  1. ○siṃha m. a hostile lion Kathās

pratisīrā

  1. ○sīrā f. a curtain L
  2. a screen or wall of cloth, an outer tent W

pratisundarī

  1. ○sundarī f. = -yuvati, q.v. Vcar

pratisūrya

  1. ○sūrya (or ○yaka), m. a mock sun, parhelion Var
  2. a kind of lizard, a chameleon (which lies or basks in the sun) Uttarar. Suśr
  3. (am), ind. opposite to the sun Mn
  4. -matsya m. a partic. appearance in the sun
  5. (accord. to Comm.) a mock sun and a comet Āp
  6. -śayānaka m. 'lying or basking in the sun', a kind of lizard, a chameleon L

pratisenā

  1. ○senā f. an opposing or hostile army Hariv

pratisomā

  1. ○somā f. a kind of plant (= mahiṣa-vallī) L

pratisomodakadvijam

  1. ○somôdakadvijam ind. against the moon or water or a Brāhman Mn. iv, 52

pratiskandha

  1. ○skandha m. every shoulder (instr. 'each on his shoulder') Hit
  2. N. of an attendant of Skanda (vḷ. kapi-sk○) MBh
  3. (am), ind. upon the shoulders W
  4. in every section of a book Pratāp

pratistrī

  1. ○strī mfn. lying on a woman ChUp

pratisthānam

  1. ○sthānam ind. in every place, everywhere Prab. Sch

pratisneha

  1. ○sneha m. (prob.) wṛ. for pati-s○ Kathās

pratisrota

  1. ○srota mf(ā) n. = next (mandakinīm"ṣtām anuvraja, go up the Mercury i.e. up or against the stream) R

pratisrotam

  1. ○srotam (BhP.) or (Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.), ind. against the stream, up the stream

pratisrotas

  1. ○srotas (Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.), ind. against the stream, up the stream
  2. (wṛ. śrotas)

pratisvam

  1. ○svam ind. 'each for itself.' one by one, singly ĀśvŚr. RPrāt. Comm

pratisvāhākāram

  1. ○svāhākāram ind. at every exclamation Svāhā ĀpGṛ

pratihasta

  1. ○hasta (-tva n. Vcar.),

pratihastaka

  1. ○hastaka (Hit.), m. a deputy, substitute, proxy

pratihasti

  1. ○hasti ind. towards elephants MBh

pratihastin

  1. ○hastin m. the keeper of a brothel Daś. (Sch. 'a neighbour')

pratihṛdayam

  1. ○hṛdayam ind. in every heart BhP. Sch

praty

  1. praty in comp. before vowels for prati above

pratyaṃśa

  1. ○aṃśa m. a portion, share Buddh

pratyaṃśu

  1. ○aṃśu m. = pratigato'ṃśuḥ Pāṇ. 6-2, 193
  2. mfn. = pratigata aṃśavo'sya ib. Sch

pratyaṃsa

  1. ○aṃsa m. = -aṃśa, q.v

pratyaṃsam

  1. ○aṃsam ind. on the shoulders Śiś

pratyak

  1. ○ák See pratyáñc

pratyakṣa

  1. ○akṣa See s.v

pratyakṣara

  1. ○akṣara (ibc.) in each syllable Vās
  2. -śleṣa-maya mf(ī)n. containing a Ślesha in each sṭsyllable ib

pratyagam

  1. ○agam ind. on every mountain Dharmaśarm

pratyagni

  1. ○agni ind. towards the fire Kauś
  2. at or near or in every fire KātySr. MBh

pratyagra

  1. ○agra mf(ā)n. fresh, recent, new, young MBh. R. Kāv. &c
  2. repeated, reiterated Hariv. Kathās
  3. pure W
  4. (ibc. and am ind.) recently Mṛicch. Kathās
  5. m. N. of a son of Vasu Upari-cara and prince of the Cedis BhP. (cf. agraha below)
  6. -kṣarat mfn. fresh-flowing, flowing freshly Prab
  7. -gandhā f. a species of shrub, Rhinacanthus Communis L
  8. -tā f. or -tva n. newness, freshness W
  9. -prasavā f. recently delivered, having lately brought forth Pāṇ. 2-1, 65 Sch
  10. -yauvana mf(ā)n. being in the bloom of youth Kathās
  11. -rūpa mf(ā)n. juvenile, young MBh
  12. -vayas mfn. young in age, youthful MBh. R
  13. n. youth W
  14. -śodhita mfn. recently purified, pure L

pratyagraha

  1. ○agraha m. N. of a son of Vasu and king of the Cedis MBh. Hariv
  2. (= -agra
  3. prob. a contracted form for pratyaggraha)

pratyaṅka

  1. ○aṅka mf(ā)n. recently marked (as cattle) Pāṇ. 2-1, 14 Kāś

pratyaṅkam

  1. ○aṅkam ind. in every act (of a drama) Sāh

pratyaṅga

  1. ○aṅga n. a minor or secondary member of the body (as the forehead, nose, chin, fingers, ears &c
  2. the 6 Aṅgas or chief members being the trunk, head, arms and legs) MBh. R. Suśr. &c
  3. a division, section, part Suśr. Nir
  4. a subdivision (of a science &c.) W
  5. a weapon BhP
  6. m. a kind of measure Saṃgīt
  7. N. of a prince MBh
  8. (ibc. or am ind.) on every part or member of the body, on the limbs severally Pañcat. Hit. Gīt. Kathās
  9. for one's own person Pat. (cf. -vartin)
  10. for every part or subdivision (of a sacrifice &c.) Mn
  11. (in gram.) in each base Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Pat
  12. -tva n. the belonging to TPrāt
  13. -dakṣiṇā f. a fee for each part (of a sacrifice) Mn. [Page 664, Column]
  14. -vartin mfn. occupying one's self withone's own person Pat

pratyaṅgiras

  1. ○aṅgiras m. N. of a mythical personage (who like Aṅgiras married several of the daughters of Daksha) R

pratyaṅgirasa

  1. ○aṅgirasa m. N. of a mythical personage regarded as the father of certain Ṛicas Hariv. VP

pratyaṅgirā

  1. ○aṅgirā f. Acacia Sirissa Rasar
  2. a form of Durgā, one of the goddesses of the Tāntrikas Cat
  3. -kalpa m. -tattva n. -pañcâṅga n. -prayoga m. -mantra m. -mantra-ṛk-samudāya m. -sahasra-nāman and ○mastotra n. -siddha-mantrôddhāra m. -sū7kta n. -stotra n. -stotrôpâsanâdi m. or n. N. of wks

pratyajira

  1. ○ajira n. g. aṃśv-ādi Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

pratyañc

  1. ○áñc See p. 674

pratyadhikaraṇam

  1. ○adhikaraṇam ind. at each paragraph Nyāyam

pratyadhidevatā

  1. ○adhidevatā f. a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one Hcat

pratyanantara

  1. ○anantara mfn. being in the immediate neighbourhood of (gen.) R
  2. standing nearest (as an heir) Mn. viii, 185
  3. closely connected with, immediately following MBh. R
  4. (am), ind. immediately after (abl.) MBh
  5. next in succession W
  6. ○rī-√bhū, to betake one's self close to (gen.) Prasannar

pratyanilam

  1. ○anilam ind. against the wind MW

pratyanīka

  1. ○anīka mfn. hostile, opposed, injuring (with gen.)
  2. withstanding, resisting MBh. BhP. Sarvad
  3. opposite Suśr. Sarvad
  4. equal, vying with Kāvyâd
  5. m. an adversary, enemy BhP
  6. n. a hostile army MBh. Hariv
  7. hostility, enmity, a hostile relation, hostility position, rivality (sg. and pl.) MBh. R
  8. injuring the relatives of an enemy who cannot be injured himself Pratāp. Kpr. Kuval
  9. injuring one who cannot retaliate (?) W
  10. -tva n. = -bhāva Suśr
  11. the state of an enemy, hostility MW
  12. -bhāva m. being the contrary Nyāyad

pratyanuprāsa

  1. ○anuprâsa m. a kind of alliteration Śiś. Comm

pratyanumāna

  1. ○anumāna n. a contrary deduction, opposite conclusion KapS

pratyanuyoga

  1. ○anuyoga m. a counter-question, quṭquestion in return Car

pratyanūkāntam

  1. ○anūkântam ind. at the end of each back part of the altar KātyŚr. Comm

pratyanta

  1. ○anta mfn. bordering on, adjacent or contiguous to, skirting W
  2. m. a border, frontier Ragh. Lalit
  3. a bordering country i.e. a country occupied by barbarians L
  4. (pl.) barbarous tribes Var
  5. -janapada n. a bordering country
  6. ○dâpapatti f. birth in a bordṭbordering or barbarous cṭcountry (with Buddhists one of the eight inauspicious ways of being born) Dharmas. 134
  7. -deśa m. a country bordering upon another, Śāṅkh. Sch
  8. -parvata m. an adjacent (small) hill L
  9. -vāsa n. (!) a frontier-place Lalit

pratyantarībhū

  1. ○antarī-√bhū = -anantarī-√bhū Uttarar

pratyantāt

  1. ○antāt ind. in each case to the end Lāṭy

pratyantika

  1. ○antika mfn. being or situated at the border Kāraṇḍ

pratyantima

  1. ○antima mfn. = -antika Divyâv

pratyandhakāra

  1. ○andhakāra mfn. spreading shadow Buddh

pratyapara

  1. ○apara mfn. = -avara, q.v. Vajras

pratyapāya

  1. ○apâya m. perishing again, Śīl

pratyabdam

  1. ○abdam ind. every year, yearly Kathās

pratyabhyāsam

  1. ○abhyāsam ind. at each repetition ĀpŚr. Comm

pratyamitra

  1. ○amitra mfn. opposed as an enemy, hostile
  2. m. an enemy, opponent, adversary MBh

pratyayanam

  1. ○ayanam ind. every half year Yājñ

pratyayanastva

  1. ○ayanastvá n. obtaining again, recovery TBr

pratyara

  1. ○ara m. (ŚvetUp. Comm.) or (ŚvetUp.) an intermediate spoke of a wheel

pratyarā

  1. ○arā f. (ŚvetUp.) an intermediate spoke of a wheel

pratyaraṇya

  1. ○araṇya (ibc.), near or in a forest Buddh

pratyari

  1. ○ari m. a well-matched opponent, equally powerful enemy MBh

pratyarka

  1. ○arka m. a mock sun, parhelion Var

pratyargala

  1. ○argala n. the rope by which a churning-stick is moved Gal

pratyarṇam

  1. ○arṇam ind. at each syllable Sarvad

pratyartham

  1. ○artham ind. in relation to anything Jaim
  2. at every object, in every case Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Sch
  3. wṛ. for aty-a○ MBh

pratyardha

  1. ○ardha g. aṃśv-ādi Kāś

pratyardhi

  1. ○ardhi (práty-), mfn. (prob.) possessing or claiming half of, having equal claims, equal to (gen.) RV

pratyarham

  1. ○arham ind. in yathā-p○, q.v

pratyavabhāṣa

  1. ○avabhāṣa or wṛ. for -bhāsa, q.v. Uttarar

pratyavabhāṣā

  1. ○avabhāḍṣā wṛ. for -bhāsa, q.v. Uttarar

pratyavamarṣa

  1. ○ava-marṣa

pratyavamarṣavat

  1. ○ava-marḍṣa-vat wṛ. for ava-marśa, ○śa-vat, q.v

pratyavayava

  1. ○avayava (ibc.) or (ind.), on or at every part of the body Naish. Comm

pratyavayavam

  1. ○avayaḍvam (ind.), on or at every part of the body Naish. Comm
  2. in every part or particular, in detail Bādar. Sch
  3. -varṇanā f. a detailed or minute description Vikr

pratyavara

  1. ○avara mfn. lower, more insignificant, less honoured than, (abl.) Mn. MBh. R. &c
  2. -kālam ind. after, later than (with abl. or ifc.) Car. =

pratyaśman

  1. ○aśman m. red chalk L

pratyaṣṭhīlā

  1. ○aṣṭhīlā f. a kind of nervous disease Suśr. Bhpr

pratyastagamana

  1. ○asta-gamana n. the setting (of the sun) ChUp. Sch

pratyastam

  1. ○astam ind. (with √gam) to go down, cease Sarvad
  2. -aya m. the setting (of the sun)
  3. cessation, disappearance, end, destruction Bādar. Sch

pratyastra

  1. ○astra n. missile hurled in return BhP. Kathās

pratyaha

  1. ○aha mfn. daily Rājat
  2. (am), ind. day by day, every day KātyŚr. Mn. Kāv. &c. [Page 664, Column]
  3. in the morning W

pratyākāra

  1. ○ākāra m. a scabbard, sword-sheath L

pratyāgāra

  1. ○āgāra (?), m. former place or state W

pratyācāra

  1. ○ācāra m. suitable behaviour, conformable conduct MBh

pratyātāpa

  1. ○ātāpá m. a sunny place ŚBr. KātyŚr

pratyātma

  1. ○ātma (ibc.), or ind. for every soul, in every soul Sarvad

pratyātmam

  1. ○ātḍmam ind. for every soul, in evṭevery soul Sarvad
  2. singly Pat
  3. ○maviniyata mfn. individual Car

pratyātmaka

  1. ○ātmaka mfn. belonging to one's self SaddhP

pratyātmika

  1. ○ātmika mfn. = -ātmaka ŚāṅkhGṛ
  2. peculiar, original Car

pratyātmya

  1. ○ātmya n. similarity with or resemblance to one's self
  2. (ena), ind, after one's own image BhP

pratyādarśa

  1. ○ādarśa m. wṛ. for -ādeśa, q.v. Pañcat

pratyāditya

  1. ○āditya m. a mock sun, parhelion AV.Pariś. MBh
  2. (ibc.) towards the sun (e.g. p"ṣ-guda, one whose hinder parts are towards the sun Suśr.)

pratyānīka

  1. ○ānīka m. (with rājan) a partic. personification ŚāṅkhGṛ

pratyāpīḍa

  1. ○āpīḍa m. a kind of metre Col

pratyāmnāyam

  1. ○āmnāyam ind. for every single text-book ĀśvŚr. Comm

pratyārdra

  1. ○ārdra mfn. fresh
  2. -tara mfn. Buddh

pratyārdrā

  1. ○ārdrā f. g. aṃśv-ādi to Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

pratyārdrīkṛ

  1. ○ārdrī-√kṛ to moisten again, refresh again Kād
  2. to wipe out, efface Kir

pratyārdhapura

  1. ○ārdhapura g. aṃśv-ādi (Kāś. praty-ardha, prati-pura)

pratyālayam

  1. ○ālayam ind. in every house Dharmaśarm

pratyāvāsakam

  1. ○āvāsakam ind. to every station, to every tent Kād

pratyāvāsam

  1. ○āvāsam ind. in every house Vcar

pratyāśam

  1. ○āśam ind. in all directions Veṇis

pratyāśā

  1. ○āśā f. confidence, trust, hope, expectation Prab. Kathās. &c. (○śa-tva n. ifc. Mālatīm.)

pratyāśin

  1. ○āśin mfn. hoping, expecting W
  2. trusting, relying upon MW

pratyāha

  1. ○āha mfn. wṛ. for -aha, q.v. Rājat

pratyāhuti

  1. ○āhuti ind. at each oblation ĀpŚr. Kauś

pratyuta

  1. ○uta See p. 677

pratyuttara

  1. ○uttara n. a reply to an answer, rejoinder, answer Pañcat. Hit. Prab. &c
  2. ○rīkaraṇa n. replying, an answer Mcar
  3. ○rī-√kṛ, to answer Kād

pratyudadhi

  1. ○udadhi ind. at the sea Bālar

pratyupamāna

  1. ○upamāna n. a counter comparison, the ideal of an ideal Vikr

pratyupasadam

  1. ○upasadam ind. at each celebration of an Upasad KātyŚr

pratyupāsanam

  1. ○upâsanam ind. for every kind of worship Bādar. Sch

pratyurasa

  1. ○urasa n. = pratigatam uraḥ Vop
  2. (am), ind. against the breast, upon the breast Śiś. Kir. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 82)

pratyulūka

  1. ○ulūka m. a bird resembling an owl
  2. (according to the Sch.) a hostile owl or a crow regarded as an owl's enemy BhP

pratyulūkaka

  1. ○ulūkaka m. a bird resembling an owl Hariv

pratyuṣṭra

  1. ○uṣṭra m. g. aṃśv-ādi to Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

pratyūrdhvam

  1. ○ūrdhvam ind. on the upper side of (acc.), above, Susr

pratyṛcam

  1. ○ṛcam ind. at or in each verse GṛŚrS

pratyṛtu

  1. ○ṛtu ind. in each season Vait

pratyeka

  1. ○eka mfn. each one, each single oṭone, every one Jaim. Sch
  2. n. a partic. sin Buddh
  3. (ibc. or am ind.) one by one, one at a time, singly, for every single one ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. Kāv. &c
  4. -naraka m. a partic. hell Divyâv
  5. -buddha m. a Buddha who lives in seclusion and obtains emancipation for himself only (as opp. to those Buddhas who liberate others also) Buddh. (cf. MWB. 134 &c.)
  6. (-kathā f. -catuṣṭaya n. N. of wks
  7. -tva n. the state of a Pratyeka Buddha Buddh.)
  8. -bodhi f. = -buddhatva Kāraṇḍ
  9. -śas ind. one by one, singly, severally MBh

pratyenas

  1. ○enas (práty-), m. an officer of justice, punisher of criminals ŚBr
  2. a surety, the heir nearest of kin who is responsible for the debts of a deceased person Kāṭh. ŚāṅkhŚr. MaitrS

pratyenasya

  1. ○enasya n. the nearest heirship to (gen.) Kāṭh

prati

  1. prati m. N. of a son of Kuśa BhP

pratika

  1. pratika mf(i)n. (fr. 1. prati) worth a Kārshāpaṇa or 16 Paṇas of cowries Pāṇ. 5-1, 25 Vārtt. 2

pratikamp

  1. prati-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to shake, cause to tremble MBh

pratikara

  1. prati-kara &c. See prati- √1. kṛ

pratikarṣa

  1. prati-karṣa m. (√kṛṣ) aggregation, combination KātyŚr. Sch
  2. anticipating that which occurs afterwards W

pratikṛṣṭa

  1. prati-ḍkṛṣṭa mfn. ploughed back again L
  2. thrust back KātyŚr
  3. rejected, despised L

pratikāṅkṣ

  1. prati-√kāṅkṣ Ā. -kāṅkṣate, to wish or long for R

pratikāṅkāṅkṣitavya

  1. prati-√kāṅḍkāṅkṣitavya mfn. to be expected Vajracch

pratikāṅkāṅkṣin

  1. prati-√kāṅḍkāṅkṣin mfn. wishing for, desirous of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Hariv

pratikāśa

  1. prati-kāśa m.= pratī-k○ L

pratikuñcita

  1. prati-kuñcita mfn. (√kuñc) bent, curved W. [Page 664, Column]

pratikūj

  1. prati-√kūj P. -kūjati, to coo or warble in return (with acc.) R

pratikṛ

  1. prati-√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, (inf. pratī-kartum BhP.), to do or make an opposition AitBr
  2. to return, repay, requite (good or evil acc., with gen. dat. or loc. of pers.) MBh. R. &c
  3. to counteract, resist (acc. or gen.) ib
  4. to treat, attend to, cure (a disease) Suśr
  5. to repair, mend, restore Mn
  6. to pay back (a debt) Gaut.: Caus. Ā. -kārayate, to cause to be repeated ŚBr.: Desid. -cikīrṣati, to wish to take revenge on (acc. or loc.) for (acc.) MBh. R

pratikara

  1. prati-ḍkara mf(ī)n. acting against, counteracting(ifc.) Suśr
  2. m. requital, compensation R. Rājat

pratikaraṇīya

  1. prati-ḍkaraṇīya mfn. to be counteracted or prevented, remediable MW

pratikartavya

  1. prati-ḍkartavya mfn. to be requited or returned, to be repaid (lit. and fig.) MBh. Hariv. Śaṃk
  2. to be counteracted or resisted R. Prab
  3. to be treated or cured Suśr

pratikartṛ

  1. prati-ḍkartṛ m. a requiter, recompenser MBh
  2. an opponent, adversary Kull

pratikarman

  1. prati-ḍkarman n. requital, retaliation, corresponding action MBh. R
  2. counteraction, cure, medical treatment Car
  3. decoration, toilet, personal adornment MBh. R. &c
  4. (a), ind. in every work, at each performance or celebration KātyŚr. MBh

pratikāra

  1. prati-ḍkāra m. (cf. pratīk○) requital, retaliation, reward, retribution, revenge. R. Kathās. Rājat
  2. opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy MBh. Suśr
  3. = sama and bhaṭa L
  4. -karman n. opposition, resistance Rājat
  5. -jña mfn. knowing what remedy should be applied MBh
  6. -vidhāna n. medical treatment Ragh

pratikārin

  1. prati-ḍkārin See a-pratikārin

pratikārya

  1. prati-ḍkārya mfn. (cf. pratī-k○) to be revenged
  2. n. retribution MBh. i, 6259 (Nīlak., m. 'an enemy')

pratikṛta

  1. prati-ḍkṛta mfn. returned, repaid, requited &c. R
  2. n. recompense, requital MBh
  3. resistance, opposition Ragh

pratikṛti

  1. prati-ḍkṛti f. resistance, opposition, prevention Hariv
  2. retaliation, return, revenge W
  3. an image, likeness, model
  4. counterpart, substitute MBh. Kāv. &c

pratikriyā

  1. prati-ḍkriyā f. requital (of good or evil), retaliation, compensation, retribution MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy, help ib. (ifc. = removing, destroying)
  3. -tva n. MBh
  4. venting (of anger) Kathās
  5. embellishment, decoration (of the person) MBh
  6. -śūlinī-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

praticikīrṣ

  1. prati-cikīrṣ mfn. (fr. Desid
  2. nom. ○cikīr before b) wishing to requite (loc) HPariś

praticikīrṣā

  1. prati-ḍcikīrṣā f. wish to requite, desire to be revenged upon (acc. or loc.) MBh. BhP

praticikīrṣu

  1. prati-ḍcikīrṣu mfn. wishing to return or requite MBh. (vḷ. -jihīrṣu)

pratikṝ

  1. prati-√kṝ P. -kirati, to scatter towards (cf. prati-s-√kṝ and Pāṇ. 6-1, 141)

pratikīrṇa

  1. prati-ḍkīrṇa mfn. scattered towards MW

pratikḷp

  1. prati-√kḷp Ā. -kalpate (pf. [-c�AklRpe]), to be at the service of (acc.), receive hospitably ŚBr
  2. to regulate, arrange AV

pratikalpya

  1. prati-ḍkalpya mfn. to be arranged or prepared MBh. (for pratikalpa, See p. 661, col. 3)

pratikopa

  1. prati-kopa (√kup), m. anger against (any one), wrath MBh

pratikram

  1. prati-√kram P. -krāmati (pf. -cakrāma and -cakrame), to come back, return ŚBr. ChUp. MBh
  2. to descend, decrease (in number, opp. to abhi-√kram) Nid
  3. to confess Śatr

pratikrama

  1. prati-ḍkrama m. reversed or inverted order Pratāp

pratikramaṇa

  1. prati-ḍkrámaṇa n. stepping to and fro ŚBr
  2. going to confession Kalpas
  3. -vidhi m. -sūtra n. N. of wks

pratikrudh

  1. prati-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to he angry with (acc.) in return Mn. MBh

pratikrodha

  1. prati-ḍkrodha m. anger in return Kull

pratikruṣṭa

  1. prati-kruṣṭa mfn. (√kruś) miserable, poor Divyâv

pratikrośa

  1. prati-ḍkrośá m. crying out to, halloing AV

pratikṣi

  1. prati-√kṣi (only pr. p. -kṣiyát RV., -kṣyát TS.), to settle near (acc.)

pratikṣip

  1. prati-√kṣip P. -kṣipati (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 80), to throw into (loc.) MBh. (vḷ. pari-)
  2. to push against, hurt Suśr
  3. to reject, despise, oppose, contradict, ridicule, confute Kathās. Sarvad. Lalit

pratikṣipta

  1. prati-ḍkṣipta mfn. thrown into &c. (cf. prec
  2. -tva n. Sarvad.) sent, dispatched L
  3. n. medicine L

pratikṣepa

  1. prati-ḍkṣepa m. contest MBh. (vḷ. vyati-)
  2. objection, contradiction, repudiation ib. Sarvad. [Page 665, Column]

pratikṣepaṇa

  1. prati-ḍkṣepaṇa n. contradiction, opposing, contesting Prab

pratikṣuta

  1. prati-kṣuta n. (√kṣu) sneezing, wheezing W

pratikhyā

  1. prati-√khyā P. -khyāti (impf. -akhyat), to see, behold RV. AV. Br

pratikhyāti

  1. prati-ḍkhyāti f. renown (v. l. for pra-vikh○) L

pratigad

  1. prati-√gad P. -gadati, to speak in return, answer MBh

pratigam

  1. prati-√gam P. -gacchati, to go towards, go to meet RV. MBh. &c
  2. to go back, return, go home MBh. Kāv. &c

pratigata

  1. prati-gata mfn. gone towards or back MBh
  2. flying backwards and forwards, wheeling in flight W
  3. lost from the memory R

pratigati

  1. prati-gati f. (I.),

pratigamana

  1. prati-gamana n. (R.) return

pratigarj

  1. prati-√garj P. -garjati, to roar against or in return, answer with roars MBh
  2. to resist, oppose Hariv. Ragh
  3. to vie with (instr. or gen.), Kāvy,

pratigarjana

  1. prati-garjana n. (AV.Pariś.),

pratigarjanā

  1. prati-garjanā f. (MBh.) thundering or roaring against or in return, an answering roar

pratigā

  1. prati-√gā (only aor. -agāt), to go back, return

pratigāh

  1. prati-√gāh Ā. -gāhate, to penetrate, enter R

pratigu

  1. prati-√gu (only Intens. -jóguve), to proclaim RV

pratigupta

  1. prati-gupta mfn. (√gup) guarded protected Inscr

pratigupya

  1. prati-gúpya mfn. to be guarded
  2. (am), ind. one must guard against (abl .) ŚBr

pratigṛdh

  1. prati-√gṛdh P. -gṛdhyati, to be greedy or eager for (acc.) MBh

pratigṛbhāya

  1. prati-gṛbhāya Nom. P. ○yati, to take, receive
  2. (esp.) to take into the mouth, eat RV

pratigṝ

  1. prati-√gṝ P. Ā. -gṛṇāti, -gṛṇīte, to invoke, salute (acc.) RV
  2. (with dat
  3. Pāṇ. 1-4, 41 Sch.) to respond in recitation or chanting (also with prati-garam) ib. TS. Br. ŚrS
  4. to agree with (dat.) Vop

pratigara

  1. prati-gará m. the responsive call of the Adhvaryu to the address of the Hotṛi TS. Br. ĀśvŚr

pratigaritṛ

  1. prati-garitṛ m. one who makes a responsive cry or chant AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

pratigīrya

  1. prati-gīrya mfn. to be answered in recitation or chanting AitBr

pratigrah

  1. prati-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, -gṛhṇīte (irreg. 2. sg. Impv. -gṛhṇa R
  2. aor. -ajagrabhat AitBr.), to take hold of, grasp, seize (in astrol. = to eclipse, obscure) AV. &c. &c
  3. to take (as a present or into possession), appropriate, receive, accept RV. &c. &c. (śirasā, 'with the head' i e. 'humbly, obediently' R.)
  4. to gain, win over R
  5. to take as a wife, marry Mn. MBh. &c
  6. to take = eat, drink RV. VS. TBr
  7. to receive (a friend or guest) RV. &c. &c
  8. to receive (anything agreeable as a good word or omen) R. Kālid
  9. to assent to, acquiesce in, approve MBh. R
  10. (rarely) to receive (an enemy), oppose, encounter MBh. Ragh.: Caus. -grāhayati, to cause to accept, present with (2 acc.) MBh. R. Kālid
  11. to answer, reply BhP.: Desid. -jighṛkṣati, to wish to accept Gaut

pratigṛhīta

  1. prati-gṛhīta mfn. taken, received, accepted, married MBh. Kāv. &c

pratigṛhītavya

  1. prati-gṛhītavya

pratigṛhītṛ

  1. prati-gṛhītṛ wṛ. for ○grahītavya, ○grahītṛ

pratigṛhya

  1. prati-gṛ́hya mfn. to be accepted, acceptable TS. ('from', gen. Pāṇ. 3-1, 118 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)
  2. one from whom anything may be accepted ( See a-pratigṛhyá)

pratigraha

  1. prati-grahá m. receiving, accepting, acceptance of gifts (as the peculiar prerogative of Brāhmans
  2. IW. 237 ; 262) ŚBr. ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (○grahaṃ-√kṛ, to receive presents Mn.)
  3. friendly reception MBh
  4. favour, grace MBh
  5. taking a wife, marrying R
  6. receiving with the ear i.e. hearing Kathās
  7. a grasper, seizer (keśa-, a hair-cutter, barber) Gobh. a receiver KātyŚr. R
  8. a chamber-vessel or any similar convenience for sick persons Car
  9. a spittoon L
  10. a gift, present (esp. a donation to a Brāhman at suitable periods) Yājñ. MBh. &c. (instr. 'as a present Kathās.)
  11. N. of the objects or functions corresponding to the 8 Grahas L
  12. = kriyā-kāra L
  13. the reserve of an army (a detachment posted with the general 400 yards in the rear of a line) W
  14. the sun near the moon's node ib
  15. -kalpa m. N. of Pariś. of MānGṛS
  16. -dhana n. money received as a present Kathās. [Page 665, Column]
  17. mfn. one whose wealth consists only in presents Pañcat
  18. -prâpta mfn. received as a present Kathās
  19. -prâyaścitta-prakāra m. N. of wk

pratigrahaṇa

  1. prati-grahaṇa mfn. accepting ŚāṅkhGṛ. (perhaps wṛ.)
  2. n. receipt, acceptance ib. Lāṭy
  3. taking a wife, marrying R. (cf. á-pratig○)
  4. a vessel ŚāṅkhGṛ

pratigrahaṇīya

  1. prati-grahaṇīya mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable W

pratigrahin

  1. prati-grahin mfn. one who receives, a receiver (opp. to dātṛ) MBh

pratigrahītavya

  1. prati-grahītavya mfn. to be received Kull

grahītṛ

  1. grahītṛ́ mfn. id. AV. &c. &c
  2. m. one who takes a wife, one who marries (nom. ○tā, also as 3. sg. fut.) MBh. R

grāha

  1. grāha m. a spittoon L
  2. accepting gifts W

grāhaka

  1. grāhaka mfn. one who receives or accepts ( á-pratig○)

grāhin

  1. grāhín mfn. id. TS

grāhya

  1. grāhya mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable MBh. R. (cf. a-pratig○)
  2. one from whom anything may be received MBh. (cf. ○gṛhya and Pāṇ. ib.)
  3. m. N. of partic. Grahas TBr. Sch

pratigha

  1. prati-gha m. (√han) hindrance, obstruction, resistance, opposition (cf. a-p○)
  2. struggling against (comp.) Car
  3. anger, wrath, enmity Mcar. Lalit. (one of the 6 evil passions Dharmas. 67)
  4. = mūrchā L
  5. combat, fighting W
  6. an enemy ib
  7. opposition, contradiction L

pratighāta

  1. prati-ghāta m. (cf. pratī-gh○) warding off, keeping back, repulse, prevention, resistance, opposition MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. rebound Kum
  3. -kṛt mfn. depriving any one (gen.) of (gen.) Yājñ
  4. -vid mfn. knowing how to resist, apt to resist MBh

pratighātaka

  1. prati-ghātaka mf(ikā)n. disturbing MBh
  2. (ifc.) = ○ghāta ib

pratighātana

  1. prati-ghātana n. warding off, repulsing ib
  2. killing, slaughter L

pratighātaya

  1. prati-ghātaya (Caus. of prati-√han), ○yati, to ward off MBh

pratighātin

  1. prati-ghātin mfn. keeping off, repulsing, disturbing, injuring Daś. Kām
  2. dazzling (netra-) Kum

pratighna

  1. prati-ghna n. the body L.]

pratighoṣin

  1. prati-ghoṣin mfn. (√ghuṣ) roaring or crying out against
  2. (iṇī), f. N. of a class of demons ŚāṅkhŚr

pratiṅgirā

  1. pratiṅgirā f. N. of a Buddh. deity W

praticakṣ

  1. prati-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to see, perceive RV. BhP
  2. to expect BhP
  3. to cause to see, let appear, show RV

praticakṣa

  1. prati-ḍcakṣa See su-praticakṣá

praticakṣaṇa

  1. prati-ḍcákṣaṇa n. looking at, at viewing RV. BhP. (showing, displaying Sch.)
  2. appearance, look, aspect AV

praticakṣin

  1. prati-ḍcakṣin mfn. regarding, observing AV.Paipp

praticakṣya

  1. prati-ḍcákṣya mf(ā)n. visible, conspicuous RV

praticar

  1. prati-√car P. -carati, to advance towards, approach RV. TS
  2. Caus. -cārayati, See below

praticāra

  1. prati-ḍcāra m. personal adornment, toilet, Śīl

praticārita

  1. prati-ḍcārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) circulated, proclaimed, published MBh

praticārin

  1. prati-ḍcārin mfn. exercising, practising L

praticikīrṣ

  1. prati-cikīrṣ See prati-√kṛ

praticint

  1. prati-√cint P. Ā. -cintayati, ○te, to consider again, reflect upon, remember R
  2. Caur

praticintana

  1. prati-ḍcintana n. thinking repeatedly, considering W

praticintanīya

  1. prati-ḍcintanīya mfn. to be thought over again Kāv

praticud

  1. prati-√cud Caus. -coḍayati, to drive or urge on, impel R

praticodanam

  1. prati-ḍcodanam See p. 662, col. 1

praticodanā

  1. prati-ḍcodanā f. prevention, prohibition BhP. (= niṣedha, opp. to vidhi, or = smriti, opp. to śruti Sch.)

praticodita

  1. prati-ḍcodita mfn. impelled or excited against (acc.) R

praticchad

  1. prati-cchad (√chid), P. -cchādayati, to cover, envelop, hide, conceal, Kauś MBh. &c

praticcchadana

  1. prati-cḍcchadana n. a cover, covering L

praticcchanna

  1. prati-cḍcchanna mfn. covered, enveloped, hidden, concealed, disguised MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. endowed or furnished with (ifc.) MBh. iii, 1268

praticchid

  1. prati-cchid (√chid), P. -cchinatti, to cut or tear off ŚāṅkhŚr. (v. l. pra-cch○)
  2. to retaliate by cutting to pieces MBh

praticccheda

  1. prati-cḍccheda m. cutting off
  2. resistance, opposition W

praticyavīyas

  1. práti-cyavīyas mfn. (√cyu) pressing closer against or towards RV. x, 86, 6

pratijagdha

  1. práti-jagdha mfn. (√2. jakṣ) eaten, consumed MaitrS

pratijan

  1. prati-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born or produced again PraśnUp

pratijanman

  1. prati-ḍjanman n. re-birth Kathās. [Page 665, Column]

pratijāta

  1. prati-ḍjāta mfn. born again, renewed
  2. -kopa mfn. once more angry MBh

pratijap

  1. prati-√jap P. -japati, to mutter in response Gobh

pratijāpa

  1. prati-ḍjāpa m. the act of muttering against Kauś

pratijalp

  1. prati-√jalp P. -jalpati, to answer, reply MBh. R

pratijalpa

  1. prati-ḍjalpa m. an answer, reply L

pratijalpaka

  1. prati-ḍjalpaka m. a polite but evasive answer L

pratijāgṛ

  1. prati-√jāgṛ P. -jāgarti, to watch beside (acc.) RV. VS. AV
  2. to keep (?) Divyâv

pratijāgara

  1. prati-ḍjāgara m. watchfulness, attention L

pratijāgaraṇa

  1. prati-ḍjāgaraṇa n. watching, guarding, attending to MārkP

pratijāgaraṇaka

  1. prati-ḍjāgaraṇaka m. or n. (?) a district Inscr

pratijāgṛvi

  1. prati-ḍjāgṛvi mfn. watchful, attentive Cat

pratiji

  1. prati-√ji P. -jayati, to conquer, defeat (in battle or at play) TS. MBh.: Desid. -jigīṣati, to wish to conquer or defeat, attack, assail MBh

pratijihīrṣu

  1. prati-jihīrṣu mfn. (√hṛ Desid.) wishing to return or requite MBh. (v. l. ○cikīrṣu
  2. p. 664, col. 3)

pratijīvana

  1. prati-jīvana n. (√jīv) returning to life, resuscitation R

pratijīvita

  1. prati-ḍjīvita n. id. Bālar

pratijuṣ

  1. prati-√juṣ Ā. -juṣate, to be kind or tender towards (acc.), honour, serve RV
  2. to be gratified by, delight in (acc.) ib

pratijṛ

  1. prati-√jṛ Ā. -jarate (inf. -jarádhyai), to roar (as fire) in the direction of, to call out to, salute (acc.) RV

pratijñā

  1. prati-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -jānīte, to admit, own, acknowledge, acquiesce in, consent to, approve RV. AV. MBh
  2. to promise (with gen., dat. or loc. of pers., and acc. with or without prati, or dat. of thing, also with inf. MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. with vākyam and gen. 'to promise fulfilment of a person's word' MBh
  4. with satyam 'to promise verily or truly' ib.)
  5. (Ā) to confirm, assert, answer in the affirmative ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c
  6. to maintain, assert, allege, state MBh. R. &c. (śabdaṃ nityatvena, 'to assert the eternity of sound' Pāṇ. 1-3, 22 Sch.)
  7. (Ā) to bring forward or introduce (a topic) Nyāyam. Sch
  8. to perceive, notice, learn, become aware of MBh. Hariv
  9. to remember sorrowfully (only in this sense P. by Pāṇ. 1-3, 46
  10. but really Ā. MBh. xii, 8438)

pratijña

  1. prati-jña mfn. acknowledging (ifc.) Vajracch
  2. (ā), f. See below

pratijñā

  1. pratijñā f. admission, acknowledgment, assent, agreement, promise, vow MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation ib
  3. (in logic) a proposition, the assertion or proposition to be proved, the first member or avyaya of the fivemembered Nyāya syllogism IW. 61
  4. (in law) a plaint, complaint, indictment, prosecution Yājñ

pratijñākara

  1. ○kara m. N. of Sch on Nalôd. (usually called prajñā-k○)

pratijñāntara

  1. ○ntara (○jñânt○), n. (in logic) a subsequent proposition on failure of the first Nyāyas

pratijñāpattra

  1. ○pattra or n. a promissory note, a written contract, bond W

pratijñāpattraka

  1. ○patḍtraka n. a promissory note, a written contract, bond W

pratijñāparipālana

  1. ○paripālana n. adherence to a promise, keeping one's word VP

pratijñāpariśiṣṭa

  1. ○pariśiṣṭa n. N. of Pariś. of the white Yajur-veda

pratijñāpāraga

  1. ○pāraga mfn. one who keeps his word R

pratijñāpāraṇa

  1. ○pāraṇa n. fulfilment of a vow MBh

pratijñāpālana

  1. ○pālana n. = -paripālana MBh

pratijñāpūrvakam

  1. ○pūrvakam ind. so as to begin with the plaint Yājñ. Sch

pratijñābhaṅga

  1. ○bhaṅga m. breach of a promise
  2. -bhīru mfn. apprehensive of breaking a promise MW

pratijñālakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa n. (prob.) 'the characteristic of a proposition'
  2. -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -didhiti-ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vivecana n. ○ṇânugama m. ○ṇâloka m. N. of wks

pratijñāvāda

  1. ○vāda and m. N. of wks

pratijñāvādārtha

  1. ○vādârtha m. N. of wks

pratijñāvirodha

  1. ○virodha m. contradiction between a logical proposition and the argument Nyāyas
  2. acting contrary to a promise or agreement W

pratijñāvivāhita

  1. ○vivāhita mfn. promised in marriage, betrothed ib

pratijñāsaṃnyāsa

  1. ○saṃnyāsa m. abandonment of one's own proposition (after hearing the argument of the opponent) Nyāyas
  2. breaking a promise W

pratijñāsūtra

  1. ○sūtra n. N. of Pariś on the white Yajur-veda

pratijñāhāni

  1. ○hāni f. giving up a proposition or argument Nyāyas

pratijñāta

  1. prati-jñāta (práti-), mfn. admitted, acknowledged KātyŚr. Mn
  2. promised, agreed MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. declared, stated, asserted, proposed, alleged ib
  4. agreeable, desirable ŚBr
  5. ○târtha m. a statement, averment Yājñ

pratijñātavya

  1. prati-jñātavya mfn. to be promised or assented to W. [Page 666, Column]

pratijñāti

  1. prati-jñāti (prob.) wṛ. for pratiprajñāti

pratijñāna

  1. prati-jñāna n. admission, assertion, assent, agreement, promise, APrāt. Yājñ. Sch
  2. bringing forward or introducing (a topic) Kull
  3. -vākya n. N. of Pariś. of the white Yajur-veda

pratijñāpita

  1. prati-jñāpita mfn. betrayed Śak. i, 23/24 (vḷ
  2. cf. pra-jñāpita)

pratijñeya

  1. prati-jñeya mfn. to be promised or assented to W
  2. m. a panegyrist, herald, bard L

pratijval

  1. prati-√jval P. -jvalati, to flame, blaze, shine MBh

pratitaḍ

  1. prati-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike in return MBh

pratitāḍitavya

  1. prati-ḍtāḍitavya n. (impers.) a blow must be returned L

pratitap

  1. prati-√tap P. -tapati, to throw out or emit heat towards or against (acc.) AV. TāṇḍBr
  2. to heat, warm, foment GṛŚrS

pratitara

  1. prati-tara m. (√tṝ) a sailor, oarsman, ferryman Suśr

pratitarkita

  1. prati-tarkita mfn. (√tark) expected, comprehensible (a-pr○) R. (B.)

pratitarj

  1. prati-√tarj (only ind. p. -tarjya), to menace, threaten, terrify Kir. xiv, 26

pratitij

  1. prati-√tij to emit heat or fire against or towards MaitrS. (only Impv. práti-tigdhi and titigáhi, for which Kāṭh. prati-tityagdhi [!], and ĀpŚr. prati-tiṅḍhi [!])

pratithi

  1. pra-tithi m. N. of a Ṛishi and teacher (with the epithet Deva-taratha) VBr. Bālar

pratidah

  1. prati-√dah P. -dahati (fut. -dhakṣyati), to burn towards, encounter with flames, consume RV. AV. ŚBr. ChUp.: Pass. -dahyate (○ti), to be burnt or consumed by fire MBh

pratidā

  1. prati-√dā P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, to give back, restore, return AV. &c. &c
  2. to give, offer, present MBh. R.: Caus. -dāpayati, to cause to be given back or restored Yājñ

pratidātavya

  1. prati-ḍdātavya mfn. to be given back or restored Yājñ

pratidāna

  1. prati-ḍdāna n. restitution (of a deposit), restoration L
  2. giving or a gift in return Daś. Pāṇ. 1-4, 92
  3. exchange, barter L. (v. l. for pari-d○)

pratidāpya

  1. prati-ḍdāpya mfn. to be caused to be restored Āpast

pratideya

  1. prati-ḍdeya mfn. to be given back or returned Yājñ. MBh
  2. n. a pledge, pawn
  3. an article purchased and given back W

pratītta

  1. pratī-tta See á-pr○

pratidāraṇa

  1. prati-dāraṇa n. (√dṝ) battle, fighting, fierce conflict L

pratidiv

  1. prati-div √2. P. -dīvyati, to throw or cast against Pāṇ. 2-3, 59 Sch
  2. to play at dice with (acc.), to stake anything (gen. or acc.) at dice against AV. MBh

pratidivan

  1. prati-ḍdivan m. the sun L
  2. a day Uṇ. i, 156 Sch

pratidīvan

  1. prati-ḍdī́van m. an adversary at play RV. AV
  2. the sun L

pratidiś

  1. prati-√diś Caus. -deśayati, to point towards, point out MBh
  2. to confess L

pratidiśam

  1. prati-ḍdiśam and See p. 662, col. 1

pratideśam

  1. prati-ḍdeśam See p. 662, col. 1

pratideśanīya

  1. prati-ḍdeśanīya mfn. to be reported or related L

pratidīpta

  1. prati-dīpta mfn. (√dīp) flaming against MBh

pratiduh

  1. prati-√duh (P. impf. -aduhat aor. -adhukṣat), to add by milking TS
  2. (P. Pot. -duhīyat A. Subj. -dohate) to yield (like milk), grant RV. (cf. Nir. i, 7)

pratiduh

  1. prati-ḍdúh n. (nom dhuk
  2. gen. instr. also dhuṣas, ○ṣā) fresh milk, milk still warm AV. TS. MaitrS. Br. ŚrS
  3. ○dhuk-tva n. TS

pratidūṣita

  1. prati-dūṣita mfn. (√2. duṣ, Caus.) defiled, rendered unclean, contaminated Mn. iv, 65

pratidṛś

  1. prati-dṛś (ind. p. -dṛśya), to look at, behold, perceive, notice ŚBr
  2. Ā. and Pass. -dṛśyate, to become visible, appear, appear as, be RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to cause to see, show, teach MBh

pratidarśa

  1. prati-ḍdarśa m. (cf. pratī-d○) looking at, viewing ŚāṅkhŚr

pratidarśana

  1. prati-ḍdarśana n. id. R
  2. (ifc. f. ā) sight, look, appearance MBh

pratidṛś

  1. prati-ḍdṛś

pratidṛśam

  1. prati-ḍdṛśam See p. 662, col. 1

dṛṣṭa

  1. dṛṣṭa mfn. beheld, visible, conspicuous, famous, celebrated BhP. (= pra-khyāta Sch.)
  2. ○ṭānta, See p. 662, col. 1

pratidru

  1. prati-√dru (only aor. -adu bruvat), to run towards (acc.) Bhaṭṭ. [Page 666, Column]

pratidruh

  1. prati-druh m. (√druh) one who seeks to injure in return (a-p○) BhP

pratidhā

  1. prati√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte (Ved. inf. práti-dhātave), to put on or in or near or back, return, restore (loc. or dat.) RV. AV. Br
  2. to adjust (an arrow), aim ib
  3. to put to the lips (for drinking) RV. iv, 27, 5
  4. to put down (the feet), step out Br
  5. to offer, present AitBr
  6. to use, employ Śatr
  7. to restrain BhP
  8. (Ā.) to commence, begin, approach RV. AV

pratidhā

  1. pratiḍdhā́ f. putting to the lips, a draught RV

pratidhāna

  1. pratiḍdhāna n. (ifc.) putting to or on Gobh
  2. adopting precautions Kull

pratidhi

  1. pratiḍdhí m. a cross-piece on the pole of a carriage RV. VS

pratihita

  1. práti-hita mfn. put on or in &c
  2. (ā), f. an arrow fitted to the bow-string RV. AV
  3. ○têṣu mfn. = ○hitāyīn Kauś

pratihitāyin

  1. práti-ḍhitāyín mfn. one who has adjusted the arrow ŚBr

pratihiti

  1. práti-ḍhiti f. adjusting an arrow Kāṭh

pratidhāv

  1. prati-√dhāv P.Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to run back AV
  2. to rush upon (acc.), attack MBh. R

pratidhāvana

  1. prati-ḍdhāvana n. rushing upon, onset, attack MBh. (vḷ. -bādhana)

pratidhī

  1. prati-√dhī (only pf. -didhima), to expect, hope RV

pratidhī

  1. prati-ḍdhī mfn. See p. 662, col. 1

pratidhṛ

  1. prati-√dhṛ P. Ā. -dhārayati, ○te, to keep back, stop, check ŚBr
  2. to keep erect, support AitBr

pratidhartṛ

  1. prati-ḍdhartṛ́ m. one who keeps back or stops VS

pratidhṛṣ

  1. prati-√dhṛṣ (only pf. -dadharṣa and Ved. inf. -dhṛ́ṣe), to be bold against, brave, defy RV. Kāṭh. (cf. a-pratidhṛṣṭa and ○dhṛṣya)

pratidhyāta

  1. prati-dhyāta mfn. (√dhyai) thought upon, meditated MBh. (v. l. pra-dhyāta)

pratidhvani

  1. prati-dhvani m. (√2. dhvan) echo, reverberated sound Hcar

pratidhvāna

  1. prati-ḍdhvāna m. (n. L.) id. Hit

pratidhvānita

  1. prati-ḍdhvānita (Nāg.),

pratidhvānin

  1. prati-ḍdhvānin (Sāh.), mfn. sounding, resounding

pratidhvasta

  1. prati-dhvasta mfn. (√dhvaṃs) sunk, hanging down MBh

pratinad

  1. prati-√nad P. -nadati, to sound back, answer with a cry or shout MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -nādayati, to cause to resound, make resonant, fill with cries ib

pratināda

  1. prati-ḍnāda m. echo, reverberation Kād

pratinādita

  1. prati-ḍnādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) filled with sounds, resonant, echoing or echoed Hariv. R

pratininada

  1. prati-ḍninada m. = ○nāda Kir

pratinand

  1. prati-√nand P. -nandati, to greet cheerfully, salute (also in return), bid welcome or farewell, address kindly, favour, befriend AV. &c. &c
  2. to receive joyfully or thankfully, to accept willingly (with na, to decline, refuse, reject) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -nandayati, to gladden, delight, gratify MBh. Kām

pratinananda

  1. prati-√naḍnanda m. N. of a poet Cat

pratinanandana

  1. prati-√naḍnándana n. greeting, salutation, friendly acceptance AV
  2. thanksgiving MW

pratinanandita

  1. prati-√naḍnandita mfn. saluted or accepted kindly or cheerfully MBh. Kāv. &c

pratinam

  1. prati-√nam (only pf. -nānāma), to bow or incline towards (acc.) RV

pratinard

  1. prati-√nard P. Ā. -nardati, ○te, to roar or cry against or after (food), greet or hail with cries MBh. Hariv

pratināha

  1. prati-nāha (√nah), See karṇapr○ and cf. pratī-nāha under 1. pratī, p. 673

pratiniḥsṛj

  1. prati-niḥ-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to drive towards, give up to (dat.) ŚBr

pratiniḥsarga

  1. prati-ḍniḥsarga m. giving back, abandonment Lalit. (wṛ. niḥsaṅga)

pratiniḥsṛjya

  1. prati-ḍniḥsṛjya mfn. to be given up or abandoned L

pratiniḥsṛṣṭa

  1. prati-ḍniḥsṛṣṭa mfn. driven away Divyâv

pratinikṣip

  1. prati-ni-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to put down or deposit again MBh

pratinigad

  1. prati-ni-√gad P. -gadati, to speak to, address KātyŚr
  2. to recite or repeat singly TBr. Sch

pratinigrah

  1. prati-ni-√grah Ā. -gṛhṇīte, to take up (liquids), ladle out ŚBr

pratinigrāhya

  1. prati-ḍnigrāhya mfn. to be ladled out ĀpŚr. (cf. ○nirgr○)

pratinidhā

  1. prati-ni-√dhā P. -dadhāti, to put in the place of another, substitute ŚrS. Śaṃk
  2. to order, command MBh
  3. to slight, disregard MW. [Page 666, Column]

pratinidhātavya

  1. prati-ḍnidhātavya mfn. to be substituted Nyāyam. Sch

pratinidhāpayitavya

  1. prati-ḍnidhāpayitavya mfn. to be caused to be substituted ib

pratinidhi

  1. prati-ḍnidhi m. substitution
  2. a substitute, representative, proxy, surety ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. a resemblance of a real form, an image, likeness, statue, picture Kāv
  4. (ifc.) an image of i.e. similar, like Kāvyâd. (○dhī-√kṛ, to substitute anything acc. for comp. MBh. Ragh.)

pratinidheya

  1. prati-ḍnidheya mfn. to be substituted Nyāyam

pratinind

  1. prati-√nind P. -nindati, to abuse, blame, censure MBh

pratinipāta

  1. prati-ni-pāta m. (√pat) falling down, alighting MBh

pratiniyata

  1. prati-ni-yata mfn. (√yam) fixed or adopted for each single case, particular or different for each case Kap. Śaṃk

pratiniyama

  1. prati-ḍniyama m. a strict rule as to applying an example to particular persons or things only Kap

pratiniras

  1. prati-nir-√as P. -asyati, to throw back ĀpŚr

pratinirgrāhya

  1. prati-nir-grāhya mfn. (√grah) to be taken up with a ladle ĀpŚr. (cf. prati-nigr○)

pratinirjita

  1. prati-nir-jita mfn. (√ji) appropriated, turned to one's own advantage MBh

pratinirdiś

  1. prati-nir-√diś (only Pass. -diśyate), to point or refer back Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-2, 53

pratinirdiṣṭa

  1. prati-ḍnirdiṣṭa mfn. referred to again KātyŚr. Sch

pratinirdeśa

  1. prati-ḍnirdeśa m. a reference back to (with gen.), renewed mention Śaṃk

pratinirdeśaka

  1. prati-ḍnirdeśaka mfn. pointing or referring back (ifc.) KātyŚr. Sch

pratinirdeśya

  1. prati-ḍnirdeśya mfn. referred to or mentioned again Sāh

pratiniryat

  1. prati-nir-√yat Caus. -yātayati, to give back, return MBh

pratiniryātana

  1. prati-ḍniryātana n. giving back, returning Pāṇ. 2-3, 11 Sch
  2. rewarding, retaliation L

pratiniryā

  1. prati-nir-√yā P. -yāti, to come forth again MBh. MārkP

pratinirvap

  1. prati-nir-√vap P. -vapati, to distribute in return TS. TBr. Kauś

pratinivāraṇa

  1. prati-ni-vāraṇa n. (√1. vṛ) keeping off, warding off BhP

pratinivāsana

  1. prati-ni-vāsana n. (√4. vas) a kind of garment Buddh

pratiniviṣṭa

  1. prati-ni-viṣṭa mfn. (√viś) quite prepossessed with (loc.) R
  2. obstinate, obdurate
  3. -mūrkha m. an obstinate fool Bhartṛ

pratiniveśa

  1. prati-ḍniveśa m. obstinacy, obdurateness Baudh

pratinivṛt

  1. prati-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (P. 2. pl. fut. -vartsyatha MBh.), to turn back or round, return MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to turn away from (abl.), escape, run away, take flight MBh
  3. to cease, be allayed or abated BhP.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to go back, turn back, avert R. BhP

pratinivartana

  1. prati-ḍnivartana n. returning, coming back ( See punaḥ-pr○)

pratinivartita

  1. prati-ḍnivartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to return, led back R

pratinivṛtta

  1. prati-ḍnivṛtta mfn. turned back or from (abl.), come back, return MBh. Kāv. &c

pratinivṛtti

  1. prati-ḍnivṛtti f. coming back, return ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiniṣkraya

  1. prati-niṣ-kraya m. (√krī) retaliation, retribution L

pratiniṣpū

  1. prati-niṣ-√pū P. -punāti, to cleanse or winnow again, purify KātyŚr. Kauś. Suśr

pratiniṣpūta

  1. prati-niṣ-ḍpūta mfn. cleansed, winnowed Suśr

pratinistṝ

  1. prati-nis-√tṝ P. -tarati, to accomplish Divyâv

pratinihan

  1. prati-ni-√han (only 2. pers. pf. -jaghántha), to aim a blow at (acc.) RV. i, 52, 15

pratinihanihata

  1. prati-ni-√haḍnihata mfn. hit, slain, killed MBh

pratinī

  1. prati-√nī P. -nayati, to lead towards or back AV. &c. &c
  2. to put into, mix Kauś

pratināyaka

  1. prati-ḍnāyaka See p. 662, col. 1

pratinu

  1. prati-√nu P. -nauti, to commend, approve Pat

pratinud

  1. prati-√nud P. Ā. -nudati, ○te, to thrust back, repulse, ward off RV. VS. TS. Br

pratinoda

  1. prati-ḍnoda hrusting back, repulse TāṇḍBr. (cf. á-pr○)

pratinṛt

  1. prati-√nṛt P. -nṛtyati, to dance before (in token of contempt), mock in turn by dancing before (acc.) MBh.: Intens. -narnṛtīti, to dance before (in token of love), delight or gladden by dancing before (acc.) Pat. [Page 667, Column]

pratinyas

  1. prati-ny-√as (only ind. p. -nyasya), to place apart or lay down separately (for different persons) deposit R. (v. l. pra-vi-n○)

pratinyāsa

  1. prati-ḍnyāsa See p. 662, col. 1

pratinyāgam

  1. prati-ny-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to come back, return Kāṭh

pratipa

  1. pratipa m. N. of a prince L. (prob. wṛ. for pratīpa, q.v.)

pratipaṇa

  1. prati-paṇá m. (√paṇ) barter, exchange AV. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 1)

pratipat

  1. prati-√pat P. -patati, to hasten towards, run to meet (acc.) MBh

pratipad

  1. prati-√pad Ā. -padyate (ep. fut. also -patsyati), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at, resch, attain VS. &c. &c
  2. to walk, wander, roam ChUp
  3. to come back to (acc.), return MBh
  4. to happen, occur, take place PārGṛ. MBh
  5. to get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's self. ŚBr. &c. &c
  6. to receive back, recover AitBr. Śak
  7. to restore to favour Ragh
  8. to undertake, begin (acc., dat. or inf.), practise, perform, accomplish Nir. MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. to do anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (loc., gen. or acc.) MBh. Hariv. R
  10. to make, render MBh
  11. to fall to a person's (acc.) lot or share, PārGr
  12. to let a person (dat.) have anything Āpast
  13. to give back, restore Mn. viii, 183
  14. to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn MBh. R. &c
  15. to deem, consider, regard Śaṃk. Sāh
  16. to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scil. tathā, or tathêti), acknowledge, assent, agree, promise MBh. Kāv. &c
  17. to begin to speak, commence (with acc. or instr.) RV. Br
  18. to answer ChUp. (also with uttaram R.): Caus. -pādayati, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to partake of (2 acc.). give a present to, bestow on (loc., dat. or gen.) Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c
  19. to give in marriage Āpast
  20. to spend. ib
  21. to present with (instr.) Kāraṇḍ
  22. to put in, appoint to (loc.) R
  23. to produce, cause, effect MBh. R. &c
  24. to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach, impart MBh. R. &c
  25. to deem, consider, regard as (2 acc.) Pañcat. (vḷ. -vadasi for -pādayasi): Desid. -pitsate (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to wish to attain Śaṃk
  26. to wish to know Bhām.: Desid. of Caus. -pipādayiṣati, to wish or intend to explain or analyze Śaṃk

pratipattavya

  1. prati-ḍpattavya mfn. to be obtained or received MBh
  2. to be given (as an answer) R
  3. to be conceived or understood Car. Śaṃk
  4. to be done or begun MBh
  5. n. (impers.) it is to be assumed or stated Śaṃk
  6. one should act or proceed or behave MBh. Daś. Pañcat

pratipatti

  1. prati-ḍpatti f. gaining, obtaining, acquiring Gaut. Śaṃk
  2. perception, observation, ascertainment, knowledge, intellect MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. supposition, assertion, statement Bhartṛ. Tattvas
  4. admission, acknowledgment Yājñ
  5. giving, granting, bestowing on (loc. or comp) MBh. Kām
  6. causing, effecting Kām
  7. beginning, action, procedure in or with (loc., gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (tatra kā pratipattiḥ syāt, what is to be done there? MBh
  8. kā tasya pratipattiḥ. what is to be done with it? Kull.)
  9. respectful reception or behaviour, homage, welcome ib. (○ttiṃ-√dā, to show honour Śak.)
  10. confidence, assurance, determination R. (cf. a-pratp○)
  11. resource, means for (loc.), expedient against (gen.) Jaim
  12. high rank or dignity, rule, reign Cat
  13. conclusion ĀśvŚr
  14. -karman n. a concluding rite or ceremony ĀpŚr. Sch
  15. -dakṣa mfn. knowing how to act or what is to be done Pañcat
  16. -darśin mfn. showing what ought to be done SaddhP
  17. -niṣṭhura mfn. difficult to be understood Ragh
  18. -paṭaha m. a kind of kettle-drum (allowed only to chiefs of a certain rank) L
  19. -parāṅmukha mf(ī)n. averse from compliance, obstinate, unyielding Bhaṭṭ
  20. -pradāna n. the giving of preferment, conferring promotion Hit
  21. -bheda m. diversity of views, difference of opinions RPrāt
  22. -mat mfn. possessing appropriate knowledge, knowing what is to be done, active, prompt R. Kām. Suśr
  23. celebrated, high in rank W
  24. -viśārada mfn. = -dakṣa MBh

pratipattṛ

  1. prati-ḍpattṛ mfn. one who perceives or hears Sāh
  2. one who comprehends or understands Śaṃk. [Page 667, Column]
  3. one who maintains or asserts ĀpŚr. Sch

pratipad

  1. prati-ḍpád f. access, ingress. entrance VS. ŚBr
  2. the path to be walked, the right path L
  3. beginning, commencement TS. TBr
  4. an introductory verse or stanza Br. ŚrS
  5. (also ○padā or ○padī) the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the moon's wane) AgP. L
  6. understanding, intelligence L
  7. taste for anything Jātakam
  8. rank, consequence W
  9. a kettle-drum ib
  10. ○paccandra m. the moon on the first day, the new moon (esp. revered and saluted) Ragh
  11. ○pat-tūrya n. a kind of kettle-drum (cf. ○patti-paṭaha) L
  12. ○pan-maya mfn. obedient, willing Jātakam

pratipadā

  1. prati-ḍpadā or f. See under ○pad

pratipadī

  1. prati-ḍpadī f. See under ○pad

pratipanna

  1. prati-ḍpanna mfn. come up or resorted to, got into (acc.), approached, arrived MBh. Kālid
  2. met with, obtained, found, gained, won Kād
  3. overcome, conquered, subdued W
  4. undertaken, begun, done ib
  5. ascertained, known, understood Kum
  6. familiar with (loc.) MBh
  7. convinced, sure of anything Śaṃk
  8. one who has consented or agreed to or promised Kathās. (also -vat) Pañcat
  9. agreed upon, promised, consented to, to R. Pañcat. (-tva Śukas.)
  10. avowed, acknowledged (as a brother), admitted (as a debt) Yājñ. Pañcat
  11. answered, replied Kathās
  12. offered, given, presented to (loc.) Āpast
  13. acting or behaving towards (loc.) MBh
  14. -prayojana mfn. one who has attained his object R

pratipannaka

  1. prati-ḍpannaka m. 'arrived at an aim', (with Buddh.) N. of the 4 orders of Āryas (viz. the Śrota-āpanna, Sakṛid-āgāmin, An-āgāmin, and Arhat) L

pratipādaka

  1. prati-ḍpādaka mf(ikā)n. causing to obtain, giving, presenting to (loc.) MBh. (a-pratip○)
  2. stating, demonstrating, explaining, teaching (-tva n.) MBh. Kāś. Vedântas
  3. effective, accomplishing, promoting MW
  4. m. or n. (?) a receptacle for hair L

pratipādana

  1. prati-ḍpādana n. causing to attain, giving, granting, bestowing on, presenting to (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. giving back, restoring, returning MBh. (a-pratip○ Kull.)
  3. bringing back R
  4. putting in, appointing to (loc.), inauguration ib
  5. producing, causing, effecting, accomplishing W
  6. stating, setting forth, explaining, teaching, pro. pounding, illustrating Var. Śaṃk. Sāh
  7. begining, commencement MBh
  8. action, worldly conduct W

pratipādanīya

  1. prati-ḍpādanīya mfn. to be given, to be married Śak
  2. to be propounded or discussed or treated of Kap. Sch
  3. to be accomplished MW

pratipādayitavya

  1. prati-ḍpādayitavya mfn. to be offered or given, Kā

pratipādayitṛ

  1. prati-ḍpādayitṛ m. a giver, bestower on (loc.) Āpast
  2. a teacher, propounder, instructor Kāś

pratipādita

  1. prati-ḍpādita mfn. caused to attain, given (also in marriage), delivered, presented MBh. Hariv. R
  2. stated, proved, set forth, explained, taught MBh. Kathās. BhP
  3. (-tva n.) Sāh
  4. caused, effected, produced MBh. R

pratipāduka

  1. prati-ḍpāduka mf(ī)n. recovering Śiś
  2. determining, ascertaining W
  3. causing, effecting ib

pratipādya

  1. prati-ḍpādya mfn. to be treated of or discussed, to be explained or propounded (-tva. n.) Śaṃk. Vedântas. Kāś

pratipitsā

  1. prati-pitsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of obtaining, striving after (comp.) Saṃk

pratipitsu

  1. prati-ḍpitsu mfn. desirous of obtaining, longing for (acc. or comp.) ib
  2. desirous of hearing or learning (acc.) Gobh. Sch

pratipipādayiṣā

  1. prati-ḍpipādayiṣā f. desire of setting forth or discussing or treating of (acc.) Kāvyâd. Sch

pratipipādayiṣu

  1. prati-ḍpipādayiṣu mfn. wishing to explain, about to treat of Kull

pratiparāṇī

  1. prati-parā-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead back ŚBr

pratiparāhṛ

  1. prati-parā-√hṛ P. -harati, to hand over ŚBr

pratiparigamana

  1. prati-pari-gamana n. (√gam) walking round backwards or again ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiparī

  1. prati-parī ([pari+√i]), P. -paryeti, to go round in a reverse direction KātySr

pratipare

  1. prati-paré ([parA+i]), ind. p. -parêtya, to return again ŚBr

pratiparyāvṛt

  1. prati-pary-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn round in an opposite direction ŚāṅkhŚr. Kauś

pratiparyāhṛ

  1. prati-pary-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to turn round again ŚāṅkhŚr

pratipaś

  1. prati-√paś only pr. P. -paśyati, to look at, perceive, see, behold RV. AV. Br. MBh
  2. to live to see, experience MBh
  3. (Ā. ○te) to see in one's own possession AV

pratipāṇa

  1. prati-pāṇá (√paṇ), m. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 2) ready to exchange, bartering AV. [Page 667, Column]

pratipāna

  1. prati-pāna n. (√1. pā) drinking Āpast. (cf. pratī-p○)
  2. water for drinking R

pratipāl

  1. prati-√pāl P. -pālayati (ep. also ○te), to protect, defend, guard, keep MBh. R
  2. to observe, maintain ib
  3. to wait, wait for, expect ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c

pratipālaka

  1. prati-ḍpālaka mf(ikā)n. protecting preserving
  2. a protector W

pratipālana

  1. prati-ḍpālana n. guarding, protecting, keeping, cherishing MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. maintaining, observing MBh. R
  3. waiting, expecting Ratnâv

pratipālanīya

  1. prati-ḍpālanīya (Śak.),

pratipālayitavya

  1. prati-ḍpālayitavya (MBh.), mfn. to be guarded or watched or waited for

pratipālita

  1. prati-ḍpālita mfn. cherished, protected
  2. practised, followed W

pratipālin

  1. prati-ḍpālin mfn. guarding MBh

pratipālya

  1. prati-ḍpālya mfn. = ○pālanīya MBh. Śak

pratipitsā

  1. prati-pitsā -pitsu, -pipādayiṣā, -pipādayiṣu, See col. 2

pratipiṣ

  1. prati-√piṣ P. -pinaṣṭi (ep. impf. -apiṃṣat), to rub one thing against another, rub together MBh. (karaṃ kare, or hastair hastâgram, the hands)
  2. to bruise, grind, crush, destroy. Nir. ChUp. MBh

pratipiṣṭa

  1. prati-ḍpiṣṭa mfn. rubbed or rubbing against each other (as horses), struck against each other, crossed (as swords)
  2. bruised, crushed MBh. Suśr

pratipeṣam

  1. prati-ḍpeṣam ind. rubbing or pressing against each other (uraḥ-pratipeṣaṃ yudhyante, they fight breast to breast) Pāṇ. 3-4, 55 Sch

pratipīḍ

  1. prati-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press, oppress, harass, afflict MBh. R

pratipīḍana

  1. prati-ḍpīḍana n. oppressing, harassing, molesting Kām

pratipīy

  1. prati-√pīy P. -pī́yati, to abuse, revile RV

pratipūj

  1. prati-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to return a salutation, reverence, salute respectfully, honour, praise, commend, approve Mn. MBh. &c

pratipūjaka

  1. prati-ḍpūjaka mfn. honouring, revering, a reverer (ifc.) R

pratipūjana

  1. prati-ḍpūjana n. doing homage, honouring, revering (with gen.) R

pratipūjā

  1. prati-ḍpūjā f. id (with gen. or loc.) MBh

pratipūjita

  1. prati-ḍpūjita mfn. honoured, revered, presented with (instr.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. exchanged as civilities W

pratipūjya

  1. prati-ḍpūjya mfn. to be honoured Mn

pratipṝ

  1. prati-√pṝ P. -pṛṇāti (only 2. du. Impv. -pṛṇītám), to bestow in return RV. vii, 65, 5: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill up, make full ĀśvGṛ. Suśr
  2. to fill (said of a noise) MBh
  3. to sate, satiate, satisfy ib
  4. to fulfil, accomplish R

pratipūraṇa

  1. prati-pūraṇa n. filling up, filling R
  2. injecting a fluid or other substance, pouring a fluid over Suśr
  3. the being filled with (instr.) Gaut
  4. obstruction, congestion (of the head) Car

pratipūrita

  1. prati-ḍpūrita mfn. filled with, full of Hariv
  2. satisfied, contented BhP

pratipūrṇa

  1. prati-ḍpūrṇa mfn. id. ChUp. MBh. &c
  2. -bimba mfn. 'having its disc filled', full (the moon) MBh
  3. mānasa mfn. (having one's heart) satisfied Hariv

pratipūrti

  1. prati-ḍpūrti f. fulfilment, perfection Lalit

pratipragrah

  1. prati-pra-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to take up or receive again MBh

pratiprach

  1. prati-√prach P. -pṛcchati, to ask, question, inquire of (2 acc.) R. Kathās

pratipraśna

  1. prati-ḍpraśna m. a question in return ĀpŚr. Vait
  2. an answer Var

pratiprāś

  1. prati-ḍprāś

pratiprāśita

  1. prati-ḍprāśita See p. 662, ccl. 2

pratiprajñā

  1. prati-pra-√jñā P. -jānāti, to seek out or find again ŚBr

pratiprajñāti

  1. prati-ḍprajñāti f. discrimination, ascertainment, statement AitBr. Kāṭh

pratipradā

  1. prati-pra-√dā P. -dadāti, to give back again MBh

pratipratta

  1. prati-ḍpratta mfn. given up, delivered ŚBr

pratipradāna

  1. prati-ḍpradāna n. giving back, returning R
  2. giving in marriage ib

pratiprabrū

  1. prati-pra-√brū P. -braviiti, to speak in return, reply, answer ŚBr

pratiprabha

  1. prati-prabha m. N. of an Ātreya (author of RV. v, 49) Anukr
  2. (ā), f. reflection (of fire) MBh

pratipramuc

  1. prati-pra-√muc P. -muñcati, to admit (a calf to the cow) ŚBr

pratiprayam

  1. prati-pra-√yam P. -yacchati, to give back, return, restore TS. GṛŚrS. Daś

pratiprayavaṇa

  1. prati-pra-yavaṇa n. (√2. yu) repeated mixture Suśr

pratiprayā

  1. prati-pra-√yā P. -yāti, to go back, return RV. &c. &c

pratiprayāṇa

  1. prati-ḍprayāṇa n. going back, return R. (○ṇakam, See p. 662, col. 2). [Page 668, Column]

pratiprayāta

  1. prati-ḍprayāta mfn. gone back, returned MBh. Kāv. &c

pratiprayuj

  1. prati-pra-√yuj P. Ā. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, to add instead of something else, substitute TāṇḍBr
  2. (Ā.) to pay back, restore (a debt) MBh. (B.)

pratipravac

  1. prati-pra-√vac (only pf. -próvāca and ind. p. -prôrya), to report, relate, tell TS. Br

pratiprokta

  1. prati-ḍprôkta mfn. returned, answered AitBr. BhP

pratipravid

  1. prati-pra-√vid Caus. -vedayati, to proclaim, announce TS

pratipraviś

  1. prati-pra-√viś P. -viśati, to go back, return R

pratipravṛt

  1. prati-pra-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to lead towards Kauś

pratipraśna

  1. prati-praśna See prati-√prach

pratipraśrabdhi

  1. prati-pra-śrabdhi f. (√śrambh) omission, removal L

pratiprasū

  1. prati-pra-√sū Ā. -suvate, to allow or enjoin again ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiprasava

  1. prati-ḍprasava m. counter-order, suspension of a general prohibition in a particular case Śaṃk. KātyŚr. Sch. Kull
  2. an exception to an exception TPrāt. Sch
  3. return to the original state Yogas

pratiprasavam

  1. prati-ḍprasavam ind., See p. 662, col. 2

pratiprasūta

  1. prati-ḍprasūta mfn. re-enjoined after having been forbidden KātyŚr. Sch

pratiprasṛp

  1. prati-pra-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep near again ĀśvŚr

pratiprasthātṛ

  1. prati-pra-sthātṛ́ m. (√sthā) N. of a priest who assists the Adhvaryu TS. Br. ŚrS

pratiprasthāna

  1. prati-ḍprasthā́na m. N. of a partic. Soma-Graha VS
  2. n. the office of the Prati-prasthātṛi ( See ○prāsthānika)
  3. the milk-vessel of the Prati ĀpŚr

pratiprāsthānika

  1. prati-ḍprāsthānika mfn. relating to the office of the Prati
  2. (with karman), n. the office of the Prati MBh

pratiprahāra

  1. prati-pra-hāra m. (√hṛ) a counter-blow, returning a blow Hariv. Ragh

pratiprahi

  1. prati-pra-√hi P. -hiṇoti, to drive or chase back AV. ŚBr

pratiprahve

  1. prati-pra-√hve (only Pass. -hūyate), to call near, invite to (acc.) RV

pratiprāyā

  1. prati-prâ-√yā P. -yāti, to come near, approach RV

pratiprāś

  1. prati-prāś -prāśita, See prati√prach and p. 662, col. 2

pratiprās

  1. prati-prâs (pra + √as), P. -prâsyati, to throw or cast upon KātyŚr

pratiplavana

  1. prati-plavana n. (√plu) jumping or leaping back R

pratiphal

  1. prati-√phal P. -phalati, to bound against, rebound, be reflected Kāv
  2. to requite MW

pratiphala

  1. prati-ḍphala m. (L.),

pratiphalana

  1. prati-ḍphalana n. (Kāv.) reflection, image, shadow
  2. (W.) return, requital, retaliation

pratiphullaka

  1. prati-phullaka mfn. flowering, in blossom L

pratibandh

  1. prati-√bandh P. Ā. -badhnāti, -badhnīte (ep. impf. also -abandhat), to tie to, fasten, fix, moor (Ā., anything of one's own) ŚBr. Hariv. &c
  2. to set, enchase MBh
  3. to exclude, cut off Ragh. Kull
  4. to keep back or off, keep at a distance Daś. Naish
  5. to stop, interrupt Śak

pratibaddha

  1. prati-ḍbaddha mfn. tied or bound to, fastened, fixed Kām. Ragh. Suśr
  2. twisted, wreathed (as a garland), Mālatim. ii, 0/1
  3. dependent on, subject to (comp.) Kād. Saṃk
  4. attached to, joined or connected or provided with (instr.) Kap. MBh. Hit
  5. harmonizing with, (loc.) Kum
  6. fixed, directed (upari, or comp.) Śaṃk. Pañcat
  7. hindered, excluded, cut off, Mallin
  8. kept at a distance MBh
  9. entangled, complicated Var
  10. disappointed, thwarted, crossed, vexed L
  11. (in phil.) that which is always connected or implied (as fire in smoke) MW
  12. -citta mfn. one whose mind is turned to or fixed on (comp.) Pañcat
  13. -tā f. the being connected with (comp.) L
  14. -prasara mfn. hindered or blunted in its course (as a thunderbolt), Mallin. on Kum. iii, 12
  15. -rāga mfn. having passion in harmonious connection with (loc.), Kum. vii, 91

pratibadhya

  1. prati-ḍbadhya mfn. to be obstructed or hindered L. [Page 668, Column]

pratibanddhṛ

  1. prati-ḍbanddhṛ m. a hinderer, preventer, obstructor
  2. -tā f. Naish

pratibandha

  1. prati-ḍbandha m. connection, uninterruptedness, Kap. Kāś
  2. a prop, support Kād
  3. investment, siege Hariv
  4. obstacle, hindrance, impediment Kālid. Śaṃk
  5. opposition, resistance Śak. (ena, by all kinds of resṭresistance Nal.)
  6. a logical impediment, obstructive argument Sarvad
  7. stoppage, suspension, cessation Pāṇ. 3-3, 51 (cf. varṣapr○) ; vii, 1, 45
  8. -kārin mfn. creating obstacles, hindering, preventing W
  9. -mukta mfn. freed from obstṭobstacles Śatr
  10. -vat mfn. beset with obstṭobstacles, difficult to attain Mālav

pratibandhaka

  1. prati-ḍbandhaka (ifc.) = ○bandha, impediment, obstacle MBh
  2. mf(ikā)n. obstructing, preventing, resisting MBh. Rājat. TPrāt. Sch
  3. m. a branch L
  4. N. of a prince VP

pratibandhana

  1. prati-ḍbandhana n. binding, confinement, obstruction W

pratibandhi

  1. prati-ḍbandhi in. contradiction, objection L
  2. -kalpanā f. (in logic) an assumption liable to a legitimate contradiction Sarvad

pratibandhin

  1. prati-ḍbandhin mfn. meeting with an obstacle, being impeded or prevented Pāṇ. 6-2, 6
  2. (ifc.) impeding, obstructing
  3. -tā f. Vikr

pratibādh

  1. prati-√bādh Ā. -bādhate (ep. also P. ○ti), to beat back, ward off, repel MBh. R
  2. to check, restrain ŚBr
  3. to pain, torment, vex Hariv. R

pratibādhaka

  1. prati-ḍbādhaka mf(ikā)n. thrusting back, repelling (ifc.) R
  2. preventing, obstructing MW

pratibādhana

  1. prati-ḍbādhana n. beating back, repulsion (gen., acc., or comp.) MBh. BhP

pratibādhita

  1. prati-ḍbādhita mfn. beaten back, repelled MBh

pratibādhin

  1. prati-ḍbādhin mfn. obstructing
  2. m. an opponent MW

pratibudh

  1. prati-√budh Ā. -budhyate (ep. also P. ○ti), to awaken (intr.), awake, wake Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to perceive, observe, learn RV. (2. pf. Subj. -búbodhatha
  3. p. Ā. búdhyamāna, 'attentive') AV. Br. BhP
  4. to awaken (trans.) RV.: Pass. (only aor. abodhi) to expand BhP.: Caus. bodhayati, to awaken (trans.) Kāv. Kathās. BhP
  5. to instruct, inform, admonish MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. to commission, charge, order MW

pratibuddha

  1. prati-ḍbuddha (práti-), mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) RV. &c. &c
  2. one who has attained to perfect knowledge ŚBr. (cf. MWB. 98, n.)
  3. illuminated, enlightened BhP
  4. observed, recognized ib
  5. known, celebrated W
  6. made prosperous or great ib
  7. -vastu mfn. understanding the real nature of things BhP
  8. ○ddhâtman mfn. having the mind roused or awakened, awake MW

pratibuddhaka

  1. prati-ḍbuddhaka mfn. known, recognized (a-pratib○) MBh

pratibuddhi

  1. prati-ḍbuddhi f. awakening Cat
  2. hostile disposition or purpose (= śatru-b○) MW
  3. -vat mfn. having hostile intentions ib

pratibodha

  1. prati-ḍbodha m. (cf. pratī-b○) awaking, waking Ragh. BhP
  2. perception, knowledge KenUp. BhP
  3. instruction, admonition Śukas
  4. N. of a man, g. bidâdi
  5. -vat mfn. endowed with knowledge or reason Śak

pratibodhaka

  1. prati-ḍbodhaka mfn. awakening (with acc.) R
  2. m. a teacher, instructor Siṃhâs

pratibodhana

  1. prati-ḍbodhana mfn. awakening, enlivening, refreshing (ifc.) BhP. Suśr
  2. (ā), f. awaking, recovering consciousness Kād
  3. n. awaking, expanding, spreading MBh. Suśr
  4. awakening (trans.) R
  5. instruction, explanation BhP

pratibodhanīya

  1. prati-ḍbodhanīya mfn. to be awakened Ratnâv

pratibodhita

  1. prati-ḍbodhita mfn. awakened R
  2. instructed, taught, admonished W

pratibodhin

  1. prati-ḍbodhin mfn. awaking, about to awake Kathās. (cf. g. gamy-ādi)

pratibrū

  1. prati-√brū P. Ā. -braviiti, -brūve, to speak in reply, answer RV. &c. &c. (also with 2 acc. R.)
  2. (Ā.) to answer i.e. return (an attack &c.) RV
  3. to refuse, deny BhP

pratibhakṣ

  1. prati-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣayati, to eat separately or alone ĀśvŚr

pratibhaj

  1. prati-√bhaj P. -bhajati, to fall again to one's share, return to (acc.) Daś. 2

pratibhāga

  1. prati-ḍbhāga m. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 3) division VāyuP. (wṛ. for pra-vibh○?)
  2. a share, portion, daily present (consisting of fruit, flowers &c. and offered to a king) Mn. viii, 307
  3. -śas ind. in divisions or classes Suśr

pratibhañj

  1. prati-√bhañj P. -bhanakti, to fracture, break in pieces RV. AV. TBr

pratibhaṇ

  1. prati-√bhaṇ P. -bhaṇati, to speak in reply, answer Bhaṭṭ

pratibhaṇita

  1. prati-ḍbhaṇita mfn. answered, replied W

pratibhaṇḍitavya

  1. prati-bhaṇḍitavya mfn. (√bhaṇḍ) to be derided or scoffed in return L

pratibhā

  1. prati-√bhā P. -bhāti, to shine upon (acc.) Lāṭy
  2. to come in sight, present or offer one's self to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. &c. [Page 668, Column]
  3. to appear to the mind (also with manasi), flash upon the thoughts, become clear or manifest, occur to (acc. or gen.) Up. MBh. &c. (nóttaram pratibhātime, 'no answer occurs to me' Hariv.)
  4. to seem or appear to (gen., acc. with or without prati) as or like (nom. with or without iva, or yathā, or -vat ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (iti pratibhāti me manaḥ, 'so it seems to my mind' MBh.)
  5. to seem fit, appear good, please to (gen.or acc.) Vikr. Pañcat. &c. (sā bhāryā pratibhāti me, 'this one would please me as a wife' Kathās.)

pratibha

  1. prati-ḍbha mfn. wise, intelligent Ragh. viii, 79 (vḷ.)

pratibhā

  1. prati-ḍbhā f. an image Nir
  2. light, splendour ( See niṣ-pr○)
  3. appearance (a-pr○) Gaut
  4. fitness, suitableness (a-pr○), Śrs
  5. intelligence, understanding MBh. Kāv. Sāh
  6. presence of mind, genius, wit Kām
  7. audacity, boldness (a-pr○) Nyāyad
  8. a thought, idea Daś. Kathās
  9. a founded supposition Naish
  10. fancy, imagination MBh. Kathās. Sāh
  11. -kṣaya m. loss or absence of knowledge, want of sense Kull
  12. -tas ind. by fancy or imagination Kathās
  13. -"ṣnvita (○bhânv○), mfn. intelligent, wise L
  14. confident, hold L
  15. -balāt ind. by force of reason or intelligence, wisely Rājat
  16. -mukha mfn. at once hitting the right, quick-witted L. (confident, arrogant W.)
  17. -vat mfn. endowed with presence of mind, shrewd, intelligent Kathās
  18. confident, bold L
  19. m. (L.) the sun, the moon, fire
  20. -vaśāt ind. = -tas, Kithās
  21. -vilāsa m. N. of sev. wks
  22. -hāni f. privation of light, dulness, darkness W
  23. = -kṣaya ib

pratibhāta

  1. prati-ḍbhāta n. (prob.) a symbolical offering Hariv. (vḷ. ○bhâna and ○bhāva)

pratibhāna

  1. prati-ḍbhāna n. becoming clear or visible, obviousness TS. Sch
  2. intelligence Hariv
  3. eloquence Lalit
  4. brilliancy W
  5. boldness, audacity ib
  6. v. l. for ○bhāta Hariv
  7. -kūṭa m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva L
  8. -vat mfn. endowed with presence of mind, quick-witted, shrewd, intelligent MBh. Kāv. &c. (-tva n. Mālatim.)
  9. bright, brilliant W
  10. bold, audacious ib

pratibhāṣ

  1. prati-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to speak in return or to (acc.), answer, relate, tell MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to call, name (2 acc.), Śrut

pratibhāṣā

  1. prati-ḍbhāṣā f. an answer, rejoinder L

pratibhāṣya

  1. prati-ḍbhāṣya n. N. of ch. of BhavP

pratibhās

  1. prati-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate, to manifest one's self. appear as or look like or as (nom.) Rājat. (nānā-tvena, 'to appear different' Vedântas.)
  2. to shine, be brilliant, have a bright appearance Kathās

pratibhāsa

  1. prati-ḍbhāsa m. appearance, look, similitude, Vedantas. Sāh
  2. appearing or occurring to the mind Kpr. R. Sch
  3. illusion Lalit

pratibhāsana

  1. prati-ḍbhāsana n. appearing, appearance Kap. Sch. Sāy
  2. look, semblance Sāh

pratibhid

  1. prati-√bhid P. -bhinatti, to pierce, penetrate MBh
  2. to disclose, betray Daś
  3. to reproach, censure, be indignant with (acc.) Ragh. Śiś

pratibhinna

  1. prati-ḍbhinna mfn. pierced, divided W
  2. distinguished by (instr. or comp.) Kum. vii. 7 ; 35

pratibhinnaka

  1. prati-ḍbhinnaka mfn. undecided (?) Divyâv

pratibheda

  1. prati-ḍbheda m. (ifc. f. ā) splitting, dividing (?) MBh
  2. discovery, betrayal Rājat. Kathās

pratibhedana

  1. prati-ḍbhedana n. piercing, cutting, dividing W
  2. putting out (as the eyes) Yājñ

pratibhuj

  1. prati-√bhuj P. -bhunakti, to enjoy MBh
  2. to eat food besides the prescribed diet Car

pratibhukta

  1. prati-ḍbhukta mfn. one who has eaten food reserved for him Car
  2. one who has eaten food other than the prescribed diet ib

pratibhoga

  1. prati-ḍbhoga m. enjoyment MBh
  2. = next Car
  3. vḷ. for -bhāga Mn.viii, 307

pratibhojana

  1. prati-ḍbhojana n. prescribed diet Car

pratibhojita

  1. prati-ḍbhojita mfn. one who has been allowed to eat food besides the prescribed diet ib

pratibhojin

  1. prati-ḍbhojin mfn. eating the prṭprescribed diet ib

pratibhū

  1. prati-√bhū P. -bhavati, to be equal to or on a par with (acc.) ŚBr.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to observe, become acquainted with (acc.) MBh.: Pass. -bhāvyate, to be considered as, pass for (nom.) Rājat

pratibhāva

  1. prati-ḍbhāva m. counterpart (-tā f.) Prasannar
  2. corresponding character or disposition W
  3. -vat mfn. having corresponding characters, social ib

pratibhū

  1. prati-ḍbhū m. a surety, security, bail Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

pratibhūṣ

  1. prati-√bhūṣ P. -bhūṣati, to make ready, prepare, fit out RV
  2. to serve, wait upon, honour, worship ib. TS
  3. to concede, acquiesce in, agree to (acc.) RV

pratibhṛ

  1. prati-√bhṛ P. -bharati, to carry towards, offer, present RV
  2. (-bibharti), to support (a parent) Divyâv

pratibhṛta

  1. prati-ḍbhṛta mfn. offered, prevented ib. [Page 669, Column]

pratimaṇḍita

  1. prati-maṇḍita mfn. (√maṇḍ) decorated, adorned SaddhP

pratiman

  1. prati-√man Ā. -manute, to render back in return or in reply, contrast with (also with 2 acc.) VS. ChUp.: Caus. -mānayati, to honour, esteem, approve, consider, regard MBh. R. &c

pratimānanā

  1. prati-ḍmānanā f. homage, reverence Śiś

pratimānayitavya

  1. prati-ḍmānayitavya mfn. to be regarded or considered Mudr

pratimantr

  1. prati-√mantr P. -mantrayati, to call out or reply to ŚrS
  2. to consecrate with sacred texts MBh

pratimantraṇa

  1. prati-ḍmantraṇa n. an answer, reply Kauś

pratimantrayitavya

  1. prati-ḍmantrayitavya mfn. to be answered L

pratimantrita

  1. prati-ḍmantrita mfn. consecrated with sacred texts MBh

pratimanyūya

  1. prati-manyūya Nom. Ā. ○yate, á-pratimanyūyamāna

pratimarśa

  1. prati-marśa m. (√mṛś) a kind of powder used as a sternutatory Car. Suśr. (wṛ. -marṣa)

pratimā

  1. prati-√mā Ā. -mimīte (Ved. inf. prati-mai), to imitate, copy RV. VS. Kauś

pratimā

  1. prati-√mā m. a creator, maker, framer AV. VS
  2. (ā́), f. an image, likeness, symbol RV. &c. &c
  3. a picture, statue, figure, idol Mn. Hariv. Ragh. (IW. 218, 1 ; 241)
  4. reflection (in comp. after a word meaning 'moon', below.)
  5. measure, extent (cf. below)
  6. N. of a metre RPrāt
  7. the part of an elephant's head between the tusks (also ○ma m.) L. (ifc. like, similar, resembling, equal to TBr. MBh. &c
  8. having the measure of, as long or wide &c. as, e.g. tri-nalva-pr○, 3 Nalvas long Hariv
  9. ○ma-tā f. -tva n. reflection, image, shadow W.)
  10. -gata mfn. present in an idol (as a deity) Ragh
  11. -candra m. 'reflection-moon', image of the moon Ragh
  12. -dāna n. -dravyâdi-vacana n. N. of wks
  13. -paricāraka m. an attendant upon an idol (= devala) Kull. (cf. IW. 218, 1)
  14. -pūjā f. worship of images MWB. 464
  15. -pratiṣṭhā f. (and ○thā-vidhi, m.), -rodanâdi-prâyaścitta-vidhi m. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks
  16. viśeṣa m. a sort of image, a kind of figure MW
  17. -śaśâṅka m. = -candra Ragh
  18. -samprôkṣaṇa n. N. of wk
  19. ○mêndu m. = ○mācandra Rājat

pratimātavya

  1. prati-ḍmātavya mfn. comparable MW

pratimāna

  1. prati-ḍmā́na n. a counterpart, well-matched opponent, adversary RV
  2. a model, pattern MBh. BhP
  3. an image, picture, idol L
  4. comparison, likeness, similarity, resemblance MBh. Mālatīm
  5. a weight Vishṇ. Yājñ. (cf. pratī-m○)
  6. = -bhāga MBh
  7. pratimāna-kalpa mfn. like, similar MBh
  8. -bhāga m. the part of an elephant's head between the tusks L

pratimita

  1. prati-ḍmita mfn. imitated, reflected, mirrored Kathās. Rājat

pratimāmiti

  1. prati-√mā--miti f. reflected image, Śrikaṇṭh

meya

  1. meya mfn. comparable ( See a-pratim○)

pratimit

  1. prati-mít f. (√mi) a prop, stay, support AV

pratimih

  1. prati-√mih P. -mehati, to make water in the direction of (acc.) MBh. R

pratimīv

  1. prati-√mīv P. -mīvati, to push or press back TS
  2. to close by pressing, shut ŚBr

pratimuc

  1. prati-√muc P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te, to put (clothes, a garland &c.) on (dat., gen., loc.), to fix or fasten on, append AV. &c. &c
  2. (Ā., later also P.) to put on one's self, dress one's self, assume (a shape or form) RV. &c. &c
  3. to attach or fasten to (loc.) KātyŚr. BhP
  4. to inflict on (loc.) TBr
  5. to set at liberty, release, let go, send away Ragh. Rājat. Kathās
  6. to give up, resign Mṛicch. Pañcat
  7. to return, restore, pay back (as a debt) MBh
  8. to fling, hurl RV. MBh. R.: Pass. -mucyate, to be freed or released from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -mocayati, to set free, rescue, save MBh

pratimukta

  1. prati-ḍmukta mfn. put on, applied Ragh
  2. fastened, tied, bound BhP
  3. released, liberated, freed from (abl.) Ragh. Rājat. MārkP
  4. given up, relinquished Mṛicch
  5. flung, hurled MBh

pratimoka

  1. prati-ḍmoka m. (ifc.) putting or hanging round ŚBr

pratimocana

  1. prati-ḍmocana n. liberation, release from (comp.) MBh. Ragh

pratimocita

  1. prati-ḍmocita mfn. released, saved, delivered Mṛicch

pratimuṭ

  1. prati-√muṭ Caus. -moṭayati, to put an end to, kill Chandom

pratimud

  1. prati-√mud Ā. -modate (rarely P.) ○ti, to rejoice at, welcome with joy, be glad to see (with acc., rarely gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -modayate, to gladden, cheer ŚBr.: Desid. of Caus. -mumodayiṣati, to wish to make cheerful ib. [Page 669, Column]

pratimuh

  1. prati-√muh Caus. -mohayati, to bewilder, confound AV

pratimokṣa

  1. prati-mokṣa m. (√mokṣ) liberation, deliverance
  2. (with Buddh.) emancipation L
  3. the formulary for releasing monks by penances Kāraṇḍ
  4. -sūtra n. N. of Buddh. Sūtras MWB. 268

pratimokṣaṇa

  1. prati-ḍmokṣaṇa n. remission (of taxes) Kām

pratiyaj

  1. prati-√yaj P. -yajati, to sacrifice in return or with an aim towards anything (acc.) ŚBr. ĀpŚr

pratiyāga

  1. prati-ḍyāga a sacrifice offered with an aim towards anything ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiyat

  1. prati-√yat Ā. -yatate, to guard against, counteract ŚBr. Śak. i, 32/33 (vḷ.): Caus. yātayati, to retaliate, requite (with vairam, or ○raṇi, 'to take revenge') MBh

pratiyatna

  1. prati-ḍyatna m. care be stowed upon anything, effort, endeavour, exertion Pāṇ. 1-3, 32
  2. ī. 3, 53 &c
  3. preparation, elaboration, manufacture Śiś. iii, 54 (cf. a-p"ṣ-pūrva)
  4. imparting a new quality or virtue Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 53
  5. retaliation, requital W
  6. (also = lipsā, upagraha or ○haṇa, nigrahâdi, grahaṇâdi, pratigraha L.)
  7. mfn. exerting one's self, taking care or trouble L
  8. cautious, heedful Jātakam

pratiyātana

  1. prati-ḍyātana n. requital, retaliation (vaira-pr○, 'taking revenge') MBh
  2. (ā), f. an image, model, counterpart, a picture, statue (of a god &c.) Ragh. Śiś. Hcar
  3. (ifc.) appearing in the shape of. Hcar

pratiyabh

  1. prati-√yabh (only inf. -yabdhum), to have intercourse with a female TBr. Sch

pratiyam

  1. prati-√yam P. -yacchati, to be equivalent to, be worth as much as (acc.) TBr
  2. to grant or bestow perpetually (Impv. -yaṃsi) RV
  3. to return, restore BhP

pratiyā

  1. prati-√yā P. -yāti, to come or go to (acc., also with prati) RV. MBh
  2. to go against (acc.) Hariv
  3. to go or come back, return to or into (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. to comply with, oblige, please (acc.) R
  5. to equal, be a match for (acc.) BhP
  6. to be returned or requited ib.: Caus. -yāpayati, to cause to return to (acc.) BhP

pratiyāta

  1. prati-ḍyāta mfn. gone towards or against or back or away, turned, returned, opposed MBh. R
  2. -nidra mfn. 'one whose sleep is gone', awakened, wake BhP
  3. -buddhi mfn. one whose mind is turned towards (dat.) R

pratiyu

  1. prati-√yu P. -yauti, to tie to, bind, fetter TS

pratiyuta

  1. prati-ḍyuta mfn. tied to, bound, fettered ib

pratiyuvana

  1. prati-ḍyuvana n. repeated mixture Hcat

pratiyuj

  1. prati-√yuj P. Ā. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, to fasten on, tie to (acc.) RV
  2. (Ā.) to pay back (a debt) MBh. (C. prati-pray○): Caus. -yojayati, to fix on, adjust (the arrow on the bow) MBh

pratiyoga

  1. prati-ḍyoga m. resistance, opposition, contradiction, controversy BhP
  2. an antidote, remedy Kathās
  3. cooperation, association W
  4. the being a counterpart of anything ib

pratiyogi

  1. prati-ḍyogi in comp. = ○yogin
  2. -jñānakāraṇatā f. -jñāna-kāraṇatā-vāda m
  3. -jñānasya hetutva-khaṇḍana n. N. of wks
  4. -tā f. correlation, dependent existence Bhāshāp. Sch
  5. mutual co-operation, partnership W
  6. -tā-vāda m. N. of wk
  7. -tva n. = -tā Tarkas
  8. nirūpaṇa n. ○gyanadhikaraṇe nāśasyôtpatti-nirāsa m. N. of wks

pratiyogika

  1. prati-ḍyogika mfn. antithetical, relative, correlative (-tva n.) Tarkas. Vedântap

pratiyogin

  1. prati-ḍyogin
  2. mfn. id. Tarkas. Śaṃk. TS. Sch. &c. (cf. a-pratiy○)
  3. m. an adversary, rival Mcar
  4. any object dependent upon another and not existing without it W
  5. a partner, associate ib
  6. a counterpart, match ib

pratiyojayitavya

  1. prati-ḍyojayitavya mfn. to be fitted with strings Ragh

pratiyudh

  1. prati-√yudh Ā. P. -yudhyate, ○ti, to fight against, be a match for (acc.), fight MBh. Hariv. R.: Caus. -yodhayati id. MBh. Var

pratiyuddha

  1. prati-ḍyuddha mfn. fought against, fought R
  2. n. fighting against, battle in return Hariv

pratiyoddhavya

  1. prati-ḍyoddhavya mfn. to be attacked in return MBh

pratiyoddhṛ

  1. prati-ḍyoddhṛ m. an antagonist, adversary, well-matched opponent ib. R
  2. one who begins a battle Mn. xi, 81 (vḷ.)

pratiyodha

  1. prati-ḍyodha m. an opponent, adversary MBh. Ragh

pratiyodhana

  1. prati-ḍyodhana n. fighting against, assailing in turn MBh

pratiyodhin

  1. prati-ḍyodhin m. an antagonist, well-matched opponent, g. gamy-ādi (cf. a-pratiy○)

pratira

  1. pra-tira ○ram, See under pra-√tṝ. [Page 669, Column]

pratirakṣ

  1. prati-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati, to preserve, guard, protect AV. MBh
  2. to keep (a promise) MBh
  3. to be afraid of, fear (acc.) VS

pratirakṣaṇa

  1. prati-ḍrakṣaṇa n. preserving, protecting W

pratirakṣā

  1. prati-ḍrakṣā f. safety, preservation
  2. ○ṣârtham ind. for the sake of saving MW

pratirañjita

  1. prati-rañjita mfn. (√rañj) coloured, reddened MBh. R

pratirap

  1. prati-√rap P. -rapati, to whisper to, tell something (acc.) in a whisper to (dat.) RV

pratiram

  1. prati-√ram P. -ramati, to look towards with joy, long for, expect (acc.) Kāraṇḍ

pratirata

  1. prati-ḍrata mfn. delighting in, zealous for (loc.) R

pratirambha

  1. prati-rambha m. (√rabh) = pratilambha L
  2. passion, rage, violent or passionate abuse W

pratiras

  1. prati-√ras P. -rasati, to echo, resound Caṇḍ

pratirasita

  1. prati-ḍrasita n. echo, resonance, Veṇis

pratirāj

  1. prati-√rāj Ā. -rājate, to shine like (iva), equal in splendour Hariv

pratirādh

  1. prati-√rādh (only ind. p. -rādhya), to counteract, oppose (acc.) Gaut.: Desid. -ritsati Pāṇ. 7-4. 54 Vārtt. 1 Pat

pratirāddha

  1. prati-ḍrāddha mfn. counteracted Gaut

pratirādha

  1. prati-ḍrādha m. 'obstacle, hindrance', N. of partic. verses of the AV. AitBr. Vait. (cf. pratī-r○, p. 673)

pratirih

  1. prati-√rih P. -rihati, to lick AV

pratiru

  1. prati-√ru P. -rauti, to cry or call to (acc.) Var

pratirava

  1. prati-ḍravá m. crying or calling out to, quarrelling Pañcat
  2. (also pl.) echo ib. Kathās. Rājat
  3. (prob.) = upa-rava VS. ŚBr

pratiruta

  1. prati-ḍruta mfn. answered by crying or calling Var

pratirurūṣu

  1. prati-ḍrurūṣu mfn. wishing to speak or tell W

pratiruc

  1. prati-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to please (with acc.) RV.: Caus. -rocayati, to be pleased to (acc.), resolve, decide upon MBh

pratirudh

  1. prati-√rudh P. Ā. -ruṇaddhi, -runddhe, or -rundhati, ○te, to check, hinder, prevent, oppose, resist TS. Br. &c
  2. to confine, keep back, shut off MBh. BhP
  3. to cover, conceal MBh. Hariv

pratiruddha

  1. prati-ḍruddha mfn. checked, prevented, stopped, disturbed, interrupted Mn. MBh. &c
  2. shut off, kept away, withdrawn MBh. BhP
  3. rendered imperfect, impaired MW

pratiroddhṛ

  1. prati-ḍroddhṛ m. an opposer (with gen.) Mn. MBh

pratirodha

  1. prati-ḍrodha m. opposition, impediment, obstruction (-kara mfn. obstructing Suśr.)
  2. = tiraskāra, vyutthāna, caurya L

pratirodhaka

  1. prati-ḍrodhaka m. an opposer, preventer Kād
  2. a robber, thief. Māav
  3. an obstacle W

pratirodhana

  1. prati-ḍrodhana n. obstruction, prevention MBh
  2. allowing anything (gen.) to pass by fruitlessly Mn. ix, 93

pratirodhin

  1. prati-ḍrodhin mfn. obstructing, hindering &c
  2. m. a robber, thief. Mālatim

pratiruh

  1. prati-√ruh P. -rohati, to sprout or grow again MBh.: Caus. -ropayati, to plant anything in its proper place Var
  2. to plant again (lit. and fig.), re-establish Ragh

pratirūḍha

  1. prati-ḍrūḍha mfn. imitated BhP

pratiropita

  1. prati-ḍropita mfn. (fr. Caus.) planted again Ragh

pratiroṣitavya

  1. prati-roṣitavya n. impers. (√ruṣ) anger is to be returned L

pratil

  1. pra-√til P. -tilati, to be desirous of sexual intercourse VS. (= snihyati, Mahidh.)

pratilaṅgh

  1. prati-√laṅgh Caus. -laṅghayati, to mount, sit down upon (acc.) Sarvad
  2. to transgress, violate MBh

pratilabh

  1. prati-√labh Ā. -labhate, to receive back, recover MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to obtain, gain, partake of (acc.) MBh. BhP
  3. to get back i.e. get punished MBh
  4. to learn, understand MBh. R
  5. to expect R.: Pass. -labhyate, to be obtained or met with, appear Śaṃk.: Caus. -lambhayati, to provide or present with (instr.), HParit

pratilabhya

  1. prati-ḍlabhya mfn. to be received or obtained, obtainable BhP

pratilambha

  1. prati-ḍlambha m. receiving, obtaining, finding, getting Nir. Kāv
  2. recovering, regaining (ifc.) Kād
  3. conceiving, understanding Sarvad
  4. censure, abuse W

pratilambhita

  1. prati-ḍlambhita (fr. Caus.), n. obtaining, getting MW
  2. censure, reviling ib

pratilābha

  1. prati-ḍlābha m. recovering, receiving, obtaining Śaṃk. [Page 670, Column]

pratilamb

  1. prati-√lamb (only ind. p. -lambya) to hang up, suspend Pañcat. i, 453/454 (v. l)

pratilikh

  1. prati-√likh P. -likhati, to write back, answer by letter Mālav
  2. to wipe off, cleanse, purify HPariś

pratilikhita

  1. prati-ḍlikhita mfn. written back, answered Mālav

pratilekhana

  1. prati-ḍlekhana n. or the regular cleaning of all implements or objects for daily use HPariś

pratilekhanā

  1. prati-√lekhanā f. the regular cleaning of all implements or objects for daily use HPariś

pratilih

  1. prati-√lih Caus. -lehayati, to cause to lick at (2 acc.) ŚBr. (cf. prati-√rih)

pratilī

  1. prati-√lī Pass. -līyate, to disappear BhP

pratilīna

  1. prati-ḍlīna mfn. unmoved or retired, ŚaṅkhGṛ

pratilubh

  1. prati-√lubh Caus. -lobhayati, to illude, infatuate RV
  2. to attract, allure MBh

prativac

  1. prati-√vac P. -vakti, to announce, indicate, recommend RV. i, 41, 4 (Ā. Subj. aor. -voce)
  2. to speak back, answer, reply (also with 2 acc.) VS. &c. &c
  3. to refute Śaṃk

prativaktavya

  1. prati-ḍvaktavya mfn. to be answered or replied to, to be given (as an answer) R
  2. to be opposed or contradicted ib
  3. to be contested or disputed Śaṃk

prativaktṛ

  1. prati-ḍvaktṛ mfn. answering to (gen.), explaining (the law) Baudh

prativacana

  1. prati-ḍvacana m. a verse or formula serving as an answer ĀpŚr
  2. n. a dependent or final clause in a sentence Nir
  3. an answer Mṛicch. Prab. &c
  4. an echo W
  5. ○nī-kṛta mfn. answered Śak

prativacas

  1. prati-ḍvacas n. (also with uttara) an answer, reply MBh. Kathās
  2. an echo W

prativākya

  1. prati-ḍvākya n. an answer Nal
  2. mfn. answerable W

prativāc

  1. prati-ḍvāc f. an answer Śiś
  2. (pl.)yelling at (acc.) MBh

prativācika

  1. prati-ḍvācika n. an answer Naish

prativācya

  1. prati-ḍvācya mfn. to be contradicted (a-prativ○) GobhGṛ

pratyukta

  1. práty-ukta mfn. answered (pers. and thing) Br. MBh. &c
  2. n. = next Megh

pratyukti

  1. praty-ukti f. an answer, Satr

prativad

  1. prati-√vad P. -vadati, to speak to (acc) RV. Kauś
  2. to speak back, answer, reply to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to repeat KaṭhUp. MBh.: Intens. p. -vāvadat mfn. contradicting AitBr

prativaditavya

  1. prati-ḍvaditavya mfn. to be contested or disputed, Śaṃk

prativāda

  1. prati-ḍvāda m. contradiction, rejection, refusal AitĀr. (a-prativ○) MBh. BhP
  2. an answer, reply, rejoinder MW

prativādin

  1. prati-ḍvādin mfn. contradicting, disobedient ( á-prativ○)
  2. answering, rejoining. MW
  3. m. an opponent, adversary Mālav. VarYogay
  4. a defendant, respondent (○di-tā f.) Yājñ. Kull
  5. ○di-bhayaṃ-kara m. N. of an author Cat

pratyudita

  1. praty-udita mfn. rejected, repelled BhP. Sch

prativadh

  1. prati-√vadh (only aor. -avadhīt), to beat back, ward off MBh

prativand

  1. prati-√vand (only ind. p. -vandya), to receive deferentially Kum

prativap

  1. prati-√vap P. -vapati, to insert (jewels &c.), set or stud with (instr.) Ragh
  2. to fill up ĀśvŚr
  3. to add TBr

prativāpa

  1. prati-ḍvāpa m. (cf. pratī-v○) admixture of substances to medicines either during or after decoction Car

pratyupta

  1. praty-upta mfn. fixed into (loc.) Uttarar
  2. (ifc.) set with Daś

prativas

  1. prati-√vas Ā. -vaste, to put on, clothe one's self in (acc.) RV

vāsita

  1. vāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dressed or clothed in (instr.) MBh

prativas

  1. prati-√vas P. -vasati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to live, dwell MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vasayati, to cause to dwell, settle RV
  2. to lodge, receive as a guest MBh

prativasatha

  1. prati-ḍvasatha m. a settlement, village L

prativāsita

  1. prati-ḍvāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) inhabited Divyâv

prativāsin

  1. prati-ḍvāsin mfn. neighbouring, a neighbour MBh

prativah

  1. prati-√vah P. -vahati, to lead or draw towards RV. Hariv
  2. to oppose Divyâv.: Caus. -vāhayati, to carry along MBh

prativahana

  1. prati-ḍvahana n. leading back L
  2. beating back, warding off L

prativāha

  1. prati-ḍvāha m. (cf. pratī-v○) N. of a son of Śvaphalka Hariv

prativodhavya

  1. prati-ḍvodhavya mfn. to be carried home R

prativāś

  1. prati-√vāś Ā. -vāśyate, to bellow or cry out against or in return RV. TāṇḍBr
  2. Lāṭy. Var

prativāśa

  1. prati-ḍvāśa mfn. to be contradicted or opposed (vḷ. ○śya in a-prativ○) PārGṛ

prativighāta

  1. prati-vi-ghāta m. (√han) striking back, warding off, defence MBh

prativijñā

  1. prati-vi-√jñā P. -√jānāti, to acknowledge gratefully MBh. [Page 670, Column]

prativid

  1. prati-√vid P. -vetti, to perceive, understand RV.: Caus. -vedayati, to make known, report, announce (also with 2 acc.) MBh. R. &c
  2. to offer, present RV. AV. MBh. &c

prativedita

  1. prati-ḍvedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) apprised or informed of (acc.) R

prativedin

  1. prati-ḍvedin mfn. experiencing, knowing, (ifc.) Lalit

prativid

  1. prati-√vid P. Ā. -vindati, ○te, to find in addition Br
  2. (Ā. p. -vidāna) to be opposite to (acc.) ŚBr
  3. to become acquainted with (acc.) MBh

prativedin

  1. prati-ḍvedin See prati-√vid

pratividhā

  1. prati-vi-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to dispose, arrange, prepare, make ready R
  2. to despatch (spies) ib
  3. to counteract, act against (gen.) Kād
  4. to contradict a conclusion Śaṃk

pratividhātavya

  1. prati-ḍvidhātavya mfn. to be used or employed MBh
  2. to be provided against Prasannar
  3. n. (impers.) care should be taken R

pratividhāna

  1. prati-ḍvidhāna n. arrangement against, prevention, precaution (gen. or comp.) R. Pañcat
  2. care or provision for (comp.) Prasannar. Kull
  3. a subsidiary or substituted ceremony W

pratividhi

  1. prati-ḍvidhi m. a means or remedy against BhP
  2. retaliation MW

pratividhitsā

  1. prati-ḍvidhitsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire or intention to counteract Kathās

pratividheya

  1. prati-ḍvidheya mfn. to be counteracted or to be done in any special case Kālid
  2. to be rejected Vām
  3. n. (impers.) measures should be taken Kād. Pat

prativihita

  1. prati-ḍvihita mfn. counteracted, guarded against Mudr

prativinud

  1. prati-vi-√nud P. -nudati, to get rid of. Divyâv

prativiparī

  1. prati-vi-parī7 (pari-√i), P. -pary-eti, to turn back again KātyŚr

prativiparīta

  1. prati-ḍviparī7ta mfn. exactly opposite Car

prativibudh

  1. prati-vi-√budh Ā. -budhyate, to be awakened Divyâv

prativibhaj

  1. prati-vi-√bhaj (only ind. p. bhajya), to distribute severally. apportion KātyŚr

prativibhāga

  1. prati-ḍvibhāga m. distribution, apportionment ib

prativiram

  1. prati-vi-√ram P. -ramati to abstain Divyâv. 2

prativirati

  1. prati-ḍvirati f. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) desisting from (abl.), leaving off L

prativiruddha

  1. prati-vi-ruddha mfn. (√rudh) rebellious Divyâv

prativiśiṣṭa

  1. prati-vi-śiṣṭa mfn. (√śiṣ) more distinguished or peculiar, better or worse MBh

prativiśeṣa

  1. prati-ḍviśeṣa m. peculiarity, singularity, a peculiar circumstance ib

prativiśeṣaṇa

  1. prati-ḍviśeṣaṇa n. detailed specification TPrāt. Sch

prativiśrabdha

  1. prati-vi-śrabdha mfn. (√śrambh) full of confidence or trust MBh

prativisṛj

  1. prati-vi-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to send out, despatch RV

prativihā

  1. prati-vi-√hā P. -jahāti, to quit, abandon MBh

prativī

  1. prati-√vī P. -veti, to receive, accept RV

prativīkṣ

  1. prati-vī7kṣ (vi-√īkṣ), only ind. p. vii7kṣya, to look upon, observe, perceive R

prativīkṣaṇa

  1. prati-ḍvī7kṣaṇa n. looking upon, returning a look MW

prativīkṣaṇīya

  1. prati-ḍvī7kṣaṇīya and See duṣ-prativ○

prativikṣya

  1. prati-ḍvikṣya See duṣ-prativ○

prativīta

  1. prati-vīta mfn. (√vye) covered GopBr
  2. -tama mfn. totally covered, muffled, suppressed, low (as a voice) Vait

prativṛ

  1. prati-√vṛ Caus. -vārayati, to keep back, ward off, restrain, prevent, prohibit MBh. R. &c
  2. to contradict, refute R

prativāra

  1. prati-ḍvāra m. warding off, resisting (a-prativ○) Suśr. 2

prativāraṇa

  1. prati-ḍvāraṇa mfn. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) keeping or warding off, opposing. preventing MBh
  2. n. the act of keeping off &c. ib. R. (cf. duṣ-prativ○)

prativārita

  1. prati-ḍvārita mfn. kept off, prohibited, prevented Mn. MBh. &c
  2. n. prohibition R

prativārya

  1. prati-ḍvārya mfn. to be warded off or restrained or prevented (a-prativ○) MBh. R

prativṛ

  1. prati-√vṛ (only Ā. aor. -avṛṣata), to choose, elect AV

prativṛj

  1. prati-√vṛj P. -varjati &c., to throw against Kāṭh

prativṛt

  1. prati-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to accrue to (acc.) Mn. i, 81 (v. l. for upa-v○): Caus. -vartayati, to fling, hurl RV. [Page 670, Column]

prativartana

  1. prati-ḍvartana n. return, reappearance (a-prativ○) MBh

prativartman

  1. prati-ḍvartman

prativarttā

  1. prati-ḍvarttā and See under prati

prativṛtta

  1. prati-ḍvṛtta See under prati

prativṛṣ

  1. prati-√vṛṣ P. -varṣati, to rain or pour down upon, cover with (instr.) MBh

prativarṣaṇa

  1. prati-ḍvarṣaṇa n. pouring out or emitting again Śrīkaṇṭh

prativeśa

  1. prati-veśa ○śin &c. See p. 663

prativeṣṭ

  1. prati-√veṣṭ Ā. -veṣṭate, to shrink back TS.: Caus. -veṣṭayati, to strike or drive or turn or bend back ib. Prāt

prativoḍhavya

  1. prati-voḍhavya See under prati√vah, col. e

prativyadh

  1. prati-√vyadh P. -vidhyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to shoot against, hit, wound RV. &c, &c.: Pass. -vidhyate, to be aimed at or hit, to be touched upon or discussed AV

pratividdha

  1. prati-ḍviddha mfn. pierced, wounded MBh

prativyāhāra

  1. prati-vyāhāra m. an answer, reply Kāraṇḍ

prativyūh

  1. prati-√vyūh Ā. -vyūhate (rarely P. ○ti), to array one's self against (acc.), draw up (an army) against MBh

prativyūḍha

  1. prati-ḍvyūḍha mfn. drawn out in array against
  2. broad R

prativyūha

  1. prati-ḍvyūha m. drawing out an army in opposite battle-array MBh
  2. echo, reverberation Hariv. 3605 Nīlak
  3. others 'multitude')
  4. N. of a prince VP. (v. l. ○vyoman)

prativraj

  1. prati-√vraj P. -vrajati, to return home Bhaṭṭ

pratiśaṃs

  1. prati-√śaṃs P. -śaṃsati to call or shout to, praise ŚBr. (cf. á-pratiśaṃsat and ○śasta)

pratiśak

  1. prati-śak (only pf. -śekuḥ), to keep one's ground against, be a match for (acc.) MBh.: Desid. -śikṣati, to allure, invite RV

pratiśaṅk

  1. prati-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate, to be doubtful or anxious, hesitate MBh
  2. to trouble one's self about, care for (acc.) BhP

pratiśaṅkanīya

  1. prati-ḍśaṅkanīya mfn. to be doubted about or feared W

pratiśaṅkā

  1. prati-ḍśaṅkā f. (ifc.) doubt, supposition Kām
  2. constant fear or doubt W

pratiśap

  1. prati-√śap P. -śapati, to curse in return (with acc. or gen.) R. BhP

pratiśāpa

  1. prati-ḍśāpa m. a curse in return, retorted imprecation MBh. Kād. Pur

pratiśam

  1. prati-√śam Caus. -śāmayati (ind. p. -śāmya, or -śāmayitvā or -śamayya), to reestablish, restore, put to rights Vajracch. Divyâv

pratiśama

  1. prati-ḍśama m. (ifc.) deliverance from, cessation of MBh

pratiśānta

  1. prati-ḍśānta mfn. extinguished, allayed
  2. -kopa mfn. one whose anger is past ib

pratiśaraṇa

  1. prati-śaraṇa. 2 See p. 663 and prati-√śṝ

pratiśāsana

  1. prati-śāsana (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2), n. giving orders, commissioning, sending a servant on a message L

pratiśāsti

  1. prati-ḍśāsti f. id. MW

pratiśiṣṭa

  1. prati-ḍśiṣṭa mfn. sent on a message, despatched Śiś
  2. refused L
  3. celebrated, famous W

pratiśikṣ

  1. prati-√śikṣ See prati-√śak

pratiśī

  1. prati-√śī (only pf. -śiśye and fut. -śeṣyāmi), to lie or press against, i.e. urge, importune MBh

pratiśayita

  1. prati-ḍśayita mfn. pressing, importuning, importuned Kād. Hcar
  2. n. the act of importuning, molestation Kād

pratiśīvan

  1. prati-ḍśīvan mf(arī)n. serving as a couch or resting-place AV. TS

pratiśīta

  1. prati-śīta (Pāṇ. 6-1, 25 Sch.),

pratiśīna

  1. prati-ḍśīna and mfn. melted, fluid, dropping

pratiśīnavat

  1. prati-ḍśīna-vat (Kāś. ib.), mfn. melted, fluid, dropping

śyā

  1. śyā f

śyāya

  1. ḍśyāya m. a cold, catarrh Suśr. Car

śyāyin

  1. ḍśyāyin mfn. having a cold Suśr

pratiśuc

  1. prati-√śuc P. -śocati, to burn towards or against (acc.) MaitrS

pratiśuṣ

  1. prati-√śuṣ P. -śuṣyati, to be dried up, wither, perish RV

pratiśṝ

  1. prati-√śṝ P -śṛnāti, to break off or in pieces RV. TS. TBr

pratiśara

  1. prati-ḍśara m. breaking, going in pieces (a-pratiś○) AitBr. 2

pratiśaraṇa

  1. prati-ḍśaraṇa n. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) breaking off, blunting (a point or edge) TBr. Sch

pratiśobhita

  1. prati-śobhita mfn. (√śubh, Caus)beautified with (instr.) Hariv. (vḷ. for pari-s○). [Page 671, Column]

pratiśrama

  1. prati-śrama m. (√śram) toil, trouble Divyâv

pratiśraya

  1. prati-śraya m. (√śri) refuge, help, assistance MBh
  2. a place of refuge, shelter, asylum, house, dwelling Mn. MBh. &c
  3. a receptacle recipient (tvaṃ tasya pratiśrayaḥ, 'you know all this') MBh
  4. a jaina-monastery HPariś
  5. an almshouse, a place where food &c. is given away L
  6. a place of sacrifice L
  7. an assembly L

pratiśrita

  1. prati-ḍśrita n. a place of refuge MBh

pratiśru

  1. prati-√śru P. -sṛṇoti, to hear listen RV. i, 25, 20 (Ā. 3. sg. śṛṇve, 'to be heard' or 'audible', i, 169, 7)
  2. to listen, give ear to (gen.) Vajracch
  3. to assure, agree, promise anything (acc.) to any one (gen. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.: Desid. -śuśrūṣati, to wish to promise Pāṇ. 1-3, 59

pratiśrava

  1. prati-ḍśravá mfn. answering VS. xvi, 34 (Mahīdh. 'echo, reverberation')
  2. m. (ifc. f. ā) promise, asurance R. Rājat. MārkP
  3. ○vânte ind. after the expiration of a promise i.e. the lapse of a promised period R

pratiśravaṇa

  1. prati-ḍśravaṇa n. hearkening to, listening (cf. below)
  2. answering Gaut
  3. assenting to, agreeing, promising Mn. ii, 195 (others 'hearkening' or 'answering') MBh. (-pūrva mfn. promised, assured) Pāṇ. 8-2, 99 (Kāś., 'hearkening')
  4. (prob.) a partic. part of the ear, ṢaḍvBr

pratiśravas

  1. prati-ḍśravas m. N. of a son of Bhīma-sena MBh

pratiśrut

  1. prati-ḍśrut f. an echo, resonance Ragh
  2. a promise, assurance Siṃhâs

pratiśruta

  1. prati-ḍśruta mfn. heard R
  2. promised (also in marriage), assented, agreed, accepted (○te', the promise having been made ) GṛS. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: echoing. resounding R
  3. m. N. of a son of Ānakadundubhi BhP
  4. n. a promise, engagement ( See above)

śruti

  1. śruti f. an answer Hariv. Śatr
  2. a promise, assent Vait
  3. = next Śiś

śrutkā

  1. ḍśrútkā f. an echo, reverberation VS. ChUp

śrotas

  1. ḍśrotas wṛ. for ○srotas

śrotṛ

  1. ḍśrotṛ mfn. one who promises or assents MW

pratiśvas

  1. prati-√śvas (only pr. p. -śvasat), to breathe fiercely or with a snorting sound towards or against RV

pratiṣañj

  1. prati-ṣañj (√sañj), P. Ā. -ṣajati, ○te, to attach something to (loc
  2. Ā., to one's self') TS. Lāṭy. (cf. prati-saṅgin)

pratiṣic

  1. prati-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour upon, mix together TS. ŚrS
  2. (-siñcati), to besprinkle or moisten in return BhP

pratiṣicya

  1. prati-ḍṣícya mfn. to be besprinkled or moistened TBr

pratiṣeka

  1. prati-ḍṣeka m. besprinkling, moistening TBr. Sch

pratiṣekya

  1. prati-ḍṣekyá mfn. accompanied by the act of besprṭbesprinkling or moistening MaitrS

pratiṣidh

  1. prati-ṣidh (√2. sidh), P. -ṣedhati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to drive away RV
  2. to keep back, ward off, prevent, restrain from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c
  3. to forbid, prohibit, disallow Nir. MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -ṣedhayati, to keep back, prevent, restrain ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c
  4. to prohibit, interdict Āpast. MBh. Hariv
  5. to deny Sarvad

pratiṣiddha

  1. prati-ḍṣiddha mfn. driven back, kept off, prevented, omitted MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. forbidden, prohibited, disallowed, refused, denied Mn. MBh. &c
  3. -vat mfn. one who has forbidden or interdicted something Rājat
  4. -vāma mfn. refractory when driven back Śak. vi, 18/19 (vḷ.)
  5. -sevana n. doing what is prohibited W
  6. -sevin mfn. following or doing what is forbidden ib

pratiṣeddhavya

  1. prati-ḍṣeddhavya mfn. to be warded off or kept back or prohibited or forbidden MBh. R
  2. to be denied Nyāyas

pratiṣeddhṛ

  1. prati-ḍṣeddhṛ mfn. one who wards off or keeps back &c. MBh. R
  2. resisting (with acc.) BhP

pratiṣedha

  1. prati-ḍṣedha m. keeping back, warding off, prevention, repulsion (of a disease) Mn. MBh. Suśr
  2. prohibition, refusal, denial ŚrS. Nir. Kālid
  3. contradiction, exception W
  4. (in gram.) negation, a negative particle VPrāt. Pāṇ. Vām
  5. (in rhet.) enforcing or reminding of a prohibition Kuval
  6. (in dram.) an obstacle to obtaining the desired object Sāh
  7. ○dhâkṣara n. 'words of denial', a negative answer Śak. iii, 22 (vḷ.)
  8. ○dhâtmaka mfn. having a negative form or character Yājñ. Sch
  9. ○dhâpavāda m. annulment of a prohibition Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 68
  10. ○dhârthīya mfn. having the meaning of a negation Nir
  11. ○dhôkti f. expression of denial or refusal Kāvyâd
  12. ○dhômā f. a comparison expressed in a negative form ib

pratiṣedhaka

  1. prati-ḍṣedhaka mf(ikā)n. keeping off, prohibiting, preventive MBh
  2. denying negative TPrāt

pratiṣedhana

  1. prati-ḍṣedhana mfn. keeping or, warding off MBh
  2. n. the act of keeping or warding off, restraining from (abl.), prevention, repulsion (of a disease) Mn. MBh. Suśr. [Page 671, Column]
  3. rejection, refutation Suśr

pratiṣedhanīya

  1. prati-ḍṣedhanīya mfn. to be kept back or restrained or prevented Ragh. Pañcat

pratiṣedhayitṛ

  1. prati-ḍṣedhayitṛ mfn. denying, negative Śaṃk

pratiṣedhya

  1. prati-ḍṣedhya mfn. to be prevented or rejected or prohibited Pat
  2. to be denied or negatived Nyāyas. Sch

pratiṣiv

  1. prati-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati, to sew on Kāṭh

pratiṣevaṇa

  1. prati-ḍṣevaṇa n. sewing on ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiṣkabh

  1. prati-ṣkabh (√skabh), only inf. -ṣkábhe, for leaning or pressing one's self against RV. i, 39, 2

pratiṣkaśa

  1. prati-ṣ-kaśa m. (according to Pāṇ. 6-1, 152 fr. √kaś) a messenger or guide or spy L
  2. a whip or leather thong W. (cf. kaśā)

pratiṣka

  1. prati-ḍṣka m. (abridged fr. prec.) a messenger or spy L

ṣkaṣa

  1. ṣkaṣa m. a leather thong L

ṣkaṣkasa

  1. ṣkaḍṣkasa m. = ○ṣka L

pratiṣku

  1. prati-ṣku (√sku), only impf. praty-askunot, to cover in return (with arrows &c.) Bhaṭṭ

pratiṣkuta

  1. prati-ḍṣkuta See á-prati-ṣkuta

pratiṣṭabdha

  1. prati-ṣṭabdha mfn. (√stambh) obstructed, impeded, stopped, withstood W

pratiṣṭambha

  1. prati-ḍṣṭambha m. obstruction, impediment, hindrance Ragh

pratiṣṭambhin

  1. prati-ḍṣṭambhin mfn. impeding (ifc.) R. (cf. pratistambh)

pratiṣṭuti

  1. práti-ṣṭuti f. (√stu) praise or a song of praise RV. TāṇḍBr

pratiṣṭotṛ

  1. práti-ḍṣṭotṛ m. one who rivals in praising ĀśvŚr

pratiṣṭubh

  1. prati-ṣṭubh (√stubh), P. -ṣṭobhati. to shout in return, answer with a shout RV

pratiṣṭhā

  1. prati-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te, to stand, stay, abide, dwell RV. &c. &c
  2. to stand still, set (as the sun), cease MBh. BhP
  3. to stand firm, be based or rest on (loc.), be established, thrive, prosper RV. &c. &c
  4. to depend or rely on (loc.) Vajracch
  5. to withstand, resist (acc.) MBh. Hariv
  6. to spread or extend over (acc.) MBh.: Caus. ṣṭhāpayati, to put down, place upon, introduce into (loc.) Br. GṛŚrS
  7. to set up, erect (as an image), Ratnav
  8. to bring or lead into (loc.) MBh
  9. to establish in, appoint to (loc.) ib. R. &c
  10. to transfer or offer or present to, bestow or confer upon (dat. or loc.) ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c
  11. to fix, found, prop, support, maintain TS. Br. MBh. Hariv
  12. to hold against or opposite R

pratiṣṭha

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhá mf(ā)n. standing firmly, steadfast ŚBr. MBh
  2. resisting Kauś
  3. (ifc.) ending with, leading to Jātakam
  4. famous W
  5. m. N. of the father of Su-pārśva (who was 7th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇi) L
  6. (ā), f. See next
  7. n. point of support, centre or base of anything RV. x, 73, 6 (pratiṣṭhā́hṛdyā jaghantha, 'thou hast stricken to the quick
  8. pratiṣṭhā may also be acc. pl. of next)

pratiṣṭhā

  1. prati-ṣṭhā́ f. (ifc. f. ā) standing still, resting, remaining, steadfastness, stability, perseverance in (comp.) VS. &c. &c
  2. a standpoint, resting-place, ground, base, foundation, prop, stay, support RV. &c. &c
  3. a receptacle, homestead, dwelling, house AV. &c. &c. (ifc. abiding or dwelling in Ragh. Pur.)
  4. a pedestal, the foot (of men or amimals) AV. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
  5. limit, boundary W
  6. state of rest, quiet, tranquillity, comfort, ease MBh. Kāv
  7. setting up (as of an idol &c. RTL. 70)
  8. pre-eminence, superiority, high rank or position, fame, celebrity Kāv. Kathās. Rājat
  9. establishment on or accession to (the throne &c.) Hariv. Śak. Var. Rājat
  10. the performance of any ceremony or of any solemn act, consecration or dedication (of a monument or of an idol or of a temple &c
  11. cf. prâṇa-pr○), settling or endowment of a daughter, completion of a vow, any ceremony for obtaining supernatural and magical powers Var. Kathās. Rājat. Pur
  12. a mystical N. of the letter ā L
  13. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
  14. of sev. metres RPrāt
  15. (with prajā-pateḥ) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
  16. = hrasva Naigh. iii, 2
  17. = yoga-siddhi or -niṣpatti L
  18. -kamalâkara m. -kalpalatā f. -kalpâdi, m.pl. N. of wks
  19. -kāma (○ṣṭhā́-), mfn. desirous of a firm basis or a fixed abode or a high position TS. TāṇḍBr. GṛŚrS. BhP
  20. -kaumudī f. -kaustubha m. or n. -cintāmaṇi m. -tattva n. -tantra n. -tilaka n. N. of wks
  21. -tva n. the being a basis or foundation Śaṃk
  22. -darpaṇa m. -darśa m. -dīdhiti f. -dyota m. -nirṇaya m. N. of wks. [Page 671, Column]
  23. -"ṣnvita (○ṣṭhânv○), mfn. possessed of fame, celebrated MW
  24. -paddhati f. -mayūkha m. -ratna n. -rahasya n. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks
  25. -vat mfn. having a foundation or support TUp
  26. -vidhi m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -samuccaya m. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -hemâdri m. ○ṣṭhôddyota, m. N. of wks

pratiṣṭhātṛ

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhātṛ m. N. of a partic. priest (= prati-prasthātṛ) Hariv

pratiṣṭhāna

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhā́na n. a firm standing-place, ground, foundation PārGṛ. MBh. &c
  2. a pedestal, foot TBr. MBh. R
  3. the foundation (others 'consecration') of a city SkandaP
  4. N. of a town at the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā (on the left bank of the Gaṅgā opposite to Allāhābad, the capital of the early kings of the lunar dynasty) MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c. (IW. 511, n. 1)
  5. m. N. of a locality on the Go-dāvari Kathās
  6. (du.) of the constellation Proshṭha-pada L

pratiṣṭhāpana

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhāpana n. fixing, placing, locating
  2. (esp.) the erection or consecration of the image of a deity Var. (-paddhati f. N. of wk.)
  3. establishment, corroboration Sarvad
  4. (ā), f. counter-assertion, statement of an antithesis Car

pratiṣṭhāpam

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhā́pam ind. p. (of Caus.) placing, locating ŚBr
  2. (as inf.) for founding or establishing TāṇḍBr

pratiṣṭhāpayitavya

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhāpayitavya mfn. to be placed or fixed or established Kāraṇḍ. (wṛ. ○sthAp○)

pratiṣṭhāpayitṛ

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhāpayitṛ m. a founder, establisher VPrāt

pratiṣṭhāpita

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhāpita mfn. set up, fixed, erected Kathās

pratiṣṭhāpya

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhā́pya mfn. to be placed or located or fixed TS. AitBr
  2. to be consigned or transferred or entrusted to (loc.) MBh

pratiṣṭhi

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhí f. resistance RV. vi, 18, 12 (Sāy. 'āśraya')

pratiṣṭhikā

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhikā f. a basis, foundation Hcat

pratiṣṭhita

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhita (práti.), mfn. standing, stationed, placed, situated in or on (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
  2. abiding or contained in (loc.) ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. fixed, firm, rooted, founded, resting or dependent on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c
  4. established, proved Mn. viii, 164
  5. ordained for, applicable to (loc.) ib., 226
  6. secure, thriving, well off ChUp. Hariv. &c
  7. familiar or conversant with (loc.) MBh
  8. transferred to (loc.) Hariv
  9. undertaken Pañcat. (B. anu-ṣṭhita)
  10. ascended into, having reached (comp.) Śak. vii, 4/5 (vḷ.)
  11. complete, finished W
  12. consecrated ib
  13. endowed, portioned ib
  14. established in life, married ib
  15. prized, valued ib
  16. famous, celebrated ib
  17. m. N. of Vishṇu A
  18. -pada mfn. containing verses of a fixed or constant number of syllables AitBr
  19. -mātra mfn. having just got a firm footing Mṛicch
  20. -yaśas mfn. one whose renown is well founded Ratnâv. (su-pr○)
  21. -saṃtāna mfn. one who has progeny or offspring secured MW

pratiṣṭhiti

  1. prati-ḍṣṭhiti (práti-), f. standing firmly, a firm stand or footing VS. Br

pratiṣṭhāsu

  1. pra-tiṣṭhāsu mfn. (√sthā Desid.) wishing to start Śiś
  2. wishing to stay or remain W

pratiṣṭhiv

  1. prati-√ṣṭhiv P. -ṣṭhīvati, to spit upon (acc.) AV

pratiṣṇā

  1. prati-ṣṇā and ○ṣṇikā f. (√snā), g. suṣāmâdi Kāś

pratiṣṇāta

  1. prati-ḍṣṇāta (with sūtra) and mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 90 Kāś

pratisṇāta

  1. prati-sṇāta mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 90 Kāś

pratiṣvad

  1. prati-ṣvad (√svad), Caus. -ṣvādayati, to taste, relish Kām. Sch

pratisaṃyat

  1. prati-saṃ-√yat Ā. -yatate, to fight against ŚBr

pratisaṃyatta

  1. prati-saṃyatta mfn. completely prepared or armed MBh

pratisaṃyāta

  1. prati-saṃ-yāta mfn. (√yā) going against, assailing (with acc.) MBh

pratisaṃyukta

  1. prati-saṃ-yukta mfn. (√yuj) bound or attached to something else MBh. (B.)

pratisaṃyudh

  1. prati-saṃ-√yudh (only pf. -yuyudhuḥ), to resist an attack together BhP

pratisaṃyoddhṛ

  1. prati-saṃyoddhṛ m. an adversary in war MBh

pratisaṃrabh

  1. prati-saṃ-√rabh Ā. -rabhate, to seize, take hold of MBh. vii, 3169 (B. -saṃ-carate)

pratisaṃrabdha

  1. prati-saṃrabdha mfn. (pl.) holding one another by the hands MBh
  2. excited, furious ib. R

pratisaṃruddha

  1. prati-saṃ-ruddha mfn. (√rudh) contracted into itself shrunk BhP

pratisaṃlayana

  1. prati-saṃ-layana n. (√lī) retirement into a lonely place, privacy Lalit. Divyâv
  2. complete absorption SaddhP

pratisaṃlīna

  1. prati-saṃlīna mfn. retired, in privacy Divyâv
  2. complete retirement for the sake of meditation Lalit. [Page 672, Column]

pratisaṃvad

  1. prati-saṃ-√vad Ā. -vadate, to agree with any one (acc.) AitBr

pratisaṃvid

  1. prati-saṃ-√vid Caus. -vedayati, to recognize (?) Divyâv. (Ā. p. -vedayamāna, feeling ib.)

pratisaṃvid

  1. prati-saṃvid f. analytical science (4 with Buddhists) Dharmas. 51 Lalit
  2. ○vit-prâpta m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva ib
  3. ○vin-niścayâvatārā f. N. of a partic. Dhāraṇī L

pratisaṃvedaka

  1. prati-saṃvedaka mfn. giving detailed information L

pratisaṃvedana

  1. prati-saṃvedana n. experiment, enjoyment Nyāyas. Sch

pratisaṃvedin

  1. prati-saṃvedin mfn. feeling, experiencing, being conscious of anything ib

pratisaṃvidhāna

  1. prati-saṃ-vi-dhāna n. (√1. dhā) a counter action, stroke in return Mcar

pratisaṃveṣṭ

  1. prati-saṃ-√veṣṭ Ā. -veṣṭate, to shrivel, shrink up, contract MBh

pratisaṃśri

  1. prati-saṃ-√śri P. -śrayati, to seek refuge or protection in reply MBh

pratisaṃśru

  1. prati-saṃ-√śru (only ind. p. -śrutya), to Promise MBh

pratisaṃsṛj

  1. prati-saṃ-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to mingle with (instr.) Suśr

pratisaṃsaṃsarga

  1. prati-saṃ-saṃsarga m. = pratisarga VāyuP

pratisaṃsaṃsṛṣṭa

  1. prati-saṃ-saṃsṛṣṭa mfn. mingled with (instr.) ib
  2. -bhakta mfn. one who is temperate in eating ib

pratisaṃskṛ

  1. prati-saṃ-skṛ (√skṛ = kṛ
  2. only Pot. -kuryāt), to repair, restore Mn. ix, 279

pratisaṃsaṃskāra

  1. prati-saṃ-saṃskāra m. restoration (○raṃ-√kṛ, to restore) Kāraṇḍ

pratisaṃsaṃskāraṇā

  1. prati-saṃ-saṃskāraṇā f. id. L

pratisaṃsaṃskṛta

  1. prati-saṃ-saṃskṛta mfn. joined or united with (comp.) Suśr

pratisaṃstambh

  1. prati-saṃ-√stambh (only ind. p. -stabhya), to strengthen, encourage MārkP

pratisaṃstara

  1. prati-saṃ-stara n. (√stṛ) friendly reception L

pratisaṃsthāna

  1. prati-saṃ-sthāna n. (√sthā) settling in, entering into (comp.) Lalit

pratisaṃsmṛ

  1. prati-saṃ-√smṛ P. -smarati, to remember R

pratisaṃhita

  1. prati-saṃhita See col. 2

pratisaṃhṛ

  1. prati-saṃ-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to draw together, contract (with ātmānam, 'one's self' i.e. to shrink, return to its usual bed, said of the sea) Hariv
  2. to draw or keep back, withdraw (as a weapon, the eye &c.) MBh. Kāv
  3. to take away, put off Āpast
  4. to absorb, annihilate, destroy MBh. Pur. Jātakam
  5. to check, stop, repress MBh. R. &c
  6. to change MW.: Caus. -hārayati, to retract R

pratisaṃharaṇīya

  1. prati-saṃharaṇīya n. (sc. karman) a partic. punishment L

pratisaṃhāra

  1. prati-saṃhāra m. drawing in, withdrawing MBh
  2. giving up, resigning ib
  3. keeping away, abstention from (abl.) ib
  4. compression, diminution W
  5. comprehension ib

pratisaṃhṛta

  1. prati-saṃhṛta mfn. kept back, checked, restrained R
  2. comprehended, included W
  3. compressed, reduced in bulk ib

pratisaṃjihīrṣu

  1. prati-saṃjihīrṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to withdraw or to be freed from (abl.) BhP

pratisaṃhṛṣ

  1. prati-saṃ-√hṛṣ P. -harṣati, to rejoice again, be glad MBh

pratisaṃhṛṣṭa

  1. prati-saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. glad, merry R

pratisaṃkāśa

  1. prati-saṃ-kāśa m. (√kāś) a similar appearance, resemblance MBh

pratisaṃkram

  1. prati-saṃ-√kram Ā. -kramate, to go back again, come to an end BhP.: Caus. -krāmayati, to cause to go back or return ib

pratisaṃkrama

  1. prati-saṃkrama m. re-absorption, dissolution (m.c. also ○krāma) ib
  2. (ifc. f. ā) impression Sarvad

pratisaṃkruddha

  1. prati-saṃ-kruddha mfn. (√krudh) angry with, wroth against (acc.) MBh. R

pratisaṃkhyā

  1. prati-saṃ-√khyā (only ind. p. khyāya), to count or reckon up, number ŚBr. KātyŚr

pratisaṃkhyā

  1. prati-saṃkhyā f. consciousness
  2. -nirodha m. (with Buddh.) the conscious annihilation of an object (?) Dharmas. 32 (cf. a-prṭprati-n○)

pratisaṃkhyāna

  1. prati-saṃkhyāna n. the tranquil consideration of a matter Jātakam

pratisaṅgin

  1. prati-saṅgin mfn. (√sañj) cleaving or clinging to, adhering
  2. (a-pr○) not meeting with any obstacle, irresistible Hariv

pratisaṃgrah

  1. prati-saṃ-√grah P. Ā. -grihṇāti, ○ṇīte, to receive, accept MBh. R
  2. to meet with, find MBh. [Page 672, Column]

pratisac

  1. prati-√sac Ā. -sacate, to pursue with vengeance ŚBr

pratisaṃcar

  1. prati-saṃ-√car P. -carati, to meet, come together MBh

pratisaṃcara

  1. prati-saṃcara m. going or moving backwards (a-pr○) Suśr
  2. re-absorption or resolution (back again into Prakṛiti) Śaṃk. MārkP
  3. that into which anything is re-absorbed or resolved MBh
  4. a place of resort, haunt ib

pratisaṃjāta

  1. prati-saṃ-jāta mfn. (√jan) born, sprung up, arisen R

pratisaṃjñā

  1. prati-saṃ-√jñā Ā. -jānīte, to be kindly disposed ŚBr

pratisad

  1. prati-√sad P. -sīdati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 66), to start back, abhor MBh

pratisaṃdiś

  1. prati-saṃ-√diś P. -diśati, to give a person (acc. or haste with gen.) a message or commission in return R. Kād
  2. to send back a message to (gen.) MBh
  3. to order, command ib

pratisaṃdeśa

  1. prati-saṃdeśa m. a message in return, answer to a message R. Mṛicch. Kathās

pratisaṃdeṣṭavya

  1. prati-saṃdeṣṭavya mfn. (an answer) to be given in reply to a message Kād

pratisaṃdhā

  1. prati-saṃ-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (P.) to put together again, re-arrange ŚBr
  2. (Ā.) to put on, adjust (an arrow) MBh
  3. (A.) to return, reply Hariv. BhP
  4. (P.Ā.) to remember, recollect Nyāyas
  5. (Ā.) to comprehend, understand Prab. vi, 2/3

pratisaṃhita

  1. prati-saṃhita mfn. aimed at, directed against MBh

pratisaṃdhātṛ

  1. prati-saṃdhātṛ m. one who recollects or remembers Nyāyas

pratisaṃdhāna

  1. prati-saṃdhāna n. putting together again, joining together MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a juncture, the period of transition between two ages VāyuP
  3. memory, recollection Nyāyas. Sch
  4. praise, panegyric L
  5. self-command, suppression of feeling for a time W
  6. a remedy MW

pratisaṃdhi

  1. prati-saṃdhi m. reunion MBh
  2. re-entry into (comp.) or into the womb L
  3. re-birth Divyâv
  4. the period of transition between two ages VāyuP
  5. resistance, adverseness (of fate) MBh
  6. -jñāna n. recognition Nyāyas. Sch

pratisaṃdhita

  1. prati-saṃdhita mfn. (cf. saṃdhaya) fastened, strengthened, confirmed BhP

pratisaṃdheya

  1. prati-saṃdheya mfn. to be opposed (apr○, 'irresistible') MBh

pratisāṃdhānika

  1. prati-sāṃdhānika m. (fr. ○saṃdhāna) a bard, panegyrist L

pratisamayya

  1. prati-samayya ind. having arranged Divyâv. (prob. wṛ. for -śamayya
  2. See prati-√śam)

pratisamas

  1. prati-sam-√as P. -asyati (ind. p. -āsam), to put back again to its place ĀpŚr

pratisamādiś

  1. prati-sam-ā-√diś P. -diśati, to answer, reply Daś
  2. to order, command R

pratisamādiṣṭa

  1. prati-samādiṣṭa mfn. bidden, directed, ordered, commanded R. MārkP

pratisamādhā

  1. prati-sam-ā-√dhā P. -dadhāti, to put back again, replace, re-arrange, restore Daś
  2. to redress, correct (an error) Śaṃk

pratisamādhāna

  1. prati-samādhāna n. collecting one's self again, composure Kād
  2. cure, remedy W

pratisamāhita

  1. prati-samāhita mfn. fitted to the bowstring (as an arrow) MBh

pratisamāpana

  1. prati-sam-āpana n. (√āp) the going against, attacking (with gen.) R

pratisamāśrita

  1. prati-sam-ā-śrita mfn. (√śri) depending on (acc.) MBh

pratisamās

  1. prati-sam-√ās Ā. -āste, to be a match for, cope with, resist (acc.) MBh. R

pratisamāsamāsana

  1. prati-sam-√āḍsamāsana n. the being a match for, with standing, resisting (with gen.) MBh

pratisamāsamāsita

  1. prati-sam-√āḍsamāsita mfn. equalled, opposed, fought ib

pratisamindh

  1. prati-sam-√indh Ā. -inddhe, to kindle again, rekindle ŚBr

pratisamīkṣ

  1. prati-sam-√īkṣ Ā. -īkṣate, to hold out, persevere (Sch. = √jīv) BhP

pratisamīkṣaṇa

  1. prati-samīkṣaṇa n. looking at again, returning a glance ib

pratisambuddha

  1. prati-sam-buddha mfn. (√budh) restored to consciousness. recovered MBh

pratisambhū

  1. prati-sam-bhū P. -bhavati, to apply or give one's self to (acc.) MBh

pratisammud

  1. prati-sam-√mud Caus. -modayati, to give friendly greeting Divyâv

pratisammodana

  1. prati-sammodana n. greeting, salutation (also ā f.)
  2. -kathā f. friendly address as a salutation Jātakam. [Page 672, Column]

pratisah

  1. prati-√sah Ā. -sahate, to be a match for, overcome (acc.) R

pratisupta

  1. prati-supta mfn. (√svap) fallen asleep, sleeping MBh

pratisṛ

  1. prati-√sṛ P. -sarati (ind. p. -sāram ŚāṅkhBr.), to go against, rush upon, attack, assail (acc.) Hariv
  2. to return, go home BhP
  3. to go round or from place to place (not only on the main road) TS.: Caus. -sārayati, to cause to go back Car
  4. to put back again, restore to its place Kālid
  5. to spread over, tip or touch with (instr.) Suśr
  6. to put asunder, sever, separate SaddhP.: Pass. to void or emit per anum(?) Suśr

pratisara

  1. prati-sará m. (ifc. f. ā) a cord or ribbon used as an amulet worn round the neck or wrist at nuptials &c. AV. &c. &c. (also ā f. Var. ḍharmas. 5
  2. and n. [g. ardharcâdi])
  3. a bracelet Kir
  4. a line returning into itself. circle ŚBr
  5. assailing, an attack (a-pr○) Hariv
  6. a wreath, garland L
  7. a follower, servant L
  8. the rear of an army L
  9. dressing or anointing a wound L
  10. day-break L
  11. -bandha m. a partic. nuptial ceremony ĀpGṛ. Sch
  12. pl. N. of partic. magical verses or formulas protecting from demons ŚBr
  13. m. n. a watch, guard L
  14. (ā), f. (cf. above) a female servant L
  15. (with Buddh.) one of the 5 protectors Dharmas. 5

pratisaraṇa

  1. prati-saraṇa mfn. leaning or resting upon (ifc
  2. -tā f.) Lalit
  3. n. streaming back (of rivers) Car
  4. leaning or resting on (comp.) L

pratisarya

  1. prati-saryá mfn. present in an amulet or at an incantation VS. (Mahidh.)

pratisāraṇa

  1. prati-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) dressing and anointing the edges of a wound (or an instrument for doing so) Suśr
  2. N. of a partic. process to which minerals (esp. quicksilver) are subjected Cat

pratisāraṇīya

  1. prati-sāraṇīya mfn. to be dressed or anointed (as a wound) Car
  2. to be applied for dressing a wound Suśr

pratisārita

  1. prati-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) repelled, removed Vikr
  2. dressed (as a wound) Suśr

pratisārin

  1. prati-sārin mfn. going round or from one to the other MBh

pratisṛta

  1. prati-sṛta mfn. met, encountered, pushed back, removed Suśr

pratisṛj

  1. prati-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to hurl or utter in reply (a curse) BhP
  2. to send away, despatch Śak. iv, 21/22 (vḷ.)

pratisarga

  1. prati-sarga m. secondary or continued creation out of primitive matter Pur
  2. dissolution, destruction ib
  3. the portion of a Purāṇa which treats of the destruction and renovation of the world IW. 511 ; 517

pratisṛṣṭa

  1. prati-sṛṣṭa mfn. (v. l. ○śiṣṭa, only L.) despatched, despised, celebrated, given

pratisṛp

  1. prati-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep back ChUp
  2. to creep into, enter MBh

pratisev

  1. prati-√sev Ā. -sevate, to pursue, follow (pleasure) Divyâv
  2. to be kind towards (acc.), serve, honour(= prati-√juṣ) Sāy. on RV. iii, 33, 8

pratiskṝ

  1. prati-s-√kṝ P. -kirati (pf. -caskare), to hurt, injure, to tear to pieces Śiś. i, 47 Pāṇ. 6-1, 141

pratiskīrṇa

  1. prati-s-kīrṇa n. the being hurt or injured Pāṇ. ib. Sch. (cf. prati-√kṝ)

pratiskhalita

  1. prati-skhalita mfn. (√skhal) warded off Śiś. (= prati-ṣkuta Nir. vi, 16)

pratistambh

  1. prati-√stambh P. Ā. -stabhnāti, -sṭabhate, to lean or press (Ā. 'one's self') against Hariv. Pañcat

pratistabdha

  1. prati-stabdha mfn. leaned against, pressed, M Bh
  2. stopped, checked Bhaṭṭ
  3. obstructed, constipated Suśr. (cf. prati-ṣṭabdha)

pratisnāta

  1. prati-snāta mfn. (√snā) bathed, washed Pāṇ. 8-3, 90 Kāś. (cf. prati-ṣṇāta)

pratispandana

  1. prati-spandana n. (√spand) throbbing, vibration W

pratispardh

  1. prati-spardh Ā. -spardhate, to emulate, compete, rival BhP

pratispardhā

  1. prati-spardhā f. emulation, rivalry L

pratispardhin

  1. prati-spardhin mfn. emulous, coping with (gen.), a rival MBh. Rājat. Kāraṇḍ
  2. (ifc.) resembling, like Kāvyâd

pratispaśa

  1. prati-spaśá (TS.), -spā́śana (AV.), mfn. (√spaś) spying, watching, lying in wait

pratisphur

  1. prati-√sphur P. -sphurati, to push away, remove RV

pratismṛ

  1. prati-√smṛ P. Ā. -smarati, ○te, to remember, recollect (acc.) RV. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. -smārayati, to remind MBh

pratismṛti

  1. prati-smṛti f. 'recollection', N. of a partic. kind of magic MBh

pratisvan

  1. prati-√svan P. -svanati, to resound MBh.: Caus. -svānayati, to make resound BhP. [Page 673, Column]

pratisvana

  1. prati-svana m. (also pl.) echo, reverberation Vcar. BhP

pratisvara

  1. prati-svara m. (√svar) a rever berated sound, echo MBh. Ragh
  2. a focus Nir.vii, 23

pratihan

  1. prati-√han P. -hanti (ep. also Ā. pf. -jaghne), to beat against (gen.) TāṇḍBr
  2. to attack, assail MBh
  3. to strike down ib
  4. to crush, break RV
  5. to put on a spit ib. i, 32, 12
  6. to strike in return, strike back, ward off remove, dispel, check, prevent, frustrate MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. (with ājñām), to disregard a command Śiś.: Pass. -hanyate, to be beaten back &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
  8. to be kept away from or deprived of (abl.) Śaṃk.: Caus. -ghātayati, See under prati-gha

pratihata

  1. prati-ḍhata mfn. struck or striking against R. Śak. Rājat
  2. repelled, warded off, checked, impeded, obstructed, prevented, omitted MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. dazzled (as eyes, i.e. impeded in their functions) BhP
  4. dulled, blunted (as teeth by acids, = hṛṣita) L. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 7-2, 29)
  5. hostile (cf. below)
  6. disappointed L
  7. hated, disliked L
  8. tied, bound L
  9. sent, despatched L. (prob. wṛ. for pra-hita)
  10. -dhī mfn. hostile-minded, having hostile intentions Bhartṛ
  11. -mati mfn. id. W
  12. -raya mfn. whose current is impeded Megh

pratihati

  1. prati-ḍhati f. a stroke, blow Bālar
  2. beating back, recoil, rebound Śiś
  3. disappointment W

pratihatya

  1. prati-ḍhatya ind. in inverse direction Kauś

pratihanana

  1. prati-ḍhanana n. impeding, suppressing Yogas. Sch
  2. striking again, returning a blow W

pratihantavya

  1. prati-ḍhantavya mfn. to be opposed or resisted MBh. Hariv

pratihantṛ

  1. prati-ḍhantṛ m. one who wards off, preventer Ragh. (v. l. ○hartṛ)

pratihary

  1. prati-√hary P. Ā. -háryati, ○te, to desire, love, accept gladly, long for RV. AV
  2. to despise, reject AV

pratihā

  1. prati-√hā P. -jahāti, to leave unheeded, neglect Hariv.: Pass. -hīyate, to stay behind (abl.), be defeated MBh

pratihāna

  1. prati-ḍhāna (?), next.

pratihānākūṭa

  1. pratihānâ-kūṭa m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ. (prob. wṛ. for pratihāra-k○)

pratihāsa

  1. prati-hāsa m. (√has) returning a laugh, laughing with or at W
  2. fragrant oleander, Nerium Odorum L

pratihiṃsā

  1. prati-hiṃsā f. (√hiṃs) retaliation, revenge W

pratihiṃsita

  1. prati-ḍhiṃsita mfn. injured in return
  2. n. = prec. Pañcat

pratihita

  1. prati-hita &c. See prati-√dhā

pratihu

  1. prati-√hu P. -juhoti, to offer a supplementary sacrifice Gobh

pratihotavya

  1. prati-ḍhotavya mfn. to be offered as a supplementary sacrifice ib. Sch

pratihoma

  1. prati-ḍhoma m. a supplementary sacrifice, jaim. Nyāyam

pratihṛ

  1. prati-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te (ind. p. pratī-hāram Kauś
  2. inf. prati-hartave BhP.), to throw back AV
  3. to strike or pound Kauś
  4. to keep shut, close by pressure (an udder) TāṇḍBr
  5. to bring back Lāṭy
  6. to deliver, offer, present BhP
  7. to procure ib
  8. (Ā.) to take i.e. eat ChUp
  9. to join in the Sāman hymns as Pratihartṛi ( See below) Lāṭy.: Caus. hārayati, to have one's self announced to (gen.) Jātakam.: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to requite or revenge MBh. (cf. prati-jihīrṣu)

pratiharaṇa

  1. prati-háraṇa n. throwing back, repelling, rejecting AV
  2. avoiding, shunning L

pratihartṛ

  1. prati-ḍhartṛ́ m. (cf. pratī-h○) one who draws back or absorbs, a destroyer MBh
  2. one who keeps or wards off, an averter Ragh
  3. N. of one of the 16 priests (the assistant of the Udgātṛi) Br. ŚrS. &c
  4. N. of a king (son of Pratihāra or of Pratîha) Pur

pratihāra

  1. prati-hāra m. striking against, touch, contact (esp. of the tongue with the teeth in the pronunciation of the dentals) RPrāt
  2. shutting, closing, stopping (a-pr○) TāṇḍBr
  3. N. of partic. syllables in the Sāman hymns (with which the Pratihartṛi begins to join in singing, generally at the beginning of the last Pada of a stanza
  4. also pratī-h○ AV. ŚāṅkhBr.) Br. ŚrS. &c
  5. N. of a partic. magical formula spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. ○ra-tara)
  6. (that which keeps back), a door, gate (also pratī-h○ L
  7. comp. below)
  8. a door-keeper, porter Hariv. Kāv. Pur. &c. (also pratī-h○
  9. du. two door-kṭkeeper i.e. two statues at the entrance of a temple VarBṛS
  10. ī f. a female door-kṭkeeper, portress, Priyad.)
  11. a juggler L
  12. juggling, trick, disguise L
  13. -goptrī f. a female door-keeper Vcar
  14. -tara m. See above
  15. -pa m. a door-keeper BhP. [Page 673, Column]
  16. -bhūmi f. 'door-place', a threshold Kum
  17. the office of a porter or a portress Ragh
  18. -rakṣī f. = -goptrī Vcar
  19. -vat mfn. containing the Priyad syllables (above) Lāṭy
  20. -sūtra n. N. of wk

pratihāraka

  1. prati-ḍhāraka m. a juggler L

pratihārāya

  1. prati-ḍhārāya Nom. to act as door-keeper (○yitam impers.) Prasannar

pratihārya

  1. prati-ḍhārya mfn. to be pushed back or repelled, resistible R. (cf. a-pr)
  2. n. jugglery L
  3. N. of an Avadāna

pratihṛta

  1. prati-hṛta mfn. held back ŚBr
  2. fastened KātyŚr

pratihṛṣ

  1. prati-√hṛṣ Ā. -hṛṣyate, to show joy in return for anything MBh.: Caus. harṣayati, to gladden, rejoice ib

pratiharṣa

  1. prati-ḍharṣa m. expression of joy Dhātup

pratiharṣaṇa

  1. prati-ḍharṣaṇa mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing joy in return R

pratiheṣ

  1. prati-√heṣ Ā. -heṣate, to neigh towards (acc.) Var

pratihrāsa

  1. prati-hrāsa m. (√hras) abbreviation, abridgment, ŚrS

pratihvara

  1. prati-hvará m. (√hvṛ) a slope, the rising vault (of the sky) RV

pratihve

  1. prati-√hve Ā. -huváte, to call RV

pratī

  1. pratī in comp. for prati (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 3 Pat.)

pratīkāra

  1. ○kāra m. = prati-k○ ( See under prati-√kṛ MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. an alliance resting on the requital of former services Kām

pratīkārya

  1. ○kārya mfn. (cf. prati-k○) one on whorn vengeance might be taken, punishable (a-pr○) Rājat

pratīkāśa

  1. ○kāśá m. reflexion, resemblance, appearance AV. Kauś
  2. (ifc.), similar, resembling, like MBh. R. &c

pratīghāta

  1. ○ghāta m. (cf. prati-gh○) warding off (ifc.) MBh
  2. m. prevention, obstruction, repression, hindrance, resistance Mn. MBh. &c

pratīghātin

  1. ○ghātin mfn. in a-pratighāti-tā, q.v

pratītoda

  1. ○toda m. N. of partic. initial forms of Padas in hymns Nid

pratīdarśa

  1. ○darśá m. (cf. prati-d○) N. of a man ŚBr

pratīnāha

  1. ○nāha m. (cf. prati-n○, p. 666, col. 2) obstruction, constipation Car. Suśr
  2. a flag, banner ŚBr
  3. -bhājana n. that which represents a banner ib

pratīpāna

  1. ○pāna n. (cf. prati-p○) drinking Āpast

pratībodha

  1. ○bodhá m. (cf. under prati-√budh) vigilance AV

pratīmāna

  1. ○māna n. (cf. prati-m○) a weight (measure) Mn. viii, 403

pratīrādha

  1. ○rādha m. = prati-r○, Śāṅkh

pratīvarta

  1. ○vartá mfn. returning into itself (= parisara) AV

pratīvāpa

  1. ○vāpa m. = prati-v○ Suśr
  2. a disease, pestilence L

pratīvāha

  1. ○vāha m. (cf. prati-v○) fee, reward GopBr. Kauś

pratīvī

  1. ○vī́ mfn. (cf. prati-√vii) receiving gladly, accepting RV
  2. m. or f. acceptance ib

pratīveśa

  1. ○veśa

pratīveśin

  1. ○veśin = prati-v○ (p. 663, col. 2)

pratīsāram

  1. ○sāram See prati-√sṛ

pratīhartṛ

  1. ○hartṛ m. (cf. prati-h○) a doorkeeper, porter Rājat

pratīhāra

  1. ○hārá m. (in most meanings) = prati-hāra, q.v
  2. a partic. alliance L. (wṛ.) for pratī-kāra above)
  3. N. of a family of kings Cat
  4. -tā f. (Rājat.), -tva n. (Pañcat.) the office of a door keeper or chamberlain
  5. -dhuraṃ-dharā f. a female door-keeper Vcar

pratīhāram

  1. ○hāram See prati-hṛ

pratīhāsa

  1. ○hāsa m. (cf. prati-h○) Nerium Odorum L

pratī

  1. pratī7 (prati-√i), P. praty-eti, to go towards or against, go to meet (as friend or foe) RV. &c. &c
  2. to come back, return ib
  3. to resort or apply to RV. AV. ŚBr
  4. to fall to a person's (dat.) lot or share AitBr
  5. to receive, accept MBh
  6. (also Pass.) to admit, recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2 acc.) GṛŚrS. Nir. R. &c
  7. to trust, believe (with gen.) Kathās.: Pass. pratī7yate, to be admitted or recognized, follow, result Kāv. Śaṃk. Hit. (p. ○yamāna, known, understood, implicit Pāṇ. Sāh.): Caus. praty-āyayati (Pass. praty-āyyate), to lead towards i.e. cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the truth of anything) Kālid
  8. to make clear, prove Śaṃk. Sāh.: Desid. pratī7ṣiṣati, to wish or try to understand Pāṇ. 2-4, 47 Sch

pratīta

  1. pratī7ta mfn. acknow. ledged, recognized, known (śyāmaiti, 'by the name of Śaṃk') Nir. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. convinced of anything, trusting in, firmly resolved upon (comp.) KaṭhUp. MBh. Hit
  3. satisfied, cheerful, glad, pleased AitBr. MBh. &c
  4. respectful L
  5. past, gone L
  6. clever, wise L
  7. m. N. of a divinity enumerated among the Viśve Devās. MBh
  8. -sena m. N. of a prince Buddh
  9. ○tâkṣarā f. N. of a Comm. on the Mitâksharā
  10. ○tâtman mfn. confident, resolute MBh
  11. ○târtha mfn. having a recognized or acknowledged meaning Nir
  12. ○tâśva m. N. of a prince VP

pratīti

  1. prátī7ti f. going towards, approaching RV
  2. the following from anything (as a necessary result), being clear or intelligible by itself Vedântas. [Page 673, Column]
  3. clear apprehension or insight into anything, complete understanding or ascertainment, conviction Śak. Śaṃk. Kathās. &c
  4. confidence, faith, belief. Daś
  5. trust, credit Inscr
  6. fame, notoriety W
  7. respect ib
  8. delight ib
  9. -mat mfn. known, understood Harav

pratītya

  1. pratī7tya n. confirmation, experiment RV. vii, 68, 6
  2. comfort, consolation ib. iv, 5, 14 (others mfn. to be acknowledged or recognized)
  3. -samutpāda m. (Buddh.) the chain of causation Lalit. (twelvefold
  4. Dharmas. 42)

pratyaya

  1. pratyaya m. belief firm conviction, trust, faith, assurance or certainty of (gen., loc. or comp.)
  2. proof, ascertainment Mn. MBh. &c. (pratyayaṃ-√gam, to acquire confidence, repose confidence in MBh
  3. asty atra pratyayo mama, that is my conviction Kathās
  4. kah pratyayo'tra, what assurance is there of that? ib.)
  5. conception, assumption, notion, idea KātyŚr. Nir. Śaṃk. &c
  6. (with Buddhists and Jainas) fundamental notion or idea (-tva n.) Sarvad
  7. consciousness, understanding, intelligence, intellect (in Sāṃkhya = buddhi)
  8. analysis, solution, explanation, definition L
  9. ground, basis, motive or cause of anything MBh. Kāv. &c. (in med.) = nimitta, hetu &c. Cat
  10. (with Buddhists) a co-operating cause
  11. the concurrent occasion of an event as distinguished from its approximate cause
  12. an ordeal Kāty
  13. want, need Kāraṇḍ
  14. fame, notoriety Pāṇ. 8-2, 58
  15. a subsequent sound or letter Prāt
  16. an affix or suffix to roots (forming verbs, substantives, adjectives and all derivatives) Prāt. Pāṇ
  17. an oath L
  18. usage, custom L
  19. religious meditation L
  20. a dependant or subject L
  21. a householder who keeps a sacred fire L
  22. -kara (R.), -kāraka (Pañcat.), kāraṇa (Śak.), mfn. one who awakens confidence, trustworthy
  23. -kārin mfn. id. L
  24. (iṇī), f. a seal, signet L
  25. -tattva-prakāśikā f. N. of wk
  26. -tva n. (cf. above) the being a cause, causality Sarvad
  27. -dhātu m. the stem of a nominal verb Pat
  28. -prativacana n. a certain or distinct answer, Sak
  29. -mauktika-mālā f. N. of wk
  30. -lopa m. (in gram.) elision of an affix
  31. -sarga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the creation which proceeds from Buddha
  32. -svara m. (in gram.) an accent on an affix
  33. ○ayâtma mfn. causing confidence R. (v. l. pratyag-ātma)
  34. ○ayâdhi m. a pledge which causes confidence in regard to a debt L
  35. -"ṣayânta-śabda-kṛd-anta-vyūha m. N. of wk

pratyayāya

  1. praḍtyayāya Nom. P. ○yati, to convince HPariś. (prob. wṛ. for Caus. praty-āyayati)

pratyayika

  1. praḍtyayika mfn. (in ātma-pr○) that of which everybody can convince himself. MBh

pratyayita

  1. praḍtyayita mfn. proved, trustworthy (compar. -tara) Jaim
  2. wṛ. for ○tyāyita Pañcat

pratyayitavya

  1. praḍtyayitavya mfn. credible Śaṃk

pratyayin

  1. praḍtyayin mfn. deserving confidence, trustworthy R
  2. trusting, believing W

pratyāya

  1. praty-āya m. toll, tribute L

pratyāyaka

  1. praty-ḍāyaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to know or understand (-tva n.) Sarvad
  2. convincing, credible MBh. 1

pratyāyana

  1. praty-ḍāyana mfn. (for 2. See praty-ê) convincing, credible MBh. (v. l. ○āyaka)
  2. (ā), f. convincing, persuasion Kathās
  3. consolation, comfort Ratnâv
  4. n. elucidation, explanation, demonstration Kathās. Sāh
  5. (am), ind. (after a finite verb) Siddh

pratyāyayitavya

  1. praty-ḍāyayitavya mfn. to be explained or demonstrated Mālav

pratyāyita

  1. praty-ḍāyita mfn. convinced of, trusting (ifc.) Pañcat. (wṛ. ○ayita)
  2. m. a trustworthy person, confidential agent, commissioner, SāṅkhBr

pratyāyitavya

  1. praty-ḍāyitavya wṛ. for ○āyayitavya Mālav

pratyāyya

  1. praty-ḍāyya mfn. to be encouraged or comforted Subh

pratyetavya

  1. praty-etavya mfn. to be acknowledged, or admitted, to be understood as (nom.) RPrāt. Śaṃk

pratyetṛ

  1. praty-ḍetṛ mfn. believing, trusting, a believer W

pratīka

  1. pratīka See p. 675, col. 1

pratīkṣ

  1. pratī7kṣ (prati-√īkṣ), Ā. pratikṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to look at, behold, perceive AV. KātyŚr
  2. to look forward to, wait for, expect TS. &c. &c
  3. to look at with indifference, bear with, tolerate (acc.) Mn. ix, 77

pratīkṣa

  1. pratī7kṣa mf(ā)n. looking backward ( See apr○)
  2. (also ○kṣaka R.) looking forward to, waiting for, expectant of (ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. having regard to (ifc.) Hariv
  4. (ā́), f. expectation TBr. KaṭhUp
  5. consideration, attention, respect, veneration Āpast. MBh. R

pratīkṣaṇa

  1. pratī7kṣaṇa n. looking to or at, considering, regard, attention BhP
  2. observance, fulfilment Prab

pratīkṣaṇīya

  1. pratī7kṣaṇīya mfn. to be waited for or expected Kull
  2. to be looked at or considered or regarded W

pratīkṣam

  1. pratī7kṣam ind. having expected (ifc., e.g. śarat-pr○) R. [Page 674, Column]

pratikṣita

  1. pratikṣita mfn. contemplated, considered
  2. respected, honoured
  3. expected, hoped W

pratīkṣin

  1. pratī7kṣin mfn. looking or waiting for, expecting MBh. Rājat. 1

pratīkṣya

  1. pratī7kṣya mfn. to be expected or waited for Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to be observed or fulfilled Śiś
  3. to be considered or regarded, respectable, worthy Ragh. Rājat. 2

pratīkṣya

  1. pratī7kṣya ind. 'while expecting or waiting', gradually, slowly Mṛicch. iii, 17/18

pratīcchaka

  1. pratīcchaka See pratiṣ

pratīḍ

  1. pratī7ḍ (prati-√iḍ), only 3.pl. pratī7ḻate, to praise RV. vii, 76, 7

pratīta

  1. pratī7ta &c. See under 2. pratī7

pratītta

  1. pratī-tta See á-pratītta

pratīndhaka

  1. pratī7ndhaka m. (√indh) N. of a prince of Videha R

pratīnv

  1. pratī7nv (prati-√inv), P. pratī7nvati, to urge, promote, advance RV. i, 54, 7

pratīpa

  1. pratīpa mf(ā)n. (fr. [prati+ap]
  2. cf. anūpa, dviipa, samīpa), 'against the stream', 'against the grain', going in an opposite direction, meeting, encountering, adverse, contrary, opposite, reverse MBh. R. Ragh. &c
  3. inverted, out of order Suśr. Var
  4. displeasing, disagreeable Mn. MBh. R. Hariv
  5. resisting, refractory, cross, obstinate
  6. impeding, hindering BhP. MBh. R. &c. backward, retrograde
  7. turned away, averted W
  8. m. an adversary, opponent BhP
  9. N. of a prince, the father of Śāṃtanu and grandfather of Bhīshma AV. MBh. Hariv. &c
  10. n. (in rhet.) inverse comparison (e.g. 'the lotus resembles thine eyes', instead of the usual comparison 'thine eṭeyes resemble the lotus ; 5 forms are enumerated) Kuval. Pratāp. Sāh. Kpr
  11. N. of a gram. wk
  12. (ám), ind. against the stream, backwards
  13. against RV. &c. &c
  14. in return Bālar
  15. in inverted order Mn
  16. refractorily (with √gam, to resist Śak
  17. with abhy-upa-√gam, to go against, oppose R.)

pratīpaga

  1. ○ga mf(ā)n. going against, flowing against, flowing backwards Ragh. Var

pratīpagati

  1. ○gati f. (VarBṛS. Sch.) or (ib. Kum.) a retrograde movement

pratīpagamana

  1. ○gamana n. (ib. Kum.) a retrograde movement

pratīpagāmin

  1. ○gāmin mfn. (ifc.) going against, acting in contravention to Daś

pratīpataraṇa

  1. ○taraṇa n. sailing agṭagainst the stream Vikr

pratīpadarśanī

  1. ○darśanī or f. 'turning away the face', a woman L

pratīparśinī

  1. ○"ṣrśinī f. 'turning away the face', a woman L

pratīpadīpaka

  1. ○dīpaka n. a partic. figure of speech Bhaṭṭ. Sch

pratīpavacana

  1. ○vacana n. contradiction Amar

pratīpāśva

  1. pratīpâśva m. N. of a Prince VP. (v. l. pratīkâśva)

pratīpokti

  1. pratīpôkti f. contradiction Naish

pratīpaka

  1. pratīpaka mfn. opposed to, hindering, hostile BhP
  2. m. N. of a prince ib

pratīpaya

  1. pratīpaya Nom. P. ○yati, to oppose one's self to, be hostile to (loc.) BhP
  2. to cause to turn back, bring back, reverse Kum

pratīpāya

  1. pratīpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to oppose one's self to, be hostile to, be against (gen.) Bhaṭṭ. (g. sukhâdi)

pratīpin

  1. pratīpin mfn. unfavourable, unkind, g. sukhâdi

pratīps

  1. pratī7ps Detsid. of praty-√āp, q.v

pratīr

  1. pratī7r (prati- √īr), only Caus. 2ḍu. impf. praty-airayatam, to put on, fix on RV. i, 117, 22

pratīra

  1. pra-tīra m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya MārkP
  2. n. = tīra, a shore, bank L

pratīṣ

  1. pratī7ṣ (prati-√iṣ), P. pratī7cchati (ind. p. pratī7ṣya), to strive after, seek RV. x, 129, 4
  2. to receive, accept from MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to regard, mind, attend to, obey ib

pratīcchaka

  1. pratī7cchaka m. one who receives, a receiver Mn. iv, 194

pratīṣita

  1. pratī7ṣita mfn. (√īṣ) stretched out towards Kāṭh

pratud

  1. pra-√tud P. -tudati, to strike at, cut through, pierce MBh. Hariv. BhP.: Caus. -todayati, to push on, urge, instigate MBh. Mṛicch

pratud

  1. pra-ḍtud m. 'pecker', N. of a class of birds (including the falcon, hawk, owl, parrot, crow, raven, peacock &c.) Āpast

pratuda

  1. pra-ḍtuda m. id., Gaut Mn. Yājñ. Suśr
  2. an instrument for piercing Suśr

pratoda

  1. pra-ḍtodá m. a goad or long whip AV. &c. &c. (also -yaṣṭi f. Divyâv.)
  2. sg. (with aṅgirasām) and du. (with kaśyapasya), N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
  3. -yantra n. N. of wk

pratodin

  1. pra-ḍtodin See śroṇi-pratodin

pratur

  1. pra-tur See su-pratúr. [Page 674, Column]

praturv

  1. pra-√turv (only pr. p. -tū́rvat), to be victorious RV. v, 65, 4

pratuṣ

  1. pra-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati, to delight in (instr.) Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -toṣayati, to give pleasure, gratify BhP

pratuṣṭi

  1. pra-ḍtuṣṭi f. satisfaction (-da mfn. giving satisfaction) Pañcat

pratoṣa

  1. pra-ḍtoṣa m. 'gratification', N. of one of the 12 sons of Manu Svāyambhuva BhP

pratustuṣu

  1. pra-tustuṣu See pra-√stu

pratūṇī

  1. pra-tūṇī f. a kind of disease (causing pain of the nerves extending from the rectum and generative organs to the bowels
  2. wṛ. for pratitūṇī?) Suśr

pratūrṇa

  1. pra-tūrṇa ○tūrta &c., See pra-√tvar

pratṛd

  1. pra-√tṛd (only ind. p. -tṛdya), to thrust through with a spit ŚBr

pratardana

  1. pra-ḍtardana mfn. piercing, destroying (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ
  2. m. N. of a king of KāSi (son of Divo-dāsa and author of RV. ix, 96) Br. MBh. &c
  3. of a Rākshasa R
  4. of a class of divinities under Manu Auttama MārkP

pratṛṇṇa

  1. pra-ḍtṛṇṇa n. (piercing i.e. splitting scil. the words) recitation of the Pada-pāṭha AitĀr

tṛd

  1. tṛd mfn. cleaving, piercing (applied to the Tṛitsus) RV. vii, 33, 14

pratṛp

  1. pra-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate, refresh, strengthen, satisfy Pañcat. Suśr

pratṝ

  1. pra-√tṝ P. Ā. -tarati, ○te (Ved. also -tirati, ○te
  2. inf. -tíram), to go to sea, pass over, cross ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. to set out, start RV. ŚBr
  4. (Ā.) to rise, thrive, prosper RV
  5. to raise, elevate, augment, increase, further, promote ib. AV. ŚBr. MBh
  6. to extend: prolong (esp. with ā́yus, 'to promote long life
  7. Ā. 'to live on, live longer') RV.: Caus. -tārayati (aor. prâtītarat), to extend, widen MBh
  8. to prolong (life) AV
  9. to mislead, take in, deceive Mṛicch. Kathās
  10. to lead astray, seduce, persuade to (dat. or loc.) Ragh. Kathās

pratara

  1. pra-ḍtara m. passing over, crossing (cf. duṣ- and su-pr○)
  2. N. of the joints (saṃdhī) on the neck and of the spinal vertebrae Suśr

prataraṇa

  1. pra-ḍtáraṇa mf(ī)n. furthering, promoting, increasing (with āyuṣaḥ, 'prolonging life') RV. AV. VS. PārGṛ
  2. n. going to sea, passing over, crossing MBh. Kāv. &c. ○tarītṛ́ (RV.),

pratarītṛ

  1. pra-ḍtárītṛ (AV.), m. a furtherer, promoter (esp. of long life)

pratāra

  1. pra-ḍtāra m. passing over, crossing (with gen.) MBh. R
  2. deception, fraud L

tāraka

  1. tāraka mfn. cheating, deceitful, a deceiver Bhartṛ. Vcar

tāraṇa

  1. ḍtāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) ferrying over, carrying across, SāriṅgP
  2. passing over, crossing (m. c. for ○taraṇa) R. Rājat
  3. deceiving, cheating (also ā f.) ŚārṅgP. L

tāraṇīya

  1. ḍtāraṇīya mfn. to be deceived, deceivable KātyŚr. Sch

tārayitṛ

  1. ḍtārayitṛ m. a furtherer, promoter AitBr

tārita

  1. ḍtārita mfn. misled, deceived, imposed upon MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. persuaded or seduced to (dat.) Ragh. (v. l. pra-codita). 1

tira

  1. ḍtirá mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitĀr. 2

tira

  1. ḍtíra mfn. (?) carrying across, furthering, helping TS. (Sch.)

tīrṇa

  1. ḍtīrṇa (prá-), mfn. having put to sea ŚBr
  2. having spread over (acc.) Ragh

pratolī

  1. pra-tolī f. a broad way, principal road through a town or village (ifc. ○līka) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a kind of bandage applied to the neck or to the penis Suśr

pratta

  1. prá-tta prá-tti, See pra-√dā

pratna

  1. pra-tná mf(ā́)n. former, preceding
  2. ancient, old
  3. traditional, customary RV. AV. TS. Br. BhP
  4. n. a kind of metre RPrāt

pratnathā

  1. pratnáthā ind. as formerly, as of old, in the usual manner RV. 1

pratnavat

  1. pratna-vát ind., id' ib. 2

pratnavat

  1. pratnávat mfn. containing the word pratna ŚBr

pratyaṃśa

  1. praty-aṃśa &c. See p. 663, col. 3

pratyak

  1. pratyak See p. 675, col. 1

pratyakṣa

  1. praty-akṣa mf(ā)n. present before the eyes, visible, perceptible (opp. to paro'kṣa, q.v.) Up. MBh. &c
  2. clear, distinct, manifest, direct, immediate, actual, real ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. keeping in view, discerning (with gen.) MBh
  4. n. ocular evidence, direct perception, apprehension by the senses (in Nyāya one of the 4 Pramāṇas or modes of proof. cf. pramāṇa)
  5. superintendence of, care for (gen.) Mn. ix, 27
  6. (in rhet.) a kind of style descriptive of impressions derived from the senses Kuval
  7. (pratyákṣam), ind. (also ○kṣa ibc.) before the eyes, in the sight or presence of (gen. or comp.), clearly, explicitly, directly, personally AV. &c. &c. [Page 674, Column]
  8. (āt), ind. explicitly, actually, really Br
  9. (eṇa), ind. before the eyes, visibly, publicly, expressly, directly Lāṭy. MBh. MārkP
  10. (e), ind. before one's face, publicly Pañcat

pratyakṣakaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. one's own perception Car

pratyakṣakṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. addressed directly or personally, containing a personal address Nir
  2. (ā) f. (scil. ṛc) a hymn or verse in which a deity is addressed directly or in the 2nd person MW

pratyakṣakhaṇḍa

  1. ○khaṇḍa m. n. N. of part I of the Tattvacintāmaṇi
  2. -cintāmaṇi m. and -vyākhyā f. N. of wks

pratyakṣacārin

  1. ○cārin mfn. walking personally before the eyes of (gen.) Kāvyâd

pratyakṣajñāna

  1. ○jñāna n. immediate perception Tarkas

pratyakṣatamāt

  1. ○tamāt or ind. most perceptibly or directly or really &c. Br

pratyakṣatamām

  1. ○tamā́m ind. most perceptibly or directly or really &c. Br

pratyakṣatas

  1. ○tas ind. before the eyes, visibly, perceptibly (○taḥ śrutam, heard perceptibly or with the ears) MBh. Pāṇ. Sch. Kathās
  2. evidently, clearly, plainly MW

pratyakṣatā

  1. ○tā f. the being before the eyes, before visible, visibility MBh. Kathās. MārkP. &c
  2. addressing in the 2nd person MW
  3. (ayā), ind. before the eyes of any one Pañcat

pratyakṣatva

  1. ○tva n. ocular evidence, explicitness KātyŚr
  2. the being ocular evidence or immedite perception Sarvad
  3. addressing in the 2nd person MW

pratyakṣadarśana

  1. ○darśana n. seeing with one's own eyes
  2. the power of discerning (the presence of a god) MBh
  3. m. an eye-witness L

pratyakṣadarśin

  1. ○darśin mfn. seeing anything (gen.) with one's own eyes, one who has seen with his own eṭeyes MBh

pratyakṣadarśivas

  1. ○darśivas mfn. one who has seen anything with his own eyes
  2. seeing anything (acc.) clearly as if before the eyes MBh. Hariv. Sūryas

pratyakṣadīpikā

  1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wk

pratyakṣadṛś

  1. ○dṛś mfn. seeing distinctly, one who sees anything (acc.) clearly as if before the eyes MārkP

pratyakṣadṛśya

  1. ○dṛśya mfn. to be seen with the eyes, visible, perceptible Nir. Kathās

pratyakṣadṛṣṭa

  1. ○dṛṣṭa mfn. seen with the eṭeyes, Ratnâv. Kathās

pratyakṣadviṣ

  1. ○dviṣ (pratyákṣa-), mfn. not liking that which is clear ŚBr

pratyakṣadharman

  1. ○dharman mfn. keeping in view the merits (of men) MBh

pratyakṣapara

  1. ○para mfn. setting the highest value on the visible Car

pratyakṣapariccheda

  1. ○pariccheda m. N. of wk. (also ○da-mañjūṣā f. and ○da-rahasya n.)

pratyakṣaparīkṣaṇa

  1. ○parī7kṣaṇa n. real observation Var

pratyakṣapṛṣṭha

  1. ○pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ĀśvŚr

pratyakṣapramā

  1. ○pramā f. a correct notion obtained through the senses Vedântap

pratyakṣapramāṇa

  1. ○pramāṇa n. ocular or visible proof, the evidence of the senses
  2. an organ or faculty of perception W
  3. N. of wk. (also ○ṇyâloka-ṭippaṇī f.)

pratyakṣaphala

  1. ○phala mfn. having visible consequences (-tva n.) Āp
  2. n. a visible consequence MW

pratyakṣabandhu

  1. ○bandhu (pratyákṣa-), mfn. with evident relation MaitrS

pratyakṣabṛhatī

  1. ○bṛhatī f. an original Bṛihati ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyakṣabhakṣa

  1. ○bhakṣa m. real eating ŚrS

pratyakṣabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. become visible, appeared personally Hit

pratyakṣabhoga

  1. ○bhoga m. enjoyment or use of anything in the presence or with the knowledge of the owner W

pratyakṣamaṇi

  1. ○maṇi m

pratyakṣamaṇiraśmicakra

  1. ○maṇi-raśmicakra n. N. wks. (= -vāda)

pratyakṣavat

  1. ○vat ind. as if it were evident Āp

pratyakṣavāda

  1. ○vāda m. N. of wk. by Ruci-datta

pratyakṣavādin

  1. ○vādin mfn. 'asserting perception by the senses', one who admits of no other evidence than perception by the senses
  2. m. a Buddhist L

pratyakṣavidhāna

  1. ○vidhāna n. an express injunction Gaut

pratyakṣaviṣayībhū

  1. ○viṣayī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to move only within range of the sight Naish. Comm

pratyakṣavihita

  1. ○vihita mfn. expressly enjoined, ŚāṅkhŚr,

pratyakṣavṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti mfn. having a form visible to the eye
  2. composed clearly or intelligibly (as a word) Nir. Sch

pratyakṣasiddha

  1. ○siddha mfn. determined by evidence of the senses MW

pratyakṣāgamana

  1. pratyakṣâgamana n. approaching in person Siṃhâs

pratyakṣānumāna

  1. pratyakṣânumāna n. (-ṭīka f. and -śabda-khaṇḍana n.) of wks

pratyakṣāvagama

  1. pratyakṣâvagama mfn. plainly in telligible Bhag

pratyakṣaya

  1. pratyakṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make visible or perceptible Mālav
  2. to see with one's own eyes Kād

pratyakṣāya

  1. pratyakṣāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to come clearly before the eyes, be visible
  2. ○yamāṇa-tva n. coming clearly before the eyes Sāh

pratyakṣin

  1. pratyakṣin mfn. seeing with one's own eyes
  2. m. an eye-witness Jātakam

pratyakṣī

  1. pratyakṣī in comp. for ○kṣa

pratyakṣīkaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. looking at, viewing Mn. Kull
  2. making manifest or apparent W

pratyakṣīkṛ

  1. ○√kṛ to make visible or evident MW
  2. to inspect, look at or See with one's own eyes MBh. Mṛicch. Kād. &c

pratyakṣīkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. seen with the eṭeyes Śak. Hit
  2. made present or visible, manifested, displayed W

pratyakṣībhū

  1. ○√bhū to come before the eṭeyes, be visible, appear in person Kathās. Siṃhâs

pratyañc

  1. praty-áñc mfn. (nom. pratyáṅ. pratī́cī, pratīcī́ [and pratyañcī Vop.] [Page 675, Column]
  2. pratyák) turned towards, facing (acc.) RV. AV. VS
  3. coming (opp. to arvāñc, 'going') RV
  4. being or coming from behind, turning the back, averted, moving in an opposite direction ib. Br. KātyŚr
  5. westward, western, occidental, to the west of (abl.) VS. AV. Br. Mn. &c
  6. turned back or inward, inner, interior Prab. BhP. Vedântas
  7. equal to, a match for (acc.) AV
  8. past, gone L
  9. m. the individual soul Prab. vi, 4/5
  10. (pratī́cī), f. (with or scil. diś) the west AV. &c. &c
  11. N. of a river BhP
  12. (pratyák), ind. backwards, in an opposite direction RV. AV
  13. behind (abl.) KātyŚr
  14. down (opp. to ūrdhvam) KaṭhUp
  15. westward, to the west of (abl.) ŚrS. MBh. BhP
  16. inwardly, within BhP. Vedântas
  17. in former times L

pratīka

  1. prátīka mf(ā)n. (for praty-aka
  2. cf. anūka, apāka, abhīka) turned or directed towards
  3. (ifc.) looking at BhP
  4. (prob.) going uphill MBh
  5. adverse, contrary, inverted, reversed L
  6. n. exterior, surface RV
  7. outward form or shape, look, appearance, face (cf. ghṛta-p○, cāru-p○, tveṣa-p○) ib. Nir
  8. the face (esp. the mouth) RV. ŚBr. PārGṛ
  9. the front MW
  10. an image, symbol ChUp. Sch
  11. a copy Vām
  12. (also m.) the first part (of a verse), first word Br. &c. &c
  13. m. a part, portion, limb, member L. (cf. prati-pr○, p. 662, col. 2)
  14. N. of a son of Vasu and father of Ogha-vat BhP
  15. of a son of Maru VP

pratīkatva

  1. ○tva n. the being an image or symbol ChUp. Sch

pratīkadarśana

  1. ○darśana n. a symbolic conception Bādar. Sch

pratīkavat

  1. ○vat (prátīka-), mfn. having an outward form or face or mouth
  2. m. N. of Agni TS

pratīkāśva

  1. pratīkâśva m. N. of a prince BhP

pratīkopāsana

  1. pratīkôpâsana n. image-worship, the service of idols Mn. Kull

pratīcī

  1. pratīcī f. of pratyáñc

pratīcīpati

  1. ○pati m. 'lord of the west', N. of Varuṇa, the ocean Prasannar

pratīcīśa

  1. ○"ṣśa (○cī7śa), m. id. L

pratīcīna

  1. pratīcīná mfn. turned towards, going or coming towards RV
  2. (○cī́na), mfn. turned away from, turning the back RV
  3. being behind, coming from behind AV
  4. turning westward, western TS. Br
  5. subsequent, future (with abl.) RV. TBr
  6. (am), ind. back to one's self TBr
  7. backwards, behind TS. TBr. Kāṭh. BhP

pratīcīnagrīva

  1. ○grīva (pratīcī́na-), mfn. having the neck turned westward Br

pratīcīnaprajanana

  1. ○prajanana (pratīcī́na-), mfn. ŚBr

pratīcīnaphala

  1. ○phala (pratīcī́na-), mfn. having fruit turned or bending backwards ib. AV

pratīcīnamukha

  1. ○mukha mf(ī́)n. having the face turned westward ŚBr

pratīcīnaśiras

  1. ○śiras (pratīcī́na-), mfn. having the head turned westward ib

pratīcīnastoma

  1. ○stoma m. a partic. Ekâha Vait

pratīcīneḍa

  1. pratīcīnêḍa mfn
  2. n. (with kāśīta) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

pratīcya

  1. pratīcya mfn. being or living in the west MBh. R
  2. (ibc.) the west, western country MBh
  3. (ā), f. N. of the wife of Pulastya ib
  4. (pratī́cya), n. a designation of anything remote or concealed Naigh. iii, 25 (perhaps wṛ. for pratī74tya)

pratyak

  1. pratyak in comp. for ○tyañc

pratyakcintāmaṇi

  1. ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

pratyakcetana

  1. ○cetana mfn. one whose thoughts are turned inwards or upon himself Yogas
  2. (ā), f. thoughts turned inwards or upon one's self ib

pratyaktattvadīpikā

  1. ○tattva-dīpikā (or -pradīpikā), f

pratyaktattvaviveka

  1. ○tattva-viveka m. N. of philos. wks

pratyaktva

  1. ○tva n. backward direction, dṭdirection towards one's self BhP. Sch

pratyakparṇī

  1. ○parṇī f. Achyranthes Aspera (= apâmārga) L
  2. Anthericum Tuberosum (= dravantī) ib

pratyakpuṣkara

  1. ○puṣkara mf(ā)n. having the bowl turned westward (as a ladle) AitBr

pratyakpuṣpī

  1. ○puṣpī f. Achyranthes Aspera L
  2. (accord. to Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 1 the correct form would be -puṣpā)

pratyakprakāśa

  1. ○prakāśa m. N. of a teacher Cat

pratyakpravaṇa

  1. ○pravaṇa mfn. devoted to the individual soul
  2. (-tā f.) Prab

pratyakśiras

  1. ○śiras mfn. (ĀpŚr. &c.) and f. (Kauś.) having the head turned towards the west

pratyakśīrṣī

  1. ○śīrṣī f. (Kauś.) having the head turned towards the west

pratyakśreṇī

  1. ○śreṇī f. N. of various plants (Anthericum Tuberosum, Croton Polyandrum or Croton Tiglium, Salvinia Cucullata &c.) Car. L

pratyakśrotas

  1. ○śrotas mfn. wṛ. for -srotas

pratyaksarasvatī

  1. ○sarasvatī f. the western Sarasvatī BhP

pratyaksthalī

  1. ○sthalī f. N. of a Vedī R

pratyaksrotas

  1. ○srotas mfn. flowing towards the west MBh. R. Śiś. Sch

pratyaksvarūpa

  1. ○svarūpa m. N. of an author Cat

pratyag

  1. pratyag in comp. for ○tyañc

pratyagakṣa

  1. ○akṣa n. an inner organ BhP
  2. mfn. having inner organs ib
  3. -ja mfn. discerned by the internal faculties, visible to the eye of the soul MW

pratyagātma

  1. ○ātma mfn. concerning the personal soul or self R

pratyagātman

  1. ○ātman m. the individual soul KaṭhUp. Vedântas. BhP. &c
  2. an individual Bādar. Sch
  3. ○ma-tā f. being an individual soul RāmatUp
  4. ○ma-tva n. universal permeation of spirit MW. [Page 675, Column]

pratyagānanda

  1. ○ānanda mfn. inwardly rejoicing, appearing as inward delight Vedântas

pratyagāśāpati

  1. ○āśā-pati m. 'lord of the western quarter', N. of Varuṇa L

pratyagāśis

  1. ○āśis f. a personal wish KātyŚr. Sch
  2. mfn. containing a personal wish ĀpŚr

pratyagudak

  1. ○udak ind. towards the north-west ĀśvŚr

pratyagekarasa

  1. ○ekarasa mfn. having taste or pleasure only for the interior, delighting only in one's own soul RāmatUp

pratyagjyotis

  1. ○jyotis n. the inward light Mcar

pratyagdakṣiṇatas

  1. ○dakṣiṇatas ind. towards the south-west KātyŚr

pratyagdakṣiṇā

  1. ○dakṣiṇā ind. towards the south-west ĀśvŚr
  2. -pravaṇa mfn. sloping towards the s-wṭwest, ĀŚvGṛ

pratyagdiś

  1. ○diś f. the western quarter AV. AitBr. MBh. &c

pratyagdṛś

  1. ○dṛś f. a glance directed inwards BhP
  2. mfn. one whose glance is directed inwards RāmatUp

pratyagdhāman

  1. ○dhāman mfn. radiant within, internally illuminated BhP

pratyagratha

  1. ○ratha m. N. of a prince VP
  2. pl. N. of a warrior-tribe (also called ahi-cchattra
  3. cf. prātyagrathi) Pāṇ. 4-1, 173

pratyagvahanaprayoga

  1. ○vahana-prayoga m. N. of wk

pratyaṅ

  1. pratyaṅ in comp. for ○tyañc

pratyaṅmukha

  1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face turned away or westward GṛŚrS. &c
  2. -tva n. facing the west Hcat

pratyañj

  1. praty-√añj P. -anakti, or -añjati, to smear over, besmear ŚBr
  2. to decorate, adorn RV

pratyañjana

  1. praty-ḍañjana n. smearing, anointing Suśr. Bhpr

pratyad

  1. praty-√ad P. -atti, to eat in return or in compensation for anything ŚBr

pratyadana

  1. praty-ḍadana n. eating, food L

pratyadhiśri

  1. praty-adhi-√śri P. -śrayati. to put down beside (the fire) KātyŚr

pratyadhī

  1. praty-adhī7 (adhi-√i), Ā. -adhī7yate, to read through or study severally MBh

pratyanujñā

  1. praty-anu-√jñā P. -jānāti, to refuse, reject, spurn R

pratyanutap

  1. praty-anu-√tap Pass. -tapyate, to feel subsequent remorse, repent, regret R

pratyanunī

  1. praty-anu-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te, to speak friendly words, induce to yield, persuade MBh
  2. (Ā.) to beg a person's (acc.) pardon for (acc.) ib

pratyanubhū

  1. praty-anu-√bhū P. -bhavati, to enjoy singly or severally PraśnUp. Divyâv

pratyanuyāc

  1. praty-anu-√yāc P. -yācati, to beseech, implore (with acc.) R

pratyanuvāśita

  1. praty-anu-vāśita mfn. (√vāś) roared against, answered by roaring Var

pratyanusmṛ

  1. praty-anu-√smṛ P. -smarati, to remember R

pratyapakṛ

  1. praty-apa-√kṛ (only ind. p. -kṛtya), to take vengeance on (acc.) Daś

pratyapapakāra

  1. praty-apḍapakāra m. offending or injuring in return, retaliation Kum

pratyapayā

  1. praty-apa-√yā P. -yāti, to go back, withdraw, retreat, flee into (acc.) MBh

pratyapavah

  1. praty-apa-√vah P. -vahati, to drive back, repel BhP

pratyapasṛp

  1. praty-apa-√sṛp Caus. -sarpayati, to cause to go back, put to flight MBh

pratyaporṇu

  1. praty-apôrṇu (-apa-√ūrṇu), Ā. -apôrṇute, to uncover one's self in the presence of (acc.) TS

pratyabhighṛ

  1. praty-abhi-√ghṛ Caus. -ghārayati, to sprinkle over repeatedly GṛS

pratyabhighāraṇa

  1. praty-ḍabhighāraṇa n. sprinkling over afresh GṛŚrS

pratyabhicar

  1. praty-abhi-√car P. -carati, to use spells or charms against AV. ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyabhicabhicaraṇa

  1. praty-abhi-√cḍabhicáraṇa mfn. using spells or charms against AV

pratyabhicita

  1. praty-abhi-cita mfn. (√1. cī7) built up in defence GopBr. (w. r. -jita)

pratyabhijñā

  1. praty-abhi-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -jānīte, to recognize, remember, know, understand MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to come to one's self, recover consciousness Kathās.: Caus. -jñāpayati, to recall to mind Śaṃk

pratyabhijñā

  1. praty-ḍabhijñā f. recognition Kap. Bhāshāp. &c. (ifc. ○jña mfn. Daś. Rājat.)
  2. regaining knowledge or recognition (of the identify of the Supreme and individual soul) Sarvad
  3. -darśana n. N. of a philos. system IW. 118
  4. -vimarśinī f. N. of Comm. on -hṛdaya
  5. -śāstra n. N. of a philos. manual [Page 675, Column]
  6. -sūtra n. -hṛdaya n. N. of wks

pratyabhijñāta

  1. praty-ḍabhijñāta mfn. recognized, known MBh. Śak. &c
  2. -vat mfn. Kathās

pratyabhijñāna

  1. praty-ḍabhijñāna n. recognition MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a token of recognition (brought by a messenger to prove that he has accomplished his mission) R
  3. reciprocity ĀśvŚr. Sch
  4. -ratna n. a jewel (given as token) of recognition MW

pratyabhijñāpana

  1. praty-ḍabhijñāpana n. causing to recognize Śaṃk

pratyabhijñāyamānatva

  1. praty-ḍabhijñāyamāna-tva n. the being recognized Kap. Sch

pratyabhidhā

  1. praty-abhi-dhā √1. P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to take or draw back, re-absorb BhP
  2. (Ā.) to reply, answer ib

pratyabhihita

  1. praty-ḍabhihita mfn. answered, having received an answer from (instr.) Śak
  2. approved MBh

pratyabhidhāv

  1. praty-abhi-dhāv √1. P. -dhāvati, to run or hasten towards R

pratyabhinand

  1. praty-abhi-√nand P. -nandati, to greet in return, return a salutation MBh
  2. to bid welcome Śak. (v. l. for abhi-n○)

pratyabhinabhinandita

  1. praty-abhi-√nḍabhinandita mfn. saluted, welcomed MBh

pratyabhinabhinandin

  1. praty-abhi-√nḍabhinandin mfn. receiving thankfully (ifc.) Ragh

pratyabhiprasthā

  1. praty-abhi-pra-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to set out for, depart MBh

pratyabhibhāṣin

  1. praty-abhi-bhāṣin mfn. (√bhāṣ) speaking to, addressing (acc.) R

pratyabhibhūta

  1. praty-abhi-bhūta mfn. (√bhū) overcome, conquered Prab. v, 8 (v. l. aty-abhibh○)

pratyabhimith

  1. praty-abhi-√mith P. -methati, to answer scornfully or abusively ŚBr

pratyabhimethana

  1. praty-ḍabhimethana n. a scornful reply ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyabhimṛś

  1. praty-abhi-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to stroke or rub over, touch, lay hold of Gobh. Vait

pratyabhimarśa

  1. praty-ḍabhimarśa m. (AitBr.),

pratyabhimṛśana

  1. praty-abhi-√mṛḍśana n. (Lāṭy.) stroking or rubbing over, rubbing, touching

pratyabhimṛṣṭa

  1. praty-ḍabhimṛṣṭa mfn. touched (a-praty-abh○) AitBr

pratyabhiyā

  1. praty-abhi-√yā P. -yāti, to go against (acc.) BhP

pratyabhiyuj

  1. praty-abhi-√yuj Ā. -yuṅkte, to make a counter attack against (acc.) Bālar.: Caus. -yojayati, to make a counter plaint or charge against (acc.) Yājñ

pratyabhiyukta

  1. praty-ḍabhiyukta mfn. attacked by (instr.) Prab. (-vat, mfn. Kathās.)
  2. accused in return or by a counter plaint MW

pratyabhiyoga

  1. praty-ḍabhiyoga m. a counter plaint or charge, recrimination Yājñ

pratyabhilekhya

  1. praty-abhi-lekhya n. (√likh) a counter document, a document brought forward by the opposing party Vas

pratyabhivad

  1. praty-abhi-√vad P. -vadati, to return a salute, greet in return Āpast.: Caus. Ā. -vādayate id. Mṛicch

pratyabhivabhivāda

  1. praty-abhi-√vḍabhivāda m. return salutation Pāṇ. 8-2, 83

pratyabhivabhivādaka

  1. praty-abhi-√vḍabhivādaka mfn. returning a salutation Kull

pratyabhivabhivādana

  1. praty-abhi-√vḍabhivādana n. the act of retṭreturning a salutation Mn. ii, 126

pratyabhivabhivādayitṛ

  1. praty-abhi-√vḍabhivādayitṛ mfn. one who returns a salutation Kull

pratyabhiskandana

  1. praty-abhi-skandana n. (√skand) a counter plaint or charge, an accusation brought against the accuser or plaintiff Yājñ. Sch. (cf. praty-abhiyoga)

pratyabhihṛ

  1. praty-abhi-√hṛ Caus. -hārayati, to offer, present Gobh. (v. l.)

pratyabhyanujñā

  1. praty-abhy-anu-jñā f. (√jñā) leave, permission ĀśvGṛ

pratyabhyanujñāta

  1. praty-abhy-ḍanujñāta mfn. dismissed on taking leave, allowed to depart MBh

pratyabhyutthāna

  1. praty-abhy-utthāna n. (√sthā) rising from a seat through politeness (ifc. f. ā) Kād

pratyaya

  1. pratyaya &c. See p. 673, col. 3

pratyarc

  1. praty-√arc P. -arcati, to shine upon (acc.) RV.: Caus. -arcayati, to greet in return or one by one MBh. R

pratyarcana

  1. praty-ḍarcana n. returning a salutation or obeisance MBh

pratyarcita

  1. praty-ḍarcita mfn. saluted in return MBh

pratyarth

  1. praty-√arth P. -arthayati, to challenge (to combat) Bhaṭṭ

pratyarthaka

  1. praty-ḍarthaka m. an opponent, adversary L

pratyarthika

  1. praty-ḍarthika (ifc.), id. MBh

pratyarthin

  1. praty-ḍarthin mfn. hostile, inimical
  2. (ifc.) opposing, rivalling, emulating MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. m. an adversary, opponent, rival ib
  4. (in law) a defendant Mn. Yājñ. &c
  5. ○thi-tā f. and ○thi-tva n. the state of a defendant at law MW
  6. ○thi-bhūta mfn. become an obstacle Kum. [Page 676, Column]
  7. ○thy-āvedana n. (in law) the verbal information or deposition of the defendant which is written down by the officers of the court MW

pratyard

  1. praty-√ard Caus. -ardayati, ○te, to oppress or assault in return R

pratyarpaṇa

  1. praty-arpaṇa &c. See praty-√ṛ

pratyavakarśana

  1. praty-ava-karśana mfn. (√kṛś) bringing down, baffling, annihilating BhP

pratyavagam

  1. praty-ava-√gam P. -gacchati to know singly or exactly MBh

pratyavagrah

  1. praty-ava-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to draw or put back MaitrS
  2. to retract, revoke, recall R

pratyavatṝ

  1. praty-ava-√tṝ P. -tarati, to disembark Divyâv

pratyavado

  1. praty-ava-√do P. -dātí, or -dyati, to divide again TBr

pratyavadhā

  1. praty-ava-dhā √1. P. -dadhāti, to put in again ŚBr

pratyavanejana

  1. praty-ava-nejana n. (√nij) washing off again PārGṛ

pratyavabhāṣ

  1. praty-ava-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to call to Divyâv

pratyavabhāsa

  1. praty-ava-bhāsa m. (√bhās) becoming visible, appearance (ifc. f. ā) Uttarar. (wṛ. ○bhāṣā)

pratyavabhuj

  1. praty-ava-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, to bend back Kauś

pratyavamṛś

  1. praty-ava-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to touch Kauś
  2. to reflect, meditate Daś. BhP

pratyavavamarśa

  1. praty-avḍavamarśa m. (wrongly spelt ○ṣa) inner contemplation, profound meditation BhP
  2. counter conclusion Kull
  3. recollection Hariv
  4. consciousness Jātakam
  5. -vat mfn. absorbed in thought, meditative MBh

pratyavavamarśana

  1. praty-avḍavamarśana n. contemplation, meditation BhP

pratyavamṛṣ

  1. praty-ava-√mṛṣ P. Ā. -mṛṣyati, ○te, or -marṣati, ○te, to endure reluctantly, suffer beyond endurance MW

pratyavarudh

  1. praty-ava-rudh √2. (only ind. p. -rudhya), to recover BhP

pratyavavaruddha

  1. praty-avḍavaruddha mfn. stopped, suppressed ib

pratyavavarodhana

  1. praty-avḍavarodhana n. obstruction, interruption MBh

pratyavaruh

  1. praty-ava-√ruh P. -rohati, to come down again, desend from (abl.), alight upon (acc.) TS. Br. ĀśvŚr
  2. to descend (from a seat, chariot &c.) in honour of (acc.) TS. ŚBr. MBh
  3. to celebrate the festival called Pratyavarohaṇa ŚāṅkhGṛ.: Caus. -ropayatí, to bring down from, deprive of (abl. or instr.) MBh

pratyavavarūḍhi

  1. praty-avḍávarūḍhi f. descending towards TS

pratyavavaroha

  1. praty-avḍavarohá m. id
  2. a descending series Br. ŚrS

pratyavavarohaṇa

  1. praty-avḍavarohaṇa n. = ○avarūḍhi ŚrS
  2. N. of a partic. Gṛihya festival in the month Mārgaśīrsha GṛS

pratyavavarohaṇīya

  1. praty-avḍavarohaṇīya m. a partic. Ekâha sacrifice forming part of the Vājapeya ŚrS

pratyavavaroham

  1. praty-avḍavaroham ind. descending AitBr

pratyavavarohin

  1. praty-avḍavarohin mfn. descending, moving downwards Br. Lāṭy
  2. moving or rising from a seat (a-pratyav○) KātyŚr
  3. (iṇī), f. N. of a partic. litany TāṇḍBr

pratyavasad

  1. praty-ava-√sad P. -sīdati, to sink down, perish MBh

pratyavasṛj

  1. praty-ava-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to throw on (loc.) Hariv
  2. to relinquish, leave ŚBr

pratyavasṛta

  1. praty-ava-sṛta mfn. (√sṛ) gone away Divyâv

pratyavasṛp

  1. praty-ava-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep towards ŚBr

pratyavaso

  1. praty-ava-√so P. -syati, to come back, return to (loc.) ŚBr

pratyavavasāna

  1. praty-avḍavasāna n. consuming, eating Pāṇ. 1-4, 52

pratyavavasita

  1. praty-avḍavasita mfn. relapsed into the old (bad) way of life MBh. Nār. (Sch. 'one who has given up the life of a religious mendicant')
  2. consumed, eaten L. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-2, 195 Kāś.)

pratyavaskanda

  1. praty-ava-skanda m. (√skand) an attack, surprise Kathās
  2. = next L

pratyavaskandavaskandana

  1. praty-ava-skandḍavaskandana n. a special plea at law (admitting a fact, but qualifying or explaining it so as not to allow it to be a matter of accusation), Bṛihasp. [Page 676, Column]

pratyavasthā

  1. praty-ava-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to return, re-appear (with punar) BhP
  2. to resist, oppose, object to Kap. Sch
  3. to stand alone or separately MW
  4. to re-attain, recover Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to cause to stand firm, encourage (with ātmānam 'to collect one's self, recover') Vikr

pratyavavasthā

  1. praty-avḍavasthā f. = pary-avasthā L

pratyavavasthātṛ

  1. praty-avḍavasthātṛ m. an opponent, adversary L

pratyavavasthāna

  1. praty-avḍavasthāna n. objection Nyāyas
  2. removal, setting aside L
  3. former state or place, status quo W
  4. opposition, hostility ib

pratyavavasthāpana

  1. praty-avḍavasthāpana n. (fr. Caus.) refreshing, strengthening Car

pratyavasthita

  1. praty-avasthita mfn. standing separately or opposite R
  2. being in a partic. condition MBh

pratyavahan

  1. praty-ava-√han P. -hanti, to strike back, repel RV. v, 29, 4

pratyavahṛ

  1. praty-ava-√hṛ (only Ved. inf. -hartos), to lessen, shorten, diminish AitBr.: Caus. -hārayati, to suspend, interrupt, finish MBh

pratyavavahāra

  1. praty-avḍavahāra m. drawing back, withdrawal MBh
  2. dissolution, re-absorption Ragh

pratyavāp

  1. praty-avâp (ava-√āp), only pf. -avâpuḥ, to re-obtain, recover Śiś

pratyave

  1. praty-avê (-ava-√i), P. avaī7ti, to come down again, reach in descending Br
  2. to offend, sin Śaṃk

pratyavāya

  1. praty-ḍavâya m. decrease, diminution KātyŚr. MBh
  2. reverse, contrary course, opposite, conduct Mn. iv, 245
  3. annoyance, disappointment Śak. Prab
  4. offence, sin, sinfulness Āpast. Vedântas
  5. disappearance of what exists or non-production of what does not exist W

pratyavekṣ

  1. praty-avêkṣ (-ava-√īkṣ), Ā. -avêkṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to look at ŚBr
  2. to inspect, examine, look or inquire after MBh. R. &c
  3. to consider, have regard for (acc.) R

pratyavekṣaṇa

  1. praty-ḍavêkṣaṇa n. looking after, care, attention Kām. Kull
  2. (ā), f. (with Buddhists) one of the 5 kinds of knowledge Dharmas. 94

pratyavekṣā

  1. praty-ḍavêkṣā f. = prec. n. Rājat

pratyavekṣya

  1. praty-ḍavêkṣya mfn. to be regarded or paid attention to MBh

pratyaṣṭa

  1. praty-aṣṭa mfn. (√1. aś) fallen to a person's (loc.) lot or share Kauś

pratyas

  1. praty-as √1. P. -asti, to be equal to or a match for (acc.) RV. ŚBr

pratyas

  1. praty-as √2. P. -asyati, to throw to or down AV
  2. to turn over or round ŚBr

pratyasta

  1. praty-ḍasta (práty-), mfn. thrown down, laid low VS. ŚBr
  2. thrown off, given up Bhartṛ

pratyastra

  1. praty-ḍastra n. a missile hurled in return Kathās

pratyah

  1. praty-√ah (only pf. -āha), to say anything in the presence of (acc.) AV
  2. to tell, relate (with acc. of pers. and thing) Hit
  3. to answer, reply to (acc.) ŚBr

pratyākalita

  1. praty-ā-kalita mfn. (√3. kal) enumerated, held forth, reproached Daś
  2. interposed, introduced (as a step in legal process) W
  3. n. judicial decision as to which of the litigants is to prove his case after the defendant has pleaded Yājñ. Sch
  4. (defendant's) supplement to the written deposition of two litigants Nār

pratyākāṅkṣ

  1. praty-ā-√kāṅkṣ Ā. -kāṅkṣate, to be desirous of, long for, expect MBh

pratyākṛṣ

  1. praty-ā-√kṛṣ P. -kṛṣati, to withdraw BhP

pratyākram

  1. praty-ā-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to step back ĀpŚr

pratyākruś

  1. praty-ā-√kruś P. -krośati, to challenge or revile in return MBh

pratyākroṣṭavya

  1. praty-ḍākroṣṭavya mfn. to be reviled in return L

pratyākṣepaka

  1. praty-ā-kṣepaka mf(ikā)n. (√kṣip) reviling in turn, deriding (-tva n.) Kuval

pratyākhyā

  1. praty-ā-√khyā P. -khyāti, to proclaim one by one ŚBr
  2. to refuse, repudiate, reject ib. &c. &c
  3. to deny Daś
  4. to refute Śaṃk
  5. to counteract (by remedies) Suśr.: Desid. -cikhyāsati, to wish to refute Śaṃk

pratyākhyākhyāta

  1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyāta mfn. rejected, refused, disallowed, denied (-tva n.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. prohibited, interdicted Śak
  3. set aside, outvied, surpassed Mālav
  4. informed, apprised W
  5. celebrated, notorious ib

pratyākhyākhyātavya

  1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyātavya mfn. to be opposed or refuted Śaṃk

pratyākhyākhyātṛ

  1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyātṛ m. a refuser BhP. [Page 676, Column]

pratyākhyākhyāna

  1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyāna mfn. conquered, overcome (as a passion) HYog
  2. n. rejection, refusal, denial, disallowance, repulse MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. counteracting, combating (of feelings &c.) HYog
  4. non-admittance, refutation Śaṃk
  5. N. of a Jaina wk
  6. -saṃgraha m. N. of wk

pratyākhyākhyāyam

  1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyā́yam ind. enumerating one by one TS. ŚBr

pratyākhyākhyāyin

  1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyāyin mfn. rejecting, refuting (a-pr○) GṛS

pratyākhyākhyeya

  1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyeya mfn. to be declined or refused MBh. Yājñ
  2. to be refuted or denied W
  3. to be cured, curable (as a disease) Car

pratyāgam

  1. praty-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to come back again, return TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to come to one's self, recover consciousness, revive Kālid

pratyāgata

  1. praty-ḍāgata mfn. come back again, returned, arrived MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. -prâṇa mfn. one who has recovered his breath or life MBh
  3. -smṛti mfn. one who has recovered his memory R
  4. ○tâsu mfn. = -prâṇa Ragh

pratyāgati

  1. praty-ḍāgati f. coming back, return, arrival Hariv

pratyāgama

  1. praty-ḍāgama m. id. ib. R. &c
  2. ○mâvadhi ind. till (my) return MW

pratyāgamana

  1. praty-ḍāgamana n. coming back, return to (acc.), coming home again MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (nirūha-pr○) the coming back of a clyster Suśr

pratyāgṝ

  1. praty-ā-√gṝ P. -gṛṇāti, to speak to in return, answer, respond ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyācakṣ

  1. praty-ā-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to refuse, decline, reject, repulse (with acc. of pers. or thing) ŚrS. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to answer, refute, oppose in argument MW

pratyācakṣāṇaka

  1. praty-ḍācakṣāṇaka mfn. desirous of refuting or objecting to (acc.) Nyāyas. Sch

pratyājan

  1. praty-ā-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born again Kāraṇḍ. (Pot. -jāyeyam SāmavBr.)

pratyātan

  1. praty-ā-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, -tanute, to extend in the direction of, shine upon or against, irradiate RV. AV
  2. to bend (a bow) against (acc.) RV

pratyādā

  1. praty-ā-√dā Ā. -datte, to receive back MBh
  2. to take back, revoke ib
  3. to draw forth from (abl.) BhP
  4. to repeat, return AV. ŚāṅkhSr

pratyādādāna

  1. praty-ā-√dḍādāna n. re-obtaining, recovery MBh
  2. repetition, reiteration RPrāt. ĀśvŚr

pratyādāditsu

  1. praty-ā-√dḍāditsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of recovering or obtaining BhP

pratyādādeya

  1. praty-ā-√dḍādeya mfn. to be received back, to be (or being) received Inscr

pratyādiś

  1. praty-ā-√diś P. -diśati, to enjoin, direct, advise R. BhP
  2. to report, relate (with 2 acc.) MBh
  3. to summon Hit
  4. to decline, reject, repel MBh. Kāv

pratyādiṣṭa

  1. praty-ḍādiṣṭa mfn. enjoined, directed, &c
  2. overcome, surpassed MBh. Śak. Ragh
  3. informed, apprised W
  4. warned, cautioned ib
  5. declared (as from heaven) ib

pratyādeśa

  1. praty-ḍādeśa m. order, command Vet
  2. an offer Jātakam
  3. rejection, refusal Kālid
  4. warning, determent, prevention Mn. viii, 334
  5. obscuring, eclipsing Daś
  6. putting to shame Kād
  7. who or what puts to shame, shamer of, reproach to (gen.) Vikr

pratyādeṣṭṛ

  1. praty-ḍādeṣṭṛ m. one who warns or cautions MW

pratyādṛ

  1. praty-ā-√dṛ Ā. -driyate, to show respect to (acc.) ŚBr

pratyādru

  1. praty-ā-√dru P. -dravati, to run against, rush upon (acc.) MBh

pratyādhāna

  1. praty-ā-dhā́na n. (√dhā) a place where anything is deposited or laid up, repository ŚBr

pratyādhmāna

  1. praty-ā-dhmāna n. (√dhmā) a partic. nervous disease, a kind of tympanites or winddropsy Suśr

pratyānah

  1. praty-ā-√nah P. -nahyati, to put upon, cover with ŚBr

pratyānāha

  1. praty-ḍānāha m. inflammation in the chest, pleuritis Gal

pratyānī

  1. praty-ā-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te (inf. -nayitum R.), to lead or bring back, restore Kauś. R. BhP
  2. to recover, regain Hariv. BhP
  3. to pour or fill up again ŚBr. Kauś.: Desid. Ā. -ninīṣate, to wish to bring back, try to rearrange or restore MBh

pratyānayana

  1. praty-ḍānayana n. leading or bringing back, recovery, restoration Hariv. Vikr. Kād

pratyāninīṣu

  1. praty-ḍāninīṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of bringing back W

pratyānīta

  1. praty-ḍānīta mfn. led or brought back BhP

pratyāneya

  1. praty-ḍāneya mfn. to be repaired or made good MBh

pratyāp

  1. praty-√āp only Desid. pratī7psati, to ask (a girl) in marriage Kathās. [Page 677, Column]

pratyāpatti

  1. praty-ā-patti f. (√pad) return BhP
  2. turning back (from evil), conversion MBh. (= vairāgya Nīlak.)
  3. restoration, restitution Pāṇ. 3-1, 26 Vārtt. 6 ; viii, 4, 68 Vārtt. 1
  4. expiation Āpast. (= śuddhi Sch.)

pratyāpanna

  1. praty-ḍāpanna mfn. returned, regained, restored Daś. BhP

pratyāplavana

  1. praty-ā-plavana n. (√plu) springing or leaping back R

pratyābrū

  1. praty-ā-√brū P. -braviiti, to reply to, answer (acc.) MBh

pratyābhū

  1. praty-ā-√bhū P. -bhavati, to be at hand or at a person's (acc.) command TS

pratyāmnā

  1. praty-ā-√mnā (only -mnāyus), to repeat or recite again RPrāt

pratyāmnāmnātavya

  1. praty-ā-√mnḍāmnātavya mfn. to be rejected (a-pr○) BhP

pratyāmnāmnāna

  1. praty-ā-√mnḍāmnāna n. contrary determination, altered purpose Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Sch

pratyāmnāmnāya

  1. praty-ā-√mnḍāmnāya m. id. ĀpŚr
  2. (in log.) the proposition re-stated, conclusion (= nigamana)

pratyāya

  1. praty-āya &c. See p. 673, col. 3

pratyāyā

  1. praty-ā-√yā P. -yāti, to come back, return to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

pratyārambha

  1. praty-ā-rambha m. (√rabh) beginning again, recommencement Kauś
  2. prohibition Pāṇ. 8-1, 31
  3. annulment Pat

pratyāruh

  1. praty-ā-√ruh Caus. -ropayati, to cause to mount again R. Uttarar

pratyālabh

  1. praty-ā-√labh Ā. -labhate, to seize by the opposite side ĀśvŚr
  2. to take up an attitude of resistance ( a-pratyālabhamāna)

pratyāliṅg

  1. praty-ā-√liṅg P. -liṅgati, to embrace in return Mṛicch

pratyālī

  1. praty-ā-√lī (only Ā. pf. -lilye) to cling to (acc.) L

pratyālīḍha

  1. praty-ā-līḍha mfn. (√lih) eaten L
  2. extended towards the left L
  3. n. a partic. attitude in shooting (the left foot advanced and right drawn back) L

pratyāvap

  1. praty-ā-vap √2. P. -vapati to cast or throw upon once more Kauś. MānGṛ

pratyāvṛt

  1. praty-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn against (acc.) RV
  2. to return, come back Kathās. Hit. &c.: Caus. -vartayati, to drive back, repel RV. ŚBr

pratyāvartana

  1. praty-ḍāvartana n. coming back, returning R

pratyāvṛtta

  1. praty-ḍāvṛtta mfn. turned back (as a face) Amar
  2. returned, come back ib. Megh. &c
  3. repeated Var

pratyāvṛtti

  1. praty-ḍāvṛtti f. coming back, return Mālatīm

pratyāvraj

  1. praty-ā-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go back, return Lāṭy. ĀśvGṛ

pratyāśaṃs

  1. praty-ā-√śaṃs Ā. -śaṃsate, to expect, presuppose R

pratyāśī

  1. praty-ā-√śī Ā. -śete, to lie before (acc.) RV

pratyāśraya

  1. praty-ā-śraya m. (√śri) a shelter, refuge, dwelling Sāṃkhyak. Sch

pratyāśru

  1. praty-ā-√śru Caus. -śrāvayati, to pronounce the ejaculatory response AV. Br. &c

pratyāśrāva

  1. praty-ḍāśrāvá m. (VS.),

pratyāśrāvaṇa

  1. praty-ḍāśrā́vaṇa n. (ŚBr. ŚrS.) the ejaculatory response (a partic. sacrificial formula)

pratyāśrāvita

  1. praty-ḍā́śrāvita (Br.),

pratyāśruta

  1. praty-ḍā́śruta (TS.), n. id

pratyāśvas

  1. praty-ā-√śvas P. -śvasiti, to breathe again, respire, revive, take heart again MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śvāsayati, to comfort, console, encourage R

pratyāśvasta

  1. praty-ḍāśvasta mfn. refreshed, revived, recollected MBh. Hariv. R

pratyāśvāsa

  1. praty-ḍāśvāsa m. breathing again, respiration, recovery MBh

pratyāśvāsana

  1. praty-ḍāśvāsana n. (fr. Caus.) consolation R

pratyās

  1. praty-√ās Ā. -āste, to sit down opposite, or in the direction of (acc.) ŚBr

pratyāsaṃkalita

  1. praty-ā-saṃ-kalita n. (√3. kal) the putting together or combining of various evidence, consideration pro and con Smṛitit

pratyāsaṅga

  1. praty-ā-saṅga m. (√sañj) combination, connection VPrāt

pratyāsad

  1. praty-ā-√sad P. -sīdati, to be near or close at hand Nyāyas. Sch
  2. to wait for, expect Kir

pratyāsatti

  1. praty-ḍāsatti f. immediate proximity (in space, time &c.), close contact Lāṭy. Śak. &c. [Page 677, Column]
  2. good humour, cheerfulness Ratnâv
  3. (in gram.) analogy

pratyāsanna

  1. praty-ḍāsanna mfn. near at hand, close to (gen. or comp.), proximate, neighbouring MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. imminent Megh. Kathās. &c
  3. closely connected or related Āpast. MBh
  4. feeling repentance MBh. (Nīlak.)
  5. n. = -tā f. proximity, neighbourhood MBh
  6. -mṛtyu mfn. one whose death is imminent, at the point of death MW

pratyāsev

  1. praty-ā-√sev Ā. -sevate = prati-√juṣ, Caus. Nir. viii, 15

pratyāsthā

  1. praty-ā-√sthā P. -tiṣṭhati, to keep firm, stand fast AV

pratyāsvara

  1. praty-ā-svara mfn. (√svṛ) shining back, reflecting ChUp

pratyāsvādaka

  1. praty-ā-svādaka m. (√svad) a fore-taster (?) Nalac

pratyāhan

  1. praty-ā-√han P. -hanti (pf. Ā. -jaghne), to drive back, keep away, ward off AV. MBh

pratyāhata

  1. praty-ḍāhata mfn. driven back, repelled, repulsed, rejected MBh. Kāv. &c

pratyāhṛ

  1. praty-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to draw in or back ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
  2. to withdraw (the senses from worldly objects) Pur
  3. to replace, fetch or bring back, recover ŚrS. MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. to rearrange, restore R
  5. to take up again, continue (a business, sacrifice &c.) MBh. Hariv
  6. to report, relate MBh
  7. to utter (a speech), cry MW
  8. to withdraw (what has been created), destroy Hariv. Pur
  9. wṛ. for pra-vyā-hṛ MBh. &c

pratyāharaṇa

  1. praty-ḍāharaṇa n. drawing hither and thither Gobh. Sch
  2. bringing back, recovery Vikr
  3. drawing back, withdrawing (esp. the senses from external objects) Vedântas

pratyāharaṇīya

  1. praty-ḍāharaṇīya or mfn. to be taken back or withheld or restrained or controlled W

pratyāhartavya

  1. praty-ḍāhartavya mfn. to be taken back or withheld or restrained or controlled W

pratyāhāra

  1. praty-āhāra m. drawing back (troops from a battle), retreat MBh
  2. withdrawal (esp. of the senses from external objects), abstraction MBh. Mn. Pur. Vedântas. (cf. IW. 93)
  3. withdrawing (of created things), re-absorption or dissolution of the world MBh
  4. (in gram.) the comprehension of a series of letters or roots &c. into one syllable by combining for shortness the first member with the Anubandha (s.v.) of the last member
  5. a group of letters &c. so combined (as ac or hal in the ŚivaSūtras) Pāṇ. 1-1, 1 &c
  6. (in dram.) N. of a partic. part of the Pūrva-raṅga (s.v.) Sāh
  7. speaking to, address (○raṃ-√kṛ, with gen., to speak to a person) Kāraṇḍ. (prob. wṛ. for pravyāh○)
  8. sound ib. (prob. wṛ. for id.)

pratyāhāhārya

  1. praty-āhḍāhārya mfn. to be taken back or withheld &c
  2. to be heard or learnt from (abl.) MBh

pratyāhāhṛta

  1. praty-āhḍāhṛta mfn. resumed, restrained, withheld W

pratyāhve

  1. praty-ā-√hve Ā. -hvayate (ind. P. -hūya), to answer a call BhP
  2. to respond to the Āhāva (s.v.) TS

pratyāhvaya

  1. praty-ḍāhvaya m. echo, resonance BhP

pratyāhvāna

  1. praty-ḍāhvāna n. answering a call ĀśvŚr. Sch

pratyukta

  1. praty-ukta See prati-√vac, p. 670

pratyukṣ

  1. praty-√ukṣ P. -ukṣati, to sprinkle ĀpŚr

pratyuccar

  1. praty-uc-car (-ud-√car), Caus. -cārayati, to rouse up, excite, urge MBh
  2. to repeat RPrāt

pratyuccāra

  1. praty-ḍuccāra m. repetition L

pratyuccāraṇa

  1. praty-ḍuccāraṇa n. speaking in return, answering (a-pratyuc○) Nyāyas. Sch

pratyucchri

  1. praty-ucchri (-ud-√śri), P. Ā. -chrayati, ○te, (P.) to erect against ŚBr
  2. (Ā.) to rise against, revolt ib

pratyucchrita

  1. praty-ḍúcchrita mfn. rising ib

pratyujjīv

  1. praty-ujjīv (-ud-√jīv), P. -jīvati, to return to life, revive Ratnâv. Kathās.: Caus. -jīvayati, to restore to life, revivify, resuscitate Pañcat

pratyujjīvana

  1. praty-ḍujjīvana n. returning to life, reviving MBh. Kād. Bālar
  2. (fr. Caus.) restoring to life, revivifying MBh. Kād

pratyuta

  1. praty-uta ind. on the contrary, rather, even Kāv. Kathās. Pur. &c. (cf. 2. utá)

pratyutkarṣa

  1. praty-ut-karṣa m. (√kṛṣ) outdoing, surpassing Pratāp

pratyutkrama

  1. praty-ut-krama m. (√kram) undertaking, the first step or measure in any business L
  2. setting out to assail an enemy W
  3. declaration of war W. [Page 677, Column]

pratyutkramaṇa

  1. praty-ḍutkramaṇa n. id. W

pratyutkrānta

  1. praty-ḍutkrānta mfn. about to pass away
  2. -jīvita mfn. one whose life is about to pass away, almost dead Daś

pratyutkrānti

  1. praty-ḍutkrānti f. = -utkrama L

pratyuttambh

  1. praty-ut-tambh (√stambh), P. -tabhnāti, or -tabhnoti, to prop up, support AitBr

pratyuttabdhi

  1. praty-ḍúttabdhi f. upholding, propping up, supporting, fixing Br

pratyuttambha

  1. praty-ḍuttambha m. (TāṇḍBr.),

pratyuttambhana

  1. praty-ḍuttambhana n. (Sāy.) id

pratyuttara

  1. praty-uttara &c. See p. 664

pratyuttṝ

  1. praty-ut-√tṝ (only ind. p. -uttīrya), to come home, return R
  2. to betake one's self to (acc.), id

pratyutthā

  1. praty-ut-thā (√sthā), P. -tiṣṭhati, to rise up before (acc.), rise to salute, go to meet Br. Mn. MBh. &c

pratyutthāna

  1. praty-ḍutthāna n. rising from a seat to welcome a visitor, respectful salutation or reception Mn. Gaut. MBh. &c
  2. rising up against, hostility Hariv. (v. l. abhy-utth○)

pratyutthāyika

  1. praty-ḍutthāyika v. l. or wṛ. for ○yuka

pratyutthāyin

  1. praty-ḍutthāyín mfn. rising again ŚBr

pratyutthāyuka

  1. praty-ḍutthāyuka mfn. rising respectfully (a-pratyutth○) GopBr. ŚrS. (v. l. ○yika)

pratyutthita

  1. praty-ḍutthita mfn. risen to meet (acc.) MBh. R

pratyuttheya

  1. praty-ḍuttheya mfn. to be honoured or saluted by rising from the seat AitBr

pratyutpanna

  1. praty-ut-panna mfn. (√pad) existing at the present moment, present, prompt, ready MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. reproduced, regenerated W
  3. (in arithm.) produced by multiplication, multiplied Col
  4. n. multiplication or the product of a sum in mṭmultiplication ib

pratyutpannajāti

  1. ○jāti f. (in arithm.) assimilation consisting in multiplication, or reduction to homogeneousness by multiplication ib

pratyutpannamati

  1. ○mati mfn. ready-minded, sharp, confident, bold MBh. Suśr. Śak. v, 19/20 (-tva n. presence of mind ib., v. l.)
  2. m. 'Ready-wit', N. of a fish Kathās. Hit

pratyutpā

  1. praty-ut-pā √5. Ā. -pipīte, to rise against (acc.) TS

pratyutsad

  1. praty-ut-√sad P. -sīdati, to resort to (acc.) ŚBr

pratyudāvraj

  1. praty-ud-ā-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go in a contrary direction Kauś

pratyudāhṛ

  1. praty-ud-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to speak in return, reply, answer R
  2. (in gram.) to adduce a contrary example Pāṇ. Sch

pratyudāharaṇa

  1. praty-ḍudāharaṇa n. a counter example or illustration ib. Vām. VPrāt. Sch

pratyudāhārya

  1. praty-ḍudāhārya mfn. to be adduced as a counter example Pat

pratyudāhṛta

  1. praty-ḍudāhṛta mfn. named, answered BhP

pratyudi

  1. praty-ud-√i P. -eti, to ascend to (acc.) AV
  2. to rise and go towards (acc.) ib. &c

pratyudita

  1. praty-udita See prati-√vad

pratyudīkṣ

  1. praty-ud-√īkṣ Ā. -īkṣate, to look up at, perceive, behold R. Bhaṭṭ

pratyudīr

  1. praty-ud-√īr (only ind. p. -īrya), to utter in return, reply BhP

pratyudgam

  1. praty-ud-√gam P. -gacchati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to go out towards, advance to meet (a friend or an enemy) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to come forth again, Peasannar
  3. to set out for (acc. or loc.) Kāraṇḍ

pratyudgata

  1. praty-ḍudgata mfn. gone to meet (a friend or an enemy) MBh
  2. met, encountered R. Ragh
  3. risen as from a seat W

pratyudgati

  1. praty-ḍudgati f. (Kād. &c.),

pratyudgama

  1. praty-ḍudgama m. (Ragh. &c.),

pratyudgamana

  1. praty-ḍudgamana n. (Prab.) going forth towards, rising from a seat (as a mark of respect) and going out to meet (esp. a guest)

pratyudgamanīya

  1. praty-ḍudgamanīya mfn. to be met or treated respectfully L
  2. fit or suitable for the respectful salutation of a guest Kum
  3. n. a clean suit of clothes, the upper and lower garments as worn at meals &c. L

pratyudgā

  1. praty-ud-gā √1. (only aor. -údgāḥ), to rise before or over (acc.) RV

pratyudgāra

  1. praty-ud-gāra m. (√gṝ) a kind of nervous disease L

pratyudgīta

  1. praty-ud-gīta mfn. (√gai) answered in singing or in chanting Lāṭy

pratyudgrah

  1. praty-ud-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to set aside, dismiss Lāṭy

pratyudgraha

  1. praty-ḍudgraha m

pratyudgrahaṇa

  1. praty-ḍudgrahaṇa n. setting aside, dismissing ib. Sch

pratyudghāta

  1. praty-udghāta prob. wṛ. for praty-udyāta. [Page 678, Column]

pratyuddīp

  1. praty-ud-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate, to flame against ŚBr

pratyuddharaṇa

  1. praty-uddharaṇa n. (√hṛ) recovering, re-obtaining W

pratyuddhāra

  1. praty-ḍuddhāra m. offering, tendering L

pratyuddhṛta

  1. praty-ḍuddhṛta mfn. re-obtained
  2. rescued, delivered from (abl.) Ragh

pratyuddhā

  1. praty-uddhā (-ud- √1. hā), only aor. -ahāsata, to ascend towards (acc.) RV

pratyudyam

  1. praty-ud-√yam P. -yacchati, to counterbalance (acc.) TāṇḍBr

pratyudyata

  1. praty-ḍudyata mfn. presented, offered BhP
  2. wṛ. for ○udgata

pratyudyama

  1. praty-ḍudyama m. (TāṇḍBr.), ā f. (ŚāṅkhBr.) counterbalance, equipoise

pratyudyamin

  1. praty-ḍudyamin mfn. maintaining an equipoise, counterbalancing ŚāṅkhBr

pratyudyāmin

  1. praty-ḍudyāmín mfn. id., resisting, refractory AitBr. ŚBr

pratyudyā

  1. praty-ud-√yā P. -yāti, to rise and go towards or against, go to meet (a friend or an enemy) MBh. Kāv. &c

pratyudyāta

  1. praty-ḍudyāta mfn. met, encountered, received Kālid

pratyudyātṛ

  1. praty-ḍudyātṛ mfn. going forth against, attacking an assailant MBh

pratyudyāna

  1. praty-ḍudyāna n. the act of going forth against &c. L

pratyudvad

  1. praty-ud-√vad Caus. -vādayati, to cause to resound ŚBr

pratyudvraj

  1. praty-ud-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go forth to meet Ragh

pratyunnamana

  1. praty-un-namana n. (√nam) rising or springing up again, rebounding Suśr

pratyunmiṣ

  1. praty-un-miṣ (-ud- √1. miṣ), P. -miṣati, to rise or shine forth (as the sun) Daś

pratyupakṛ

  1. praty-upa-√kṛ Ā. -kurute, to do a service in return, requite a favour Pañcat

pratyupakāra

  1. praty-ḍupakāra m. returning a service or favour, gratitude MBh. Kāv. &c

pratyupakārin

  1. praty-ḍupakārin mfn. requiting a favour, grateful R

pratyupakriyā

  1. praty-ḍupakriyā f. = ○upakāra Kād. Rājat. Kathās

pratyupakram

  1. praty-upa-√kram Ā. -kramate, to go or march forth against (acc.) GopBr

pratyupagam

  1. praty-upa-√gam P. -gacchati, to come near, approach MW

pratyupagata

  1. praty-ḍupagata mfn. come near, approached ib

pratyupadiś

  1. praty-upa-√diś P. -diśati to explain singly or severally Suśr
  2. to teach anything (acc.) in return to (dat.) Mālav

pratyupadiṣṭa

  1. praty-ḍupadiṣṭa mfn. advised or cautioned in return MW

pratyupadeśa

  1. praty-ḍupadeśa m. instruction or advice in return Kum

pratyupadru

  1. praty-upa-√dru P. -dravati, to rush against, fall upon, assail (acc.) MBh. Pañcat

pratyupadhā

  1. praty-upa-dhā √1. P. -dadhāti, to put or place upon, cover ŚBr

pratyupapanna

  1. praty-upa-panna v. l. for pratyutpanna, in -mati, ○ti-tva, Sak. v, 19/20

pratyupabhuj

  1. praty-upa-bhuj √2. Ā. -bhuṅkte, to eat, enjoy R

pratyupabhupabhoga

  1. praty-upa-bhḍupabhoga m. enjoyment MārkP

pratyupayā

  1. praty-upa-√yā P. -yāti, to go again towards, return MBh

pratyuparuddha

  1. praty-upa-ruddha mfn. (√2. rudh) obstructed, choked BhP

pratyupalabdha

  1. praty-upa-labdha mfn. (√labh) gained back, recovered Vikr. BhP

pratyupalabdhacetas

  1. ○cetas mfn. one who has recovered his senses MW

pratyupaviś

  1. praty-upa-√viś P. -viśati, to sit down opposite to or before (acc.)
  2. to beset or besiege a person (to make him yield) MBh. R.: Caus. -veśayate, to cause a person to beset or besiege another Āpast
  3. to oppose, resist, k

pratyupaviṣṭa

  1. praty-ḍupaviṣṭa mfn. one who besets or besieges another Āpast

pratyupaveśa

  1. praty-ḍupaveśa m

pratyupaviśana

  1. praty-upa-√viḍśana n. besetting or besieging a person (to make him yield) R

pratyupavraj

  1. praty-upa-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go against, attack (acc.) MBh

pratyupasṛ

  1. praty-upa-√sṛ P. -sarati, to return BhP

pratyupasthā

  1. praty-upa-√sthā P. Ā. tiṣṭhati, ○te, (Ā.) to stand opposite to ŚBr
  2. (Ā.) to wait on MBh. [Page 678, Column]
  3. (P.) to insist on (loc.) Vajracch.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to call forth, manifest Śaṃk

upasthāna

  1. upasthāna n. proximity, imminence Śaṃk

upasthāpana

  1. ḍupasthāpana n. mental realization ib

pratyupasthita

  1. praty-upasthita mfn. come near to (acc.), approached, arrived MBh. Hariv. &c
  2. standing or being in (loc. or comp.) Hariv. Var
  3. present, assisting at (loc.) SaddhP
  4. gone against, standing opposite to (acc.) MBh
  5. assembled ib
  6. happened, occurred (or about to happen, imminent) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. collecting, pressing (as urine) Suśr

pratyupaspṛś

  1. praty-upa-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch or sip again (water for internal ablution) Gobh

pratyupasparśana

  1. praty-ḍupasparśana n. touching or sipping (water) again ib

pratyupahāra

  1. praty-upa-hāra m. (√hṛ) handing back, restitution Ragh

pratyupahve

  1. praty-upa-√hve Ā. -havate, to call, invite Br

pratyupahava

  1. praty-ḍupahavá m. a response to an invitatory formula or the repetition of it ib. ĀśvŚr

pratyupākaraṇa

  1. praty-upâ-karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) recommencement of Vedic study Gobh

pratyupādhā

  1. praty-upâ-dhā √1. Ā. -dhatte, to regain, recover BhP

pratyupāhṛ

  1. praty-upâ-√hṛ P. -harati, to give up, desist MBh

pratyupe

  1. praty-upê (-upa-√i), P. -upâiti, to approach again, recommence AitBr. Kauś

pratyupeya

  1. praty-ḍupeya mfn. to be met or dealt with MBh

pratyupekṣita

  1. praty-upêkṣita mfn. (√īkṣ) disregarded, neglected R

pratyupodita

  1. praty-upôdita mfn. (√vad) addressed with offensive words TāṇḍBr

pratyupta

  1. praty-upta See prati-√vap, p. 670

pratyuṣ

  1. praty-√uṣ P. -oṣati, to singe, scorch RV

pratyuṣṭa

  1. praty-ḍuṣṭa (práty-), mfn. burnt or consumed one by one VS

pratyuṣya

  1. praty-ḍuṣyá mfn. to be singed or scorched ŚBr

pratyūh

  1. praty-√ūh P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te (ind. p. -uhya Naish.), to push back, strip off RV. ŚBr. ŚrS
  2. to bring back, recover BhP
  3. to ward off, keep away AV. ŚBr. ChUp
  4. to interrupt Mn. Naish
  5. to offer, present ŚBr

pratyūḍha

  1. praty-ḍūḍha mfn. rejected, refused R
  2. neglected Divyâv
  3. surpassed, excelled BhP
  4. covered, enveloped Sarvad

pratyūha

  1. praty-ḍūha m. an obstacle, impediment MBh. Kāv. &c

pratyūbana

  1. praty-ḍūbana n. interruption, discontinuance ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyṛ

  1. praty-√ṛ Caus. -arpayati, to cause to go towards, throw towards AV
  2. to fasten, fix, put on ŚBr. Ragh
  3. to render up, deliver back, restore, return Mṛicch. Kālid
  4. to give again or anew Kathās

pratyṛta

  1. praty-ḍṛta mfn. fixed, inserted Nir

pratyarpaṇa

  1. praty-arpaṇa n. giving back, restoring, returning Ragh. Kull

pratyarpaṇarpaṇīya

  1. praty-arpaṇḍarpaṇīya mfn. to be given back Kull

pratyarpaṇarpita

  1. praty-arpaṇḍarpita mfn. restored Yājñ

pratye

  1. praty-ê (-ā-√i
  2. P. pr. 3. pl. -ā-yanti, p. -ā-yat
  3. Pot. -êyāt
  4. pf. -êyāya
  5. ind. p. -êtya), to come back, return to (acc.) ŚBr. KātyŚr. ChUp. MBh. 2

pratyāyana

  1. praty-âyana n. (for 1. ○Ay○ See p. 673, col. 3) setting (of the sun) ChUp

pratyetavya

  1. praty-etavya See p. 673, col. 3

pratyeṣ

  1. praty-êṣ (ā-√īṣ), Ā. -êṣate, to attach one's self to, enter into (loc.) RV. v, 86, 3

pratras

  1. pra-√tras P. -trasati, to flee in terror AV. ŚBr.: Caus. -trāsayati, to frighten or scare away AV

pratrāsa

  1. pra-ḍtrāsá m. trembling, fear ib

pratvakṣ

  1. pra-√tvakṣ only in Ā. pr. p. -tvakṣāṇá, eminent, superior RV

pratvakṣas

  1. pra-ḍtvakṣas (prá-), mfn. energetic, vigorous, strong (Maruts and Indra) ib

pratvar

  1. pra-√tvar Ā. -tvarate, to hasten forwards, speed MBh

pratūrṇa

  1. pra-ḍtūrṇa mfn. quick, fleet Hcar. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-2, 61)

pratūrta

  1. pra-ḍtūrta (prá-), mfn. id. ŚBr

pratūrtaka

  1. pra-ḍtūrtaka mfn. containing the word pratūrta g. goṣad-ādi

pratūrti

  1. pra-ḍtūrti (prá-), f. rapid or violent motion, haste, speed RV
  2. mfn. hastening, rapid, violent ib. VS. [Page 678, Column]

prath

  1. prath cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xix, 3) práthate (rarely P. ○ti e.g. impf. 2. du. áprathatam RV
  2. Impv. prathantu VS
  3. pf. paprathatuḥ BhP
  4. mostly Ā., pf. paprathé, p. paprathāná RV
  5. aor. prathiṣṭa, p. prathāná ib
  6. fut. prathiṣyate, prathitā Gr.), to spread, extend (intrans
  7. P. trans. and intrans.), become larger or wider, increase RV. &c. &c
  8. to spread abroad (as a name, rumour &c.), become known or celebrated MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. to come to light, appear, arise Kir. Rājat
  10. to occur (to the mind) Rājat.: Caus. pratháyati (rarely ○te
  11. aor. apaprathat Pāṇ. 7-4, 95
  12. Subj. papráthat RV
  13. paprathanta ib
  14. práthayi TS.), to spread, extend, increase RV. &c. &c. (prathayati-tarām Ratnâv. iv, 3
  15. Ā. intr. RV. AV.)
  16. to spread abroad, proclaim, celebrate R. Hariv. BhP
  17. to unfold, disclose, reveal, show Kāv. Pur
  18. to extend over i.e. shine upon, give light to (acc.) RV. iii, 14, 4

pratha

  1. pratha m. N. of a Vāsishṭha (supposed author of RV. x, 181, 1), Aūkr
  2. (ā), f. spreading out, extending, flattening, scattering Nyāyam. KātyŚr. Sch
  3. fame, celebrity Śiś. Kathās. Rājat. (○thāṃ-√gam or gā, to become famous or celebrated Rājat
  4. ○thâpaha mfn. destroying fame ib.)
  5. growing, becoming (in anyathā-pr○, 'the becoming different') Vedântas

prathana

  1. práthana n. spreading out, extending, flattening Nir. RPrāt
  2. the place for spreading &c. TBr
  3. unfolding, displaying, showing Rājat
  4. throwing, projecting W
  5. celebrating ib
  6. m. Phaseolus Mungo L. (cf. pra-ghana)

prathaya

  1. prathaya Nom. P. ○yati = pṛthum ācaṣṭe Pat. (cf. Caus. of √prath)

prathayat

  1. pratháyat mfn. spreading out, extending &c. AV. &c. &c
  2. seeing, beholding W

prathayitṛ

  1. prathayitṛ mfn. one who spreads or expands or divulges or proclaims BhP

prathas

  1. práthas n. width, extension RV

prathasvat

  1. ○vat (práthas-), mfn. wide, spacious VS

prathita

  1. prathita mfn. spread, extended, increased
  2. divulged, displayed, published, known, celebrated MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. cast, thrown W
  4. intent upon, engaged in ib
  5. m. N. of Manu Svārocisha Hariv
  6. of Vishṇu A

prathitatithinirṇaya

  1. ○tithi-nirṇaya m. N. of wk

prathitatva

  1. ○tva n. fame, celebrity L

prathitayaśas

  1. ○yaśas mfn. of wide renown Mālav

prathitavidiśālakṣaṇa

  1. ○vidiśā-lakṣaṇa mfn. renowned under the title of Vidiśā Megh

prathitānurāga

  1. prathitânurāga mfn. manifesting or showing affection MW

prathiti

  1. prathiti f. extension of fame, celebrity, notoriety. L

prathiman

  1. prathimán m. extension, width, greatness RV. &c. &c. (instr. prathinā́ RV.)

prathimin

  1. prathimin mfn. having size or magnitude W
  2. (inī), f. Pāṇ. 5-2, 137 Sch

prathivī

  1. prathivī wṛ. for pṛthivii, the earth

prathiṣṭha

  1. práthiṣṭha mfn. broadest, widest, very large or great RV. ŚBr. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 161 Sch.)

prathīyas

  1. práthīyas mfn. broader, wider
  2. also = prec. ŚBr. Prab. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 161 Sch.)

prathu

  1. prathu mfn. (= pṛthu) wide, reaching farther than (abl.) Rājat
  2. m. N. of Vishṇu MBh

prathuka

  1. prathuka m. (= pṛthuka) the young of any animal L

prath

  1. prath or pṛth, cl. 10. P. prāthayati or parthayati, to throw, cast
  2. to extend Dhātup. xxxii, 19

prathama

  1. prathamá mf(ā́)n. (for pra-tama, superl. of 1. pra
  2. rarely declined as a pron., e.g. ○másyāḥ AV. vi, 18, 1
  3. ○me PañcavBr. xxv, 18, 5 R. iv, 37, 11 Kir. ii, 44
  4. Pāṇ. 1-1, 33) foremost, first (in time or in a series or in rank)
  5. earliest, primary, original, prior, former
  6. preceding, initial, chief, principal, most excellent RV. &c. &c
  7. often translatable adverbially = ibc. (cf. below) and (ám), ind. firstly, at first, for the first time
  8. just, newly, at once, forthwith (also āt Hariv.)
  9. formerly, previously (am also as prep. with gen. = before, e.g. Mn. ii, 194
  10. prathamam-anantaram, or paścāt, first-afterwards
  11. prṭprathamam-tatas, firstnext)
  12. m. (in gram., scil. varṇa), the first consonant of a Varga, a surd unaspirate letter
  13. (scil. puruṣa), the first (= our 3rd) person or its terminations
  14. (scil. svara), the first tone
  15. in math. the sum of the products divided by the difference between the squares of the cosine of the azimuth and the sine of the amplitude
  16. (ā), f. (in gram.) the first or nominative case and its terminations [Page 679, Column]
  17. du. the first two cases and their terminations

prathamakathita

  1. ○kathita mfn. aforesaid, before-mentioned Megh

prathamakalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. a primary or principal rule Mn

prathamakalpika

  1. ○kalpika m. a term applied to a Yogī just commencing his course (cf. prāthama-k○) Yogas. Comm

prathamakalpita

  1. ○kalpita mfn. placed first, first in rank or importance Mn. MBh

prathamakusuma

  1. ○kusuma m. or n. (?) white marjoram L

prathamagarbha

  1. ○garbha m. first pregnancy, first litter GṛS. VS. Mahīdh
  2. (-gárbhā), f. pregnant for the first time ŚBr

prathamagrantha

  1. ○grantha m. N. of a poem by Jagaj-jīvana-dāsa

prathamacittotpādika

  1. ○cittôtpādika mfn. one who first thinks (of doing anything) Kāraṇḍ

prathamacchad

  1. ○cchád mfn. typical, figurative RV. (accord. to Sāy. = prathamam ācchādayitṛ, covering first)

prathamaja

  1. ○já or mfn. firstborn, a firstling

prathamajā

  1. ○jā́ mfn. firstborn, a firstling
  2. original, primary RV. &c. &c
  3. (-ja), being the issue of the first (i.e. fṭfirst-mentioned) marriage Yājñ

prathamajāta

  1. ○jāta mfn. firstborn AitBr. Gobh

prathamataram

  1. ○taram ind. first of all Divyâv

prathamatas

  1. ○tas ind. first, at first, firstly Lāṭy. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. forthwith, immediately Hariv
  3. before, in preference to (with gen.) Caurap
  4. (ifc.) before, sooner than ŚārṅgP

prathamatrisauparṇa

  1. ○trisauparṇa m. N. of Vishinu MBh

prathamadarśana

  1. ○darśana n. first sight
  2. (e), ind. at first sight MW
  3. -dina n. the first day of seeing any one (gen.) Hit

prathamadivasa

  1. ○divasa m. a first day, principal day MW

prathamadugdha

  1. ○dugdhá mfn. just milked ŚBr

prathamadhāra

  1. ○dhāra m. a first drop Kauś

prathamanirdiṣṭa

  1. ○nirdiṣṭa mfn. first mentioned, first named
  2. -tā f. Hcat

prathamaparāpātin

  1. ○parāpātin mfn. flying off first ĀpŚr

prathamaparigṛhīta

  1. ○parigṛhīta mfn. formerly married Śak

prathamapuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa m. the first (= our 3rd) person in the verb or its terminations L. ( See above)
  2. N. of an author Cat

prathamapravada

  1. ○pravada mfn. uttering the first sound (as a child) Kauś

prathamaprasūtā

  1. ○prasūtā f. (a cow) that has calved for the first time Hcat

prathamapluta

  1. ○pluta mfn. leapt off first ĀpŚr

prathamabhakṣa

  1. ○bhakṣá m. (ŚBr.),

prathamabhakṣaṇa

  1. ○bhakṣaṇa n. (ĀpŚr. Comm.) the first enjoyment of (gen.) ŚBr

prathamabhāj

  1. ○bhā́j mfn. one to whom the first share is due RV

prathamabhāvin

  1. ○bhāvin mfn. becoming or being like the first RPrāt

prathamamaṅgala

  1. ○maṅgala mfn. highly auspicious MW

prathamamañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f. a partic. Rāga Saṃgīt. (cf. paṭha-m○)

prathamayajña

  1. ○yajñá m. the first sacrifice Br. ĀśvŚr

prathamayauvana

  1. ○yauvana n. early youth Var

prathamarātra

  1. ○rātrá m. the beginning of night Br. Car

prathamavayas

  1. ○vayas n. earliest age, youth Vcar

prathamavayasin

  1. ○vayasín mfn. young ŚBr

prathamavaṣaṭkāra

  1. ○vaṣaṭ-kārá m. making the first exclamation Vashaṭ over (gen.) ib

prathamavasati

  1. ○vasati f. the original home Vcar

prathamavāsya

  1. ○vāsyá mfn. worn formerly (as a garment) AV

prathamavittā

  1. ○vittā f. a first wife KātyŚr

prathamaviraha

  1. ○viraha m. first separation
  2. (e), ind. immediately after separation MW

prathamavṛttānta

  1. ○vṛttânta m. former circumstances, earlier history Śak

prathamavaiyākaraṇa

  1. ○vaiyākaraṇa m. a beginner in grammar Pāṇ. 6-2, 56 Sch
  2. a distinguished or first-rate grammarian ib

prathamaśravas

  1. ○śravas (○má-śr○)
  2. superl. -śravastama mfn. having a distinguished reputation RV

prathamaśrī

  1. ○śrī mfn. one who has just become rich or fortunate Mṛicch

prathamasaṃgama

  1. ○saṃgama m. N. of a man Kathās

prathamasamāvṛtta

  1. ○samāvṛtta mfn. just turned towards (loc.) Nir

prathamasāhasa

  1. ○sāhasa m. the first or lowest degree of punishment or fine MW

prathamasukṛta

  1. ○su-kṛta n. a former service or kindness ib

prathamasoma

  1. ○soma m. the first oblation of Soma
  2. -tā f. KātyŚr. Comm

prathamasthāna

  1. ○sthāna n. the first or lowest scale (in pronunciation, low but audible) KātyŚr

prathamasvara

  1. ○svara m. the first sound SaṃhUp
  2. mfn. supplied with the first sound Lāṭy
  3. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

prathamāgāmin

  1. prathamâgāmin mfn. occurring first, first mentioned Nir

prathamādeśa

  1. prathamâdeśa m. placing (a word) at the beginning of a sentence ib

prathamābhitapta

  1. prathamâbhitapta mfn. first scorched or scalded (with tears) Ragh

prathamābhidheya

  1. prathamâbhidheya n. original meaning
  2. -tā f. Śiś

prathamārdha

  1. prathamârdha m. n. the first half Śrutab

prathamāvaratva

  1. prathamâvara-tva n. the being the first and the last Kum

prathamāstamita

  1. prathamâstam-ita n. the having just set (said of the sun) KātyŚr. iv, 15, 12

prathamāham

  1. prathamâhám ind. on the first day ŚBr

prathamāhāra

  1. prathamâhāra m. the first application KātyŚr

prathametara

  1. prathamêtara mfn. 'other than first', the second Piṅg. Sch

prathamotpatita

  1. prathamôtpatita mfn. leapt off first MānŚr

prathamotpanna

  1. prathamôtpanna mfn. produced first, firstborn MW

prathamodita

  1. prathamôdita mfn. first uttered, uttered previously Ragh

prathamaka

  1. prathamaka mfn. first, foremost Śrutab

pradakṣiṇa

  1. pra-dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. moving to the right ŚāṅkhGṛ
  2. standing or placed on the right (with √kṛ, or pra-√kṛ, 'to turn towards persons or things so as to place them on one's right', 'turn the right side towards' as a token of respect) Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 679, Column]
  3. auspicious, favourable MBh. R
  4. respectful, reverential MBh
  5. (ám), ind. from left to right, so that the rṭreverential side is turned towards a person or object AV. &c. &c. (also ibc
  6. comp. below
  7. with √kṛ and pra-√kṛ as above)
  8. towards the south Mn. Var. (eṇa ind. = ám in both meanings BhP. Var.)
  9. m. (ā) f. and n. turning the right side towards, circumambulation from left to right of a person or object (gen. or comp
  10. with √kṛ or √1. dā dat., gen. or loc.) as a kind of worship R. Kathās. Pañcat. RTL. 68, 2 ; 145 &c

pradakṣiṇakriyā

  1. ○kriyā f. going round from left to right (as a mark of respect) Ragh

pradakṣiṇagāmitā

  1. ○gāmi-tā f. the state of one who walks towards the right (one of the 80 minor marks of Buddhists) Dharmas. 84, 15

pradakṣiṇapaṭṭikā

  1. ○paṭṭikā f. a yard, court-yard L

pradakṣiṇānuloma

  1. pradakṣiṇânuloma mfn. respectful and obedient (said of a slave) MBh

pradakṣiṇārcis

  1. pradakṣiṇârcis mfn. shooting out flames towards the right Ragh

pradakṣiṇāvarta

  1. pradakṣiṇâvarta mfn. turned towards the reverential MBh. R. Var
  2. -nābhitā f. having a navel which turns to the rṭreverential Dharmas. 84, 40 (cf. ○ṇa-gāmitā)
  3. -śikha mfn. = ○ṇárcis MBh
  4. ○tâika-romatā f. having single hairs on the body and all turning to the reverential Dharmas. 83

pradakṣiṇāvṛtka

  1. pradakṣiṇâvṛtka mfn. turned towards the right, having (any one or anything) on the right Yājñ

pradakṣiṇaya

  1. pradakṣiṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to go round from left to right, Śāntiś. Rājat

pradakṣiṇit

  1. pradakṣiṇit ind. from left to right, so as to turn one's right side towards any one or anything RV

pradakṣiṇīkṛ

  1. pradakṣiṇī-√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to turn the right side towards (acc.), go round from left to right MBh. Kāv. &c

pradagdha

  1. pra-dagdha &c. See pra-√dah

pradaghas

  1. pra-dághas (Ved. inf. of √dagh), to cause to fall, throw down ŚBr. (wṛ. -dághos)

pradaṇḍavat

  1. pra-daṇḍa-vat mfn. inflicting severe punishment Parāś

pradatta

  1. pra-datta &c. See pra- √1. dā

pradam

  1. pra-dam Caus. -damayate, to subdue, conquer Bhaṭṭ

pradānta

  1. pra-ḍdānta m. pl. N. of a school L

pradām

  1. pra-ḍdām m. (nom. dān) Pāṇ. 8-2, 64 Sch

pradara

  1. pra-dara See pra-√dṝ

pradarpa

  1. pra-darpa m. (√dṛp) pride, arrogance MW

pradṛpita

  1. pra-ḍdṛpita See á-pradṛpita

pradṛpta

  1. pra-ḍdṛpta mfn. proud, haughty, conceited MW

pradṛpti

  1. pra-ḍdṛpti (prá-), f. haughtiness, arrogance, madness RV

pradarvidā

  1. pra-darvidā (?) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-3, 63 (cf. pra-pharvidā)

pradarśa

  1. pra-darśa &c. See pra-√dṛś

pradala

  1. pra-dala m. an arrow (= pra-dara) L

pradava

  1. pra-dava ○vya &c. See pra- √2. du

pradas

  1. pra-√das P. -dasyati, to dry up, become dry Kāṭh

pradah

  1. pra-√dah P. -dahati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to burn, consume, destroy AV. &c. &c.: Pass. -dahyate (ep. also ○ti), to take fire, be burnt, burn MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dāhayati, to cause to be burnt Vcar

pradagdha

  1. pra-ḍdagdha (prá-), mfn. burnt, destroyed ŚBr. R. Var
  2. ○dhâhuti (prá-), mfn. one who has burnt the sacrificial oblation ŚBr

pradagdhavya

  1. pra-ḍdagdhavya mfn. to be burnt MBh

pradāha

  1. pra-ḍdāha m. burning, heating, consuming by fire Br. Gaut
  2. destruction, annihilation Śaṃk

pradā

  1. pra-dā √1. P. -dadāti, rarely Ā. -datte, (Ved. inf. prá-dātos TS
  2. irreg. Pot. P. -dadet Hcat.), to give away, give, offer, present, grant, bestow RV. &c. &c. (with or scil. bhāryām, to give in marriage
  3. with prativacas, to grant an answer
  4. with pravṛttim, to information about an event
  5. with yuddham, to grant battle
  6. with dvaṃdva-yuddham, to engage in single combat
  7. with vidyām, to communicate or impart knowledge
  8. with hutâśanam, to set fire to)
  9. to give up, abolish TS
  10. to sell (with instr. of price) Pañcat
  11. to restore (anything lost &c.) Mn
  12. to pay, discharge (a debt) Yājñ
  13. to put or place in (loc.) ib. MBh.: Pass. -dīyate, to be given away, be given Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -dāpayati, to cause to give TS. &c. &c
  14. to compel to give back or to repay Yājñ. Kull. [Page 679, Column]
  15. to cause to put in or to MBh. Bhpr
  16. to put or place in (loc.) Car
  17. (with vastim), to apply a clyster ib.: Desid. -ditsate, to wish to give in marriage Daś

pratta

  1. prá-tta mfn. (for pra-datta) given away (also in marriage), offered, presented, granted, bestowed TS. &c.&c
  2. -vat mfn. one who has given or presented W

pratti

  1. prá-tti f. giving away, giving, gift TS. AitBr

prada

  1. pra-da mf(ā)n. giving, yielding, offering, granting, bestowing, causing, effecting, uttering, speaking (cf. anna-, jaya-, bahu-, sukha-, -śāpa &c.)
  2. (ā), f. a gift L

pradatta

  1. pra-ḍdatta mfn. = pratta R. Kathās. Pañcat. (-nayanôtsava mfn. affording a feast to the eyes i.e. beautiful to behold Kathās.)
  2. m. N. of a Gandharva R

pradadi

  1. pra-ḍdadi See á-pradadi

pradātavya

  1. pra-dātavya mfn. to be given (also in marriage) or offered or presented or restored or imparted &c. (teṣāṃ saṃskṛtam pradātavyam, to these Saṃskṛit is to be imparted i.e. these are to be taught Saṃskṛit Sāh.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to be placed or put into Var

pradātṛ

  1. pra-ḍdātṛ́ m. a giver, bestower (mostly in comp. with the object, rarely with the receiver) AV. &c. &c
  2. an offerer, presenter (viṣa-, of poison) Car
  3. one who gives a daughter in marriage Mn. MBh
  4. an imparter (of knowledge) Pañcat
  5. a granter (of a wish) BrahmaP. (f. trī)
  6. N. of Indra TS. ŚBr
  7. of one of the Viśve Devā? MBh

pradātrikā

  1. pra-ḍdā́trikā f. a female giver MaitrS

pradāna

  1. pra-dā́na n. (for 2. See below) giving, bestowal, presentation (esp. of an offering in the fire
  2. also N. of the sacred text recited on this occasion) TS. &c. &c
  3. a gift, donation Mn. MBh. &c
  4. giving away in marriage Mn. Yājñ. &c
  5. applying (of a clyster) Suśr
  6. turning (the eyes) Kum
  7. making (an attack) Pañcat
  8. uttering (a curse) VP
  9. granting (a boon) MBh
  10. teaching, imparting, announcing, declaring Mn. R. Kathās
  11. -kṛpaṇa mfn. mean or niggardly in making presents MBh
  12. -pūrvam ind. with a present Kathās
  13. -ruci m. 'delighting in giving', N. of a man Buddh
  14. -vat mfn. giving, liberal MBh
  15. -śūra m. 'a hero in giving', an excessively liberal man Lalit
  16. N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP

pradānaka

  1. pra-ḍdānaka n. an offering, donation Cat

pradānika

  1. pra-ḍdānika See go-pr○, jala-pr○ and dattâpradānika

pradāpayitṛ

  1. pra-ḍdāpayitṛ́ m. a giver TS

pradāpya

  1. pra-ḍdāpya mfn. to be caused to give or compelled to pay Yājñ

pradāya

  1. pra-ḍdāya n. a present MBh

pradāyaka

  1. pra-ḍdāyaka mfn. giving, granting, presenting, bestowing (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
  2. -tva n. Kull

pradāyin

  1. pra-ḍdāyin mfn. id. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. ○yi-tva n. Kum

pradi

  1. pra-ḍdi m. a gift, present Pāṇ. 3-3, 92 Sch

praditsā

  1. pra-ḍditsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire to give Jātakam

praditsu

  1. pra-ḍditsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to give (with acc.) MBh

pradeya

  1. pra-deya mf(ā)n. to be given or presented or granted or offered or communicated or imparted or taught (with dat., sometimes in comp. with the recipient) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to be instructed or initiated in (loc.) MBh
  3. (ā), f. to be given in marriage, marriageable MBh. R. Kathās
  4. m. a present, gift MBh. R

pradāna

  1. pra-dāna n. (√do) a goad L. (for 1. See under pra- √1. dā)

pradānta

  1. pra-dānta See pra-√dam

pradāsa

  1. pra-dāsa m. (?) Divyâv

pradigdha

  1. pra-digdha See pra- √dih

pradiv

  1. pra-dív f. (fr. 3. div, 'heaven'
  2. nom. -dyaús) the third or highest heaven (in which the Pitṛis are said to dwell) AV
  3. the fifth of seven heavens ŚāṅkhBr. ; mfn. (fr. 3. div, 'day' [Lat. diu]) existing from olden times, ancient RV
  4. (-dívas), ind. from of old, long since, always, ever (ánuprad○, as of old, as formerly) ib. AV
  5. (-dívi), ind. at all times, always, ever RV

pradiś

  1. pra-√diś P. Ā. -diśati, ○te, to point out, show, indicate, declare, appoint, fix, ordain RV. &c. &c
  2. to direct, bid, urge R
  3. to assign, apportion, grant Mn. MBh. (-diśyati, i, 6472) Kāv. &c.: Caus. -deśayati, to urge on, incite MBh. R.: Intens. (pr. p. -dédiśat), to animate RV

pradiś

  1. pra-díś f. pointing to or out, indication, direction, order, command, dominion RV. AV. VS
  2. a direction, quarter, region of the sky ib. MBh. Hariv. (acc. pl. 'in all directions, everywhere' MBh
  3. with pitryā, 'the region of the Pitṛis' i.e. the south AV.)
  4. an intermediate point or half-quarter (as northeast) AV. &c. &c

pradiṣṭa

  1. pra-ḍdiṣṭa (prá-), mfn. pointed out, indicated, fixed, ordained RV. &c. &c. [Page 680, Column]

pradeśa

  1. pra-deśa m. (ifc. f. ā) pointing out, showing, indication, direction, decision, determination Nir. ŚrS
  2. appeal to a precedent Suśr
  3. an example (in grammar, law &c.) RPrāt. MBh. Yājñ. Sch
  4. a spot, region, place, country, district (often in comp. with a part of the body, e.g. kaṇṭha-, hṛdaya-) MBh. Kāv. &c. (n. Pañcad.)
  5. a short while ( See comp. below)
  6. a wall L
  7. a short span (measured from the tip of the thumb to that of the forefinger) L
  8. (with Jainas) one of the obstacles to liberation Sarvad. ('atomic individuality' W.)
  9. -kārin m. N. of a kind of ascetic L
  10. -bhāj mfn. of short duration Daśar
  11. -vat mfn. possessing or occupying a place Brahmas. Sch
  12. -vartin mfn. = -bhāj (○ti-tvā f.) Hcar
  13. -śāstra n. a book containing examples MBh
  14. -stha mfn. = -bhāj Sāh
  15. being or situated in a district MW

pradeśana

  1. pra-ḍdeśana n. a gift, present, offering L
  2. (ī), f. = ○śinī L

pradeśita

  1. pra-ḍdeśita mfn. urged, directed MBh

pradeśinī

  1. pra-ḍdeśinī f. the forefinger (or the corresponding toe) ŚrS. MBh. &c

pradeṣṭṛ

  1. pra-ḍdeṣṭṛ m. one who pronounces judgment, chief justice Pañcat

pradih

  1. pra-√dih P. -degdhi, to smear over, besmear, anoint Suśr

pradigdha

  1. pra-ḍdigdha mfn. smeared over, anointed, stained or covered with (instr. or comp.) ib. MBh. R. &c
  2. n. (scil. māṃsa) a kind of dish prepared with meat L
  3. m. a kind of sauce or gravy W

pradeha

  1. pra-ḍdeha m. a plaster, a thick or viscid ointment, poultice Suśr
  2. applying a plaster, unction ib
  3. solid food (perhaps inspissated juice &c.) ib

pradehana

  1. pra-ḍdehana n. smearing, anointing Kauś

pradī

  1. pra-dī √2. (only pr. Subj. -dī́dayat and pf. -dīdiyuḥ), to shine forth RV

pradīp

  1. pra-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate, to flame forth, blaze, burst into flames ŚBr. MBh. Var.: Caus. -dīpayati, to set on fire, light, kindle, inflame KātyŚr. MBh. &c

pradīpa

  1. pra-ḍdīpa m. a light, lamp, lantern MBh. Kāv. &c. (often ifc. 'the light i.e. the glory or ornament of', e.g. kula-pr○, q.v
  2. also in titles of explanatory wks. = elucidation, explanation, e.g. mahābhāṣya-pr○)
  3. N. of wk
  4. -mañjarī f. N. of Comm. on the Amara-kośa
  5. -śaraṇa-dhvaja m. N. of a Mahôraga-rāja L
  6. -sāha m. N. of a prince Cat. (sāha = ?)
  7. -siṃha m. N. of an author Cat

pradīpaka

  1. pra-ḍdīpaka m. (ikā), f. and n. a small lamp, a lamp MBh
  2. (ifc.) explanation, commentary Cat

pradīpana

  1. pra-ḍdīpana mfn. inflaming, exciting Suśr
  2. m. a sort of poison L
  3. n. the act of kindling or inflaming R

pradīpāya

  1. pra-ḍdīpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to act as a lamp Mṛicch

pradīpīya

  1. pra-ḍdīpīya or mfn. g. apūpâdi

pradīpya

  1. pra-ḍdīpya mfn. g. apūpâdi

pradīpta

  1. pra-ḍdīpta mfn. kindled, inflamed, burning, shining ŚBr. &c. &c
  2. excited, stimulated MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. (in augury) clear, shrill (opp. to pūrṇa) VarBṛS
  4. -bhās mfn. shining bright, Ṛit
  5. -śiras mfn. one whose head is hot or burning Vedântas
  6. ○tâkṣa m. 'having lustrous eyes', N. of a Yaksha Kathās

pradīpti

  1. pra-ḍdīpti f. light, lustre, brilliancy L
  2. -mat mfn. bright, radiant, luminous MBh

pradīrgha

  1. pra-dīrgha mfn. exceedingly long Var. Suśr

pradu

  1. pra-du √2. Ā. -dūyate, to be consumed by fire ChUp
  2. P. -dunoti, to distress, pain, press hard Suśr. Bhaṭṭ

pradava

  1. pra-ḍdava mfn. burning, inflaming Pāṇ. 3-1, 142 Kāś

pradavya

  1. pra-ḍdavyá m. (with agni) a forest fire ŚBr

pradāva

  1. pra-ḍdāvá m. id. MaitrS

pradāvya

  1. pra-ḍdāvyá m. (with agni) id. TS. ŚāṅkhBr. ŚrS

pradugdha

  1. pra-dugdha See á- and savya-pradugdha

praduṣ

  1. pra-√duṣ P. -duṣyati, to become worse, deteriorate Suśr
  2. to be defiled or polluted, fall (morally) Mn. Yājñ
  3. to commit an offence against (acc.) MBh
  4. to become faithless, fall off ib.: Caus. -dūṣayati, to spoil, deprave, corrupt, pollute, defile MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. to abuse, blame, censure R
  6. (with cittam) to be angry Divyâv

praduṣṭa

  1. pra-ḍduṣṭa mfn. corrupt, wicked, bad, sinful MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. wanton, licentious (woman), Ṛit

pradūṣaka

  1. pra-ḍdūṣaka mfn. polluting, defiling MBh

pradūṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍdūṣaṇa mfn. corrupting, defiling, impairing MBh. Suśr

pradūṣita

  1. pra-ḍdūṣita mfn. corrupted, spoilt, made worse MBh. R. Var. Suśr. 1

pradoṣa

  1. pra-ḍdoṣa mfn. (for 2. See col. 2) corrupt, bad, wicked Śiś
  2. m. defect, fault, disordered condition (of the body or of a country), mutiny, rebellion Pañcat
  3. -nirṇaya m. -śānti f. ○ṣôdyāpana n. N. of wks. [Page 680, Column]

praduh

  1. pra-duh mfn. (nom. -dhuk) milking Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

pradoha

  1. pra-ḍdoha See su-pradoha

pradohana

  1. pra-ḍdohana m. N. of a man ( See prādohani)

pradṛś

  1. pra-√dṛś Pass. -dṛśyate (cf. pra√paś), to become visible, be seen, appear RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to make visible, show, indicate, explain, teach, describe Mn. MBh. &c.: Desid. -didṛkṣate, to wish to see Bhaṭṭ

pradarśa

  1. pra-darśa m. look, appearance ( See su-prad○)
  2. direction, injunction Suśr

pradarśaka

  1. pra-ḍdarśaka mfn. showing, indicating RPrāt
  2. proclaiming, foretelling MārkP
  3. teaching, expounding Cat
  4. m. a teacher MBh
  5. n. (?) a doctrine, principle Kap. Sch. (v. l. pra-ghaṭṭaka)

pradarśana

  1. pra-ḍdarśana n. look, appearance (often ifc., with f. ā) MBh. R
  2. pointing out, showing, propounding, teaching, explaining, Rprāt. MBh. Śaṃk
  3. an example Yājñ
  4. prophesying W
  5. (ā), f. indication Kāvyâd. Sch
  6. m. pl. N. of a class of deities under Manu Auttami VP

pradarśita

  1. pra-ḍdarśita mfn. shown, pointed out, indicated
  2. taught, mentioned, specified Mn. MBh. &c
  3. prophesied W

pradarśin

  1. pra-ḍdarśin mfn. (ifc.) seeing, viewing MBh. Suśr
  2. pointing out, showing, indicating MBh. Hariv. Kathās

pradṝ

  1. pra-√dṝ (of P. only Ved. Impv. -dárṣi), to break or tear to pieces RV. vi, 26, 5: Pass. -dīryate, to cleave asunder, split open (intr.) AitBr. KātyŚr
  2. to be dispersed or scattered (as an army) MBh.: Caus. -dārayati, to split, cleave, tear asunder ib

pradara

  1. pra-ḍdará m. dispersion, rout (of an army) MBh
  2. a crevice, cleft (in the earth) VS. Br. &c
  3. moenorrhagia (a disease of women) Car
  4. a kind of arrow MBh
  5. rending, tearing W
  6. pl. N. of a people MBh

pradeśa

  1. pra-deśa &c. See pra-√diś

pradoṣa

  1. pra-doṣa m. (for 1. See under pra-duṣ) the first part of the night, evening (also personified as a son of Doshā and associated with Niśitha and Vyushṭa) MBh. Kāv. Pur. &c
  2. (ám), ind. in the evening, in the dark RV. GṛŚrS

pradoṣakāla

  1. ○kāla m. evening tide Hit

pradoṣatimira

  1. ○timira n. evening darkness, the dusk of early night Mṛicch

pradoṣapūjāvidhi

  1. ○pūjāvidhi m

pradoṣamahiman

  1. ○mahiman m

pradoṣamāhātmya

  1. ○māhātmya n. N. of wks

pradoṣaramaṇīya

  1. ○ramaṇīya mfn. pleasant or delightful in the evening MW

pradoṣavelā

  1. ○velā f. = -kāla A

pradoṣaśivapūjā

  1. ○śivapūjā f. N. of wk

pradoṣasamaya

  1. ○samaya m. = -kāla A

pradoṣastotra

  1. ○stotra n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

pradoṣāgama

  1. pradoṣâgama m. the coming on of evṭevening, nightfall Amar

pradoṣānila

  1. pradoṣânila m. the evening wind Mṛicch

pradoṣaka

  1. pradoṣaka m. evening Mṛicch. v, 35 (v. l.)
  2. born in the evening (?) Pāṇ. 4-3, 28

pradyu

  1. pra-dyu n. merit (of good works) leading to heaven or securing heaven L

pradyut

  1. pra-dyut √1. Ā. -dyotate, to begin to shine ŚBr.: Caus. -dyotayati, to irradiate, illumine Prab. BhP

pradyutita

  1. pra-ḍdyutita mfn. beginning to shine, illuminated Pāṇ. 1-2, 21 Sch

pradyota

  1. pra-dyotá m. radiance, light ŚBr
  2. a ray of light L
  3. N. of a Yaksha MBh
  4. of a king of Magadha and founder of a dynasty VP. Kathās
  5. of a king of Ujjayinī and other princes Lalit
  6. Priyad. BhP

pradyotana

  1. pra-ḍdyotana m. the sun L
  2. N. of a prince of Ujjayinī Lalit
  3. (with bhaṭṭâcārya) N. of an author, Cat
  4. (pl.) of a dynasty BhP
  5. n. blazing, shining, light L

pradyotita

  1. pra-ḍdyotita mfn. = ○dyutita Pāṇ. 1-2, 21 Sch

pradyotin

  1. pra-ḍdyotin mfn. (ifc.) illustrating, explaining Cat

pradyumna

  1. pra-dyumna m. 'the pre-eminently mighty one', N. of the god of love (re-born as a son of Kṛishṇa and Rukmiṇī, or as a son of Saṃkarshaṇa and then identified with Sanat-kumāra) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. the pleasant (= kāma) Subh
  3. the intellect (= manas) Śaṃk
  4. N. of a son of Manu and Naḍvalā BhP
  5. of a king Kathās
  6. of sev. authors and teachers Cat
  7. of a mountain Rājat
  8. of a river ib

pradyumnapura

  1. ○pura n. 'Pradyumna's city', N. of a town on the Candra-bhāgā or Chenab Kathârṇ

pradyumnarahasya

  1. ○rahasya n. 'PṭPradyumna's secret', N. of wk

pradyumnavijaya

  1. ○vijaya m. 'PṭPradyumna's victory', N. of a drama

pradyumnaśikhara

  1. ○śikhara n. 'PṭPradyumna's peak', N. of a mountain Kathās
  2. -pīṭhâṣṭaka n. N. of wk

pradyumnāgamana

  1. pradyumnâgamana n. Pradyumna's arrival
  2. ○manīya mfn. treating of it Pāṇ. 4-3, 88 Sch

pradyumnācārya

  1. pradyumnâcārya m. former N. of Veda-nidhi-tīrtha (died in 1576) Cat

pradyumnānanda

  1. pradyumnânanda m. 'Pradyumna's joy', N. of a Bhāṇa (also ○dīya n.)

pradyumnābhyudaya

  1. pradyumnâbhyudaya m. 'PṭPradyumna's rise', N. of a Nāṭaka

pradyumnāstra

  1. pradyumnâstra n. Pradyumna's weapon Kathās. [Page 680, Column]

pradyumnottaracarita

  1. pradyumnôttaracarita n. 'PṭPradyumna's further deeds', N. of a poem

pradyumnopākhyāna

  1. pradyumnôpâkhyāna n. 'the story of Pradyumna', N. of a tale

pradyumnaka

  1. pradyumnaka m. N. of the god of love BhP

pradrāṇaka

  1. pra-drāṇaka mfn. (√2. drā) sorely distressed, very needy or poor, ChUP

pradru

  1. pra-√dru P. -dravati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to run forwards, run away, flee RV. &c. &c
  2. to hasten towards, rush upon or against (acc.) MBh. R
  3. to escape safely to (acc.) MBh. (v. l. prâd○): Caus. -drāvayati, to cause to run away, put to flight MBh

pradrava

  1. pra-ḍdrava mfn. fluid, liquid Suśr

pradrāva

  1. pra-ḍdrāva m. running away, flight Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-3, 27)
  2. going quick or well W

pradrāvin

  1. pra-ḍdrāvin mfn. fleeing, runaway, fugitive Kauś. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 145)

pradruta

  1. prá-druta mfn. run away, fled, departed TBr. MBh

pradruh

  1. pra-druh mfn. (nom. -dhruk) one who hurts or injures Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

pradrek

  1. pra-√drek Ā. -drekate, to begin to neigh or roar or bellow &c. Bhaṭṭ

pradvār

  1. pra-dvār f. a place before a door or gate MBh. (v. l. a-dvār)

pradvāra

  1. pra-ḍdvāra n. id. R. Kathās

pradviṣ

  1. pra-√dviṣ P. Ā. -dveṣṭi, -dviṣṭe, to feel dislike or repugnance for, hate, show one's hatred against (acc.) MBh. R

pradviṣ

  1. pra-dviṣ mfn. (nom. ṭ) disliking, hating Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

pradveṣa

  1. pra-ḍdveṣa m. dislike, repugnance, aversion, hatred, hostility to (loc., gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (ī), f. N. of the wife of Dīrghatamas MBh

pradveṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍdveṣaṇa n. hatred, dislike of (comp.) MBh

pradveṣṭṛ

  1. pra-ḍdveṣṭṛ mfn. one who dislikes or hates
  2. a disliker, hater W

pradhana

  1. pra-dhána n. (cf. dhána) spoil taken in battle, a prize gained by a victor, the battle or contest itself RV. &c. &c
  2. the best of one's goods, valuables Nār
  3. tearing, bursting &c. (= dāraṇa) L
  4. m. N. of a man
  5. pl. his descendants BrahmaP

pradhanāghātaka

  1. pradhanâghātaka mfn. bringing about a contest Hcar

pradhanāṅgaṇa

  1. pradhanâṅgaṇa n. a battle-field Vcar

pradhanottama

  1. pradhanôttama n. 'best of battles', a great battle or contest MW

pradhanya

  1. pradhanyá mf(ā)n. forming the spoil or booty (as cattle) RV

pradhamana

  1. pra-dhamana See pra-√dhmā

pradharṣa

  1. pra-dharṣa &c. See pra-√dhṛṣ

pradhā

  1. pra-dhā √1. Ā. -dhatte, to place or set before, offer RV
  2. to send out (spies) ib. vii, 61, 3
  3. to give up, deliver TS. Kāṭh
  4. to devote one's self to (acc.) Lalit

pradha

  1. pra-dha^ m. Pāṇ. 3-1, 139 Sch
  2. (ā), f. ib. vi, 4, 64 Sch
  3. N. of a daughter of Daksha MBh. MārkP. (prob. wṛ. for prādhā)

pradhāna

  1. pradhāna n. a chief thing or person, the most important or essential part of anything KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. (ibc.) the principal or first, chief, head of
  3. [often also ifc. (f. ā), e.g. indra-pradhāna, (a hymn) having Indra as the chief object or person addressed Nir
  4. prayoga-p○, (the art of dancing) having practice as its essential part, chiefly practical Mālav.]
  5. 'the Originator', primary germ, original source of the visible or material universe (in Sāṃkhya = prakṛti, q.v.) IW. 53, 1 &c
  6. primary or unevolved matter or nature Sarvad
  7. supreme or universal soul L
  8. intellect, understanding L
  9. the first companion or attendant of a king, a courtier, a noble (also m.) L
  10. an elephant-driver (also m.) L
  11. (in gram.) the principal member of a compound (opp. to upasarjana, q.v.)
  12. mf(ā)n. chief, main, principal, most important
  13. pre-eminent in (instr.)
  14. better than or superior to (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  15. m. N. of an ancient king MBh
  16. (ā), f. N. of a Śakti, Tantr. (cf. IW. 522)

pradhānakarman

  1. ○karman or n. chief or principal action

pradhānakārya

  1. ○kārya n. chief or principal action
  2. principal mode of treatment (in med.), Suśr Madhus

pradhānakāraṇavāda

  1. ○kāraṇa-vāda m. the doctrine that Pradhāna is the original cause (according to the Sāṃkhya) Bādar. Sch

pradhānatama

  1. ○tama mfn. most excellent or distinguished, most important, chiefest MBh. Suśr

pradhānatara

  1. ○tara mfn. more excellent, better MārkP

pradhānatas

  1. ○tas ind. according to eminence or superiority Mn. MBh. Hariv

pradhānatā

  1. ○tā f. pre-eminence, excellence, superiority, prevalence R. Hariv. Hit. Vedântas. [Page 681, Column]
  2. the being Pradhāna, q.v
  3. (in MBh. iii, 173 = jagat-kāraṇatā
  4. cf. śarīra-p○)

pradhānatva

  1. ○tva n. pre-eminence, superiority, excellence ĀśvŚr. MBh
  2. (in Sāṃkhya) the being Pradhāna Sāṃkhyak. Sch

pradhānadhātu

  1. ○dhātu m. 'chief element of the body', semen virile L

pradhānapuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa m. a chief person, most distinguished personage, an authority Mn. Mālav
  2. 'the supreme soul', N. of Śiva MBh
  3. ○ṣâtī7ta m. transcending Pradhāna and Purusha (matter and spirit)
  4. N. of Śiva MW

pradhānabhāj

  1. ○bhāj mfn. 'receiving the chief share', most excellent or distinguished MBh

pradhānabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. one who is the chief person Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 54

pradhānamantrin

  1. ○mantrin m. a prime minister R. Hit. Vet

pradhānamitra

  1. ○mitra n. a chief friend R

pradhānavādin

  1. ○vādin m. one who asserts the Sāṃkhya doctrine (of Pradhāna), Badar. Sch

pradhānavāsas

  1. ○vāsas n. the best clothes, fulldress Mṛicch

pradhānavṛṣṭi

  1. ○vṛṣṭi f. copious rain, heaviest rain Var

pradhānaśiṣṭa

  1. ○śiṣṭa mfn. taught or laid down as of primary importance MW. (cf. anvācaya-ś○)

pradhānasabhika

  1. ○sabhika m. the chief of a gambling-house Mṛicch

pradhānasevā

  1. ○sevā f. chief or principal service Pañcat

pradhānāṅga

  1. pradhānâṅga n. a chief member, the chief member of the body
  2. most eminent person in a state
  3. principal branch of a science &c. W

pradhānātman

  1. pradhānâtman m. supreme or universal soul, N. of Vishṇu VP
  2. (identified with the original cause of the universe or Viśva-bhāvana W.)

pradhānādhyakṣa

  1. pradhānâdhyakṣa m. a chief superintendent
  2. -tā f. the office of chief superintendent Kathās

pradhānāmātya

  1. pradhānâmātya m. a prime minister W

pradhānottama

  1. pradhānôttama mfn. best of the eminent, illustrious
  2. warlike, brave W

pradhānaka

  1. pradhānaka n. (in Sāṃkhya) the original germ out of which the material universe is evolved (= pradhāna, a-vyakta, q.v.) Tattvas

pradhānya

  1. pradhānya wṛ. for prādh○, q.v. MBh

pradhi

  1. pra-dhí m. the felly of a wheel (also pl.) RV. &c. &c
  2. orb, disc (of the moon) RV. x, 138, 6
  3. a segment, Śulbas
  4. -maṇḍala n. the circumference of (the felly of) a wheel MW
  5. ○dhy-anīka n. the centre of a segment, Śulbas
  6. a well L

pradhā

  1. pra-dhā √2. See pra-√dhe, col. 2

pradhāv

  1. pra-dhāv √1. P. Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to run forwards, run forth, run away, set out, start RV. ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
  2. to rush upon Kathās
  3. to run or go to (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  4. to pervade, permeate Suśr
  5. to become diffused, spread MBh.: Caus. P. -dhāvayati, to put to flight Kathās
  6. to drive away. run Br. 1

pradhāvana

  1. pra-ḍdhāvana m. a runner L

pradhāvita

  1. pra-ḍdhāvita mfn. run away, set out, started MBh. R. Pañcat. &c

pradhāv

  1. pra-dhāv √2. P. Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to wash or rub off ŚBr.: Caus. P. Ā. -dhāvayati, ○te, to wash or cause to wash off MBh. 2

pradhāvana

  1. pra-ḍdhāvana m. air, wind L. (regarded as a 'purifier', cf. pavana
  2. or perhaps fr. √1. dhāv, regṭregarded as a 'runner')
  3. n. rubbing or washing off Suśr. Gaut

pradhi

  1. pra-dhi See above

pradhī

  1. pra-√dhī (or -dīdhī, only p. pr. -dīdhyat and -dī́dhyāna), to long for, strive after RV. i, 113, 10
  2. to look out, be on the watch AV. x, 4, 11

pradhī

  1. pra-dhī f. great intelligence Vop
  2. mfn. of superior intelligence, pre-eminently intelligent ib

pradhura

  1. pra-dhura n. the tip of a pole ĀpŚr

pradhū

  1. pra-√dhū P. Ā. [-dh�Unoti], ○nute, to move forward PañcavBr
  2. to blow away ChUp. MBh.: to blow or shake out (the beard after drinking) RV.: Intens. -dodhuvat, -dūdhot, to blow (the beard, acc.)
  3. to blow into (loc.) RV

pradhūpita

  1. pra-dhūpita mfn. fumigated, perfumed MBh
  2. heated, burnt
  3. lighted, inflamed
  4. afflicted
  5. excited W
  6. (ā), f. (with or scil. diś) the quarter to which the sun is proceeding L
  7. a woman in trouble or affliction ib

pradhūmita

  1. pra-dhūmita mfn. smothered with smoke, giving out smoke, smouldering Ragh

pradhṛ

  1. pra-√dhṛ (only pf. Ā. -dadhre, with manas), to set the mind upon anything (dat.), resolve, determine MBh.: Caus. P. -dhārayati, to chastise, inflict a punishment on any one (loc
  2. cf. daṇḍaṃ-√dhṛ) MBh
  3. to keep in remembrance ib
  4. to reflect, consider ib. Pat
  5. (pradhārayantu wṛ. for pra dhārā yantu ĀśvGṛ. iii, 12, 14)

pradhāraṇa

  1. pra-ḍdhāraṇa mfn. keeping, preserving, protecting ( See pāda-pr○) [Page 681, Column]
  2. (ā), f. constantly fixing one's mind on a certain object MBh

pradhṛṣ

  1. pra-√dhṛṣ P. -dharṣati, -dhṛṣṇoti, to be bold against, assail with courage or daring, lay hands on, hurt, injure, harass, overpower, overcome R.: Caus. P. -dharṣayati id. ib. KaushĀr. MBh. &c
  2. to violate (a woman) MBh
  3. to destroy, devastate R

pradharṣa

  1. pra-ḍdharṣa m. attacking, assaulting, assailing ( See duṣ-p○)

pradharṣaka

  1. pra-ḍdharṣaka mfn. (ifc.), molesting, hurting, violating (the wife of another) MBh. R. Hariv

pradharṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍdharṣaṇa mfn. (ifc.) attacking, molesting, harassing MBh
  2. n. or (ā), f. attacking, assailing, an attack, assault, illtreatment, molestation (keśa-p○, dragging by the hair) MBh. R

pradharṣaṇīya

  1. pra-ḍdharṣaṇīya mfn. to be assailed, assailable, open to attack, exposed to injury or ill-treatment MBh

pradharṣita

  1. pra-ḍdharṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) attacked, hurt, injured MBh. R. BhP
  2. haughty, arrogant W
  3. -vat mfn. arrogant, proud W

pradharṣin

  1. pra-ḍdharṣin mfn. = ○dharṣaṇa mfn. Dharmaśarm

pradhṛṣṭa

  1. pra-ḍdhṛṣṭa mfn. treated with contumely W
  2. proud, arrogant ib

pradhṛṣṭi

  1. pra-ḍdhṛṣṭi f. overpowering, subjugation ŚāṅkhŚr

pradhṛṣya

  1. pra-ḍdhṛṣya mfn. to be hurt or injured, violable ( See a-p○, duṣ-p○, su-p○)

pradhe

  1. pra-√dhe Caus. -dhāpayati, to cause to suck MānGṛ

pradhmā

  1. pra-√dhmā (or dham), P. (Ā. Pot. -dhmāyīta ChUp.) -dhamati, to blow before or in front, blow away AV
  2. to scare Car
  3. to destroy MBh
  4. to blow into (esp. into a conch shell, acc.) ib. Suśr. Hariv. &c
  5. (Ā.) to cry out ChUp. vi, 14, 1 Śaṃk
  6. (others, 'to be tossed about', 'wander about'): Caus. P. Ā. -dhmāpayati, ○te, to blow into, blow (a conch shell) MBh. R. Hariv

pradhamana

  1. pra-ḍdhamana n. blowing into (the nose, as powder)
  2. a sternutatory Suśr

pradhmā

  1. pra-ḍdhmā mfn. blowing violently MW

pradhmāpana

  1. pra-ḍdhmāpana n. (fr. Caus.) a remedy for difficult respiration (in med.) Suśr

pradhmāpita

  1. pra-ḍdhmāpita mfn. blown into, blown (as a conch shell) MBh

pradhyai

  1. pra-√dhyai P. Ā. -dhyāyati, ○te, to meditate upon, think of (acc. with or without prati) Gobh. MBh. Hariv
  2. to reflect, consider MBh. R. Kir
  3. to excogitate, devise, hit upon MBh

pradhyāna

  1. pra-ḍdhyāna n. meditating upon, reflection, thinking, deep thought, subtle speculation MBh. R. Suśr. Car

pradhraj

  1. pra-√dhraj P. -dhrajati, to run forward RV. i, 166, 4

pradhvaṃs

  1. pra-√dhvaṃs Ā. -dhvaṃsate, to flow off (as water) ĀśvGṛ
  2. to fall to pieces, perish ChUp.: Caus. -dhvaṃsayati, to scatter, sprinkle ŚBr
  3. to cause to fall, destroy, cause to perish MBh. Śiś

pradhvaṃsa

  1. pra-ḍdhvaṃsa m. utter destruction, annihilation, perishing, disappearance Var. Bhartṛ
  2. = ○dhvaṃsâbhāva (below) Sarvad
  3. -tva n. state of destruction, desolation, ruin KapS. Sch
  4. ○dhvaṃsâbhāva m. non-existence in consequence of annihilation, ceasing to exist Tarkas. Sarvad. &c

pradhvaṃsana

  1. pra-ḍdhváṃsana mfn. destroying, annihilating MBh
  2. m. one who destroys, a destroyer (as a partic. personification) ŚBr. (cf. prādhvaṃsana)

pradhvaṃsita

  1. pra-ḍdhvaṃsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) destroyed, annihilated, dispelled MW

pradhvaṃsin

  1. pra-ḍdhvaṃsin mfn. passing away, transitory, perishable (utpanna-p○, arisen and passing away again, i.e. having no further consequences TPrāt. Comm.) MBh
  2. (ifc.) destroying, annihilating R

pradhvasta

  1. pra-ḍdhvasta mfn. destroyed, perished, disappeared MBh. R. Bhartṛ. BhP

pradhvan

  1. pra-√dhvan P. -dhvanati, to sound, resound Śiś.: Caus. -dhvanayati, to cause to sound Car

pradhvāna

  1. pra-ḍdhvāna m. a loud sound Dharmaśarm

pranakṣ

  1. pra-√nakṣ P. Ā. -nakṣati, ○te, to draw near, approach RV. vii, 42, 1

pranaptṛ

  1. pra-naptṛ m. a great grandson Uṇ. Sch

pranabh

  1. pra-√nabh Ā. -nabhate, to burst asunder, open AV

pranard

  1. pra-√nard P. -nardati Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 Sch

pranardaka

  1. pra-ḍnardaka mfn. ib

pranaṣṭa

  1. pra-naṣṭa See pra-ṇaś, p. 659

pranāyaka

  1. pra-nāyaka mfn. one whose leader is away, whose rulers are abroad
  2. destitute of a guide Pāṇ. 1-4, 59 ; viii, 4, 14 Sch. [Page 681, Column]

pranāla

  1. pra-nāla -nālī = -ṇāla, -ṇālī, q.v

pranāśin

  1. pra-nāśin wṛ. for -ṇāśin, q.v

praniṃsita

  1. pra-niṃsita -niṃsitavya = -ṇiṃsita, -ṇiṃsitavya, q.v

pranikṣaṇa

  1. pra-nikṣaṇa = -ṇikṣaṇa Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

pranighātana

  1. pra-nighātana n. (fr. pra-ni√han) killing, slaughter, murder L

pranindana

  1. pra-nindana = -ṇindana Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

pranibhid

  1. pra-ni-√bhid P. -bhinatti Pāṇ. 8-4, 18 Sch

pranirakṣ

  1. pra-ni-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati Vop

pranīḍa

  1. pra-nīḍa mfn. wṛ. for pra-ḍīna, (q.v.) MBh. xii, 9314

pranud

  1. pra-nud mfn. wṛ. for -ṇud (q.v.) Suśr

pranṛt

  1. pra-√nṛt P. Ā. -nṛtyati, ○te, to dance forwards, begin to dance, dance AV. MBh. R. &c
  2. to gesticulate as in dancing (in token of derision) before any one (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -nartayati, to cause to dance Kathās
  3. id. met. Kād

pranartita

  1. pra-ḍnartita mfn. caused to dance forwards, set in motion, shaken, agitated
  2. dandled MW

pranṛtta

  1. pra-ḍnṛtta mfn. one who has begun to dṭdance, dancing MBh. R. Kathās
  2. n. a dance MārkP
  3. -vat mfn. having begun to dance MBh. Kathās

pranṛtya

  1. pra-ḍnṛtya mfn. or n. wṛ. for ○nṛtta

pranṛtyavat

  1. pra-ḍnṛtya-vat wṛ. for ○nṛtta-vat

prapakṣa

  1. pra-pakṣa m. the extremity of a wing (of an army drawn out in the form of a bird) MBh. R
  2. mfn. forming the extremity of a wing (in an army so arranged) MBh
  3. m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa VP

prapac

  1. pra-pac √1. (or pañc). See pra-pañcaya under pra-pañca

prapac

  1. pra-pac √2. P. Ā. -pacati, ○te, to begin to cook Pāṇ. 8-1, 44 Sch
  2. to be accustomed to cook R

prapakva

  1. pra-ḍpakva mfn. (in med.) inflamed Suśr

prapāka

  1. pra-ḍpāka m. ripening (of a boil &c.) Suśr
  2. digestion Car
  3. (prob.) a partic. part of the flesh of a victim Kauś

prapañca

  1. pra-pañca m. (√1. pac, or pañc) expansion, development, manifestation MāṇḍUp. Kāv. Kathās
  2. manifoldness, diversity Kāv. Śaṃk. Pañcat
  3. amplification, prolixity, diffuseness, copiousness (in style
  4. ○cena and ○ca-tas ind. diffusely, in detail) Hariv. Hit
  5. manifestation of or form of (gen.) Hit. Bhāshāp
  6. appearance, phenomenon Vcar
  7. (in phil.) the expansion of the universe, the visible world Up. Kap. Sarvad
  8. (in rhet.) mutual false praise Pratāp
  9. (in dram.) ludicrous dialogue Sāh
  10. (in gram.) the repetition of an obscure rule in a clearer form Pāṇ. Sch
  11. (said to be encl. after a finite verb, g. gotrâdi)
  12. deceit, trick, fraud, error L
  13. opposition, reversion L
  14. -catura mfn. skilful in assuming different forms Amar
  15. -tva n. = maraṇa, death, Sāṃkhyas. (v. l.)
  16. -nirmāṇa n. the creation of the visible world BhP
  17. -buddhi mfn. having a cunning mind, artful
  18. m. N. of a man Kathās. -mithyā-tva n. the unreality of the visible world
  19. ○tvânumāna n. (○māna-khaṇḍana n. and ○ḍana-paraśu, m.) N. of wks
  20. -vacana n. diffuse or prolix discourse Hit
  21. -viveka m. -sāra m. -sāra-viveka m. and -sāra-sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
  22. ○câmṛta-sāra m. N. of wk
  23. ○câsya mf(ā)n. (prob.) having various faces Hcat

prapañcaka

  1. pra-ḍpañcaka mf(ikā)n. multiplying Hcat
  2. amplifying, explaining in detail L
  3. (ikā), f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat

prapañcana

  1. pra-ḍpañcana n. development, diffusion, copiousness, prolixity MBh. Pur. Sarvad

prapañcaya

  1. pra-pañcaya Nom. P. ○yati, to develop, amplify, explain in detail Śaṃk. Sāh
  2. to dwell upon a note (acc.) in music Gīt

prapañcita

  1. pra-ḍpañcita mfn. amplified, extended, treated at length Hariv. Rājat
  2. represented in a false light BhP
  3. erring, mistaken W
  4. deceived, beguiled W

prapaṭh

  1. pra-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to recite aloud Hariv

prapāṭha

  1. pra-ḍpāṭha or m. a lecture (i.e. chapter or subdivision of a book) TS. Br. &c

prapāṭhaka

  1. pra-ḍpāṭhaka m. a lecture (i.e. chapter or subdivision of a book) TS. Br. &c

prapāṭhita

  1. pra-ḍpāṭhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) taught, expounded L

prapaṇa

  1. pra-paṇá m. (√paṇ) exchange, barter AV. [Page 682, Column]

prapat

  1. pra-√pat P. -patati, to fly away or along, hasten towards (loc.), fly or fall down upon (loc.), fall RV. &c. &c
  2. to fall from, be deprived of, lose (abl.) MBh.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fly away AV. ŚBr
  3. to chase, pursue MBh
  4. to throw down ib.: Desid. -pipatiṣati, to wish to hurry away AV.: Intens. -pāpatīti, to shoot forth RV

prapatana

  1. pra-ḍpatana n. flying forth or away MBh. (cf. haṃsa-)
  2. flying or falling down, falling from (abl. or comp.) or into (loc. or comp.) Gaut. MBh. &c
  3. a steep rock, precipice L
  4. death, destruction W

prapatita

  1. pra-ḍpatita mfn. flown away or along, fallen, come down, fallen or got into (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

prapāta

  1. pra-pāta m. a partic. mode of flying Pañcat
  2. springing forth Var
  3. an attack L
  4. starting off, setting out, departure Kathās
  5. falling down, falling from (abl. or comp.) or into (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. falling out (of teeth, hair &c.) Suśr
  7. discharge, emission, flow (of semen) VP
  8. letting fall (a glance on anything) Kum
  9. a steep rock, cliff, precipice MBh. Hariv. &c
  10. a steep bank or shore L
  11. a cascade, waterfall L
  12. ○tâbhimukha mf(ī)n. inclined to precipitate one's self from a rock Kathās
  13. ○tâmbu n. waterfalling from a rock Rājat

prapātana

  1. pra-ḍpātana n. (fr. Caus.) causing to fall, throwing down R
  2. throwing, casting (akṣa-p○, 'casting-dice') Hariv

prapātam

  1. pra-ḍpātam ind. falling down MBh

prapātin

  1. pra-ḍpātin m. a rock, cliff, mountain L

prapitva

  1. pra-ḍpitvá See col. 2

prapitsu

  1. pra-ḍpitsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to fall or throw one's self down Śiś

prapatha

  1. prá-patha m. a way, journey (esp. to a distant place) RV. AitBr
  2. (ifc. f. ā) a broad road or street Kāṭh. BhP
  3. mfn. 'about to go off' (?), loose, relaxed L

prapathin

  1. prá-ḍpathín mfn. roaming on distant paths (superl. -tama) RV
  2. m. N. of a man ib

prapathya

  1. prá-ḍpathyá mfn. being on the road, wandering (also applied to Pūshan, the protector of travellers) VS
  2. (ā), f. = pathyā, Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L

prapātha

  1. prá-ḍpātha m. a road, way L

prapad

  1. pra-pad √2. Ā. -padyate (ep. also P.), to fall or drop down from (abl.), throw one's self down (at a person's feet) MBh
  2. to go forwards set out for, resort to, arrive at, attain, enter (with acc., rarely loc.) AV. &c. &c
  3. to fly to for succour, take refuge with (acc.) TS. &c. &c
  4. to fall upon, attack, assail RV. AV
  5. to come to a partic. state or condition, incur, undergo (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. (with an adv. in sāt), to become, e.g. sarpasāt pra-√pad, to becṭbecome a serpent Bhatt
  7. to obtain, gain (patini, 'as husband'), partake of, share in (acc.) ib
  8. to adopt or embrace (a doctrine) Rājat
  9. to undertake, commence, begin, do MBh. Kāv
  10. to form (a judgment) MBh
  11. to assume (a form) Kathās
  12. to enjoy (pleasure) R
  13. to take to (dat.) Hariv
  14. to come on, approach, appear AV. R. Hariv
  15. to take effect, succeed MBh
  16. to turn out (anyathā, 'differently' i.e. without any effect or consequence) Hariv
  17. to admit (a claim) R.: Caus. -pādayati, ○te, to cause to enter, introduce into (acc. or loc.) Br.: Desid. P. pítsati, to wish to enter ŚBr
  18. Ā. -pitsate (cf. Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be going to incur or undertake Daś

prapatti

  1. pra-patti f. pious resignation or devotion, Śāṇd
  2. -pariśilana n. ○tty-upâdhitva-niṣedha m. N. of wks

prapad

  1. pra-pad f. away AitBr
  2. N. of partic. sacred texts Br. GṛŚrS

prapadana

  1. pra-ḍpadana n. entering, entrance into (comp.) ĀśvGṛ. Vait
  2. access, approach ŚBr. ChUp

prapadam

  1. pra-ḍpadam ind. a term applied to a partic. mode of recitation (in which the Vedic verses are divided, without reference to the sense and construction, into parts of an equal number of syllables and between these parts partic. formulas inserted containing the word pa-padye) AitBr

prapanna

  1. pra-panna mfn. arrived at, come to (śaraṇam, for protection), got into (any condition) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (with pādau) fallen at a person's feet R
  3. suppliant (cf. comp.)
  4. approached, appeared, happened, occurred R
  5. acknowledged (as a claim) Yājñ
  6. provided with (instr.) Śak. 1, 1
  7. effecting, producing W
  8. poor, distressed ib
  9. -gati-dīpikā f. -dina-caryā f. -duṣṭâriṣṭa-śānti f. -pārijāta m. N. of wks
  10. -pāla m. 'protector of suppliants', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh
  11. -mālikā f. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks
  12. ○nnâmṛta n. 'nectar for suppliants', N. of a legendary biography of Rāmânuja (cf. RTL. 119 &c.)
  13. ○nnârti-hara mf(ī)n. relieving the distress of suppliants MW

prapāda

  1. pra-ḍpāda See á-prapāda. [Page 682, Column]

prapāduka

  1. pra-ḍpā́duka mfn. falling away prematurely (as a fetus) TS. Kāṭh

prapitsu

  1. pra-ḍpitsu mfn. desirous of plunging into (loc). Śiś
  2. desirous of entering upon (acc.) Kir

prapad

  1. prá-pad f. (fr. 3. pad) the fore part of the foot AV

prapada

  1. prá-pada n. id. the point of the foot, tip of the toes (ais, ind. on tiptoe) RV. &c. &c

prapadīna

  1. prapadīna wṛ. for ā-prapadīna, q.v

prapanna

  1. pra-panna &c. See col. 1

prapannāḍa

  1. prapannāḍa m. Cassia Tora L. (cf. prapunāṭa &c.)

praparṇa

  1. pra-parṇa mfn. whose leaves are fallen Pat

prapalāy

  1. pra-palây (palā = parā and √ay = i), Ā. -palâyate (ind. p. -palâyya), to run away, flee, escape MBh. Hariv. R

prapalāyana

  1. pra-ḍpalâyana n. running away, flight, rout Pañcat

prapalāyita

  1. pra-ḍpalâyita mfn. run away
  2. routed, defeated Kathās. Pañcat

prapalāyin

  1. pra-ḍpalâyin mfn. running away, flying, a fugitive MBh

prapalāśa

  1. pra-palāśa mfn. = pra-parṇa Pat

prapavaṇa

  1. pra-pavaṇa or pra-pavana n. (√1. pū) purifying, straining (Soma juice) Pāṇ. viii, 4, 34 Sch

prapavaṇīya

  1. pra-ḍpavaṇīya or mfn. to be cleansed or purified ib

prapavanīya

  1. pra-ḍpavanīya mfn. to be cleansed or purified ib

prapaś

  1. pra-√paś P. -paśyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to see before one's eyes, look at, observe, behold RV. &c. &c
  2. to judge, discern MBh
  3. to know, understand R
  4. to regard as, take for (two acc.) MBh

prapaśyat

  1. pra-ḍpaśyat or mfn. well-discerning, judicious, sensible, intelligent MBh

prapaśyamāna

  1. pra-ḍpaśyamāna mfn. well-discerning, judicious, sensible, intelligent MBh

prapā

  1. pra-pā √1. P. -píbati, (ind. p. -pāya Pāṇ. 6-4, 69), to begin to drink, drink RV. &c. &c
  2. to imbibe (cakṣuṣā, with the eye i.e. feast the eyes upon) MBh

prapā

  1. pra-pā́ f. a place for supplying water, a place for watering cattle or a shed on the road-side containing a reservoir of water for travellers, fountain, cistern, well AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 58 Vārtt. 4 Pat.)
  2. a supply of water, affluent (of a tank &c.) L
  3. -pālikā or ○lī f. a woman who distributes water to travellers Vcar
  4. -pūraṇa n. filling a cistern with water
  5. ○ṇīya mfn. serving to fill a cistern with with Pāṇ. 5-1, 111 Vārtt. 1 Pat
  6. -maṇḍapa m. a shed with water for travellers Vcar
  7. -vana n. 'fountaingrove', a cool grove L

prapāṇa

  1. pra-ḍpāṇa n. drinking, a drink or beverage (in a-prap○ and su-prap○ cf. also pra-pāna)

prapāṇīya

  1. pra-ḍpāṇīya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable W

prapāna

  1. pra-ḍpāna n. drinking, sipping R
  2. the under part of a horse's upper lip (which he uses in drinking) Var. (v. l. ○pāṇa)

prapānaka

  1. pra-ḍpānaka n. sherbet Bhpr. Sāh

prapāyin

  1. pra-ḍpāyin mfn. drinking, one who drinks W

prapīti

  1. pra-ḍpīti f. the act of drinking Kauś. Sch

prapā

  1. pra-pā √3. P. -pāti, to protect, defend from (abl.) BhP

prapāyin

  1. pra-ḍpāyin mfn. who or what protects W

prapālaka

  1. pra-ḍpālaka m. (cf. √pāl) a guardian, protector Kāv

prapālana

  1. pra-ḍpālana n. guarding, protecting, protection Cat

prapālin

  1. pra-ḍpālin m. 'protector', N. of Baladeva L

prapāka

  1. pra-pāka See pra- √2. pac

prapāṭikā

  1. pra-pāṭikā f. a young shoot or sprout L

prapāṭhaka

  1. pra-pāṭhaka See pra-√paṭh

prapāṇi

  1. pra-pāṇi or ○ṇika m. the fore-arm Car

prapāṇḍu

  1. pra-pāṇḍu or ○ḍura mfn. very white, of a dazzling white colour Suśr

prapāta

  1. pra-pāta &c. See pra-√pat

prapādika

  1. prapādika or ○dīka m. a peacock L

prapāduka

  1. pra-pāduka &c. See above

prapitāmaha

  1. prá-pitāmaha m. a paternal great-grandfather VS. TS
  2. (○mahá) AV. &c. &c
  3. N. of Kṛishṇa and Brahmā MBh
  4. (ī), f. a paternal great-grandmother ib
  5. m. pl. great-grandfathers, ancestors R. Kathās

prapitṛvya

  1. pra-pitṛvya m. a paternal grand-uncle L

prapitva

  1. pra-pitvá n. (perhaps for pra-pit-tva fr. √pat [Page 682, Column]
  2. cf. apa-pitva) start, flight, haste RV
  3. the advanced day i.e. evening ib

prapitsu

  1. pra-pitsu See col. 2

prapinv

  1. pra-√pinv P. Ā. -pinvati, ○te, to swell, be full of, be rich, flow over RV

prapiṣ

  1. pra-√piṣ P. -pinaṣṭi, to crush to pieces, pound Pañcat.: Caus. -peṣayati, to pound, grind or crush to pieces Suśr

prapiṣṭa

  1. pra-ḍpiṣṭa (prá-), mfn. crushed or ground down ŚBr. KātyŚr
  2. -bhāga (○ṭá-), mfn. whose share has been ground down' TS

prapī

  1. pra-√pī &c. See pra-√pyai

prapīḍ

  1. pra-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press, squeeze ŚBr. MBh. Suśr
  2. to suppress (the breath) ChUp
  3. to afflict, torment, harass MBh. Kāv. &c

prapīḍana

  1. pra-ḍpīḍana n. pressing, squeezing Suśr
  2. an astringent ib

prapīḍita

  1. pra-ḍpīḍita mfn. pressed, afflicted, tortured MBh. Kāv. &c

prapīti

  1. pra-pīti See pra- √1. pā

prapuṭa

  1. pra-puṭa m. 'a large cornucopia' Kauś. (dṛḍhaḥ puṭaḥ Sch.)

prapuṇḍarīka

  1. pra-puṇḍarīka v. l. for prapauṇḍ○, q.v

praputra

  1. pra-putra m. a grandson, descendant Inscr

praputh

  1. pra-√puth Caus. -pothayati, to push away (anyo'nyam, 'each other') R

prapunāṭa

  1. prapunāṭa (L.), ○nāḍa (Suśr.), prapuṃnaḍa, or ○nāṭa (L.), ○nāḍa (Suśr.), ○nāla (L.), m. Cassia Tora or Cavia Alata

prapurāṇa

  1. pra-purāṇa mfn. very old, kept a long time Car

prapuṣ

  1. pra-√puṣ P. -puṣyati (RV.), puṣṇāti (BhP.), to nourish, feed, support

prapuṣpita

  1. pra-puṣpita mfn. flowering, in blossom, blooming MBh. R

prapūj

  1. pra-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to respect, honour, esteem MBh. Kāv. Śaṃk
  2. to honour i.e. present with (instr.) Hcat

prapūjita

  1. pra-ḍpūjita mfn. honoured, respected MBh

prapṛ

  1. pra-pṛ √1. (only aor. Subj. -parṣi), to carry across, bring over (ati) RV. i, 174, 9

prapṛc

  1. pra-√pṛc P. -pṛṇakti, or -pṛñcati, to come in contact with (acc.) RV. TBr

prapṛthak

  1. pra-pṛthák ind. singly, one by one AV

prapṛṣṭha

  1. pra-pṛṣṭha mfn. having a prominent or protuberant back Pāṇ. 6-2, 177 Sch

prapṝ

  1. pra-√pṝ P. -pṛṇāti ( See pra-pra-√pṝ), Pass. -pūryate, to be filled, become full or satiated, be completed or fulfilled or accomplished MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill up, complete MBh. R
  2. to make rich, enrich Mṛicch

prapūraka

  1. pra-ḍpūraka mf(ikā)n. filling up, fulfilling, satisfying Kāvyâd. Sch
  2. (ikā), f. Solanum Jacquini L

prapūraṇa

  1. pra-ḍpūraṇa mf(ī)n. filling up (oil, and) increasing (love) Cat
  2. the act of filling up, filling, putting in, inserting, injecting (with loc. or comp.) Suśr
  3. satiating, satisfying Cat
  4. bending (of a bow) R
  5. adorning, embellishing (of Indra's banner) Var

prapūrita

  1. pra-ḍpūrita mfn. filled up, completed MBh

prapauṇḍarīka

  1. pra-pauṇḍarīka n. the √of Nymphaea Lotus Car. (v. l. prapuṇḍ○)
  2. Hibiscus Mutabilis Suśr

prapautra

  1. pra-pautra m. the son of a son's son, a great-grandson Kathās. Rājat. (also ○traka Yājñ.)
  2. (ī), f. a great-granddaughter Hcat

prapyasa

  1. pra-pyasá mfn. swelling AV. (cf. next)

prapyai

  1. pra-√pyai Ā. -pyāyate, to swell out, swell up, be distended or exuberant RV. VS. TS.: Caus. -pyāyayati, to cause to swell out, distend RV. ŚBr

prapīta

  1. prá-pīta mfn. swollen out, swollen up, distended RV

prapīna

  1. prá-pīna mfn. id. VS

prapyāta

  1. prá-pyāta mfn. id. TS

prapyāna

  1. prá-ḍpyāna mfn. id. Pāṇ. 6-1, 28 Sch. [Page 683, Column]

prapyāyana

  1. pra-pyāyana n

prapyāyanapyāyanīya

  1. ○pyāyanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

prapyāyayitṛ

  1. pra-pyāyayitṛ́ mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to swell out, distending ŚBr

praprajan

  1. pra-pra-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born again and again RV. v, 58, 5

praprapṝ

  1. pra-pra-√pṝ P. -pṛṇāti, to fill up, complete RV. v, 5, 5

praprarṣ

  1. pra-prarṣ (-pra-√ṛṣ), P. -arṣati, to stream forth towards (dat.) RV. ix, 9, 2

prapravī

  1. pra-pra-√vī P. -veti, to advance against, attack RV. vii, 6, 3

prapraśaṃs

  1. pra-pra-√śaṃs Pass. -śasyate, to be praised RV. i, 138, 1 (cf. vi, 48, 1)

prapraśru

  1. pra-pra-√śru Pass. (3. sg.) -śṛṇve, to be celebrated RV. vii, 8, 4

praprasthā

  1. pra-pra-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to rise, advance RV. i, 40, 7

praprās

  1. pra-prâs (-pra- √1. as), P. -asti, to be in a high degree or prominently RV. i, 150, 3

praprī

  1. pra-√prī Caus. -prīṇayati, to make pleasant Divyâv

prapruth

  1. pra-√pruth P. -prothati, to snort (as a horse) RV. TS
  2. to blow or puff out (the cheeks) RV. iii, 32, 1
  3. to shake the limbs noisily TāṇḍBr. Sch

praprotha

  1. pra-ḍprothá m. snorting, blowing, puffing MaitrS
  2. the nostrils of a horse Āpast
  3. N. of a partic. plant (sometimes used as a substitute for the Soma) TāṇḍBr

prapre

  1. prá-prê (-pra-√i), P. 3. pl. -yanti, to go forth, move on, advance RV. iii, 9, 3

praplu

  1. pra-√plu Ā. -plavate, to go to sea (samudram), float or sail away TS. AitBr.: Caus. -plāvayati, to cause to float or sail away ṢaḍvBr
  2. to wash or flood with water ŚBr. GṛŚrS

praplāvana

  1. pra-ḍplāvana n. flooding with water, extinguishing (a fire) AitBr

prapluta

  1. pra-ḍpluta (prá-), mfn. dipped in water VS

prapharvī

  1. prapharvī́ f. a wanton or lascivious girl RV. AV. VS
  2. ○vi-dā (ĀpŚr.), ○vii-dā (Kāṭh.), f. bestowing a wanton girl

praphulta

  1. pra-phulta mfn. = pra-phulla Pāṇ. 7-4, 89 Sch

praphulti

  1. pra-ḍphulti f. blooming, blossoming ib

praphulla

  1. praphulla mfn. ( See √phull. phal) blooming forth, blooming, blown MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. covered with blossoms or flowers R. Hariv
  3. expanded, opened wide (like a full-blown flower), shining, smiling, cheerful, pleased ( See comp.)

praphullanagavat

  1. ○naga-vat mfn. rich in blooming trees R

praphullanayana

  1. ○nayana (W.),

praphullanetra

  1. ○netra (Śatṛ.), mfn. having fully opened or sparkling eyes, having eyes expanded with joy

praphullavadana

  1. ○vadana mfn. having the face expanded with joy, looking gay or happy W

prabandh

  1. pra-√bandh P. -badhnāti, to bind on, fasten, fetter, check, hinder ŚBr
  2. &c &c

prabaddha

  1. pra-ḍbaddha mfn. bound, tied, fettered ChUp. &c. &c
  2. dependent on (comp.) MBh
  3. checked, stopped, suppressed
  4. -mūtra mfn. suffering from retention of urine Suśr

prabanddhṛ

  1. pra-ḍbanddhṛ m. 'one who connects together', a composer, author Pratāp
  2. an interpreter (○ddhṛ-tā f.) Naish

prabandha

  1. pra-ḍbandha m. a connection, band, tie (garbha-nāḍī-prab○, the umbilical cord) Suśr
  2. an uninterrupted connection, continuous series, uninterruptedness, continuance Hariv. Kāv. &c
  3. a composition, (esp.) any literary production Kāv. Rājat. Pratāp
  4. a commentary Naish. Sch
  5. -kalpanā f. a feigned story, a work of fiction L
  6. -kośa m. -cintāmaṇi m. N. of wks
  7. -varṣa m. incessant rain Var
  8. ○dhâdhyāya m. N. of the 4th ch. of the Saṃgīta-darpaṇa and of the Saṃgītaratnâkara
  9. ○dhârtha m. the subject-matter of a composition or treatise, A

prabandhana

  1. pra-ḍbandhana n. binding, fettering Kir
  2. connection, bond, tie Suśr

prababhra

  1. prababhra m. N. of Indra Kāṭh. (cf. pravabhrá)

prabarha

  1. pra-barha m. (√1 bṛh) the best, most excellent MBh. R. (cf. pra-varha)

prabarhaṇa

  1. pra-barhaṇa n. (√2. bṛh, bṛṃh) tearing off or out ĀpŚr. Sch

prabarham

  1. pra-ḍbarham See pravarham. [Page 683, Column]

prabala

  1. pra-bala mf(ā)n. strong, powerful, mighty, great, important (as a word), violent (as pain) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. dangerous, pernicious MārkP
  3. (ifc.) abounding in Suśr
  4. (ám), ind. greatly, much ŚBr
  5. m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
  6. of an attendant of Vishṇu ib
  7. of a Daitya Kathās
  8. wṛ. for pra-vāla L
  9. (ā), f. Paederia Foetida L
  10. (ī), f. See s.v

prabalatara

  1. ○tara mfn. stronger, very strong or mighty Prab

prabalatā

  1. ○tā f. (Rājat.),

prabalatva

  1. ○tva n. (Kull.) strength, power, might, validity

prabalatoya

  1. ○toya mfn. abounding in water Rājat

prabalanirṇayavyākhyā

  1. ○nirṇaya-vyākhyā f. N. of wk

prabalarudita

  1. ○rudita n. strong crying, excessive weeping Megh

prabalavat

  1. ○vat mfn. strong, mighty MBh

prabalavirasā

  1. ○virasā f. decay Divyâv

prabala

  1. pra-bala Nom. P. ○lati, to become strong or powerful L

prabalanatā

  1. pra-ḍbalana-tā f. strengthening Kāv

prabalaya

  1. prabalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to strengthen, increase Mcar

prabalī

  1. prabalī in comp. for ○bala

prabalībhū

  1. ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become strong or mighty Kathās

prabalī

  1. prabalī f. a class, division of a community (?) Inscr

prabahlikā

  1. pra-bahlikā See pra-vahlikā

prabādh

  1. pra-√bādh Ā. -bādhate (ep. also P. ○ti), to press forward, drive, urge, promote RV. Nir
  2. to repel, drive away, keep off MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to torment, vex, hurt, injure, annoy ib
  4. to set aside, annul Pāṇ. 7-2, 90 Sch.: Intens., See below

prabādhaka

  1. pra-ḍbādhaka mfn. (ifc.) pressing back, keeping away Suśr
  2. refusing MW

prabādhana

  1. pra-ḍbādhana n. keeping off, keeping at a distance MBh. MārkP
  2. pressing hard upon, tormenting, paining MBh. (also ā f. Jātakam.)
  3. refusing, denying MW

prabādhita

  1. pra-ḍbādhita (prá-), mfn. driven, urged on RV. x, 108, 9
  2. oppressed MW

prabādhin

  1. pra-ḍbādhin mfn. (ifc.) harassing, paining, tormenting Bālar

prabābadhāna

  1. pra-ḍbā́badhāna mfn. (fr. Intens.) hastening on before, overtaking RV

prabāla

  1. pra-bāla See pra-vāla

prabālaka

  1. pra-bālaka m. N. of a Yaksha MBh
  2. (ikā), f. N. of a woman, Vāsav. introd. (printed ○vālikā)

prabālika

  1. pra-bālika (or -vālika ?), m. a kind of purslain L

prabāhu

  1. pra-bāhu m. the fore-arm Var. VP
  2. 'long-armed', N. of a man MBh. (also ○huka VP.)

prabāhuk

  1. pra-bā́huk ind. in an even line, on a level TS. Br. (= bāhulyena TBr. Sch.)

prabāhukam

  1. pra-bā́ḍhukam ind. at the same time or on high L. (g. svar-ādi)

prabudh

  1. pra-√budh Ā. -budhyate (Ved. inf. -búdhe), to wake up, wake, awake (intrans.) RV. &c. &c
  2. to expand, open, bloom, blossom MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. P. -bodhati, to become conscious or aware of know, understand, recognise as (2. acc.) MBh.: Caus. -bodkayati, to wake up, awaken (trans.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. to cause to expand or bloom Kum
  5. to stimulate (by gentle friction), ŚarṅgS
  6. to make sensible, cause to know, inform, admonish, persuade, convince MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. to instruct, teach (two acc.) Cāṇ

prabuddha

  1. pra-ḍbuddha mfn. awakened, awake, roused, expanded, developed, opened, blown Up. MBh. &c
  2. come forth, appeared Vcar
  3. (anything) that has begun to take effect (as a spell) Cat
  4. known, understood, recognised Kap
  5. enlightened, clear-sighted, clever, wise Kathās. Hcar
  6. m. N. of a teacher BhP
  7. -tā f. intelligence, wisdom MārkP

prabudh

  1. pra-budh mfn. watchful, attentive RV
  2. f. awaking ib

prabudha

  1. pra-ḍbudha m. a great sage BhP

prabodha

  1. pra-bodha m. awaking (from sleep or ignorance), becoming conscious, consciousness Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat
  2. opening, blowing (of flowers) Kālid
  3. manifestation, appearance (of intelligence) Pañcat. (v. l.)
  4. waking, wakefulness Śak
  5. knowledge, understanding, intelligence Ragh. BhP. Śāntiś
  6. awakening (trans.) R
  7. friendly admonition, good words (pl.) Naish
  8. reviving of an evaporated scent VarBṛS
  9. N. of wk
  10. -candra m. 'the moon of knowledge', knowledge personified and compared with the moon Prab
  11. -candrikā f. 'moonlight of knowledge', N. of sev. wks
  12. -candrôdaya m. 'rise of the moon of knowledge', N. of a celebrated philosophical drama and of sev. other wks
  13. ○daya-saṃgraha m. ○dayâmalaka m. or n. (?) N. of wks
  14. -cintāmaṇi m. -dīpikā f. -prakāśa m. -mañjarī f. -mānasôllāsa m. -ratnâkara m. N. of wks. [Page 683, Column]
  15. -vatī f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
  16. -siddhi f. -sudhâkara m. -sū7kti-vyākhyā f. N. of wks
  17. ○dhânanda m. (with sarasvatī), N. of an author Cat
  18. ○dhôtsava m. = ○dhinī (below)
  19. N. of wk. (cf. nārāyaṇaprabodh○)
  20. ○dh4ôdaya m. rise of knowledge Prab
  21. N. of wk

prabodhaka

  1. pra-ḍbodhaka mfn. awakening, causing to open or blossom Subh
  2. m. a minstrel whose duty is to wake the king L
  3. (ifc.) = ○bodha, understanding, intelligence (e.g. sukha-prabodhaka f. ikā, of easy intelligence i.e. easily intelligible Cat.)

prabodhana

  1. pra-ḍbodhana mfn. awaking, arousing, Ṛit. Pañcat
  2. m. N. of a Buddha Buddh
  3. (ī), f. the 11th day in the light half of the month Kārttika, celebrated as a festival in commemoration of the waking of Vishṇn Pur
  4. Alhagi Maurorum L
  5. n. waking, awaking MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. awakening, arousing, MHh. Hariv
  7. knowledge, understanding, comprehension Pañcat
  8. enlightening, instructing ib. Prab
  9. reviving of an evaporated scent L

prabodhita

  1. pra-ḍbodhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) awakened, aroused &c. MBh. Kāv. &c. (also -vat Sāh.)
  2. (ā), f. N. of a metre Chandom

prabodhin

  1. pra-ḍbodhin mfn. awaking Ragh
  2. coming forth from (abl.) R
  3. (inī), f. the 11th day in the light half of Kārttika (= ○bodhanī) Cat
  4. ○dhi-tā f. awaking, wakefulness (a-prab○) MBh

prabodhya

  1. pra-ḍbodhya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be awakened MBh. Kathās. Suśr

prabrū

  1. pra-√brū P. Ā. -braviiti, -brūte, to exclaim, proclaim, announce, declare, teach, indicate, betray RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS
  2. to praise, celebrate RV
  3. to speak kindly to (dat.) ib
  4. to say, tell, relate MBh. Kāv. &c. (with two acc. Bhaṭṭ
  5. with satyam, to speak the truth, speak sincerely VarBṛS.)
  6. to read before (gen. or dat.) MW
  7. to call, name BhP
  8. to describe as (two acc.) MBh
  9. to announce i.e. recommend anything to (dat.), offer, present Āpast. (cf. ni- √1. vid, Caus.)

prabhaj

  1. pra-√bhaj P. Ā. -bhajati, ○te, to execute, accomplish Pañcar
  2. to honour Buddh
  3. to divide MW. 0bhāga, m. division KātySr
  4. (fr. pra + bhāga) the fraction of a fraction, a sub-fraction Col
  5. -jāti f. reduction of sub-fractious to a common denominator ib

prabhāj

  1. pra-ḍbhāj mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 62 Sch

prabhañj

  1. pra-√bhañj P. -bhanákti, to break up, crush, destroy, rout, defeat RV. &c. &c.: Pass. pr. p. -bhajyamāna, being broken to pieces or broken up BhP

prabhagna

  1. pra-ḍbhagna mfn. crushed to pieces, defeated MBh. R

prabhaṅga

  1. pra-ḍbhaṅgá m. a breaker, crusher RV
  2. breaking, crushing, destruction R

prabhaṅgin

  1. pra-ḍbhaṅgín mfn. breaking, crushing, destroying RV

prabhaṅgura

  1. pra-ḍbhaṅgura mfn. breaking (perishable ?) L

prabhañjana

  1. pra-ḍbhañjana mfn. = ○bhaṅgin Kauś. MBh. Hariv
  2. m. wind or the god of wind, storm, tempest, hurricane MBh. R. &c
  3. a nervous disease Suśr
  4. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
  5. N. of a prince MBh
  6. n. the act of breaking to pieces AdbhBr

prabhadra

  1. pra-bhadra n. Azadirachta Indica L
  2. (ā), f. Paederia Foetida L

prabhadraka

  1. pra-ḍbhadraka mfn. exceedingly handsome or beautiful MBh. R
  2. n. a kind of metre Col
  3. a combination of 4 Ślokas containing one sentence Kāvyâd. Sch

prabhartavya

  1. pra-bhartavya &c. See pra-√bhṛ

prabhava

  1. pra-bhava &c. See under pra-√bhū

prabhā

  1. pra-bhā √1. P. -bhāti, to shine forth, begin to become light, shine, gleam RV. &c. &c
  2. to appear, seem, look like (nom. with or without iva) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to illuminate, enlighten TUp

prabhā

  1. prabhā́ f. light, splendour, radiance, beautiful appearance (ifc. often mfn. with f. ā) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. the shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial Sūryas
  3. light variously personified (as wife of the sun, or as wife of Kalpa and mother of Prātar, Madhyaṃ-dina and Sāya i.e. morning, midday and evening, or as a form of Durgā in the disc of the sun) Hariv. Pur
  4. N. of a Śakti Hcat
  5. of an Apsaras MBh
  6. of a daughter of Svar-bhānu and mother of Nahusha Hariv
  7. of the city of Kubera L
  8. of a kind of metre Col
  9. of sev. wks

prabhākara

  1. ○kara m. 'light-maker', the sun (du. sun and moon) MBh. Kāv. Kathās
  2. the moon L
  3. fire L
  4. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
  5. N. of Śiva Śivag
  6. of a class of deities under the 8th Manu MārkP
  7. of a serpentdemon MBh
  8. of a sage of the race of Atri Hariv. Pur
  9. of a son of Jyotish-mat VP
  10. of a teacher of the Māmāṃsā philosophy (associated with Kumārilabhaṭṭa) Col. [Page 684, Column]
  11. of sev. other teachers and authors (also prabhākara-guru, -candra, -datta, -deva, -nandana, -mitra) Cat
  12. -pariccheda m. N. of wk
  13. -vardhana m. N. of a king Hcar
  14. -varman m. N. of a minister Rājat
  15. -siddhi m. N. of a scholar Buddh
  16. -svāmin m. N. of the statue of the tutelary deity of Prabhākara-varman Rājat
  17. ○râhnika n. N. of wk
  18. (ī), f. (with Buddhists) one of the 10 stages of perfection Dharmas. 64
  19. n. N. of a Varsha MBh

prabhākīṭa

  1. ○kīṭa m. 'light-insect', a firefly L

prabhāñjana

  1. ○"ṣñjana (○bhâñj○), m. Hyperanthera Moringa L

prabhātarala

  1. ○tarala mfn. tremulously radiant, flashing Śak

prabhātīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

prabhānanā

  1. ○"ṣnanā (○bhân○), f. N. of a Surâṅganā, Siṇhâs

prabhāpadaśakti

  1. ○pada-śakti f. N. of wk

prabhāpallavita

  1. ○pallavita mfn. overspread with lustre Vikr

prabhāpāla

  1. ○pāla m. N. of a Bodhisattva Buddh

prabhāpraroha

  1. ○praroha m. a shoot i.e. flash or ray of light Ragh

prabhāmaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala n. (also ○la-ka n. Kathās.) a circle or crown of rays ib
  2. -śobhin mfn. shining with a circle of rays Ragh
  3. N. of wk
  4. m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

prabhāmaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of light, shining MBh. Hariv
  2. m. a partic. Gaṇa of Śiva Harav

prabhālepin

  1. ○lepin mfn. covered with splendour Hcar

prabhālocana

  1. ○"ṣlocana (○bhâl○), n. N. of wk

prabhāvat

  1. ○vat mfn. luminous, radiant, splendid MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (ī), f. the lute of one of the Gaṇas or demigods attendant on Śiva L
  3. a kind of metre Śrutab
  4. (in music) a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt
  5. N. of a Buddh. deity Lalit
  6. of the wife of the sun MBh
  7. of one of the Mātṛis attendant on Skanda ib
  8. of an Apsaras VP
  9. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
  10. of a sister of the Asura Indra-damana L
  11. of a daughter of king Vajra-nābha and wife of Pradyumna Hariv
  12. of the wife of Citra-ratha king of Aṅga MBh
  13. of the daughter of Suviira and wife of Marutta MārkP
  14. of a Tāpasī MBh
  15. of them other of Malli (the 19th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī) L
  16. of the daughter of the Śreshṭhin Soma-datta and wife of Madana the son of Vikrama-sena Śukas
  17. of a river W
  18. (-pariṇaya m. 'the marriage of Prabhāvatī', N. of a drama by Viśva-nātha)

prabhāvalī

  1. ○"ṣvalī (○bhâv○), f. N. of wk

prabhāvyūha

  1. ○vyūha m. N. of a Buddh. deity Lalit

prabheśvaratīrtha

  1. prabhêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

prabhāta

  1. prabhāta mfn. shone forth, begun to become clear or light MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. m. N. of a son of the sun and Prabhā VP
  3. (ā), f. N. of the mother of the Vasus Pratyūsha and Prabhāsa MBh
  4. n. daybreak, dawn, morning Gaut. MBh. &c

prabhātakaraṇīya

  1. ○karaṇīya n. a morning rite or ceremony Śak

prabhātakalpa

  1. ○kalpa mf(ā)n. nearly become light, approaching dawn (as night) R

prabhātakāla

  1. ○kāla m. time of daybreak, early morning Suśr

prabhātaprāya

  1. ○prâya mfn. = -kalpa Kād

prabhātasamaya

  1. ○samaya m. = -kāla MBh

prabhāna

  1. pra-bhāna n. light, radiance, shining Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

prabhānīya

  1. pra-ḍbhānīya mfn. to be irradiated or lighted ib

prabhānu

  1. pra-ḍbhānu m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

prabhāpana

  1. pra-ḍbhāpana n. (from Caus.) causing to shine Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Vārtt. 2. Pat

prabhāpanīya

  1. pra-ḍbhāpanīya mfn. to be caused to shine Pāṇ. ib. Sch

prabhāga

  1. prabhāgá See pra-√bhaj

prabhāraka

  1. prabhāraka wṛ. for prabhā-kara MBh

prabhāva

  1. pra-bhāva &c. See pra-√bhū

prabhāṣ

  1. pra-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to speak, tell, declare, disclose, manifest, explain, call, name MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to talk to, converse with (acc.) MBh

prabhāṣa

  1. pra-ḍbhāṣa m. declaration, doctrine Hariv. (Nīlak.)
  2. wṛ. for -bhāsa

prabhāṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍbhāṣaṇa n. explanation Suśr
  2. ○ṇīya mfn. relating to an explṭexplanation ib

prabhāṣita

  1. pra-ḍbhāṣita mfn. spoken, uttered, declared MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. n. speech, talk Var

prabhāṣin

  1. pra-ḍbhāṣin mfn. saying, speaking MBh. BhP

prabhās

  1. pra-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate (ep. also P. ○ti), to shine, glitter, be brilliant MBh. Hariv
  2. to appear like (iva) MBh.: Caus. -bhāsayati, to irradiate, illuminate, enlighten MBh. R

prabhāsa

  1. pra-ḍbhāsa M. 'splendour', 'beauty', N. of a Vasu MBh
  2. of a being attendant on Skanda ib
  3. of a deity under the 8th Manu MārkP
  4. (with Jainas) of one of the 11 Gaṇâdhipas L
  5. of a son of a minister of Candraprabha king of Madra Kathās
  6. (pl.) N. of a race of Ṛishis MBh
  7. m. or n. N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage on the west coast of the Dekhan near Dvārakā MBh. Kāv. &c. (also -kṣetra n. -kṣetra-tīrtha n. -deśa m.)
  8. -kṣetra-tīrtha-yātrânukrama m. -kṣetra-māhātmya n. -khaṇḍa m. or n. and ○sêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of wks. [Page 684, Column]

prabhāsana

  1. pra-ḍbhāsana n. irradiating, illumining MBh

prabhāsura

  1. pra-ḍbhāsura (R.),

prabhāsvat

  1. pra-ḍbhāsvat (Hariv.), mfn. shining forth, shining brightly, brilliant

prabhāsvara

  1. pra-ḍbhāsvara mfn. id. R. Kathās
  2. clear, shrill (as a voice) L
  3. (ā), f. a partic. mythical plant Divyâv

prabhid

  1. pra-√bhid P. -bhinatti, to cleave, split asunder, break, pierce, open RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken in pieces, crumble ŚBr
  2. to be dissolved, open KaṭhUp
  3. to split, divide (intr.) MBh.: Caus. of Intens. -bebhidayya Pat

prabhid

  1. pra-ḍbhid mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

prabhinna

  1. pra-ḍbhinna mfn. split asunder, cleft, broken, pierced, opened MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. blown (as a flower) Sāh
  3. exuding (as blood) Suśr
  4. flowing with juice (cf. -karaṭa
  5. m. an elephant in rut) MBh. R
  6. broken through, interrupted R
  7. disfigured, altered, depressed MBh
  8. -karaṭa mfn. having the temples cleft and flowing with juice (as a rutting elephant) MBh. R. (○ṭā-mukha mfn. having the fissure in the temples flowing with juice MBh.)
  9. -viṣ mfn. secreting or relaxing the feces, aperient Suśr
  10. ○bhinnâñjana n. mixed collyrium, an eye-salve mixed with oil Ṛitus. Pañcat

prabheda

  1. pra-ḍbheda m. splitting, piercing, cutting through Yājñ. MBh. Ragh
  2. the flowing of juice from the temples of an elephant Megh
  3. division, subdivision, variety, species, kind, sort MBh. Kap. Hcat. Suśr

prabhedaka

  1. pra-ḍbhedaka mf(ikā)n. tearing asunder, cleaving, piercing (cf. carma-prabhedikā)

prabhedana

  1. pra-ḍbhedana mfn. id. MBh

prabhī

  1. pra-√bhī (only pf. -bibhayāṃ-cakāra), to be terrified at (abl.) Bhaṭṭ

prabhīta

  1. pra-ḍbhīta mfn. terrified, afraid MBh

prabhu

  1. pra-bhu See under pra-√bhū below

prabhuj

  1. pra-bhuj √1. (only ind. p. -bhujya), to bend, incline Br. Kauś

prabhugna

  1. pra-ḍbhugna mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 Sch

prabhuj

  1. pra-bhuj √3. (only pr. p. -bhuñjatī́), to befriend, protect (?) RV. i, 48, 5

prabhukta

  1. pra-ḍbhukta mfn. begun to be eaten (as rice) Pāṇ. 1-2, 21 Sch

prabhū

  1. pra-√bhū P. -bhavati (rarely Ā. ○te
  2. Ved. inf. -bhūṣáṇi), to come forth, spring up, arise or originate from (abl.), appear, become visible, happen, occur ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. to be before, surpass (with pṛṣṭham, 'to be greater or more than the back can carry', applied to wealth RV. ii, 13, 4) to become or be numerous, increase, prevail, be powerful RV. &c. &c. (3. sg. prabhavati-tarām, 'has more power' Vikr. v, 18)
  4. to rule, control, have power over, be master of (gen., loc. or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c
  5. to be equal to or capable of (dat. or loc.) ib
  6. to be a match for (dat.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 16 Vārtt. 2 Pat
  7. to be able to (inf.) Kālid. Kathās. &c
  8. to profit, avail, be of use to (dat.) RV. Br
  9. to implore, beseech (?) Hariv.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to increase, spread out, extend, augment, multiply (esp. the Soma by placing it in a greater number of vessels) Br
  10. to provide more amply, endow more richly, cause to thrive or prosper, cherish, nurture ib. MBh. &c
  11. (as Nom. fr. -bhāva below) to gain or possess power or strength, rule over (acc.) MBh. R
  12. to recognise R.: Desid. of Caus. -bibhāvayiṣati, to wish to increase or extend AitBr

prabhava

  1. pra-bhavá mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV
  2. m. production, source, origin, cause of existence (as father or mother, also 'the Creator'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. ā, springing or rising or derived from, belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. might, power (= pra-bhāva) L
  4. N. of a Sādhya Hariv
  5. of Vishṇu A
  6. of sev. men HPariś
  7. N. of the first or 35th year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var
  8. -prabhu and -svāmin m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 6 Śruta-kevalins L

prabhavat

  1. pra-ḍbhavat mf(antī)n. coming forth, arising &c
  2. mighty, powerful, potent MBh. Kāv

prabhavana

  1. pra-ḍbhavana n. production, source, origin (ifc. 'springing from'
  2. cf. meru-prabh○ and Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch.)
  3. ruling, presiding (?) W

prabhavanīya

  1. pra-ḍbhavanīya mfn. Pāṇ. ib

prabhavitṛ

  1. pra-ḍbhavitṛ mfn. powerful, potent
  2. m. a great lord or ruler Bhartṛ

prabhaviṣṇu

  1. pra-ḍbhaviṣṇu mfn. = prec. (also m
  2. with gen. or loc. 'lord over') MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. tā f. lordship, supremacy, dominion, tyranny Var
  4. power to (inf.) Rājat

prabhavya

  1. pra-ḍbhavya mfn. (fr. pra-√bhū) Pāṇ. 3-1, 107 Sch
  2. (fr. pra-bhava) being at the source or origin, original Lāṭy
  3. fit for rule (?) W

prabhāva

  1. pra-ḍbhāva m. (ifc. f. ā) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy Mn. MBh. &c. (○veṇa, ○vāt and ○vatas ind. by means or in consequence of, through, by) [Page 684, Column]
  2. supernatural power Kālid
  3. splendour, beauty MBh. R
  4. tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L
  5. N. of the chapters of the Rasikapriyā Cat
  6. N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis MārkP
  7. -ja mfn. proceeding from conscious majesty or power W
  8. -tva n. power, strength Kām
  9. -vat mfn. powerful, strong, mighty MBh. Kathās

prabhāvaka

  1. pra-ḍbhāvaka mfn. prominent, having power or influence Śatr. Siṃhâs

prabhāvana

  1. pra-ḍbhāvana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) creating, creative MBh
  2. explaining, disclosing (= prakāśaka) R. (B.)
  3. m. creator MBh. R. Hariv
  4. (ā), f. disclosing, revealing, promulgation (of a doctrine) HYog

prabhāvaya

  1. pra-ḍbhāvaya Nom. ○yati, See under Caus. above

prabhāvayitṛ

  1. pra-ḍbhāvayitṛ mfn. making powerful or mighty Daś

prabhāvita

  1. pra-ḍbhāvita (Kām.),

prabhāvin

  1. pra-ḍbhāvin (Śiś.), mfn. powerful, mighty

prabhu

  1. pra-bhú mfn. (Ved. also ū́ f. vii) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich, abundant RV. &c. &c
  2. more powerful than (abl.) MBh
  3. having power over (gen.) VP
  4. able, capable, having power to (loc., inf. or comp.) Kāv
  5. a match for (dat.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 16 Vārtt. 2 Pat
  6. constant, eternal L
  7. m. a master, lord, king (also applied to gods, e.g. to Sūrya and Agni RV
  8. to Prajā-pati Mn
  9. to Brahmā ChUp
  10. to Indra R
  11. to Śiva MBh
  12. to Vishṇu L.)
  13. the chief or leader of a sect RTL. 142
  14. a sound, word L
  15. quicksilver L
  16. N. of a deity under the 8th Manu MārkP
  17. of a son of Kardama Hariv
  18. of a son of Śuka and Pīvarī ib
  19. of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi BhP
  20. of a poet Cat
  21. of sev. other men HPariś
  22. (○bhvii f. N. of a Śakti Pañcar.)
  23. -kathā f. N. of wk
  24. -tā f. lordship, dominion, supremacy Yājñ. (v. l.) Kathās
  25. power over (loc.) Śak
  26. possession of (comp.) Ragh
  27. prevalence (instr. 'for the most part') Ratnâv
  28. -tva n. lordship, sovereignty, high rank, might, power over (gen., loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  29. prevalence (instr. 'for the most part') Suśr
  30. -tvabodhi f. knowledge joined with supreme power Kāraṇḍ
  31. -tvâkṣepa m. (in rhet.) an objection based on power (i.e. on a word of command) Kāvyâd. ii, 138
  32. -deva m. N. of a Yoga teacher Cat
  33. (ī), f. (with lāṭī) N. of a poetess ib
  34. -bhakta mfn. devoted to his master (as a dog) Cāṇ
  35. m. a good horse L
  36. -bhakti f. loyalty, faithfulness MW
  37. -liṅga-caritra n. -liṅga-līlā f. -vaṃśa m. N. of wks
  38. -śabda-śeṣa mfn. having only the title of lord remaining Ragh

prabhū

  1. pra-ḍbhū = ○bhu (cf. above)
  2. -tva n. sufficiency KātyŚr. (cf. prabhu-tva)
  3. -vasu (○bhū́- Padap. ○bhú-), mfn. abundantly wealthy (said of Indra and Soma) RV
  4. m. N. of a descendant of Aṅgiras, author of RV. v, 35, 36 ; ix, 35, 36

prabhūta

  1. prá-bhūta mfn. come forth, risen, appeared &c
  2. (ifc.) become, transformed into Daś
  3. abundant, much, numerous, considerable, high, great ŚBr. &c. &c. (compar. -tara Pañcat
  4. superl. -tama Daś.)
  5. abounding in (comp.) R
  6. able to (inf.) Sāh
  7. governed, presided over W
  8. mature, perfect ib
  9. m. a class of deities in the 6th Manvantara Hariv. (v. l. pra-sūta)
  10. n. (in phil.) a great or primary element (= mahā-bhūta) Sāṃkhyak
  11. -jihvatā f. having a long tongue (one of the 32 signs of perfection of a Buddha) Dharmas. 83 (also -tanu-jihv○, 'having a long and thin tongue ib.)
  12. -tā f. quantity, plenty, multitude, large number Śiś
  13. -tva n. id. Pañcat
  14. sufficiency KātyŚr. (v. l. for prabhū-tva)
  15. -dhana-dhānya-vat mfn. rich in money and corn R
  16. -nāgâśva-ratha mfn. having many elephants and horses and chariots MBh
  17. -bhrānta n. much roaming Pañcat
  18. -yavasêndhana mfn. abounding in fresh grass and fuel ib
  19. -ratna m. N. of a Buddha SaddhP
  20. -rūpa n. great beauty MW
  21. -vayas mfn. advanced in years, old Kāv
  22. -varṣa n. pl. many years, Pañeat
  23. -śas ind. many times, often Car
  24. ○tôtka m. ardently desirous of or longing for Kāvyâd. iii, 118

prabhūtaka

  1. prá-ḍbhūtaka mfn. containing the word prabhūta g. goṣad-ādi
  2. m. pl. a partic. class of deceased relatives, KāṭhAnukr

prabhūti

  1. prá-ḍbhūti (prá-), f. source, origin TāṇḍBr
  2. imperious demeanour, violence RV. iv, 54, 3
  3. sufficiency RV. TBr
  4. a ruler, lord (?) RV. viii, 41, 1

prabhūvarī

  1. prá-ḍbhūvarī f. reaching or extending beyond (acc.) VS

bhūṣṇu

  1. bhūṣṇu mfn. powerful, strong, able L. (cf. ○bhaviṣṇu)

prabhūṣ

  1. pra-√bhūṣ P. -bhūṣati, to offer, present RV. i, 159, 1

prabhṛ

  1. pra-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te, to bring forward, place before, offer, present RV. AV. ŚāṅkhŚr. [Page 685, Column]
  2. to stretch forth, extend RV
  3. to hurl, cast ib
  4. (Ā.) to quiver ib
  5. to be borne along, rush on ib
  6. to praise ib

prabhartavya

  1. pra-ḍbhartavya mfn. to be supported or nourished Yājñ

prabhartṛ

  1. pra-ḍbhartṛ (prá-), m. bringer, procurer (with acc.) RV

prabharman

  1. pra-ḍbharman (prá-), n. placing before, presenting RV
  2. reciting, recitation ib

prabhṛta

  1. prá-bhṛta mfn. brought forward &c
  2. placed in (loc.), introduced RV
  3. filled with (instr.) R. (B.)

prabhṛti

  1. prá-ḍbhṛti (prá-), f. bringing forward, offering (of sacrifice or praise) RV. AV
  2. a throw or stroke RV
  3. beginning, commencement ŚBr. &c. &c. (ifc. = 'commencing with' or 'et caetera', e.g. munayaḥ somaśravaḥ-prabhṛtayaḥ, 'the Munis beginning with Somaśrava? i.e. 'the Munis, Somaśrava? &c.'
  4. in this sense also ○tika)
  5. ind. (after an abl., adv. or ifc.) beginning with, from-forward or upward, since GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (e.g. bālyāt prabhṛti, 'from boyhood upwards'
  6. janma-pr○, 'from birth'
  7. adya pr○, 'beginning from to-day, henceforth'
  8. tataḥ or tadā pr○, 'thenceforth' &c.)

prabhṛtha

  1. pra-bhṛthá m. an offering, oblation RV

prabheda

  1. pra-bheda See pra-√bhid

prabhraṃś

  1. pra-√bhraṃś Ā. -bhraśyate, to fall away, slip off, drop down, disappear, vanish R. Suśr
  2. to escape from (abl.) TBr. KātyŚr
  3. to be deprived of (abl.) Mṛicch.: Caus. -bhraṃśayati, to cause to fall down, cast down Suśr
  4. to cause to fall from, deprive of (abl.) MBh. Ragh

prabhraṃśa

  1. pra-ḍbhraṃśa See á-prabhraṃśa

prabhraṃśathu

  1. pra-ḍbhraṃśathu m. a disease of the nose accompanied with discharge of mucus Suśr

prabhraṃśana

  1. pra-ḍbhraṃśana See nāva-prabh○ under 2. nāva

prabhraṃśita

  1. pra-ḍbhraṃśita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to fall down, deprived of, expelled from (abl.) MBh

prabhraṃśin

  1. pra-ḍbhraṃśin mfn. falling off, falling down Ragh

prabhraṃśuka

  1. pra-ḍbhraṃśuka mf(ā)n. falling off, vanishing, disappearing ŚBr. TBr

prabhraṣṭa

  1. pra-ḍbhraṣṭa mfn. fallen down Ratnâv
  2. strayed, runaway, escaped from (abl.) ib. Mṛicch
  3. broken W
  4. -śīla mf(ā)n. of fallen character, immoral Var

prabhraṣṭaka

  1. pra-ḍbhraṣṭaka n. a chaplet or wreath of flowers suspended from the lock on the crown of the head L

prabhram

  1. pra-√bhram P. -bhramati, or -bhrāmyati, to roam about, wander through (acc.) Kathās

prabhrāj

  1. pra-√bhrāj Ā. -bhrājate, to shine forth, gleam AV

prabhrāj

  1. pra-ḍbhrāj mfn. (nom. ṭ) shining forth Āpast

pram

  1. pram ind. (√1. prā). See goṣpadapram

pramaṃhiṣṭhīya

  1. pramaṃhiṣṭhīya n. N. of the hymn RV. i, 57 (beginning with prá máṃhiṣṭhāya) AitBr
  2. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

pramaganda

  1. prá-maganda m. the son of a usurer RV. iii, 53, 14 (Sāy
  2. others 'N. of a king')

pramagna

  1. pra-magna See pra-√majj below

pramaṅkana

  1. pra-maṅkana n. Pat. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 32

pramaṅgana

  1. pra-maṅgana n. Kāś. on Pāṇ. ib

pramajj

  1. pra-√majj P. -majjati, to immerse one's self in, dip into Kāṭh

pramagna

  1. pra-ḍmagna mfn. immersed, dipped, drowned Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 Sch

pramaṇas

  1. pra-maṇas mfn. careful, attentive, kind AV
  2. good-natured, cheerful Hariv. (cf. pramanas)

pramaṇḍala

  1. pra-maṇḍala n. (prob.) the felly of a wheel MBh

pramata

  1. pra-mata See pra-√man

pramatta

  1. pra-matta See pra-√mad

pramath

  1. pra-√math (or manth), P. -mathati, or -mathnāti, to stir up violently, churn (the ocean) Ragh
  2. to tear or strike off, drag away ŚBr. MBh. R
  3. to handle roughly, harass, distress, annoy MBh. Kāv. &c. (ind. p. -mathya, violently, forcibly)
  4. to destroy, lay waste MBh.: Caus. -māthayati, to assault violently, harass, annoy MBh

pramatha

  1. pra-ḍmatha m. 'Tormentor', N. of a class of demons attending on Śiva MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 238)
  2. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh
  3. a horse L
  4. (ā), f. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L
  5. N. of the wife of Kshupa and mother of Vīra MārkP
  6. pain, affliction W
  7. -nātha (Kād.), -pati (L.), m. 'lord of the Pramathas', N. of Śiva [Page 685, Column]
  8. -prathama m. 'first of the Pramathas', N. of Bhṛiṅgiriṭi Bālar
  9. ○thâdhipa m. 'ruler of the Pramathas', N. of Śiva VarBṛS
  10. of Gaṇêśa L
  11. ○thâlaya m. 'abode of torment', hell L

pramathana

  1. pra-ḍmathana mf(ī)n. harassing, tormenting, hurting, injuring MBh. Hariv. R
  2. destroying Subh
  3. m. N. of a magical formula pronounced over weapons R
  4. N. of a Dānava Kathās
  5. hurting, destroying, killing R
  6. agitating, churning W

pramathita

  1. pra-ḍmathita mfn. well churned W
  2. torn off, dragged away, harassed, annoyed, injured, killed MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. -puraḥ-sara mfn. having the leader killed Kām

pramathin

  1. pra-ḍmathin mfn. harassing, annoying, tormenting Mudr

pramathyā

  1. pra-ḍmathyā f. a kind of paste or dough prepared by boiling any medicinal substance in water Car. Bhpr

pramantha

  1. pra-ḍmantha m. a stick used for rubbing wood to produce fire KātyŚr

pramanthu

  1. pra-ḍmanthu m. N. of a son of Vīra-vrata and younger brother of Manthu BhP. [cf. ?]

pramātha

  1. pra-mātha m. stirring about, racking, paining, tormenting MBh. Hariv
  2. rape (cf. draupadī-pr○)
  3. subjugation, destruction (of enemies) Uttarar
  4. N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh
  5. of one of the attendants of Skanda ib
  6. of a Dānaya Kathās
  7. pl. N. of a class of fiends attending on Śiva Hariv. (cf. pramatha)

pramāthita

  1. pra-ḍmāthita mfn. (fr. Caus.) roughly handled, violated, ravished, forcibly carried off MBh

pramāthin

  1. pra-ḍmāthin mfn. stirring about, tearing, rending, troubling, harassing, destroying MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. striking off, used for striking off MBh
  3. (in med.) throwing out i.e. producing secretion of the vessels Car. Bhpr
  4. m. N. of the 13th (47th) year of a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var. (also wṛ. for pra-mādin)
  5. of a Rākshasa MBh
  6. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
  7. of a monkey R
  8. (inī), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv

pramad

  1. pra-√mad (or mand), P. (rarely Ā.) -madati, -mandati, -mādyati (○te), to enjoy one's self, be joyous, sport, play RV
  2. to be careless or negligent, to be indifferent to or heedless about (abl. or loc.) RV. &c. &c
  3. to neglect duty for, idle away time in (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  4. to be thrown into confusion MBh.: Caus. P. [-m�Adayati], to gladden, delight Bālar
  5. Ā. -mādayate, to enjoy, indulge in RV

pramatta

  1. pra-matta mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting Mn. Pañcat
  2. drunken, intoxicated Śak
  3. mad, insane W
  4. inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  5. indulging in (loc.) MBh. R
  6. blundering, a blunderer W
  7. -gīta mfn. sung or recited by an intoxicated person Pat
  8. -citta mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent Kām
  9. -tā f. inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity (a-pram○) Rājat
  10. -rajju f. (?) Kauś
  11. 1. -vat mfn. inattentive, careless (a-pram○) MBh
  12. 2. -vat ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated MW
  13. -śramaṇa n. (with Jainas) N. of the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation Cat

pramad

  1. pra-ḍmád or f. lust, desire VS. AV

pramad

  1. prá-mad f. lust, desire VS. AV

pramada

  1. pra-mada m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Kathās
  2. mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh. (also ○daka Nir.)
  3. mad, intoxicated L
  4. m. the thorn-apple L
  5. the ankle L
  6. N. of a Dānava Hariv
  7. of a son of Vasishṭha and one of the sages under Manu Uttama BhP
  8. (ā f. See below)
  9. -kaṇṭha m. N. of a man Rājat
  10. -kānana n. = ○dA-k○ L
  11. -ropya n. N. of a city in the Dekhan Pañcat
  12. -vana n. = ○dA-v○ Kālid

pramadana

  1. pra-ḍmadana n. amorous desire Kauś
  2. a pleasure-grove MānGṛ

pramadā

  1. pra-ḍmadā f. (of ○da) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c
  2. the sign of the zodiac Virgo L
  3. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col
  4. -kānana n. the royal garden or pleasureground attached to the gynaeceum L
  5. -jana m. womankind, the female sex R. Var
  6. -"ṣnana (○dân○), n. a kind of metre Col
  7. -vana n. = -kānana R
  8. (○na-pālikā f. a woman who has the inspection of a royal pleasure-garden Mālav.)
  9. -"ṣspada (○dâsp○), n. the gynaeceum of a prince Kathās

pramadāya

  1. pra-ḍmadāya Nom. P. ○yati, to behave like a wanton woman BhP

pramaditavya

  1. pra-ḍmaditavya mfn. to be neglected or disregarded
  2. n. (impers.) one should be negligent regarding (abl.), TaittUp

pramadvara

  1. pra-ḍmadvara mf(ā)n. inattentive, careless HPariś
  2. (ā), f. N. of the wife of Ruru and mother of Śunaka MBh. Kathās

pramanda

  1. pra-ḍmanda m. a species of fragrant plant Kauś

pramandanī

  1. pra-ḍmandanī́ f. N. of an Apsaras AV

pramāda

  1. pra-mā́da m. intoxication RV. MBh
  2. madness, insanity L
  3. negligence, carelessness about (abl. or comp.) Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c
  4. an error, mistake W
  5. a partic. high number L
  6. -cārin mfn. acting in a careless manner Kāraṇḍ
  7. -pāṭha m. a wrong reading Śaṃk
  8. -vat mfn. = ○mādin L

pramādikā

  1. pra-ḍmādikā f. a deflowered girl L. [Page 685, Column]
  2. an imprudent or careless woman W

pramādita

  1. pra-ḍmādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) trifled away, forfeited, lost R

pramādin

  1. pra-ḍmādin mfn. negligent, careless, incautious, indifferent MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. drunken, intoxicated W
  3. insane ib
  4. (○di-tā f. Jātakam.)
  5. n. N. of the 47th (21st) year of a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter L. (cf. pra-nāthin)

praman

  1. pra-√man (only Ā. 1. pl. pr. -manmahe), to think upon, excogitate RV. i, 62, 1

pramata

  1. pra-ḍmata mfn. thought out, excogitated, wise MW

pramataka

  1. pra-ḍmataka m. N. of an ancient sage MBh

pramati

  1. pra-ḍmati (prá-), f. care, providence, protection
  2. provider, protector. RV. AV
  3. m. N. of a Ṛishi in the 10th Mauv-antara Hariv. (v. l. prām○)
  4. of a son of Cyavana and father of Ruru MBh
  5. of a prince (son of Janam-ejaya) R
  6. of a son of Prâṃśu BhP

pramanas

  1. pra-mánas mfn. careful, tender AV
  2. pleased, cheerful, willing MBh. Kāv. (cf. pra-maṇas)

pramantra

  1. pra-mantra m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh. (cf. pra-mātra)

pramanyu

  1. pra-manyu mfn. incensed or enraged against (loc.) MBh
  2. very sad Daś

pramanth

  1. pra-manth See pra-√math

pramanda

  1. pra-manda ○danī, See under pra-√mad

pramaya

  1. pra-maya. 2 See under pra-√mā and pra-√mī

pramara

  1. pra-mará See under pra-√mṛ

pramarda

  1. pra-marda ○daka &c. See under pra-√mṛd

pramahas

  1. prá-mahas mfn. of great might or splendour (said of Mitra-Varuṇa) RV

pramā

  1. pra-√mā Ā. -mimīte (Ved. inf. pra-mé
  2. Pass. -mīyate), to measure, mete out, estimate AV. ŚrS. MBh
  3. to form, create, make ready, arrange RV. MBh
  4. to form a correct notion of (acc.), understand, know MaitrUp. Hariv. Hit.: Caus. -māpayati, to cause correct knowledge, afford proof or authority MW. 1

pramaya

  1. pra-ḍmaya m. (for 2. See under pra-√mī) measuring, measure L

pramā

  1. pra-mā́ f. basis, foundation AV
  2. measure, scale RV
  3. right measure, true knowledge, correct notion Prab. Kap. Tarkas. IW. 59 &c
  4. a kind of metre RPrāt
  5. -tva n. accuracy of perception Bhāshāp
  6. -tva-cihna n. N. of wk

pramāṇa

  1. pramāṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) measure, scale, standard
  2. measure of any kind (as size, extent, circumference, length, distance, weight, multitude, quantity, duration) KātyŚr. KaṭhUp. Mn. &c. (instr. 'on an average' Jyot.)
  3. prosodical length (of a vowel) Pāṇ. 1-1, 50 Sch
  4. measure in music MBh. (Nīlak.)
  5. accordance of the movements in dancing with music and song Saṃgīt
  6. measure of physical strength Śak. (cf. comp. below)
  7. the first term in a rule of three sum Col
  8. the measure of a square i.e. a side of it, Śulbas
  9. principal, capital (opp. to interest) Col
  10. right measure, standard, authority GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (pramāṇam bhavatī, 'your ladyship is the authority or must judge' Nal
  11. in this sense also m. and f. sg. and pl., e.g. vedāḥ pramāṇāḥ, 'the Vedas are authorities' MBh
  12. strī pramāṇī yeṣām, 'they whose authority is a woman Pāṇ. Sch.)
  13. a means of acquiring Pramā or certain knowledge (6 in the Vedânta, viz. pratyakṣa, perception by the senses
  14. anumāna, inference
  15. upamāna, analogy or comparison
  16. śabda or āpta-vacana, verbal authority, revelation
  17. an-upalabdhi or abhāva-pratyakṣa, non-perception or negative proof
  18. arthâpatti, inference from circumstances
  19. the Nyāya admits only 4, excluding the last two
  20. the Sāṃkhya only 3, viz. pratyakṣa, anumāna and śabda
  21. other schools increase the number to 9 by adding sambhava, equivalence
  22. aitihya, tradition or fallible testimony
  23. and ceṣṭā, gesture IW. 60 &c. &c.)
  24. any proof or testimony or evidence Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
  25. a correct notion, right perception (= pramā) Tarkas
  26. oneness, unity L
  27. = nitya L
  28. m. (cf. n.) N. of a large fig-tree on the bank of the Ganges MBh
  29. (ī), f. (cf. n.) N. of a metre Col

pramāṇakuśala

  1. ○kuśala mfn. skilful in arguing Kap

pramāṇakoṭi

  1. ○koṭi f. the point in an argument which is regarded as actual proof Sarvad

pramāṇakhaṇḍana

  1. ○khaṇḍana n

pramāṇajāla

  1. ○jāla n. N. of wks

pramāṇajña

  1. ○jña mfn. knowing the modes of proof A
  2. m. N. of Śiva Śivag

pramāṇaṭīkā

  1. ○ṭīkā f

pramāṇatattva

  1. ○tattva n. N. of wks

pramāṇatara

  1. ○tara n. a greater authority than (abl. [Page 686, Column]
  2. -tva n.) L

pramāṇatas

  1. ○tas ind. according to measure or weight Mn. viii, 137
  2. according to proof or authority. W

pramāṇatā

  1. ○tā f

pramāṇatva

  1. ○tva n. authority, warranty MBh. (the latter also 'correctness' Nīlak.)

pramāṇadarpaṇa

  1. ○darpaṇa m. N. of wk

pramāṇadṛṣṭa

  1. ○dṛṣṭa mfn. sanctioned by authority Kap
  2. demonstrable Ml

pramāṇanāmamālā

  1. ○nāma-mālā f

pramāṇanirṇaya

  1. ○nirṇaya m. N. of wks

pramāṇapattra

  1. ○pattra n. a written warrant MW

pramāṇapatha

  1. ○patha m. the way of proof (acc. with na and ava-√tṝ, 'not to admit of proof') Sarvad

pramāṇapadārtha

  1. ○padârtha m. N. of wk

pramāṇapaddhati

  1. ○paddhati f. = -patha (○tiṃ na adhy-√ās = ○thaṃ na ava-√tṝ) Sarvad
  2. N. of wk

pramāṇapallava

  1. ○pallava m. or n

pramāṇapārāyaṇa

  1. ○pārâyaṇa n. N. of wks

pramāṇapuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa m. an umpire, arbitrator, judge Hit

pramāṇapramoda

  1. ○pramoda m. N. of wk

pramāṇapravīṇa

  1. ○pravīṇa mfn. skilful in arguing Prasannar

pramāṇabhakti

  1. ○bhakti f

pramāṇabhāṣyaṭīkā

  1. ○bhāṣya-ṭīkā f. N. of wks

pramāṇabhuta

  1. ○bhuta m. 'authoritative', N. of Śiva Śivag. (cf. -jña)

pramāṇamañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f

pramāṇamālā

  1. ○mālā f. N. of wks

pramāṇayukta

  1. ○yukta mfn. having the right measure Var

pramāṇaratnamālā

  1. ○ratnamālā f. N. of wk

pramāṇarāśi

  1. ○rāśi m. the quantity of the first term in a rule of three sum Āryabh

pramāṇalakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa n

pramāṇalakṣaṇaparīkṣā

  1. ○lakṣaṇa-parī7kṣā f. N. of wks

pramāṇavat

  1. ○vat mfn. established by proofs, well-founded Prab

pramāṇavākya

  1. ○vākya n. authoritative statement authority Madhus

pramāṇavārttika

  1. ○vārttika n

pramāṇaviniścaya

  1. ○viniścaya m. N. of wks

pramāṇaśāstra

  1. ○śāstra n. any wk. of sacred authority, scripture MW

pramāṇasaṃgraha

  1. ○saṃgraha m

pramāṇasamuccaya

  1. ○samuccaya m

pramāṇasāra

  1. ○sāra m. (and ○ra-prakāśikā f.) N. of wks

pramāṇasiddhi

  1. ○siddhi m. N. of a man Kathās

pramāṇasūtra

  1. ○sūtra n. a measuring cord Mṛicch

pramāṇastha

  1. ○stha mfn. of normal size Hcat
  2. being in a normal state or condition, imperturbed Hariv

pramāṇādarśa

  1. pramāṇâdarśa m. N. of a drama

pramāṇādinirūpaṇa

  1. pramāṇâdi-nirūpaṇa n. and N. of wks

pramāṇādiprakāśikā

  1. pramāṇâdi-prakāśikā f. N. of wks

pramāṇādhika

  1. pramāṇâdhika mfn. being beyond measure, excessive, unnaturally strong Śak
  2. longer than (comp.) Mṛicch

pramāṇānurūpa

  1. pramāṇânurūpa mfn. corresponding to (a person's) physical strength Śak

pramāṇāntara

  1. pramāṇântara n. another means of proof (-tā f.) Bhāshāp

pramāṇābhāva

  1. pramāṇâbhāva m. absence of proof, want of authority W

pramāṇābhyadhika

  1. pramāṇâbhyadhika mfn. exceeding in size, bigger Pañcat

pramāṇāyāmatas

  1. pramāṇâyāma-tas ind. according to size and length MBh

pramāṇaka

  1. pramāṇaka (ifc.) = pramāṇa, measure, quantity, extent MBh
  2. argument, proof. Kull
  3. (ikā), f. a kind of metre Chandom

pramāṇaya

  1. pramāṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to regard or set up a person (acc.) as an authority in (loc.) Hit
  2. to use as evidence Sarvad

pramāṇita

  1. praḍmāṇita mfn. adjusted Car
  2. proved, demonstrated, shown clearly Rājat

pramāṇī

  1. pramāṇī in comp. for ○ṇa

pramāṇīkaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. setting up or quoting as an authority Pat

pramāṇīkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. meted out for or apportioned to (gen.)
  2. regarded as authority, conformed to Kālid. Kathās. Rājat
  3. regarded as evidence R

pramāṇībhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. become or regarded as an authority or proof W

pramātṛ

  1. pra-mātṛ mfn. (for 2. See col. 2) one who has a correct notion or idea, authority, performer of (the mental operation resulting in a) true conception Kap. Sch. Vedântas. Sarvad
  2. (-tā f. Sarvad
  3. -tva n. Śaṃk.)
  4. a partic. class of officials Inscr

pramāpaka

  1. pra-ḍmāpaka mfn. proving Sarvad
  2. m. an authority MW. 1

pramāpaṇa

  1. pra-ḍmāpaṇa n. (for 2. See col. 2) form, shape MBh

pramita

  1. pra-mita mfn. meted out, measured KātyŚr. (ifc. measuring, of such and such measure or extent or size Var
  2. cf. māsa-pram○)
  3. limited, moderate, little, few Var. Kathās
  4. that about which a correct notion has been formed Śaṃk
  5. known, understood, established, proved W
  6. m. N. of a teacher VP
  7. ○tâkṣara n. pl. 'measured syllables', few words Kathās
  8. (ā), f. N. of a metre Śrutab
  9. ○tâbha m. pl. 'of limited splendour', N. of a class of gods in the 5th Manv-antara VP

pramiti

  1. pra-ḍmiti f. a correct notion, right conception, knowledge gained or established by Pramāṇa or proof Nyāyas. Sch. Sarvad
  2. manifestation BhP
  3. inference or analogy W
  4. measuring ib

prameya

  1. pra-ḍmeya mfn. to be measured, measurable (also = limited, small, insignificant Naish.), to be ascertained or proved, provable MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. that of which a correct notion should be formed Vedântas
  3. n. (ifc. f. ā) an object of certain knowledge, the thing to be proved or the topic to be discussed Kap. Sch. Vedântas. MBh. R. (cf. IW. 63)
  4. -kamala-mārtaṇḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -tattvabodha m. N. of wks
  5. -tva n. provableness, demons-rability Tarkas
  6. -dīpikā f. -nava-mālikā f. -pariccheda m. -mālā f. -muktâvalī f. -ratnâvalī f. -saṃgraha m. -saṃgraha-vivaraṇa n. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks. [Page 686, Column]

pramātavya

  1. pra-mātavya See pra-√mī below

pramātṛ

  1. pra-mātṛ f. (for 1. See col. 1) the mother's mother VP

pramātāmaha

  1. pra-mātāmaha m. a maternal great-grandfather GobhŚrāddh. AgP. (v. l. ○mātṛ-kāmaha)
  2. (ī), f. a maternal great-grandmother W

pramātra

  1. pra-mātra m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh

pramātha

  1. pra-mātha &c. See pra-√math

pramāda

  1. pra-mā́da &c. See pra-√mad

pramāpaṇa

  1. pra-māpaṇa See pra-√mā

pramāpaṇa

  1. pra-māpaṇa &c. See pra-√mī

pramāra

  1. pra-mārá See pra-√mṛ

pramārjaka

  1. pra-mārjaka &c. See pra-√mṛj

prami

  1. pra-mi √1. P. Ā. -minoti, -minute, to erect, build KaushUp
  2. to judge, observe, perceive
  3. Sāh. Nyāyad. Comm. Suśr. (ind. p. pra-māya). 2

pramita

  1. pra-ḍmita n. (for 1. See col. 1) a hall KaushUp

pramid

  1. pra-√mid P. Ā. -medyati, -medate, to begin to become fat L

praminna

  1. pra-ḍminna mfn. one who has begun to become fat Pāṇ. 7-2, 17

pramedita

  1. pra-ḍmedita mfn. id. ib
  2. one who has begun to show affection Bhaṭṭ. (-vat mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-2, 19)
  3. being or made unctuous, unctuous, greasy MW

pramih

  1. pra-√mih P. -mehati, to make water, pass urine MBh

pramīḍha

  1. pra-ḍmīḍha mfn. passed as urine
  2. thick, compact L

prameha

  1. pra-ḍmeha m. urinary disease (N. applied to all urinary disease, of which there are 21 varieties including diabetes, gleet, gonorrhoea &c.) Suśr. Var. &c

pramehaṇa

  1. pra-ḍmehaṇa mfn. causing flow of urine Kauś. (others ○mehana n. 'the penis')

pramehin

  1. pra-ḍmehin mfn. suffering from urinary disease Suśr

pramī

  1. pra-√mī P. -mināti (-mīṇāti Pāṇ. 8-4, 15
  2. -miṇoti BhP
  3. Ved. inf. -míyam, -míye and -metos, below.), to frustrate, annul, destroy, annihilate RV. AV. BhP
  4. to change, alter RV
  5. to neglect, transgress, infringe ib
  6. to miss, lose (one's way or time), forget ib. ŚBr
  7. to cause to disappear, put out of sight RV
  8. to leave behind, outstrip, surmount, surpass ib. Bhaṭṭ.: (Ā. or Pass. -mīyate aor. Subj. -meṣṭhāḥ) to come to naught, perish, die AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -māpayati, to destroy, annihilate, kill, slay Nir. Mn. Yājñ. &c
  9. to cause to kill Yājñ

pramaya

  1. pra-maya m. (for 1. See pra-√mā) or f. (only L.) ruin, downfall, death Kāṭh. Rājat. Kathās

pramayā

  1. pra-ḍmayā f. (only L.) ruin, downfall, death Kāṭh. Rājat. Kathās
  2. killing, slaughter W

pramayu

  1. pra-ḍmayú mfn. liable to be lost or destroyed, perishable AV

pramātavya

  1. pra-mātavya mfn. to be slain MBh

pramāpaṇa

  1. pra-māpaṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus
  2. for 1. See col. 1) murdering, a murderer Yājñ
  3. n. (also ○māpana L.) slaughter Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

pramāpayitṛ

  1. pra-ḍmāpayitṛ mfn. causing to perish
  2. -tva n. destructiveness, murderousness Śaṃk. on ChUp

pramāpita

  1. pra-ḍmāpita mfn. destroyed, killed, slain Rājat

pramāpin

  1. pra-ḍmāpin mfn. destroying, killing W

pramāyu

  1. pra-māyu (Ṣaḍv Br.) or (TS. Br. ĀśvGṛ.), mfn. liable to destruction, perishable, dying away

pramāyuka

  1. pra-ḍmā́yuka (TS. Br. ĀśvGṛ.), mfn. liable to destruction, perishable, dying away

pramiyam

  1. pra-míyam (Ved. inf.), to miss, lose RV. iv, 55, 7

pramiyamiye

  1. pra-míyaḍmíye (Ved. inf.), to frustrate, annihilate ib. iv, 54, 4

pramī

  1. pra-mī mfn. in vā́ta-p○, q.v

pramīṇat

  1. pra-ḍmīṇat mfn. injuring, killing
  2. overcoming, subduing W

pramīta

  1. pra-ḍmīta mfn. deceased, dead Kāṭh. TS. Mn. MBh
  2. immolated L
  3. m. an animal immolated A
  4. -patikā f. (a wife) whose husband is dead, a widow Mn

pramīti

  1. pra-ḍmīti f. ruin, destruction Nir

pramīya

  1. pra-ḍmīya mfn. See a-p○

prametos

  1. pra-ḍmetos (Ved. inf.), to perish TBr

pramīḍha

  1. pra-mīḍha See pra-√mih above

pramīl

  1. pra-√mīl P. -mīlati, to close or shut the eyes Gīt

pramīlaka

  1. pra-ḍmīlaka m. (Bhpr. Car.),

pramīlikā

  1. pra-ḍmīlikā f. (Car.) shutting the eyes, sleepiness

pramīlā

  1. pra-ḍmīlā f. (ifc. f. ā) id. Naish
  2. lassitude, enervation, exhaustion from indolence or fatigue W
  3. N. of a woman (sovereign of a kingdom of women) A

pramīlita

  1. pra-ḍmīlita mfn. one who has the eyes closed, with closed eyes MBh

pramīlin

  1. pra-ḍmīlin m. N. of a demon (who causes closed eyes or faintness) AV

pramīv

  1. pra-√mīv P. -mīvati, to push towards, press
  2. to instigate, incite TS. ŚBr. [Page 686, Column]

pramukti

  1. pra-mukti See pra-√muc below

pramukha

  1. pra-mukha mfn. turning the face towards, facing (acc.) R
  2. first, foremost, chief, principal, most excellent Hit
  3. (generally ifc
  4. f. ā) having as foremost or chief, headed or preceded by, accompanied by or with [cf. prīti-p○
  5. vasiṣṭhap○] MBh. Kāv
  6. honourable, respectable L
  7. m. a chief, respectable man, sage W
  8. a heap, multitude L
  9. Rottleria Tinctoria L
  10. n. the mouth MW
  11. commencement (of a chapter) BṛĀrUp. Śaṃk
  12. time being, the present, the same time Pratāp
  13. (ibc. or e ind.) before the face of, in front of, before, opposite to (with gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv
  14. (with √kṛ) to cause to go before or precede R

pramukhatas

  1. ○tas ind. at the head of, in front of, before the face of, before, opposite to (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. Hariv
  2. before all others, first, in the first place BhP

pramukhatā

  1. ○tā f. or superiority, predominance W

pramukhatva

  1. ○tva n. superiority, predominance W

pramugdha

  1. pra-mugdha See pra-√muh

pramuc

  1. pra-√muc P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te, to set free, let go, liberate, release from (abl.) RV. AitBr. MBh. Yājñ
  2. to loosen, loose, untie, unbind, undo RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ChUp
  3. to rid one's self of (gen.), escape R
  4. (ind. p. -mucya, having liberated one's self from abl. ChUp.)
  5. to drive away, banish, shake off RV. VS. TBr. MBh
  6. to give up, resign, renounce MBh. R
  7. to discharge, emit, throw out, shed AV. MBh. R. &c
  8. to hurl, fling, throw, shoot MBh. Kathās
  9. to utter MW
  10. to throw or put on (as a garland &c.) ib
  11. to lend, bestow MBh. R.: Pass. -mucyate, to free one's self from (abl. or instr.) Mn. MBh. BhP. &c
  12. to be loosened, become loose or detached, fall off (as fruits) ŚBr. MBh
  13. to leave off, cease ŚBr. KaṭhUp.: Caus. -mocayati, to liberate from (abl.) MBh
  14. to loosen, untie Ragh. Sch.: Desid. -mumukṣati, to be about to give up or resign MBh

pramukta

  1. pra-mukta mfn. loosened, untied, released, liberated from (abl. or instr.) MBh. R
  2. free from (abl.) L
  3. forsaken, abandoned R
  4. given up, renounced ib
  5. discharged, thrown out, shed Var. Kāraṇḍ
  6. hurled, shot R

pramukti

  1. pra-ḍmukti (prá-), f. liberation
  2. pl. N. of partic. sacred texts TBr. iii, 8, 18, 4

pramuca

  1. pra-muca (MBh. MārkP.) or (R.) ?or (R.) ?or (MBh. Hariv.), m. N. of a Ṛishi

pramuci

  1. pra-muḍci (R.) or (MBh. Hariv.), m. N. of a Ṛishi

pramucu

  1. pra-muḍcu (MBh. Hariv.), m. N. of a Ṛishi

pramucyamānahoma

  1. pra-ḍmucyamānahoma m. pl. N. of partic. oblations accompanied with prayers beginning with pramucyamānaḥ Vait

pramoka

  1. pra-moka m. liberation Śiś

pramoktavya

  1. pra-ḍmoktavya mfn. to be liberated, to be set free MBh

pramocana

  1. pra-ḍmocana mf(ī)n. liberating from (comp.) MBh. Hariv. MārkP
  2. (ī), f. a species of cucumber L
  3. n. setting free, the act of liberating from (comp.) Kathās. Kull
  4. discharging, emitting, shedding MBh. (Cf. unmocana-pramocaná.)

pramud

  1. pra-√mud Ā. -modate, to become joyful, rejoice greatly, exult, be delighted AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -modayati, to make glad, delight Mn. MBh. Hariv. Sāh

pramud

  1. pra-ḍmud mfn. pleased, happy L
  2. (○múd), f. gladness, delight, pleasure (esp. sensual plṭpleasure) RV. VS. ŚBr. MBh. Pañcat. (○mude-√bhū, to become a cause of delight)

pramudita

  1. pra-ḍmudita mfn. delighted, pleased, glad VS. MBh. R. &c
  2. gladsome (said of the autumn) MBh
  3. wṛ. for pracudita (which m. c. for pra-codita) MBh
  4. (ā), f. (with Buddhists) N. of one of the 10 Bhūmis Dharmas. 64
  5. n. gladness, gaiety Var. Kathās
  6. N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Sāṃkhyak. Sch
  7. -pralamba-sunayana m. N. of a Gandharva prince L
  8. -vat mfn. pleased Kathās
  9. -vadanā f. N. of a metre Col
  10. -hṛdaya mfn. delighted in heart Gīt

pramoda

  1. pra-modá m. (also pl
  2. ifc. f. ā) excessive joy, delight, gladness VS. Up. MBh. &c
  3. (also n.) one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Tattvas. Sāṃkhyak. Sch
  4. (with Jainas) joy as exhibited in the virtuous HYog
  5. Pleasure personified Hariv. (as a child of Brahmā VP.)
  6. the 4th year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS. viii, 29
  7. a strong perfume BhP
  8. a kind of rice Gal
  9. N. of a being attendant upon Skanda MBh
  10. of a Nāga ib
  11. of an author Cat
  12. of sev. men VP. Rājat
  13. -cārin wṛ. for pramāda-c○, q.v
  14. -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha W
  15. -nṛtya n. joyous dancing, a joyful dance MW
  16. ○modâḍhyā f. a partic. plant, = aja-modā Gal

pramodaka

  1. pra-ḍmodaka m. a kind of rice (= ṣaṣṭikā) Suśr. Car
  2. N. of a man Mudr

pramodana

  1. pra-ḍmodana mfn. making glad, exhilarating MBh. [Page 687, Column]
  2. m. N. of a Ṛishi R
  3. n. making glad ib
  4. gladness, joyousness ib. (cf. sa-p○)

pramodam

  1. pra-ḍmodam ind., in uccaiḥ-p○, with loud expressions of joy Prab

pramodamāna

  1. pra-ḍmodamāna n. (Sāṃkhyak. Sch.) or (Tattvas.), 'rejoicing' N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections (cf. sadā-pramudita)

pramodamānā

  1. pra-modámānā f. (Tattvas.), 'rejoicing' N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections (cf. sadā-pramudita)

pramodita

  1. pra-ḍmodita mfn. delighted, rejoiced MW
  2. m. N. of Kubera L
  3. (ā), f. N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Tattvas

pramodin

  1. pra-ḍmodín mfn. causing excessive joy, delighting AV
  2. delighted, happy W
  3. m. a kind of rice (= ○modaka) Vāgbh
  4. (inī), f. Odina Wodier (= jiṅginī) Bhpr

pramurch

  1. pra-√murch P. -mūrchati, to become thick or solid, congeal ŚBr

pramuṣ

  1. pra-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, to steal away, rob, carry off, take away RV. ŚBr. PārGṛ. &c

pramuṣita

  1. pra-ḍmuṣita mfn. stolen or taken away (also ○muṣṭa) BhP
  2. distracted, beside one's self ib. Kathās
  3. (ā), f. a kind of riddle Cat

pramoṣa

  1. pra-moṣa m. stealing or taking away BhP

pramuh

  1. pra-√muh P. -muhyati, to become bewildered or infatuated MBh
  2. to faint, swoon ib. Suśr.: Caus. -mohayati, to be wilder, infatuate MBh

pramugdha

  1. pra-ḍmugdha mfn. unconscious, fainting Uttarar. Mālatīm
  2. very charming Pañcar

pramūḍha

  1. pra-ḍmūḍha mfn. bewildered, unconscious MBh. Hariv. Uttarar
  2. infatuated, foolish MuṇḍUp. ŚārṅgP
  3. disjointed MBh
  4. -saṃjña mfn. having the mind perplexed, bewildered, infatuated R

pramoha

  1. pra-ḍmoha m. bewilderment, infatuation MBh. Suśr. Uttarar
  2. insensibility, fainting W
  3. -citta mf(ā)n. bewildered in mind MBh

pramohana

  1. pra-ḍmohana mf(ī)n. bewildering the mind MBh. Hariv

pramohita

  1. pra-ḍmohita mfn. bewildered, infatuated MBh

pramohin

  1. pra-ḍmohin mfn. (ifc.) bewildering, infatuating ib

pramūtrita

  1. pra-mūtrita mfn. begun to be urined (n. impers.) Subh. Sch

pramūra

  1. pra-mūra in á-p○, q.v

pramūrch

  1. pra-√mūrch See pra-√murch

pramūṣikā

  1. pra-mūṣikā f. the external corner of the eye VarBṛS. lviii, 7 Comm

pramṛ

  1. pra-√mṛ Caus. P. -mārayati, to put to death ŚBr

pramara

  1. pra-ḍmará m. death RV

pramaraṇa

  1. pra-ḍmaraṇa n. dying, death BṛĀrUp. Śaṃk

pramāra

  1. pra-ḍmārá m. dying AV

pramṛta

  1. pra-ḍmṛta mfn. deceased, dead MBh
  2. withdrawn or gone out of sight
  3. covered, concealed W
  4. n. death MBh. MārkP
  5. tillage, cultivation (as causing the death of many beings) Mn. iv, 4, 5 (cf. x, 83)

pramṛtaka

  1. pra-ḍmṛtaka mfn. dead BhP

pramṛgam

  1. pra-mṛgam ind. (√mṛg), g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

pramṛgamṛgya

  1. pra-mṛgaḍmṛgya mfn. to be sought or searched after
  2. peculiarly adapted to or fitted for (dat.) Kām

pramṛj

  1. pra-√mṛj P. -mārṣṭi (-mārjati, ○te MBh
  2. -mārjayati Suśr.), to wipe, wipe off, wash off, clean, cleanse Kāṭh. ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c
  3. to rub, pass the hand over, rub gently, stroke MBh. R
  4. to wipe out, wash out, remove, expel, rid one's self of ib. GopBr. Kāv. &c
  5. to render unavailing, frustrate (as a wish) Rājat
  6. to destroy AitBr
  7. to make ready, prepare MW

pramārjaka

  1. pra-ḍmārjaka mfn. wiping off, causing to disappear, removing MBh

pramārjana

  1. pra-ḍmārjana n. the act of rubbing off, wiping off Suśr
  2. (aśru-p○, the wiping away or drying of tears, consoling MBh. R. Hariv. Kām
  3. weeping MBh.)
  4. causing to disappear, removing Kāvyâd

pramṛṣṭa

  1. pra-mṛṣṭa mfn. rubbed off, cleaned, polished MBh. Mālav. &c
  2. rubbed with (instr.) R
  3. wiped away, removed, expelled Ragh
  4. given up, left Hariv. (v. l. prasṛṣṭa)

pramṛḍa

  1. pra-mṛḍa mfn. gracious, making glad or happy BhP

pramṛṇ

  1. pra-√mṛṇ P. -mṛṇati, to crush, destroy RV

pramṛṇa

  1. pra-ḍmṛṇá mf(ā́)n. destroying, crushing RV. TBr

pramṛta

  1. pra-mṛta &c. See pra-√mṛ

pramṛd

  1. pra-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, to crush down, bruise, destroy, ravage, devastate MBh. R. Hariv. &c

pramarda

  1. pra-ḍmarda m. N. of a partic. position of the moon in the Nakshatras Sūryapr

pramardaka

  1. pra-ḍmardaka mfn. crushing down, crushing, destroying Lalit. [Page 687, Column]
  2. m. N. of a demon ib

pramardana

  1. pra-ḍmardana mfn. crushing down, crushing, destroying MBh. R. Hariv
  2. expelling Suśr
  3. m. N. of Vishṇu MBh
  4. of an attendant of Śiva L
  5. of a demon causing disease Hariv
  6. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās
  7. of a general-officer of Śambara Hariv
  8. n. crushing, destroying ib

pramardita

  1. pra-ḍmardita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crushed, bruised R

pramarditṛ

  1. pra-ḍmarditṛ mfn. one who crushes, a destroyer MBh

pramardin

  1. pra-ḍmardin mfn. (ifc.) crushing, destroying Hariv

pramṛś

  1. pra-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to lay hold of touch, handle AV. ŚBr. Kathās. (to reflect, consider, deliberate Mahīdh.)

pramṛśa

  1. pra-ḍmṛśá mfn. laying hold of, handling VS. (= paṇḍita Mahīdh.)

pramṛṣṭi

  1. pra-ḍmṛṣṭi f. rubbing over with (comp.) Hcar

pramṛṣ

  1. pra-√mṛṣ (only pf. -mamarṣa aor. -marṣiṣṭhāḥ, and inf. -mṛ́ṣe), to forget, neglect (with acc. or dat.) RV. (to destroy Sāy.)

pramṛṣya

  1. pra-ḍmṛṣya mfn. in a-pramṛṣyá, q.v

pramṝ

  1. pra-√mṝ P. -mṛṇāti (cf. pra-mṛṇ), to crush, destroy RV. AV

pramūrṇa

  1. prá-mūrṇa mfn. crushed, destroyed AV

prame

  1. pra-mé ind. See under pra-√mā

prametos

  1. pra-metos See under pra-√mī

pramedita

  1. pra-medita See pra-√mid

prameya

  1. pra-meya See p. 686, col. 1

prameha

  1. pra-meha &c. See under pra-√mih

pramoka

  1. pra-moka &c. See pra-√muc

pramokṣa

  1. pra-mokṣa m. (√mokṣ) letting fall, dropping, losing R
  2. discharging, dismissing, liberation, liberation from (comp.)
  3. final deliverance MBh. R

pramokṣaka

  1. pra-ḍmokṣaka m. N. of a mountain Divyâv
  2. of a serpent demon L

pramokṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍmokṣaṇa n. the end of an eclipse Var

pramota

  1. pra-móta (perhaps fr. √mīv), a partic. kind of disease (others, mfn. mute') AV. ix, 8, 4

pramoda

  1. pra-moda &c. See pra-√mud

pramoṣa

  1. pra-moṣa See pra-√muṣ

pramoha

  1. pra-moha &c. See pra-√muh

pramrad

  1. pra-√mrad (only Ved. inf. -mradé), to destroy, kill ŚBr. (cf. pra-mṛd)

pramluc

  1. pra-√mluc P. -mlocati, to go down, sink down ŚBr

pramlocantī

  1. pra-ḍmlócantī (VS.) or (MBh. Hariv. Pur.), f. N. of an Apsaras

pramlocā

  1. pra-ḍmlocā (MBh. Hariv. Pur.), f. N. of an Apsaras

pramlai

  1. pra-√mlai P. -mlāyati, to fade or wither away Bhaṭṭ. Kuval
  2. to be sad or dejected or languid A

pramlāna

  1. pramlāna mfn. faded, withered MBh. R. Kām. Ragh
  2. soiled, dirty Prab

pramlānavadana

  1. ○vadana mfn. having a sickly-looking face MBh

pramlānaśarīra

  1. ○śarīra mfn. withered in body, having an exhausted frame Var

pramlānībhū

  1. pramlānī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to fade away Pañcar

prayakṣ

  1. pra-√yakṣ P. Ā. -yakṣati, ○te (inf. -yákṣe), to hasten forward, press onward, be eager
  2. (with acc.) to strive after, pursue, attain RV

prayakṣa

  1. pra-ḍyakṣa (prá-), mfn. eager, strenuous (?) RV. i, 62, 6 (= pūjya Sāy.)

prayaj

  1. pra-√yaj P. Ā. -yajati, ○te (inf. -yájadhyai), to worship, sacrifice to (acc.) RV
  2. to offer the Prayāja sacrifice (cf. below) TS

prayaj

  1. pra-ḍyáj f. an offering, oblation AV

prayajyu

  1. pra-ḍyajyu (prá-), mfn. worshipful, adorable RV. (= prakarṣeṇa pūjya Sāy
  2. others 'pressing onwards, rushing on')

prayāga

  1. prayāga m. 'place of sacrifice', N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage (now called Allāhābād) at the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā with the supposed subterranean Sarasvatī (also -ka AgP
  2. cf. tri-veṇī
  3. ifc. also in Deva-pṭpilgrimage, Rudra-pṭpilgrimage, Karṇa pilgrimage and Nanda-pṭpilgrimage) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 375
  4. as N. of a country Priy. i, 3/4
  5. pl. the inhabitants of Prayāga MBh.)
  6. a sacrifice L
  7. a horse L. (cf. pra-yoga)
  8. N. of Indra L
  9. N. of a man (also -ka) Rājat

prayāgakṛtya

  1. ○kṛtya n. N. of ch. of the Tristhalī-setu (q.v.)

prayāgatīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha SkandaP

prayāgadāsa

  1. ○dāsa m. N. of 2 men Cat

prayāgaprakaraṇa

  1. ○prakaraṇa n

prayāgapraghaṭṭaka

  1. ○praghaṭṭaka m. or n. (?) N. of chs. of the Tristhalī-setu. [Page 687, Column]

prayāgabhaya

  1. ○bhaya m. 'fearing sacrifice', N. of Indra L

prayāgamāhātmya

  1. ○māhātmya n

prayāgaratnakroḍa

  1. ○ratna-kroḍa m

prayāgarājāṣṭaka

  1. ○rājâṣṭaka n. N. of wks

prayāgavana

  1. ○vana n. N. of a forest R

prayāgasetu

  1. ○setu m. N. of wk

prayāja

  1. prayājá m. 'pre-sacrifice', preliminary offering (cf. anu-yāja, q.v.), N. of partic. texts or invocations, and of the Ājya libations at which they are employed (they form part of the Prâyaṇīya or introductory ceremony in a Soma sacrifice and are generally 5, but also 9 and 11 in number) RV. TS. VS. Br. GṛŚrS
  2. a principal ceremony or sacrifice W

prayājatva

  1. ○tva n. the state or condition of a Prayāja Kapishṭh

prayājavat

  1. ○vat (○yājá-), mfn. accompanied by a Prayāja TS

prayājānuyāja

  1. prayājânuyājá m. pl. preliminary offering and after-sacrifice AitBr

prayājāhuti

  1. prayājâhuti f. the offering of a PṭPrayāja ib

prayājyā

  1. prayājyā f. (also pl.) the words spoken at the moment of offering the Prayājyā TBr. Sch

prayat

  1. pra-√yat Ā. -yatate, to be active or effective TBr. (ep. also P. ○ti)
  2. to strive, endeavour, exert one's self, devote or apply one's self to (loc., dat., acc., arthe, artham, hetos, or inf.) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

prayatana

  1. pra-ḍyatana n. effort, endeavour (used to explain pra-yatna) Pat

prayatita

  1. pra-ḍyatita n. (impers.) pains have been taken with (loc.) MBh

prayatitavya

  1. pra-ḍyatitavya n. (impers.) pains have to be taken with (loc.) R. Bālar. Car

prayatta

  1. pra-ḍyatta mfn. intent, eager Bhartṛ

prayattavya

  1. pra-ḍyattavya n. (impers.) = ○yatitavya Nal

prayatna

  1. pra-ḍyatna m. persevering effort, continued exertion or endeavour, exertion bestowed on (loc. or comp.), activity, action, act Mn. MBh. &c. (instr. sg. and pl. abl. and -tas ind. with special effort, zealously, diligently, carefully
  2. ○tna ibc. and ○tnāt ind. also = hardly, scarcely)
  3. great care, caution Pañcat
  4. (in phil.) active efforts (of 3 kinds, viz. engaging in any act, prosecuting it, and completing it)
  5. pl. volitions (one of the 17 qualities of the Vaiśeshikas) IW. 68
  6. (in gram.) effort in uttering, mode of articulation (also āsya-pray○, distinguished into ābhyantara-p○ and bāhya-p○, internal and external effort) Prāt. Pāṇ. 1-1, 9 Sch
  7. (ā), f. N. of a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt
  8. -cchid mfn. frustrating a person's (gen.) efforts Mudr
  9. -prêkṣaṇīya mfn. hardly visible Śak
  10. -muktâsana mfn. rising with difficulty from a seat Ragh
  11. -vat mfn. assiduous, diligent, persevering Kām
  12. ○tnânanda m. N. of wk

prayabh

  1. pra-√yabh P. -yabhati, futuere TBr

prayam

  1. pra-√yam P. Ā. -yacchati, ○te, to hold out towards, stretch forth, extend RV. AV
  2. to place upon (loc.) MBh
  3. to offer, present, give, grant, bestow, deliver, despatch, send, effect, produce, cause (with dat., gen. or loc. of pers. and acc. of thing) RV. &c. &c. (with vikrayeṇa, to sell
  4. with uttaram, to answer
  5. with śāpam, to pronounce a curse
  6. with yuddham, to give battle, fight
  7. with viṣam, to administer poison
  8. with buddhau, to set forth or present to the mind)
  9. to restore, pay (a debt), requite (a benefit) Mn. MBh. &c
  10. to give (a daughter) in marriage AitBr. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. &c

prayata

  1. prá-yata mfn. outstretched, far-extended RV. AV
  2. placed upon (loc.) RV
  3. offered, presented, given, granted, bestowed RV. &c. &c
  4. piously disposed, intent on devotion, well prepared for a solemn rite (with loc. or ifc.), ritually pure (also applied to a vessel and a place Āpast. R.), selfsubdued, dutiful, careful, prudent KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c
  5. m. a holy or pious person W
  6. -tā f. -tva n. purity, holiness MBh
  7. -dakṣiṇa (práy○), mfn. one who has made presents (to the priests at a sacrifice), a giver, donor RV
  8. -parigraha-dvitīya mfn. accompanied by a pious or chaste wife MW
  9. -mānasa mfn. pious-minded, devout, ascetic MBh
  10. ○tâtman or ○tâtma-vat mfn. id. Mn. R

prayati

  1. prá-ḍyati (prá-), f. offering, gift, donation RV
  2. intention, will, effort, exertion ib. VS

prayantṛ

  1. prá-ḍyantṛ́ mfn. one who offers or presents, a giver, bringer (with gen. or acc.) RV
  2. a guide, driver (gaja-, of elephants) MBh

prayamaṇa

  1. prá-ḍyamaṇa n. purification Āpast

prayāma

  1. prá-ḍyāma m. dearth, scarcity (= nīvāka) L
  2. checking, restraining W
  3. extension, length (in space or time) Jātakam
  4. progress ib

prayāmya

  1. prá-ḍyāmya mfn. to be checked or controlled ib

prayas

  1. pra-√yas P. -yásyati (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 71), to begin to bubble AV
  2. to endeavour, labour, strive after (dat.) Naish

prayasta

  1. pra-ḍyasta (prá-), mfn. bubbling over RV. AV
  2. striving, eager Śak
  3. well cooked or prepared L. (cf. 2. práyas)

prayāsa

  1. pra-ḍyāsá m. exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., -arthāya or -nimittena) VS. TS. Kāv. &c. (cf. a-prayāsena) [Page 688, Column]
  2. high degree Jātakam
  3. -bhāj mfn. capable of exertion, active, energetic W

prayāsita

  1. pra-ḍyāsita n. (fr. Caus.) effort, exertion Mālatīm. (v. l. ā-yāsita)

prayas

  1. práyas n. (√prī) pleasure, enjoyment, delight RV. (prā́yase, iv, 21, 7 = práyase)
  2. object of delight, pleasant food or drink, dainties, libations (práyāṃsi nadī́nām, 'refreshing waters') ib
  3. mfn. valuable, precious (?) W

prayasvat

  1. ○vat (práyas-), mfn. having or bestowing pleasant food, offering libations RV. (○svanto'trayaḥ, N. of the authors of v, 20)
  2. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

prayoga

  1. prayo-gá (Padap. pra-yóga), mfn. (for 2 under. pra-√yuj) coming to a meal RV. x, 7, 5 (Sāy. = pra-yoktavya)
  2. m. N. of a Ṛishi TS
  3. (with bhārgava) author of RV. viii, 91 Anukr

prayā

  1. pra-√yā P. -yāti, to go forth, set out, progress, advance towards or against, go or repair to (acc., also with accha, or prati, or loc.) RV. &c. &c
  2. to walk, roam, wander MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to part, go asunder, be dispersed, pass away, vanish, die ib
  4. to get into a partic. state or condition, enter, undergo, incur (acc.) ib
  5. to proceed i.e. behave Bhartṛ. (v. l.)
  6. to cause to go i.e. to lead into (acc.) Hcat.: Caus. -yāpayati, to cause to set out ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 ; 30 Sch.): Desid. -yiyāsati, to wish to set out ib.: Caus. of Desid. -yiyāsayati, to cause a person to wish to set out Bhaṭṭ

prayā

  1. pra-yā́ f. onset RV

prayāṇa

  1. pra-yā́ṇa n. (Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) setting out, starting, advancing, motion onwards, progress, journey, march, invasion RV. &c. &c. (with gardabhena, 'riding on an ass' Pañcat.)
  2. departure, death (cf. prâṇa-pray○)
  3. onset, beginning, commencement Kāṭh. ŚBr
  4. -kāla m. time of departure, death Bhag
  5. -paṭaha m. a drum beaten while marching Hcar
  6. -purī f. N. of a town (○rī-māhātmya n. N. of wk.)
  7. -bhaṅga m. the breaking or suspending of a journey, a halt Pañcat
  8. -vicāra m. N. of wk
  9. ○ṇârha mfn. deserving death W

prayāṇaka

  1. pra-ḍyāṇaka n. a journey, march Kāv. Pañcat. &c. (cf. a-pray○)

prayāṇi

  1. pra-ḍyāṇi See a-prayāṇi

prayāṇīya

  1. pra-ḍyāṇīya or mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

prayānīya

  1. pra-ḍyānīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

prayāta

  1. pra-ḍyāta mfn. set out, gone, advanced MaitrUp. R. &c
  2. arrived at, come to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. gone or passed away, vanished, deceased, dead Kathās

prayātavya

  1. pra-ḍyātavya mfn. to be attacked or assailed MBh
  2. n. (impers.) one should set out ib. R. Kathās

prayātṛ

  1. pra-ḍyātṛ m. one who goes or can go or fly Kathās
  2. setting out on a march or journey Var

prayātrā

  1. pra-ḍyātrā f. See prāyātrika

prayāpaṇa

  1. pra-ḍyāpaṇa or n. (fr. Caus.) Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

prayāpana

  1. pra-ḍyāpana n. (fr. Caus.) Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

prayāpaṇi

  1. pra-ḍyāpaṇi See a-prayāpaṇi

prayāpaṇīya

  1. pra-ḍyāpaṇīya or mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

prayāpanīya

  1. pra-ḍyāpanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

prayāpita

  1. pra-ḍyāpita mfn. driven or sent away, made to go or pass away W

prayāpin

  1. pra-ḍyāpin mfn. (du. ○piṇau or ○pinau) Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

prayāpya

  1. pra-ḍyāpya mfn. to be caused to go, to be sent away AitBr

prayāpyamāṇa

  1. pra-ḍyāpyamāṇa or mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

prayāpyamāna

  1. pra-ḍyāpyamāna mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

prayāman

  1. pra-ḍyāman (prá-), n. setting out, start RV

prayāyin

  1. pra-ḍyāyin mfn. (du. ○yeṇau Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) going forwards, marching, driving, riding MBh. R

prayāvan

  1. pra-ḍyāvan See vṛṣa and supra-yāvan

prayiyu

  1. pra-ḍyíyu mfn. (fr. Desid.) used for driving (as a horse) RV. (Nir. iv, 15)

prayāga

  1. pra-yāga ○yāja, See pra-√yaj

prayāc

  1. pra-√yāc P. Ā. -yācati, ○te, to ask for, beg, solicit, request (with acc. of pers. and thing) MBh. Hariv. R

prayācaka

  1. pra-ḍyācaka mfn. asking, requesting, imploring (with artham ifc.) MBh

prayācana

  1. pra-ḍyācana n. asking, begging, imploring ib

prayāṇa

  1. pra-yāṇa &c. See under pra-√yā

prayāsa

  1. pra-yāsa See under pra-√yas

prayu

  1. pra-yu √1. (only aor. Subj. -yoṣat), to remove, keep away RV. viii, 31, 17. 1

prayuta

  1. pra-ḍyuta (prá-), mfn. absent in mind, inattentive, heedless, careless (cf. a-pray○) RV. VS
  2. (pra-yúta), n. (also m. Siddh.) a million VS. &c. &c. (cf. 2. ayúta)

prayuti

  1. pra-ḍyuti (prá-), f. absence (with manasaḥ = thoughtlessness) RV

prayutvan

  1. pra-ḍyutvan See á-prayutvan

prayotṛ

  1. pra-ḍyotṛ́ m. a remover, expeller RV

prayu

  1. pra-yu √2. P. -yauti, to stir, mingle TS. MaitrS
  2. to disturb, destroy Nir

prayut

  1. pra-ḍyút mfn. stirring, mingling TBr., 2

prayuta

  1. pra-ḍyuta (prá-), mfn. mingled with (instr.) MānŚr
  2. confused (as a dream) MānGṛ
  3. destroyed, annihilated MaitrS
  4. m. N. of a Deva-gandharva MBh
  5. ○têśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP. [Page 688, Column]

prayuvana

  1. pra-ḍyuvana n. stirring, mingling Hcat

prayuch

  1. pra-√yuch P. -yucchati, to be absent
  2. (with or scil. manasā) to be absent in mind, be careless or heedless RV

prayuj

  1. pra-√yuj Ā. -yuṅkte (rarely P. -yunakti
  2. Pāṇ. 1-3, 64), to yoke or join or harness to (loc.) RV
  3. to unite with (instr.) AV
  4. to turn (the mind) to (loc.) RV
  5. to prepare for (dat.) ib
  6. to set in motion, throw, cast (also dice), discharge, hurl at (loc. or dat.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. to utter, pronounce, speak, recite ib
  8. to fix, place in or on (loc.) BhP
  9. to direct, order, urge to (dat. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  10. to choose for (two acc.) Kum
  11. to lead towards, bring into (acc.) BhP
  12. to use, employ, practise, display, exhibit, perform, accomplish, contrive, do Br. &c. &c
  13. to undertake, commence, begin Vait. R
  14. to cause, effect, produce Kum. BhP. Sarvad
  15. to represent on the stage, act Mṛicch. Kālid
  16. to lend (for use or interest) Mn. Yājñ.: Pass. -yujyate, to be fit or suitable, conduce to (dat.) Kāv. Pañcat.: Caus. -yojayati, to throw, discharge, hurl at or against (loc.) MBh
  17. to utter, pronounce R
  18. to show, display, exhibit BhP
  19. (with manas) to concentrate the mind ŚvetUp
  20. to urge, direct, appoint to (loc.) MBh. BhP
  21. to transfer or entrust to (dat.) MBh
  22. to undertake, begin Kām
  23. to represent on the stage Hariv. Sāh
  24. to cause to be represented by (instr.) Uttarar
  25. to use, employ MBh. Kām. Suśr. &c
  26. to perform, practise Mn. iii, 112
  27. (with vṛddhim) to take interest ib. x, 117
  28. (with prayogam) to invest capital SaddhP
  29. to be applicable, g. kṣubhnâdi
  30. to aim at, have in view Pāṇ. 6-3, 62 Sch.: Desid. -yuyukṣate, to wish to use, want, require Pat

prayukta

  1. pra-yukta mfn. yoked, harnessed MBh. R. &c
  2. stirred (by wind) Ragh
  3. directed, thrown, hurled MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. drawn (as a sword) BhP
  5. vented (as anger) MBh
  6. uttered, pronounced, recited Up. Śiksh. &c
  7. urged, ordered, bidden Gobh. Bhag. &c
  8. used, employed, practised, performed, done Br. Kauś. MBh. &c
  9. undertaken, begun, contrived R. Mālav. Prab
  10. made, prepared Kum
  11. (n. impers.) behaved or acted towards (loc. or acc. with prati) Śak
  12. lent (on interest) Yājñ
  13. suitable, appropriate Pañcat. ( See a-pray○)
  14. resulting from (comp.) ib
  15. n. a cause W
  16. -tama mfn. most used AitBr
  17. -saṃskāra mfn. to which polish has been applied, polished (as a gem) Ragh

prayukti

  1. pra-ḍyukti (prá-), f. impulse, motive RV
  2. setting in motion, employment TBr. Śaṃk. Rājat

prayuga

  1. pra-ḍyuga n. orig. form of prau0ga (q.v.) Vprāt

prayuj

  1. pra-yúj (prob.) f. a team RV
  2. impulse, motive VS. AV
  3. acquisition RV
  4. (○yujāṃ haviiṃṣi or ○yug-ghav○, N. of 12 oblations, one of which is offered each month ŚBr.)
  5. mfn. joining, connected with (lit. or fig., as a cause, motive &c.) W

prayoktavya

  1. pra-ḍyoktavya mfn. to be thrown or discharged MBh
  2. to be used or employed, applicable, suitable ib. R. &c
  3. to be exhibited or represented Mālav
  4. to be uttered or pronounced or recited Śiksh. Śaṃk

prayoktṛ

  1. pra-ḍyoktṛ m. a hurler, shooter (of missiles) MBh. R
  2. an executor, agent (of an action) MBh. Ragh. &c
  3. an undertaker (of a sacrifice) KātyŚr. Sch
  4. a procurer MBh
  5. an employer ib. Kām
  6. an actor, mime Ragh
  7. a speaker, reciter RPrāt. Kāvyâd
  8. a performer (of music) R
  9. a composer, author, poet Uttarar
  10. a money-lender Yājñ. Sch
  11. -tā f. -tva n. the state or condition of an employer Sarvad

prayoktra

  1. pra-ḍyoktra n. harness Divyâv

prayoga

  1. prayoga m. (for 1. See under 2. práyas, col. 1) joining together, connection Var
  2. position, addition (of a word) Vprāt. Pāṇ. (loc. often = in the case of Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 25 ; 26 &c.)
  3. hurling, casting (of missiles) MBh. R. &c
  4. offering, presenting Hariv
  5. undertaking, beginning, commencement ŚBr. ŚrS
  6. a design, contrivance, device, plan Mālav. Rājat
  7. application, employment (esp. of drugs or magic
  8. IW. 402, 1), use GṛŚrS. MBh. &c. (ena, āt and ○ga-tas ifc. = by means of)
  9. practice, experiment (opp. to, 'theory') Mālav
  10. a means (only ais, by use of means) MBh. Suśr
  11. (in gram.) an applicable or usual form Siddh. Vop
  12. exhibition (of a dance), representation (of a drama) Mṛicch. Kālid. (○ga-to-√dṛś, to see actually represented, See on the stage Ratnâv.)
  13. a piece to be represented Kālid. Prab
  14. utterance, pronunciation, recitation, delivery ŚrS. RPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch
  15. a formula to be recited, sacred text Śiksh. [Page 688, Column]
  16. lending at interest or on usury, investment Mn. MBh
  17. principal, loan bearing interest Gaut
  18. an example L
  19. cause, motive, affair, object W
  20. consequence, result ib
  21. ceremonial form, course of proceeding ib
  22. a horse (cf. pra-yāga) L

prayogakārikā

  1. ○kārikā f

prayogakaustubha

  1. ○kaustubha m. or n. N. of wks

prayogagrahaṇa

  1. ○grahaṇa n. acquirement of practice Daś

prayogacandrikā

  1. ○candrikā f

prayogacintāmaṇi

  1. ○cintāmaṇi m

prayogacūḍāmaṇi

  1. ○cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wks

prayogajña

  1. ○jña mfn. skilful in practice Suśr

prayogatattva

  1. ○tattva n

prayogadarpaṇa

  1. ○darpaṇa m

prayogadīpa

  1. ○dīpa m

prayogadīpikā

  1. ○dīpikā and f. N. of wks

prayogadīpikāvṛtti

  1. ○dīpiḍkā-vṛtti f. N. of wks

prayoganipuṇa

  1. ○nipuṇa mfn. = -jña Bhartṛ

prayogapañcaratna

  1. ○pañcaratna n

prayogapaddhati

  1. ○paddhati f. N. of wks

prayogapāda

  1. ○pāda n. smoking for the sake of one's health Car

prayogapārijāta

  1. ○pārijāta m

prayogapustaka

  1. ○pustaka m. or n. N. of wks

prayogapradhāna

  1. ○pradhāna mfn. consisting chiefly in practice (not in theory) Mālav

prayogamañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f

prayogamaṇimālikā

  1. ○maṇi-mālikā f

prayogamantra

  1. ○mantra m

prayogamayūkha

  1. ○mayūkha m

prayogamuktāvalī

  1. ○muktâvalī f

prayogamukhavyākaraṇa

  1. ○mukha-vyākaraṇa n

prayogaratna

  1. ○ratna n

prayogaratnakroḍa

  1. ○ratna-kroḍa m

prayogaratnamālā

  1. ○ratna-mālā or f

prayogaratnamālikā

  1. ○ratna-māḍlikā f

prayogaratnasaṃskāra

  1. ○ratna-saṃskāra m

prayogaratnākara

  1. ○ratnâkara m

prayogaratnāvalī

  1. ○ratnâvalī f

prayogavidhi

  1. ○vidhi m

prayogaviveka

  1. ○viveka and m. N. of wks

prayogavivekasaṃgraha

  1. ○viveḍka-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

prayogavīrya

  1. ○vīrya n. (with Buddhists) energy in practice (one of the 3 energies) Dharmas. 108

prayogavṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti f

prayogavaijayantī

  1. ○vaijayantī f

prayogaśikhāmaṇi

  1. ○śikhāmaṇi m

prayogasaṃgraha

  1. ○saṃgraha and m

prayogasaṃgrahaviveka

  1. ○saṃgraḍha-viveka m

prayogasaraṇi

  1. ○saraṇi f

prayogasāra

  1. ○sāra m

prayogasāraṇī

  1. ○sāraṇī f

prayogasārasamuccaya

  1. ○sāra-samuccaya m. N. of wks

prayogāṇḍabilā

  1. prayogâṇḍabilā f. N. of wk

prayogātiśaya

  1. prayogâtiśaya m. (in dram.) 'excess in representation', pronouncing the name of a character the moment that he enters the stage Pratāp
  2. the useless appearance of a character on the stage during the prelude Sāh

prayogāmṛta

  1. prayogâmṛta n. N. of wk

prayogārtha

  1. prayogârtha mfn. having the sense of prayoga L

prayogin

  1. prayogin mfn. being employed or used, applicable, usual (○gi-tva n.) KātyŚr
  2. having some object in view W
  3. performing (on the stage)
  4. m. an actor Bhar

prayogīya

  1. praḍyogīya mfn. treating of the application (of medicines &c.) Cat

prayogya

  1. praḍyogya m. any animal harnessed to a carriage, draught animal ChUp

prayojaka

  1. praḍyojaka mf(ikā)n. causing, effecting, leading to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Rājat. Sarvad
  2. (ifc.) prompting, instigating, instigator, promoter Pāṇ. 1-4, 55
  3. effective, essential Sāh
  4. deputing, anointing W
  5. m. an author, composer Yājñ
  6. a money-lender, creditor ib
  7. a founder or institutor of any ceremony W
  8. an employer A
  9. -kartṛ-tva n. the acting as instigator or promoter W
  10. -tā f. (Nyāyam. Sch.), -tva n. (Kāś.) agency
  11. ○kâdhyāya-bhāṣya n. N. of wk

prayojana

  1. pra-yojana n. (ifc. f. ā) occasion, object, cause, motive, opportunity, purpose, design, aim, end Prāt. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. prayojanena, with a particular intention, on purpose MBh
  3. ○na-vaśāt id. Pañcat
  4. kena "ṣnena, from what cause or motive ? Prab
  5. kasmai "ṣnāya, kasmāt "ṣnāt, kasya "ṣnasya and kasmin "ṣne, id. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 27
  6. ○nam ati-√kram, to neglect an opportunity MBh
  7. profit, use or need of, necessity for Kāv. Pañcat. &c. (with instr., taruṇā kim prayojanam, what is the use of the tree? Kuval
  8. bhavatv etaiḥ kusumaiḥ prayojanam, let these flowers be used Śak
  9. with gen. or dat. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 27 ; ii, 3, 72)
  10. means of attaining Mn. vii, 100
  11. (in phil.) a motive for discussing the point in question IW. 64
  12. -vat mfn. having or connected with or serving any purpose or interest, interested R
  13. serviceable, useful Suśr. (○ttva n. Sarvad.)
  14. having a cause, caused, produced W

prayojayitṛ

  1. pra-ḍyojayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) a causer, occasioner Āpast

prayojya

  1. pra-ḍyojya mfn. to be cast or shot (missile) MBh. Hariv
  2. to be used or employed or practised (-tva n.) Mn. MBh. &c
  3. to be appointed or commissioned, dependent, a servant or slave Sarvad
  4. to be represented (on the stage) Sāh
  5. n. capital (to be lent on interest)
  6. -tva n. the state of being used or employed (a-pray○) Vām
  7. the state of being appointed or commissioned, dependence (a-pray○) Sarvad

prayudh

  1. pra-√yudh Ā. -yudhyate (rarely P. ○ti), to begin to fight, attack, fight with (acc.) RV. MBh. R. Hariv.: Caus. -yodhayati, to cause to begin to fight ĀśvGṛ
  2. to attack, combat Hariv.: Desid. Ā. -yuyutsate, to wish to fight with (instr.) MBh

prayutsu

  1. pra-ḍyutsu m. (only W.) a warrior
  2. a ram
  3. an ascetic
  4. air, wind
  5. N. of Indra (for ○yuyutsu)

prayuddha

  1. pra-ḍyuddha mfn. fighting, one who has fought MBh. Hariv. R. Kathās
  2. n. fight, battle Kathās
  3. ○yud-dhârtha mfn. having the sense of pra-yuddha (accord. to others, m. = pratyutkrama, war, battle, going to wṭwar or battle [Page 689, Column]
  4. accord. to others v. l. for prayogârtha) L

prayudh

  1. pra-ḍyúdh mfn. attacking, assailing RV. v, 59, 5

prayoddhṛ

  1. pra-ḍyoddhṛ mfn. one who fights, a combatant Sāy

prayuvana

  1. pra-yuvana See under pra- √2. yu

prayai

  1. pra-yaí See under pra-√yā

prayoktavya

  1. pra-yoktavya pra-yoga, pra-yojaka, pra-√yuj○

prayotṛ

  1. pra-yotṛ́ See under pra- √1. yu

prayyamedha

  1. prayyamedha = praiyyamedha (wṛ. for praiyamedha, q.v.) AitBr

prarakṣ

  1. pra-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati, to protect against, save from (abl
  2. See -rakṣita below)

prarakṣa

  1. pra-ḍrakṣa mfn. one from whom any one is protected Siddh

prarakṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍrakṣaṇa n. protecting, protection Pañcat

prarakṣita

  1. pra-ḍrakṣita mfn. protected against, saved from (abl.) Pañcat. (v. l.)

praratham

  1. pra-ratham ind., g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

prarad

  1. pra-√rad P. -radati, to scratch or cut in, dig out (as a channel), mark out (as a path) RV

prarap

  1. pra-√rap P. -rapati, to prate, talk RV

prarapś

  1. pra-√rapś (only Ā. pf. -rarapśe), to reach beyond (abl.) RV

praram

  1. pra-√ram Caus. P. -ramayati, to delight or gladden greatly, exhilarate Nir. ii, 18

prarādhas

  1. pra-rādhas m. (√rādh) N. of a descendant of Aṅgiras SV. (v. l. purādhas)

prarādhya

  1. pra-ḍrā́dhya mfn. to be satisfied or made content RV. v, 39, 3

praric

  1. pra-√ric Ā. -ricyate, to excel, surpass, be superior to (abl.) RV. TS
  2. to empty excessively, become excessively empty TĀr.: Caus. -recayati, to leave remaining RV
  3. to quit, abandon ib

prarikvan

  1. pra-ḍríkvan mfn. reaching beyond, surpassing (with abl.) RV. i, 100, 15

prareka

  1. pra-ḍreká m. (iii, 30, 19) and n. (i, 17, 6) abundance, plenty RV

prarecana

  1. pra-ḍrécana n. (i, 17, 6) abundance, plenty RV

prarī

  1. pra-√rī P. -riṇāti, to sever, detach, take away RV. ii, 22, 4
  2. Ā. -rīyate, to penetrate, enter (?), v, 7, 8

praru

  1. pra-√ru P. -rauti, to roar or cry out loudly RV

praruc

  1. pra-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to shine forth RV
  2. to be liked, please ŚBr.: Caus. -rocayati, to enlighten, illuminate RV
  3. to cause to shine ib
  4. to make apparent or specious, make pleasing AV. TS. Br

prarocana

  1. pra-ḍrocana mf(ī)n. exciting or inciting to love (as a spell), seductive Kathās
  2. (ā), f. highest praise Bālar
  3. (in dram.) exciting interest by praising an author in the Prologue of a drama Daśar. Sāh. Pratāp. (also n.)
  4. favourable description of that which is to follow in a play ib
  5. n. stimulating, exciting Mālatīm
  6. seduction Prab
  7. praising ChUp. Śaṃk. Kap. Sch. Mālatīm
  8. illustration, explanation PañcavBr

prarocita

  1. pra-ḍrocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) commended, praised, approved, liked MBh

praruj

  1. pra-√ruj P. -rujati, to break down, break RV. MBh. BhP

praruja

  1. pra-ḍruja m. N. of a mythical being conquered by Garuḍa MBh
  2. of a Rākshasa ib

prarud

  1. pra-√rud P. -roditi, to begin to mourn or cry or weep, lament or cry aloud ŚāṅkhGṛ. MBh. R. &c
  2. to weep with any one (acc.) MBh

prarudita

  1. pra-ḍrudita mfn. one who has begun to weep, weeping MBh. R. Vikr. Kathās

prarudh

  1. pra-rudh P. Ā. -ruṇaddhi, -runddhe, to keep or hold back, check, stop Br. MBh

praruh

  1. pra-√ruh P. -rohati, to grow up, shoot forth, shoot up VS. Br. ChUp. &c
  2. to heal up (as a wound) MBh. (v. l.)
  3. to grow, increase MBh. Rājat. ŚārṅgP.: Caus. -ropayati, to fasten to, put into or on (loc.) Var

praruh

  1. pra-ḍrúh mfn. shooting forth, growing up (like a plant)
  2. (with giri), m. a mountain which rises in the foreground Hariv. 5327
  3. f. a shoot, a new branch AV

prarūḍha

  1. pra-ḍrūḍha mfn. grown up, full-grown R. Kāv. Var
  2. (ifc.) overgrown with Hariv
  3. filled up, healed up R
  4. grown, widely spread, become great or strong Sāh. BhP. Kathās. &c
  5. old L
  6. growing or proceeding from a √, rooted, fastened L. [Page 689, Column]
  7. arisen or proceeded from (comp.) Hariv. R. Śak. BhP
  8. -kakṣa mfn. a place where shrubs have grown ĀpŚr
  9. -keśa mfn. one whose hair has grown long, having lṭlong having Pañcat
  10. -mūla mfn. having roots gone deep A
  11. -śāli m. full-grown rice MW

prarūḍhi

  1. pra-ḍrūḍhi f. the having shot up Hcar
  2. growth, increase Rājat

prarodhana

  1. pra-ḍródhana n. rising, ascending TS

praropita

  1. pra-ḍropita mfn. (fr. Caus.) sown, planted R. Sāh
  2. shown or done (as a kindness) Rājat

praroha

  1. pra-ḍroha m. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth (lit. and fig
  2. cf. dṛḍhap○) Kum. Kull. &c
  3. a bud, shoot, sprout, sprig Hariv. Kāv. Suśr. &c
  4. an excrescence Suśr
  5. a new leaf or branch MW
  6. (fig.) a shoot = ray (of light
  7. See prabhā-p○) Kum. Ragh. BhP
  8. -vat mfn. possessing vegetation, covered with vṭvegetation Suśr

prarohaka

  1. pra-ḍrohaka mfn. causing to grow Nalac

prarohaṇa

  1. pra-ḍrohaṇa n. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth, growth (lit. and fig.) MBh. Sāṃkhyak. Sch. Siṃhâs
  2. a bud, shoot, sprig MBh. Hariv

prarohin

  1. pra-ḍrohin mfn. growing or shooting up, shooting up from (comp.) Mn. i, 46
  2. (ifc.) causing to grow, propagating MBh. Hariv. Hcat
  3. ○hi-śākhin mfn. (a tree) whose branches grow again Yājñ. ii, 227

prarūp

  1. pra-√rūp P. -rūpayati, to expound, expose, explain (esp. in the Jaina system) Sarvad

prarūpaṇa

  1. pra-ḍrūpaṇa n. (or

prarūpaṇā

  1. pra-√rūpaṇā f.) exposing, teaching Siṃhâs

prareka

  1. pra-reká ○récana, See pra-√ric

prarej

  1. pra-√rej Ā. -rejate, to tremble at (acc.) RV. i, 38, 10: Caus. -rejayati, to cause to tremble ib. iv, 22, 3

prarkṣīya

  1. pra-rkṣīya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. prarkṣa = pra + ṛkṣa) Vop. ii, 4
  2. (also prārkṣīya.)

prarcchaka

  1. prarcchaka mfn. (fr. pra + ṛcchaka) Pat

prarṣabhīya

  1. prarṣabhīya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. prarṣabha = pra + ṛṣabha) Pāṇ. 6-1, 22 Sch
  2. (also prārṣabhīya.)

pralaghu

  1. pra-laghu mfn. very inconsiderable, very small (as an attendance) Kād
  2. -tā, f. Mudr

pralap

  1. pra-√lap P. -lapati, to speak forth (inconsiderately or at random), prattle, talk idly or incoherently, trifle TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to talk, converse BhP
  3. to speak forth, speak MBh. Pañcat
  4. to exclaim Bhartṛ
  5. to lament, bewail Pañcat
  6. to speak or tell in a doleful manner MBh. R
  7. to call upon or invoke in piteous tones MBh.: Caus. -lāpayati, to cause or incite to speak Mṛicch

pralapana

  1. pra-ḍlapana n. prattling, talking Pañcat. Sāh
  2. lamentation Uttarar

pralapita

  1. pra-ḍlapita mfn. spoken forth, spoken, said W
  2. spoken dolefully, invoked piteously Sāh
  3. n. prattling, talk Pañcat. Nītis
  4. lamentation Pañcat. Sāh

pralāpa

  1. pra-ḍlāpá m. talk, discourse, prattling, chattering AV. &c. &c
  2. (also n.) lamentation (ārta-p○, lamentation of one in pain) MBh. R. Pañcat. &c
  3. incoherent or delirious speech, raving Cat
  4. -vat mfn. one who speaks confusedly or incoherently Suśr
  5. -han m. a kind of medic. preparation L
  6. ○pâika-maya mf(ī)n. 'consisting only of lamentation', doing nothing but lament MW

pralāpaka

  1. pra-ḍlāpaka m. speaking incoherently Bhpr

pralāpana

  1. pra-ḍlāpana n. (fr. Caus.) causing or teaching to speak Cat

pralāpin

  1. pra-ḍlāpin mfn. (generally ifc
  2. ○pi-tva n.) chattering, talking much or unmeaningly, talking, speaking MBh. R. Yājñ. &c
  3. lamenting, wailing R
  4. (fever) attended with delirium Bhpr
  5. ○pi-tā f. amorous conversation or prattle Pratāp

pralabh

  1. pra-labh √Ā. -labhate, to lay hold of, seize MBh
  2. to get, obtain Kathās
  3. to overreach, cheat, deceive, befool MBh. BhP.: Caus. -lambhayati, to cheat, deceive BhP

pralabdha

  1. pra-ḍlabdha mfn. seized MBh
  2. overreached, cheated, deceived MW

pralabdhavya

  1. pra-ḍlabdhavya mfn. to be cheated or fooled MBh

pralabdhṛ

  1. pra-ḍlabdhṛ mfn. a cheat, deceiver MBh

pralambha

  1. pra-ḍlambha m. obtaining. gaining R
  2. (also pl.) overreaching, deceiving MBh

pralambhana

  1. pra-ḍlambhana n. overreaching, deceiving BhP
  2. that by which any one is deceived Jātakam

pralamphana

  1. pra-lamphana n. a jump L

pralamb

  1. pra-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to hang down Daś. Suśr

pralamba

  1. pralamba mf(ā)n. hanging down, depending, pendent, pendulous (generally ibc.) KātyŚr. Sch. MBh. Hariv. R
  2. bending the upper part of the body forward MBh
  3. prominent MW
  4. slow, dilatory W. [Page 689, Column]
  5. m. hanging on or from, depending L
  6. a branch L
  7. a shoot of the vine-palm L
  8. a cucumber Bhpr
  9. a garland of flowers worn round the neck W
  10. a kind of necklace of pearls L
  11. the female breast L
  12. tin (?) W
  13. N. of a Daitya slain by Balarāma or Kṛishṇa MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c
  14. of a mountain R
  15. (ā f. N. of a Rākshasī Buddh.)
  16. -keśa mfn. one whose hair hangs down VP
  17. -ghna m. 'slayer of Pralamba', N. of Bala-rāma and of Kṛishṇa L
  18. -tā f. the hanging down, being pendulous Kād
  19. -nāsika mfn. one who has a prominent nose A
  20. -bāhu mfn. one whose arms hang down MBh. Hariv. BhP. Buddh. (-tā f. one of the 32 signs of perfection Dharmas. 83)
  21. m. N. of a man Kathās
  22. -bhid m. 'crusher of Pralamba', N. of Bala-rāma L
  23. -bhuja mfn. one whose arms hang down L
  24. m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās
  25. -mathana (Hariv.), -han (MBh.), -hantṛ (L.), m. 'slayer of Pralamba', N. of Bala-rāma and of Kṛishṇa
  26. ○bâṇḍa m. a man with pendent testicles Vet
  27. ○bôjjvala-cāru-ghoṇa mfn. having a prominent and bright and handsome nose MBh
  28. ○bôdara m. 'having a pendent belly', N. of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Kāraṇḍ
  29. of a fabulous mountain ib

pralambaka

  1. praḍlambaka m. fragrant Rohisha grass L

pralambana

  1. praḍlambana n. hanging down, depending L

pralambita

  1. praḍlambita mfn. hanging down, pendulous Kathās
  2. (alaṃ-kāra-p○ for pralambitâlaṃ-k○, having pendent ornaments Lalit.)

pralambin

  1. praḍlambin mfn. hanging down, depending Suśr. Hariv. (cf. tri-pr○)

pralambīkṛ

  1. pralambī-√kṛ to make to hang down R

pralambha

  1. pra-lambha ○lambhana, See pra√labh

pralaya

  1. pra-laya &c. See under pra-√lī

pralalāṭa

  1. pra-lalāṭa mfn. having a prominent forehead MBh

pralava

  1. pra-lavá &c. See under pra-√lū

pralāpa

  1. pra-lāpa &c. See under pra-√lap

pralikh

  1. pra-√likh P. Ā. -likhati, ○te, (P.) to scratch, draw lines in (acc.) Mn. iv, 55
  2. to draw lines, write Hcat
  3. (P. Ā.) to scrape together PārGṛ
  4. (Ā.) to comb one's head (Sch. 'to draw lines') Kauś. PārGṛ

pralip

  1. pra-√lip P. Ā. -limpati, ○te, to smear, besmear, stain (Ā. to smear &c. one's self) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. Kauś. &c.: Caus. -lepayati, to smear, besmear MBh. Var

pralipa

  1. pra-ḍlipa mfn. one who smears or plasters W

pralipta

  1. pra-ḍlipta mfn. cleaving or sticking to (loc.) MBh

pralepa

  1. pra-ḍlepa m. cleaving to (comp.) Bhpr
  2. an unguent, ointment, salve, plaster Suśr. MārkP. Var
  3. a hectic or slow fever Car

pralepaka

  1. pra-ḍlepaka mfn. anointing, smearing, plastering W
  2. m. a plasterer, an anointer W
  3. a partic. marine substance, lime made of calcined shells (?) L
  4. a hectic or slow fever Suśr. Bhpr
  5. (ikā). f. g. mahiṣy-ādi

pralepana

  1. pra-ḍlepana n. the act of anointing or smearing MW
  2. an unguent, salve, plaster Car

pralepya

  1. pra-ḍlepya m. clean or well trimmed hair (perhaps correctly for a form pralebhya) L

praliśa

  1. prá-liśa m. N. of a mystic being Suparṇ

pralih

  1. pra-√lih P. Ā. -leḍhi, -līḍhe, to lick up, cause to melt on the tongue Suśr

praleha

  1. pra-ḍleha m. a kind of broth L

pralehana

  1. pra-ḍlehana n. the act of licking Gobh

pralī

  1. pra-√lī Ā. -līyate (ind. p. -līya, or -lāya), to become dissolved or reabsorbed into (loc.), disappear, perish, die Br. Mn. MBh. &c

pralaya

  1. pra-laya m. dissolution, reabsorption, destruction, annihilation
  2. death
  3. (esp.) the destruction of the whole world, at the end of a Kalpa (s.v.) ṢaḍvBr. ChUp. Śaṃk. MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. setting (of the stars) Subh
  5. end (saṃjāta-nidrā-p○ mfn. having done sleeping Pañcat.)
  6. cause of dissolution Bhag. Bṛih
  7. fainting, loss of sense or consciousness Pratāp. Sāh. Suśr
  8. sleepiness Gal
  9. N. of the syllable om, AtharvaśUp
  10. -kāla m. the time of universal dissolution MW
  11. -kevala mfn. = ○layâkala (q.v.) Sarvad
  12. -ghana m. the cloud which causes the destruction of the world Hit
  13. -ṃ-kara mf(ī)n. causing destruction or ruin Up. Kāv
  14. -jaladhara-dhvāna m. the rumbling or muttering of clouds at the dissolution of the world MW
  15. -tā f. dissolution (-tāṃ-√gam, to perish, be annihilated) Hariv
  16. -tva n. id. (-tvāya-√kḷp = -tāṃ-√gam) MBh. BhP
  17. -dahana m. the fire causing the destruction of the world, Ratnâv. Amar. [Page 690, Column]
  18. -sthiti-sarga m. pl. destruction, preservation and creation (of the world). Kum
  19. ○layâkala mfn. (an individual soul) to which mala and karman still adhere (with Śaivas) Sarvad
  20. ○layânta-ga mfn. perishing only at the destruction of the world (the sun) MārkP
  21. ○layôdaya m. du. dissolution and creation Bhag. Suśr. Kathās

pralayana

  1. pra-ḍláyana n. a place of repose, a bed AV

pralāyam

  1. pra-ḍlā́yam ind. (with √i or car) to hide one's self, be hidden Br. Kāṭh

pralīna

  1. pralīna mfn. dissolved, reabsorbed into (loc.), disappeared, lost, died MBh. R. Suśr. &c
  2. slacked, tired, wearied AitBr
  3. unconscious, insensible W
  4. flown away MBh. (v. l. pra-ḍīna)

pralīnatā

  1. ○tā f. or dissolution, destruction, annihilation, the end of the universe L

pralīnatva

  1. ○tva n. dissolution, destruction, annihilation, the end of the universe L
  2. unconsciousness, fainting L

pralīnabhūpāla

  1. ○bhū-pāla mfn. whose monarchs have been destroyed MW

pralīnendriya

  1. pralīnêndriya mfn. one whose senses have slacked or languished (○ya-tva n. Sāy.)

praluṭh

  1. pra-luṭh √P. -luṭhati, to roll forwards, roll, roll along the ground, roll round Pañcat
  2. to be agitated, heave, toss, wallow MW

praluṭhita

  1. pra-ḍluṭhita mfn. rolling about Bhaṭṭ

praloṭhana

  1. pra-ḍloṭhana n. the act of rolling
  2. heaving, tossing (as of the ocean) W

praloṭhita

  1. pra-ḍloṭhita mfn. (anything) that has begun to roll Bhaṭṭ
  2. rolling
  3. heaving, tossing W

pralup

  1. pra-√lup P. -lumpati, to pluck or pull out Hariv.: Pass. -lupyate, to be robbed MBh
  2. to be interrupted or disturbed or violated or destroyed MW

pralupta

  1. pra-ḍlupta mfn. robbed Uttarar. Rājat
  2. having lost (with abl.) MārkP

pralopa

  1. pra-ḍlopa m. destruction, annihilation Lalit

pralubh

  1. pra-√lubh P. Ā. -lubhyati, ○te, (Ā.) to lust after, be lustful, follow one's lusts, go astray sexually (said of a wife) ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn
  2. to allure, entice, seduce, pollute MBh.: Caus. -lobhayati, to cause to lust after, allure, entice, attempt, to seduce MBh. R. Pur. &c
  3. to divert the attention of any one by (instr.) Suśr

pralubdha

  1. pra-ḍlubdha mfn. seduced MBh
  2. (ā), f. (a woman) who has conceived an illicit affection for (saha) Pañcat

pralobha

  1. pra-lobha m. allurement, seduction Pañcat. BhP
  2. desire, cupidity W

pralobhaka

  1. pra-ḍlobhaka m. 'allurer', N. of a jackal Pañcat

pralobhana

  1. pra-ḍlobhana mfn. causing to lust after, alluring, seducing BhP
  2. (ī), f. gravel, sand L
  3. n. allurement, inducement MBh. R. Kathās. Rājat
  4. that which allures, a lure, bait MW
  5. (also wṛ. for pralambhana Bhag.)

pralobhita

  1. pra-ḍlobhita mfn. allured, enticed BhP

pralobhin

  1. pra-ḍlobhin mfn. alluring, seducing MārkP
  2. lusting after MW

pralobhya

  1. pra-ḍlobhya mfn. to be lusted after, alluring Subh

pralū

  1. pra-√lū P. Ā. -lunāti, -lunīte, to cut off HPariś

pralava

  1. pra-lavá m. a part cut off, chip, fragment (as of a reed &c
  2. others 'the sheath of a leaf'
  3. others 'a dead leaf') ŚBr. KātyŚr

pralavana

  1. pra-ḍlavana n. the reaping of corn GṛS

pralavitṛ

  1. pra-ḍlavitṛ mf(trī)n. one who cuts off Pāṇ. 6-1, 174 Sch

pralavitra

  1. pra-ḍlavitra n. an instrument for cutting off Pāṇ. 6-2, 144 Sch

pralūna

  1. pra-ḍlūna mfn. cut off MW
  2. m. a kind of insect Suśr

pralepa

  1. pra-lepa &c. See under pra-√lip

praleha

  1. pra-leha ○lehana, See pra-√lih

pralola

  1. pra-lola mfn. being in violent motion, agitated R

pralolupa

  1. pra-lolupa m. N. of a Kunti (a descendant of Garuḍa) MārkP

pralkārīya

  1. pralkārīya Nom. (fr. pra + ḷkāra) P. ○yati Pāṇ. 6-1, 92 Sch. (also prālkārīya)

prava

  1. pravá mfn. (fr. √pru) fluttering, hovering RV

pravaga

  1. ○ga m. = plava-ga, a monkey L

pravaṃga

  1. ○ṃ-ga m. = plavaṃ-ga id. L

pravaṃgama

  1. ○ṃ-gama m. -plavaṃ-g○ id. L

pravaka

  1. pravaka mfn. one who goes W

pravaṅga

  1. pra-vaṅga m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

pravac

  1. pra-√vac P. -vakti (inf. -vā́ce RV. ix, 95, 2), to proclaim, announce, praise, commend, mention, teach, impart, explain (with acc. of thing and dat. or gen. of person) RV. &c. &c
  2. to tell of betray TS
  3. to give, deliver (with acc. and dat.) RV. Br
  4. to speak, say, tell (with acc., rarely dat. of person, and acc. of thing) PraśnUp. MBh. Hariv. &c. [Page 690, Column]
  5. to declare to be, call (2 acc.) Śrutab.: Caus. -vācayati, to cause to announce Gobh.: Desid. -vivakṣati MBh. xii, 3767 (wṛ. -vivakṣataḥ for -vivikṣataḥ)

pravaktavya

  1. pra-ḍvaktavya mfn. to be announced or imparted or taught or explained Mn. MBh

pravaktṛ

  1. pra-ḍvaktṛ mfn. one who tells or imparts or relates Yājñ
  2. a good speaker MBh
  3. an announcer, expounder, teacher (-tva n.) ĀśvŚr. Mn. R. &c
  4. the first relater of a legend (ifc. -ka) L

pravacana

  1. pra-vacana m. one who exposes, propounds BhP
  2. n. speaking, talking Pañcat
  3. recitation, oral instruction, teaching, expounding, exposition, interpretation (cf. sāṃkhya-pravacana-bhāṣya) ŚBr. Up. PārGṛ. RPrāt. &c
  4. announcement, proclamation Lāṭy
  5. excellent speech or language, eloquence W
  6. an expression, term Nir
  7. a system of doctrines propounded in a treatise or dissertation
  8. sacred writings (esp. the Brāhmaṇas or the Vedâṅgas) Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 145)
  9. the sacred writings of Buddhists (ninefold) Dharmas. 62
  10. the sacred writings of the Jainas Hemac. Sch
  11. (am, enclitic after a finite verb, g. gotrâdi)
  12. -paṭu mfn. skilled in speaking, eloquent Bhartṛ
  13. -sāra-gāthā f. and -sārôddhāra m. N. of wks

pravacanīya

  1. pra-ḍvacanīya mfn. to be taught or propounded ŚāṅkhGṛ
  2. to be well or elegantly spoken W
  3. m. a propounder, teacher Pāṇ. L
  4. a good speaker W

pravāka

  1. pra-vāka m. a proclaimer ( See soma-p○)

pravāc

  1. pra-ḍvāc mfn. eloquent L
  2. talkative Mudr
  3. boastful, bragging Bālar

pravācaka

  1. pra-ḍvācaka mfn. declaratory, explanatory MW
  2. speaking well, eloquent W

pravācana

  1. pra-ḍvā́cana n. a proclamation, promulgation RV. x, 35, 8
  2. fame, renown RV. iv, 36, 1
  3. a designation, name ( See dvi-p○)

pravācya

  1. pra-ḍvā́cya mfn. to be proclaimed aloud, praiseworthy, glorious RV
  2. to be spoken to Hariv
  3. n. a literary production Pāṇ. 7-3, 66 Sch

prokta

  1. prôkta mfn. announced, told, taught, mentioned Mn. BhP. Var. Pāṇ
  2. said, spoken, spoken to, addressed MBh. Prab. Var. Hit
  3. called, declared, said Mn. Bhag. Hariv. Pañcat. &c
  4. meaning, signifying (with loc.) L
  5. (e), ind. it having been announced KātyŚr

proktakārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. doing what one has been told BhP

proktavat

  1. ○vat mfn. one who has said or declared W

pravaṭa

  1. pra-vaṭa m. (√vaṭ ?) wheat L

pravaṇa

  1. pra-vaṇá (prob. fr. 1. pra and suffix vana, cf. vag-vaná, sat-vaná, śuśuk-vaná
  2. but according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 5 fr. pra and vana, 'wood'
  3. according to others from √pru), m. or n. (?) the side of a hill, slope, declivity, abyss, depth RV. Kāṭh. MBh. (in RV. only loc. sg. and once pl
  4. in MBh. viii, 2369 also abl. sg.)
  5. m. a place where four roads meet L
  6. a moment L
  7. a whirlpool L
  8. n. an access to (loc.) MBh
  9. (e), ind. in a precipitous course, hurriedly, hastily MBh
  10. mf(ā)n. declining, bent, sloping down, steep, abrupt TS. Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c
  11. (ifc.) directed towards (cf. udak-, dakṣiṇā-, nimna- &c.)
  12. inclined or disposed or devoted to, intent upon, full of (loc., dat., gen., inf. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  13. wasted, decayed, disappeared R
  14. generous L
  15. humble, modest L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pro1nus.]

pravaṇatā

  1. ○tā f. inclination, [690,] propensity, proneness to (comp.) Prab. Kuval

pravaṇapraharṣa

  1. ○praharṣa mfn. one whose joy or happiness has disappeared R. (v. l. in B. pravinaṣṭa-harṣa)

pravaṇavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having a steep descent or declivity. Nir

pravaṇavidheyībhū

  1. ○vidheyī-√bhū to obey gladly Inscr

pravaṇeja

  1. pravaṇe-ja mfn. = pravāte-já Nir. viii, 9

pravaṇaya

  1. pravaṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to become inclined or attached to Dharmaś
  2. to make ready, prepare, accomplish, effect, produce ib

pravaṇāyita

  1. pravaṇāyita n. (fr. Nom. ○ṇāya) inclination, propensity, bias Sāh

pravaṇīkṛ

  1. pravaṇī-√kṛ to dispose favourably Kum

pravaṇīkṛbhū

  1. pravaṇī-√kṛ--√bhū to become favourably disposed GopBr

pravat

  1. pravát f. the side or slope of a mountain, elevation, height RV. AV
  2. heavenly height (7 or 3 in number) ib
  3. (pravato napāt, 'son of the heavenly height' i.e. Agni AV.)
  4. a sloping path, smooth or swift course (instr. sg. or pl. 'downhill, precipitately, swiftly') RV. TUp
  5. (prá-vat), mfn. directed forwards or towards, blazing forth (said of Agni) TS. AitBr
  6. containing the syllable pra or pṛ Br

pravatvat

  1. ○vat (○vát-v○), mfn. abounding in heights, hilly RV
  2. sloping downwards, affording a swift motion ib

pravad

  1. pravad in comp. for ○vat

pravadbhārgava

  1. ○bhārgava n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

pravadyāman

  1. ○yāman (○vád-), mfn. having a downward path, rapid in its course (as a chariot) RV. [Page 690, Column]

pravaṇi

  1. pra-vaṇi See niṣ-pravaṇi

pravatsyat

  1. pra-vatsyat See pra- √5. vas

pravad

  1. pra-√vad P. Ā. -vadati, ○te (Ved. inf. prá-vaditos), to speak out, pronounce, proclaim, declare, utter, say, tell RV. &c. &c
  2. to speak to (acc.) Bhaṭṭ
  3. to raise the voice (said of birds and animals) R. Var
  4. to roar, splash (said of water) ĀśvGṛ
  5. (cf. a-pravadat) to assert, affirm, state ŚvetUp. Var
  6. to pronounce to be, call, name (2 acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  7. to offer for sale (with instr. of price) Pañcat. (v. l.): Caus. -vādayati, to cause to sound, play (with acc. of the instrument) ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
  8. (without an object) to play, make music Hariv. (also -vādyati, with act. meaning MBh. xii, 1899)

pravada

  1. pra-ḍvadá mfn. sounding forth, sounding (as a drum) Kauś
  2. m. a herald, bard (?) AV. v, 20, 9

pravadana

  1. pra-ḍvadana n. a proclamation, announcement ŚāṅkhŚr

pravaditṛ

  1. pra-ḍvaditṛ́ mfn. one who speaks out, uttering (gen. or acc.) TS. MBh

pravadiṣu

  1. pra-ḍvadiṣu See vāk-pravadiṣu

pravāda

  1. pra-vāda m. speaking forth, uttering ĀśvŚr. MBh
  2. expressing, mentioning Nir
  3. talk, report, rumour, popular saying or belief MBh. Kāv. &c. (○dāya, in order to spread the rumour Kathās
  4. ○dena, according to rumour, as the saying goes MBh.)
  5. ill rumour about (gen.), slander, calumny (pl.) Kāv
  6. mutual defiance, words of challenge (prior to combat) Bhaṭṭ
  7. (ifc.) passing one's self off as R
  8. (in gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp
  9. opp. to a specified form or case) Prāt
  10. (ā), f. anything belonging to (comp.) Vait

pravādaka

  1. pra-ḍvādaka mfn. causing to sound, playing (a musical instrument) Hariv

pravādin

  1. pra-ḍvādin mfn. giving forth a sound, uttering a cry MBh
  2. (ifc.) stating, declaring, reporting, speaking of Lāṭy. MBh
  3. (fr. ○vāda), being in some grammatical form or case RPrāt

pravādya

  1. pra-ḍvādya mfn. Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Sch

prodita

  1. prôdita mfn. spoken out, uttered Hariv

pravadh

  1. pra-√vadh (only Pass. pr. 3. pl. -vadhyante and ind. p. -vadhya), to kill or slay Pañcat

pravan

  1. pra-√van Ā. -vanute (Ved. inf. právantave), to vanquish, conquer, gain, procure RV

pravap

  1. pra-vap √1. P. Ā. -vapati, ○te, to shave off (the beard &c.) RV.: TS. GṛS. 1

pravapaṇa

  1. pra-ḍvapaṇa n. shaving off GṛS

pravap

  1. pra-vap √2. P. -vapati, to scatter, strew, throw RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vāpayati, to scatter, strew TS. Kāṭh. 2

pravapaṇa

  1. pra-ḍvapaṇa n. scattering, sowing GṛS

pravāpayitṛ

  1. pra-ḍvāpayitṛ mfn. (fr. Caus.) one who scatters forth or pours out Kāṭh

pravāpin

  1. pra-ḍvāpin mfn. scattering, sowing in (comp.) Mn. ix, 51

pravapa

  1. pra-vapa mfn. (pra + vapā) having a thick membrane or omentum Pāṇ. 8-4, 16 Sch

pravabhra

  1. pravabhrá m. N. of Indra MaitrS. (cf. prababhra)

pravayaṇa

  1. pra-vayaṇa. 2 See pra-√vii and pra-√ve

pravayas

  1. prá-vayas mfn. strong, vigorous, in the prime of life RV. TS. Kāṭh
  2. advanced in age, aged, old, ancient ĀśvGṛ. Ragh. Car

pravayyā

  1. pra-vayyā See under pra-√vii

pravara

  1. pra-vara mf(ā)n. (fr. pra + vara or fr. pra √2. vṛ
  2. for 2. and 3. See p. 693) most excellent, chief, principal, best Mn. MBh. &c
  3. eldest (son) MBh
  4. better than (abl.) BhP
  5. greater (opp. to sama, 'equal', and nyūna, 'smaller') Var
  6. (ifc.) eminent, distinguished by Hariv
  7. m. a black variety of Phaseolus Mungo L
  8. Opuntia Dillenī L
  9. N. of a messenger of the gods and friend of Indra Hariv
  10. of a Dānava ib
  11. (ā), f. N. of a river (which falls into the Godāvarī and is celebrated for the sweetness of its water) MBh. VP
  12. n. aloe wood Bhpr
  13. a partic. high number Buddh

pravarakalyāṇa

  1. ○kalyāṇa mfn. eminently beautiful Hariv

pravarajana

  1. ○jana m. a person of quality Mṛicch

pravaradhātu

  1. ○dhātu m. precious metal Var

pravaranṛpati

  1. ○nṛpati m. N. of a prince (= -sena) Vcar

pravarapura

  1. ○pura n. N. of a town in Kaśmīra ib

pravarabhūpati

  1. ○bhūpati m. = -sena Rājat

pravaramūrdhaja

  1. ○mūrdhaja mfn. having beautiful hair R

pravararūpa

  1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. having a bṭbeautiful form MBh

pravaralalita

  1. ○lalita n. N. of a metre Chandom

pravaravaṃśaja

  1. ○vaṃśa-ja mfn. descended from a noble family Hariv

pravaravāhana

  1. ○vāhana m. du. 'having the best horses', N. of the Aśvins L. [Page 691, Column]

pravarasena

  1. ○sena m. N. of 2 princes of Kaśmira (cf. -nṛpati and -bhūpati) Rājat. (cf. IW. 494, 2)

pravareśa

  1. pravarêśa m. a noble lord (?) Rājat
  2. N. of a prince (= ○ra-sena) ib

pravareśvara

  1. pravarêśvara m. N. of a temple built by Pravara-sena ib

pravarga

  1. pra-varga pra-vargya, pra-varjana, See under pra- √vṛj

pravarṇ

  1. pra-varṇ √P. -varṇayati, to communicate MBh

pravarta

  1. pra-varta &c. See under pra- √vṛt

pravardaka

  1. pra-vardaka &c. See pra- √vṛdh

pravarṣa

  1. pra-varṣa &c. See under pra- √vṛh

pravarham

  1. pra-várham See under pra- √vrih

pravalākin

  1. pravalākin m. a peacock L
  2. a snake L. (prob. wṛ. for pra-calākin)

pravalg

  1. pra-valg √P. Ā. -valgati, ○te, to move the limbs quickly, bound, leap MBh. Hariv

pravalgita

  1. pra-ḍvalgita mfn. bounding, leaping, fluttering Hariv

pravalh

  1. pra-valh √Ā. -valhate, to test with a question or a riddle, puzzle (with acc.) AitBr

pravalha

  1. pra-ḍvalha m. a riddle, enigma ŚrS

pravalhikā

  1. pra-ḍvalhikā f. id. (N. of AV. xx, 133) Br. ŚrS

pravalhita

  1. pra-ḍvalhita mfn. enigmatical Nir

pravas

  1. pra-vas √4. Ā. -vaste, to put on (clothes), to dress R

pravas

  1. pra-vas √5. P. -vasati, (rarly Ā
  2. ., e.g. pf. -vāsāṃ cakre ChUp
  3. fut. -vatsyati ĀśvŚr
  4. ind. p. prôṣya ŚBr.), to go or sojourn abroad, leave home, depart RV. &c. &c
  5. to disappear vanish, cease Hariv
  6. to stop at a place, abide, dwell MBh. R
  7. (= Caus.) to banish to (loc.) R.: Caus. -vāsayati, to make to dwell in Divyâv
  8. to order to live abroad, turn out, expel, banish Mn. MBh. &c.: Desid. -vivatsati, to intend to set out on a journey Śiś
  9. to be about to depart from (abl.) Car

pravatsyat

  1. pra-ḍvatsyat mfn. about to dwell abroad
  2. -patikā f. the wife of a man who intends to make a journey L

pravasatha

  1. pra-ḍvasathá n. departure, separation from (abl.) RV. TBr. ĀpŚr

pravasana

  1. pra-ḍvasana n. setting out on a journey, departing. Amar
  2. dying, decease Hcar

pravutavya

  1. pra-ḍvutavyá n. (impers.) it is to be set out on a journey TS

pravāsa

  1. pra-vāsa m. dwelling abroad, foreign residence, absence from home RV. &c. &c. (acc. with √gam or yā. pra- √vas or ā- √pad
  2. to go abroad
  3. abl. with ā- √i, upâ-. or parā-√vṛt, to return from abroad)
  4. (in astron.) heliacal setting of the planets Var
  5. -kṛtya n. N. of wk
  6. -gata mfn. gone abroad, being away from home MW
  7. -gamana-vidhi m. N. of wk
  8. -para mfn. addicted to living abroad MW
  9. -pariśiṣta n. -vidhi m. N. of wks
  10. -stha (Ragh.), -sthita (Kathās.), mfn. being absent from home
  11. ○sôpasthāna, n
  12. ○sôpasthāna-prayoga m. ○sôpasthāna. vidhi, m
  13. ○sôpasthāna-haviryajña-prâyaścitta n. N. of wks

pravāsana

  1. pra-ḍvāsana n. (fr. Caus.) sending away from home, exile, banishment from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. killing, slaying L

pravāsanīya

  1. pra-ḍvāsanīya n. (scil. karman) the punishment of exile L

pravāsita

  1. pra-ḍvāsita mfn. sent abroad, exiled, banished MBh

pravāsin

  1. pra-ḍvāsin mfn. dwelling abroad, absent from home Kāṭh. MBh. &c

pravāsya

  1. pra-ḍvāsya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be sent abroad, to be banished Mn. viii, 284

proṣita

  1. prôṣita mfn. one who has set out on a journey, absent from home, abroad KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. effaced Ragh
  3. set (as the sun) Var
  4. deceased, dead Hcar
  5. -trāsa m. fear of one who is absent MW
  6. -bhartṛkā f. (a wife) whose husband is abroad
  7. -maraṇa n. dying abroad or in a foreign country. W
  8. -vat mfn. sojourning away from home, strange, a stranger ib

proṣuṣa

  1. prôṣúṣa mfn. one who has been absent or abroad ŚBr

proṣya

  1. prôṣya ind. having set out on a journey, abroad, absent ŚBr
  2. -pāpīyas mfn. one who has become worse by living abroad Bhaṭṭ

proṣya

  1. prôṣyá mfn. roaming, wandering TBr

pravasu

  1. pra-vasu m. N. of a son of Īlina MBh

pravah

  1. pra-vah √P. -vahati, (Pāṇ. 1-3, 81), to carry forwards, draw or drag on wards RV. AitBr. ŚrS. R. [Page 691, Column]
  2. to carry off in flowing, wash away RV. ĀśvGṛ. R
  3. to lead or bring to (acc.) MBh. Bhaṭṭ
  4. to bear Bhaṭṭ
  5. to exhibit, show, utter BhP
  6. (Ā.) to drive onwards RV
  7. to flow along Kathās. Rājat
  8. to rush, blow (as wind) MBh.: Caus. -vāhayati, to cause to go away, send off, dismiss ĀśvŚr
  9. to cause to swim away (Pass., to be washed away) MārkP. HPariś
  10. to set in motion or on foot Hariv. R

pravaha

  1. pra-ḍváha mf(ā)n. bearing along, carrying (ifc.) MBh. R
  2. m. N. of one of the 7 winds said to cause the motion of the planets MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 179)
  3. wind, air L
  4. N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col
  5. a reservoir into which water is carried Yājñ
  6. flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. -vāka)
  7. going forth, going from a town W

pravahaṇa

  1. pra-ḍvahaṇa n. sending away i.e. giving (a girl) in marriage SāmavBr
  2. creation, Harlv. (vḷ.)
  3. a carriage (for women) Mṛicch
  4. a kind of litter L
  5. (also n. and ī, f
  6. ifc. f. ā) a ship R. Kathās
  7. ○ṇa-bhaṅga m. shipwreck Ratnâv

pravāha

  1. pra-vāhá m. (ifc. f. ā) a stream, river, current, running water (○he-mūtrita n. 'making water in a river', doing a useless action Pāṇ. 2-?47 Sch.)
  2. met. = continuous flow or passage, unbroken series or succession, continuity ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. continuous use or employment Śaṃk
  4. continuous train of thought Sarvad
  5. N. of ch. in Sad-ukti-karṇâmṛita
  6. flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. -vaha)
  7. course of action, activity L
  8. course or direction towards W
  9. a pond, lake ib
  10. a beautiful horse L
  11. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
  12. (pl.) N. of a people VP
  13. (ī), f. sand L. (also ○hôtthā f. Gal.)

pravāhaka

  1. pra-ḍvāhaka mfn. carrying forwards, bearing or carrying well W
  2. m. a Rākshasa, imp, goblin (also ika) L
  3. (ikā), f. a sudden desire to evacuate, diarrhoea, Suśsr1. (ikā ind., g. svar-ādi)

pravāhaṇa

  1. pra-ḍvā́haṇa mfn. carrying off or away VS
  2. m. N. of a man ŚBr. ChUp
  3. (ī), f. the sphincter muscle (which contracts the orifice of the rectum) Suśr
  4. n. driving forth, protrusion ib
  5. evacuation (esp. if from sudden desire) ib. Car

pravāhaṇeya

  1. pra-ḍvāhaṇeya or m. (ī f. Pat.) patr. fr. ○vahaṇa, Pā2ṇ. vii, 3, 28 ; 29 Sch. (cf. g. śubhrâdi)

pravāhaṇeyi

  1. pra-ḍvāhaṇeyi m. (ī f. Pat.) patr. fr. ○vahaṇa, Pā2ṇ. vii, 3, 28 ; 29 Sch. (cf. g. śubhrâdi)

pravāhaṇeyaka

  1. pra-ḍvāhaṇeyaka mfn. (fr. ○vāhaṇa) Pāṇ. 7-3, 29 Sch

pravāhayitṛ

  1. pra-ḍvāhayitṛ m. (ft. Caus.) one who bears or carries away (-tva n.) VS. Sch

pravāhita

  1. pra-ḍvāhita m. (fr. Caus.) N. of a Ṛishi in the third Manv-antara VP
  2. n. the 'bearing down' (of a woman in labour) Car

pravāhin

  1. pra-ḍvāhín mfn. drawing, carrying, bearing along or away AV. &c. &c
  2. (ifc.) streaming MBh. R
  3. (fr. ○vāha) abounding in streams, g. puṣkarâdi
  4. m. a draught animal ŚāṅkhŚr

pravāhya

  1. pra-ḍvāhyá mfn. (fr. ○vāha) fluviatic VS

pravoḍhṛ

  1. pra-voḍhṛ or m. one who carries off (with gen. or ifc.) RV. MBh

pravoḻhṛ

  1. pra-ḍvoḻhṛ m. one who carries off (with gen. or ifc.) RV. MBh

prauḍha

  1. prâuḍha See s.v

pravahli

  1. pra-vahli ○likā, or ○īī f. a riddle, enigma L. (cf. pravalha, ○hikā)

pravā

  1. pra-√vā P. -vāti, to blow forth, blow RV. &c. &c
  2. to smell, yield a scent MBh. R. &c

pravā

  1. pra-vā́ f. blowing forth, blowing AV. VS. TS
  2. N. of a daughter of Daksha, Vāyup

pravāta

  1. pra-ḍvātá mfn. blown forward, agitited by the wind ( See below)
  2. n. a current or draught of air, windy weather or a windy place TS. &c. &c
  3. -dīpa-capala mfn. flickering or unsteady like a lamp agitated by the wind Kathās
  4. -nīlôtpala n. a lotus flower agitated by the wind Kum
  5. -śayana n. a bed placed in the middle of a current of air Mālav
  6. -sāra m. N. of a Buddha Lalit. (v. l. pravāṭa-sāgara i.e. pravāḍas○)
  7. -subhaga mfn. (a spot), delightful by (reason of) a fresh breeze Śak
  8. [○te-j�'A] mfn. growing in an airy place RV

pravāyya

  1. pra-ḍvāyyá n. (prob.) flight, fleetness AV

pravāka

  1. pra-vāka pra-vāc &c. See under pra. √vac

pravāḍa

  1. pra-vāḍa m. or n. (?) = pra-vāla, coral SaddhP

pravāḍasāgara

  1. ○sāgara m. N. of a Buddha Lalit. (vḷ. for pravāta-sāra)

pravāṇa

  1. pra-vāṇa ○ṇi, See under pra-√ve

pravāda

  1. pra-vāda &c. See under pra-√vad

pravāpayitṛ

  1. pra-vāpayitṛ ○pin, See under pra- √2. vap

pravāyaka

  1. pra-vāyaka See under pra- √vii

pravāyya

  1. pra-vāyya See under pra- √vā. [Page 691, Column]

pravāra

  1. pra-vāra ○raṇa &c. See under pra √1. 2. vṛ

pravāla

  1. pra-vāla m. n. (prob. fr. √val, but also written pra-bāla
  2. ifc. f. ā) a young shoot, sprout, new leaf or branch (to which feet and lips are often compared) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. coral Mn. MBh. &c. (in this sense also written pra-vāḍa)
  4. the neck of the Indian lute L
  5. m. an animal L
  6. a pupil L
  7. mfn. having shoots or sprouts Dharmaś
  8. having long or beautiful hair (= prakṛṣṭa-keśa yukta) ib

pravālapadma

  1. ○padma n. a red lotus-flower Suśr

pravālaphala

  1. ○phala n. red sandal-wood Bhpr

pravālabhasman

  1. ○bhasman n. calx of coral MW

pravālamaṇiśṛṅga

  1. ○maṇi-śṛṅga mfn. having horns of coral and gems ib

pravālavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having new leaves or shoots W. (cf. bahu-puṣpa-pravāla-vat)

pravālavarṇa

  1. ○varṇa mfn. coral-coloured, red Suśr

pravālāśmantaka

  1. pravālâśmantaka m. or n. (prob.) coral ib

pravālaka

  1. pravālaka n. coral Hcat. ( See also prabālaka)

pravāś

  1. pra-vāś √P. -vāśati, to begin to croak or make a croaking noise Var

pravāsa

  1. pra-vāsa and e. See col. 1

pravāh

  1. pra-√vāh Ā. -vāhate, to bear down (said of a woman in labour) Suśr.: Caus. -vāhayati id. ib. 2

pravāhita

  1. pra-ḍvāhita n. (for 1. See pra-√vah) bearing down Car

pravāha

  1. pra-vāha &c. See pra-√vah

pravika

  1. pravika g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

pravikaṭa

  1. pra-vikaṭa mfn. very large, huge Harav

pravikarṣa

  1. pra-vikarṣa m. drawing (the bowstring) Kir

pravikarṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍvikarṣaṇa n. drawing, dragging Jātakam

pravikas

  1. pra-vi-√kas P. -kasati, to open, expand (intr.) Śiś
  2. to appear, become manifest, Peasannar

pravikṝ

  1. pra-vi-kṝ √P. -kirati, (ind. p. -kīrya), to scatter about, disperse, diffuse MBh

pravikīrṇa

  1. pra-ḍvikīrṇa mfn. scattered, dispersed, diffused R. Suśr
  2. -kāmā f. a woman who has various lovers Var

pravikhyāta

  1. pra-vi-khyāta mfn. (√khyā) universally known, renowned MBh
  2. known as, named, called (nom.) MārkP

pravikhyāti

  1. pra-ḍvikhyāti f. renown, celebrity L

pravigata

  1. pra-vi-gata mfn. (√gam) passed away, disappeared Var

pravigal

  1. pra-vi-√gal P. -galati, to stream forth Mālatīm
  2. to cease, disappear ib

pravigalita

  1. pra-ḍvigalita mfn. oozing Divyāv

pravigāh

  1. pra-vi-gāh √Ā. -gāhate, to dive into, enter (acc.) R

pravigraha

  1. pra-vi-graha m. (√grah) separation of words by dividing or breaking up the Saṃdhi RPrāt

pravighaṭ

  1. pra-vi-ghaṭ √P. -ghāṭayati, to divide, disunite Kir

pravighaṭana

  1. pra-ḍvighaṭana n. hewing off or asunder Mcar

pravighaṭita

  1. pra-ḍvighaṭita mfn. hewn off, severed Mcar

pravicakṣ

  1. pra-vi-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to declare, mention, name MBh

pravicaya

  1. pra-vicaya See below

pravicar

  1. pra-vi√car P. -carati, to go forwards, advance MBh. Hit
  2. to roam about Mṛicch
  3. to walk or wander through (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -cārayati, below

pravicāra

  1. pra-ḍvicāra m. distinction, division, species, kind Suśr
  2. -mārga m. pl. springing from side to side (an artifice in fighting) Kir

vicāraṇā

  1. vicāraṇā f. id. Car

vicīrita

  1. ḍvicīrita mfn. (fr. Caus.) examined or investigated accurately Pañcat

pravical

  1. pra-vi-√cal P. -calati, to become agitated, tremble, quake MBh
  2. to become confused or disturbed Hariv
  3. to deviate or swerve from (abl.) MBh. Bhartṛ.: Caus. -cālayati, to cause to tremble, shake Hariv

pravicalita

  1. pra-vi-ḍcalita mfn. moved, shaken MBh

pravici

  1. pra-vi-ci √2. P. -cinoti, to search through, investigate, examine MBh. R

pravicaya

  1. pra-vicaya m. investigation, examination Lalit

pravicita

  1. pra-ḍvicita mfn. tried, proved, tasted MBh. [Page 692, Column]

pravicint

  1. pra-vi-√cint P. -cintayati, to think about, reflect upon (acc.) MBh. R

pravicintaka

  1. pra-ḍvicintaka mfn. reflecting beforehand, foreseeing Hariv

pravicetana

  1. pra-vicetana n. (√4. cit) comprehending, understanding Hariv

praviceṣṭ

  1. pra-vi-ceṣṭ √Ā. -ceṣṭate, to rove about, Veṇis

pravij

  1. pra-vij √(only Ā. 3. pl. pf. -vivijre), to rush forth RV. x, 111, 9: Caus. -vejayati, to drive away MBh

pravikta

  1. pra-ḍvikta (prá.), mfn. trembling, quaking RV

pravejita

  1. pra-ḍvejita mfn. (fr. Caus.) hurled, thrown, shot off MBh

pravijaya

  1. pra-vijaya m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

pravijahya

  1. pra-vi-jahya mfn. (fr. √jah
  2. cf. pra-vi √3. hā) to be given up or abandoned L

pravijṛmbh

  1. pra-vi-jṛmbh √Ā. -jṛmbhate, to open or expand (intr.), appear in full vigour or splendour Bālar

pravijñā

  1. pra-vi-jñā √P. -jānāti, to know in detail or accurately Suśr

pravitata

  1. pra-vi-tata mfn. (√tan) spread out, expanded, wide Hariv. Kāv. &c
  2. undertaken, begun MBh
  3. arranged Kathās
  4. dishevelled W

pravitapta

  1. pra-vi-tapta mfn. (√tap) scorched up, pained with heat Kām

pravid

  1. pra-vid √1. P. -vetti, to know, understand RV. AV. MBh.: Caus. -vedayati, ○te, to make known, communicate, relate TUp. MBh
  2. (P.) to know or understand right MuṇḍUp

pravid

  1. pra-ḍvíd f. knowledge, science RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61)

pravidvas

  1. pra-ḍvidvás mfn. knowing, wise RV. AV. TBr

pravettṛ

  1. pra-ḍvettṛ m. a knower R

praveda

  1. pra-ḍveda m. ( See á-praveda)
  2. -kṛt mfn. (prob.) making known AV

pravedana

  1. pra-ḍvedana n. making known, proclaiming. Pāṇ. 3-3, 153

pravedin

  1. pra-ḍvedin mfn. knowing well or accurately Mn. ix, 267

pravedya

  1. pra-ḍvedya mfn. to be made known MBh

pravid

  1. pra-vid √3. P. Ā. -vindati, ○te, to find, find out, invent RV
  2. to anticipate ŚBr.: Intens. -vevidīti, to attain, partake of (acc.) RV

pravidalana

  1. pra-vidalana n. pounding, crushing Mcar

pravidāra

  1. pra-vi-dāra m. (√dṝ) bursting asunder Var

pravidāraṇa

  1. pra-ḍvidāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) causing to burst asunder L
  2. war, battle L
  3. tumult crowd L

praviditsu

  1. pra-vi-ditsu mfn. (fr. Desid. of √1. dā) wishing to perform Harav. (wṛ. for -dhitsu?)

praviduh

  1. pra-vi-duh √(only P. 3. pl, pr. duhanti), to milk or drain out completely (fig.) RV

praviddha

  1. pra-viddha See pra-√vyadh

pravidruta

  1. pra-vi-druta mfn. (√dru) running or flowing asunder, scattered, dispersed MBh

pravidhā

  1. pra-vi-dhā √1, P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to place apart, divide Suśr
  2. (Ā.) to meditate, think upon R. Rājat
  3. to place in front, put at the head, pay attention to Śukas

pravidhāna

  1. pra-ḍvidhāna n. a means employed Vishṇ

pravidhvasta

  1. pra-vi-dhvasta mfn. (√dhvaṃs) thrown away R
  2. tossed about, agitated Hariv

pravinaś

  1. pra-vi-naś √2. (only Ā. 2ṣg. fut. -naṅkṣyase), to perish utterly, be destroyed R

pravinaṣṭa

  1. pra-vi-ḍnaṣṭa mfn. utterly destroyed ib

pravinirdhūta

  1. pra-vi-nir-dhūta mfn. (√dhū) thrown or flung away or towards or at MBh

pravipala

  1. pra-vipala m. or n. (?) a partic. minute division of time, a small part of a Vipala Siddhântaś

pravibhaj

  1. pra-vi-√bhaj P. -bhajati, to separate, divide, distribute, apportion PraśnUp Mn. MBh. &c

pravibhakta

  1. pra-ḍvibhakta mfn. separated, divided distributed &c. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. one who has received his share Mn. viii, 166
  3. (ifc.) divided into or consisting of Kull
  4. divided or distinguished by (instr. or comp.). Bhag. Śaṃk
  5. variously situated, scattered R
  6. -rasmi mfn. having the rays distributed, distributing rays Śak. Pravibhāga, m. separation, division, distribution, classification Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 692, Column]
  7. a part, portion Uttarar. -vat, mfn. having subdivisions, subdivided MBh. -śas, ind. separately, singly MBh. Hcat

pravibhāvaka

  1. pra-vibhāvaka mfn. (√bhū) causing to appear, representing Bhar

pravibhinna

  1. pra-vi-bhinna mfn. (√bhid) broken or torn off, wounded R

pravibhuj

  1. pra-vi-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, to bend back, Susr

pravimuc

  1. pra-vi-muc √P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te, to set free, liberate R
  2. to give up, relinquish, abandon MBh. Kathās. &c.: Pass. -mucyate, to be freed from or rid of (abl.) Suśr

pravimṛś

  1. pra-vi-mṛś √(only ind. p. -mṛśya wṛ. -mṛṣya) to think upon, ponder, reflect, deliberate MBh. R

praviyuta

  1. pra-vi-yuta mfn. (√2. yu) completely filled, crammed Nir. ix. 26

pravira

  1. pravira m. yellow sandal L

pravirata

  1. pra-vi-rata mfn. (√ram) one who has desisted from (abl.) Rājat

pravirala

  1. pra-virala mf(ā)n. separated by a considerable interval, isolated, few, very rare or scanty Var. Ragh. Kathās. &c

pravirūḍha

  1. pra-vi-rūḍha mfn. (√ruh) sprouted, grown Divyâv

pravilabh

  1. pra-vi-labh √Ā. -labhate, to regain, recover MBh. xiv, 1732 (prob. wṛ. for prati-l○ B. vi-pra-ī○)

pravilamb

  1. pra-vi-lamb √only pr. p. Ā. -lambamāna, hanging, suspended Divyâv.: Caus. (ind. p. -lambya) to hang up Pañcat. (v. l. pratiḷ○)

pravilambita

  1. pra-ḍvilambita mfn. hanging forwards, projecting (ati-pra-vil○) Suśr
  2. n. loitering, delaying ŚārṅgP

pravilambin

  1. pra-ḍvilambin mfn. projecting, prominent Var

pravilaya

  1. pra-vilaya See pra-vi- √lī

pravilas

  1. pra-vi-√las P. -lasati, to shine forth brightly BhP
  2. to appear in full strength or vigour Gīt. Sch

pravilasena

  1. pravila-sena or pravilla-sena m. N. of a prince VP

pravilāpana

  1. pra-vilāpana &c. See pra-vi- √lī

pravilāpin

  1. pra-vilāpin mfn. (√lap) grieving, lamenting Kathās

pravilī

  1. pra-vi-lī √Ā. or Pass. -līyate, (○ti), to become dissolved, melt or vanish away MuṇḍUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. -lāpayati, to cause to disappear or dissolve itself into (loc.) Śaṃk. BhP. Sch
  2. to dissolve, melt (trans.) Suśr

pravilaya

  1. pra-ḍvilaya m. melting Suśr
  2. = next Śaṃk

pravilayana

  1. pra-ḍvilayana n. complete dissolution or absorption Car

pravilāpana

  1. pra-ḍvilāpana or n. (fr. Caus.) complete absorption or annihilation Śaṃk

pravilāpitatva

  1. pra-ḍvilāpitatva n. (fr. Caus.) complete absorption or annihilation Śaṃk

pravilāpayitavya

  1. pra-ḍvilāpayitavya or mfn. to be completely annihilated ib

pravilāpya

  1. pra-ḍvilāpya mfn. to be completely annihilated ib

pravilup

  1. pra-vi-lup √Caus. -lopayati, to give up, abandon Kāv

pravilupta

  1. pra-ḍvilupta mfn. cut away, removed, destroyed, vanished, gone Kum. Kathās

pravilok

  1. pra-vi-lok √P. -lokayati, to look forwards or about R
  2. to perceive, notice, consider Kathās
  3. (in astron.) to observe Gol

pravilola

  1. pra-vilola mfn. very unsteady Caurap

pravivardhita

  1. pra-vi-vardhita mfn. (√vṛdh) very much increased Rājat

pravivāda

  1. pra-vivāda m.altercation, quarrel, dispute Vet

pravivikṣu

  1. pra-vivikṣu See under pra- √viś

pravivic

  1. pra-vi-vic √(only Pass. -vicyate), to test, examine Cat

pravivivikta

  1. pra-vi-ḍvivikta mfn. separate, solitary, lonely, (loc. pl. 'in a solitude') MBh. R
  2. fine, delicate ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. sharp, keen MBh
  4. -cakṣus mfn. sharp-sighted MBh
  5. -tā f. keeping away from worldly objects or desires, Jātakam
  6. -bhuj mfn. eating delicate food MāṇḍUp
  7. ○tâhāra mfn. id. ŚBr

praviviveka

  1. pra-vi-ḍviveka m. complete solitude L. [Page 692, Column]

pravivepita

  1. pra-vi-vepita mfn. (√vep, Caus.) caused to tremble R

pravivrajiṣu

  1. pra-vivrajiṣu and pra-vivrājayiṣu, See under pra-√vraj

praviś

  1. pra-viś √P. Ā. -viśati, ○te, to entor, go into, resort to (acc. or loc.) RV. &c. &c. (with agnim, agnau, madhyam agneḥ, vahnau, or citāyām, 'to ascend the funeral pyre'
  2. with karṇayoḥ', to come into the ears i.e. be heard'
  3. with ātmani, or cittam, 'to take possession of the heart'
  4. in dram. 'to enter the stage')
  5. to reach, attain Sarvad
  6. to have sexual intercourse with (acc., applied to both sexes) MBh. Suśr
  7. to enter upon, undertake, commence, begin, devote one's self to (acc., rarely loc.) MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (with piṇḍīm or tarpaṇam, 'to accept or enjoy an oblation')
  8. to enter into i.e. be absorbed or thrown into the shade by (acc.) Hariv. (with [svāni] aṅgāni or gātrāṇi), 'to shrink, shrivel' R. Kathās.: Caus. -veśayati, ○te, to cause or allow to enter, bring or lead or introduce to, usher into (acc. or loc.) AV. &c. &c. (without an object, 'to bring into one's house &c.', esp. 'to bring on the stage')
  9. to lead home as a wife, i.e. marry MBh
  10. to lay or store up, deposit in, put or throw into (loc. or acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  11. to enter i.e. commit to paper, write down Yājñ. Sch
  12. to initiate into (acc.) Prab
  13. to instil into (loc.) = teach, impart Kathās
  14. to spend (money) Pañcat
  15. to enter, come or be brought into (acc.) Var. BhP.: Desid. -vivikṣati, to wish to enter into (acc.) MBh. R

pravivikṣu

  1. pra-ḍvivikṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or being about to enter (acc.) MBh. Kām

praviṣṭa

  1. prá-viṣṭa mfn. entered R. Ragh
  2. one who has entered or gone or come into, being in or among (loc., acc. or comp
  3. cf. madhya-prav○) RV. &c. &c. (in dram. 'one who has entered the stage')
  4. sunk (as an eye) Suśr
  5. appeared or begun (as an age) Vet
  6. one who has entered upon or undertaken, occupied with, intent upon, engaged in (loc. or comp.) BhP. Rājat
  7. initiated into (acc.) Prab
  8. agreeing with (loc.) MBh
  9. made use of. invested (as money) Yājñ. Rājat
  10. (ā), f. N. of the mother of Paippalādi and Kauśika Hariv. (prob. wṛ. for śraviṣṭhā)

praviṣṭaka

  1. prá-ḍviṣṭaka n. entering the stage (only ○kena ind. in stage directions) Mṛicch. Śak. Pracaṇḍ. &c

praviṣṭahāya

  1. prá-ḍviṣṭahāya Nom. Ā. ○yate to appear in person Kād

praveśa

  1. pra-veśa m. (ifc. f. ā) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into (loc., gen. with or without antar, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (acc.with √kṛ, to make one's entrance, enter)
  2. entrance on the stage Hariv. Malav
  3. the entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac Var
  4. coming or setting in (of night) L
  5. the placing (e. g. of any deposit) in a person's house or hand Pañcat
  6. interfering with another's business, obtrusiveness Kathās
  7. the entering into i.e. being contained in (loc.) Pāṇ. 2-1, 72 Sch. Sāh
  8. employment, use, utilisation of (comp.) Kull. Inscr
  9. income, revenue, tax, toll (cf. -bhāgika)
  10. intentness on an object, engaging closely in a pursuit or purpose W
  11. manner, method Lalit
  12. a place of entrance, door MBh. Kāv. &c
  13. the syringe of an injection pipe Suśr
  14. -bhāgika m. (prob.) a receiver or gatherer of taxes Rājat

praveśaka

  1. pra-ḍveśaka ifc. = ○veśa entering, entrance Kathās
  2. m. a kind of interlude (acted by some of the subordinate characters for the making known of what is supposed to have occurred between the acts or the introducing of what is about to follow) Kālid. Ratnâv. Daśar. Sāh. &c. (cf. viṣkambhaka and IW. 473)
  3. N. of wk

praveśana

  1. pra-ḍveśana n. entering, entrance or penetration into (loc., gen. or comp.) KātyŚr. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  2. sexual intercourse PārGṛ
  3. a principal door or gate L
  4. conducting or leading into (loc.), introduction KātyŚr. MBh. &c
  5. driving home (cattle) Gobh

praveśanīya

  1. pra-ḍveśanīya mfn. (fr. prec.), g. anupravacanâdi

praveśayitavya

  1. pra-ḍveśayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be introduced Śak. (vḷ.)

praveśita

  1. pra-ḍveśita mfn. (fr. Cause.) caused to enter, brought or sent in, introduced MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. thrown into (any condition, as sleep &c.) Ragh
  3. appointed, installed BhP
  4. (ā), f. impregnated, pregnant (dārakam', with a boy') Divyâv
  5. n. causing to appear on the stage BhP

praveśin

  1. pra-ḍveśin mfn. (ifc.) entering into MBh
  2. having sexual intercourse with Car
  3. (fr. ○veśa), having an entrance accessible over or through (comp.) Hariv

praveśya

  1. pra-ḍveśya mfn. to be entered, accessible, open MBh. Hariv. Śak
  2. to be played (as a musical instrument) Ragh
  3. to be let or conducted into, be introduced MBh. R. [Page 693, Column]
  4. to be put back or re-introduced (said of the intestines) Suśr

praveṣṭavya

  1. pra-ḍveṣṭavya mfn. to be entered or penetrated or pervaded, accessible, open Kāv. Kathās
  2. to be caused or allowed to enter, to be admitted Hariv
  3. n. (impers.) one should enter or penetrate into (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c

praveṣṭṛ

  1. pra-ḍveṣṭṛ mfn. one who enters or goes into Vedântas. (-tva n.)

praviśam

  1. pra-vi-śam √Caus. -śāmayati to extinguish, destroy, annihilate (?) Divyâv

praviśiṣ

  1. pra-vi-śiṣ √P. -śinaṣṭi, to magnify, increase, augment Uttarar

praviśīrṇa

  1. pra-vi-śīrṇa mfn. (√śṝ) fallen off (as flesh) Suśr

praviśudh

  1. pra-vi-śudh √Caus. -śodhayati, to clean perfectly MBh. Suśr

praviśuddha

  1. pra-ḍviśuddha mfn. perfectly clean R

praviśleṣa

  1. pra-viśleṣa m. separation, parting L

praviṣaṇṇa

  1. pra-vi-ṣaṇṇa mfn. (√sad) dejected, sad, spiritless R

praviṣaya

  1. pra-viṣaya m. scope, range, reach (of the eye &c
  2. ○yaṃ dṛṣṭer √gam, 'to become visible') Kum. xvii, 21

praviṣā

  1. pra-viṣā f. a birch tree L. (cf. upa-viṣā, prati-viṣā)

praviṣṭa

  1. pra-viṣṭa ○ṭaka &c. See under pra- √viś

pravisarpin

  1. pra-visarpin mfn. spreading or diffusing (intr.) slowly Jātakam

pravisṛta

  1. pra-vi-sṛta mfn. (√sṛ) pouring forth Kathās
  2. spread, divulged Vāgbh
  3. run away, fled MBh
  4. violent, intensive Mṛicch. Pañcar

pravistṛ

  1. pra-vi-stṛ √P. -stṛṇāti &c., to spread, expand Hcat

pravistara

  1. pra-ḍvistara m. circumference, compass. extent ib. Pur. (○reṇa, in great detail')

pravistāra

  1. pra-ḍvistāra m. id. Cat

pravispaṣṭa

  1. pra-vi-spaṣṭa mfn. (√spaś) perfectly visible or evident Kum. xii, 42

pravihata

  1. pra-vi-hata mfn. (√han) beaten back, put to flight MBh

pravihā

  1. pra-vi-hā √3. P. -jahāti, to relinquish, give up, abandon R. (ind. p. -hāya, 'disregarding, passing over')

pravihāra

  1. pra-vihāra m. moving onwards Pārvat

pravī

  1. pra-vī √P. -veti, to go forth RV
  2. to strive after, make for, enter into ib
  3. to attack, assail ib
  4. to enter, fertilize, impregnate ib. . TS AV. Kāṭh
  5. to urge on, inspirit, animate RV

pravayaṇa

  1. pra-vayaṇa mfn. (for 2. See under pra-√ve) fit for driving forwards (as a stick) Pāṇ. 2-4, 57 Sch
  2. n. a goad ib. L

pravayaṇīya

  1. pra-ḍvayaṇīya mfn. to be driven forwards Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Sch

pravayyā

  1. pra-ḍvayyā f. to be impregnated (as a cow) Pāṇ. 6-1, 83

pravāyaka

  1. pra-ḍvāyaka mfn. driving forwards Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Sch

pravīta

  1. prá-vīta mfn. impregnated AV. (cf. a-prav○, ṛta-prav○)

pravetṛ

  1. prá-ḍvetṛ m. a charioteer Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Vārtt. 1 Pat

praveya

  1. prá-ḍveya mfn. Pāṇ. 6-1, 83 Sch

pravīṇa

  1. pra-vīṇa mf(ā)n. (pra + viiṇā) skilful, clever, conversant with or versed in (loc. or comp.) Kāv. Kām. (cf. g. śauṇḍḍâdi)
  2. m. N. of a son of the'Ith Manu Hariv. (vḷ. pra-viira)

pravīṇatā

  1. ○tā f

pravīṇatva

  1. ○tva n. skill, proficiency Kāv

pravīṇīkṛ

  1. pravīṇī-kṛ √to render skilful Siṃhâs

pravītin

  1. pra-vītin mfn. (√vye) having the sacred thread hanging down the back Gal. (cf. upa-viitin, ni-viitin)

pravīra

  1. prá-vīra mfn. preceding or surpassing heroes RV. x, 103, 5 (cf. abhí-viira)
  2. m. a hero, prince, chief among (gen. or comp.), a person excellent or distinguished by (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
  3. N. of a son of Pūru MBh
  4. of a son of Pracinvat (grandson of Pūru) Hariv. Pur
  5. of a son of Dharmanetra Hariv
  6. of a son of Hary-aśva VP
  7. of a son ol the 14th Manu Hariv. (v. l. pra-viiṇa)
  8. of a Caṇḍala MārkP
  9. pl. N. of the descendants of Praviira (son of Pūru) MBh

pravīrabāhu

  1. ○bāhu m. 'strong-armed', N. of a Rākshasa R. [Page 693, Column]

pravīravara

  1. ○vara m. 'best of heroes', N. of an Asura Kathās

pravīraka

  1. pravīraka m. N. of sev. men Mudr

pravīvivikṣu

  1. pra-vī-vivikṣu mfn. (Desid. of √viṣ) being about to embrace or inundate (said of the ocean) R

pravṛ

  1. pra-vṛ √1. P. -vṛṇoti, to ward off, keep away RV.: Caus. -vārayati id. MBh

pravara

  1. pra-vará m. (for 1. See p. 690) a cover ŚBr. (Sāy. pra-vāra
  2. Pāṇ. 3-3, 54)
  3. an upper garment Var. 1

pravaraṇa

  1. pra-ḍvaraṇa n. (for 2. See under pra √2. vṛ) the festivities at the end of the rainy season Buddh

pravāra

  1. pra-ḍvāra m. a covering, cover, woollen cloth, BṛArUp. (cf. 2. pra-vara)

pravāraka

  1. pra-ḍvāraka m. = 1. pravaraṇa L
  2. woollen cloth L. 1

pravāraṇa

  1. pra-ḍvāraṇa n. (fur 2. See under pra- 2 -vṛ) prohibition L
  2. = 1. pravaraṇa Buddh. (also ā, f
  3. MWB. 84). 1

vārita

  1. vārita mfn. (for 2. See under pra- √2. vṛ) clothed with (instr.) Kāraṇḍ

pravṛ

  1. pra-vṛ √2. P. Ā. -vṛṇāti, (Ved.) -vṛṇite -vṛṇoti, -vṛṇute (3 -sg. aor. Subj. -vṛta RV.), to choose out, choose as (acc.) or for (dat.) RV. Br. MBh. BhP
  2. to accept gladly RV. ix, 101, 13: Caus. -varayati, to choose, select MBh
  3. -vārayati, to please, gratify. R. (For 1

pravara

  1. pravara mfn. best, &c., See p. 690, col. 3.)

pravara

  1. pra-vara m. a call, summons (esp. of a Brāhman to priestly functions) AitBr
  2. an invocation of Agni at the beginning of a sacrifice, a series of ancestors (so called because Agni is invited to bear the oblations to the gods as he did for the sacrificer's progenitors, the names of the 4 10 5 most nearly connected with the ancient Ṛishis being then added) Br. ŚrS
  3. a family, race L
  4. an ancestor KātyŚr. Sch. (ī f. Pat.)
  5. -kāṇḍa m. or n. a chapter about a series of ancestors Cat
  6. -khaṇḍa m. or n. -darpaṇa m. -dīpikā f. -nirṇaya, m. -mañjarī f. -ratna n. N. of wks
  7. -vat mfn. having a series of ancestors L
  8. ○râdhyāya m. ○re-kṛta-śānti f. N. of wks. 2

pravaraṇa

  1. pra-ḍvaraṇa n. (for 1. See above) a call, summons, invocation (ati-prav○) ĀśvŚr
  2. any religious ceremony or observance (= anu-ṣṭhāna) Hcat
  3. ○ṇīya mfn. fit for religious observance ib. 2

pravāraṇa

  1. pra-ḍvāraṇa n. (for 1. See above) satisfying, fulfilment of a wish MBh. v, 146. 2

pravārita

  1. pra-ḍvārita mfn. (for 1. See above) offered, set out for sale MBh. v, 6006 (B. pra-codita)

pravārya

  1. pra-ḍvārya mfn. to be satisfied MBh. v, 149

pravṛta

  1. pra-ḍvṛta mfn. chosen, selected, adopted (as a son) BhP
  2. -homa m. an oblation offered on the appointment of a priest, ŚrS
  3. ○mīya mfn. relating to it, Sā3ṅkhBr
  4. ○tâhuti f. = ○tahoma ib. Vait

pravṛkṇa

  1. pra-vṛkṇa See pra- √vraśc

pravṛj

  1. pra-vṛj √P. Ā. -vṛṇakti, -vṛṅkte, (Ved. inf. -vṛ́je), to strew (the sacrificial grass) RV. Br
  2. to place in or on the fire, heat ib
  3. to perform the Pravargya ceremony Br. KātyŚr

pravarga

  1. pra-varga m. a large earthenware pot (used in the Pravargya ceremony) Sāy. on RV. vii, 103, 8
  2. wṛ. for next
  3. ○gâvarta-bhūṣaṇa m. N. of Vishṇu Hariv

pravargya

  1. pra-ḍvargyá m. a ceremony introductory to the Soma sacrifice (at which fresh milk is poured into a heated vessel called, mahā-viira or gharma, or into boiling ghee) Br. ŚrS. MBh. &c
  2. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
  3. -kāṇḍa m. N. of ŚBr. xvi (in the kāṇva-śākhā)
  4. -prayoga m. N. of wk
  5. -vat (○gyá-.), mfn. connected with the Pravargya ceremony ŚBr. ŚrS
  6. -sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

pravarjana

  1. pra-ḍvárjana n. performance, of the PravṭPravargya ceremony, placing in or near the fire ŚBr

pravṛkta

  1. pra-ḍvṛkta (prá-.), mfn. placed in or near the fire ŚBr

pravṛjya

  1. pra-ḍvṛjya mfn. to be placed in or near the fire ĀpŚr

pravṛñjana

  1. pra-vṛñjana n. = ○várjana ib

pravṛñjanīya

  1. pra-ḍvṛñjanīya mfn. used at the Pravargya ceremony KātyŚr

pravṛt

  1. pra-vṛt √Ā. -vartate, (ep. also P. ○ti), to roll or go onwards (as a carriage), be set in motion or going ChUp. MBh. &c
  2. to set out, depart, betake one's self MBh. R. &c
  3. to proceed (vartmanā, or ○ni, on a path
  4. apathena, on a wrong path) Kāv. Kathās
  5. to come forth, issue, originate, arise, be produced, result, occur, happen, take place VS. Br. MBh. &c
  6. to commence, begin to (inf.), set about, engage in, be intent upon or occupied with (dat., loc., or artham ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. to proceed against, do injury to (loc.) MBh. R. Ragh. [Page 693, Column]
  8. to debauch (anyo'nyam, 'one another') MBh
  9. to act or proceed according to or with (instr. or abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  10. to behave or conduct one's self towards, deal with (loc.) ib
  11. to hold good, prevail ib
  12. to continue, keep on (pr. p.) Hariv. Sarvad
  13. to be, exist MārkP
  14. to serve for, conduce to (dat., or artham ifc.) Sarvad
  15. to mean, be used in the sense of (loc.) ib
  16. to let any one (gen.) have anything (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn or roll, set in motion RV. &c. &c
  17. to throw, hurl, Pour forth RV. MaitrS
  18. to send Prab
  19. to set on foot, circulate, diffuse, divulge MBh. Kāv. &c
  20. to introduce, appoint, instal ib
  21. to produce, create, accomplish, devise, invent, perform, do, make ib. (with setum to erect a dam
  22. with vyayakarma, to effect expenditure
  23. with loka-yātrām, to transact the business of life
  24. with kathām, to relate a story)
  25. to exhibit, show, display R. BhP
  26. to undertake, begin KātyŚr. MBh. &c
  27. to use, employ Bhaṭṭ
  28. to induce any one to do anything, betray into (loc.) Kathās
  29. to proceed against (loc.) MBh

pravarta

  1. pra-vartá m. a round ornament AV. (TS. Sch. 'an ear-ring'
  2. cf: pra-vṛtta)
  3. engaging in, undertaking W
  4. excitement, stimulus ib

pravartaka

  1. pra-ḍvartaka mf(ikā)n. acting, proceeding L
  2. setting in motion or action, setting on foot, advancing, promoting, forwarding Up. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. producing, causing, effecting MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. m. a founder, author, originator of anything ib
  5. an arbiter, judge W
  6. n. (in dram.) the entrance of a previously announced person on the stage (at the end of the introduction) Sāh. Pratāp. (cf. pra-vṛttaka and prā-varta)
  7. -jñāna and ○kīya n. N. of wks

pravartana

  1. pra-ḍvartana mf(ī)n. being in motion, flowing Ragh. x, 38 (C. ○vartin)
  2. (ā), f. incitement to activity Gaut
  3. (in gram.) order, permission, the sense of the precative or qualified imperative tense (?) W
  4. n. advance, forward movement, rolling or flowing forth R. Var. Yājñ. Sch
  5. walking, roaming, wandering R
  6. activity, procedure, engaging in, dealing with (instr. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. going on, coming off, happening, occurrence MBh. Hariv. &c
  8. conduct, behaviour MBh
  9. bringing near, fetching ŚāṅkhŚr
  10. erection, construction Mn. Yājñ. Sch
  11. causing to appear, bringing about, advancing, promoting, introducing, employing, using MBh. R. &c
  12. informing W

pravartanīya

  1. pra-ḍvartanīya mfn. to be set in motion or employed Kull
  2. to be begun Yājñ. Sch

pravartamānaka

  1. pra-ḍvartamānaká mfn. (dimin. of the pr. p. ○vartamāna) coming slowly forth from (abl.) RV. i, 191, 16

pravartayitṛ

  1. pra-ḍvartayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) one who sets in motion or action, instigator of(gen.) or to (loc.) Kād. Śaṃk. (-tva, n.)
  2. an erector, builder, founder, introducer VP. Yājñ. Sch
  3. an employer Kull

pravartita

  1. pra-ḍvartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to roll on or forwards, set in motion, set on foot MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. set up, established, introduced, appointed ib
  3. built, erected, made, performed, accomplished ib
  4. related, told Sāh
  5. made pure, hallowed Mn. xi, 196
  6. informed, apprized W
  7. stimulated, incited ib
  8. lighted, kindled MW
  9. dispensed, administered Ml
  10. allowed to take its course ib
  11. enforced ib

pravartitavya

  1. pra-ḍvartitavya n. (impers.) one should act or proceed Prab. Sāh

pravartitṛ

  1. pra-ḍvartitṛ m. one who causes or effects, producer, bringer MBh
  2. one who settles or determines Yājñ

pravartin

  1. pra-ḍvartin mfn. issuing, streaming forth, forth, moving onwards, flowing Kālid. Śatr
  2. active, restless, unsteady (a-prativ○) ŚBr. Up
  3. causing to flow MBh. Hariv
  4. causing, effecting, Producing ib
  5. using, employing Hariv
  6. introducing, propagating Cat
  7. (ī), f. N. of a Jaina nun HPariś

pravartya

  1. pra-ḍvartya mfn. to be (or being) excited to activity Śaṃk

pravṛt

  1. pra-vṛ́t f. (?) VS. xv, 9

pravṛtta

  1. pra-ḍvṛtta mfn. rotund, globular ŚāṅkhBr
  2. driven up (as a carriage) ChUp
  3. circulated (as a book) Pañcat
  4. set out from (-tas), going to, bound for (acc., loc., inf., or artham ifc
  5. dakṣiṇena, 'southwards'
  6. with pathā', proceeding on a path') MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. issued from (abl.), come forth, resulted, arisen, produced, brought about, happened, occurred VS. &c. &c
  8. come back, returned MBh
  9. commenced, begun MBh. Kāv. &c
  10. (also -vat mfn. ) having set about or commenced to (inf.) Kathās
  11. purposing or going to, bent upon (dat., loc., or comp.) Kāv. Kathās. Rājat
  12. engaged in, occupied with, devoted to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  13. hurting, injuring, offending MBh
  14. acting, proceeding, dealing with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  15. existing Āpast
  16. who or what has become (with nom.) R
  17. (with karman n. action) causing a continuation of mundane existence Mn. xii, 88 [Page 694, Column]
  18. wṛ. for pra-cṛtta and pra-nṛtta
  19. (○vṛttá), m. = ○varta, a round ornament ŚBr
  20. (ā f. N. of a female demon MārkP.)
  21. -karman n. any act leading to a future birth W
  22. -cakra mfn. 'whose chariot wheels run on unimpeded', having universal power (○kra-tā f.) Yājñ
  23. -tva n. the having happened or occurred Jaim
  24. -pānīya mfn. (a well) with abundant water MBh
  25. -pāraṇa n. a partic. religious observance or ceremony Śak. (vḷ.)
  26. -vāc mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent MBh
  27. -samprahāra mfn. one who has begun the fight (○ra-tva n.) Kathās
  28. ○ttâśin m. N. of a partic. class of ascetics Baudh

pravṛttaka

  1. pra-ḍvṛttaka n. -"ṣvartaka n. Pratāp
  2. N. of a metre Col

pravṛtti

  1. pra-ḍvṛtti f. moving onwards, advance, progress GṛŚrS. MBh. Suśr
  2. coming forth, appearance, manifestation ŚvetUp. Kālid. Rājat
  3. rise, source, origin. MBh
  4. activity, exertion, efficacy, function Kap. Sāṃkhyak. MBh. &c. (in the Nyāya one of the 82 Prameyas IW. 63)
  5. active life (as opp. to ni-vṛtti q.v. and to contemplative devotion, and defined as consisting of the wish to act, knowledge of the means, and accomplishment of the object) W
  6. giving or devoting one's self to, prosecution of. course or tendency towards, inclination or predilection for (loc. or comp.) Rājat. Hit. Sāh
  7. application, use, employment Mn. MBh. MārkP
  8. conduct, behaviour, practice Mn. MBh. &c
  9. the applicability or validity of a rule KātyŚr. Pāṇ. Sch
  10. currency, continuance, prevalence ib
  11. fate, lot, destiny R
  12. news, tidings, intelligence of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  13. cognition (with viṣaya-vatī, 'a sensuous cognition') Yogas
  14. the exudation from the temples of a rutting elephant L. (cf. Vikr. iv, 47)
  15. N. of Avanti or Oujein or any holy place L
  16. (in arithm.) the multiplier W. (wṛ. for pra-kṛti?)
  17. -jña, m. 'knowing the news', an emissary, agent. spy L
  18. -jñóna n. -vijñāna Sarvad
  19. -nimitta n. the reason for the use of any term in the particular significations which it bears MW
  20. -nivṛtti-mat mfn. connected with activity and inactivity BhP
  21. paróṅmukha mf(ī)n. disinclined to give tidings Vikr
  22. -pratyaya m. a belief in or conception of the things relating to the external world Buddh
  23. -mat mfn. devoted to anything, Kaiy
  24. mārga m. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of the world or with the rites and works of religion MW
  25. -vacana mfn. (a word) expressing activity Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 51
  26. -vijñāna n. cognition of the things belonging to the external world Buddh
  27. ○tty-aṅga n. N. of wk

pravṛdh

  1. pra-vṛdh √P. -vardhati, to exalt, magnify. RV. viii, 8, 22
  2. Ā. -vardhate (rarely P. ○ti), to grow up, grow, increase, gain in strength, prosper, thrive RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vardhayati, ○te, to strengthen, increase, augment, extend RV. &c. &c
  3. to raise, exalt, cause to thrive Hariv
  4. to rear, cherish, bring up Kathās

pravardhaka

  1. pra-vardhaka mf(ikā)n. augmenting, increasing, enhancing Inscr

pravardhana

  1. pra-ḍvardhana mfn. id Hariv. Suśr
  2. n. augmenting, increase W

pravṛddha

  1. prá-vṛddha mfn. grown up, fully developed, increased, augmented, intense, vehement, great, numerous RV. &c. &c
  2. swollen, heaving R. Kālid
  3. risen to wealth or power, prosperous, mighty, strong MBh. Var
  4. (also with vayasā) advanced in age, grown old MBh. Kathās
  5. expanded, diffused W
  6. full, deep (as a sigh) ib
  7. haughty, arrogant MW
  8. wṛ. for pra-vṛtta, -viddha, -buddha

vṛddhi

  1. vṛddhi f. growth, increase Var. Kālid. Rājat
  2. rising, rise (arghasya, 'of price') Var
  3. prosperity, increasing welfare, rising in rank or reputation ib. Rājat

pravṛdh

  1. pra-vṛ́dh f. growth RV. iii, 31, 3

pravṛścya

  1. pra-vṛścya See pra- √vraśc

pravṛṣ

  1. pra-vṛṣ √P. -varṣati, to begin to rain, rain, shed or shower abundantly with (instr) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -varṣayati, to cause to rain TS. ŚBr

pravarṣa

  1. pra-ḍvarṣa m. (also pl.) rain MBh. Pañcat

pravarṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍvarṣaṇa m. N. of a mountain BhP
  2. n. beginning to rain, raining, causing to rain MBh. Var. (Sch. 'first rain')

pravarṣin

  1. pra-ḍvarṣin mfn. raining, causing to rain, showering, discharging MBh. R. &c. (cf. ūrdhva-prav○)

pravṛṣṭa

  1. pra-ḍvṛṣṭa mfn. begun to rain or to pour down (instr.) MBh. R. Kathās
  2. (e), ind. when it rains Var. [Page 694, Column]

pravṛh

  1. pra-vṛh √P. Ā. -vṛhati, ○te, to tear out or off or asunder, destroy RV. TS. Br. Up
  2. (Ā) to draw towards one's self. attract ŚBr

pravarham

  1. pra-ḍvárham ind. plucking off ŚBr

pravṛḍha

  1. pra-ḍvṛḍha mfn. torn off Kāṭh. (Cf. pra- √1. bṛh.)

prave

  1. pra-√ve P. -vayati, to weave on, attach to RV. TS. ŚBr. Up

pravayaṇa

  1. pra-vayaṇa n. (for 1. See under pra- √vii) the upper part of a piece of woven cloth AitBr

pravāṇa

  1. pra-ḍvāṇa n. the edging or trimming of a piece of woven cloth Lāṭy

pravāṇi

  1. pra-ḍvāṇi or f. a weaver's shuttle L

pravāṇī

  1. pra-ḍvāṇī f. a weaver's shuttle L

prota

  1. prôta See s.v

praveka

  1. pra-veka mfn. (√vic) choicest, most excellent, principal, chief (always ifc.) MBh. R. &c

pravega

  1. pra-vega m. (√vij) great speed, rapidity MBh. R. (cf. śara-pr○)

pravegita

  1. pra-ḍvegita mfn. moving swiftly, rapid R

praveṭa

  1. pra-veṭa m. barley L. (cf. pra-vata, prāvaṭa)

praveṇī

  1. pra-veṇī f. a braid of hair worn by widows and by wives in the absence of their husbands R. (○ṇi L.)
  2. a piece of coloured woollen cloth (used instead of a saddle) MBh. (○ṇi L., also 'the housings of an elephant')
  3. N. of a river MBh

pravetṛ

  1. pra-vetṛ pra-veya, See pra- √vii

pravettṛ

  1. pra-vettṛ pra-veda &c. See pra √1. vid

pravedha

  1. pra-vedha See pra-√vyadh

pravep

  1. pra-√vep Ā. -vepate (m. c. also P. ○ti), to tremble, shiver, quake MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vepayati (aor. prâviivipat), to cause to tremble, shake RV. &c. &c

pravepa

  1. pra-ḍvepa rembling, quivering R

pravepaka

  1. pra-ḍvepaka m. trembling shivering, shuddering Suśr

pravepathu

  1. pra-ḍvepathu m. id. ib

pravepana

  1. pra-ḍvepana m. N. of a serpentdemon MBh
  2. n. trembling, shuddering, tremulous motion, agitation Car. Pāṇ. Sch. Vop. (wṛ. ○vepaṇa)

pravepanin

  1. pra-ḍvepanín mfn. causing (enemies) to tremble (said of Indra) RV

pravepanīya

  1. pra-ḍvepanīya○ mfn. to be caused to tremble Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

pravepita

  1. pra-ḍvepita n. the act of trembling Kir

pravepin

  1. pra-ḍvepin mfn. trembling, shaking, tottering Nir. ix, 8

praveraya

  1. pra-veraya Nom. P. ○yati (cf. √vel, vell), to cast, hurl MBh

praverita

  1. pra-ḍverita mfn. cast, hurled ib. (vḷ.)

pravela

  1. pravela m. a yellow variety of Phaseolus Mungo L

praveśa

  1. pra-veśa &c. See pra- √viś

praveṣṭ

  1. pra-veṣṭ √Caus. -veṣṭayati, to cover, enclose, surround TS
  2. to twine or fasten round ĀpŚr. MānGṛ

praveṣṭa

  1. pra-veṣṭa m. (only L.) an arm
  2. the fore-arm or wrist (cf. pra-koṣṭha)
  3. the fleshy part of the back of an elephant on which the rider sits
  4. an elephant's housings
  5. an elephant's gums ( See also danta-pr○)

praveṣṭita

  1. pra-ḍveṣṭita mfn. covered with (instr.) MBh

praveṣṭaka

  1. praveṣṭaka wṛ. for pra-viṣṭaka ( See pra- √viś)

praveṣṭavya

  1. pra-veṣṭavya ○ṭṛ, See pra- √viś

pravoḍhṛ

  1. pra-voḍhṛ See pra-√vah

pravyakta

  1. pra-vy-akta mfn. (√añj) evident, apparent, manifest (compar. -tara) Suśr

pravyakti

  1. pra-ḍvyakti f. appearance, manifestation ib

pravyath

  1. pra-vyath √Ā. -vyathate, (ep. also P. ○ti), to tremble, be afraid of (gen.), be disquieted or distressed MBh. R. &c
  2. = Caus. R.: Caus. -vyathayati, to frighten, disquiet, distress MBh. R. Hariv

pravyathita

  1. pra-ḍvyathita mfn. affrighted, distressed, pained MBh. Hariv. R. &c

pravyadh

  1. pra-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to hurl, cast, throw away or down RV. &c. &c
  2. to hurl missiles, shoot AV. ŚBr
  3. to pierce, transfix, wound MBh. Suśr

praviddha

  1. prá-viddha mfn. hurled, cast, thrown into (loc.) RV. &c. &c
  2. thrown asunder, spilt (as water) R
  3. crammed, filled MBh
  4. abandoned, given up R

pravedha

  1. prá-ḍvedha m. a bow-shot ĀpŚr. Sch
  2. a partic. measure of length, Divyâ

pravyādha

  1. prá-ḍvyādhá m. id., the distance of the flight of an arrow ŚBr. TBr. [Page 694, Column] ŚrS

pravyas

  1. pra-vy-as √2. P. -asyati, to lay down, place upon (loc.) R

pravyāhṛ

  1. pra-vy-ā-hṛ √P. -harati, to utter forth, speak MBh. R
  2. to utter inarticulate sounds, howl, yell, roar ib. (v. l. pratyāhri)
  3. to declare beforehand, foretell, predict MW.: Caus. -hārayati, to speak MBh

pravyāharaṇa

  1. pra-ḍvyāharaṇa n. the uttering of sounds, faculty of speech Divyâv

pravyāhāra

  1. pra-ḍvyāhāra m. (v. l. or wṛ. pratyāh○) prolongation or continuation of discourse MBh. (= prakṛṣṭâkti, Nīlak.)
  2. speaking to, address (○raṃ √kṛ, with gen.', to address a person') Kāraṇḍ
  3. sound ib

pravyāhṛta

  1. pra-ḍvyāhṛta mfn. speaking MBh
  2. spoken, foretold, predicted ib

pravraj

  1. pra-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc., loc. or dat.) ŚBr. Up. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
  2. to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. (with Jainas) to become a monk HPariś.: Caus. -vrājayati (wṛ. -vraj○), to send into exile, banish from (abl.) MBh. R. &c
  4. to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or to become a monk MBh. HPariś

pravivrajiṣu

  1. pra-vivrajiṣu mfn. (from Desid.) wishing to take the vow of a monk HPariś

pravivivrājayiṣu

  1. pra-viḍvivrājayiṣu mfn. (from Desid. of Caus.) wishing to send into exile, desirous of banishing, Bhaṭṭi

pravrajana

  1. pra-vrajana n. going abroad MBh

pravrajikā

  1. pra-ḍvrajikā wṛ. for ○vrajitā and ○vrājikā

pravrajita

  1. pra-ḍvrajita mfn. gone astray or abroad R. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 38
  2. run away (said of horses) MBh
  3. (also with vanam) one who has left home to become a religious mendicant or (with Jainas) to become a monk Mn. MBh. HPariś
  4. m. a religious mendicant or a monk MBh. Var. Suśr
  5. (ā), f. a female ascetic or a nun Yājñ. Var. Kād. Sāh
  6. Nardostachys Jatamansi L
  7. another plant (muṇḍīrī) L
  8. n. the life of a religious mendicant MBh

pravrajya

  1. pra-ḍvrajya n. going abroad, migration MBh
  2. (ā), f. id. ib
  3. going forth from home (first rite of a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77
  4. roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. the order of a relṭreligious mendicant MBh. Var
  6. ○jyā-yoga m. a constellation under which future relṭreligious mendicants are born Var
  7. jyâvasita m. a relṭreligious mendicant who has renounced his order Yājñ

pravrāj

  1. pra-vrāj m. a religious mendicant Var. Kathās

pravrāja

  1. pra-ḍvrājá m. the bed of a river RV

pravrājaka

  1. pra-ḍvrājaka m. a religious mṭmendicant R. Kathās
  2. (ikā), f. a female ascetic (also ○jaka-strī) Kathās

pravrājana

  1. pra-ḍvrājana n. banishment, exile MBh. R

pravrājita

  1. pra-ḍvrājita mfn. become a monk Divyâv

vrājin

  1. vrā́jin m. = ○vrāj ŚBr
  2. mfn. running after ( See dvi-pravrājinī)

pravraśc

  1. pra-vraśc √P. -vṛścati, (ind. p. vṛścya), to cut or hew off, cut or tear to pieces, lace ite, wound AV. Br. Bhaṭṭ

pravṛkṇa

  1. pra-ḍvṛkṇa mfn. cut or hewn off BhP

pravraścana

  1. pra-ḍvraścana m. an instrunient for cutting fuel, a knife for cutting wood Pāṇ. Sch. (cf. idhma-pr○)

pravraska

  1. pra-ḍvraska m. a cut Kauś

pravlī

  1. pra-vlī √P. -vlināti, to overwhelm by pressure, crush ĀpŚr

pravlaya

  1. pra-ḍvlaya m. sinking down, collapse AitBr

pravlīna

  1. pra-ḍvlīna (prá-), mfn. overwhelmed by pressure, crushed, sunk down AV. Br

praśaṃyuvāka

  1. pra-śaṃyuvāka wṛ. for śaṃy○

praśaṃs

  1. pra-śaṃs √P. Ā. -śaṃsati, ○te, (irreg. Pot. -śaṃsīyāt Cāṇ.), to proclaim, declare, praise, laud, extol RV. &c. &c
  2. to urge on, stimulate RV. i, 84, 19
  3. to approve, esteem, value (with na, to disapprove, blame) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. to foretell, prophesy Cāṇ

praśaṃsaka

  1. pra-ḍśaṃsaka mfn. (ifc.) praising, commending MBh. R. HYog

praśaṃsana

  1. pra-ḍśaṃsana n. praising, commending Vedântas. Pāṇ. Sch. (wṛ. ○śaṃśana)

praśaṃsanīya

  1. pra-ḍśaṃsanīya mfn. to be praised, laudable Kād

praśaṃsā

  1. pra-ḍśaṃsā́ f. praise, commendation, fame, glory (with Buddhists one of the 8 worldly conditions Dharmas. 61) ŚBr. &c. &c. (cf. aprastuta-p○, strī-p○
  2. wṛ. ○śaṃśā)
  3. -nāman n. an expression of praise Nir
  4. mukhara mfn. loud with praise, praising loudly (○rânana, mfn. 'one whose mouth is loud with praise', speaking loudly in praise of anything) Rājat
  5. -"ṣlāpa (○sâl○), m. applause, acclamation Daś
  6. -vacana n. pl. a laudatory speech MBh
  7. -"ṣvali (○sâv○), f. a poem of praise, panegyric Bālar
  8. ○śaṃsôpamā f. (in rhet.) laudatory comparison, comparing to anything superior Kāvyâd. [Page 695, Column]

praśaṃsita

  1. pra-ḍśaṃsita mfn. praised, commended Pañcar

praśaṃsitavya

  1. pra-ḍśaṃsitavya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy W

praśaṃsin

  1. pra-ḍśaṃsin mfn. (ifc.) praising, commending, eulogizing MBh. R

praśaṃstavya

  1. pra-ḍśaṃstavya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy. R. (cf. ○śastavya)

praśaṃsaṃsya

  1. pra-śaṃḍsaṃsya mfn. to be pr, praisewṭpraiseworthy RV. MBh. R. Uttarar. (vḷ.)
  2. preferable to, better than (abl.) Mn. ii, 95 Kull. (cf. 1. ○śasya.)

praśasta

  1. praśastá mfn. praised, commended, considered fit or good, happy, auspicious (as stars, days &c.) RV. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. better, more excellent Gaut
  3. best Āpast
  4. consecrated (as water) Var
  5. m. N. of a man Kathās
  6. of a poet Cat
  7. (ā), f. N. of a river MBh
  8. -kara m. N. of an author (perhaps the writer of a wk. entitled Praśasta) Cat
  9. -kalaśa m. N. of a man Rājat
  10. -ta f. (MW.) or -tva n. (Mcar.) excellence, goodness
  11. -paribhāṣā f. N. of wk
  12. -pāda m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat
  13. -bhāṣya n. N. of wk. Cat
  14. -vacana n. pl. laudatory words, praises Mṛicch
  15. ○śastâdri m. N. of a mountain to the west of Madhya-deśa Var

praśastavya

  1. praḍśastavya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy R. (cf. -śaṃstavya)

praśuti

  1. praḍśuti (prá-). f. praise, fame, glorification RV. Uttarar. Daśar. &c. (○tiṃ √dhā, to bestow praise upon, value highly with loc. RV.)
  2. liking, desire (as of food) RV
  3. (in dram.) a benediction (praying for peace &c. in the reign of a prince) Sāh
  4. instruction, guidance, warning RV
  5. an edict Vcar. Bālar
  6. (metrical) eulogistic inscription Ml
  7. excellence, eminence W
  8. N. of a guide to letter-writing Cat. (also ○tikā)
  9. -kāśikā f. N. of wk
  10. -kṛt mfn. bestowing praise, praising RV
  11. -gāthā f. a song of praise Caṇḍ
  12. -taraṃga m. N. of wk. -paṭṭa m. a written edict Rājat
  13. -prakāśikā f. N. of wk. (= -kāśikā)
  14. -ratnâkara m. N. of wk
  15. -ratnâvahlī f. N. of a poem by Viśva-nātha, Sāh 1

praśasya

  1. praḍśasya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy, excellent, eminent RV. Nir. MBh. &c
  2. to be called happy, to be congratulated MBh. (cf. ○śaṃsya)
  3. -tā f. excellence, eminence Hemac. 2

praśasya

  1. praḍśasya ind. having praised or commended MBh. R. Pañcat. BhP

praśak

  1. pra-śak √P. -śaknoti, (fut. also A. -śakṣye. MBh.), to be able to (inf.) MBh. Hariv

praśaka

  1. pra-ḍśaka mfn. wṛ. for ○sakta MBh

praśakya

  1. pra-ḍśakya mfn. one who does his utmost Kauś. Sch

praśaka

  1. praśaka wṛ. for pra-śākha, col. 2

praśaṭha

  1. pra-śaṭha mfn. very false or wicked (-tā f.) L

praśad

  1. pra-śad √only Caus. -śātayati, to cause to fall down, break off, pluck Vcar

praśattvan

  1. pra-ḍśattvan m. the ocean Uṇ. iv, 116 Sch
  2. (arī), f. a river ib

praśam

  1. pra-śam √P. -śāmyati, to become calm or tranquil, be pacified or soothed, settle down (as dust) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to be allayed or extinguished, cease, disappear, fade away ib.: Caus. -śamayati (rarely śām○), to appease, calm quench allay, extinguish, terminate ib
  3. to make subject, subdue, conquer MBh

praśama

  1. pra-ḍśama m. calmness, tranquillity' (esp. of mind), quiet, rest, cessation, extinction, abatement MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. m. N. of a son of Ānaka-dundisbhi and Śānti-deva BhP
  3. (ī), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh
  4. -ṃ-kara mfn. causing the cessation of (gen.), disturbing, interrupting R
  5. -rati-sūsra n. N. of wk
  6. -sthita mfn. being in a state of quiescence Ragh
  7. ○mâyana mfn. walking in tranquillity BhP

praśamaka

  1. pra-ḍśamaka mfn. one who brings to rest, quenching, allaying Kāraṇḍ

praśamana

  1. pra-ḍśamana mfn. tranquillizing, pacifying, curing, healing MBh. Hariv. Suśr
  2. n. the act of tranquillizing &c. MBh. Kām. Daś. Pur. Suśr
  3. securing, keeping safe (of what has been acquired) Mn. vii, 56 (others, bestowing aptly'
  4. others, 'sanctification'
  5. Ragh. iv, 14)
  6. killing, slaughter L
  7. (scil. astra) N. of a weapon R

śamita

  1. śamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) tranquillized, relieved, quelled, quenched, allayed MBh. Hariv. &c
  2. atoned for, expiated Uttarar
  3. -ripu mfn. one who has all enemies pacified Mṛicch
  4. ○târi mfn. id. Ragh
  5. ○tâpadrava mfn. one who has all calamities quelled MW

praśān

  1. pra-śān ind., g. svar-ādi (cf. ○śām)

praśānta

  1. pra-ḍśānta mfn. tranquillized, calm, quiet, composed, indifferent Up. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. (in augury) auspicious, boni ominis Var
  3. extinguished, ceased, allayed, removed, destroyed, dead MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. -kāma mfn. one whose desires are calmed, content BhP
  5. -cāritramati m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Lalit
  6. -cārin m. pl. 'walking tranquilly', (prob.) N. of a class of deities ib. [Page 695, Column]
  7. -citta mfn. 'tranquil-minded', calm Vedântas
  8. -ceṣṭa mfn. one whose efforts have ceased, resting MW
  9. -tā f. tranquillity of mind MBh
  10. -dhī mfn. = -citta BhP
  11. -bādha mfn. one who has all calamities or hindrances quelled MW
  12. -bhūmipāla mfn. 'having the kings extinguished', without a king (said of the earth) Rājat
  13. -mūrti mfn. of tranquil appearance Var
  14. -rāga m. N. of a man Cat
  15. -viniścaya-pratihārya-nirdeśa m. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra
  16. -vinītêśvara m. N. of a divine being, Lalī
  17. ○tâtman mfn. 'tranquil-souled', composed in mind, peaceful, calm Bhag. BhP
  18. ○târāti mfn. one whose enemies have been pacified or destroyed Prab
  19. ○târja mfn. one whose strength has ceased, weakened, prostrated W
  20. ○tôlmuka mfn. extinguished W
  21. ○tâujas mfn. = ○tôrja MW

praśāntaka

  1. pra-ḍśāntaka mfn. tranquil, calm Bhar

praśānti

  1. pra-śānti f. sinking to rest, rest, tranquillity (esp. of mind), calm, quiet, pacification, abatement, extinction, destruction MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. -dūtī f. 'messenger of rest', N. of old age Kathās

praśām

  1. pra-ḍśā́m mfn. (nom. ○śā́n) painless, unhurt ŚBr. (cf. ○śān above)

praśāma

  1. pra-ḍśāma tranquillity, pacification, suppression W

praśāmita

  1. pra-ḍśāmita mfn. (fr. Caus.) pacified i.e. subdued, conquered Hariv

praśardha

  1. pra-śardha mfn. (√śṛdh) bold, daring RV

praśala

  1. praśala wṛ. for prasala

praśas

  1. pra-śas f. (√1. śas) a hatchet, axe, knife AitBr. (Nir. Sch
  2. others = pra-śasta, pra-kṛṣṭa-cchedana &c.)

praśasta

  1. pra-śasta &c. See pra-√śaṃs

praśākha

  1. pra-śākha mfn. having great branches (as a tree), Psṇ. vi, 2, 177 Sch
  2. (also ○śaka) N. of the 5th stage in the formation of an embryo (in which the hands and feet are formed) Buddh
  3. (ā), f. a branch or twig MBh. R
  4. (prob.) extremity of the body Suśr
  5. ○kha-vat mfn. (m.c. for ○khA-v○) having numerous branches R

praśākhikā

  1. pra-śāḍkhikā f. a small branch, twig MBh

praśātikā

  1. praśātikā See prasātikā

praśānta

  1. pra-śānta &c. See under pra- √śam

praśās

  1. pra-śās √P. -śāsti, (ep. also Ā.), to teach, instruct, direct RV. ŚBr. R
  2. to give instructions to, order, command (acc.) MBh. R. MārkP
  3. to chastise, punish MBh. Kathās
  4. to govern, rule, reign (also with rājyam), be lord of (acc. with or without adhi) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
  5. to decide upon (loc.) MBh

praśāsaka

  1. pra-ḍśāsaka m. = ○śāstṛ Pañcat. (B.)

praśāsana

  1. pra-ḍśā́sana n. guidance, government, rule, dominion RV. ŚBr. ChUp. MBh
  2. enjoining, enacting W

praśāsita

  1. pra-ḍśāsita mfn. governed, administered R
  2. enjoined, enacted W

praśāsitṛ

  1. pra-ḍśāsitṛ m. a governor, ruler, master, dictator Mn. MBh. Śaṃk

praśāta

  1. pra-ḍśāta wṛ. for

praśasta

  1. pra-ḍśasta ĀpŚr

praśāstṛ

  1. pra-ḍśāstṛ́ m. 'director', N. of a priest (commonly called Maitrāvaruṇa, the first assistant of the Hotṛi) RV. &c. &c
  2. a king Uṇ. ii, 94 Sch

praśāstra

  1. pra-ḍśāstrá n. the office of the Praśāstṛi RV. ii, 2, 1 ĀpŚr
  2. his Soma vessel ib. ii, 36, 6. 1

praśāsya

  1. pra-ḍśāsya ind. having ruled or commanded MBh. 2

praśāsya

  1. pra-ḍśāsya mfn. one who has to receive orders from (gen.) Bālar

praśiṣṭa

  1. praśiṣṭa mfn. ruled over, reigned, governed, commanded MW

praśiṣṭi

  1. praḍśiṣṭi, (prá-), f. injunction, command, order TBr. ĀśvŚr

praśis

  1. praḍśís f. order, direction, precept RV. AV. TBr. ĀśvŚr

praśithila

  1. pra-śithila mf(ā)n. very loose, relaxed, lax Hariv. Kāv. Suśr
  2. very feeble, hardly perceptible Saṃk

praśithilabhujagranthi

  1. ○bhuja-granthi mfn. one who loosens the clasp of the arms Sāh

praśithilī

  1. praśithilī in comp. for ○la

praśithilīkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. rendered very loose, greatly loosened Ṛitus

praśithilībhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. become loose or lax Suśr

praśiṣa

  1. praśiṣa m. N. of a man
  2. pl. N. of his descendants Cat

praśiṣya

  1. pra-śiṣya m. the pupil of a pupil BhP

praśiṣyatva

  1. ○tva n. the condition of a pupil's pupil L

praśī

  1. pra-śī √Ā. -śete, to lie down upon (acc.) RV

praśīta

  1. prá-śīta mfn. (√śyai) congealed, frozen ŚBr. [Page 695, Column]

praśīrṇa

  1. pra-śīrṇa See pra- √śṝ

praśukrīya

  1. praśukrīya mfn. beginning with pra śukrā (said of RV. vii, 34, 1) ŚāṅkhBr

praśuc

  1. pra-śuc √Ā. -śocate, to glow, beam, radiate RV

praśocana

  1. pra-ḍśócana mfn. burning on, continuing to burn AV

praśuci

  1. pra-śuci mfn. perfectly pure R

praśuddhi

  1. pra-śuddhi f. (√śudh) purity, clearness MBh

praśubh

  1. pra-√śubh (only Ā. 3. sg. pr. -śobhe = śobhate), to be bright, sparkle RV. i, 120, 5

praśumbh

  1. pra-śumbh √(only 3.pl. -śambhante), to glide on wards, fly along RV. i, 85, 1 (Sāy. 'to adorn one's self highly')

praśuśruka

  1. praśuśruka m. N. of a prince (a son of Maru) R. (B. praśuśruva
  2. cf. pra-suśruta)

praśuṣ

  1. pra-śuṣ √P. -śuṣyati, to dry up, become dry, kām

praśoṣa

  1. pra-ḍśoṣa m. dryness, aridity Suśr

praśoṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍśoṣaṇa m. 'drying up', N. of a demon producing illness Hariv

praśūna

  1. pra-śūna mfn. (√śvi) swollen Suśr

praśṝ

  1. pra-śṝ √P. -śṛṇāti, to break in pieces, break off, crush RV. ŚBr. KātySr

praśīrṇa

  1. pra-ḍśīrṇa mfn. broken, smashed ŚBr. KātyŚr. MBh

praścut

  1. pra-ścut √(or -ścyut), P. -ścotati (-ścyotati), to trickle forth, drip down Mālatīm
  2. to pour forth, shed, spill, Bhaṭt

praścutita

  1. pra-ḍścutita mfn. dripped down Gobh

praścotana

  1. pra-ḍścotana n. trickling, dripping Uttarar

praśna

  1. praśna m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kauś. (Sch. 'a turban')

praśna

  1. praśná m. (√prach) a question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp
  2. cf. kuśala-p○) ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. judicial inquiry or examination (cf. sâkṣi-p)
  4. astrological inquiry into the future (cf. divya-, deva-, daiva-p○)
  5. a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem ŚBr. &c. &c. (praśnam pra-√brū', to decide a controverted point'
  6. nam √i, with acc. or ○nam ā √gam, with loc. of pers., 'to lay a question before any one for decision'
  7. praśnas tava pitari, the point at issue is before thy father')
  8. a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrāt
  9. a short section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c

praśnakathā

  1. ○kathā f. a story containing a question Kathās

praśnakalpalatā

  1. ○kalpalatā f

praśnakṛṣṇīya

  1. ○kṛṣṇīya n

praśnakoṣṭhī

  1. ○koṣṭhī f

praśnakaumudī

  1. ○kaumudī f

praśnagrantha

  1. ○grantha m

praśnacaṇḍeśvara

  1. ○caṇḍêśvara m

praśnacandrikā

  1. ○candrikā f

praśnacintāmaṇi

  1. ○cintāmaṇi m

praśnacuḍāmaṇi

  1. ○cuḍāmaṇi m

praśnajñāna

  1. ○jñāna n

praśnatantra

  1. ○tantra n

praśnatilaka

  1. ○tilaka n

praśnadīpikā

  1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wks

praśnadūtī

  1. ○dūtī f. a riddle, enigma, perplexing question L

praśnanidhi

  1. ○nidhi m

praśnanirvācana

  1. ○nirvācana n

praśnanīlakaṇṭha

  1. ○nīlakaṇṭha m

praśnapañjikā

  1. ○pañjikā f. N. of wks

praśnapūrvaka

  1. ○pūrvaka mfn. preceded by a question Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 120
  2. (○kam or -pūrvam), ind. with a preceding question, after examination Hcat

praśnaprakaraṇa

  1. ○prakaraṇa n

praśnaprakāśa

  1. ○prakāśa m

praśnapradīpa

  1. ○pradīpa m

praśnabrahmārka

  1. ○brahmârka m

praśnabhāga

  1. ○bhāga m

praśnabhārgavakerala

  1. ○bhārgava-kerala m

praśnabhairava

  1. ○bhairava m

praśnamañjūṣā

  1. ○mañjūṣā f

praśnamanoramā

  1. ○manoramā f

praśnamāṇīkyamālā

  1. ○māṇīkya-mālā f

praśnamārga

  1. ○mārga m

praśnamārtaṇḍa

  1. ○mārtaṇḍa m

praśnaratna

  1. ○ratna n

praśnaratnasāgara

  1. ○ratnasāgara m

praśnaratnāṅkura

  1. ○ratnâṅkura m

praśnaratnāvalī

  1. ○ratnâvalī f

praśnarahasya

  1. ○rahasya n

praśnalakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks

praśnavādin

  1. ○vādin m. a fortune-teller, astrologer Gal

praśnavidyā

  1. ○vidyā f

praśnavinoda

  1. ○vinoda m. N. of wks

praśnavivāka

  1. ○vivāká m. one who decides controversies, an arbitrator VS

praśnavivāda

  1. ○vivāda m. a controverted question, controversy MBh

praśnaviveka

  1. ○viveka m

praśnavaiṣṇava

  1. ○vaiṣṇava m

praśnavyākaraṇa

  1. ○vyākaraṇa n

praśnaśataka

  1. ○śataka m

praśnaśāstra

  1. ○śāstra n

praśnaśiromaṇi

  1. ○śiromaṇi m

praśnaśekhara

  1. ○śekhara m

praśnaślokavalī

  1. ○ślokávalī f

praśnasaṃgraha

  1. ○saṃgraha m

praśnasaptati

  1. ○saptati f

praśnasāra

  1. ○sāra m

praśnasārāmnāya

  1. ○sārâmnāya m

praśnasārasamudra

  1. ○sāra-samudra m

praśnasāramāya

  1. ○sāramāya m

praśnasāroddhāra

  1. ○sārôddhāra m

praśnasudhākara

  1. ○sudhâkara m. N. of wks

praśnakhyāna

  1. praśnákhyāna n. du. question and answer Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 28

praśnādika

  1. praśnâdika m. or n

praśnānuṣṭhānapaddhati

  1. praśḍnânuṣṭhāna-paddhati f

praśnārṇava

  1. praśḍnârṇava m. (= ○navaiṣṇava or vaiṣṇava-śāstra)

praśnāryā

  1. praśḍnâryā f

praśnāvalī

  1. praśḍnâvalī f. N. of wks

praśnottara

  1. praśnôttara n. question and answer, a verse consisting of question and answer Cat
  2. -tantra n. maṇi-mālā f. mālā f. -mālikā f. -ratna-mālā f. -ratnâvali
  3. f. N. of wks

praśnopadeśa

  1. praśnôpadeśa m.,

praśnopaniṣad

  1. praśnôpaniṣad f. N. of wks. [Page 696, Column]

praśnaya

  1. praśnaya Nom. P. ○yati, to question, interrogate, inquire after (2 acc.) Kāvyâd

praśnin

  1. praśnín m. a questioner, interrogator VS

praṣṭavya

  1. praṣṭavya mfn. to be asked or questioned about (acc. with or without prati) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  2. to be consulted about (loc.), M Bh. MārkP
  3. to be inquired into Śak. MārkP
  4. n. (impers.) one should ask or inquire about Mālav

praṣṭṛ

  1. praṣṭṛ m. one who asks or inquires, interrogator, querist, Kat? Up. MBh. MārkP

praśni

  1. praśni ○nī wṛ. for pṛśni, ○nī

praśratha

  1. pra-śratha m. or pra-śranthana n. (śranth) laxity, relaxation, flaccidity Pāṇ. Vop

praśrabdhi

  1. pra-śrabdhi f. (√śrambh) trust, confidence L

praśraya

  1. pra-śraya &c. See pra- √śri

praśravaṇa

  1. praśravaṇa wṛ. for pra-sravaṇa

praśravas

  1. prá-śravas mfn. loud-sounding (said of the Maruts) RV. (Sāy. = prakṛṣṭânna)

praśri

  1. praśri wṛ. for pṛśni

praśri

  1. pra-śri √P. -śirayati, to lean against, fix Kāṭh
  2. to join or add to (loc.) RV

praśraya

  1. pra-śraya m. leaning or resting on, resting-place ŚārṅgP
  2. inclining forward i.e. respectful demeanour, modesty, humbleness, affection, respect, civility (personified as a son of Dharma and Hri) MBh. &c. &c
  3. -vat mfn. deferential, respectful, civil, modest BhP. ○yâvanata mfn. bent down deferentially MBh
  4. ○yôttara mfn. (words) full of modesty or humbleness ib

praśrayaṇa

  1. pra-ḍśrayaṇa n. respectful demeanour, modesty. BhP

praśrayin

  1. pra-ḍśrayin mfn. behaving respectfully, courteous, modest (○yitā f.) Kām

praśrita

  1. pra-śrita mfn. bending forward deferentially, humble, modest, courteous, well-behaved (am ind. humbly, deferentially) MBh. Kāv. &c. (often wṛ. ○sṛta)
  2. hidden, obscure (as a meaning) MBh
  3. m. N. of a son of Ānaka-dundubhi and Śānti-deva BhP

praśru

  1. pra-śru √Ā. 3. sg. -śriṇve, to be heard, be audible RV. v, 87, 3
  2. to become known or celebrated ib. iv, 41, 2 &c

śravaṇa

  1. śravaṇa and See above

śravas

  1. ḍśravas See above

praślatha

  1. pra-ślatha mfn. very loose, greatly relaxed, languid, flaccid Daś. (cf. pra-śratha)

praślita

  1. pra-ślita mfn. (for pra-śrita) bent, inclined (N. of the rule of Saṃdhi that changes as to o before sonant letters) RPrāt

praśliṣṭa

  1. pra-śliṣṭa mfn. (√iliṣ) twisted, entwined, coalescent (applied to the Saṃdhi of a, or ā with a following vowel and of other vowels with homogeneous ones, also to the vowel resulting from this Saṃdhi and its accent) Prāt. ŚāṅkhŚr. Pat

praśleṣa

  1. pra-śleṣa m. close contact or pressure Amar
  2. coalescence (of vowels) Prāt. Siddh

praśvas

  1. pra-śvas √P. -ivasiti, to breathe in, inhale MBh.: Caus. -śvāsayati, to cause to breathe ŚBr
  2. to comfort, console Hariv

praśvasitavya

  1. pra-śvasitavya n. (impers.) recovery of breath i.e. recreation should be procured for (gen.) or by (instr.) or through or by means of (instr.), TaittUp

praśvāsa

  1. pra-śvāsa m. breathing in, inhaling Suśr

praṣṭavya

  1. praṣṭavya ○tṛ, See under praśna

praṣṭi

  1. prá-ṣṭi m. (√1. as. cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti, pari-ṣṭi) 'being beyond or in front', a horse harnessed by the side of other yoke-horses or in front of them, a side-horse or leader RV. AV. Br
  2. a man at one's side, bystander, companion RV. Lāṭy
  3. a tripod (supporting a dish) TS. Sch

praṣṭimat

  1. ○mat (prá○), mfn. having side-horses (as a chariot) RV

praṣṭivāhana

  1. ○vāhana (prá ), mfn. (a chariot) drawn (also) by side-horses, yoked (at least) with 3 horses ŚBr. AitĀr

praṣṭivāhin

  1. ○vāhin mfn. id. TBr. TāṇdyaBr

praṣṭha

  1. pra-ṣṭha mf(ī)n. (√sthā
  2. Pāṇ. 8-3, 92) standing in front, foremost, principal, best, chief Ragh. Rājat
  3. m. a leader, conductor Kuval
  4. a species of plant L
  5. (ī), f. the wife of a leader or chief L

praṣṭhatva

  1. ○tva n. the being in front, Pre-eminence, superiority Rājat

praṣṭhavah

  1. ○vah m. (strong -vāh, weak praṣṭhâuh
  2. nom. -vāṭ. Pāṇ. 8-2, 31 Sch.) a side-horse L
  3. a young bull or steer training for the plough W
  4. (praṣṭhâuhi), f. a cow for the first time with calf. L. (cf. paṣṭhavah, ○ṭhauhī). [Page 696, Column]

praṣṭhiv

  1. pra-ṣṭhiv √P, -ṣṭhīvati, to spit out ĀśvŚr

praṣṭhivāhin

  1. praṣṭhi-vāhin wṛ. for praṣṭi-v○

praṣṇavaiṣṇava

  1. praṣṇa-vaiṣṇava wṛ. for praśna-v○

pras

  1. pras cl.1. Ā. prasate, to extend, spread, diffuse Dhātup. xix, 4
  2. to bring forth young. Vop

prasakala

  1. pra-sakala mfn. very full (as a bosom) Śiś

prasakta

  1. pra-sakta ○ti, See under pra- √sañj

prasakṣin

  1. pra-sakṣin See under pra- √sah

prasaṅktavya

  1. pra-saṅktavya See under pra √sañj

prasaṃkhyā

  1. pra-saṃ-khyā √P. -khyāti, to count, enumerate MBh
  2. to add up, calculate ĀśvŚr. MBh

prasaṃkhyā

  1. pra-saṃkhyā f. total number, sum MBh
  2. reflection, consideration, KstyŚr

prasaṃkhyāna

  1. pra-saṃkhyāna mfn. collecting or gathering (only for present needs) MBh. xiv, 2852, vḷ. (Nīlak.)
  2. m. payment, liquidation, a sum of money ib. iii, 10298 Nīlak. a measure to mete out anything')
  3. n. counting, enumeration BhP
  4. reflection, meditation, i MBh. Tattvas
  5. reputation, renown MBh. iii, 1382 (Nīlak.)
  6. -para mfn. engrossed or absorbed in meditation Kum

prasaṅga

  1. pra-saṅga See under pra- √śañj

prasaṃgha

  1. pra-saṃgha m. a great multitude or number MBh. vli, 8128 (vḷ. pra-varṣa)

prasac

  1. pra-√sac P. -siṣakti, to pursue RV. x, 27, 19

prasaṃcakṣ

  1. pra-saṃ-cakṣ √Ā. -caṣṭe, (Pot. -cakṣīt), to reckon up, recount, enumerate Lāṭy
  2. to penetrate, investigate Nyāyas. Sch

prasañj

  1. pra-sañj √P. Ā. -sajati, ○te, (P.) to hang on, attach to (loc.) Lāṭy
  2. to hang with i.e. to provide or supply with (instr.) ŚBr
  3. to cling to (loc.) Daś
  4. to engage with any one(loc.) in a quarrel or dispute, ChUP
  5. (only ind. p. -sajya) to be attached to the world BhP
  6. to result, follow, be the consequence of anything Sarvad
  7. to cause to take place Pat
  8. (Ā.) to attach one's self to (acc.) MBh.: Pass. sajyate, or -sajjate (○ti), to attach one's self, cling to, be devoted to or intent upon or occupied with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  9. to be in love (pr.p. -sajjantī) Hariv
  10. (-sajjate), to be the consequence of something else, result, follow, be applicable Pat. Bhāshāp. Sarvad.: Caus. P. -sañjayati, to cause to take place Naish
  11. Ā. -sajjayate, to attach to, stick in (loc
  12. with na, 'to fly through', said of an arrow) R

prasakta

  1. pra-sakta mfn. attached, cleaving or adhering or devoted to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. clinging to the world, mundane BhP
  3. being in love, enamoured MBh. Kāv
  4. (ifc.) supplied or provided with R. (v. l. pra-yukta)
  5. resulting, following, applicable Kāś. Kathās. Sarvad
  6. continual, lasting, constant, eternal MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. used, employed W
  8. got, obtained ib
  9. opened, expanded ib
  10. contiguous, near A
  11. (○saktá), for ○sattá AV
  12. ibc. and(am), ind. continually, incessantly, eternally, ever Kāv
  13. -dhī or -hṛdaya mfn. with heart or mind intent upon or occupied with (comp.) Var
  14. ○tâśrumukha mf(ī)n. having the face wet with tears R

prasaktavya

  1. pra-saktavya mfn. to be attached to (loc.) Kathās

sakti

  1. sakti f. adherence, attachment, devotion or addiction to, indulgence or perseverance in, occupation with (loc. or comp.) Mn. Kir. Kathās. (cf. a-pras○ and ati-pras○)
  2. occurrence, practicability (○timpra √yā, 'to be practicable') Rājat
  3. (in gram.)bearing upon, applicability (of a rule) RPrāt. Sch
  4. connection, association W
  5. inference, conclusion ib
  6. a topic of conversation ib
  7. acquisition ib

saṅktavya

  1. ḍsaṅktavya mfn. to be caused to take place Pat

prasaṅga

  1. pra-saṅga m. adherence, attachment, inclination or devotion to, indulgence in, fondness for, gratification of, occupation or intercourse with (loc., gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (ena ind. assiduously, zealously, eagerly
  2. cf. also below)
  3. evil inclination or illicit pursuit Mn. ix, 5
  4. union, connection (ifc. 'connected with', e.g. madhu-prasaṅga-madhu, 'honey connected with or coming in the spring season') Ratnâv. i, 17 [Page 696, Column]
  5. (pl.) all that is connected with or results from anything Kām
  6. occurrence of a possibility, contingency, case, event ŚrS. Mn. Śaṃk. Pāṇ. Sch. (e.g. ecaḥ pluta-prasaṅge, 'in the event of a diphthong being prolated')
  7. applicability Vajras
  8. an occasion, incident, conjuncture, time, opportunity MBh. Kāv. &c. (ibc
  9. ena, āt and atas ind. when the occasion presents itself, occasionally, incidentally
  10. prasaṅge kutrâpi, 'on a certain occasion'
  11. amunā prasaṅgena, tat-prasaṅgena or etat-prasaṅge, 'on that occasion')
  12. mention of parents (?, = guru-kīrtita) Sāh
  13. (in dram.) a second or subsidiary incident or plot W
  14. N. of a man Kathās
  15. (pl.) of a Buddhistic school
  16. -nivāraṇa n. the prevention of (similar) eases, obviation of (like future) contingencies Kull. on Mn. viii, 334
  17. -prôṣita mfn. happening to be departed or absent Daś
  18. -ratnâkara m. -ratnâvalī f. N. of wks
  19. -vat mfn. occasional, incidental Daś
  20. -vaśāt ind. according to the time, as occasion may demand MW
  21. -vinivṛtti f. the non-recurrence of a case Mn. viii, 368
  22. -sama m. (in Nyāya) the sophism that the proof too must be proved Nyāyas. Sarvad
  23. ○gânu. saṅgena ind. by the way, by the by, Sāṃkhyas. Sch
  24. ○gâbharaṇa n. N. of a modern poetical anthology

saṅgin

  1. saṅgin mfn. attached or devoted to (comp.) Ṛitus. Śaṃk
  2. connected with, dependent on, belonging to, contingent, additional MBh. Suśr
  3. occurring, appearing, occasional, incidental MBh. Pat
  4. secondary, subordinate, non-essential MBh
  5. ○gi-tā f. attachment, addiction to intercourse with (comp.) MBh. Tattvas

sajya

  1. ḍsajya mfn. to be attached to or connected with
  2. applicable
  3. -tā f. applicability, Śaṃkar
  4. pratiṣedha m. the negative form of an applicable (positive) statement Pat. (also ○sajyāyām pr○ ib
  5. ○dha-tva n. Sāh.)

sañjana

  1. ḍsañjana n. attaching, uniting, combining, connecting W
  2. applying, bringing into use, bringing to bear, giving scope or opportunity, introduction ib

sañjayitavya

  1. ḍsañjayitavya mfn. = ○saṅktavya ĀpŚr. Sch

prasad

  1. pra-√sad P. -sīdati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to fall into the power of (acc.) MaitrS. AitBr
  2. to settle down, grow clear and bright, become placid or tranquil (as the sea or sky, met. applied to the mind) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to become clear or distinct KaṭhUp. Kām
  4. to become satisfied or pleased or glad, be gracious or kind (with gen. 'to favour'
  5. with inf. 'to deign to
  6. Impv. often 'be so gracious, please') Mn. MBh. &c
  7. to be successful (as an action) Ragh.: Caus. -sādayati (m.c. also ○te
  8. Pass. -sādyate), to make clear, purify Kāvyâd. Kathās
  9. to make serene, gladden (the heart) Bhartṛ
  10. to render calm, soothe, appease, propitiate, ask a person (acc.) to or for (inf., dat., loc., arthe with gen., or artham ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c

prasatta

  1. pra-sattá mfn. satisfied, pleased RV. v, 60, 1

prasatti

  1. pra-satti f. cleasness, brightness, purity W
  2. graciousness, favour Bālar. Siṃhâs

prasadman

  1. pra-sadman in dīrghá-. p○, q.v

prasanna

  1. pra-sanna mfn. clear, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. distinct, perspicuous MBh. Kām
  3. true, right, plain, correct, just Mālav. Mālatīm
  4. placid, tranquil R. Var. Āp
  5. soothed, pleased
  6. gracious, kind, kindly disposed towards (with loc., gen., or acc. aod prati), favourable (as stars &c.)
  7. gracious, showing favour (as a speech) MaitrUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
  8. m. N. of a prince Hemac
  9. (ā), f. propitiating, pleasing W
  10. spirituous liquor made of rice Car. Pat
  11. -kalpa mfn. almost quiet, tolerably calm Pañcat
  12. -gātr-tā. f. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84
  13. -caṇḍikā f. N. of a drama
  14. -candra m. N. of a prince HPariś
  15. -jala mfn. containing clear water R
  16. -tarka mfn. conjecturing right Mālav
  17. -tā f. brightness, clearness, purity Suśr
  18. clearness of expression, perspicuity Cat
  19. complacence, good humour Kāv. Rājat. VP
  20. -tva n. clearness, purity MBh. Ragh
  21. -pāda m. or n. (?) N. of wk. by Dharma-kirti
  22. -prâya mfn. rather plain or correct, Mālatim
  23. -mukha mfn. 'placid-countenanced', looking pleased, smiling W
  24. -rasa mfn. clear-juiced Kpr
  25. -rāghava n. N. of a drama by Jaya-deva
  26. -veṅkaṭêśva-māhāmya n. N. of a legend in the Bhavishyôttara-Purāṇa
  27. -salila mfn. -jala MBh
  28. ○sannâtman mfn. gracious-minded, propitious MaitrUp
  29. ○sannêrā f. spirituous liquor made of rice L

prasāda

  1. pra-sāda m. (ifc. f. ā) clearness, brightness, pellucidnees, purity (cf. ambu-p○), UP. Kālid. &c. (Nom. P. ○sādati, to be clear or bright. Śatr.) [Page 697, Column]
  2. clearness of style, perspicuity Pratāp. Kāvyâd. Sāh
  3. brightness (of the face) Ragh
  4. calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement KaṭhUp. Suśr. Yogas
  5. serenity of disposition, good humour MBh. Suśr. Ragh. &c
  6. graciousness, kindness, kind behaviour, favour, aid, mediation (○dāt ind. through the kindness or by the favour of
  7. ○daṃ √kṛ, to be gracious
  8. cf. duṣ-p○, drik-p○) Gobh. MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. Kindness personified as a son of Dharma and Maitrī BhP
  10. clarified liquor, a decoction Car
  11. settlings, a residūm ib
  12. free gift, gratuity Ratnâv
  13. a propitiatory offering or gift (of food, = p"ṣ-dravya, prasādânna) L
  14. the food presented to an idol, or the remnants of food left by a spiritual teacher (which any one may freely appropriate to his own use) RTL. 69 ; 145 &c
  15. approbation W
  16. well-being, welfare W
  17. N. of a Comm. on the Prakriyā-kaumudi
  18. -cintaka wṛ. for -vittaka Bālar
  19. -dāna n. a propitiatory gift, a gift in token of favour, gift of food by a superior MW
  20. -paṭṭa m. a turban of honour (worn as a token of royal favour) Var
  21. -paṭṭaka n. a written edict of favour, Lokapr
  22. -parāṅmukha mf(ī) not caring for any one's favour Amar
  23. withdrawing favour from any one (gen.) Pañcat
  24. -pātra n. an object of favour Daś
  25. -puraga mfn. inclined to favour, favourably inclined MārkP
  26. -pratilabdha m. N. of a son of Māra Lalit
  27. -bhāj mfn. being in favour, Sāmkhyas. Sch
  28. -bhūmi f. an object of favour, favourite Hcar
  29. -mālā f. N. of wk
  30. -vat mfn. pleased, delighted
  31. gracious, favourable L. (-vatī-samādhi m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh.)
  32. -vitta mf(ā)n. (Kād. Kathās. Rājat. Bālar.) or -vittaka mfn. (Kathās.) rich in favour, being in high favour with any one (gen. or comp.)
  33. m. and favourite, darling
  34. -ṣaṭ-ślokī f. -stava m. N. of 2 Stotras
  35. -su-mukha mf(ī)n. inclined to favour (others 'having a clear or serene face') Mālav. Ragh
  36. -stha mfn. abiding in serenity, kind, propitious
  37. happy W
  38. ○sādântara n. another (mark of) favour MW
  39. sādânna n. See ○sāda above
  40. ○sādī- √kṛ, to bestow as a mark of favour, bestow graciously, Present (with gen. of person) Pañcat. Kād. Rājat. &c

prasādaka

  1. pra-sādaka mfn. clearing, rendering clear or pallucid Mn
  2. gladdening, exhilarating R
  3. propitiating, wishing to win any one's favour ib. (cf. su-p○)

prasādana

  1. pra-sādana mf(ī)n. clearing, rendering clear (cf. ambu - p○, toya-p○ &c.)
  2. calming, soothing, cheering R. Suśr. BhP
  3. m. a royal tent L
  4. (ā), f. service, worship L
  5. n. clearing, rendering clear (netra-p○ 'administering soothing remedies to the eyes') Suśr
  6. calming. soothing, cheering, gratifying (cf. śruti-p○), rendering gracious, propitiating (tvatprasdanāt 'for the sake of propitiating thee') MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. boiled rice L
  8. wṛ. for pra-sādhan Hariv. Mālav

prasādanīya

  1. pra-sādanīya mfn. cheering. pleasing (ef. guru-p○) Lalit
  2. to be rendered gracious

prasādayitavya

  1. pra-sādayitavya mfn. to be rendered gracious towards (upari) Pañcat

prasādita

  1. pra-sādita mfn. cleared, rendered clear (a-pr○) Kāvyâd
  2. pleased, conciliated &c. MBh
  3. worshipped. W
  4. n. pl. kind words Hariv

prasādin

  1. pra-sādin mfn. clear, serene, bright (as nectar, the eyes, face &c. ) Mālatīm. Bālar
  2. clear, perspicuous (as a poem), Balar
  3. (ifc.) calming, soothing, gladdening, pleasing MBh
  4. showing favour, treating with kindness MW

prasādya

  1. pra-sādya mfn. to be rendered gracious, be propitiated MBh. R. Sāh. Bālar

sedivas

  1. sedivas mfn. one who has become pleased or propitiated, favourable W

prasan

  1. pra-√san (only Ā. acr. 3. pl. -siṣanta), to win, be successful RV. x, 142, 2

prasaṃdhā

  1. pra-saṃ-√dhā P.Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to fix or fit (an arrow) to (a bow-string) MBh

prasaṃdhāna

  1. pra-saṃdhāna n. combination (e.g. of words in the Krama, q.v. APrāt. ib. Sch

prasaṃdhi

  1. pra-saṃdhi m. N. of a son of Manu MBh

prasanna

  1. pra-sanna &c. See p. 696, col. 3

prasannateyu

  1. prasannateyu (?) and prasanneyu (?), m. N. of two sons of Raudrāśva VP

prasabha

  1. pra-sabha n. (prob. fr. √sabh = sah) N. of a variety of the Trishṭubh metre Var
  2. ibe. (am), ind. forcibly, violently Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. pra-sahya)
  3. exceedingly, very much Ṛitus. Śiś
  4. importunately Bhag

prasabhadamana

  1. ○damana n. forcible taming (of wild animals) Śak

prasabhaharaṇa

  1. ○haraṇa n. carrying off by force, violent seizure Yājñ

prasabhoddhṛta

  1. prasabhôddhṛta mfn. torn up by force
  2. ○târi mfn. one who has forcibly uprooted his enemies Ragh. [Page 697, Column]

prasamīkṣ

  1. pra-sam-īkṣ √Ā. -īkṣate, to look at or upon, observe, perceive, see Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to wait for BhP
  3. to reflect upon, consider, deliberate ib.,
  4. to acknowledge, regard as (acc.) MBh

prasamīkṣaṇa

  1. pra-samīkṣaṇa n. considering, deliberating, discussing W

prasamīkṣā

  1. pra-samīkṣā f. deliberation, judgment ib

prasamīkṣita

  1. pra-samīkṣita mfn. looked at or upon, observed, considered MBh. Suśr
  2. regarded, declared MBh. 1

prasmīkṣya

  1. pra-smīkṣya mfn. to be considered or weighed or discussed W. 2

prasamīkṣya

  1. pra-samīkṣya ind. having looked at or considered ŚvetUp
  2. -parī7kṣaka mfn. one who investigates or examines deliberately Car

prasamīḍ

  1. pra-sam-īḍ √(only inf. īḍitum), to praise, celebrate BhP

prasayana

  1. pra-sayana See pra- √1, si

prasara

  1. pra-sara pra-saraṇa, See pra- √sṛ

prasarga

  1. pra-sarga pra-sarjana, See pra- √sṛj

prasarpa

  1. pra-sarpa &c. See pra- √sṛp

prasala

  1. prasala m. the cold season, winter L. (vḷ. praśala)

prasalavi

  1. pra-salaví ind. towards the right side ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (opp. to apa-salavi
  2. wṛ. prasavi ŚāṅkhBr.)

prasava

  1. pra-sava. 2. 3 See pra- √3. su and pra- √1. 2. su

prasavya

  1. pra-savya See vāja-pr○

prasavya

  1. pra-savya mfn. turned towards the left, to the left side (am, ind
  2. opp. to pradakṣiṇa, q.v.) GṛŚrS. R
  3. contrary, reverse L
  4. favourable L

prasah

  1. pra-√sah Ā. -sahate (rarely P. ○ti: ind. p. -sahya See below), to conquer, be victorious RV. AV
  2. to bear up against, be a match for or able to withstand, sustain, endure (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to check, restrain R
  4. to be able to (inf.) MBh

prasakṣin

  1. pra-sakṣín mfn. overpowering, victorious RV

prasah

  1. pra-sáh (○sā́h), mfn. id. RV

prasaha

  1. pra-saha mfn. (ifc.) enduring withstanding Kām
  2. m. endurance, resistance ( See duṣ-pr○)
  3. a beast or bird of prey Car. Suśr
  4. (ā), f. Solanum Indicum L

prasahana

  1. pra-sahana m. a beast of prey L
  2. n. resisting, overcoming Pāṇ. 1-3, 33 (○ne√kṛ g. sâkṣād-ādi, where Kāś. pra-hasane)
  3. embracing Kāvyâd. Sch

prasahiṣṇu

  1. pra-sahiṣṇu See a-pras○. 1

prasahya

  1. pra-sahya mfn. to be conquered or resisted &c
  2. capable of being conquered or resisted (inf. with pass. sense) MBh. 2

prasahya

  1. pra-sahya ind. having conquered or won Mālav. i, 2
  2. using force, forcibly, violently Mn. Gaut. &c
  3. exceedingly, very much MBh. R. Mṛicch
  4. at once, without more ado Kathās
  5. necessarily, absolutely, by all means (with na, 'by no means') Mn
  6. Var BhP. Kathās
  7. -kārin mfn. acting with violence MārkP
  8. -caura m. 'violent thief', a robber, plunderer L
  9. -haraṇa n. forcible abduction, robbing, plundering MBh
  10. ○hyâḍhā f. married by force ib

prasahvan

  1. pra-sahvan mfn. overpowering, defeating Br. ŚrS

prasāha

  1. pra-sāha m. overpowering, defeating, force, violence ( See a- and duṣ-pr○)
  2. controlling one's self MW

prasātikā

  1. prasātikā f. pl. a kind of rice wsth small grains MārkP. (praśāt○ Car
  2. ef. prasādhikā)

prasāda

  1. pra-sāda &c. See pra- √sad

prasādh

  1. pra-sādh √Caus. -sādhayati, to reduce to obedience or subjection, subdue TS. Mn. &c
  2. to reduce to order, arrange, settle AV. Kām. Ragh. Suśr
  3. to adorn, decorate Kāv. Kathās
  4. to manage, perform, execute, accomplish RV. &c. &c
  5. to gain, acquire Vcar. Pañcat
  6. to find out by calculation Gaṇit
  7. to prove, demonstrate Nīlak

prasādhska

  1. pra-sādhska mf(ikā)n. (ifc.) adorning, beautifying, Vāsav. MārkP
  2. accomplishing, perfecting W
  3. cleansing, purifying ib
  4. m. an attendant who dresses his master, valet de chambre Kām. Ragh
  5. (ikā), f. a lady's maid Ragh
  6. wild rice Bhpr. (cf. pracātikā)

prasādhana

  1. pra-sā́dhana mf(ī)n. accomplishing, effecting RV
  2. m. a comb L
  3. (ī), f. id. (keśa-pr○), Sśr
  4. a partic. drug (= siddhi) L
  5. n. (ifc. f. ā) bringing about, perfecting Nir
  6. arranging, preparing. Suśr
  7. embellishment, decoration, toilet and its requisites Mn. MBh. &c
  8. wṛ. for ○sādana
  9. -vidhi m. mode of decoration or embellishment Kathās
  10. -viśeṣa m. the highest decoration, most excellent ornament Kālid. [Page 697, Column]

prasādhita

  1. pra-sādhita mfn. accomplished, arranged, prepared (a-pras○, su-pr○) Kathās. Suśr
  2. proved MW
  3. ornamented, decorated W
  4. ○dhitâṅga mf(ī)n. having the limbs ornamented or decorated MW

prasādhya

  1. pra-sādhya mfn. to be mastered or conquered R
  2. accomplishable, practicable W
  3. to be destroyed or defeated ib

prasāmi

  1. pra-sāmí ind. incompletely, partially, half ŚBr

prasāra

  1. pra-sāra &c. See pra- √sṛ

prasāha

  1. pra-sāha See pra- √sah

prasi

  1. pra-si √1. (only Ā. pf. siṣye, with pass. meaning), to bind-render harmless Rājat

prasayana

  1. pra-sayana n. used to explain pra-siti Nir. vi, 12. 1

prasita

  1. pra-sita mfn. (for 2. See below) bound, fastened W
  2. diligent, attentive, attached or devoted to, engrossed by, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or instr
  3. Pāṇ. 2-3, 44) Ragh. Siddh
  4. lasting, continuous SaddhP. 1

prasiti

  1. pra-siti (prá-), f. (for 2. See below) a net for catching birds RV. iv, 4, 1 &c. (Nir. Sāy.)
  2. a ligament, binding, fetter L

prasic

  1. pra-sic √P. -siñcati, to pour out, shed, emit AV. &c. &c,
  2. to sprinkle, water MBh. Hariv
  3. to fill (a vessel) KaushUp.: Pass. -sicyate, to be poured out or flow forth MBh. Suśr
  4. to be watered i.e. refreshed MBh.: Caus. -secayati, to pour into (loc.) Yājñ

prasikta

  1. pra-sikta mfn. poured out Uttarar. Suśr
  2. (ifc.) sprinkled with MBh

praseka

  1. pra-seka m. flowing forth, dropping, oozing, effusion MBh. Kāv. Suśr
  2. emission, discharge Ṛitus
  3. sprinkling, wetting L
  4. exudation, resin R
  5. running or watering of the mouth or nose, vomiting, nausea Suśr
  6. (-tā f. id. ŚārṅgS.)
  7. the bowl of a spoon or ladle KātyŚr

prasekin

  1. pra-sekin mfn. discharging a fluid Suśr
  2. suffering from morbid flow of saliva ib

secana

  1. secana n. (ifc. f. ā) the bowl of a spoon or ladle ĀpŚr. Sch
  2. -vat mfn. having a bowl or spout (for pouring out fluids) ĀpŚr

prasita

  1. prá-sita mfn. (√2. si
  2. cf. pra-si above) darting along RV
  3. n. pus, matter L. 2

prasiti

  1. prá-siti (prá-), f. (for 1. See above) onward rush, onset, attack, assault RV
  2. a throw, cast, shot, missile VS. TBr
  3. stretch, reach, extension, sphere RV
  4. succession, duration VS
  5. dominion, power, authority, influence RV

prasidh

  1. pra-sidh √2. P. Ā. -sedhati, ○te, to drive on RV. TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

prasidh

  1. pra-sidh √3. P. -sidhyati, (rarely Ā. te), to be accomplished or effected, succeed Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to result from (abl.) Mn. xii, 97
  3. to be explained or made clear Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 122

prasiddha

  1. pra-siddha (prá-), mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. (a-pras○)
  2. arranged, adomed (as hair) ib
  3. well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c
  4. (ā), f. (in music) a partic. measure Saṃgīt
  5. -kṣatriya-prâya mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas MW
  6. -tā f. (Nīlak.), -tva n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety

prasiddhaka

  1. pra-siddhaka m. N. of a prince descended from Janaka (son of Maru and father of Kṛitti-ratha) R

prasiddhi

  1. pra-siddhi f. accomplishment, success, attainment Mn. Yājñ. Kām. BhP
  2. proof, argument Kathās
  3. general opinion, publicity, celebrity, renown, fame, rumour Var. Kāv. Kathās
  4. -mat mfn. universally known, famous Kathās
  5. viruddha-tā f. the state of being opposed to general opinion, sāh. (= khyāti-v○)
  6. -hata mfn. having no value, very trivial Kpr

prasiv

  1. pra-√siv P. -sīvyati, to sew up ŚBr

prasīdikā

  1. prasīdikā f. a small garden L. (vḷ. prasedikā)

prasu

  1. pra-su √3. Caus. -sāvayati, to cause continuous pressing (of Soma) Nidānas

prasava

  1. pra-savá m. (for 2.and 3. See p. 698, col. 1) the pressing out (Soma juice) RV. ŚrS

prasavitra

  1. pra-savitra n. (prob.) a Soma press Pāṇ. 6-2, 144 Sch

prasut

  1. pra-sút mfn. streaming forth (as Soma from the press) SV
  2. f. (continued) pressing (of Soma) TāṇḍBr

prasuta

  1. pra-suta (prá-), mfn. pressed or pressing continuously TS. ŚBr. ŚrS
  2. m. the Soma so pressed
  3. n. continued pressing of Soma ChUp
  4. m. or n. a partic. high number ( See mahā-pr○)

prasuti

  1. pra-suti f. a Soma sacrifice Hcat

prasuva

  1. pra-suva m. = ○sava above ŚāṅkhBr. [Page 698, Column]

prasup

  1. pra-sup pra-supta &c. See under pra-√svap

prasuśruta

  1. pra-suśruta m. N. of a prince (son of Maru) Pur. (cf. pra-śuśruka)

prasuhma

  1. pra-suhma m. pl. N. of a people MBh

prasū

  1. pra-sū √1. P. -suvati, -sauti, (Impv. -suhi with vḷ. -sūhi KātyŚr.), to set in motion, rouse to activity, urge, incite, impel, bid, command RV. AV. Br
  2. to allow, give up to, deliver AV. Br. ŚrS
  3. to hurl, throw, Bhsṭṭ. Sch

prasava

  1. prá-sava m. (for 1. pra- √3. su) setting or being set in motion, impulse, course, rush, flight RV. AitBr
  2. stimulation, furtherance, aid RV. AV. Br. &c
  3. pursuit, acquisition VS
  4. = next TBr. 1

savitṛ

  1. savitṛ m. (for 2. See below) an impeller, exciter, vivifier VS. Br. 2

savin

  1. ḍsavin mfn. (for 2. See below) impelling, exciting Pāṇ. 3-2, 157

savīṛ

  1. ḍsavīṛ́ m. -"ṣsavitṛ RV. 1

sūti

  1. sūti (prá-), f. (for 2. See below) instigation, order, permission TS. TBr. Kāṭh

prasū

  1. pra-sū √2. Ā. -sūte, -sūyate, (rarely P. -savati, -sauti
  2. once Pot. -sunuyāt Vajracch.), to procreate, beget, bring forth, obtain offspring or bear fruit, produce Br. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. (mostly Ā. -sūyate, rarely ○ti) to be born or produced, originate, arise Mn. MBh. &c

prasava

  1. pra-savá m. (ifc. f. ā
  2. for 1. 2. See above) begetting, procreation, generation, conception, parturition, delivery, birth, origin VS. &c. &c
  3. augmentation, increase MBh
  4. birthplace ib. Śaṃk
  5. offspring, posterity Mn. MBh. &c. (kisalaya-pr○, 'a young shoot' Ragh.)
  6. a flower MBh. Kāv. Suśr. (also n. R.)
  7. fruit L
  8. -karmakṛt m. one who performs the act of begetting, begetter MBh
  9. -kāla m. the time of delivery or bringing forth Var
  10. -gṛha n. a lying-in chamber MW
  11. -dharmin mfn. characterized by production, productive, prolific ib
  12. -bandhana n. the footstalk of a leaf or flower L
  13. -māsa m. the last month of pregnancy MW
  14. -vikāra m. a prodigy happening at the birth of a child Var
  15. -vedanā f. the pangs of childbirth, throes of labour Pañcat
  16. -samaya m. = -kāla Var
  17. -sthali f. 'birthplace', a mother Mahān
  18. -sthāna n. a receptacle for young. a nest MW
  19. ○vôtthāna n. N. of the 17th Pariś. of the Yajur-veda
  20. ○vônmukha mf(ī)n. expecting child. birth, about to be delivered Ragh

prasavaka

  1. pra-savaka m. Buchanania Latifolia L

prasavat

  1. pra-savat mf(antī)n. bringing forth, bearing
  2. (antī), f. a woman in labour Mn. iv, 44

prasavana

  1. pra-savana n. bringing forth, bearing children, fecundity Hit. (v. l.)

prasavāpitā

  1. pra-savāpitā f. delivered Divyâv. 2

prasavitṛ

  1. pra-savitṛ m. (for 1. See pra √1. sū) a begetter, father Bālar. Prasannar
  2. (trī), f. a mother L
  3. bestowing progeny MBh. 2

prasavin

  1. pra-savin mfn. (for 1. See pra- √1. sū) bringing forth, bearing children Megh. MārkP. Car

prasū

  1. pra-sū́ mfn. bringing forth, bearing, fruitful, productive RV. &c. &c
  2. (ifc.) giving birth to (cf. pitṛ-pr○, putrikā-pr○, strī-pr○)
  3. f. a mother Inscr. L
  4. a mare L
  5. a young shoot, tender grass or herbs, sacrificial grass RV. Br. KātySr
  6. a spreading creeper, the plantain L
  7. -sū́-mat (AV.), -sū-maya (ĀpŚr.), -sū́-vara (f. varī RV.), mfn. furnished with flowers

prasūkā

  1. pra-sūkā f. a mare L

prasūta

  1. pra-sūta (prá-), mf(ā)n. procreated, begotten, born, produced, sprung ('by' or 'from', abl. or gen
  2. 'in', loc. or comp
  3. Pāṇ. 2-3, 39) Up. Mn. MBh. &c
  4. m. pl. (or sg. with gaṇa) N. of a class of gods under Manu Cākskusha Hariv. MārkP
  5. n. a flower L
  6. any productive source MW
  7. (in Sāṃkhya) the primordial essence or matter Tattvas
  8. (ā), f. a woman who has brought forth a child, recently delivered (also= finite verb) AV. &c. &c. 2

prasūti

  1. pra-sūti f. (for 1. See pra- √1. su) procreation, generation, bringing forth (children or young), laying (eggs), parturition, birth Mn. iv, 84 (-tas) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. coming forth, appearance, growth (of fruit, flowers &c.) Kālid. Prab
  3. a production, product (of plants or animals) MBh
  4. a procreator, father or mother Hariv. Var. Ragh
  5. a child, offspring, progeny Mn. MBh. and e
  6. N. of a daughter of Manu and wife of Daksha Pur
  7. -ja n. 'birthproduced', pain (resulting as a necessary consequence of birth) L
  8. -vāyu. m. air generated in the womb during the pangs of childbirth MW

prasūtikā

  1. pra-sūtikā f. recently delivered Yājñ. Sch
  2. (ifc.) giving birth to (cf. naśyat-pr○)
  3. (a cow) that has calved Cāṇ. (cf. sakṛt-pr○)

praslina

  1. pra-slina mfn. born, produced (= -sūta or jāta) L. [Page 698, Column]
  2. n. (ifc. ā) a flower, blossom MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. fruit L
  4. -bāṇa m. 'having fruit for arrows', the god of love Kām
  5. -mālā f. a garland of fruit Mālatīm
  6. -varṣa m. a shower of fruit (rained from heaven) BhP
  7. -stabaka m. a bunch of blossoms or fruit BhP
  8. ○nâñjali mfn. presenting a nosegay held in both hands opened and hollowed (= puṣpâñjali) Cat
  9. ○nâśuga (Naish.), ○nêehu (L.), m. = ○na-bāṇa

prasūnaka

  1. pra-sūnaka m. a kind of Kadamba L
  2. n. a flower L

prasūrat

  1. pra-sūrat mf(antī)n. being born MBh. xiii, 5687

prasūkā

  1. pra-sūkā See col. 1

prasūc

  1. pra-sūc √P. -sūcayati, to indicate, manifest MBh

prasṛ

  1. pra-sṛ √P. -sisarti, (only Ved.) and sarati (sometimes also Ā. ○te), to move forwards, advance ('for' or 'against', acc.), proceed (lit. and fig.), spring up, come forth, issue from (abl.), appear, rise, spread, extend RV. &c. &c
  2. to break out (as fire, a disease &c.) MBh. Pañcat. (vḷ.)
  3. to be displaced (as the humours of the boy) Suśr
  4. to be diffused (as odour) Kathās
  5. to pass. elapse (as night) Vikr
  6. to commence, begin Bhartṛ. Kathās. (also Pass., e.g. prâsāri yājñah, 'the sacrifice began' ŚBr.)
  7. to prevail, hold good, take place Sarvad
  8. to stretch out (hands) RV
  9. to agree, promise Inscr.: Caus. -sārayati, to stretch out, extend VS. &c. &c
  10. to spread out, expose (wares &c. for sale) Mn. R. &c
  11. to open wide (eyes, mouth, &c.), Mṛiccli. BhP
  12. to diffuse, circulate, exhibit Var. Śaṃk
  13. to prosecute, transact Kād
  14. (in gram.) to change a semivowel into the corresponding vowel Pat.: Intens. (-sasre, ○rāte, ○rāṇa) to extend, be protracted, last RV

prasara

  1. pra-sara m. (ifc. f. ā) going forwards, advance, progress, free course, coming forth, rising, appearing, spreading, extension, diffusion Kālid. Kād. Śaṃk. &c
  2. range (of the eye) Amar
  3. prevalence, influence Śak
  4. boldness, courage Mṛicch
  5. a stream, torrent, flood Gīt. BhP
  6. (in med.) morbid displacement of the humours of the body Suśr
  7. multitude, great quantity Śiś
  8. a fight, war L
  9. an iron arrow L
  10. speed L
  11. affectionate solicitation L
  12. (ā), f. Paederia Foetida L
  13. n. (in music) a kind of dance Saṃgīt
  14. -yuta mfn. possessing extension, extensive (as a forest) R

prasaraṇa

  1. pra-saraṇa n. going forth, running away, escaping Mṛicch
  2. (in med.) = ○sara Suśr
  3. holding good, prevailing TPrāt. Sch
  4. complaisance, amiability BhP
  5. spreading over the country to forage L
  6. = next L

prasaraṇi

  1. pra-saraṇi (or ○ṇī), f. surrounding an enemy L

prasāra

  1. pra-sāra m. spreading or stretching out, extension Suśr. Kull
  2. a trader's shop Nalac
  3. opening (the mouth) Vop
  4. raising (dust) Bālar
  5. = prec. L

prasāraṇa

  1. pra-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) stretching or spreading not, extending, diffusing, displaying, developing Br. Bhāshāp. Suśr
  2. augmentation, increase Kām
  3. changing a semivowel into a vowel APrāt. Sch. (cf. sam-pras○)
  4. = ○saraṇi L
  5. spreading over the country for collecting forage L
  6. (ī), f. = ○saraṇi L
  7. Paederia Foetida L

prasāraṇin

  1. pra-sāraṇin mfn. containing a semivowel liable to be changed into a vowel Pāṇ. Vārtt

prasārita

  1. pra-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) held forth, stretched out, expanded, spread, diffused Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. laid out, exhibited, exposed (for sale) R
  3. published, promulgated Var. Śaṃk
  4. -gātra mfn. with outstretched limbs (su-pr○) Sāh
  5. -bhoga mfn. (a serpent) with expanded coils Pañcat
  6. tâgra mfn. (fingers) with extended tips Cat
  7. ○tâṅguli mfn. (a hand) with extended fingers L

prasārin

  1. pra-sārin mfn. coming forth, issuing from (comp.) Śak
  2. spreading, extending (trans. and intrans
  3. esp. stretching one's self out in singing). PārGṛ. (cf. vāk-pras○) Saṃgīt
  4. extending over (comp.) Sāh. (○ri-tva n.)
  5. going along gently, gliding, flowing, creeping W
  6. (iṇī), f. (in music)N. of a Sruti Saṃgīt
  7. Paederia Foetida Bhpr
  8. Mimosa Pudica L
  9. N. of wk. 1

prasārya

  1. pra-sārya ind. (fr. Caus.) having stretched out or put forth &c. MBh. 2

prasārya

  1. pra-sārya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be changed into a vowel Pat

prasṛta

  1. prá-sṛta mfn. come forth, issued from (abl. or comp.) ŚvetUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. displaced (as the humours of the body) Suśr
  3. resounding (as tones) Kathās. (n. impers. with instr. 'a sound rose from' ib.)
  4. held or stretched out TBr. Bhartṛ. Kathās
  5. wide-spreading MuṇḍUp. Bhag
  6. extending over or to (loc.) Kathās
  7. intent upon, devoted to (comp.) R. Vajracch. [Page 698, Column]
  8. prevailing, ordinary ŚBr. Kāṭh
  9. intense, mighty, strong Uttarar. Daś. Kathās
  10. set out, departed, fled Daś. Kathās
  11. wṛ. for pra-śrita, humble, modest, quiet MBh. R. &c
  12. m. the palm of the hand stretched out and hollowed as if to hold liquids GṛŚrS
  13. (also n. L.) a handful (as a measure = 2 Palas) ŚBr. (also -mātra n.) ŚrS. Suśr
  14. pl. N. of a class of deities under the 6th Manu VP
  15. (ā), f. the leg L
  16. n. what has sprung up or sprouted, grass, plants, vegetables MBh. Pañcar
  17. agriculture (prob. wṛ. for pra-mṛta) L
  18. -ja m. N. of a partic. class of sons MBh
  19. -mātra n. See above
  20. ○tâgra-pradāyin mfn. offering the best of all that has grown MBh
  21. ○tâgra-bhuj mfn. eating the best &c. ib

prasṛti

  1. prá-sṛti (prá-). f. streaming, flowing Śak
  2. (successful) progress TĀr
  3. extension, diffusion MBh
  4. swiftness, haste Nīlak
  5. the palm of the hollowed hand Kauś
  6. a handful as measure (= 2 Palas) Yājñ. BhP
  7. -m-paca, See nīvāra-pr○
  8. -yāvaka m. eating groats made of not more than a handful of barley. Gaut

prasṛtvara

  1. prá-sṛtvara mfn. breaking forth Bhām

prasṛmara

  1. prá-sṛmara mfn. streaming forth Bhartṛ
  2. being at the head of (gen.). Hcar

prasṛj

  1. pra-sṛj √P. -sṛjati, (aor. P. -asrāk Ā. -asṛkṣata), to let loose, dismiss, send off to (acc.) RV. &c. &c
  2. to give free course to (anger &c., with acc.) MBh
  3. to stretch out (the arms) RV
  4. to scatter, sow MārkP
  5. to engage in a quarrel with (loc.) MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pra-sajati): Pass. -sṛjyate, to go forth or out, leave home Gobh. Lāṭy.: Desid. -sisrikṣati, to wish to dismiss or send off ŚāṅkhBr

prasarga

  1. pra-sargá (or ○sárga), m. pouring or flowing forth RV
  2. dismissal ŚāṅkhŚr

prasarjana

  1. pra-sarjana mf(ī)n. darting forth Kauś

prasṛṣṭa

  1. pra-sṛṣṭa mfn. let loose, dismissed, set free MBh
  2. having free course, uncontrolled ib. Car
  3. given up, renounced Hariv. (-vaira mfn. 'one who has given up enmity' ib.)
  4. hurt, injured MW
  5. wṛ. for pra-mṛṣṭa R
  6. (ā), f. pl. (prob.) a partic. movement in fighting MBh. (= sarvâṅgasáṃśleṣaṇa VP. Sch.)

prasṛp

  1. pra-sṛp √P. -sarpati, to creep up to, glide into (acc.) RV. VS. Br. ŚrS
  2. to advance, proceed, move towards (acc.) Vait. MBh. &c
  3. to stream or break forth MBh. Śiś.: to set in (as darkness) Kathās
  4. to spread, extend, be diffused Śatr. Uttarar
  5. to set to work, act, proceed in a certain way Kām. Kathās
  6. to advance, progress Bhaṭṭ

prasarpa

  1. pra-sarpa m. going to the part of the sacrificial enclosure called the Sadas MBh. (= agni-visarjana Nīlak.)
  2. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

prasarpaka

  1. pra-sarpaka m. an assistant who is under the superintendence of the Ṛitvij or a mere spectator at a sacrifice (so designated from entering the Sadas
  2. prec.) ŚrS

prasarpaṇa

  1. pra-sárpaṇa n. going forwards, entering (loc.) MBh
  2. = ○sarpa ĀśvŚr
  3. a place of refuge, shelter RV

prasarpita

  1. pra-sarpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crawling along Ṛitus

prasarpin

  1. pra-sarpin mfn. coming forth, issuing from (comp.) Śak. (vḷ.)
  2. creeping along, crawling away Var
  3. going to the Sadas (cf. ○sarpaka) ĀśvŚr

prasripta

  1. pra-sripta mfn. spread, diffused Uttarar
  2. = ○sarpaka KātyŚr

prasṛmara

  1. pra-sṛmara See pra- √sṛ

prasṛṣṭa

  1. pra-sṛṣṭa See pra- √srṛj

praseka

  1. pra-seka pra-secana &c. See under pra-.√sic, p. 697

prasedikā

  1. prasedikā vḷ. for prasīdikā, q.v

prasedivas

  1. pra-sedivas See pra- √sad, p. 696

prasena

  1. pra-sena m.or n. (?), ○nā f. a kind of jugglery VarBṛS. Sch

prasena

  1. pra-sena m. N. of a prince (son of Nighna or Nimna) Hariv. Pur
  2. of a king of Ujjayini (succeeded by Vikramârka or Vikramâditya). Inscr

prasenajit

  1. prasena-jit m. N. of sev. princes (esp. of a sovereign of Śrāvastī contemporary with Gautama Buddha MWB. 407) MBh. R. Hariv. Pur. &c

praseva

  1. pra-seva m. (√siv) a sack or a leather bottle L
  2. the damper on the neck of a lute L

prasevaka

  1. pra-sevaka m. a sack, bag Suśr. Nalac
  2. a damper (= prec.) L
  3. (ikā), f. See carma-prasevikā. [Page 699, Column]

praskaṇva

  1. prá-s-kaṇva m. N. of a Vedic Ṛishi with the patr. Kāṇva (author of RV. i, 44-50 ; viii, 49 ; ix, 95 ; according to BhP. grandson of Kaṇva) RV. Pāṇ. Nir. &c
  2. pl. the descendants of Praskaṇva BrahmaP

praskand

  1. pra-√skand P. -skandati (ind. p. -skandya, or -skadya), to leap forth or out or up or down TS. Br. MBh. &c
  2. to gush forth (as tears) Gaut
  3. to fall into (acc.) R
  4. to fall upon, attack MBh
  5. to shed, spill Br. Up.: Caus. -skandayati. to cause to flow (a river
  6. others 'to cross') MBh. Hariv
  7. to pour out (as an oblation) MBh

praskanda

  1. pra-skanda m. a kind of √MBh. (vḷ.)

praskandana

  1. pra-skandana mfn. leaping forward, attacking (said of Siva) MBh
  2. one who has diarrhoea Car
  3. n. leaping over or across (comp.) ĀpŚr. Sch
  4. voiding excrement L
  5. a purgative Car

praskandikā

  1. pra-skandikā f. diarrhoea Car

praskandin

  1. pra-skandin mfn. leaping into (comp.). GopBr
  2. attacking, daring, bold Jātakam
  3. m. N. of a man L

praskanna

  1. pra-skanna mfn. shed, spilt MBh. R
  2. lost, gone BhP
  3. having attacked or assailed MBh
  4. m. a transgressor, sinner, one who has violated the rules of his caste or order W

praskunda

  1. pra-skunda m. a support MBh. v, 2700 ('an altar or elevated floor of a circular shape' Nīlak.)

praskhal

  1. pra-√skhal P. -skhalati, to stagger forwards, reel, totter, stumble, tumble MBh. Kāv. &c

praskhalat

  1. pra-skhalat mfn. reeling, tottering Kathās
  2. ○lad-gati mfn. with a tottering step ib

praskhalana

  1. pra-skhalana n. the act of stumbling, reeling. falling BhP. Suśr

praskhalita

  1. pra-skhalita mfn. staggering, stumbling MBh
  2. one who has failed Kām

prastan

  1. pra-√stan only Caus. -stanayati, to thunder forth RV

prastabdha

  1. prá-stabdha mfn. (√stambh) stiff, rigid ŚBr. Suśr
  2. -gātra mfn. having stiff or rigid limbs Suśr

prastambha

  1. prá-stambha m. becoming stiff or rigid ib

prastara

  1. pra-stara &c. See pra- √stṛ

prastava

  1. pra-stava &c. See pra-√stu

prastīta

  1. pra-stīta or pra-stīma mfn. (√styai
  2. See Pāṇ. 8-2, 54) crowded together, swarming, clustering W
  3. sounded, making a noise ib

prastu

  1. pra-√stu P. -stauti (in RV. also Ā. -stavate, with act. and pass. sense, and 1. sg. -stuṣe), to praise before (anything else) or aloud RV. &c. &c
  2. to sing, chant (in general, esp. said of the Prastotṛi) Br. Lāṭy. ChUp
  3. to come to speak of introduce as a topic Prab. Hit. BhP
  4. to undertake, commence, begin Mālav. Dhūrtas. Bhaṭṭ
  5. to place at the head or at the beginning Sarvad.: Caus. -stāvayati, to introduce as a topic, suggest MBh. Malatīm

pratuṣṭuṣu

  1. pra-tuṣṭuṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to praise W
  2. wishing to begin MW

prastava

  1. pra-stava m. a hymn of praise, chant, song MārkP
  2. a favourable moment (cf. a-pr○) R

prastāva

  1. pra-stāva m. introductory eulogy, the introduction or prelude of a Sāman (sung by the Pra-stotṛi) Br. Lāṭy. ChUp
  2. the prologue of a drama (= prasstāvanā) Hariv
  3. introducing a topic, preliminary mention, allusion, reference Kāv. Pañcat
  4. the occasion or subject of a conversation, topic ib
  5. occasion, opportunity, time, season, turn, convenience ib. Kathās. Hit. (e or eṣu, on a suitable occasion, opportunity
  6. ena, incidentally, occasionally, suitably
  7. with tava, at your convenience)
  8. beginning, commencement Pañcat. Hit
  9. spoit, ease (= helā) L
  10. N. of a prince (son of Udgītha). BhP
  11. -krameṇa ind. by way of introduction Hit
  12. -cintamaṇi m. -taraṃgiṇī f. N. of wks
  13. -tas ind. on the occasion of (kathā-pr○, in course of conversation) Kathās
  14. -pāṭhaka m. = vaitālika, the herald or bard of a king Nalac
  15. -muktâvatī f. N. of wk
  16. -yajña m. a topic of conversation to which each person present offers a contribution (as at a sacrifice) MW
  17. -ratnâkara m. -śloka m. pl N. of wks
  18. -sadṛśa mf(ī)n. suited to the occasion, appropriate, seasonable Hit
  19. -sūtra n. N. of wk
  20. ○vânugatarn ind. on a suitable occasion Pañcat
  21. ○vântara-gata mfn. occupied with something else, jātakam

prastāvanā

  1. pra-stāvanā f. sounding forth, blazing abroad Daś
  2. introduction, commencement, beginning, preface, exordium MBh. Mālav. Mcar
  3. a dramatic prologue, an introductory dialogue spoken by the manager and one of the actors (of which several varieties are enumerated, viz. the Udghāṭyaka, Kaṭhôdghāṭa, Prayogâtiśaya, Pravartaka, and Avalagita) Kālid. [Page 699, Column] Ratnâv. Sāh. Pratāp. &c

prastāvita

  1. pra-stāvita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to be told or related, mentioned Mālatīm

prastāvya

  1. pra-stāvya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be preluded or introduced with a Prastāva (as a Sāman) Lāṭy

prastuta

  1. prá-stuta mfn. praised TS. Br
  2. proposed, propounded, mentioned, introduced as a topic or subject under discussion, in question MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. commenced, begun R. Mālav. Hit
  4. (with inf., one who has commenced or begun Kathās.) Rājat
  5. ready, prepared W
  6. happened ib
  7. made or consisting of ib
  8. approached, proximate ib
  9. done with effort or energy ib
  10. n. beginning, undertaking Mālatīm
  11. (in rhet.) the chief subject-matter, that which is the subject of any statement or comparison ( = upameya
  12. IW. 109, 457, and ○tâṅkura)
  13. -tva n. the being a topic under discussion Kull
  14. -yajña mfn. prepared for a sacrifice MW
  15. ○tâṅkura m. a figure of, speech, allusion by the mention of any passing circumstance to something latent in the hearer's mind Kuval

prastuti

  1. prá-stuti (prá-), f. praise, eulogium RV. ChUp

prastotṛ

  1. pra-stotṛ́ m. N. of the assistant of the Udgātṛi (who chants the Prastāva) Br. ŚrS. MBh. &c
  2. -prayoga m. -sāman n. N. of wks

prastotrīya

  1. pra-stotrīya mfn. relating to the Prastotṛi Lāṭy. Sch

prastubh

  1. pra-√stubh (only pr. p. Ā. -stubhāná, with pass. sense), to urge on with shouts RV.: Caus. -stobhayati, to greet with shouts BhP
  2. to scoff, deride, insult ib

prastobha

  1. pra-stobha m. allusion or reference to (gen.) BhP
  2. du. (with rajer aṅgirasasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

prastump

  1. pra-s-√tump P. -tumpati g. pāraskarâdi

prastṛ

  1. pra-stṛ √P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, -stṛṇute, or -stṛṇāti, -stṛṇīte, to spread, extend (trans. and intrans.) AV. ŚBr. Kauś
  2. (with giraḥ) to pour out i.e. utter words, speak Naish

prastara

  1. pra-stará m. (ifc. f. ā) anything strewed forth or about, a couch of leaves and flowers, (esp.) a sacrificial seat RV. &c. &c
  2. (ifc.) a couch of any material MBh
  3. a flat surface, flat top, level, a plain Mn. MBh. R
  4. a rock, stone Kāv. Hit
  5. a gem, jewel L
  6. a leather bag Mṛicch. Sch
  7. a paragraph, section Cat
  8. a tabular representation of the long and short vowels of a metre W
  9. musical notation ib
  10. pl. N. of a people R. (v. l. for pra-cara)
  11. -ghatanâpakaraṇa n. an instrument for breaking or splitting stones Hit
  12. -bhājaná n. a substitute for sacrificial grass. ŚBr
  13. -sveda m. and -svedana n. inducing perspiration by lying on a straw-bed Car
  14. ○re-ṣṭhá (or -ṣṭhā́,), mfn. being on a couch or bed VS

prastaraṇa

  1. pra-staraṇa m. (or ā f.) a couch, seat Hariv. (cf. rukma-pr○)

prastariṇī

  1. pra-stariṇī f. Elephantopus Scaber L

prastāra

  1. pra-stāra m. (ifc. f. ā) strewing, spreading out, extension (also fig. = abundance, high degree) MBh. Kāv
  2. a litter, bed of straw Hariv
  3. a layer Sulbas
  4. a flight of steps (leading down to water) MBh
  5. a flat surface, plain Hariv. (v. l. ○stara)
  6. a jungle or wood overgrown with grass L
  7. a process in preparing minerals Cat
  8. a representation or enumeration of all the possible combinations of certain given numbers or of short and long syllables in a metre Col
  9. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt
  10. N. of a prince (son of Udgītha) VP. (prob. wṛ. for prastāva)
  11. cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk
  12. -paṅkti f. a kind of metre RPrāt
  13. -pattana n. N. of wk

prastārin

  1. pra-stārin mfn. spreading out, extending to (comp.)
  2. n. a partic. disease of the white of the eye Suśr

prastira

  1. pra-stira m. a bed or couch made of flowers and leaves L

prastīrṇa

  1. pra-stīrṇa (prá-.), mfn. spread out, extended ŚBr
  2. flat (as the tip of the tongue) AV

prastṛta

  1. pra-stṛta wṛ. for ○mṛta L

prasthā

  1. pra-sthā √P. -tiṣṭhati, (rarely Ā. te). to stand or rise up (esp. before the gods. an altar &c.) RV. TS. VS
  2. to advance towards (acc.) ŚBr. ŚāṅkhSr
  3. P1ṇ. i, 3, 22) to be awake MBh
  4. (Ā., m. c. also P.) to set out, depart from (abl.), proceed or march to (acc. with or without prati) or with a view to or in order to (dat. or inf) ĀśvGṛ. MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. (with ākāśe) to move or abide in the open air R.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to put aside AV. [Page 699, Column]
  6. to send out, send to (acc. with or without prati) or for the purpose of (dat. or loc.), send away or home, dispatch messengers &c., dismiss, banish MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. drive, urge on (horses), Kum Desid. Ā. -tiṣṭhāsate, to wish to set out Śaṃk. Bhaṭṭ

prastha

  1. pra-stha mfn. going on a march or journey, going to or abiding in (cf. vana-pr○)
  2. stable, firm, solid W
  3. expanding, spread ib
  4. m. n. table-land on the top of a mountain MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. a level expanse, plain (esp. at the end of names of towns and villages
  6. cf. indra-, oṣadhi-, karīra-pr○ and See Pāṇ. 4-2, 110)
  7. a partic. weight and measure of capacity (= 32 Palas or = 1/4 of an Āḍhaka
  8. or = 16 Palas= 4 Kuḍavas= 1/4 of an Aḍhaka
  9. or = 2 Śarāvas
  10. or = 6 Palas
  11. or = 1/16 of a Droṇa) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
  12. m. N. of a monkey R
  13. -kusuma or -puṣpa m. 'flowering on mountain-tops', a species of plant, a variety of Tulasi or basil L
  14. -m-paca mf(ā)n. cooking the amount of a Prastha (said of a cooking utensil capable of containing one Prastha) Pāṇ. 3-2, 33 Sch
  15. -vat m. a mountain L

prasthā

  1. pra-sthā́ = ○stha in -vat mfn. having a platform AV
  2. (-vatī), t N. of a river Hariv

prasthāna

  1. pra-sthāna n. setting out, departure, procession, march (esp. of an army or assailant) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. walking, moving, journey, advent ib
  3. sending away, dispatching Yājñ
  4. departing this life, dying (cf. mahā-pr○)
  5. religious mendicancy MBh
  6. a way to attain (any object), course, method, system Madhus. KātyŚr. Sch
  7. a sect Sarvad
  8. an inferior kind of drama (the character of which are slaves and outcasts) Sāh
  9. starting-point, place of origin, source, cause (in jñāna-pr○, N. of wk.)
  10. -trayabhāṣya n. N. of wk
  11. -dundubhi m. a drum giving the signal for marching Kād
  12. -bheda m. ratnâkara m. N. of wks
  13. -vat ind. as in setting forth, as on a departure Var
  14. -viklava-gati mfn. one whose step falters in walking Śak
  15. -vighna m. an obstacle to proceeding or to sending anything (-kṛt mfn. causing an obstṭobstacle &c.) Yājñ
  16. non-attendance at a festival, impeding its taking place W
  17. ○naka n. setting out, departure Nalac
  18. ○nâvalī f. N. of wk
  19. ○nika mfn. See cátuṣ-pr○
  20. also wṛ. for prāsthānika
  21. ○nīya mfn. belonging or relating to a departure Lāṭy

prasthāpana

  1. pra-sthāpana n. (fr. Caus.) causing to depart, sending away, dismissing, dispatching MBh. (also ā f.) Kāv. &c. (with diśaḥ, 'sending into all quarters of the world' R.)
  2. dhvanipr○', giving currency to an expression' Sāh

prasthāpanīya

  1. pra-sthāpanīya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be sent or dispatched W
  2. to be carried or driven off ib

prasthāpita

  1. pra-sthāpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) sent away, dismissed, dispatched Kum
  2. held, celebrated (as a feast) Divyâv

prasthāpya

  1. pra-sthāpya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be sent away or dispatched MBh

prasthāyin

  1. pra-sthāyin mfn. setting forth, departing, marching, going Kathās. (cf. g. gaimy-ādi)

prasthāyīya

  1. pra-sthāyīya and in sākaṃ-sth○, q.v

prasthānasthāyya

  1. ○sthāyya in sākaṃ-sth○, q.v

prasthānasthāvat

  1. ○sthā́vat See above under pra-stha

prasthānasthāvan

  1. ○sthāvan mfn. swift, rapid RV

prasthika

  1. prasthika mfn. (fr. pra-stha), See ardha-pr○
  2. (ā), f. the sounding-board of a lute Harav. Sch
  3. (prob.) Hibiscus Cannabhinus Bhpr

prasthita

  1. prá-sthita mfn. set forth, prepared, ready (as sacrifice) RV. Br. ŚrS
  2. rising, upright RV
  3. standing forth, prominent AV
  4. appointed, installed R
  5. set out, departed, gone to (acc. with or without prati dat. or loc.) or for the purpose of (dat.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. (-vat mfn. = pra-tasthe, 'he has set out' Kathās.)
  7. (ifc.) reaching to, Sak. vii, 4/3 (v. l. prati-ṣṭhita)
  8. (am), impers. a person (instr.) has set out BhP
  9. n. setting out, going away, departure Bhartṛ
  10. N. of partic. Soma vessels ( See next)
  11. -yājyā f. a verse pronounced on offering the Prasthita vessels, ŚrS. (-homa m. the oblation connected with it Vait.)

prasthiti

  1. prá-sthiti f. setting out, departure, march, journey Kād

prastheya

  1. prá-stheya n. (impers.) it ought to be set out MBh

prasnava

  1. pra-snava pra-sna0vin, See tinder pra-√snu

prasnā

  1. pra-√snā P. -snāti, to enter the water (with or without an acc.) RV. MaitrS. Br.: Caus. -snapayati, to bathe (intrans.) in (acc.) RV. AV

prasna

  1. pra-sna m. a bath, vessel for bathing L

prasnapita

  1. pra-snapita mfn. (fr. Csus.) bathed AV

prasnātṛ

  1. pra-snātṛ m. one who bathes, a bather Nir

prasneya

  1. pra-snéya mfn. suitable for bathing ŚBr. Nir

prasnigdha

  1. pra-snigdha mfn. (√snih) very oily or greasy Śak
  2. very soft or tender Ragh. [Page 700, Column]

prasnu

  1. pra-snu √P. Ā. -snauti, -snute, to emit fluid, pour forth, flow, drip, distil TS. Kathās
  2. (Ā.) to yield milk (aor. prâsnoṣṭa) Pāṇ. 3-1, 89 Sch.: Desid. -susnūṣiṣyate, vii, 2, 36 Vārtt. 2 Pat

prasnava

  1. pra-snava m. (often v. l. ○srava) a stream or flow (of water, milk &c.) MBh. Hariv
  2. pl. tears MBh
  3. urine ib
  4. -saṃyukta mfn. flowing in streams, gushing forth (tears) MBh

prasnavana

  1. pra-snavana n. emitting fluid ĀpŚr. Sch

prasnavitrīya

  1. pra-snavitrīya Nom. P. ○yati = prasnavitêvâcarati Pat

prasnāvin

  1. pra-snāvin mfn. (ifc.) dropping, pouring forth Nir

prasnuta

  1. pra-snuta mfn. yielding milk MBh. R. &c
  2. -stanī f. having breasts that distil milk (through excess of maternal love) MW

prasnuṣā

  1. pra-snuṣā f. the wife of a grandson MBh

praspand

  1. pra-√spand Ā. -spandate (ep. also P. ○ti), to quiver, throb, palpitate MBh. Ragh. Suśr

praspandana

  1. pra-spandana n. quivering, trembling, throbbing Suśr

praspardh

  1. pra-√spardh Ā. -spardhate, emulate, compete, vie with (instr. or loc.) or in (loc.) R. Hariv

praspardhin

  1. pra-spardhin mfn. (ifc.) rivalling with, equalling Mcar

prasphāra

  1. pra-sphāra mfn. (√sphar) swollen, puffed up, self-conceited Nalac

prasphij

  1. pra-sphij mfn. large-hipped Pat

prasphuṭ

  1. pra-√sphuṭ P. -sphuṭati, to burst open, be split or rent MBh. R.: Caus. -sphoṭayati, to cleave through, split, pierce. Hariv. Kathās
  2. to slap or clap the arms MBh

prasphuṭa

  1. pra-sphuṭa mfn. cleft open, burst, expanded, blown L
  2. divulged, published, known, open, evident, clear, plain Kāv. Pur. Kathās. &c

prasphoṭaka

  1. pra-sphoṭaka m. N. of a Nāga L

prasphoṭana

  1. pra-sphoṭana n. splitting, bursting (intrans. ) Var
  2. opening. expanding, causing to blow or bloom L
  3. making evident or manifest L
  4. striking, beating L
  5. winnowing corn, a winnowing basket L
  6. wiping away, rubbing out L

prasphur

  1. pra-√sphur P. -sphurati (pr. p. Ā. -sphuramāṇa MBh.), to spurn or push away AV
  2. to become tremulous, throb, quiver, palpitate RV. &c. &c
  3. to glitter, sparkle, flash, shine forth (lit. and fig.) Hariv. Kāv. Kathās
  4. to be displayed, become clear or visible, appear Kāv. Var

prasphurita

  1. pra-sphurita mfn. become tremulous, quivering, vibrating MBh. Kāv. &c. (○tâdhara mfn. one whose lower lip quivers MBh.)
  2. clear, evident L

prasphuliṅga

  1. pra-sphuliṅga m. or n. (?) a glittering spark Mcar

prasmi

  1. pra-√smi Ā. -smayate (ep. P. pr. p. -smayat), to burst into laughter Nir. MBh. Hariv

prasmṛ

  1. pra-smṛ √P. -smarati, to remember MBh
  2. to forget (Pass. smaryate) Bālar

prasmartavya

  1. pra-smartavya mfn. to be forgotten ib

prasmṛta

  1. pra-smṛta mfn. forgotten Naish

prasmṛti

  1. pra-smṛti f. forgetting, forgetfulness W

prasyand

  1. pra-√syand P. Ā. -syandati, ○te (often wṛ. for -spand), to flow forth, run away, dart, fly RV. GṛS. MBh
  2. to drive off (in a carriage) ŚBr.: Caus. -syandayati, to make flow MBh

prasyanda

  1. pra-syanda m. flowing forth, trickling out L

prasyandana

  1. pra-syandana n. id. MBh
  2. exudation Rājat

prasyandin

  1. pra-syándin mfn. oozing forth ŚBr. ĀpŚr. MBh
  2. shedding (tears) Ratnâv
  3. m. a shower of rain Gaut

prasraṃs

  1. pra-sraṃs √Ā. -sraṃsate, to fall down, miscarry (said of the fetus) Suśr

prasraṃsraṃsa

  1. pra-sraṃḍsraṃsa m. falling down or asunder Br

prasraṃsraṃsana

  1. pra-sraṃḍsraṃsana n. a dissolvent Car

prasraṃsraṃsin

  1. pra-sraṃḍsraṃsin mfn. letting fall, dropping, miscarrying Suśr

prasru

  1. pra-√sru P. -sravati (rarely Ā. ○te), to flow forth, flow from (abl.) AV. &c. &c
  2. to flow with, let flow, pour out (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. Ā. -srāvayate, to make water ŚBr

prasrava

  1. pra-srava m. (often v. l. ○snava) flowing forth MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a stream, flow, gush (lit.and fig.) ib
  3. a flow of milk (loc. 'when the milk flows from the udder') Mn. (esp. v, 130) MBh. &c
  4. (pl.) gushing tears MBh
  5. (pl.) urine ib. (v. l.)
  6. (pl.) morbid matter in the body Car
  7. the overflow of boiling rice L
  8. n. a waterfall R. (B.)
  9. -yukta mfn. flowing with milk (breasts) Hariv. [Page 700, Column]
  10. -saṃyukta mfn. id. ib
  11. flowing in a stream (as tears) MBh

prasravaṇa

  1. pra-srávaṇa n. (sometimes wṛ. ○śravaṇa) streaming or gushing forth, trickling, oozing, effusion, discharge. RV. &c. &c. (often ifc., with f. ā)
  2. the flowing of milk from the udder Yājñ. MārkP
  3. milk Gal
  4. sweat, perspiration L
  5. voiding urine L
  6. a well or spring Mn. Yājñ. Ṛitus
  7. a cascade, cataract L
  8. a spout, the projecting mouth of a vessel (out of which any fluid is poured) RV
  9. (also with plākṣa n.) N. of a place where the Sarasvatī takes its rise, ŚrS. MBh. Rājat
  10. m. N. of a man L
  11. of a range of mountains on the confines of Malaya R
  12. -jala n. spring-water L

prasravin

  1. pra-sravin mfn. (ifc.) streaming forth, discharging Nir. Rājat
  2. (a cow) yielding milk Ragh

prasrāva

  1. pra-srāva m. flowing, dropping W
  2. urine Car. (wṛ. ○śrāva)
  3. the overflowing scum of boiling rice L
  4. -karaṇa n. the urethra L

prasruta

  1. pra-sruta mfn. flowed forth, oozed out, issued MBh. Hariv
  2. discharging fluid, humid, moist, wet MBh. Kāv. Suśr

prasruti

  1. pra-sruti f. flowing forth, oozing out L

prasvana

  1. pra-svana m. (√svan) sound, noise MBh

prasvanita

  1. pra-svanita (prá., fr. Caus.), sounding, roaring RV

prasvāna

  1. pra-svāna m. a loud noise L

prasvap

  1. pra-√svap P. -svapiti, or ○pati (Pot. Ā. -svapīta or ○peta MBh.), to fall asleep, go to sleep, sleep Br. MBh. Hariv

prasup

  1. pra-súp mfn. asleep RV

prasupta

  1. pra-supta mfn. fallen into sleep, fast asleep, sleeping, slumbering Mn. MBh. &c
  2. closed (said of flowers) Kālid
  3. having slept Hit
  4. asleep i.e. insensible Suśr
  5. quiet, inactive, latent BhP
  6. -tā f. = next Suśr

prasupti

  1. pra-supti f. sleepiness ŚārṅgS. (paralysis W.)

prasvāpa

  1. pra-svāpa mfn. causing sleep, soporific MBh
  2. m. falling asleep, sleep BhP
  3. a dream ib

prasvāpaka

  1. pra-svāpaka mf(ikā) u. causing to fall asleep MW
  2. causing to die, slaying ib

prasvāpana

  1. pra-svāpana mf(ī)n. causing sleep MBh. Kāv. &c. (○nī daśā f. condition of sleep MārkP.)
  2. n. the act of sending to sleep R

prasvāpinī

  1. pra-svāpinī f. 'sending to sleep', N. of a daughter of Sattra-jit and wife of Kṛishṇa Hariv

prasvādas

  1. prá-svādas mfn. (√svad) very pleasant or agreeable RV

prasvāra

  1. pra-√svāra See pra- √svṛ

prasvid

  1. pra-svid √Ā. -svedate, to begin to sweat, get into perspiration Suśr
  2. to become wet or moist L

prasvinna

  1. pra-svinna mfn. covered with perspiration, sweated, perspired R

prasveda

  1. pra-sveda m. great or excessive perspiration, sweat MBh. Vet. Sāh
  2. m. an elephant Gal
  3. -kaṇikā f. a drop of sweat Prab
  4. -jala n. sweat-water MārkP
  5. -bindu m. = -kaṇikā, Caur

prasvedita

  1. pra-svedita mfn. sweated, perspired W
  2. hot, causing perspiration ib
  3. -vat mfn. suffering or producing perspṭperspiration ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 19 Sch.)

prasvedin

  1. pra-svedin mfn. sweating, covered with perspiration Hit

prasvṛ

  1. pra-svṛ √P. -svarati, to lengthen or prolate a tone in uttering it RPrāt

prasvāra

  1. pra-svāra m. the prolated syllable Om (repeated by a religious teacher at the beginning of a lesson) ib

prahaṇa

  1. prahaṇa wṛ. for pra-haraṇa Hariv

prahaṇemi

  1. praha-ṇemi or praha-nemi m. the moon L. (prob. wṛ. for graha-nemi, q.v.)

prahan

  1. pra-han √P. -hanti, (pf. Ā. -jaghnire MBh.), to strike, beat, slay, kill, destroy RV. &c. &c. (with acc
  2. according to Pāṇ. 2-3, 56 also with gen.)

prahaṇana

  1. pra-ḍhaṇana n. striking &c. Pāṇ. 8-4, 22 Sch
  2. a kind of amorous sport (= jaghana-dvayatāḍana) L

prahata

  1. pra-hata mfn. struck, beaten (as a drum), killed, slain MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. cut to pieces BhP
  3. hewn down Subh
  4. repelled, defeated W
  5. spread, expanded ib
  6. contiguous ib
  7. learned, accomplished (= śāstra-vid Gal.) ib
  8. (ifc.) a blow or stroke with, g. akṣa-dyūtâdi
  9. -muraja mfn. having drums beaten, resounding with the beating of drums Megh

prahati

  1. pra-ḍhati f. a stroke, blow Kād. Bālar

prahan

  1. pra-han See a-prahan

prahantavya

  1. pra-ḍhantavya mfn. to be killed or slain Hariv

hantṛ

  1. hantṛ́ mfn. striking (nr 'he will strike') down, killing, slaying RV. MBh. [Page 700, Column]

prahara

  1. pra-hara &c. See pra- √hṛ

praharita

  1. pra-harita mfn. of a beautiful greenish colour Car

praharṣa

  1. pra-harṣa &c. See pra- √hṛṣ

prahas

  1. pra-√has P. -hasati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to burst into laughter (also with hāsam) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to laugh with (acc.) MBh. Pañcat
  3. to laugh at, mock, deride, ridicule MBh. R. &c

prahasa

  1. pra-ḍhasa m. N. of Śiva Gal
  2. of a Rakshas R

prahasat

  1. pra-ḍhasat mf(antī) n. laughing, smiling MBh
  2. (antī), f. a species of jasmine L
  3. another plant L
  4. a large chafing-dish or fire-pan L

prahasana

  1. pra-ḍhasana n. laughter, mirth, mockery, derision Uttarar. Hit. (○nam, enclit. after a finite verb, g. gotrâdi
  2. ○ne √kṛ, to mock, deride, g. sâkṣād-ādi Kāś.)
  3. (in rhet.) satire, sarcasm
  4. (esp.) a kind of comedy or farce Daśar. Sāh. &c

prahasita

  1. pra-ḍhasita mfn. laughing, cheerful Hariv. Kāv. Pur
  2. m. N. of a Buddha Lalit
  3. of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Kāraṇḍ
  4. n. bursting into laughter BhP
  5. displaying bright gaudy colours Jātakam
  6. -netra m. 'laughing-eyed', N. of a Buddha Lalit
  7. -vadana (Pañcat.), ○tânana (Hariv. ), mfn. with laughing face

prahāsa

  1. pra-ḍhāsa m. loud laughter, laughter Hariv. Kāv
  2. derision, irony Pāṇ. 1-4, 106 &c
  3. appearance, display Veṇis
  4. splendour, of colours Jātakam
  5. an actor, dancer L
  6. N. of Śiva L. (cf. ○hasa)
  7. of an attendant of Śiva MBh
  8. of a Nāga ib
  9. of a minister of Varuṇa R
  10. of a Tirtha (wṛ. for ○bhāsa?) L
  11. n. (with bharad-vājasya) N. of a Sāman (wṛ. for prāsāha) L

prahāsaka

  1. pra-ḍhāsaka m. one who causes laughter, a jester L

prahāsita

  1. pra-ḍhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to laugh MW

prahāsin

  1. pra-ḍhāsín mfn. laughing, derisive, satirical AV
  2. shining bright Jātakam
  3. m. the buffoon of a drama (= vidūṣaka) L

prahasta

  1. pra-hasta mfn. long-handed Inscr
  2. m. (n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 183 Sch.) the open hand with the fingers extended KātyŚr. Sch
  3. N. of a Rākshasa MBh. R
  4. of a companion of Sūrya-prabha (son of Candra-prabha, king of Śākala
  5. he had been an Asura before) Kathās
  6. -vāda m. N. of work

prahastaka

  1. pra-ḍhastaka m. the extended hand L
  2. m. or n. (scil. tṛca) N. of RV. viii, 95, 13-15

prahā

  1. pra-hā √2. Ā., -jihīte, to drive off, haste away RV
  2. to spring up ŚBr

prahā

  1. pra-hā √3. P. -jahāti, (3. pl. pr. irreg. -jahanti MBh
  2. fut. 3. du. Ā. -hāsyete R.), to leave ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. to desert, quit, abandon, give up, renounce, violate (a duty), break (a promise) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. to send off, throw, hurl Bhaṭṭ
  5. (incorrectly for Pass.) to cease, disappear MBh.: Pass. -hīyate, to be relinquished or neglected, be lost, fail, cease, perish Mn. MBh
  6. io be vanquished, succumb MBh.: Cius. -hāpayati, to drive away, remove, destroy BhP

prajahita

  1. pra-jahitá mfn. (irreg. fr. the pres. stem) quitted, abandoned RV. viii, 1, 13 (applied to a fire that has been abandoned TāṇḍBr. ŚrS.)

prahā

  1. pra-hā́ f. a good throw at dice, any gain or advantage RV. AV. TāṇḍBr. (= pra-hantṛ Sāy.)
  2. -vat mfn. acquiring gain, gaining RV. (= praharaṇa-vat Sāy.)

prahāhāṇ

  1. ○"ṣhāṇ n. relinquishing, abandoning, avoiding Śiś. Śaṃk. Lalit
  2. abstraction, speculation, meditation Lalit. Vajracch
  3. exertion Dharmas. 45

prahāhāṇi

  1. ○"ṣḍhāṇi f. cessation, disappearance ŚvetUp. Pur
  2. want, deficiency MW

prahāhātavya

  1. ○"ṣḍhātavya mfn. to be relinquished or abandoned Vajracch

prahāhāna

  1. ○"ṣḍhāna and wṛ. for ○hāṇa and ○hāṇi

prahāhāni

  1. ○"ṣḍhāni wṛ. for ○hāṇa and ○hāṇi

prahāhāpaṇa

  1. ○"ṣḍhāpaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) driving away, forced abandonment or departure W

prahīṇa

  1. prahīṇa mfn. (cf. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) left, remaining BhP
  2. standing alone i.e. having no relatives Vas
  3. cast off, worn out (as a garment) Gaut
  4. failing in (instr.) MBh
  5. ceased, vanished Jātakam
  6. (ifc.) wanting, destitute of MBh
  7. m. removal, loss, waste, destruction W

prahīṇajīvita

  1. ○jīvita mfn. one who has abandoned life, dead, slain W

prahīṇadoṣa

  1. ○doṣa mfn. one whose sins have vanished, sinless Vedântas

prahāyya

  1. pra-hāyyá See 1. pra- √hi

prahāra

  1. pra-hāra See pra- √hṛ

prahi

  1. pra-√hi P. Ā. -hiṇoti, -hiṇute: -hiṇvati, -hiṇvate (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, i5
  2. pf. -jighāya KaushUp. ; 1ṣg. pr. Ā. -hiṣe RV
  3. Aor.p. prấhait AV
  4. Impv. prá-hela RV
  5. inf pra-hyé ib.), to urge on, incite RV
  6. to direct, command Lāṭy. KaushUp. [Page 701, Column]
  7. to convey or send to, furnish, procure. bestow on (dat.) RV. &c. &c
  8. to hurl, cast, throw upon, discharge at (dat. or loc ) Kāv. Pur
  9. to turn the eyes towards (acc.) Kād
  10. to dispatch (messengers), drive away, dismiss, send to (acc. with.or without prati dat., gen. with or without antikam or pārśvam) or in order to (dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c
  11. (Ā.) to rush on RV
  12. to forsake (= pra. √3. hā) BhP.: Caus. aor. prâjīhayat Pat.: Desid. of Caus. pra-jighāyayiṣati ib

prahāyya

  1. pra-hāyyá m. one who is to be sent, a messenger AV. (vḷ. ○hāya
  2. cf. ○heya)

prahita

  1. práhita mfn. urged on incited, stirred up RV. BhP
  2. hurled, discharged at Hariv. R. Pur
  3. thrown forward i.e. stretched out (as an arm) MBh
  4. imbedded (as nails) Sāh
  5. (ifc.) directed or turned towards, cast upon (as eyes, the mind &c.), Kalid. BhP
  6. conveyed, sent, procured Daś. Kathās. Pañcat
  7. sent out, dispatched (as messengers) RV. &c. &c
  8. sent away, expelled, banished to (dat.) R. Kathās
  9. sent to or towards or against (loc., gen. with or without pārśve, or dat.), appointed, commissioned MBh. Kāv. &c
  10. m. du. (with gaurīviteḥ and śyāvâśvasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
  11. n. sauce, gravy, condiment L

prahitaṃgama

  1. ○ṃ-gama mfn. going on an errand or mission to (gen.) PārGṛ
  2. -vat mfn. one who has sent out, (= fin. verb) he sent out R. Kathās

prahitātman

  1. prahitâtman mfn. resolute Divyâv

prahetavya

  1. prá-hetavya mfn. to be sent out or dismissed Campak

praheti

  1. prá-ḍheti m. a missile, weapon VS
  2. N. of. a king of the Rākshasas Pur
  3. of an Asura ib

prahetṛ

  1. prá-ḍhetṛ́ m. one who sends forth or impels RV

praheya

  1. prá-ḍhéya mfn. to be sent away or dispatched. serving as a messenger AV. ŚBr

prahi

  1. pra-hi m. (according to Uṇ,
  2. . iv, 134 fr. pra- √hṛ, but cf. pra-dhi) a well

prahitu

  1. prahitu (only ○tó saṃyojane), N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr. (cf. pra-hita above)

prahima

  1. pra-hima mfn. having severe winters (?) Pāṇ. 8-4, 16 Pat

prahīṇa

  1. pra-hīṇa See pra.√3. hā

prahu

  1. pra-√hu P. Ā. -juhoti, -juhute, to sacrifice continually, offer up RV.: Caus. -hāvayati, to pour out or down ĀpŚr

prahuta

  1. prá-huta mfn. offered up RV. Br. GṛS. &c
  2. m. (scil. yajña) sacrificial food offered to all created beings Mn. iii, 73 &c. (n. L.)

prahuti

  1. prá-ḍhuti (prá-.), f. an oblation, sacrifice RV

prahoṣa

  1. pra-hoṣá m. id. ib

prahoṣin

  1. pra-ḍhoṣín mfn. offering oblations or sacrifices ib

prahṛ

  1. pra-hṛ √P.Ā. -harati, ○te, to offer (esp. praise, 1. sg. pr. -harmi). RV. i, 61, 1
  2. to thrust or move forward, stretch out RV. TS. ŚBr
  3. to put into, fix in (loc.) RV
  4. to hurl, throw, discharge at (loc.). AV. &c. &c
  5. to throw or turn out ŚāṅkhSr
  6. to throw (into the fire) Br. KātyŚr
  7. to strike, hit, hurt, attack, assail (with acc., loc., dat. or gen
  8. Ā. also, to fight with each other') AV. Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. Ā. -harayate, to stir up, excite, rouse RV. iv, 37, 2: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to take away, M Bh
  9. to wish to throw ŚBr
  10. to wish to strike or assail MBh. Daś. (cf. jihīrṣu, p. 659)

prahara

  1. pra-hara m. (ifc. f. ā) a division of time (about 3 hours = 6 or 7 Nāḍikās
  2. lit. 'stroke', scil. on a gong) Var. Kathās. Pañcat
  3. the 8th part of a day, a watch Kathās
  4. N. of the subdivisions in a Śākuna (q.v.)
  5. -kuṭumbī. f. a species of plant L
  6. -virati f. the end of a watch (at 9 o'clock in the forenoon), Amar'

praharaka

  1. pra-ḍharaka m. striking the hours Vet
  2. a period of about 3 hours, watch Śiś. (cf. ardha-praharikā)

praharaṇa

  1. pra-ḍharaṇa n. striking, beating, pecking Pañcat. attack, combat MBh
  2. throwing (of grass into the fire) TS. Sch
  3. removing, dispelling Śaṃk
  4. a weapon (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. kṛta-pr○)
  5. a carriage-box BhP
  6. wṛ. for pra-vahaṇa L
  7. m. the verse spoken in throwing grass into the fire ĀpŚr
  8. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
  9. -kalikā or -kalitā f. a kind of metre Chandom. Col
  10. -vat mfn. fighting Sāy

praharaṇīya

  1. pra-ḍharaṇīya mfn. to be attacked or fought MBh
  2. to be removed or dispelled or destroyed Prab
  3. n. a weapon MBh. Hariv

praharin

  1. pra-ḍharin m. one who announces the hours by beating a gong &c., a watchman, bellman L

prahartavya

  1. pra-ḍhartavya mfn. to be attacked or fought MBh. Hariv
  2. n. (impers.) one should strike or attack (dat. or loc.) ib. Kāv. Kathās. [Page 701, Column]

prahartṛ

  1. pra-ḍhartṛ m. a sender, dispatcher Śiś
  2. an assailant, combatant, warrior MBh. Kāv. &c

prahāra

  1. pra-hāra m. striking, hitting, fighting Vcar
  2. a stroke, blow, thump, knock, kick &c. ('with', comp
  3. 'on', loc. or comp.) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  4. m. a necklace Dharmaś
  5. -karaṇa n. dealing blows, beating MW
  6. -da mfn. (ifc.) giving a blow to, striking Yājñ
  7. -varman m. N. of a prince of Mithilā Daś
  8. -vallī f. a kind of perfume Bhpr
  9. ○rârta mfn. hurt by a blow, wounded Yājñ
  10. n. chronic and acute pain from a wound or hurt W

prahāraṇa

  1. pra-ḍhāraṇa n. a desirable gift L. (v. l. for 2. pravâraṇa)

prahārin

  1. pra-ḍhārin mfn. striking, smiting, beating with (comp.), attacking, fighting against (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. m. a good fighter, champion, hero Nir. v, 12
  3. ○ri-tā f. striking, hitting Divyâv

prahāruka

  1. pra-ḍhāruka mfn. carrying off, tearing away Kāṭh

prahāya

  1. pra-ḍhā́ya (or ○hāryá), mfn. to be taken away or removed ŚBr. (cf. pra-hāyyā, under pra-√hi) to be beaten MW

prahṛta

  1. prá-hṛta mfn. thrown (as a stone) AV
  2. stretched out or lifted up (as a stick) ŚBr
  3. struck, beaten, hurt, wounded, hit, smitten MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi n. a stroke, blow
  5. (impers. 'a blow has been struck' Hariv. Ragh. Sāh
  6. ○te sati, when a blow has been struck' Mn. viii, 286)
  7. a fight with (comp.) Ragh. xvi, 16 (cf. g. akṣa-dyūtâdi)

prahṛṣ

  1. pra-hṛṣ √P. -hṛṣyati, (m. c. also Ā. ○te), to rejoice, be glad or cheerful, exult MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -harṣayati, to set (the teeth) on edge Car
  2. to cause to rejoice, gladden, inspirit, encourage ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. R. &c

praharṣa

  1. pra-harṣa m. erection (or greater erṭerection) of the male organ Car
  2. erection of the hair, extreme joy, thrill of delight, rapture (○ṣaṃ √kṛ, with loc. 'to delight in') MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. -vat mfn. delighted, glad MBh. R

praharṣaṇa

  1. pra-ḍharṣaṇa mf(ī)n. causing erection of the hair of the body, enrapturing, delighting MBh. Hariv
  2. m. the planet Mercury or its ruler L. (cf. ○ṣula)
  3. (ī), f. (cf. ○ṣiṇī) turmeric L
  4. a kind of metre Chandom
  5. n. erection (of the hair of the body) Car
  6. rapture, joy, delight MBh
  7. gladdening, delighting. ib
  8. the attainment of a desired object Kuval
  9. -kara mf(ī) u. causing great joy, enrapturing MBh

praharṣita

  1. pra-ḍharṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) stiffened (as reed). Suśr
  2. made desirous of sexual intercourse Car
  3. greatly delighted, enraptured, very happy MBh. R

praharṣin

  1. pra-ḍharṣin mf(iṇī)n. gladdening (with gen.) MBh
  2. (iṇī) f. (cf. ○ṣaṇī) turmeric L
  3. a kind of metre Śrutab

praharṣula

  1. pra-ḍharṣula m. the planet Mercury L. (cf. ○ṣaṇa)

prahṛṣṭa

  1. pra-hṛṣṭa mfn. erect, bristling (as the hair of the body) MBh. R. BhP
  2. thrilled with delight. exceedingly pleased, delighted ib. Var. Kathās. Pañcat. &c
  3. citta mfn. delighted at heart at heart, exceedingly glad. A
  4. -manas mfn. id. MBh
  5. -mukha mfn. having a cheerful face, looking pleased (a-pr○). MārkP
  6. -mudita mfn. exceedingly pleased and cheerful R
  7. -rūpa mfn. of pleasing form MBh
  8. erect in form MW
  9. -roman mfn. one who has erected hair R
  10. m. N. of an Asura Kathās
  11. -vadana mfn. = -mukha MārkP
  12. ○ṭâtman. mfn. = ○ṭa-citta. MBh. R

prahṛṣṭaka

  1. pra-ḍhṛṣṭaka m. a crow W

praheṇaka

  1. pra-heṇaka n. a kind of pastry, Divyáv. (cf. pra-helaka)

praheti

  1. pra-heti &c. See pra-√hi

prahelaka

  1. pra-helaka n. (√hil?) a kind of pastry. sweetmeat &c. distributed at a festival L. (cf. pra-heṇaka)

prahelā

  1. pra-ḍhelā f. playfulness, free or unrestrained behaviour
  2. (ayā), ind. freely, without constraint Pañcat

praheli

  1. pra-ḍheli (L.),

prahelikā

  1. pra-ḍhelikā (Kāvyâd., 6 kinds), f. an enigma, riddle, puzzling question

prahelī

  1. pra-ḍhelī f. id
  2. -jñāna n. the art or science of proposing riddles L

prahoṣa

  1. pra-hoṣa ○ṣin, See under pra-√hu

prahye

  1. pra-hye See under pra-√hi

prahye

  1. pra-hye m. (√hrād) N. of the chief of the Asuras (with the patr. Kāyādhava. and father of Virocana) TBr
  2. of a son of Hiraṇyakaśipu (he was an enemy of Indra and friend of Vishṇu) MBh. Hariv. BhP. (cf. pra-hlāda)

prahrādi

  1. pra-ḍhrādi m. pl., vḷ. for pra-hlādīya. KaushUp. [Page 701, Column]

prahrāsa

  1. pra-hrāsa m. (√hras) shortening, diminution, wane MBh

prahlād

  1. pra-hlād √Ā. -hlādate, to be refreshed or comforted, to rejoice Kir.: Caus. -hlādayati ○te to refresh, comfort, delight MBh. R. &c

prahla

  1. pra-hla mfn. pleased, glad Gal

prahlatti

  1. pra-ḍhlatti f. pleasure, delight Pāṇ. 6-4, 95 Sch

prahlanna

  1. pra-ḍhlanna mfn. pleased, glad, happy Pāṇ. 6-4, 95 Sch

prahlanni

  1. pra-ḍhlanni f. = ○hlatti Siddh

prahlāda

  1. pra-hlāda m. joyful excitement, delight, joy. happiness MBh. R. Suśr
  2. sound, noise L
  3. a species of rice Gal
  4. N. of a pious Daitya (son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu
  5. he was made king of the Daitya by Vishṇu, and was regent of one of the divisions of Pātāla
  6. cf. pra-hrāda) MBh. VP. (RTL. 109)
  7. of a Nāga. MBh
  8. of a Prajā-pati ib
  9. pl. N. of a people. ib
  10. -campū f. -carita n. -vijaya n. -stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks

prahlādaka

  1. pra-ḍhlādaka mf(ikā)n. causing joy or pleasure, refreshing Ṛitus

prahlādana

  1. pra-ḍhlādana mf(ī)n. id. MBh. Kāv. Suśr
  2. m. (with yuva-rāja) N. of a poet (brother of king Dhārā-varsha, 1208) Cat
  3. u. (Hariv. Suśr.) and (ā), f. (Bālar.) the act of causing joy or pleasure, refreshment

prahlādanīya

  1. pra-ḍhlādanīya mfn. refreshing, comforting Lalit

prahlādita

  1. pra-ḍhlādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) rejoiced, delighted MBh. R

prahlādin

  1. pra-ḍhlādin mfn. delighting, refreshing MBh

prahlādīya

  1. pra-ḍhlādīya m. pl. the attendants of the Asura Prahlāda KaushUp. (cf. pra-hrādi)

prahva

  1. pra-hva mf(ā)n. (√hvṛ) inclined forwards, sloping, slanting. bent GṛŚrS. MBh. &c. (-tva n. VP. Sch.)
  2. bowed, stooping, bowing before (gen.) MBh. (○vâñjali mfn. bowing with hands joined in token of respect R.)
  3. humble, modest MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. inclined towards i.e. intent upon, devoted to, engaged in L
  5. (ī), f. N. of a Śakti RāmatUp

prahvaṇa

  1. pra-ḍhvaṇa n. bowing down in reverence BhP

prahvaya

  1. pra-ḍhvaya Nom P. ○yati, to render humble Uttarar

prahvāṇa

  1. pra-ḍhvāṇa mfn. beut, bowing TāṇḍBr

prahvī

  1. prahvī in comp for pra-hva

prahvīkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. bent forwards, bowed W
  2. conquered, won ib

prahvībhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. bowing, humble, modest Bālar

prahval

  1. pra-√hval P. -hvalati, to begin to reel, quak e, tremble Bhaṭṭ

prahvalikā

  1. pra-hvalikā n. a for beautiful body L. (cf. prakula)

prahvalīkā

  1. pra-hvalīkā wṛ. for pra-valhikā

prahve

  1. pra-√hve (Ā. -havate &c
  2. 1. sg. impf. -ahve), to invoke RV

prahvāya

  1. pra-hvāya m. call, invocation Pāṇ. 3-3, 72

prā

  1. prā cl. 2. P. (Dhātup. xxiv, 53) prāti (pf. P. papraú or paprā, 2ṣg. paprātha, p. paprivás f. ○prúṣī RV
  2. Ā. papre, 2. sg. ○priṣe ib. AV
  3. papre as Pass., Bhatt aor 3. sg. aprāt or aprās RV
  4. Subj. prā́s or prā́si ib
  5. aor. Pass. aprāyi AV.), to fill RV. AV. Br. Bhaṭṭ. [Cf. Gk., ? ; Lat. ple1-nus.] [701,]

prā

  1. prā mfn. filling (ifc.= 2. pra
  2. cf. antarikṣa-, kāma-, kratu- &c.)

prāṇa

  1. prāṇa mfn. (for 2. See p. 705, col. i) filled, full L

prāta

  1. prātá mfn. id. RV

prāti

  1. prāti f. filling (= pūrti) L
  2. the span of the thumb and forefinger. L

prā

  1. prā Vṛiddhi or lengthened form of 1. pra in comp. (cf. P1ṇ. vi, 3, 122). Observe in the following derivatives, only the second member of the simple compound from which they come is given in the parentheses, leaving the preposition pra (lengthened to prā in the derivatives) to be supplied

prākaṭya

  1. ○kaṭya n. (fr. -kaṭa) publicity, manifestation, Nīlak

prākaraṇika

  1. ○karaṇika mfn. (fr. -karaṇa) belonging to the matter in question or to a chapter or to a class or genus MānGṛ. KātyŚr
  2. being the subject of any statement MW

prākarṣa

  1. ○karṣa n. N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

prākarṣika

  1. ○karṣika mfn. deserving preference, g. chedâdi

prākaṣika

  1. ○kaṣika m. (fr. -kaṣa
  2. See Uṇ. ii, 41 Sch.) a dancer employed by a woman or one supported by another's wives L

prākāmya

  1. ○kāmya n. (fr. -kāma) freedom of will, wilfulness MBh. Kum. MārkP
  2. irresistible will or fiat (one of the 8 supernatural powers) MWB. 245

prākāra

  1. ○kāra See s.v

prākāśa

  1. ○kāśá m. a metallic mirror (others' a kind of ornament') Br. ŚrS

prākāśya

  1. ○kāśya n. (fr. -kāśa) the being evident, manifestness, celebrity, renown MBh. Kāv. Suśr. [Page 702, Column]

prākṛta

  1. ○kṛta See s.v

prākramika

  1. ○kramika mfn. (fr. -krama) one who undertakes much (without finishing anything) Gaut. Sch

prākṣālana

  1. ○kṣālana wṛ. for pra-kṣ○

prākharya

  1. ○kharya n. (fr. -khara) sharpness (of an arrow) Naish. Sch
  2. wickedness W

prāgadya

  1. ○gadya mfn. (fr. -gadin) Pāṇ. 4-2, 80

prāgalbhī

  1. ○galbhī f. (fr. galbha) boldness, confidence, resoluteness, determination Bālar

prāgalbhya

  1. ○galbhya n. id. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. importance, rank W
  3. manifestation, appearance Kpr
  4. proficiency MW
  5. -buddhi f. boldness of judgment Pañcat
  6. -vat mfn. possessed of confidence, bold, arrogant Kathās

prāgāṅgam

  1. ○gāṅgam wṛ. for prāggaṅgam Pat

prāgātha

  1. ○gātha mf(ī)n. belonging to the Pragathas (i.e. to RV. viii) ĀśvŚr
  2. m. patr. of Kali and Bharga and Haryata RAnukr

prāgāthaka

  1. ○gāthaka mf(ikā)n. = prec. mfn. ŚāṅkhŚr

prāgāthika

  1. ○gāthika mfn. derived from Pragātba ŚrS

prāgītya

  1. ○gītya n. (fr. -gīta) notoriety, celebrity, excellence Nalac

prāguṇya

  1. ○guṇya n. (fr. -guṇa) right position or direction Car

prāgharmasad

  1. ○gharma-sád mfn. sitting in a region of fire or light RV. vi, 73, 1 (Sāy.)

prāghāta

  1. ○ghāta wṛ. for pra-gh○ L

prāghāra

  1. ○ghāra m. sprinkling, aspersion L

prācaṇḍya

  1. ○caṇḍya n. (fr. -caṇḍa) violence, passion, Mālatim

prācinvat

  1. ○cinvat m. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya (= pra-cinvat) MBh

prācurya

  1. ○curya n. (fr. -cura) multitude, abundance, plenty Bādar. Rājat. Pañcat
  2. amplitude, prolixity TPrāt. Sch
  3. prevalence, currency Śaṃk. Rājat
  4. (eṇa), ind. in a mass, fully, mostly MārkP
  5. in detail BhP

prācetas

  1. ○cetas m. pl. N. of the 10 sons of Pr1cina-barhis (= pra-cetas) MBh

prācetasa

  1. ○cetasa mfn. relating to Varuṇa (= pra-cetas
  2. with āśā f. the west) Hcar
  3. descended from Pracetas (m. patr. of Manu, Daksha, and Vāmīki) MBh. Hariv. Pur
  4. pl., = -cetas pl. L
  5. -stava m. N. of VP. xiv

prājahita

  1. ○jahita m. = pra-j○
  2. m. a Gārhapatya fire maintained during a longer period of time, SrS

prājāpata

  1. ○jāpata

prājāpatya

  1. ○jāpaḍtya

prājāvata

  1. ○jāvata

prājeśa

  1. ○jeśa

prājeśvara

  1. ○jeḍśvara See s.v

prājña

  1. ○jñá mf(ā and ī) (fr. jñā) intellectual (opp. to śārīra, taijasa) ŚBr. Nir. MāṇḍUp
  2. intelligent, wise, clever KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. m. a wise or learned man MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. intelligence dependent on individuality Vedântas
  5. a kind of parrot with red stripes on the neck and wings L
  6. (ā), f. intelligence, understanding L
  7. (ī), f. the wife of a learned man L
  8. -kathā f. a story about a wise man MW
  9. -tā f. (Mis.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) wisdom, learning, intelligence
  10. -bhūta-nātha, mṆ. of a poet Cat
  11. -māna m. respect for learned men W
  12. -mānin (Śaṃk.), -m-māniṅ (Kathās.), -vādika (MBh.). mfn. thinking one's self wise

prāṇāyya

  1. ○ṇāyya mfn. proper, fit, suited ChUp. iii, 11, 5 (vḷ. pra-ṇ○)

prāṇāha

  1. ○ṇāhá m. cement (used in building) AV

prāṇitya

  1. ○ṇitya n. prob. wṛ. for mītya q.v

prātardana

  1. ○tardana mf(ī)n. belonging to or derived from Pratardana L

prātithsyī

  1. ○tithsyī f. (fr. -tithi) N. of a female sage GṛS. (v. l. -tītheyī)

prātuda

  1. ○tuda mfn. derived from the Pratudas or peckers (a kind of bird) Car

prātṛda

  1. ○tṛdá m. patr. fr. pratṛd ŚBr. (Sāy.)

prādakṣiṇya

  1. ○dakṣiṇya n. (fr. -dakṣiṇa) circumambulation while keeping one's right side towards an object MBh
  2. respectful behaviour Car

prādānika

  1. ○dānika mfn. (fr. -dāna) relating to an oblation KātyŚr. Sch

prādur

  1. ○dúr See s.v

prādeśa

  1. ○deśá m. (ifc. f. ā) the span of the thumb and forefinger (also a measure= 12 Aṅgulas) ŚBr. GṛŚrS.: MBh. &c
  2. place, country L. (v. l. for pra-d○)
  3. -pāda mf(ī)n. (a seat) whose legs are a span long KātyŚr
  4. -mātrá n. the measure of a span ŚBr. (with bhūmeḥ, 'a mere span of land' MBh.)
  5. mf(ī)n. a span long Br. GṛŚrS. &c
  6. -sama mf(ā)n. id. KātyŚr
  7. ○śâyāma mf(ā)n. id. Gobh

prādeśana

  1. ○deśana n. = pra-deśana, a gift &c. L

prādeśika

  1. ○deśika mfn. having precedents Nir. (with guṇa m. the authorized function or meaning of a word)
  2. local, limited Rājat
  3. m. (also ○kêvara) a small land-owner, chief of a district Kauś

prādeśin

  1. ○deśin mfn. a span long Gṛihyās
  2. (inī). f. the forefinger KātyŚr. Sch. (prob. wṛ. for pra-deśinī)

prādoṣa

  1. ○doṣa mfn. belonging or relating to the evening, vespertine Bhpr
  2. ○ṣika mfn. id. Pañcat. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 14)

prādohani

  1. ○dohani m. patr. fr. pra-dohana g. taulvalyādi

prādyumni

  1. ○dyumni m. patr. fr. pra-dyumna MBh. Hariv. (cf. g. bahv-ādi)

prādyoti

  1. ○dyoti m. patr. fr. pradyota Cat

prādhanika

  1. ○dhanika n. (fr. -dhana) an implement of war, weapon BhP

prādhā

  1. ○dhā f. (cf. pra-dhā) N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of sev. Apsaras and Gandharvas MBh. Hariv

prādhānika

  1. ○dhānika mfn. (fr. -dhāna) pre-eminent, distinguished, superior BhP
  2. (ir Sāṃkhya) derived from or relating to Pradhāna or primary matter MBh. BhP

prādhānya

  1. ○dhānya n. predominance, prevalence, ascendency, supremacy KātyŚr. Śaṃk. Suśr. &c
  2. ibc
  3. ○nyena, ○nyāt, and -tas ind. in regard to the highest object or chiefmatter, chiefly. mainly, summarily Nir. MBh. Hariv. &c. (-stuti mfn. chiefly praised) [Page 702, Column]
  4. m. a chief or most distinguished person Vet

prādheya

  1. ○dheya mfn. descended from Prādhā MBh. (cf. karṇa-prādheya)

prādhvansana

  1. ○dhvánsana m. patr. fr. pra-dhváṃsana, ŚBr

prānādi

  1. ○nādi f. = (or wṛ. for) pra-ṇāḍī = pra-ṇālī MBh

prāpaṇika

  1. ○paṇika m. (fr. -paṇa
  2. but Uṇ. ii, 42) a trader, dealer MBh. Siś

prāprābandha

  1. ○prābandha See késara-prābandhā

prābalya

  1. ○balya ī. (fr. -bala) superiority of power, predominance, ascendency Vedântas. Suśr
  2. force, validity (of a rule) TPrāt. Sch

prābālika

  1. ○bālika See -vālika

prābodhaka

  1. ○bodhaka m. = (and v. l. for) pra-b○, a minstrel employed to wake the king in the morning R
  2. = next L

prābodhika

  1. ○bodhika m. (fr. -bodha) dawn, daybreak L

prābhañjana

  1. ○bhañjana n. the Nakshatra Svāti (presided over by Pra-bhṭbhoda, the god of wind) Var. Var
  2. ○ni m. patr. of Hanūmat (son of Pra-bhṭbhoda) Mcar

prābhava

  1. ○bhava n. (fr. -bhu) superiority L

prābhavatya

  1. ○bhavatya n. (fr. -bhavat), id. Mn.viii, 412

prābhākara

  1. ○bhākara mf(ī)n. derived from prabhā-kara Dharmaś
  2. m. a follower of Pradhāna Vedântas
  3. n. the work of Pradhāna Pratāp. Sch
  4. -khaṇḍana n. N. of wk
  5. ○kari m. patr. of the planet Saturn Var

prābhātika

  1. ○bhātika mf(ī)n. (fr. -bhāta) relating to morning, matutinal Pañcat. Suśr

prābhasika

  1. ○bhasika (with kṣetra), n. = pra-bhāsa-kṣ○ Cat

prābhūtika

  1. ○bhūtika mf(ī)n. = pra-bhūtam āha Pāṇ. 4-4, 1 Vārtt. 2 Pat

prābhṛta

  1. ○bhṛta n. once in Divyâv. m. (fr. -bhṛti) a present, gift. offering (esp. to a deity or a sovereign) Kathās. Rājat. (cikitsā-prābhṛta m. a man whose gift is the art of medicine, a skilful physician Car.)
  2. N. of the chapters of the Sūryaprajñapti (the subdivisions are called prābhṛta-prâbhṛta)
  3. ○ta-ka n. a present, gift Mālav
  4. ○tī √kṛ, to make a present of offer Kathās

prāmati

  1. ○mati m. N. of one of the 7 sages in the 10th Manv-antara Hariv. (v. l. pra-mati and prāptati)

prāmāṇika

  1. ○māṇika mf(ī) n. (fr. -māṇa) forming or being a measure Hcat. (cf. pra-māṇika)
  2. founded on evidence or authority, admitting of proof, authentic, credible Dāyabh
  3. one who accepts proof or rests his arguments on authority Sarvad
  4. a president, the chief or head of a trade W
  5. -tva, is. authoritativeness, cogency, Mallin
  6. -vāttika n. N. of wk

prāmāṇya

  1. ○māṇya n. (fr. -māṇa) the being established by proof. resting upon authority, authoritativeness, authenticity, evidence, credibility Nir. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. -vāda m. N. of sev. wks. (also ○da-kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vicāra m. -śiromaṇi. m. -saṃgraha m. ○dârtha, m.)
  3. -vâdin mfn. one who affirms or believes in proof Sarvad

prāmādika

  1. ○mādika mf(ī)n. (fr. -māda) arising from carelessness, erroneous, faulty, wrong (with pāṭha m. a wrong reading), Mallin. Siddh. Cat
  2. -tva n. erroneousness, incorrectness Sāṃkhyak. Sch

prāmādya

  1. ○mādya m. (fr. -māda) Adhatoda Vasica or Gendarussa Vulgaris. L
  2. n. madness, fury. intoxication W

prāmītya

  1. ○mītya n. (fr. -mīta) debt (lit. 'death' ?) L

prāmodika

  1. ○modika mf(ī)n. (fr. -mīta) charming, enchanting Mcar
  2. ○dya n. rapture, delight Lalit. Divyâv

prāyatya

  1. ○yatya n. (fr. -yata) purity, pious disposition or preparation for any rite ĀpŚr. Śaṃk. BhP. (a-prây○)

prāyāṇika

  1. ○yāṇika mf(ī)n. (fr. -yāṇa) fit for a march or journey MBh

prāyātrika

  1. ○yātrika mf(ī)n. (fr. -yātrā) id. ib. Hariv

prāyāsa

  1. ○yāsá m. = pra-y○, VS

prāyu

  1. ○yu

prāyus

  1. ○yus See a-prāyu ○yus

prāyudh

  1. ○yudh f. (?) fight, battle
  2. -yud-dheṣin (for -heṣin) or -yudh-eṣin m. a horse L. (lit. 'neighing in or longing for the battle')

prāyoktra

  1. ○yoktra mf(ī)n. (fr. -yoktṛ) relating to an employer Pat

prāyogi

  1. ○yogi (prā́-), m. patr. fr. pra-yoga MaitrS

prāyogika

  1. ○yogika mf(ī)n. (fr. -yoga) applied. used, applicable Kām. (cf. g. chedâdi)
  2. (with dhūma, m.) a kind of sternutatory Suśr

prāyojya

  1. ○yojya mfn. belonging to things requisite or necessary. Dhāyabh

prāroha

  1. ○roha m. a shoot, sprout (= pra-r○) Cat
  2. mf(ī)n. accustomed to rise or ascend, g. chattrâdi

prālamba

  1. ○lamba mf(ī)n. hanging down R
  2. m. a kind of pearl ornament L
  3. the female breast L
  4. a species of gourd L
  5. n. (?) a garland hanging down to the breast Ragh. (also ○baka, n. and ○bikā f. L.)

prālepika

  1. ○lepika mfn. = pralepikāyâ dharmyam, g., mahiṣy-ādi

prāleya

  1. ○leya mf(ī) n. (fr. -laya Pāṇ. 7-2, 3) produced by melting ib. Sch
  2. m. fever in goat or sheep Gal
  3. n. (?) hail, snow, frost, dew Megh. Var. Rājat. &c. (also as Nom P. ○yati, to resemble hail &c. Dhūrtas.)
  4. -bhū-dhara m. 'snow-mountain', Hima-vat Vcar
  5. -raśmi (Var.) or -rocis (Prasannar.), m. 'frosty-rayed.' the moon
  6. -varṣa m. falling (lit. 'raining') of snow, Veṇis
  7. -śaila m. = -bhūdhara Kathās
  8. ○yâṃśu, ni. = ○yaraśmi Var
  9. ○yâdri m. = ○ya-bhū-dhara Vcar. [Page 702, Column]

prāvacana

  1. ○vacana (VPrāt.) and usual while reciting Vedic texts

prāvacanika

  1. ○vacanika (TS. Sch.), usual while reciting Vedic texts

prāvaṭa

  1. ○vaṭa m. barley L. (cf. pra-vaṭa and pra-veṭa)

prāvaṇa

  1. ○vaṇá mfn. being among the crags (fire) RV. lī, 22, 4 ○ṇi (?) Uṇ. ii, 103 Sch. -1

prāvara

  1. ○vara mf(ī)n. (fr. 3. pra-vará, p. 693
  2. for 2. See prā- √1. vṛ) Pat

prāvareya

  1. ○vareya m. patr. fr. pra-vara Kāṭh

prāvarga

  1. ○vargá mf(ī)n. distinguished, eminent RV

prāvartaka

  1. ○vartaka See under prā- √vṛt, p. 709

prāvarṣin

  1. ○varṣin mfn. raining, ŚaṅkhGṛ

prāvahaṇi

  1. ○vahaṇi wṛ. for -vahaṇi.-vāduka m. an opponent in philosophical discussion Nyāyas. Sch

prāvālika

  1. ○vālika m. (fr. -vāla) a vendor of coral R

prāvāsa

  1. ○vāsa mf(ī)n., g. vyuṣṭâdi
  2. ○sika mf(ī)n., g. guḍâdi and saṃtāpâdi

prāvāhaṇi

  1. ○vāhaṇi (prā́-). m. patr. fr. pra-vāhaṇa TS. ĀpŚr. Sch. &c. (wṛ. prāvahaṇi and prāhaṇi
  2. g. taulvaiy-ādi Kāś.)
  3. ṇeya m. patr. fr. ○ṇi Pravar. (cf. g. śbhrâdi
  4. also pravāhaṇeya Pāṇ. 7-3, 28)
  5. ○ṇeyaka (also prav○), m. patr. fr. ○ṇeya Pāṇ. vii, 3, 29 Kāś
  6. ○ṇeyi (also prav○), m.id. ib

prāvīṇya

  1. ○vīṇya u. (fr. -viiṇa) cleverness, dexterity, skill, proficiency in (loc. or comp.) Ragh. Kathās

prāvṛttika

  1. ○vṛttika mf(ī)n. (fr. -vṛtti) corresponding to a former mode of action KātyŚr. Sch
  2. (ifc.) well acquainted with Hariv

prāvṛṣ

  1. ○vṛ́ṣ &c., sees. v

prāveṇya

  1. ○veṇya n. (fr. [-veN�I]) a fine woollen covering R. (v. l. ○ṇī)

prāvepa

  1. ○vepá m. the swaying of pendent fruit (on a tree) RV

prāveśana

  1. ○veśana mf(ī)n., g. vyuṣṭâdi. n. a workshop L

prāveśika

  1. ○veśika mf(ī)n. (fr. -veśa) relating to entrance (into a house or on the stage) Vikr. Bālar. Pracaṇḍ. (with ākṣiptikā and dhruvā f. N. of partic. airs sung by a person on entering the stage ib.)
  2. auspicious for entrance Var
  3. ○sya n. the being accessible, accessibility (only a-prāv○) L

prāvrājya

  1. ○vrājya n. (fr. -vrāj) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (wṛ. -vrajya) MārkP

prāśastya

  1. ○śastya n. (fr. -śasta) the being praised, celebrity, excellence Mālatīm. Kathās

prāśāstra

  1. ○śāstra n. the office of Praśāstṛi KātyŚr. (cf. g. udgātr-ādi)
  2. government, rule, dominion MW

prāśṛṅga

  1. ○śṛṅga mfn. having the horns bent forwards VS. TS

prāśravaṇa

  1. ○śravaṇa v. l. for -sravaṇa m

prāśliṣṭa

  1. ○śliṣṭa mf(ī)n. N. of a kind of Svarita produced by the combination of 2 short i's APrāt. (wṛ. prāk-śl○)

prāṣṭha

  1. ○ṣṭha mf(ī)n. Pat

prāsaṅga

  1. ○saṅga m. a kind of yoke for cattle MBh
  2. -vāhīvā́h mfn. = uṣṭṛ ĀpŚr. Sch

prāsaṅgiha

  1. ○saṅgiha mf(ī)n. (fr. -saṅga) resulting from attachment or close connection BhP
  2. incidental, casual, occasional Uttarar. Kathās. Rājat. Sāh. (opp. to ādhikārika)
  3. inherent, innate W
  4. relevant ib
  5. opportune, seasonable MW

prāsaṅgya

  1. ○saṅgya mfn. (fr. -saṅga) harnessed with a yoke Pāṇ. 4-4, 76
  2. m. a draught beast W

prāsaca

  1. ○sacá mf(ī)n. congealed (water) TBr. (Sch.)
  2. m. congealing, freezing TS. (Sch.)

prāsarpaka

  1. ○sarpaka m. = pra-s○ KātyŚr. Sch

prāsah

  1. ○sáh mfn. mighty, strong. RV. i, 129. 4
  2. f. force
  3. (○hā), ind. by force, violently, mightily RV. TS. Br

prāsaha

  1. ○saha m. force, power ŚBr. (āt ind. by force MānGṛ.)
  2. (ā), f. N. of the wife of Indra AitBr

prāsāda

  1. ○sāda See s.v

prāsāha

  1. ○sāha mfn. See jagat-prās○
  2. n. (with bharad-vājasya) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

prāsutika

  1. ○sútika mf(ī)n. (fr. sūti) relating to childbirth MW

prāsenajitī

  1. ○senajitī f. patr. fr. prasena-jit MBh

prāseva

  1. ○seva m. a rope (as part of a horse's harness) TBr. (cf. pra-s○),

prāskaṇva

  1. ○skaṇva mf(ī)n. derived from Praskaṇva ŚāṅkhŚr
  2. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

prāstārika

  1. ○stārika mf(ī)n. (fr. -stāra) Pāṇ. 4-4, 72 Kāś

prāstāvi

  1. ○stāvi m. patr. fr. (and v l. for) -stāva VP

prāstāvika

  1. ○stāvika mf(ī)n. (fr. -stava) introductory L
  2. having a prelude (as a hymn) Lāṭy
  3. opportune (apr○), Mālatim

prāstutya

  1. ○stutya n. (fr. -stuta) the being propounded or discussed, M W

prāsthānika

  1. ○sthānika mf(ī)n. (fr. -sthāna) relating or favourable to departure MBh. R. &c
  2. n. preparations for departure MBh. (cf. mahā-pr○)

prāsthika

  1. ○sthika mf(ī)n. containing or weighing or bought for a Prastha KātyŚr. Sch. Suśr
  2. n. (with kṣetra) a field sown with a Pradhāna of grain Pāṇ. 5-1, 45 (?) Sch

prāsravaṇa

  1. ○sravaṇa mf(ī)n. coming from a spring (as water) Suśr
  2. m. (with plakṣa) the source of the Sarasyati or the place where the Sarasyati reappears TāṇḍBr. ŚrS
  3. patr. fr. pra-sravaṇa ŚāṅkhBr. (v. l. prāśr○)

prāhaṇi

  1. ○haṇi wṛ. for -vāhaṇi

prāharika

  1. ○harika (Dharmaś. Kād
  2. cf. cātuṣ-prāh○)

prāhārika

  1. ○hārika (Cat.), m. (ft. [-h�Ara]) a police officer, watchman

prāhṛtāyana

  1. ○hṛtāyana m. patr. fr. pra-hṛta g. aśvâdi

prāhrādi

  1. ○hrādi (prā́-), m. patr. fr. pra-hrāda (N. of Virocana and Bali) AV. MBh. &c

prāhlādanīya

  1. ○hlādanīya wṛ. for pra-ht○ Lalit

prāṃśu

  1. prâṃśu mfn. (said to be fr. pra + aṃśu) high, tall, long MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. strong, intense Naish. [Page 703, Column]
  3. m. N. of a son of Manu Vaivasvata Hariv. Pur
  4. of a son of Vatsa-prī (or -prīti) Pur

prāṃśutā

  1. ○tā f. height. loftiness R

prāṃśuprākāra

  1. ○prākāra mfn. having long walls Kathās

prāṃśulabhya

  1. ○labhya mfn. to be obtained or reached (only) by a tall person Ragh

prāṃśuka

  1. prâṃśuka mfn. large, big (said of an animal) HYog

prāk

  1. prāk See under prāñc, col. 3

prākaṭya

  1. prākaṭya &c. See under 3. prā

prākara

  1. prākara m. N. of a son of Dyutimat MārkP
  2. n. N. of a Varsha called after Prākara ib. (vḷ. pīvara VP.)

prākāra

  1. prā-kāra m. (fr. prā for pra and √1. krī
  2. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) a wall, enclosure, fence, rampart (esp. a surrounding wall elevated on a mound of earth
  3. ifc. f. ā) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

prākārakarṇa

  1. ○karṇa m. 'Wall-Ear', N. of a minister of the owl-king Ari-mardana Pañcat

prākārakhaṇḍa

  1. ○khaṇḍa m. the fragments of a wall Mṛicch

prākāradharaṇī

  1. ○dharaṇī f. the platform upon a wall R

prākārabhañjana

  1. ○bhañjana mfn. breaking down walls Kathās

prākāramardi

  1. ○mardi m. patr. fr. next, g. bābv-ādi

prākāramardin

  1. ○mardin m. 'wall-crusher', N. of a man ib

prākāraśeṣa

  1. ○śeṣa mfn. having only ramparts left Ml

prākārastha

  1. ○stha mfn. one who stands or is stationed upon a rampart Mn. vii, 74 &c

prākārāgra

  1. prākārâgra n. the top of a wall L

prākārīya

  1. prākārīya mfn. fit for a wall Pāṇ. 5-1, 12 Sch

prākāruka

  1. prākāruka mfn. (prob.) scattering about, Kāṭh

prākṛ

  1. prâ-kṛ √P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute &c., to drive away Kāṭh

prākṛta

  1. prākṛta mf(ā, or ī)n. (fr. pra-kṛti) original, natural, artless, normal, ordinary, usual ŚBr. &c. &c
  2. low, vulgar, unrefined Mn. MBh. &c
  3. provincial, vernacular, Prākritic Vcar
  4. (in Sāṃkhya) belonging to or derived from Prakṛiti or the original element
  5. (in astron.) N. of one of the 7 divisions of the planetary courses (according to Parāśara comprising the Nakshatras Svāti, Bharaṇī, Rohiṇī and Kṛittikā)
  6. m. a low or vulgar man Mn. (viii, 338) MBh. &c
  7. (with or scil. laya, pralaya &c.) resolution or reabsorption into Prakṛiti, the dissolution of the universe Pur
  8. n. any provincial or vernacular dialect cognate with Saṃskṛit (esp. the language spoken by women and inferior characters in the plays, but also occurring in other kinds of literature and usually divided into 4 dialects, viz. Śaurasenī, Māhārāshṭri, Apabhraṃśa and Paiśācī), Kav. Kathās. Kāvyâd. &c

prākṛtakalpataru

  1. ○kalpataru m

prākṛtakāmadhenu

  1. ○kāmadhenu f

prākṛtakośa

  1. ○kośa m

prākṛtacandrikā

  1. ○candrikā f

prākṛtacchandakośa

  1. ○cchandá-kośa m

prākṛtacchandaḥsūtra

  1. ○cchandaḥ-sūtra n

prākṛtacchandaṣṭīkā

  1. ○cchandaṣ-ṭīkā f. N. of wks

prākṛtajvara

  1. ○jvara m. common fever (occurring from affections of the wind in the rainy season, of the bile in the autumn, and of the phlegm in the spring) W

prākṛtatva

  1. ○tva n. original or natural state or condition KātyŚr
  2. vulgarity (of speech) L

prākṛtadīpikā

  1. ○dīpikā f

prākṛtanāmaliṅgānuśāsana

  1. ○nāma-liṅgânuśāsana n

prākṛtapañcīkaraṇa

  1. ○pañcī-karaṇa n

prākṛtapāda

  1. ○pāda m

prākṛtapiṅgala

  1. ○piṅgala m

prākṛtaprakāśa

  1. ○prakāśa m. (and -bhāṣya n.),

prākṛtaprakriyāvṛtti

  1. ○prakriyāvṛtti f

prākṛtapradīpikā

  1. ○pradīpikā f

prākṛtaprabodha

  1. ○prabodha m. N. of wks

prākṛtapralaya

  1. ○pralaya m. the total dissolution of the world W

prākṛtabhāṣākāvya

  1. ○bhāṣā-kāvya n

prākṛtabhāṣāntarvidhāna

  1. ○bhāṣântarvidhāna n. N. of wks

prākṛtabhāṣin

  1. ○bhāṣin mfn. speaking Prākṛit Mṛicch

prākṛtamañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f

prākṛtamaṇīdīpikā

  1. ○maṇī-dīpikā f

prākṛtamanoramā

  1. ○manoramā f. N. of wks

prākṛtamānuṣa

  1. ○mānuṣa m. a common or ordinary man W

prākṛtamitra

  1. ○mitra n. a natural friend or ally, a sovereign whose kingdom is separated by that of another from the country with which he is allied, W (cf. prākṛtâri and ○tôdāsīṇa)

prākṛtarahasya

  1. ○rahasya m

prākṛtarahasya

  1. ○rahasya n

prākṛtalakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa n

prākṛtalaṅkesvara

  1. ○laṅkêsvara m

prākṛtavyākaraṇa

  1. ○vyākaraṇa n. (and ○ṇa-vṛtti f.) N. of wks

prākṛtaśāsana

  1. ○śāsana n. a manual of the Prākṛit dialects, Gr

prākṛtasaṃskāra

  1. ○saṃskāra m

prākṛtasaṃjīvanī

  1. ○saṃjīvanī f

prākṛtasaptati

  1. ○saptati f

prākṛtasarvasva

  1. ○sarvasva n

prākṛtasāhityaratnākara

  1. ○sāhitya-ratnâkara m

prākṛtasubhāṣitāvalī

  1. ○subhāṣitâvalī f

prākṛtasūtra

  1. ○sūtra n

prākṛtasetu

  1. ○setu m. N. of wks

prākṛtādhyāya

  1. prākṛtâdhyāya m. and N. of wks

prākṛtānanda

  1. prākṛḍtânanda m. N. of wks

prākṛtāri

  1. prākṛtâri m. a natural enemy, a sovereign of an adjacent country, Mallin

prākṛtāṣṭādhyāyī

  1. prākṛtâṣṭâdhyāyī f. N. of wk

prākṛtodāsīna

  1. prākṛtôdāsīna m. a natural neutral, a sovereign whose dominions are situated beyond those of the natural ally W

prākṛtāyana

  1. prākṛtāyana m. patr. fr. pra-kṛta g. aśvâdi

prākṛtika

  1. prākṛtika mf(ī)n. relating to Pra-kṛiti or the original element, material, natural, common, vulgar Sāṃkhyak. Pur. Tattvas

prākoṭaka

  1. prākoṭaka m. pl. N. of a people MBh. [Page 703, Column]
  2. mfn. relating to the Prākoṭakas ib. (v. l. prāk-kośala)

prākkarman

  1. prāk-karman prāg-agra &c. See under prāñc, col. 3, and p. 704, col. 1

prāgahi

  1. prāgahi m. N. of a teacher ŚāṅkhŚr

prāgahīya

  1. prāgaḍhīya mfn. relating to Prāgahi ib

prāgāra

  1. prâgāra m. or n. (?) a principal building Inscr

prāgra

  1. prā́gra (pra-agra), n. the highest point, summit Nir

prāgrasara

  1. ○sara mfn. going in the forefront, foremost in (comp.) Hcar
  2. chief among (gen.) Śak. v, 15 (v. l. -hara)

prāgrahara

  1. ○hara mfn. taking the best share, chief principal among (gen. or comp.) Kālid. Hcar

prāgrya

  1. prâgrya mfn. chief principal, most excellent MBh. Hariv

prāgrāṭa

  1. prāgrāṭa n. thin coagulated milk L

prāghuṇa

  1. prāghuṇa m. (Prākṛit for prâ-ghūrṇa
  2. cf. prahuṇa) a visitor, guest Kathās

prāghuṇaka

  1. prāghuṇaka (Pañcat.),

prāghuṇika

  1. prāghuṇika (Bhām.), m. id. (○ṇikī- √kṛ, to make a visitor to, cause to reach
  2. kathā mama śravana-prāghuṇikī-kṛtā, 'the tale was made to reach my ears' i.e. 'was communicated to me' Naish.)

prāghūrṇa

  1. prâghūrṇa m. (lit. 'one who goes forth deviously') wanderer, guest Pañcat

prāghurṇaka

  1. prâghurṇaka m. id. (v. l.)

prāghūrṇika

  1. prâghūrṇika m. id. L. (v. l.)
  2. (ā), f. hospitable reception Vet

prāṅ

  1. prāṅ &c. See p. 704, col. 3

prāṅga

  1. prâṅga (pra-aṅga), n. a kind of drum (= paṇava) L. (cf. next)

prāṅgaṇa

  1. prā́ṅgaṇa (pra-aṅgaṇa), n. acourt, yard, court-yard Ratnâv. Kathās. Pur. &c. (also written ○gana)
  2. a kind of drum L. (cf. prec.)

prācaṇḍya

  1. prācaṇḍya prācurya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 1

prācāra

  1. prācāra (pra-ācāra), mfn. contrary to or deviating from ordinary institutes and observances W
  2. m. a winged ant, Hativ. (v. l.)

prācārya

  1. prâcārya m. the teacher of a teacher or a former teacher Āpast. (= pragata ācārya Pat.)

prācikā

  1. prācikā f. (cf. prájika) a musquito L
  2. a female falcon L

prācikya

  1. prācikya n. fr. pracika g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

prācīna

  1. prācīna &c. See p. 704, col. 3

prācīra

  1. prācīra m. or n. (fr. pra-cīra) an enclosure, hedge, fence, wall Kull. L

prācya

  1. prācya See p. 705, col. 1

prāch

  1. prāch incorrect for prāś, See 3. prā́s

prājaka

  1. prâjaka m. (fr. pra-√aj) a driver, coachman Mn. viii, 293 &c

prājana

  1. prâjana m. a whip, goad Gobh. KātyŚr. Sch. (also prâja Gṛihyās.)
  2. ○nin m. one who bears a whip Gṛihyās

prājika

  1. prâjika m. a hawk VarBṛS. Sch. (cf. prācikā)

prejitṛ

  1. prêjitṛ m. = prâjaka L

prājin

  1. prâjin m. (prob.) = prâjaka
  2. ○ji-dhara m. N. of a man Rājat
  3. ○jipakṣin. m. a partic. bird (cf. vāji-p○)
  4. ○ji-maṭhikā f. N. of a place Rājat

prājaruhā

  1. prājaruhā and prājaryā ind., with √kṛ g. sâkṣād-ādi (Kāś.)

prājala

  1. prājala m. pl. N. of a Vedic school L. (v. l. prājvalana and prâñjali)

prājāpata

  1. prājāpata mf(ī)n.= next, mfn. g. mahiṣy-âdi
  2. (ī), f. N. of AV. v, 2, 7 Kauś

prājāpatya

  1. prājāpatyá mf(ā́) is. coming or derived from Prajā-pati, relating or sacred to him AV. &c
  2. &c
  3. m. a descendant of Prajā-pati (patr. of Patam-ga, of Prajāvat, of Yakshma-nāśana, of Yajña, of Vimada, of Vishṇu, of Saṃvaraṇa, of Hiranya-garbha) RAnukr
  4. (with or scil. vivâha or vidhi) a form of marriage (in which the father gives his daughter to the bridegroom without receiving a present from him) ĀśvGṛ. i, 6 Mn. iii, 30 &c
  5. (with or scil. kṛcchra or upavāsa) a kind of fast or penance (lasting 12 days, food being eaten during the first 3 once in the morning, during the next 3 once in the evening, in the next 3 only if given as alms, and a plenary fast being observed during the 3 remaining days Mn. xi, 105) Yājñ. &c. [Page 703, Column]
  6. (with śakaṭa, also n.) the chariot of Rohiṇī, N. of an asterism Var. Pañcat
  7. (with or scil. tithi) the 8th day in the dark half of the month Pausha Col. (○tyāś catvāraḥ prastobhāḥ, N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
  8. superl. ○tya-tama Kapishṭh.)
  9. a son born in the Prājāpatyá form of marriage Vishṇ
  10. a Kshatriya and a Vaiśya. GopBr. Vait
  11. N. of the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā L. (cf. MBh. i, 2097)
  12. (with Jainas) N. of the first black Vāsudeva L
  13. (ā), f. patr. of Dakshiṇā RAnukr
  14. giving away the whole of one's property before entering upon the life of an ascetic or mendicant W
  15. N. of a verse addressed to Prajā-pati, ApGṛ
  16. (with śakaṭī) = m. n. with śakaṭa MW
  17. n. generative energy, procreative power. AV. TS
  18. (with or scil. karman) a partic. kind of generation in the manner of Prajā-pati MBh. Hariv
  19. a partic. sacrifice performed before appointing a daughter to raise issue in default of male heirs W
  20. the world of Prajāpati MārkP
  21. (with or scil. nakṣatra or bha) the asterism Rohiṇī MBh. Var
  22. (also with akṣarya, prayas-vat and mādhucchaudasa) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

prājāpatyatva

  1. ○tva n. the state or condition of belonging or referring to Prajā-pati Śaṃk

prājāpatyapradāyin

  1. ○pradāyin (or -sthāna-pr○), mfn. (prob.) procuring the place or world of PrṭPrājāpatyá MārkP

prājāpatyavrata

  1. ○vrata n. N. of a partic. observance ĀpGṛ. Sch

prājāpatyasthalīpākaprayoga

  1. ○sthalī-pāka-prayoga m. N. of wk

prājāpatyeṣṭi

  1. prājāpatyêṣṭi f. N. of wk

prājāpatyaka

  1. prājāpatyaka mfn. belonging or referring or sacred to Prajā-pati MBh

prājāvata

  1. prājāvata mf(ī)n. (fr. prajā-vat), g. mahiṣyādi

prājeśa

  1. prājeśa mf(ī)n. (fr. prajêśa) sacred to Prajāpati
  2. n. the Nakshatra Rohiṇī VarBṛS

prājeśvara

  1. prājeśvara mf(ī)n, (fr. prajêśvara) id. ib

prājidhara

  1. prâji-dhara &c. See prâjaka

prājña

  1. prājña &c. See p. 702, col. 1

prājya

  1. prâjya mfn. (?fr. pra + ājya, 'having much ghee') copious, abundant, large, great, important MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. lasting, long Rājat
  3. high, lofty A

prājyakāma

  1. ○kāma mfn. rich in enjoyments R

prājyadakṣiṇa

  1. ○dakṣiṇa mfn. abounding in sacrificial fees MBh

prājyabhaṭṭa

  1. ○bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author Cat

prājyabhuja

  1. ○bhuja mfn. long-armed Ml

prājyabhojya

  1. ○bhojya mfn. (prob.) = -kāma ib

prājyavikrama

  1. ○vikrama mfn. possessing great power Kum

prājyavṛṣṭi

  1. ○vṛṣṭi mfn. sending rain in abundance (said of Indra) Śak

prājyendhanatṛṇa

  1. prâjyêndhanatṛṇa mfn. (a place) abounding in fuel and grass Hariv

prāñc

  1. prāñc mfn. (fr. pra + 2. añc
  2. nom. prā́ṅ, prā́cī, prā́k
  3. Pāṇ. 6-1, 182) directed furwards or towards, being in front, facing, opposite RV. VS. AV. Mn. (acc. with √kṛ, to bring, procure, offer RV
  4. to stretch forth the fingers ib
  5. to make straight, prepare or clear a path ib
  6. [also with pra- √tir, or -√ni] to advance, promote, further ib
  7. with Caus. of √kḷp, to face, turn opposite to Mn. vii, 189)
  8. turned eastward, eastern, easterly (opp. to ápāc, western) RV. &c. &c
  9. being to the east of (abl.) Mn. ii, 21
  10. running from west to east, taken lengthwise KātyŚr
  11. (with viśvataḥ) turned to all directions RV
  12. inclined, willing ib
  13. lasting, long (as life) AV
  14. (esp. ibc
  15. below.) previous, prior, former
  16. (prañcas), m.pl. the people of the east, eastern people or grammarians, P1ṇ. i, 1, 75 &c
  17. (prā́cī) f. (with or scil. diś) the east ŚBr. MBh. &c
  18. the post to which an elephant is tied L
  19. (prā́k
  20. prāṅ Lāṭy. KātyŚr.), ind. before (in place or in order or time
  21. as prep. with abl. [Pāṇ. 2-1, 11 1], rarely with gen
  22. also in comp. with its subst. Pāṇ. ib.) ŚrS. Up. MBh. &c
  23. in the east, to the east of (abl.) RV. Lāṭy
  24. before the eyes Hit. i, 76
  25. at first, formerly, previously, already Mn. MBh. &c
  26. (with eva), a short while ago, recently, just Śak
  27. still more so, how much more (= kim-uta) Buddh
  28. above, in the former part (of a book) Mn. Pāṇ
  29. first, in the first place, above all Kathās. MārkP
  30. from now, henceforth Var
  31. up to, as far as (with abl
  32. esp. in gram., e. g. prāk kaḍārāt, up to the word kaḍāra Pāṇ. 2-1, 3)
  33. between (= avântare) L
  34. early in the morning L
  35. wṛ. for drāk MBh
  36. (prācā́), ind. forwards, onwards RV
  37. eastwards ib
  38. (prācás), ind. from the front ib

prāk

  1. prāk in comp. for prāñc

prākkarman

  1. ○karman n. preparatory medical treatment Suśr
  2. an action done in a former life Kathās

prākkalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. a former age or era MārkP

prākkāla

  1. ○kāla m. a former age or time W

prākkālīna

  1. ○kālīna mfn. belonging to former or ancient times, ancient, previous, former W. [Page 704, Column]

prākkūla

  1. ○kūla mfn. -tā f. wṛ. for -tūla &c., q.v

prākkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. done before, done in a former life MBh
  2. n. an action done in a former life Siṃhâs

prākkevala

  1. ○kevala mfn. manifested from the first in a distinct form (without preliminary symptoms, as a disease) Suśr

prākkośala

  1. ○kośala (or -kosala) mfn. belonging to the eastern Kośalas (as a Prince) MBh. (vḷ. prākoṭaka)

prākcaraṇa

  1. ○caraṇa mfn. previously excited (said of the female generative organs previous to coitus) Car. ŚārṅgS

prākciram

  1. ○ciram ind. before it is too late, in good time MBh

prākchāya

  1. ○chāya n. the falling eastward of a shadow Mn

prāktanaya

  1. ○tanaya m. a former pupil BhP. (v. l. prâpta-naya)

prāktarām

  1. ○tarām ind. somewhat more eastward MānŚr

prāktiryakpramāṇa

  1. ○tiryakpramāṇa n. the breadth in front KātyŚr. Comm

prāktūla

  1. ○tūla mfn. having panicles (of Kuśa grass) turned towards the east GṛS. Mn. BhP
  2. n. a panicle of Kuśa grass turned eastward W
  3. -tā f. the being turned towards the eastward (of sacrificial vessels) Prayogar
  4. (wṛ. -kūla, ○tā)

prākpada

  1. ○pada n. the first member of a compound Piṅg. Sch

prākpaścimāyata

  1. ○paścimâyata mf(ā)n. running from east to west Hcat

prākpuṇyaprabhava

  1. ○puṇya-prabhava mfn. caused by merit accumulated in former existences MW

prākpuṣpā

  1. ○puṣpā f. N. of plant Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt.: 1

prākpravaṇa

  1. ○pravaṇa (prā́k-), mf(ā) n. sloping eastward ŚBr

prākprastuta

  1. ○prastuta mfn. mentioned before, Mālatim

prākprahāna

  1. ○prahāna m. the first blow A

prākprātarāśika

  1. ○prātarāśika mfn. to be studied before breakfast, SaṃthUp

prākphala

  1. ○phala m. the bread-fruit tree (= panasa) L

prākphslgunī

  1. ○phslgunī f. = pūrva-ph○ (q.v.) Var
  2. -bhava m. Bṛihaspati or the planet Jupiter (born when the moon was in the mansion Prākphalguni) L

prākphālguna

  1. ○phālguna m. the planet Jupiter L. (cf. prec.)
  2. (ī), f. = pūrva-ph○ (q.v.) Var. (vḷ. -phalgunī)

prākphālguneya

  1. ○phālguneya m. the planet Jupiter (cf. prec.) L

prākśas

  1. ○śas ind. eastwards, towards the east Gobh

prākśiras

  1. ○śiras (prā́k-), mfn. having the head turned to the east ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. MārkP

prākśirasa

  1. ○śirasa (W.) or (Suśr.), mfn. id

prākśiraska

  1. ○śiraska (Suśr.), mfn. id

prākśṛṅgavat

  1. ○śṛṅga-vat m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh

prākśrotas

  1. ○śrotas wṛ. for -srotas, q.v

prākśliṣṭa

  1. ○śliṣṭa mfn. v. l. for prāśliṣṭa, q.v

prāksaṃstha

  1. ○saṃstha mfn. (-tva n.) ending in the east KātyŚr

prāksaṃdhyā

  1. ○saṃdhyā f. morning twilight Hariv. Var

prāksamāsa

  1. ○samāsa mfn. having the joint (?) or tie turned eastward Lāṭy

prāksoma

  1. ○soma mfn. (MānGṛ.) or (Yājñ.) preceding the Soma sacrifice

prāksaumika

  1. ○saumika mf(ī)n. (Yājñ.) preceding the Soma sacrifice

prāksrotas

  1. ○srotas mfn. flowing eastward (wṛ. -śrotas) R

prāktana

  1. prāktana mf(ī)n. former, prior, previous, preceding, old, ancient (opp. to idânīntana) Hariv. Ragh. BhP. &c

prāktanakarman

  1. ○karman n. any act formerly done or done in a former state of existence
  2. fate destiny Pañcat

prāktanajanman

  1. ○janman n. a former birth Kum

prāktas

  1. prāktás (AV.) or (RV.), ind. from the front, from the east

prāktāt

  1. prā́ktāt (RV.), ind. from the front, from the east

prāg

  1. prāg in comp. for prāñc

prāgagra

  1. ○agra mf(ā)n. having the tip. or point turned forward or eastward (-tā f.) GṛŚrS. BhP

prāganurāga

  1. ○anurāga m. former affection Malatim

prāganūka

  1. ○anūka n. the stripes stretching lengthways on the back part of an altar KātyŚr. Comm

prāgapaccheda

  1. ○apaccheda m. a division made lengthwise ib

prāgapam

  1. ○apám ind. (fr. -apāk) from the front towards the back, in a backward direction ŚBr

prāgaparāyata

  1. ○aparâyata mf(ā)n. extending from east to west Var

prāgapavargam

  1. ○apavargam ind. with its end to the east Āp

prāgabhāva

  1. ○abhāva m. the not yet existing, non-existence of anything which may yet be Bhāshāp. Sāṃkhyak., Comm &c
  2. (in law) the non-possession of property that may be possessed W
  3. -vāda m. -vicāra m. vicāra-rahasya n. -vijñāna n. vôjjīvana n. N. of wks

prāgabhihita

  1. ○abhihita mfn. before mentioned
  2. tva n. Hcat

prāgavasthā

  1. ○avasthā f. former state, a former condition of life Rājat. Sāy

prāgāṅgam

  1. ○āṅgam ind. prob. wṛ. for -gaṅgam, 'east of the Ganges' MBh

prāgāyata

  1. ○āyata mf(ā)n. extending east ward ĀśvŚr. MBh

prāgāhuti

  1. ○āhuti f. morning libation ŚāṅkhGṛ. Comm

prāgāhnika

  1. ○āhnika mfn. relating to the forenoon (= paurvāhṇika) MBh

prāgukti

  1. ○ukti f. previous utterance VPrāt. Sch

prāguttara

  1. ○uttara mf(ā)n. north-eastern MBh. Hariv. R
  2. (ā), f. (with or scil. diś) the north-east MBh. R
  3. (eṇa ṃBh. or -tas Var.), ind. north-eastwards, to the north-east of (with abl. or gen.)
  4. -dig-bhāga (Paṛicat.) or -digvibhāga (MBh.), m. the nṭnorth-eastern side of (gen.)

prāgutpatti

  1. ○utpatti f. first appearance, fṭfirst manifestation (of a disease) Car

prāgudañc

  1. ○udañc uif(īcī)n. north-eastern GṛŚrS. YĀjñ. MBh. Pur
  2. (īcī), f. (With or scil. aiś) the north-east ib
  3. (ak), ind. to the north east ĀśvŚr
  4. -udak-pravaṇa mfn. sloping north-eastward or sloping towards the east or north ṢaḍvBr. Lāṭy. Kauś. [Page 704, Column]
  5. ○ak-plava (Hariv.) or ○ak-plavana (MBh. MārkP.), mfn. inclining towards the north-east
  6. ○ag-agra mfn. having the tips turned somewhat east and somewhat north ĀpGṛ. (Sch.)
  7. ○aṅmukha mfn. having the face turned to the nṭnorth-eṭeast (or to the east or north) Mn. BhP

prāguddhārasaṃgraha

  1. ○uddhāra-saṃgraha mṆ. of wk

prāgūḍhā

  1. ○ūḍhā f. (a woman) formerly married Viddh

prāggaṅgam

  1. ○gaṅgam ind., See prāg-āṅga n

prāggamanavat

  1. ○gamana-vat mfn. having a forward motion, going forwards Vedântas

prāggāmin

  1. ○gāmin mfn. going before, preceding, intending to go before R

prāgguṇa

  1. ○guṇa mfn. possessing any previously mentioned quality RāmatUp

prāggranthi

  1. ○granthi mfn. having the knots turned eastward KātyŚr

prāggrāmam

  1. ○grāmam ind. before the village or to the east of the village Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 Sch

prāggrīva

  1. ○grīva mfn. having the neck turned eastward GṛŚrS. Kauś

prāgghuta

  1. ○ghuta n. (KātyŚr.) or (prāg-homa TBr. Comm.) a previous oblation

prāgghoma

  1. ○ghoma m. (prāg-homa TBr. Comm.) a previous oblation

prāgjanmaka

  1. ○janmaka mf(ikā)n. belonging to a former life HPariś. (ikā f. = devâṅganā)

prāgjanman

  1. ○janman n. a former birth, fṭformer life BhP. Kathās. Rājat

prāgjāta

  1. ○jāta n. (Bhartṛ.) or (Kathās.) id,

prāgjāti

  1. ○jāti f. (Kathās.) id,

prāgjyotiṣa

  1. ○jyotiṣa mfn. lighted from the east ŚāṅkhGṛ
  2. relating to the city of Prāg-jyṭjyotisha MBh
  3. m. N. of a country (= kāma-rūpa) L
  4. the king of the city of Prrāg-jyṭjyotisha (N. of Bhaga-datta) MBh
  5. (pl.) N. of a people living in that city or its environs MārkP. Var
  6. n. N. of a city, the dwelling-place of the demon Naraka MBh. Hariv. R. Rājat. Ragh
  7. N. of a Sāman MBh. (Nīlak.)
  8. -jeṣṭha m. N. of Vishṇu ib

prāgdakṣiṇa

  1. ○dakṣiṇa mf(ā)u. south-eastern Kauś. MārkP
  2. (ā), f. the south-east
  3. ind. to the south-east KātyŚr.: ○ṇâñc mf(ācī)n. directed or turned to the south-east ŚāṅkhŚr
  4. ○ṇā-pravaṇa mfn. sloping south-eastward ĀśvGṛ

prāgdaṇḍa

  1. ○daṇḍa mf(ā)n. having the stem or stalk turned eastward Kauś. AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
  2. (am), ind. ĀpŚr. Vait

prāgdaśa

  1. ○daśa (prāg-.), mfn. having the border turned eastward ŚBr. -1

prāgdiś

  1. ○diś f. 'the eastern quarter', the east Hariv. -2

prāgdiś

  1. ○diś mfn. one who has been pointed to or mentioned before Hariv

prāgdeśa

  1. ○deśa m. the eastern country, country of the eastern people Pāṇ. 1-1, 75 Sch. (○śaṃ, w. 1. for -diśaḥ see prec. Hariv. 444)

prāgdaihika

  1. ○daihika mfn. belonging to life in a former body Car

prāgdvār

  1. ○dvār f. a door on the east side BhP

prāgdvāra

  1. ○dvāra mfn. having doors towards the east Kauś. ŚāṅkhGṛ. KātyŚr
  2. (also -dvārika Var. Comm.)
  3. N. of the 7 lunar mansions beginning with Kṛittikā Var
  4. n. the place before a door R. Ragh
  5. a door on the east side MānGṛ

prāgdvārika

  1. ○dvārika mfn. See prec

prāgbodhi

  1. ○bodhi m. N. of a mountain MWB. 399

prāgbhakta

  1. ○bhakta n. taking medicine before a meal Suśr
  2. medicine to be taken before a meal Car

prāgbhava

  1. ○bhava m. a previous life Siṃhâs

prāgbhāga

  1. ○bhāga m. the fore or upper part Śiś. iv, 49 (vḷ. -bhāra)
  2. the eastern side Var

prāgbhāra

  1. ○bhāra m. (prob. fr. Prākr. pabbhāra = pra-hvāra,√hvṛ) the slope of a mountain, Mālatim. Kathās. Bālar
  2. bending, inclining (cf. prācīna-p○
  3. purataḥ-p○, bent to the front Lalit.)
  4. inclination, propensity Lalit. (ifc. = inclined to, Divyâ)
  5. the being not far from Yogas
  6. a (subsiding) mass, multitude, heap, quantity Bhartṛ. Prab. &c
  7. a shelter-roof L. (v. l. for bhāga, q.v.)

prāgbhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. prior existence L
  2. superiority, excellence W
  3. wṛ. for -bhāra in the sense of 'slope of a mountain' (L.) and, being not far from' (Yogas.)
  4. -tas ind. from a prior state of existence W

prāgbhāvīya

  1. ○bhāvīya mfn. belonging to a prṭprior existence Śaṃk. Sch

prāgrūpa

  1. ○rūpa n. previous symptom (of disease) Cat

prāglagna

  1. ○lagna n. horoscope VarYogay

prāglajja

  1. ○lajja mf(ā)n. being ashamed at first Rājat. -1

prāgvaṃśa

  1. ○vaṃśa m. a former or previous generation Hariv
  2. N. of Vishṇu ib. -2

prāgvaṃśa

  1. ○vaṃśa mfn. having the supporting beams turned eastward KātySr. Āp
  2. m. the space before the Vedi (perhaps a kind of sacrificial chamber having columns or beams towards the east and situated opposite to the Vedi
  3. accord. to others, a room in which the family and friends of the person performing the sacrifice assemble) ĀpŚr. Hariv. Ragh. BhP

prāgvaṃsika

  1. ○vaṃsika mfn. relating to the space before the Vedi ĀpŚr. Comm

prāgvacana

  1. ○vacana n. a former decision VPrāt. Sch
  2. any. thing formerly decided or decreed MBh

prāgvaṭa

  1. ○vaṭa m. or n. (?) N. of a city R

prāgvat

  1. ○vat ind. as before, as previously, as formerly Kathās
  2. as in the pre. ceding part (of a book) Pāṇ. 1-2, 37 Vārtt. 2 Sch

prāgvāṭakula

  1. ○vāṭa-kula n. N. of a family Bhadrab

prāgvāta

  1. ○vāta m. east-wind Car

prāgvṛtta

  1. ○vṛtta n. former behaviour Kathās
  2. (in law) = 1 prâṅ-nyāya (q.v.), Bṛihasp
  3. ○ttânta m. a former event, previous adventure Vet. [Page 704, Column]

prāgvṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti f. conduct or life in a former existence Kathās

prāgveṣa

  1. ○veṣa m. a former dress Rājat

prāghāra

  1. ○hāra m. wṛ. for -bhāra, q.v

prāghoma

  1. ○homa See -ghoma, col. 2

prāgivīya

  1. prāgivīya mfn. fr. prāg iva Pāṇ. 5-3, 70

prāgghitīya

  1. prāgghitīya mfn. fr. prāgghitāt ib. iv, 4, 75

prāgdiśīya

  1. prāgdiśīya mfn. fr. prāg diśaḥ ib. v, 3, 1

prāgdīvyatīya

  1. prāgdīvyatīya mfn. fr. prāg dīvyataḥ ib. iv, 1, 83

prāgdhitīya

  1. prāgdhitīya mfn. wṛ. for ○gghitīya

prāṅ

  1. prāṅ in comp. for prāñc

prāṅāyata

  1. ○āyata mfn. = prāg-āy○ (q. v:) Kauś

prāṅīkṣaṇa

  1. ○īkṣaṇa n. looking eastward KātyŚr. Comm

prāṅīṣa

  1. ○īṣa mfn. having the pole turned eastward ib

prāṅnayana

  1. ○nayana n. moving eastward ib

prāṅnāsikā

  1. ○nāsikā or f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 60 Sch. -1,

prāṅnāsikī

  1. ○nāsiḍkī f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 60 Sch. -1,

prāṅnyāya

  1. ○nyāya m. (in law) a former trial of a cause, special plea W
  2. ○yôttara n. a defendant's plea that the charge against him has already been tried Yājñ. Sch. -2

prāṅnyāya

  1. ○nyāya mfn. turned eastward according to rule ŚāṅkhŚr

prāṅmukha

  1. ○mukha mf(ā or ī)n. having the tip or the face turned forward or eastward, facing eastward GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (also khâñcana Sāy. on RV. x, 18, 3
  2. ○kha-karaṇa n. Lāṭy
  3. ○kha-tva n. Hcat.)
  4. inclined towards, desirous of wishing (ifc.) Kathās
  5. (am), ind. eastwards Sūryas

prāṅśāyin

  1. ○śāyin mfn. See adhah-p○

prācā

  1. prācā ind., See prāñc

prācājihva

  1. ○jihva (prācā́-.), mfn. moving the tongue forwards (said of Agni) RV. i, 140, 3

prācāmanyu

  1. ○manyu mfn. striving to move forwards (said of Indra) ib. viii, 50, 9

prācī

  1. prācī f. of prāñc

prācīpati

  1. ○pati m., lord of the east', N. of Indra L

prācīpratīcitas

  1. ○pratīci-tas ind. from the east or from the west Uttamac

prācīpramāṇa

  1. ○pramāṇa n. length (opp. to breadth) KātyŚr. Sch

prācīmūla

  1. ○mūla n. the eastern horizon Megh

prācīsarasvatīmāhātmya

  1. ○sarasvatī-māhātmya n. N. of wk

prācīna

  1. prācī́na mf(ā)n. turned towards the front or eastward, eastern, easterly RV. TS. Br. &c
  2. former, Prior, preceding. ancient, old Mn. Kull. Hāyan
  3. m. n. a hedge (= prācīra) L
  4. (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L
  5. the Ichneumon plant L
  6. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
  7. (am), ind. in front, forwards, before (in space and time
  8. with abl.), eastwards, to the east of (abl.) RV. AV. TS. Br. &c
  9. subsequently (átaḥ-p○, 'fursher on from that point') ŚBr

prācīnaāvītin

  1. ○āvītin mfn. = ○nâviitin (q.v.) Mn

prācīnakarṇa

  1. ○karṇa mf(ā)n. having the wood-knots turned eastward (said of a branch of the Udumbara tree) ĀpŚr

prācīnakalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. a former Kalpa or period of the world's duration Sāṃkhyak. Sch

prācīnakūla

  1. ○kūla (BhP.) = prāk-k○ = prāk-tūta, q.v. (v. l. prācīnamūla)

prācīnagarbha

  1. ○garbha m. N. of an ancient Rishi also called Apântara-tamas MBh

prācīnagāthā

  1. ○gāthā f. an ancient story or tradition MW

prācīnagauḍa

  1. ○gauḍa m. N. of the author of the. Saṃvatsara-pradipa Cat

prācīnagrīva

  1. ○grīva (prācī́na-.), mfn. having the neck turned eastward Br

prācīnatā

  1. ○tā f. antiquity, oldness MW

prācīnatāna

  1. ○tāná m. the warp or longitudinal threads of a web TS

prācīnatilaka

  1. ○tilaka m. 'having a mark towards the east (?)', the moon L

prācīnatva

  1. ○tva n. = -tā MW

prācīnapakṣa

  1. ○pakṣa (prācī́na-), mf(ā)n. having the feathers turned forward (as an, arrow) AV

prācīnapanasa

  1. ○panasa m. 'the eastern Jaka tree, Aegle Marmelos L

prācīnaprakriyā

  1. ○prakriyā f. N. of a gramm. wk. (= prakriyā-kaumudī) Cat

prācīnaprajanana

  1. ○prajanana (prācī́na-), mfn. ŚBr. vii, 4, 2, 40

prācīnapravaṇa

  1. ○pravaṇa mfn. sloping eastward ĀpŚr

prācīnaprāgbhāra

  1. ○prāg-bhāra mfn. bending or inclining eastward Buddh

prācīnabarhis

  1. ○barhis m. (nom. ○hi before ṛ) 'eastern light (?)', N. of Indra Ragh
  2. of a Prajā-pati of the race of Atrī MBh
  3. of a son of Havir-dhāman (or Havir-dhāna) and father of the 10 Pracetas MBh. Hariv. Pur
  4. of a son of Manu BhP

prācīnamata

  1. ○mata n. an ancient belief, a belief sanctioned by antiquity MW

prācīnamātrāvāsas

  1. ○mātrā-vāsas n. a partic. article of women's clothing ĀpŚr

prācīnamūla

  1. ○mūla mfn. having roots turned eastward BhP

prācīnayoga

  1. ○yoga m. 'ancient Yoga', N. of a man, g. gargâdi
  2. of an ancient teacher, father of Patanjali VāyuP

prācīnayogīputra

  1. ○yogīpútra (prā́cīna-), m. N. of a teacher ŚBr

prācīnayogya

  1. ○yogya (prā́cīna-), m. patr. fr. -yoga fr. -yoga ŚBr. Up. &c
  2. (pl.) N. of a school of the Sāma-veda, Āryav. Caraṇ

prācīnaraśmi

  1. ○raśmi (prācī́na-), mfn. having reins directed forward RV. x, 36, 6

prācīnavaṃśa

  1. ○vaṃśa (prācī́na-), mf(ā)n. having the supporting beams turned eastward TS. ŚBr. Kāṭh. (cf. prāg-v○)
  2. n. a hut which has the supporting beams turned eṭeastward TS

prācīnavṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti f. N. of Comm. on the Uṇadi-sūtras

prācīnaśāla

  1. ○śāla m. N. of a man ChUp

prācīnaśivastuti

  1. ○śiva-stuti f. N. of an ancient hymn in praise of Siva

prācīnaṣaḍaślti

  1. ○ṣaḍ-aślti f. N. of wk

prācīnaharaṇa

  1. ○haraṇa n. carrying towards the east, carrying to the eastern fire ĀśvŚr

prācīnāgra

  1. prācī́nâgra mfn. having its points turned eastward (said of sacred grass) ŚBr. [Page 705, Column]

prācīnātāna

  1. prācīnâtāna m. pl. (AitBr.) or n. sg. (KaushUp
  2. v. l. pl.) = prācīna-tāná, q.v

prācīnāpavītin

  1. prācīnâpavītin mfn. = ○nâviitín (q.v.) ŚāṅkhŚr

prācīnāmalaka

  1. prācīnâmalaka m. Flacourtia Cataphracta
  2. n. its fruit MBh. Hariv. Suśr

prācīnāvavītin

  1. prācīnâvavītín mfn. = ○nâviitín (q.v.) ŚBr

prācīnāvīta

  1. prācīnâvītá mfn. = ○nâviitín Gal
  2. n. the wearing of the sacred cord over the right shoulder (as at a Śrāddha) TS. Lāṭy. ŚāṅkhGṛ

prācīnāvītin

  1. prācīnâvītin mfn. (Br. GṛŚrS. Gobh. Mn. i.) or (AV.) wearing the sacred cord over the right shoulder

prācīnāvītinopavīta

  1. prācīnâvītiḍnôpavītá mfn. (AV.) wearing the sacred cord over the right shoulder

prācais

  1. prācais ind. forwards RV. i, 83, 2 (cf. uccais, nīcais, parācais)

prācya

  1. prācyá or mf(ā)n. being in front or in the east, living in the east, belonging to the east, eastern, easterly AV. RPrāt. Sch. MBh. R. &c

prācya

  1. prācyá mf(ā)n. being in front or in the east, living in the east, belonging to the east, eastern, easterly AV. RPrāt. Sch. MBh. R. &c
  2. preceding (also in a work), prior, ancient, old (opp. to ādhunika) Bālar. Sāh
  3. N. of partic. hymns belonging to the Sāma-veda Hariv. BhP
  4. m. N. of a man Buddh
  5. (pl.) the inhabitants of the east, the eastern country Br. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
  6. the ancients ŚārṅgP
  7. (ā), f. (with or scil. bhāṣā) the dialect spoken in the east of India Sāh

prācyakaṭha

  1. ○kaṭha m. pl. the eastern Kathas (a school of the black Yajur-veda) Caraṇ. Aryav

prācyapadavṛtti

  1. ○pada-vṛtti f. a term applied to the rule according to which e remains in partic. cases unchanged before a RPrāt

prācyapāñcāli

  1. ○pāñcāli f. pl. SaṃhUp. xvi, 3

prācyabhāṣā

  1. ○bhāṣā f. the dialect of the east of India MW

prācyaratha

  1. ○ratha m. a car used in the eastern country Lāṭy

prācyavṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti f. a kind of metre Piṅg. Col

prācyasaptasama

  1. ○sapta-sama mfn. Pāṇ. 6-2, 12 Sch

prācyasāman

  1. ○sāman m. pl. N. of partic. chanters of the Sama-veda BhP

prācyādhvaryu

  1. prācyâdhvaryu m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 10 Sch

prācyāvantya

  1. prācyâvantya m. pl. N. of a people Suśr

prācyodañc

  1. prācyôdañc mf(īcī)n. running from east to north Hcat

prācyaka

  1. prācyaka mfn. situated in the east BhP

prācyāyana

  1. prācyāyana m. patr. fr. prācya g. aśvâdi

prāñjana

  1. prâñjana (pra-añj○), n. paint or cement (on an arrow) AV

prāñjala

  1. prâñjala mfn. (prob. fr. pra + añjali and = prâñjali) straight Suśr
  2. upright, honest, sincere ĀpŚr. Sch
  3. level (as a road) Kād

prāñjalatā

  1. ○tā f. straightness, plainness (of meaning) Pañcat

prāñjali

  1. prâñjali mf(ī)n. joining and holding out the hollowed open hands (as a mark of respect and humility or to receive alms
  2. cf. añjali, kṛtâñj○) Mn. MBh. and e
  3. m. pl. N. of a school of the Sāmaveda, Āryav. (also -dvaita-bhṛt
  4. v. l. prājvalanā dvaita-bhṛtaḥ and prājalā dvaita-bhṛtyāḥ)

prāñjalipragraha

  1. ○pragraha mfn. holding the hands joined and outstretched R. (v. l. ○liH pragr○)

prāñjalisthita

  1. ○sthita mfn. standing with joined and outstretched hands ib

prāñjalika

  1. prâñjalika (MBh.),

prāñjalin

  1. prâñjaḍlin (Hariv.) = prâñjali

prāñjalībhū

  1. prâñjalī-√bhū to stand holding out the joined and hollowed open hands Kāraṇḍ

prāḍāhati

  1. prāḍāhati m. patr., g. taulvaly, ādi (v. L. prāṇāhati, Kaś, )

prāḍvivāka

  1. prāḍ-vivāka See under 3. prāś, p. 709, col. 2

prāṇ

  1. prâṇ or prân (pra-√an), P. prâniti (Pāṇ. 8-4, 19 Sch
  2. impf. prâṇat, vii, 3, 99 Sch.) or prâniti (Vop.). to breathe in, inhale KenUp
  3. to breathe RV. AV. ŚBr. Up
  4. to blow (as the wind) AitBr
  5. to live AV. Bhaṭṭ
  6. to smell Saṃk.: Caus. pr^āṇayati (aor. pr^āṇiṇat Pāṇ. 8-4, 21 Sch.), to cause to breathe, animate AV. Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. prâṇiṇiṣati Pāṇ. 8-4, 21 Sch

prāṇ

  1. prâṇ mfn. breathing Pāṇ. 8-4, 20 Sch

prāṇa

  1. prâṇá m. (ifc. f. ā
  2. for 1. See under √prā, p. 701) the breath of life, breath, respiration spirit vitality
  3. pl. life RV. &c. &c. (prâṇān with √muc or √hā or pari- √tyaj, 'to resign or quit life'
  4. with √rakṣ, 'to save life'
  5. with ni-√han, 'to destroy life'
  6. tvam me prâṇaḥ', thou art to me as dear as life'
  7. often ifc
  8. cf' pati-, mâna-pr○)
  9. a vital organ vital air (3 in number, viz. prâṇa, apâna and vyāna AitBr. TUp. Suśr
  10. usually 5, viz. the preceding with sam-āna and, yd-āna ŚBr. MBh. Suśr. &c., MWB. 242
  11. or with the other vital organs 6 ŚBr
  12. or 7 AV. Br. MuṇḍUp
  13. or 9 AV. TS. Br
  14. or 10 ŚBr
  15. pl. the 5 organs of vitality or sensation, viz. prâṇa, vāc, cakṣus, śrotra, manas, collectively ChUp. ii, 7, i
  16. or = nose, mouth, eyes and ears GopBr. ŚrS. Mn. iv, 143)
  17. air inhaled, wind AV. ŚBr. [Page 705, Column]
  18. breath (as a sign of strength). vigour, energy, power MBh. R. &c. (sarvaprâṇena or -prâṇaiḥ, 'with all one's strength' or, all one's heart'
  19. cf. yathā-prâṇam)
  20. a breath (as a measure of time, or the time requisite for the pronunciation of 10 long syllables = 1/6 Vināḍikā) Var. Aryabh. VP
  21. N. of a Kalpa (the 6th day in the light half of Brahmā's month) Pur
  22. (in Sāṃkhya) the spirit (= puruṣa) Tattvas
  23. (in Vedânts) the spirit identified with the totality of dreaming spirits Vedântas. RTL. 35 (cf. prāṇâtman)
  24. poetical inspiration W
  25. myrrh L
  26. a N. of the letter y Up
  27. of a Sāman TāṇḍBr. (vasiṣṭhasya prâṇâpânau ĀrshBr.)
  28. of Brahmā L
  29. of Vishṇu RTL. 106
  30. of a Vasu BhP
  31. of a son of the Vasu Dhara Hariv
  32. of a Marut Yājñ. Sch
  33. of a son of Dhātṛi Pur
  34. of a son of Vidhātṛi BhP
  35. of a Ṛishi in the 2nd Manv-antara Hariv

prāṇakara

  1. ○kara mf(ī) n. 'life-causing', invigorating, refreshing Cāṇ
  2. m. N. of a man L

prāṇakarman

  1. ○karman n. vital function Bhag

prāṇakṛcchra

  1. ○kṛcchra n. peril of life MBh. BhP

prāṇakṛṣṇa

  1. ○kṛṣṇa m. (also with viśvāsa) N. of 2 authors Cat

prāṇagraha

  1. ○grahá m. 'breath-catcher', the nose, A
  2. pl. N. of partic. Soma vessels TS

prāṇaghātaka

  1. ○ghātaka (MW.),

prāṇaghna

  1. ○ghna (Suśr.), mf(ī)n. life-destroying, killing, mortal

prāṇacaya

  1. ○caya m. increase of vitality or strength Var

prāṇacit

  1. ○cít mfn. forming a deposit of breath ŚBr

prāṇaciti

  1. ○cití f. a mass or deposit of breath ib

prāṇacchid

  1. ○cchid mfn. cutting life short, deadly, fatal Var

prāṇaccheda

  1. ○ccheda m. destruction of life, murder
  2. -kara mfn. causing destruction of life, murderous Hit

prāṇatejas

  1. ○tejas (○ṇá-), mfn. whose splendour or glory is life or breath ŚBr

prāṇatoṣiṇī

  1. ○toṣiṇī f. N. of wk. on Tantric rites (1821)

prāṇatyāga

  1. ○tyāga m. abandonment of life, suicide, death Kāv. Kathās

prāṇatrāṇa

  1. ○trāṇa n. saving of life Mālatīm
  2. -rasa m. N. of a partic. mixture L

prāṇatva

  1. ○tvá n. the state of breath or life ŚBr. Kap

prāṇada

  1. ○dá mf(ā)n. life-giving, saving or preserving life AV. &c. &c
  2. m. Terminalia Tomeutosa or Coccinia Grandis L
  3. N. of Brahmā L
  4. of Vishṇu A
  5. (ā), f. Terminalia Chebula L
  6. a species of bulbous plant L
  7. Commelina Salicifolia L
  8. (with guḍikā) a kind of pill used as a remedy for hemorrhoids L
  9. n. water L
  10. blood L

prāṇadakṣiṇā

  1. ○dakṣiṇā f. the gift of life Kathās. Pañcat

prāṇadaṇḍa

  1. ○daṇḍa m. the punishment of death MW

prāṇadayita

  1. ○dayita m. 'dear as life', a husband Amar

prāṇadavat

  1. ○dávat See -dāvat

prāṇadā

  1. ○dā́ mfn. giving breath VS

prāṇadātṛ

  1. ○dātṛ mfn. one who saves another's life MBh

prāṇadāna

  1. ○dāna n. gift of (i. e. saving a person's) life Kathās
  2. resigning life Pañcat
  3. anointing the Havis with Ghṛita during the recitation of sacred texts supposed to restore life KātyŚr

prāṇadāvat

  1. ○dāvat mfn. life -giving AV. (-dávat prob. wṛ.)

prāṇadurodara

  1. ○durodara n. playing for lṭlife, staking life MBh

prāṇadṛh

  1. ○dṛh mfn. (nom. -dhṛk) sustaining or prolonging the breath Kāṭh

prāṇadyūta

  1. ○dyūta n. play or contest for lṭlife MBh
  2. ○tâbhidevana mfn. (a battle) played or fought with lṭlife as a stake ib

prāṇadroha

  1. ○droha m. attempt on another's lṭlife Pañcat
  2. ○hin mfn. (ifc.) seeking another's life Daś

prāṇadhara

  1. ○dhara m. N. of a man, Kathās
  2. -miśra m. N. of an author Cat

prāṇadhāra

  1. ○dhāra mfn. possessing life, living, animate
  2. m. a living being MW

prāṇadhāraṇa

  1. ○dhāraṇa n. support or maintenance or prolongation of life (○ṇaṃ √kṛ P., to support auother's life
  2. [Ā, also with ○ṇāṃ], to support one's own life, take food) MBh. R. &c
  3. means of supporting life, livelihood MBh. R

prāṇadhārin

  1. ○dhārin mfn. saving a person's (gen.) life Hariv

prāṇadhṛk

  1. ○dhṛk See -dṛh

prāṇanātha

  1. ○nātha m. (ifc.) f. ā, lord of life', a husband, lover Amar
  2. N. of Yama L
  3. N. of a heresiarch (who had a controversy with Śainkara at Prayāga) Cat
  4. (with vaidya) N. of an author of sev. medic. wks

prāṇanārāyaṇa

  1. ○nārāyaṇa m. N. of a king of Kāma-rūpa Cat

prāṇanāśa

  1. ○nāśa m. 'loss of life', death, Veṇis

prāṇanigraha

  1. ○nigráha m. restraint of breath Vedântas

prāṇaṃdada

  1. ○ṃ-dada m. 'life-giver', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ

prāṇapata

  1. ○pata mfn. (fr. next), g. aśvapaty-ādi

prāṇapati

  1. ○pati m. 'life-lord', the soul MBh
  2. a physician. Car
  3. a husband MW

prāṇapatnī

  1. ○patnī f. 'breath-wife', the voice ṢaḍvBr

prāṇaparikraya

  1. ○parikraya m. the price of lṭlife L

prāṇaparikṣīṇa

  1. ○parikṣīṇa mfn. one whose lṭlife is drawing to a close Pañcat

prāṇaparigraha

  1. ○parigraha m. possession of breath or life, existence Amar

prāṇaparityāga

  1. ○parityāga m. abandonment of lṭlife Mṛicch

prāṇaparīpsā

  1. ○parī7psā f. desire of saving lṭlife MW

prāṇapā

  1. ○pā́ mfn. protecting breath or lṭlife VS

prāṇapratiṣṭhā

  1. ○pratiṣṭhā f. N. of wk
  2. -paddhati f. -mantra m. N. of wks

prāṇaprada

  1. ○prada mfn. restoring or saving another's life, Kathās. (-phala n. N. of wk.)
  2. (ā), f. a species of medic. plant L

prāṇapradāyaka

  1. ○pradāyaka mf(ikā)n. = -prada mfn. Kathās

prāṇapradāyin

  1. ○pradāyin mfn. id. ib

prāṇaprayāṇa

  1. ○prayāṇa n. departure or end lṭlife Rājat

prāṇaprahāṇa

  1. ○prahāṇa n. loss of life Siṃhâs. [Page 705, Column]

prāṇaprāśanin

  1. ○prâśanin mfn. feeding only on breath (i.e. on the mere smell of food or drink), Pracaṇḍ

prāṇapriya

  1. ○priya mfn. dear as life Vet
  2. m. a husband, lover Naish. Sch

prāṇaprepsu

  1. ○prêpsu mfn. wishing to preserve his life, being in mortal fright MBh

prāṇabādha

  1. ○bādha m. danger to life, extreme peril Mn. iv, 31 (v. l.) Kām. BhP. (also ā f. A.)

prāṇabuddhi

  1. ○buddhi f. sg. life and intelligence R. (v. l.)

prāṇabhakṣa

  1. ○bhakṣa m. feeding only on breath or air (cf. -prâśanin) ŚrS
  2. (am), ind. while feeding only on breath or air KātySr

prāṇabhaya

  1. ○bhaya n. fear for l, peril of death R. Kathās. Pañcat

prāṇabhāj

  1. ○bhāj mfn. possessing life
  2. m. a living being, creature, man Śiś

prāṇabhāsvat

  1. ○bhāsvat m. 'life-light' (?), the ocean L

prāṇabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. being the breath of lṭlife Ṛitus

prāṇabhṛt

  1. ○bhṛ́t mfn. supporting life TS. ŚBr
  2. = -bhāj. ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. N. of partic. bricks used in erecting an altar TS. ŚBr
  4. N. of Vishṇu A

prāṇamat

  1. ○mát mfn. full of vital power, vigorous, strong, MaitrS:

prāṇamāya

  1. ○mâya mf(ī)n. consisting of vṭvigorous air or breath ŚBr
  2. -kośa m. the vital case (one of the cases or investitures of the soul) Vedântas

prāṇamokṣaṇa

  1. ○mokṣaṇa n. = -tyāga Pañcat

prāṇayama

  1. ○yama m. = prâṇâyāma L

prāṇayātrā

  1. ○yātrā f. support of life, subsistence MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. ○trika mfn. requisite for subsṭsubsistence (ka-mātra mfn. possessing only the necessaries of life) Mn. MBh

prāṇayuta

  1. ○yuta mfn. endowed with life, living, alive Cāṇ

prāṇayoni

  1. ○yoni f. the source or spring of lṭlife Hariv

prāṇarakṣaṇa

  1. ○rakṣaṇa n. or preservation of lṭlife

prāṇarakṣā

  1. ○raḍkṣā f. preservation of lṭlife
  2. ○kṣaṇârtham or ○kṣârtham ind. for the prṭpreservation of life Mn. MBh

prāṇarandhra

  1. ○randhra n. 'breath-aperture', the mouth or a nostril BhP

prāṇarājyada

  1. ○rājya-da mfn. one who has saved (another's) life and throne Kathās

prāṇarodha

  1. ○rodha m. suppression of breath BhP
  2. N. of a partic. hell ib

prāṇalābha

  1. ○lābha m. saving of life Gaut. Mn. xi, 80 (wṛ. ○ṇâlābha)

prāṇalipsu

  1. ○lipsu mfn. desirous of saving lṭlife MBh

prāṇavat

  1. ○vat mfn. = -yuta, KatyŚr. Śak
  2. vigorous, strong, powerful Suśr. Hariv. (compar. vat-tara)

prāṇavallabhā

  1. ○vallabhā f. a mistress or wife as dear as life Pañcat

prāṇavidyā

  1. ○vidyā f. the science of breath or vital airs Col

prāṇavināśa

  1. ○vināśa m. loss of life, death Sāntiś

prāṇaviprayoga

  1. ○viprayoga m. separation from life, death Āpast

prāṇavīrya

  1. ○vīrya n. strength of breath, TāṇdBr

prāṇavṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti f. vital activity or function Rājat
  2. support of life Āpast

prāṇavyaya

  1. ○vyaya m. renunciation or sacrifice of life Kathās

prāṇavyāyacchana

  1. ○vyāyacchana n. peril or risk of life Gaut

prāṇaśakti

  1. ○śakti f. a partic. Śakti of Vishṇu Cat

prāṇaśarīra

  1. ○śarīra mfn. whose (only) body is vital air ChUp

prāṇasaṃyama

  1. ○saṃyama m. suppression or suspension of breath (as a religious exercise) Yājñ

prāṇasaṃrodha

  1. ○saṃrodha m. id. Cat

prāṇasaṃvāda

  1. ○saṃvāda m. an (imaginary) dispute (for precedence) between the vital airs or the organs of sense Col

prāṇasaṃśaya

  1. ○saṃśaya m. danger to life Gaut. Āpast. (also pl.)

prāṇasaṃśita

  1. ○saṃśita (○ṇá-), mfn. animated by the vital airs AV

prāṇasaṃhitā

  1. ○saṃhitā f. a manner of reciting the Vedic texts, pronouncing as many sounds as possible during one breath VPrāt. Sch

prāṇasaṃkaṭa

  1. ○saṃkaṭa n. danger to 10 BhP

prāṇasadman

  1. ○sadman n. 'abode of vital airs', the body L

prāṇasaṃtyāga

  1. ○saṃtyāga m. abandonment of lṭlife MārkP

prāṇasaṃdeha

  1. ○saṃdeha m. danger to life Pañcat

prāṇasaṃdhāraṇa

  1. ○saṃdhāraṇa n. support of lṭlife (○ṇaṃ √kri, with instr., to feed or live on) Hcat

prāṇasaṃnyāsa

  1. ○saṃnyāsa m. giving up the spirit R

prāṇasama

  1. ○sama mf(ā)n. equal to or as dear as life MBh
  2. m. a husband or lover L
  3. (ā), f. a wife or mistress Gīt

prāṇasambhṛta

  1. ○sambhṛta m. wind, air (wṛ. for -sambhūta?)

prāṇasammita

  1. ○sammita mfn. -sama mfn. MārkP
  2. reaching to the nose GṛS

prāṇasāra

  1. ○sāra n. vital energy, Rajat
  2. mfn. full of strength, vigorous Śak

prāṇasūtra

  1. ○sūtra n. the thread of life, MantrBr'

prāṇahara

  1. ○hara mf(ī)n. taking away or threatening life, destructive, fatal, dangerous to (comp.) Yājñ. R. Cāṇ
  2. capital punishment R

prāṇahāni

  1. ○hāni f. loss of life, death Siṃhâs

prāṇahāraka

  1. ○hāraka mf(ikā)n. taking away lṭlife, destructive, killing, Kav
  2. m. a kind of poison L

prāṇahārin

  1. ○hārin mfn. = prec. mfn. R

prāṇahitā

  1. ○hitā f. See s.v

prāṇahīna

  1. ○hīna mfn. bereft of life, dead Kāv

prāṇākarṣin

  1. prâṇâkarṣin mf(iṇī)n. attracting the vital spirit (said of a partic. magical formula) Cat

prāṇāgnihotra

  1. prâṇâgnihotra n. N. of wk. (also -vidhi m. and ○trâpanithad f.)

prāṇāghāta

  1. prâṇâghāta m. destruction of life, killing of a living being Bhartṛ

prāṇācārya

  1. prâṇâcārya m. a physician to a king Vāgbh

prāṇā tipāta

  1. prâṇâ tipāta m. destruction of life, killing, slaughter MBh. R. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 10 sins Dharmas.)

prāṇātilobha

  1. prâṇâtilobha m. excessive attachment to life HYog. (printed ○Nita○)

prāṇātman

  1. prâṇâtman m. the spirit which connects the totality of subtle bodies like a thread = sūsrâtman (sometimes called hiraṇya-garbha), vital or animal soul (the lowest of the 3 souls of a human being [Page 706, Column]
  2. the other 2 being jī vâtman and paramâtman) Tarkas. (cf. IW. 114)

prāṇātyaya

  1. prâṇâtyaya m. danger to life Yājñ. Hariv. Daś

prāṇāda

  1. prâṇâda mfn. 'life-devouring', deadly, murderous Bhaṭṭ

prāṇādhika

  1. prâṇâdhika mf(ā)n. dearer than lṭlife (also priya) Kathās
  2. superior in vigour, stronger BhP

prāṇādhinātha

  1. prâṇâdhinātha m. life-lord', a husband L

prāṇādhipa

  1. prâṇâdhipa m. 'id.' the soul ŚvetUp

prānuga

  1. prânuga mfn. following a person's breath i.e. following him (acc.) unto death Hit

prāṇānta

  1. prâṇânta m. 'life-end', death Ragh
  2. mfn. capital punishment Mn. viii, 359

prāṇāntika

  1. prâṇântika mf(ī)n. destructive or dangerous to life, fatal, mortal, capital (as punish. ment) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. life-long Gaut. Pañcat. (B
  3. am ind.)
  4. desperate, vehement(as love, desire &c.) Kathās
  5. n. danger to life MBh

prāṇāpahārin

  1. prâṇâpahārin mfn. taking away lṭlife, fatal, deadly W

prāṇāpāna

  1. prâṇâpâná m. du. air inhaled and exhaled AV
  2. inspiration and expiration (personified and identified with the Aśvins) Pur
  3. (with Vasishṭhasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

prāṇābādha

  1. prâṇâbādha in. injury or danger to lṭlife Mn.iv, 51 ; 54

prāṇābharaṇa

  1. prâṇâbharaṇa n. N. of a poem

prāṇābhisara

  1. prâṇâbhisara m. a saver of life Car. 1

prāṇāyana

  1. prâṇâyana n. (for 2. See below) an organ of sense BhP

prāṇāyāma

  1. prâṇâyāma m. (also pl.) N. of the three 'breath-exercises' performed during Saṃdhyā ( See pūraka, recaka, kumbhaka IW. 93 RTL. 402 MWB. 239) Kauś. Yājñ. Pur
  2. -śas ind. with frequent breath-exercises Āpast
  3. ○min mfn. exercising the breath (in 3 ways) Yājñ

prāṇārthavat

  1. prâṇârtha-vat mfn. possessed of life and riches Kāv

prāṇārthin

  1. prâṇârthin mfn. eager for life ib

prāṇālābha

  1. prâṇâlābha wṛ. for ○nalābha, q.v

prāṇāvarodha

  1. prâṇâvarodha m. suppression of breath Mṛicch

prāṇāvāya

  1. prâṇâvâya n. N. of the 12th of the 14 Pūrvas or ancient writings of the Jainas

prāṇāhuti

  1. prâṇâhuti f. an oblation to the 5 Prâṇas A

prāṇeśa

  1. prâṇêśa m. 'lord of life', a husband Sāh
  2. 'lord of breath', N. of a Marut Yājñ. Sch
  3. (ā), f. a mistress, wife Kathās

prāṇeśvara

  1. prâṇêśvara m. 'lord of life', a husband, lover MBh. Kāv. Hit
  2. a partic. drug Cat
  3. pl. the vital spirits personified Hariv
  4. (ī), f. a mistress, wife Inscr

prāṇaikaśatavidha

  1. prâṇâi4kaśata-vidha mfn. having 101 variations of the vital airs ŚBr

prāṇotkramana

  1. prâṇôtkramana n. (MW.) or (Kathās.) 'breath-departure', death

prāṇotkrānti

  1. prâḍṇôtkrānti f. (Kathās.) 'breath-departure', death

prāṇotsarga

  1. prâṇôtsarga m. giving up the ghost, dying MBh

prānopasparśana

  1. prânôpasparśana n. touching the organs of sense of sense Gaut

prāṇopahāra

  1. prâṇôpahāra m. 'oblation to life', food BhP

prāṇopeta

  1. prâṇôpêta mfn. living, alive Divyâv

prāṇaka

  1. prâṇaka m. a living being. animal, worm Kāraṇḍ
  2. Terminalia Tomentosa or Coccinia Grandis L
  3. myrrh (bola) or a jacket (cola) L

prāṇatha

  1. prâṇátha m. breathing, respiration VS
  2. air, wind L
  3. the lord of all living beings (= prajāpati) L
  4. a sacred bathing-place L
  5. mfn. strong L

prāṇana

  1. prâṇana mfn. vivifying, animating BhP
  2. m. the throat L
  3. n. breathing, respiration RV. MBh. Śaṃk
  4. the act of vivifying or animating BhP

prāṇanānta

  1. prâṇanânta m. end of life, death MBh

prāṇanta

  1. prâṇanta m. (Uṇ. iii, 127) air, wind L
  2. a kind of collyrium L
  3. (ī), f. sneezing, sobbing L

prāṇayita

  1. prâṇayita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to breathe, kept alive Daś
  2. animated, longing to (inf.) Rājat

prāṇāyana

  1. prâṇāyana m. (for 1. See under prâṇa) the offspring of the vital airs VS. (cf. g. naḍâdi)

prāṇi

  1. prâṇi in comp. for prâṇin

prāṇighātin

  1. ○ghātin mfn. killing living beings Kathās

prāṇijāta

  1. ○jāta n. a class or species of animals Mahīdh

prāṇitva

  1. ○tva n. the state of a living being, life, Śāṇḍ

prāṇidyūta

  1. ○dyūta n. gambling with fighting animals (such as cocks or rams &c.) Yājñ

prāṇipīḍā

  1. ○pīḍā f. giving pain to living beings, cruelty to animals W

prāṇibhava

  1. ○bhava mfn. (a sound) coming from a living beings Saṃgīt

prāṇimat

  1. ○mat mfn. possessed or peopled with lṭliving beings Sāh

prāṇimatṛ

  1. ○mátṛ f. the mother of a lṭliving beings W
  2. a kind of shrub L

prāṇiyodhana

  1. ○yodhana n. setting animals to fight (= -dyūta above) MW

prāṇivadha

  1. ○vadha m. slaughter of living bṭbeings
  2. -prâyaścitta n. N. of wk

prāṇisvana

  1. ○svana m. sound of animals L

prāṇihiṃsā

  1. ○hiṃsā f. injuring or killing an anṭanimals Rājat

prāṇihita

  1. ○hita mfn. favourable or good for lṭliving beings
  2. (ā), f. a shoe W. (cf. prāṇahitā)

prānyaṅga

  1. prâny-aṅga n. a part or limb of an animal or man L

prāṇika

  1. prâṇika mfn. speaking without making a noise L

prāṇiṇiṣu

  1. prâṇiṇiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to breathe or live Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 21)

prāṇin

  1. prâṇin mfn. breathing, living, alive
  2. m. a living or sentient being, living creature, animal or man ŚBr. &c, &c. (also n. ĀpŚr.) [Page 706, Column]

prāṇataja

  1. prāṇataja m.pl. (with Jainas) N. of a subdivision of the Kalpa-bhavas L

prāṇahitā

  1. prāṇahitā f. a shoe L. (perhaps wṛ. for prāṇāhikā
  2. cf. prāṇāha and prâṇi-hitā)

prāṇāha

  1. prāṇāha See p. 702, col. 1

prāṇāhati

  1. prāṇāhati m. patr., g. taulvalyādi (Kāś.)

prāta

  1. prātá See √prā, p. 701, col. 3

prātar

  1. prātar ind. (fr. 1. pra
  2. prā́tar Uṇ. v, 59) in the early morning. at daybreak, at dawn RV. &c. &c. (prātaḥ prātah, every morning, Daś)
  3. next morning. to-morrow AV. &c. &c
  4. Morning personified as a son of Pushparṇa and Prabhā BhP. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Germ. [706,] fruo, frū0h.]

[[]]

  1. prātaragnihotrakālātikramaprāyaścitta3prātar--agnihotrakālâtikrama-prâyaścitta n. N. of wk

prātaradhyeya

  1. ○adhyeya mfn. to be recited every morning Pat

prātaranuvāka

  1. ○anuvāká m. 'morning recitation', the hymn with which the Prātah-savana begins Br. ŚrS

prātaranta

  1. ○anta and mfn. ending in the mṭmorning, KatySr. Sch

prātarapavarga

  1. ○apavarga mfn. ending in the mṭmorning, KatySr. Sch

prātarabhivāda

  1. ○abhivāda m. morning salutation Gobh

prātaravanega

  1. ○avanegá m. morning ablution MaitrS. (ApSr. Sch., wṛ. ○neka)

prātaraśana

  1. ○aśaná n. = -āśa MaitrS

prātarahna

  1. ○ahna m. = -dina Gobh
  2. N. of a man Cat. = āśa
  3. m. morning meal, breakfast GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
  4. ○śita mfn. one who has breakfasted Mn. iv, 62

prātarāhuti

  1. ○āhuti f. morning oblation (the second half of the daily Agni-hotra sacrifice) Br. ŚrS

prātaritvan

  1. ○ítvan mfn. going out early
  2. m. a morning guest RV. (voc. ○tvas)

prātarupasthāna

  1. ○upasthāna n:,

prātaraupāsanaprayoga

  1. ○aupāsana-prayoga mṆ. of wks

prātargeya

  1. ○geya mfn. to be sung in the mṭmorning
  2. m. a minstrel who wakes the king in the morning L

prātarjapa

  1. ○japa m. morning prayer Kauś

prātarjit

  1. ○jít mfn. winning, or conquering early RV

prātarṇādin

  1. ○ṇādin m. 'crowing in mṭmorning', a cock Bhpr

prātardina

  1. ○dina n. the early part of the day, forenoon L

prātardugdha

  1. ○dugdhá n. morning milk ŚBr

prātardoha

  1. ○doha m. id. or morning milking ŚrS

prātarbhoktṛ

  1. ○bhoktṛ m. 'early eater', a crow L

prātarbhojana

  1. ○bhojana n. = -āśa L

prātarmantra

  1. ○mantra m. the hymn or verse to be recited in the morning Baudh

prātarmādhyaṃdinasavana

  1. ○mādhyaṃdina-savana n. N. of wk

prātaryājña

  1. ○yājña mṃṭmorning sacrifice AitBr

prātaryāvan

  1. ○yāvan mfn. = -itvan RV. Br

prātaryukta

  1. ○yuktá mfn. yoked early (as a car) TBr

prātaryuj

  1. ○yúj mfn. id
  2. yoking early ib

prātarvastṛ

  1. ○vastṛ mfn. shining early GṛŚrS

prātarvikasvara

  1. ○vikasvara mfn. rising eṭearly L

prātarveṣa

  1. ○veṣá mfn. active early TBr

prātarhuta

  1. ○huta n. early sacrifice BhP

prātarhoma

  1. ○homa m. id
  2. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

prātaḥ

  1. prātaḥ in comp. fur prātar

prātaḥkalpa

  1. ○kalpa mf(ā)n. (night) almost morning, early dawn Pañcad

prātaḥkārya

  1. ○kārya n. morning business or ceremony MBh

prātaḥkāla

  1. ○kāla m. morning time, early mṭmorning, daybreak Hit
  2. -vaktavya n. N. of a Stotra

prātaḥkṛtya

  1. ○kṛtya n. N. of wk

prātaḥkṣaṇa

  1. ○kṣaṇa m. = -kāla Pañcad

prātaḥpaddhati

  1. ○paddhati f. N. of wk

prātaḥprahara

  1. ○prahara m. morning watch (from 6 to 9 o'clock) Kathās. (cf. prahara)

prātaḥsaṃdhyā

  1. ○saṃdhyā f. morning twilight, dawn Pur. (cf. RTL. 401)
  2. -prayoga m. -vandana, h. and ○na-vidhi m. N. of wks

prātaḥsava

  1. ○sava m

prātaḥsavana

  1. ○savaná n. the morning libation of Soma (accompanied with 10 ceremonial observances, viz. the prâtar-anuvāka, abhi-ṣava, bahiṣ-pāvamāna-stotra, savanīyāḥ paśavaḥ, dhiṣṇyôpasthāna, savanīyāḥ puroḍāsāḥ, dvi-devatya-grahāḥ, dvidevatya-bhakṣa, ṛtu-yājāḥ, ājya or prau0gaśastra) AV. Br. &c
  2. ○vanika and ○vanīya mfn. relating to the morning libation of Soma ŚrS
  3. ○nikadarśa-pūrṇamāsa-prayoga m. N. of wk

prātaḥsāva

  1. ○sāvá m. morning preparation or libation of Soma RV

prātaḥsnānana

  1. ○snānana n. morning ablution Pur
  2. -vidhi m. N. of wk

prātaḥsnāyin

  1. ○snāyin mfn. one who bathes in the early morning Pur

prātaḥsmaraṇa

  1. ○smaraṇa n. 'early remembrance or tradition', N. of wk
  2. -śloka m. pl., -stotra n. ○ṇâṣṭaka n. ○ṇīya n. N. of wks

prātaś

  1. prātaś in comp. for prātar

prātaścandra

  1. ○candra m. the moon in the in the morning
  2. -dyuti mfn. having the colour of the moon in the moon i.e. pale, Mālatim

prātas

  1. prātas in comp. for prātar

prātastarām

  1. ○tarām ind. very early in the morning. Bhaṭṭ

prātastrivargā

  1. ○tri-vargā f. N. of the river Gaṅgā MBh. xiii, 1446 (Nilak.)

prātastana

  1. prātastána mf(ī)n. relating to the morning, matutinal TS. Priyad
  2. n. early morning (one of the 5 parts of the day
  3. the other 4 being saṃgava or morning, midday, afternoon, and evening) TBr

prātastya

  1. prātastya mfn. matutinal Amar. Sch

prātara

  1. prātara m. N. of a Nāga MBh
  2. v. l for pra-tāra g. kṛśâśvâdi

pratarīya

  1. prátarīya mfn. g. kṛtâśvâdi

prāti

  1. prāti (for 1. See under √prā), Vṛiddhi or lengthened form of 1. prati in comp. In the following derivatives formed with 2. prāti only the second member of the simple compound from which they come is given in the parentheses (leaving the preposition prati, which is lenghened to prāti in the derivatives, to be supplied). [Page 706, Column]

prātikaṇṭhika

  1. ○kaṇṭhika mf(ī)n. (fr. -kaṇṭham) seizing by the throat Pāṇ. 4-4, 40

prātikāmin

  1. ○kāmin mfn. (fr. -kāmam
  2. acc. m.c. ○mīm) a servant or messenger MBh

prātikūlika

  1. ○kūlika mf(ī)n. (fr. -kūla) opposed to, contrary Mcar. (wṛ. prati-k○) Bhaṭṭ
  2. -tā f. opposition, hostility Śiś

prātikūlya

  1. ○kūlya n. (fr. -kūla) contrariety, adverseness, opposition MBh
  2. disagreeableness, unpleasantness ib
  3. (ifc.) disagreement with TPrāt. Sch

prātikṣepika

  1. ○kṣepika mf(ī)n. (fr. -kṣepa) L

prātijanīna

  1. ○janīna mf(ī)n. (fr. -kṣepa) L

prātijanīna

  1. ○janīna mf(ī) n. (fr. -jana) suitable for an adversary Pāṇ. 4-4, 99 Sch
  2. (fr. janam) suitable for everybody, popular Harav

prātijña

  1. ○jña n. (fr. -jñā) the subject under discussion APrāt

prātidaivasika

  1. ○daivasika mf(ī) n. (fr. -divasam) happening or occurring daily Āryabh

prātinidhika

  1. ○nidhika m. (fr. -nidhi) a substitute KātyŚr

prātipakṣa

  1. ○pakṣa mf(ī)n. belonging to the enemy, hostile, adverse, contrary Śiś

prātipakṣya

  1. ○pakṣya n. (fr. -pakṣa) hostility, enmity against (gen.) Kathās

prātipathika

  1. ○pathika mf(ī)n. going along a road or path, P1ṇ. iv, 4, 42
  2. m. a wayfarer Divyâv

prātipada

  1. ○pada mf(ī) n. (fr. -pad) forming the commencement ŚāṅkhŚr
  2. m. N. of a man Śatr

prātipadika

  1. ○padika mf(ī)n. (fr. -padam) express, explicit (○kânurodhāt ind. in conformity with express terms, expressly) Nīlak
  2. n. the crude form or base of a noun, a noun in its uninflected state Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 &c. APrāt. Sāh. (tva- n. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch.)
  3. m. fire L
  4. -saṃjñā-vāda m. N. of wk

prātipīya

  1. ○pīyá m. patr. of Balhika ŚBr

prātipeya

  1. ○peya m. id. (also pl.) Pravar. MBh

prātipauruṣika

  1. ○pauruṣika mf(ī)n. (fr. -pauruṣa) relating to manliness or valour MBh

prātibodha

  1. ○bodha m. patr. fr. prati-b○ g. bidâdi
  2. ○dhāyana m. patr. fr. prātibodha g. haritâdi
  3. ○dhī-putra m. See pratībodhī-p○

prātibha

  1. ○bha mf(ī)n. (fr. -bhā) intuitive, divinatory
  2. n. (with or scil. jñāna) intuitive knowledge, intuition, divination Śiś. Kathās. Pur. (-vat ind. Nyāyas.)
  3. (ā), f. presence of mind MBh

prātibhaṭya

  1. ○bhaṭya n. (fr. -bhaṭa) rivalry Mcar

prātibhāvya

  1. ○bhāvya n. (fr. -bhū) the act of becoming bail or surety, surety for (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. certainty of or about (gen.) Rājat

prātibhāsika

  1. ○bhāsika mf(ī)n. (fr. -bhāsa) having only the appearance of anything, existing only in appearance Bādar
  2. Gov

prātimokṣa

  1. ○mokṣa m. = prati-m○.q.v. Buddh

prātirūpika

  1. ○rūpika mfn. (fr. -rūpa) counterfeit, spurious Car
  2. using false weight or measure Gaut
  3. ○pya n. similarity of form (a-prātir○) MBh

prātilambhika

  1. ○lambhika mfn. (fr. lambha) ready to receive, expecting L

prātilomika

  1. ○lomika mf(ī)n. (fr. -lomam) against the hair or grain, adverse, disagreeable. Pāṇ. 4-4, 28

prātilomya

  1. ○lomya n. (fr. -loma) contrary direction, inverse order Nir. Mn. &c
  2. opposition MBh. Rājat. (a-prātil○)

prātiveśika

  1. ○veśika m. (fr. -veśa) a neighbour Kathās

prātiveśmaka

  1. ○veśmaka wṛ. for next

prātiveśmika

  1. ○veśmika m. (fr. -veśman) a neighbour Rājat. HPariś
  2. (ī), f. a female next HPariś

prātiveśya

  1. ○veśya mfn. (fr. -veśa) neighbouring Hcar. (also ifc. Yājñ.)
  2. m. an opposite neighbour Mn. viii, 392 (cf. ānuveśya)
  3. any next MBh. Daś
  4. ○syaka m. id. Pañcat

prātiśākhya

  1. ○śākhya n. (fr. -śākham) a treatise on the peculiar euphonic combination and pronunciation of letters which prevails in different Śākhās of the Vedas (there are 4 Pañcat. one for the Śākala-śākhā of the RV
  2. two for particular Śākhās of the black and white Yajur-vedas, and one for a Śakhā of the AV
  3. IW. 149, 150)
  4. -kṛt m. the author of a Pañcat. Pāṇ. 8-3, 61 Sch
  5. -bhāṣya n. N. of Uvaṭa's Comm. on RPrāt

prātiśravasa

  1. ○śravasa m. patr. fr. prati-śravas Pravar. (wṛ. prati-śravasa)

prātiśrutka

  1. ○śrutká mf(ī)n. (fr. -śrut) existing in the echo ŚBr

prātiṣṭhita

  1. ○ṣṭhita wṛ. for -svika

prātisatvanam

  1. ○satvanam ind. in the direction of the Satvan (s.v.) AitBr. (-sutvanám AV. ŚāṅkhŚr.)

prātisīma

  1. ○sīma m. (fr. -sīman) a neighbour Divyâv

prātisvika

  1. ○svika mf(ī)n. (fr. -sva) own, not common to others KātySr. Sch
  2. granting to every one his own due MW

prātihata

  1. ○hata m. a kind of Svarita accent TPrāt

prātihantra

  1. ○hantra n. (fr. -hantṛ) the state or condition of a revenger, vengeance MW

prātihartra

  1. ○hartra n. the office or duty of the Pratihartṛi KātyŚr

prātihāra

  1. ○hāra m. a juggler L
  2. ○raka, m.id. L
  3. ○rika mf(ī)n. containing pratihāras (as a Vedic hymn) Lāṭy
  4. m. a doorkeeper Gaut
  5. a juggler, conjurer L

prātihārya

  1. ○hārya n. (fr. -hāra) the office of a door-keeper Nalac
  2. jugglery, working miracles, a miracle Lalit. Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv
  3. -saṃdarśana m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

prātītika

  1. prātītika mf(ī)n. (fr. pratī7ti) existing only in the mind, mental, subjective Sarvad. [Page 707, Column]

prātīpa

  1. prātīpa m. (fr. pratīpa) patr. of Śaṃ-tanu MBh

prātīpika

  1. prātīḍpika mf(ī)n. contrary, adverse, hostile Pāṇ. 4-4, 28

prātīpya

  1. prātīḍpya n. hostility HPariś

prātībodhīputra

  1. prātībodhī-putra m. N. of a teacher AitĀr. (cf. under prāti-bodha above)

prāty

  1. prāty in comp. for prāti before vowels

prātyakṣa

  1. ○akṣa (g. prajñâdi),

prātyakṣika

  1. ○akṣika (Sarvad.), mf(ī)n. perceptible to the eyes, capable of direct perception

prātyantika

  1. ○antika m. (fr. -anta) a neighbouring chief VarBṛS

prātyayika

  1. ○ayika mf(ī)n. (fr. -aya) relating to confidence, confidential
  2. m. (with pratibhū) a surety for the trustworthiness of a debtor Yājñ

prātyavekṣā

  1. ○avêkṣā wṛ. for praty-av○

prātyahika

  1. ○ahika mf(ī)n. (fr. -aham) occurring or happening every day, daily Kap. Sūryas. Sch. Kull

prātikā

  1. prātikā f. the China rose, Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis L

prātikya

  1. prātikya n. (fr. pratika), g. purohitâdi

prātītheyī

  1. prātītheyī (prob.) wṛ. for prātitheyi ( p. 702, col. 1)

prātuda

  1. prātuda prātṛda &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 1

prātyagrathi

  1. prātyagrathi m. patr. fr. pratyagratha Pāṇ. 4-1, 173

prāthamakalpika

  1. prāthamakalpika mf(ī)n. (fr. prathama-kalpa) being (anything) first of all or in the strictest sense of the word (vḷ. for prathama-kapita, q.v. Mn. ix, 166)
  2. m. a student who is a beginner L
  3. a Yogī just commencing his course Sarvad. (cf. prathama-kalpika)

prāthamika

  1. prāthamika mf(ī)n. (fr. prathama) belonging or relating to the first, occurring or happening for the first time, primary, initial, previous &c. TPrāt. Vedântas. Kull

prāthamya

  1. prāthamya n. priority ĀpŚr. Sch. Kull

prād

  1. prâd (pra-√ad
  2. only 3. pl. impf. prâdan), to eat up, devour ŚBr

prādakṣiṇya

  1. prādakṣiṇya prādānika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702

prādā

  1. prâ-dā (pra-ā- √1. dā), P. -dadāti (inf. prâ-dātum, ind. p. prâ-dāya), to give, bestow MBh

prāditya

  1. prâditya (pra-ād○), m. N. of two princes Buddh

prādur

  1. prādúr ind. (prob. fr. prā = pra + dur, 'out of doors'
  2. prā-dús g. svar-ādi
  3. ○duṣ before k and p Pāṇ. 8-3, 41
  4. ○duḥ ṣyāt, ṣanti for syāt, santi, 87) forth, to view or light, in sight AV. &c. &c. (with √as, or bhū, to become manifest, be visible or audible, appear, arise, exist
  5. with √kṛ, to make visible or manifest, cause to appear, reveal, disclose)

prādurbhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. becoming visible or audible, manifestation, appearance (also of a deity on earth) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

prādurbhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. come to light, become manifest or evident, appeared, revealed MBh. Kāv. &c

prāduṣ

  1. prāduṣ in comp. for prādur (cf. above)

prāduṣkaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. bringing to light, manifestation, production GṛŚrS

prāduṣkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. made visible, brought to light, manifested, displayed, made to blaze (as fire) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. -vapus mfn. one whose form is manifested, appearing in a visible form (as a deity) Rājat

prāduṣpīta

  1. ○pīta mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 41 Sch

prāduṣya

  1. prāduṣya n. = prādur-bhāva Uṇ.ī, 118 Sch

prādurākṣi

  1. prādurākṣi m. patr. Pravar. (wṛ. for prādur-akṣi?)

prādru

  1. prâ-dru (pra-ā-√dru), P. -dravati, to run away, flee, escape MBh

prādhā

  1. prādhā prādhānika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702

prādhī

  1. prâdhī7 (pra-adhi-√i), P. Ā. prâdhyeti, ○dhī7te, to continue to study, advance in studies ŚāṅkhGṛ

prādhīta

  1. prâdhī7ta mfn. one who has begun his studies R
  2. advanced in study, well-read, learned (said of Brāhmans) Gaut

prādhyayana

  1. prâdhyayana n. commencement of recitation or study ŚāṅkhGṛ

prādhyeṣaṇa

  1. prâdhy-eṣaṇa n. (fr. pra-adhi- √1. iṣ) incitement, exhortation (to study), SāṅkhGṛ. Kathās

prādhva

  1. prâdhva mfn. (fr. pra + adhvan
  2. but accord, to some fr. pra and √dhvṛ = hvṛ) being on a journey Pāṇ. 5-4, 85 [Page 707, Column]
  3. inclined L
  4. humble L
  5. distant, long W
  6. m. start, precedence, first place (○dhve-√kṛ, with acc. and gen., to place a person at the head of') Kāṭh
  7. a long way or journey L
  8. a bond, tie L
  9. a joke, sport L
  10. (am), ind. far away (with √kṛ, 'to put aside') MBh
  11. after the precedent of (gen.) Āpast
  12. favourably, kindly Ragh
  13. humbly Hcar
  14. conformably L

prādhvana

  1. prâdhvaná n. the bed of a river or stream RV

prādhvara

  1. prâdhvara mf(ī)n. (only ○rī-śākhā?) Cat

prān

  1. prân See prâṇ, p. 705, col. 1

prānāḍī

  1. prānāḍī See under 3. prā, p. 702

prānūna

  1. prānūna m. pl. N. of a people Baudh

prānta

  1. prânta (pra-anta), m. n. (ifc. f. ā) edge, border, margin, verge, extremity, end MBh. Kāv. &c. (yauvana-pr○, the end of youth Pañcat
  2. oṣṭha-prântau, the corners of the mouth L.)
  3. a point, tip (of a blade of grass) Kauś
  4. back part (of a carriage) Vikr. (ibc., finally, eventually Kāv. Pañcat.)
  5. m. thread end of a cloth L
  6. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi
  7. mfn. dwelling near the boundaries Divyâv

prāntaga

  1. ○ga mfn. living close by L

prāntacara

  1. ○cara mfn. id. (ifc.) MārkP

prāntatas

  1. ○tas
  2. ind. along the edge or border (of anything), marginally L

prāntadurga

  1. ○durga n. 'border-stronghold', a suburb or collection of houses outside the walls of a town L

prāntanivāsin

  1. ○nivāsin mfn. dwelling near the boundaries MBh

prāntapuṣpā

  1. ○puṣpā f. a kind of plant L

prāntabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. final place or term
  2. (au), ind. finally, at last (others 'up to the verge of the border') Yogas

prāntavirasa

  1. ○virasa mfn. tasteless in the end Pañcat

prāntavṛti

  1. ○vṛti f. 'end-circle', the horizon Mālatīm

prāntaśayanāsanabhakta

  1. ○śayanâsana-bhakta mfn. Īving in the country (also -śayana-bhakta and -śayanâsanâ-sevin) Divyâv

prāntastha

  1. ○stha mfn. inhabiting the borders MW

prāntāyana

  1. prāntāyana mfn. patr. fr. prânta g. aśvâdi

prāntara

  1. prântara (pra-an○), n. a long desolate road MārkP. Hit
  2. the country intervening between two villages L
  3. a forest L
  4. the hollow of a tree L

prāntaraśūnya

  1. ○śūnya n. a long dreary road W

prāp

  1. prâp (pra-√āp), P. Ā. prâpnoti (irreg. Pot. prâpeyam), to attain to
  2. reach, arrive at, meet with, find AV. &c. &c
  3. to obtain, receive (also as a husband or wife) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. to incur (a fine) Mn. viii, 225
  5. to suffer (capital punishment) ib. 364
  6. (with diśaḥ) to flee in all directions Bhaṭṭ
  7. to extend, stretch, reach to (ā) Pāṇ. 5-2, 8
  8. to be present or at hand AV
  9. (in gram.) to pass or be changed into (acc.) Siddh.: to result (from a rule), be in force, obtain (also Pass.) Kāś.: Caus. prâpayati, ○te (ind. p. prâpayya, or prâpya Pāṇ. 6-4, 57 Sch.), to cause to reach or attain (2 acc.), advance, promote, further (P. ChUp. MBh. &c
  10. Ā. TBr. MBh.)
  11. to lead or bring to (dat.) VP
  12. to impart, communicate, announce, relate Mn. MBh. &c
  13. to meet with, obtain R.: Desid. prêpsati, to try to attain, strive to reach ŚBr

prāpa

  1. prâpa m. (for 2. p. 708, col. 1) reaching, obtaining (cf. duṣ-prâpa)

prāpaka

  1. prâpaka mf(ikā)n. causing to arrive at, leading or bringing to (gen. or comp.) Kathās. KātyŚr. Sch
  2. procuring Kull
  3. establishing, making valid L
  4. m. a bringer, procurer Kathās

prāpaṇa

  1. prâpaṇa mf(ī)n. leading to (comp.) Śaṃk
  2. n. occurrence, appearance Jaim
  3. reach, extension (bāḥvoḥ prâpaṇânte, 'as far as the arms reach') KātyŚr
  4. arriving at (loc.) Kathās
  5. attainment, acquisition Mn. Āpast. MBh
  6. bringing to, conveying Dhātup
  7. establishing, making valid TPrāt. Sch
  8. reference to (loc.) ĀśvŚr
  9. elucidation, explanation Pat
  10. = ātañcana L

prāpaṇīya

  1. prâpaṇīya mfn. to be reached, attainable MBh
  2. to be caused to attain, to be brought or conveyed to (acc.) Megh. Kathās

prāpayitṛ

  1. prâpayitṛ mfn. one who causes to attain, procurer Sāy

prāpita

  1. prâpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to attain to or arrive at, led, conveyed or conducted to or into, possessed of (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. got, procured ib
  3. brought before (the king), commenced (as a lawsuit) Mn. viii, 43
  4. occurred, obtained (-tva n.) Nyāyam

prāpin

  1. prâpin mf(iṇī)n. attaining to, reaching (comp.) Kālid

prāpipayiṣu

  1. prâpipayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cause to reach
  2. (with adhaḥ) wishing to press down Śiś. v, 69

prāpta

  1. prâpta mfn. attained to, reached, arrived at, met with, found, incurred, got, acquired, gained Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 707, Column]
  2. one who has attained to or reached &c. (acc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c
  3. come to (acc.), arrived, present (prâpteṣu kāleṣu, at certain periods) Mn. MBh. &c
  4. accomplished, complete, mature, full-grown ( See a-pr○)
  5. (in med.) indicated, serving the purpose Suśr
  6. (in gram.) obtained or following from a rule, valid (iti prâpte, 'while this follows from a preceding rule') Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 Sch. &c
  7. fixed, placed L
  8. proper, right L
  9. m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

prāptakarman

  1. ○karman n. that which results or follows (as direct object of an action) from a preceding rule (○ma-tva n.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 12 Sch

prāptakārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. one who does what is right or proper Suśr

prāptakāla

  1. ○kāla m. the time or moment arrived, a fit time, proper season MBh. Kāv. &c. (-tva n. KātyŚr.)
  2. mf(ā)n. one whose time has come, seasonable, suitable, opportune ib
  3. (with dehin), m. a mortal whose time i.e. last hour has come Hariv
  4. (with kumārī), f. a marriageable girl Śak
  5. (am), ind. at the right time, opportunely MBh

prāptakrama

  1. ○krama mfn. fit, proper, suitable Jātakam

prāptajīvana

  1. ○jīvana mfn. restored to life Hit

prāptatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of resulting (from a grammatical rule) TPrāt

prāptadoṣa

  1. ○doṣa mfn. one who has incurred guilt R

prāptapañcatva

  1. ○pañca-tva mfn. 'arrived at (dissolution into) 5 elements', dead L

prāptaprakāśaka

  1. ○prakāśaka mfn. advanced in intelligence Sāṃkhyak. Sch

prāptaprabhāva

  1. ○prabhāva m. one who has attained power Kāv

prāptaprasavā

  1. ○prasavā f. a woman who is near parturition Uttarar

prāptabīja

  1. ○bīja mfn. sown R

prāptabuddhi

  1. ○buddhi mfn. instructed, intelligent W
  2. becoming conscious (after fainting) ib

prāptabhāra

  1. ○bhāra m. a beast of burden L

prāptabhāva

  1. ○bhāva mfn. wise W
  2. handsome ib
  3. one who has attained to any state or condition, of good disposition MW
  4. m. a young bullock L. (wṛ. for -bhāra?)

prāptamanoratha

  1. ○mano-ratha mfn. one who has obtained his wish R

prāptayauvana

  1. ○yauvana mf(ā)n. one who has obtained puberty, being in the bloom of youth Nal

prāptarūpa

  1. ○rūpa mfn. fit, proper, suitable Daś
  2. pleasant, beautiful L
  3. learned, wise L

prāptartu

  1. ○rtu (ta-ṛtu), f. a girl who has attained puberty L

prāptavat

  1. ○vat mfn. one who has attained to or gained MW

prāptavara

  1. ○vara mfn. fraught with blessings ib

prāptavikalpa

  1. ○vikalpa m. an alternative or option between two operations one of which results from a grammatical rule (-tva n.) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 53

prāptavibhāṣā

  1. ○vibhāṣā f. id. ib. i, 3, 50

prāptavyavahāra

  1. ○vyavahāra m. a young man come of age, an adult, one able to conduct his own affairs (opp. to 'a minor') MW

prāptaśrī

  1. ○śrī mfn. possessed of fortune Kum. Pañcat

prāptasurya

  1. ○surya mf(ā)n. having the sun (vertical) Var

prāptānujña

  1. prâptânujña mfn. allowed to withdraw or depart R

prāptāparādha

  1. prâptâparādha mfn. guilty of an offence Mn. viii, 299

prāptārtha

  1. prâptârtha mfn. one who has attained an object or advantage Kathās
  2. m. an object attained Kap
  3. ○thâgrahaṇa n. the not securing an advantage gained MW

prāptāvasara

  1. prâptâvasara m. a suitable occasion or opportunity
  2. mfn. suitable, fit, proper Mālatīm

prāptodaka

  1. prâptôdaka mfn. (a village) that has obtained water Pāṇ. 2-3, 1 Sch

prāptodaya

  1. prâptôdaya mfn. one who has attained exaltation MW

prāptavya

  1. prâptavya mfn. to be reached or attained or gained or procured MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to be met with or found Hit

prāptavyamartha

  1. ○m-artha m. N. given to a man (who whenever asked his name replied prâp-tavyam artham labhate manuṣyaḥ, 'a man takes anything that is to be got') Pañcat
  2. n. (when used with nāman), a name ib

prāpti

  1. prấpti f. advent, occurrence AV. Yājñ. Pañcat
  2. reach, range, extent Sūryas
  3. reaching, arrival at (comp.) R
  4. the power (of the wind) to enter or penetrate everywhere BhP
  5. the power of obtaining everything (one of the 8 superhuman faculties) MārkP. Vet. MWB. 245
  6. saving, rescue or deliverance from (abl.) Ratnâv
  7. attaining to, obtaining, meeting with, finding, acquisition, gain Mn. MBh. &c
  8. the being met with or found Nyāyas. Sch
  9. discovery, determination Sūryas
  10. obtainment, validity, holding good (of a rule) KātyŚr. Pāṇ. APrāt
  11. (in dram.) a joyful event, successful termination of a plot (Daśar.)
  12. a conjecture based on the observation of a particular thing. Sāh
  13. lot, fortune, luck ŚvetUp. MBh
  14. (in astrol.) N. of the 11th lunar mansion Var
  15. a collection (= saṃhati) L
  16. N. of the wife of Śama (son of Dharma) MBh
  17. of a daughter of Jarā-saṃdha Hariv. Pur

prāptimat

  1. ○mat mfn. met with, found Nyāyas. Sch
  2. (ifc.) one who has attained to or reached Sarvad

prāptiśaithilya

  1. ○śaithilya n. diminution of probability, slight probability MBh

prāptisama

  1. ○sama m. a partic. Jāti (q.v.) in logic Nyāyas

prāptyāśā

  1. prâptyāśā f. the hope of obtaining (an object) Sāh. [Page 708, Column]

prāpya

  1. prâpya mfn. to be reached, attainable, acquirable, procurable MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. fit, proper, suitable MBh

prāpyakārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. effective (only) when touched (○ri-tva n.) Nyāyas. Sch

prāpyarūpa

  1. ○rūpa mfn. rather easy to attain Jātakam

prāpa

  1. prâpa n. (fr. pra + 2. áp) Pāṇ. 6-3, 97 Vārtt. 1, P. (for 1. prâpa See p. 707, col. 2) abounding with water?

prāpaṇika

  1. prāpaṇika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prāpaya

  1. prāpaya Nom. ○yati (artificially formed fr. priya) = priyam ā-caṣṭe Pat. (cf. prâp, Caus.)

prābalya

  1. prābalya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prābhava

  1. prābhava &c. See under 3. prā ib

prābhiṇī

  1. prâbhi-ṇī (pra-abhi-√nī
  2. only 2. sg. Subj. aor. -ṇeṣi), to lead to (acc.) RV. i, 31, 18

prāmati

  1. prāmati prāmāṇika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702

prāya

  1. prâyá m. (fr. pra + aya
  2. √5. i) going forth, starting (for a battle) RV. ii, 18, 8
  3. course, race AV. iv, 25, 2
  4. departure from life, seeking death by fasting (as a religious or penitentiary act, or to enforce compliance with a demand
  5. acc. with √ās, upa-√ās, upa-√viś, upa-√i, ā-√sthā, sam-ā-√sthā, or √kṛ, to renounce life, sit down and fast to death
  6. with Caus. of √kṛ, to force any one acc. to seek death through starvation) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. anything prominent, chief part, largest portion, plenty, majority, general rule (often ifc., with f. ā = chiefly consisting of or destined for or furnished with, rich or abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using
  8. near, like, resembling
  9. mostly, well-nigh, almost, as it were
  10. cf. ārya-, jita-, jñāti-, tṛṇa-, daṇḍa-, duḥkha-, siddhi-pr○ &c
  11. also -tā f.) ŚBr. Lāṭy. Mn. MBh. &c
  12. a stage of life, age L
  13. (am), ind., g. gotrâdi

prāyagata

  1. ○gata mfn. approaching departure from life, nigh unto death MBh

prāyacitta

  1. ○citta n

prāyacitti

  1. ○citti f. = prâyaś-c○ Pāṇ. 6-1, 157 Sch

prāyadarśana

  1. ○darśana n. a common or ordinary phenomenon Pāṇ. 2-3, 23 Vārtt

prāyabhava

  1. ○bhava mfn. being commonly the case, usually met with Pāṇ. 4-3, 39

prāyavidhāyin

  1. ○vidhāyin mfn. resolved to die of starvation Rājat

prāyaśas

  1. ○śas ind. for the most part, mostly, generally
  2. as a rule MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. in all probability Kathās

prāyopagamana

  1. prâyôpagamana n. going to meet death, seeking death (by abstaining from food) R

prāyopayogika

  1. prâyôpayogika mfn. most common or usual Car

prāyopaviṣṭa

  1. prâyôpaviṣṭa mfn. one who sits down and calmly awaits the approach of death (cf. prâya) MBh. Rājat. BhP

prāyopaveśa

  1. prâyôpaveśa m

prāyopaveśana

  1. prâyôpaveḍśana n. abstaining from food and awaiting in a sitting posture the approach of death MBh. R. &c

prāyopaveśanikā

  1. prâyôpaveśanikā f. id. W

prāyopaveśin

  1. prâyôpaveśin mfn. = prâyôpaviṣṭa MBh. Rājat

prāyopeta

  1. prâyôpêta mfn. id. MBh

prāyaṇa

  1. prấyaṇa mfn. going forth, going VS
  2. n. entrance, beginning, commencement TS. Br. Up
  3. the course or path of life MBh. BhP
  4. going for protection, taking refuge BhP
  5. departure from life, death, voluntary departure (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to court departure) Mn. ix, 323
  6. a kind of food prepared with milk Pur

prāyaṇatas

  1. ○tas ind. in the beginning TāṇḍBr

prāyaṇānta

  1. prâyaṇânta m. the end of life
  2. (am), ind. unto death PraśnUp

prāyaṇīya

  1. prâyaṇī́ya mfn. relating to the entrance or beginning, introductory Br. ĀśvŚr
  2. m. (scil. yāga or karma-viśeṣa or atirātra) the introductory libation or the first day of a Soma sacrifice Br. ŚrS
  3. (ā), f. (scil. iṣṭī) an introductory sacrifice ib. (-vat, ind. Vait.)
  4. n. = m. ib. (-tva n. Kapishṭh.)

prāyaś

  1. prâyaś in comp. for 1. prâyas

prāyaścitta

  1. ○citta n. (prā́yaś-
  2. 'predominant thought' or 'thought of death', Pāṇ. 6-1, 157 Sch.) atonement, expiation, amends, satisfaction ŚBr. GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. (v, 1086 as m.) &c
  3. N. of sev. wks
  4. mfn. relating to atonement or expiation, expiatory ṢaḍvBr
  5. -kadamba m. or n. -kamalâkara m. -kalpataru m. -kāṇḍa m. or n. -kārikā f. -kautūhala n. -kaumudī, f. -krama m. -khaṇḍa m. or n. -grantha m. -candrikā, f. -cintāmaṇi m. -tattva n. -taraṃga (?), m. -dīpikā, f. -nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -paddhati f. -parāśara, m. or n. -pārijāta m. -prakaraṇa n. -prakāśa m. -pratyāmnāya m. -pradīpa m. -pradīpikā f. -prayoga, m. -bhāṣya n. -mañjarī f. -manohara m. -mayūkha m. -mādhaviiya n. -mārtaṇḍa m. -muktâvalī f. -muktâvalī-prakāśa m. -ratna n. -ratna-mālā f. -rahasya n. -vāridhi n. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -vinirṇaya m. -viveka m. -vivekôddyota m. -vyavasthā-saṃkṣepa m. -śakti f. -śata-dvayī f. (or -śata-dvayī-prâyaścitta n.), -śekhara m. -śrauta-sūtra, n. -saṃkalpa m. -saṃgraha m. -samuccaya m. -sāra m. -sāra-kaumudī f. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -sārâvali f. -sudhānidhi m. -subodhinī [Page 708, Column]
  6. f. -sūtra n. -setu m. -sthāna n. -hemâdri m. ○ttâṇḍa-bilā f. ○ttâdi-godāna n. ○ttâdi-saṃgraha m. ○ttâdhikāra m. ○ttâdhyāya m. ○ttâdhyāya-bhāṣya n. ○ttâparârka m. N. of wks
  7. ○ttâhuti f. an expiatory sacrifice Br. ĀśvŚr
  8. ○ttêndu-śekhara m. and ○ra-sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
  9. ○ttêṣṭi. f. = ○ttâhuti GṛŚrS
  10. ○ttêṣṭi-candrikā f. ○ttôddyota m. ○ttâugha-sāra m. N. of wks

prāyaścitti

  1. ○citti (prấyaś-), f. atonement, expiation AV. VS. Br
  2. N. of a plant Kauś
  3. mfn. expiating (said of Agni) GṛS
  4. -mat mfn. one who makes atonement or performs penance TāṇḍBr

prāyaścittika

  1. ○cittika mf(ī)n. expiatory ĀśvŚr
  2. expiable Buddh
  3. requiring an expiation L

prāyaścittin

  1. ○cittin mfn. one who does penance or has to make expiation MBh

prāyaścittīya

  1. ○cittīya mfn. serving as an atonement, expiatory Kauś. Pat. Sarvad
  2. bound to perform penance (-tā f.) Mn. xi, 47 (-cittīya, Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be obliged to perform penance Mn. MBh.)

prāyaścetana

  1. ○cetana n. atonement, expiation Mcar

prāyas

  1. prâyas ind. (for 2. See below) for the most part, mostly, commonly, as a general rule MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. in all probability, likely, perhaps MBh
  3. abundantly, largely W

prāyasya

  1. prâyasya mfn. prevalent, predominant RPrāt. Sch

prāyika

  1. prâyika mfn. common, usual ĀpŚr. Sch. Kull
  2. excessive, redundant MW
  3. containing the greater part (but not everything) Vām. v, 2, 24

prāyikatva

  1. ○tva n. usage, custom ĀpŚr. Sch
  2. redundance, superfluity MW
  3. the containing &c. Vām. v, 2, 24

prāyeṇa

  1. prâyeṇa ind. mostly, generally, as a rule ŚrS. Mn. R. &c
  2. most probably, likely Hit. (cf. prâyaśas and 1. prâyas)

prāyo

  1. prâyo in comp. for 1. prâyas

prāyodevatā

  1. ○devatā f. the prevalent or predominant deity Nir. vii, 4

prāyobhāvin

  1. ○bhāvin mfn. being conmonly found or met with Bhpr. (cf. prâya-bhava)

prāyovāda

  1. ○vāda m. a current saying, proverb Bālar

prāyatya

  1. prāyatya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prāyas

  1. prā́yas n. (for 1. See above) = 2. práyas RV. iv, 21, 7

prāyoga

  1. prāyo-gá mfn. (prob.) = 1. prayo-gá RV. x, 106, 2

prāyā

  1. prâ-yā (pra-ā-√yā), P. -yāti, to come near, approach RV

prāyu

  1. prā-yu prā-yus, See a-pr○

prāyudh

  1. prâ-yudh (pra-ā-√yudh), Ā. -yudhyate, to fight Śiś. xviii, 32

prāyuddheṣin

  1. prâyuddheṣin &c. See prā-yudh under 3. prā, p. 702

prāyus

  1. prấyus (pra-āyus), n. increased vitality, longer life MaitrS

prāyeṇa

  1. prâyeṇa See under prâya above

prār

  1. prâr (pra-√ṛ), P. prêyarti (aor. 3. pl. prâran Ā. prârata
  2. pf. prâruḥ), to set in motion, arouse RV. v, 42, 14
  3. to send or procure to (dat.), x, 116, 9
  4. to arise, stir, come forth, appear, i, 39, 5 &c.: Caus. prârpayati (ind. p. prârpyā), to set in motion, stir up, animate RV. VS

prārpaṇa

  1. prấrpaṇa m. an arouser RV

prārabh

  1. prâ-rabh (pra-ā-√rabh), Ā. -rabhate, to seize, lay hold on (acc.) RV. vi, 37, 5
  2. to begin, commence, undertake (with acc. or inf.) MBh. Kāv. &c

prārabdha

  1. prâ-ḍrabdha mfn. commenced, begun, undertaken MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. one who has commenced or begun (also -vat mfn. ) Amar. Rājat. Kathās
  3. n. an undertaking, enterprise Kāv. Pañcat
  4. -karman (Nīlak.),

prārabhkārya

  1. ○kārya (Kull.), mfn. one who has commenced or undertaken a work

prārabhkārabdhi

  1. ○kāḍrabdhi f. beginning, commencement W
  2. the post to which an elephant is tied L

prārambha

  1. prârambha m. commencement, beginning, undertaking, enterprise Kāv. Var. Pur. &c. [Page 708, Column]

prārambhaṇa

  1. prâḍrambhaṇa n. beginning, commencing L
  2. ○ṇīya mfn. g., anuvacanâdi

prāripsita

  1. prâḍripsita mfn. (fr. Desid.) intended or meant to be begun Sāh. Sarvad

prāruh

  1. prâ-ruh (pra-ā-√ruh), P. -rohati, to ascend, rise MBh

prāroha

  1. prâ-ḍroha See prā-r○ under 3. prā, p. 702

prārkṣīya

  1. prārkṣīya Nom. P. ○yati = prarkṣīya Vop

prārc

  1. prârc (pra-√arc), P. prârcati, to shine forth RV
  2. to sing, praise, celebrate, commend ib. BhP.: Caus. (aor. prârcicat) to honour, worship Bhaṭṭ

prārch

  1. prârch (pra-√ṛch), P. prârcchati, to move on Pāṇ. 6-1, 91 Sch

prārcchaka

  1. prârcchaka mfn. (fr. pra + ṛcchaka) Pat

prārj

  1. prârj (pra-√ṛj), Caus. prârjayati, to grant, bestow Nir. iii, 5

prārjayitṛ

  1. prârjayitṛ mfn. one who grants or bestows (used to explain parjanya) Nir. x, 10

prārjuna

  1. prârjuna m. pl. N. of a people Inscr

prārñj

  1. prârñj (pra-√ṛñj), P. -ṛñjati, to run through (acc.) RV. iii, 43, 6

prārṇa

  1. prârṇa (pra-ṛṇa), n. a chief or principal debt Pāṇ. 6-1, 89 Vārtt. 7 Pat

prārth

  1. prârth (pra-√arth), Ā. prârthayate (ep. also P. ○ti and pr. p. ○yāna), to wish or long for, desire (acc.) KaṭhUp. MBh. &c
  2. to ask a person (acc.) for (acc. or loc.) or ask anything (acc.) from (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. to wish to or ask a person to (inf.) ib
  4. to demand in marriage, woo Ratnâv
  5. to look for, search Bhaṭṭ
  6. to have recourse to (acc.) Kathās
  7. to seize or fall upon, attack, assail Ragh. Kir

prārtha

  1. prấrtha mfn. (prob.) eager or ready to set out on a journey AV. Br

prārthaka

  1. prârthaka mf(ikā)n. wishing for, soliciting, courting
  2. m. a wooer, suitor, Hit (vḷ.) Kull. ( See a-pr○)

prārthana

  1. prârthana n. wish, desire, request, entreaty, solicitation, petition or suit for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. ○nâbhāva m. absence of solicitation Hit

prārthanā

  1. prârthanā f. = ○na MBh. Kāv. &c. (○nayā ind. at the request or petition of any one)
  2. prayer (as forming part of the worship of the gods) RTL. 16
  3. -duḥkha-bhāj mfn. one who feels the pain of begging Bhartṛ
  4. -pañcaka n. N. of wk. (containing prayers to Rāmânuja)
  5. -bhaṅga m. refusal of a request, asking in vain MārkP
  6. -śataka n. N. a Stotra (in praise of Durgā)
  7. -siddhi f. accomplishment of a desire Ragh

prārthanīya

  1. prârthanīya mfn. to be desired or wished for, desirable MBh. Śaṃk. Pañcat
  2. to be asked or begged Kād
  3. n. the third or Dvāpara age of the world L

prārthayitavya

  1. prârthayitavya mfn. worthy of desire, desirable Kālid

prārthayitṛ

  1. prârthayitṛ mfn. one who wishes for or asks
  2. m. a solicitor, suitor, wooer Śak. Hit

prārthita

  1. prârthita mfn. wished for, desired, wanted MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. requested, solicited ib
  3. attacked, assailed Ragh
  4. obstructed, besieged L
  5. killed, hurt L
  6. n. wish, desire R. Ragh
  7. -durlabha mfn. desired but hard to obtain Kum
  8. -vat mfn. one who has asked or asks W

prārthin

  1. prârthin mfn. (ifc.) wishing for, desirous of Ragh. Rājat. Kathās
  2. attacking, assailing Ragh

prārthya

  1. prârthya mfn. to be desired or wished for by (instr., gen. or comp.), desirable Hariv. Kāvyâd. BhP
  2. n. (impers.) one should request BhP

prārd

  1. prârd (pra-√ard), Caus. prârdayati, to cause to flow away RV. vi, 17, 12
  2. to exert beyond measure, overwork Nir. vi, 32

prārdaka

  1. prârdaka mfn. one who exerts beyond measure Nir. ib

prārdh

  1. prârdh (pra-√ṛdh), Ā. prârdhate, to attain Divyâv

prārdha

  1. prârdha See pari-prârdha

prārpaṇa

  1. prârpaṇa See under prâr, col. 2

prārṣ

  1. prârṣ (pra-√ṛṣ), P. prârṣati, to flow forth RV

prārṣabhīya

  1. prārṣabhīya Nom. P. ○yati = prarṣabhīya Vop. [Page 709, Column]

prārh

  1. prârh (pra-√arh), only 3. pl. pf. Ā. pra-arhire, to distinguish or signalize one's self RV. x, 92, 11

prālamba

  1. prālamba prāleya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prālkārīya

  1. prālkārīya Nom. ○yati = pralkārīya Pāṇ. 6-1, 92 Sch

prāv

  1. prâv (pra-√av), P. prâvati, to favour, befriend, help, protect, promote, comfort, sate, satisfy, content RV. VS. AV

prāvitṛ

  1. prâvitṛ́ m. a protector, patron, friend RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

prāvitra

  1. prâvitrá n. protection, guardianship Br. ŚāṅkhŚr

prāvī

  1. prâvī́ mfn. attentive, mindful RV

prāvacana

  1. prāvacana ○nika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāvan

  1. prāvan See kratu-pr○

prāvanij

  1. prâva-nij (pra-ava-√nij), P. -nenekti, to wash off AV

prāvara

  1. prāvara prāvarṣin, See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāvaso

  1. prâva-so (pra-ava-√so), P. -syati, to settle among (acc.) ŚBr

prāviś

  1. prâ-viś (pra-ā-√viś), P. -viśati, to come or resort to (acc.) ŚāṅkhŚr.: Caus. -veśayati, to let or lead in (loc.) MBh. Daś

prāviṣkriyamāṇa

  1. prâviṣ-kriyamāṇa mfn. (√kṛ) shown Divyâv. (wṛ. for āviṣ-kr○?)

prāvṛ

  1. prā-vṛ 1. √(prā prob. for pra
  2. cf. apā-√vṛ), P. Ā. -vṛṇoti, -vṛṇute (inf. -varitum Mṛicch.), to cover, veil, conceal AV. Gaut. Āpast
  3. to put on, dress one's self in (acc., rarely instr.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. to fill MBh. -2

prāvara

  1. prā-ḍvara m. (for 1. See under 3. prā. p. 702, col. 3) an enclosure, fence (cf. mahī-pr○) L

prāvaraka

  1. prā-ḍvaraka m. N. of a district (= ○vāra) MBh

prāvaraṇa

  1. prā-ḍváraṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) covering, veiling Āpast
  2. a cover, upper garment, cloak, mantle ŚBr. &c. &c

prāvaraṇīya

  1. prā-ḍvaraṇīya n. an outer garment, cloak, mantle L

prāvāra

  1. prā-ḍvāra m. id. MBh. Kām. Mṛicch. (also -ka)
  2. N. of a district (= ○varaka) MBh
  3. mfn. found in outer garments or cloaks Kāv
  4. -karṇa m. 'Cloak-Ear', N. of an owl MBh
  5. -kīṭa m. 'clothes-insect', = kuṇa L
  6. a louse W
  7. ○rika m. a maker of cloaks R
  8. ○rīya P. ○yati, to use as a cloaks Pāṇ. 3-1, 10 Sch

prāvuvūrṣu

  1. prā-ḍvuvūrṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or intending to wear W

prāvṛta

  1. prā́-vṛta mfn. covered, enclosed, screened, hid in (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
  2. put on (as a garment) Hcar. Kathās. Hit
  3. filled with (instr.) R
  4. m. n. a veil, mantle, wrapper L
  5. n. covering, concealing Gaut
  6. (ā), f. a veil, mantle ṢaḍvBr

prāvṛti

  1. prā́-ḍvṛti f. an enclosure, fence, hedge L
  2. (with Śaivas) spiritual darkness (one of the 4 consequences of Māyā) Sarvad

prāvṛt

  1. prā-√vṛt (prā m. c. for pra), Caus. -vartayati, to produce, create MBh. Hariv

prāvartaka

  1. prā-ḍvartaka mf(ikā)n. producing, founding (a race) Hariv

prāvṛṣ

  1. prā-vṛ́ṣ f. (fr. pra-√vṛṣ) the rainy season, wet season, rains (the months Āshāḍha and Śravaṇa, comprising the first half of the rainy season which lasts in some parts from the middle of June till the middle of October) RV. &c. &c. (○ṣi-ja mfn. produced in the rainy seasons Śiś.)

prāvṛṭ

  1. prāvṛṭ in comp. for prāvṛṣ

prāvṛṭkāla

  1. ○kāla m. the rainy season Var. Pañcat
  2. -vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing only in the rainy season MārkP

prāvṛḍ

  1. prāvṛḍ in comp. for prāvṛṣ

prāvṛḍatyaya

  1. ○atyaya m. the time following the rainy season, autumn L

prāvṛṇ

  1. prāvṛṇ in comp. for prāvṛṣ

prāvṛṇmaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. resembling the rainy season Hcar

prāvṛṣa

  1. prāvṛṣa m. the rainy season, the rains Hariv
  2. (ā), f. id. L

prāvṛṣāyaṇī

  1. prāvṛṣāyaṇī f. 'produced by rains', Boerhavia Procumbens L
  2. Mucuna Pruritus Bhpr

prāvṛṣika

  1. prāvṛṣika mfn. relating to or born in the rainy season BhP. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 26)
  2. m. a peacock L

prāvṛṣīṇa

  1. prāvṛḍṣī́ṇa mfn. (day) beginning the rainy season RV

prāvṛṣeṇya

  1. prāvṛḍṣeṇya mfn. relating to the rṭrainy season Kālid. Bālar. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 17)
  2. coming in showers, abundant, much L
  3. m. Nauclea Cadamba or Cordifolia L
  4. Wrightia Antidysenterica L
  5. (ā), f. Mucuna Pruritus L
  6. a species of Punar-navā with red flowers L. [Page 709, Column]

prāvṛṣeya

  1. prāvṛḍṣeya m. pl. N. of a people MBh

prāvṛṣya

  1. prāvṛḍṣya m. Nauclea Cordifolia L
  2. Wrightia Antidysenterica L
  3. Asteracantha Longifolia L
  4. n. a cat's eye (gem) L

prāś

  1. prâś (pra- √1. aś), P. prâśnoti (aor. prânaṭ), to reach, attain RV
  2. to fall to the lot or share of (acc.) ib.: Caus. prâśāpayati, to cause to reach or attain MānGṛ

prāṣṭa

  1. prâṣṭa mfn. arrived at, gained (= prâpta). Nir. (Sch.)
  2. -varṇa mfn. = pṛśni ib

prāś

  1. prâś (pra- √2. aś), P. práśnāti (rarely Ā. ○nīte), to eat, consume, devour, taste, enjoy RV. &c. &c.: Caus. prâśayati, to cause to eat, feed ĀśvGṛ. Mn. Kathās

prāśa

  1. prâśa m. eating, feeding upon (cf. ghṛta-, dhūma-pr○)
  2. food, victuals Kauś. MBh. Suśr

prāśaka

  1. prâśaka m. eating, enjoying, Śāy. on RV. i, 40, 1

prāśana

  1. prâśana n. eating, feeding upon, tasting GṛŚrS. &c. &c
  2. (fr. Caus.) causing to eat, feeding (esp. the first feeding of a child
  3. cf. anna-pr○) Mn. Yājñ
  4. food, victuals (cf. amṛta-pr○) MBh. R. Hariv
  5. (ī), f. enjoyment, (cf. rasa-pr○) Vait
  6. ○nârthīya mfn. meant for food ŚāṅkhGṛ
  7. ○nin, See parṇa- and prâṇa-prâśanin

prāśanīya

  1. prâśanīya mfn. to be eaten, eatable, serving as food
  2. n. food MBh. R

prāśavya

  1. prâśavyá n. (fr. prâś or prâśa) food, provisions RV

prāśita

  1. prấśita mfn. eaten, tasted, devoured TS. &c. &c
  2. n. the daily oblation to deceased progenitors Mn. iii, 74

prāśitavya

  1. prâśitavyá mfn. to be eaten, eatable, esculent ŚBr. MBh

prāśitṛ

  1. prâśitṛ́ mfn. one who eats, an eater AV. MBh

prāśitra

  1. prâśitrá n. the portion of Havis eaten by the Brahman at a sacrifice TS. ŚBr. ŚrS. (-vat ind. Vait.)
  2. = -haraṇa BhP
  3. anything edible W., n. a vessel in which the Brahman's portion of Havis is placed ŚBr. GṛŚrS
  4. ○triya, See a-prâśitriya

prāśin

  1. prâśin See amṛta-pr○. 1

prāśū

  1. prâśū m. (for 2. See below) an eater, guest(?) RV. i, 40, 5 (Mahidh. 'very swift' = śīghra, cf. prâśu)

prāśya

  1. prâśya mfn. to be eaten, eatable TBr. KātyŚr. R

prāś

  1. prā́ś m. (√prach) asking, inquiring, a questioner Yājñ. Sch. (cf. śabda-pr○ and Uṇ. ii, 57)
  2. f. (?) statement or assertion in a debate or lawsuit AV. ii, 27, 1 ; 5 (cf. prati-prāś)

prāḍvivāka

  1. prāḍ-vivāka m. 'one who interrogates and discriminates', a judge (esp. the chief judge of a stationary court) Mn. Gaut. Bhar. (cf. IW. 296, 1)

prāśastya

  1. prāśastya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāśā

  1. prâśā (pra-āśā), f. ardent desire or longing for TāṇḍBr. Mālatīm

prāśātika

  1. prāśātika n. a leguminous plant ĀpŚr

prāśu

  1. prâśú (pra-āśú), mfn. very quick or speedy RV. (= kṣipra Naigh. i, 15)
  2. (u), ind. quickly, swiftly ĀpŚr

prāśuṣah

  1. ○ṣáh (-ṣā́h), mfn. (prob.) swiftly finishing (a meal) RV. iv, 25, 6 ('rapidly victorious' Sāy.)

prāśū

  1. prāśū m. (for 1. See under 2. prâś) = parā-krama TBr. Sch. (cf. satya-pr○)

prāśnika

  1. prāśnika mf(ī)n. (fr. praśna) containing questions (cf. bahu-pr○)
  2. m. an inquirer, arbitrator, umpire MBh. R. Mālav
  3. a witness L
  4. an assistant at a spectacle or assembly (?) W

prāśnīputra

  1. prā́śnī-putrá m. N. of a teacher ŚBr

prāśvamedha

  1. prâśvamedha (pra-aśv○), m. a preliminary horse sacrifice Kathās

prāśvas

  1. prâ-śvas (pra-ā-√śvas), Caus. -śvāsayate, to comfort, console R

prāṣṭa

  1. prâṣṭa See above under 1. prâś

prās

  1. prâs (pra- √1. as), P. prâsti, to be in front of or in an extraordinary degree, excel, preponderate RV

prās

  1. prâs (pra- √2. as), P. prâsyati, to throw or hurl forth, throw into (loc.), cast, discharge (a missile) RV. &c. &c
  2. to upset Mn. xi, 176
  3. (with aṃśam) to cast lots, lay a wager TāṇḍBr

prāsa

  1. prâsa m. casting, throwing Br. ŚrS
  2. scattering, sprinkling Pratāp
  3. a barbed missile or dart MBh. Kathās
  4. a partic. constellation or position of a planet Var
  5. N. of a man Rājat
  6. -bhārata n. N. of a poem [Page 709, Column]
  7. ○saka m. a die, dice L
  8. ○sika mfn. armed with a dart or javelin Pāṇ. 4-4, 57 Sch
  9. m. a spearman L

prāsana

  1. prâsana n. throwing forth or away or down, throwing, casting ŚrS. Jaim

prāsta

  1. prâsta mfn. thrown away or off, cast, hurled, discharged BṛĀrUp. Mn
  2. expelled, turned out, banished W

prāsaṅga

  1. prāsaṅga ○gika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāsāda

  1. prāsāda m. (for pra-s○ lit. 'sitting forward', sitting on a seat in a conspicuous place
  2. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122) a lofty seat or platform for spectators, terrace ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn
  3. the top-story of a lofty building Kād
  4. a lofty palatial mansion (approached by steps), palace, temple AdbhBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. (with Buddhists) the monks' hall for assembly and confession MWB. 426

prāsādakalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. N. of wk

prāsādakukkuṭa

  1. ○kukkuṭa m. a domestic pigeon L

prāsādagata

  1. ○gata mfn. gone to (the roof of) a palace Nal

prāsādagarbha

  1. ○garbha m. an inner apartment or sleeping chamber in a palace Hit

prāsādatala

  1. ○tala n. the flat roof of a house or palace MBh

prāsādadīpikā

  1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wk

prāsādaparāmantra

  1. ○parā-mantra m. N. of a partic. magical formula (a combination of the letters ha and sa = parā-prāsāda-mantra) W

prāsādapṛṣṭha

  1. ○pṛṣṭha n. a terrace or balcony on the top of a palace Hit

prāsādapratiṣṭhā

  1. ○pratiṣṭhā f. the consecration of a temple
  2. -dīdhiti f. N. of wk

prāsādaprastara

  1. ○prastara m. = -tala Mn. ii, 204

prāsādamaṇḍanā

  1. ○maṇḍanā f. a kind of orpiment L

prāsādalakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

prāsādavāsin

  1. ○vāsin mfn. dwelling in a palace Pat

prāsādaśāyin

  1. ○śāyin mfn. accustomed to sleep in a palace MBh

prāsādaśṛṅga

  1. ○śṛṅga n. the spire or pinnacle of a palace or temple a turret ib

prāsādastha

  1. ○stha mfn. standing on (the roof of) a palace Nal

prāsādāgra

  1. prāsādâgra n. = ○da-tala R

prāsādāgrya

  1. prāsādâgrya n. pl. most excellent palaces MW

prāsādāṅgana

  1. prāsādâṅgana n. (or ○nā f.) the courtyard of a palace or temple Rājat. Pañcat

prāsādānukīrtana

  1. prāsādânukīrtana n. N. of wk

prāsādārohaṇa

  1. prāsādârohaṇa n. going up into or entering a palace
  2. ○ṇīya mfn. Pāṇ. 5-1, 111 Vārtt. 1 Pat

prāsādālaṃkāralakṣaṇa

  1. prāsādâlaṃkāra-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

prāsādika

  1. prāsādika mf(ā)n. (fr. pra-sāda) kind, amiable Lalit
  2. given by way of blessing or as a favour MW
  3. (fr. prā-sāda) pleasant, beautiful ib. Kāraṇḍ
  4. (ā), f. a chamber on the top of a palace Hcar

prāsādivārika

  1. prāsādivārika m. a kind of attendant in a monastery Buddh

prāsādīya

  1. prāsādīya Nom. P. ○yati, to imagine one's self to be in a palace Pāṇ. 3-1, 10 Vārtt. 1 Pat

prāsādīya

  1. prāsādīya mfn. belonging to a palace, palatial, splendid W

prāsādya

  1. prāsādya mfn. id., Śīl

prāsthika

  1. prāsthika See p. 702, col. 3

prāh

  1. prâh (pra-√ah), only pf. prâha, to announce, declare, utter, express, say, tell (with dat. or acc. of pers. and acc. of thing) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. to record, hand down by tradition ŚBr
  3. (with 2 acc.) to call, name, regard or consider as Mn. MBh. &c

prāha

  1. prāha m. instruction in the art of dancing L

prāhaṇi

  1. prāhaṇi prāharika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāhavanīya

  1. prāhavanīya mfn. (prā, or prâ + √hve?) worthy to be received as a guest Buddh

prāhuṇa

  1. prāhuṇa m. (fr. prāghuṇa, q.v.) a guest Kathās
  2. (ī), f. ib

prāhuṇaka

  1. prāhuṇaka m

prāhuṇikā

  1. prāhuḍṇikā f. = prec. m. f. Kathās

prāhṇa

  1. prâhṇa m. (fr. pra + ahna) the early part of the day, forenoon, morning ṢaḍvBr. BhP. Suśr
  2. (am), ind. in the morning, g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

prāhṇe

  1. prâhṇe ind. early, in the morning MBh. xiv, 1277

prāhṇetarām

  1. ○tarām and ind. earlier or very early in the morning

prāhṇetamām

  1. ○tamām ind. earlier or very early in the morning

prāhṇetana

  1. prâhṇetana mfn. relating to the forenoon, happening in the morning, matutinal Pāṇ. 4-3, 23

priya

  1. priya priyāla, See under √1. prī below

prī

  1. prī cl. 9. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxxi, 2) prīṇā́ti, prīṇīté
  2. cl. 4. Ā. (xxvi, 35) prīyate (rather Pass
  3. ep. and m. c. also ○ti and priyate, ○ti
  4. pf. pipriyé, p. ○yāṇá Subj. pipráyat
  5. Impv. pipráyasva or ○prīhí RV
  6. aor. apraiṣīt Br., Subj. préṣat RV. [Page 710, Column]
  7. apreṣṭa Gr
  8. fut. preṣyati, ○te, pretā ib.), P. to please, gladden, delight gratify, cheer, comfort, soothe, propitiate RV. &c. &c
  9. (mostly Ā. prīyate) to be pleased or satisfied with, delight in, enjoy (gen., instr., loc. or abl.) ib
  10. ep. and m. c. also P. and pri○) to like, love, be kind to (acc.) MBh. R.: Caus. prīṇayati (prāpayati Siddh., prāyayati Vop.), to please, delight gratify, propitiate ĀśvGṛ. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  11. to refresh, comfort Car.: Desid. píprīṣati, to wish to please or propitiate RV.: Intens. peprīyate, peprayīti, pepreti Gr. [Cf. Goth. frijôn, frijônds ; Germ. friunt, freund ; Angl. Sax. freónd
  12. Eng. friend ; Slav. prijati ; Lith. pre10telius &c.]

priya

  1. priyá mf(ā)n. beloved, dear to (gen., loc., dat. or comp.), liked, favourite, wanted, own RV. &c. &c. (with abl. 'dearer than' R. Kathās. Pañcat
  2. priyaṃ-√kṛ Ā. kurute, either 'to gain the affection of, win as a friend' RV
  3. or 'to feel affection for, love more and more' MBh.)
  4. dear, expensive, high in price (cf. priya-dhānyaka, priyânna-tva)
  5. fond of attached or devoted to (loc.) RV. (id. in comp., either ibc., e.g. priya-devana, 'fond of playing', or ifc., e.g. akṣa-priya, 'fond of dice', Pāṇ. 2-2, 35 Vārtt. 2
  6. ifc. also = pleasant, agreeable, e.g. gamana-priya, 'pleasant to go', vi, 2, 15 Sch.)
  7. m. a friend Gaut
  8. a lover, husband MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. a son-in-law Mn. iii, 119 (Kull.)
  10. a kind of deer L
  11. N. of 2 medicinal plants L. ; (ā), f. a mistress, wife MBh. Kāv. &c. [Old. Sax. frî, Angl. Sax. freó, 'a wife']
  12. the female of an animal Var
  13. news L
  14. small cardamoms L
  15. Arabian jasmine L
  16. spirituous liquor L
  17. N. of a daughter of Daksha VP
  18. of various metres Col
  19. n. love, kindness, favour, pleasure MBh. Kāv. &c
  20. (am), ind. agreeably, kindly, in a pleasant way Kāv
  21. (eṇa), id
  22. willingly Hit. (vḷ., also priya-priyeṇa Pāṇ. 8-1, 13)

priyaṃvada

  1. ○ṃ-vada mf(ā)n. speaking kindly, agreeable, affable to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. m. a kind of bird R
  3. N. of a Gandharva Ragh
  4. of a poet Cat
  5. (ā), f. a kind of metre Col
  6. N. of a woman Śak. Daś
  7. ○da-ka m. N. of a man Mudr

priyakara

  1. ○kara mfn. causing or giving pleasure R

priyakarman

  1. ○karman mfn. doing kind actions, kind Kām
  2. n. the action of a lover BhP

priyakalatra

  1. ○kalatra m. fond of one's wife MW

priyakalaha

  1. ○kalaha mfn. quarrelsome VarBṛS

priyakāma

  1. ○kāma mf(ā)n. desirous of showing kindness to (gen.), friendly disposed MBh

priyakāmya

  1. ○kāmya m. Terminalia Tomentosa L
  2. (ā), f. the desire of showing kindness to (gen.) MBh

priyakāra

  1. ○kāra mfn. doing a kindness or a favour to (gen.) MBh
  2. congenial, suiting W

priyakāraka

  1. ○kāraka mfn. causing pleasure or gladness, agreeable Mn

priyakāraṇa

  1. ○kāraṇa n. the cause of any favour
  2. (āt), ind. for the sake of doing a favour MBh. R

priyakārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. showing kindness to
  2. ○ri-tva n. the act of showing kindness Kathās

priyakṛt

  1. ○kṛt mfn. doing a kindness MBh. R
  2. m. a friend, benefactor W
  3. -tama mfn. doing that which pleases most MW

priyakṣatra

  1. ○kṣatra mfn. ruling benevolently (said of the gods) RV. viii, 27, 19

priyaguḍa

  1. ○guḍa mfn. one who likes sugar, fond of showing Pāṇ. Sch

priyaṃkara

  1. ○ṃ-kara mf(ī or ā)n. acting kindly towards, showing kindness to (gen.) VS. MBh. Hariv. &c
  2. causing pleasure, agreeable Hariv
  3. exciting or attracting regard, amiable W
  4. m. N. of a Dānava Kathās
  5. of sev. men ib. Kshitîś
  6. (ī), f. Physalis Flexuosa L
  7. a white-blooming Kaṇṭakārī L
  8. = bṛhaj-jīvantī L

priyaṃkaraṇa

  1. ○ṃ-karaṇa mf(ī)n. acting kindly to Pāṇ. 3-2, 56
  2. exciting or attracting regard, amiable MW

priyaṃkāra

  1. ○ṃ-kāra mfn. = priya-kāra (q.v.) MW

priyacatura

  1. ○catura mfn. Vop. iii, 110

priyacikīrṣā

  1. ○cikīrṣā f. the desire of doing a kindness to (gen.) MBh

priyacikīrṣu

  1. ○cikīrṣu mfn. wishing to do a kṭkindness to (gen.) Bhag

priyajana

  1. ○jana m. a dear person, the beloved one Amar

priyajāta

  1. ○jāta mfn. dear when born, born beloved or desired (said of Agni) RV. viii, 60, 2

priyajāni

  1. ○jāni m. a gallant Hcar

priyajīva

  1. ○jīva m. Calosanthes Indica L

priyajīvita

  1. ○jīvita mfn. loving life
  2. -tā f. love of life Sāh

priyatanaya

  1. ○tanaya mfn. loving a son Jātakam

priyatanu

  1. ○tanu (priyá-), mfn. loving the body, loving life AV. v, 18, 6

priyatama

  1. ○tama (priyá-), mfn. most beloved, dearest RV. AV. ŚBr. (once = -tara R.)
  2. m. a lover husband Kāv
  3. Celosia Cristata L
  4. (ā), f. a mistress, wife Kāv

priyatara

  1. ○tara mfn. dearer &c. R. Pañcat
  2. -tva n. the being dearer to any one (loc.) than (abl.) MBh

priyatā

  1. ○tā (priyá-). f. the being dear ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. the being fond of (comp.), love Kathās. Rājat

priyatoṣaṇa

  1. ○toṣaṇa m. a kind of coitus L

priyatva

  1. ○tva n. the being dear, being beloved MBh. R
  2. the being fond of (comp.) Kum. Suśr. [Page 710, Column]

priyada

  1. ○da mfn. giving desired objects L
  2. (ā), f. Rhinacanthus Communis L

priyadattā

  1. ○dattā f. a mystical N. of the earth MBh
  2. N. of a woman Kathās

priyadarśa

  1. ○darśa mfn. pleasant or agreeable to look at (opp. to dur-darśa) MBh

priyadarśana

  1. ○darśana mfn. pleasant or grateful to the sight of (gen.) MBh. Kāv
  2. m. a parrot L
  3. a kind of date tree L
  4. Terminalia Tomentosa L
  5. Mimusops Kauki L
  6. a plant growing in wet weather on trees and stones (in Marāṭhī called dagaḍaphūla, in Hindūstānī ?) L
  7. a partic. Kalpa Buddh
  8. N. of a prince of the Gandharvas Ragh
  9. of a son of Vāsuki Kathās
  10. (a), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
  11. of sev. women Vās. Priy
  12. (ī), f. Gracula Religiosa L
  13. n. the look of a friend Pañcat

priyadarśikā

  1. ○darśikā f. N. of a princess Priy
  2. of a drama

priyadarśin

  1. ○darśin m. 'looking with kindness upon everything', N. of Aśoka Inscr

priyadāsa

  1. ○dāsa m. N. of the author of a Comm. on the Bhakta-mālā MW

priyadevana

  1. ○devana mfn. fond of play or gambling MBh

priyadhanva

  1. ○dhanva m. 'fond of the bow', N. of Śiva MBh

priyadhā

  1. ○dhā́ ind. lovingly, kindly TS

priyadhānyakara

  1. ○dhānya-kara mfn. causing dearness of corn (opp. to su-bhikṣa-kārin) VarBṛS. iv, 20

priyadhāma

  1. ○dhāma (priyá-) mfn. fond of home, loving the sacrificial enclosure (said of Agni) RV. i, 140, 1

priyadhāman

  1. ○dhāman (priyá-), mfn. = prec. (said of Indra) AV
  2. (sṭsacrificial of the Ādityas) ŚBr. ŚrS

priyaṃdada

  1. ○ṃ-dada mfn. giving what is pleasant, Kāraṇd
  2. (ā), f. N. of a Gandharvii ib

priyanivedana

  1. ○nivedana n. good tidings Mṛicch

priyanivedayitṛ

  1. ○nivedayitṛ (or ○ditṛ), m. a messenger of good tidings Śak

priyanivedikā

  1. ○nivedikā f. a female mṭmessenger of good tidings Mālatīm

priyapati

  1. ○pati (priyá-), m. lord of the beloved or desired VS

priyaputra

  1. ○putra m. a kind of bird BrahmaP

priyaprada

  1. ○prada m. N. of an author of Śākta Mantras Cat

priyapraśna

  1. ○praśna m. a kind inquiry (as after any one's welfare &c.) Hcar

priyaprasādana

  1. ○prasādana n. the conciliation of a husband, reconciliation with any object of affection MW
  2. -vrata n. a vow for the conciliation of a husband ib

priyaprāṇa

  1. ○prâṇa mfn. fond of life ib

priyaprāya

  1. ○prâya mfn. exceedingly kind or amiable (as speech) L
  2. of pleasing speech, well-spoken, eloquent W
  3. n. eloquence in language W

priyapriyeṇa

  1. ○priyeṇa ind. with pleasure, willingly Pāṇ. 8-1, 13

priyaprepsu

  1. ○prêpsu mfn. desirous of obtaining a beloved object, lamenting the loss or absence of any bṭbeloved object, grieving for an object of affection W

priyabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. feeling of love A

priyabhāṣaṇa

  1. ○bhāṣaṇa n. speaking kindly, kind or friendly speech Hit

priyabhāṣin

  1. ○bhāṣin mfn. speaking kindly or agreeably R
  2. (iṇī), f. Gracula Religiosa L

priyabhojana

  1. ○bhojana mfn. fond of good food Bhpr

priyamaṅgalā

  1. ○maṅgalā f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

priyamaṇḍana

  1. ○maṇḍana mfn. fond of trinkets or ornaments Śak

priyamadhu

  1. ○madhu m. 'fond of wine', N. of Bala-rāma (the half-brother of Kṛishṇa) L

priyamānasa

  1. ○mānasa mfn. fond of the lake Mānasa (the Rāja-haṃsa or Royal-goose) MW

priyamālyānulepana

  1. ○mālyânulepana m. 'fond of garlands and ornaments', N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh

priyamitra

  1. ○mitra m. N. of a mythical Cakra-vartin W

priyamukhā

  1. ○mukhā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

priyamukhyā

  1. ○mukhyā f. N. of an Apsaras VP

priyamedha

  1. ○medha (priyá-), m. N. of a Ṛishi (a descendant of Aṅgiras and author of the hymns RV. viii, 1-40, 57, 58, 76 ; ix, 28) and (pl.) of his descendants RV. Nir
  2. of a descendant of Aja-mīḍha BhP
  3. -vát ind. as Priya-medha RV
  4. -stuta (priyá-m○), mfn. praised by Priya ib. (accord. to Sāy. = priya-yajñair ṛṣibhiḥ stutaḥ)

priyambhaviṣṇu

  1. ○m-bhaviṣṇu mfn. becoming dear or agreeable Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 57)
  2. -tā f. (W.) or -tva n. (MW.) the becoming dṭdear

priyabhāvuka

  1. ○bhāvuka mfn. becoming dear Gīt. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 57)
  2. -tā f. (Bhaṭṭ.) or -tva n. (MW.) the becoming dṭdear

priyayajña

  1. ○yajña mfn. fond of sacrifices Sāy

priyaraṇa

  1. ○raṇa mfn. delighting in war, warlike MW

priyaratha

  1. ○ratha (priyá-), N. of a man RV. i, 122, 7 (accord. to Sāy. mfn. = prīyamāṇa-ratha-yukta)

priyarūpa

  1. ○rūpa mfn. having an agreeable form, g. manojñâdi to Pāṇ. 5-1, 133

priyavaktṛ

  1. ○vaktṛ mfn. one who speaks kindly or agreeably, flattering, a flatterer Pañcat
  2. -tva n. speaking kindly Cāṇ

priyavacana

  1. ○vacana mfn. one whose words are kind or friendly, speaking kindly Sāy. on RV. i, 13, 8
  2. m. = bhakti-mān rogī L
  3. n. kind or friendly speech Vikr

priyavacas

  1. ○vacas mfn. speaking kindly, not out of tune L
  2. n. kind or friendly speech Sāh

priyavat

  1. ○vat (priyá-), mfn. possessing friends Bhar
  2. containing the word priya TS. Kāṭh

priyavadya

  1. ○vadya n. = -vāda (q.v.) ĀpŚr

priyavayasya

  1. ○vayasya m. a dear friend MW

priyavarṇī

  1. ○varṇī f. = priyaṅgu L
  2. Echites Frutescens W

priyavallī

  1. ○vallī f. = priyaṅgu or phalinī L

priyavasantaka

  1. ○vasantaka m. 'the desired spring' and 'the dear Vasantaka' Ratnâv. i, 8. [Page 710, Column]

priyavastu

  1. ○vastu n. a favourite object or topic MW

priyavāc

  1. ○vāc mfn. one whose words are kind, kind in speech Kām. Var
  2. f. kind speech, gentle words, (-vāk-sahita mfn. accompanied by kindness words) Hit

priyavada

  1. ○vada m. kindness or agreeable speech MBh. R

priyavādikā

  1. ○vādikā f. a kind of musical instrument L

priyavadin

  1. ○vadín mfn. speaking kindly or agreeably, flattering, a flatterer VS. MBh. R. &c. (○di-tā f. MBh. R.)
  2. m. (Car.) or (inī), f. (L.) a kind of bird, Gracula Religiosa

priyavinākṛta

  1. ○vinā-kṛta mfn. abandoned by a lover, deserted by a husband MW

priyaviśva

  1. ○viśva mfn. Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Sch

priyavrata

  1. ○vrata (priyá-), mfn. having desirable ordinances or fond of obedience (said of the gods) RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
  2. m. N. of a king (a son of Manu and Śata-rūpā) Hariv. Pur
  3. of a man Br

priyaśālaka

  1. ○śālaka m. Terminalia Tomentosa L. (also spelt -sālaka)

priyaśiṣyā

  1. ○śiṣyā f. N. of an Apsaras VP

priyaśravas

  1. ○śravas mfn. loving glory (said of Kṛishṇa) BhP

priyasa

  1. ○sá mfn. granting desired objects RV. ix, 97, 38

priyasaṃvāsa

  1. ○saṃvāsa m. living together with loved persons MBh

priyasakha

  1. ○sakha mfn. loving one's friends Laghuj
  2. m. a dear friend MBh. Bhartṛ. Megh
  3. the tree Acacia Catechu (= khadira) L
  4. (ī), f. a dear female friend Daś

priyasaṃgamana

  1. ○saṃgamana n. 'meeting of friends', N. of a place (in which Indra and Vishṇu are said to have met with their parents Aditi and Kaśyapa) Hariv. 7647

priyasatya

  1. ○satya mfn. pleasant and true (as speech) L
  2. a lover of truth A
  3. n. speech at once pleasing and true W

priyasaṃtati

  1. ○saṃtati mfn. having a beloved son MW

priyasaṃdeśa

  1. ○saṃdeśa m. a friendly message A
  2. Michelia Champaca L

priyasamāgama

  1. ○samāgama m. re-union with a beloved object MW

priyasamucita

  1. ○samucita mfn. befitting a lover ib

priyasamudra

  1. ○samudra m. N. of a merchant HPariś

priyasamprahāra

  1. ○samprahāra mfn. fond of litigation Bālar

priyasarpiṣka

  1. ○sarpiṣka mfn. fond of melted butter Laghuk

priyasahacarī

  1. ○sahacarī f. a dear female companion, beloved wife MW

priyasālaka

  1. ○sālaka m. = -śālaka, q.v

priyasāhasa

  1. ○sāhasa mfn. addicted to rashness
  2. -tva n. VarBṛS

priyasukha

  1. ○sukha m. N. of an author Cat

priyasuhṛd

  1. ○suhṛd m. a dear friend, kind or good friend Hit

priyasena

  1. ○sena m. N. of a man Divyâv

priyasevaka

  1. ○sevaka mfn. loving servants, kind towards servants Rājat

priyastotra

  1. ○stotra mfn. fond of praise RV. i, 91, 6

priyasvapna

  1. ○svapna mfn. fond of sleep, sluggish Ragh

priyasvāmin

  1. ○svāmin m. N. of an author Cat

priyahita

  1. ○hita mfn. at once agreeable and salutary VP
  2. n. things which are a and servants MBh. Mn. R. Gaut. (du.)

priyākhya

  1. priyâkhya mfn. announcing good tidings R. Pat
  2. called 'dear' Prab

priyākhyāna

  1. priyâkhyāna n. agreeable news, pleasant tidings MW
  2. -dāna n. a gift in return for pleasant tidings Jātakam
  3. -puraḥsara mfn. preceded by pleasant tidings MW

priyākhyāyin

  1. priyâkhyāyin m. a teller announcing good news Divyâv

priyājana

  1. priyā-jana m. pl. mistresses, dear ones &c. (collectively) Śiś

priyātithi

  1. priyâtithi mfn. fond of guests, hospitable MBh

priyātmaka

  1. priyâtmaka m. a kind of bird classed with the Pratudas Car. (vḷ. ○tma-ja)

priyātman

  1. priyâtman mfn. of a pleasant nature, plṭpleasant, agreeable R
  2. ○tma-ja m. = ○tmaka, q.v

priyādāsa

  1. priyā-dāsa m. N. of an author Cat

priyādhāna

  1. priyâdhāna n. a friendly office MW

priyānna

  1. priyânna n. expensive food MW
  2. -tva n. dearth, scarcity VarBṛS

priyāpatya

  1. priyâpatya m. a kind of vulture L

priyāpāya

  1. priyâpâya m. the absence of a beloved object MW

priyāpriya

  1. priyâpriyá n. sg. du. or pl. pleasant and unpleasant things AV. ChUp. Mn. &c

priyāmukhībhū

  1. priyā-mukhī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to be changed into the face of a loved woman Naish

priyāmbu

  1. priyâmbu mfn. fond of water
  2. m. the mango tree L

priyārtham

  1. priyârtham ind. for the sake of a beloved object, as a favour MBh. Megh. Rājat

priyārha

  1. priyârha mfn. deserving love, amiable MW
  2. m. N. of Vishṇu A

priyālāpa

  1. priyâlāpa m. N. of a man, Vṛishabhān

priyālāpin

  1. priyâlāpin mfn. speaking kindly or agreeably Bhartṛ

priyāvat

  1. priyā́-vat mfn. having a mistress, enamoured AV. iv, 18, 4

priyāviraha

  1. priyā-viraha m. N. of an author Cat

priyāsu

  1. priyâsu mfn. fond of lift W

priyāsūyamatī

  1. priyâsūyamatī f. N. of a woman Rājat

priyailikā

  1. priyâilikā f. a kind of bean L

priyaiṣin

  1. priyâiṣin mfn. friendly disposed to (comp.) Hariv

priyokti

  1. priyôkti f. friendly speech Sāh

priyodita

  1. priyôdita mfn. kindly spoken W
  2. n. kind speech L

priyopapatti

  1. priyôpapatti f. a happy event or circumstance, pleasant occurrence MW

priyopabhoga

  1. priyôpabhoga m. the enjoyment of a lover or of a mistress ib
  2. -vandhya mfn. barren or destitute of the enjoyment of a lover ib

priyosriya

  1. priyốsriya mfn. loving cows, amorous (said of a bull) RV. x, 40, 11

priyaka

  1. priyaka m. a kind of deer with a very soft skin Śiś. Suśr
  2. a chameleon L
  3. a kind of bird MBh
  4. a bee L. [Page 711, Column]
  5. N. of sev. plants (Nauclea Cadamba, Terminalia Tomentosa &c.) L
  6. a kind of tree R. Hariv. Var
  7. N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh
  8. of a man, g. bidâdi
  9. (ī), f. the skin of the Priyaka R
  10. n. N. of a flower Śiś

priyaṅgu

  1. priyáṅgu mf. panic seed, Panicum Italicum VS. TS. Br. Kauś
  2. Aglaia Odorata L
  3. Sinapis Ramosa MBh. Kathās
  4. long pepper L
  5. a medicinal plant and perfume (commonly called Priyaṅgu and described in some places as a fragrant seed) L
  6. a partic. creeper (said to put forth blossoms at the touch of women) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. Italian millet MW
  8. n. (prob.) panic seed or mustard seed Suśr. Bhpr
  9. saffron L

priyaṅgudvīpa

  1. ○dvīpa n. N. of a country Buddh

priyaṅguśyāmā

  1. ○śyāmā f. N. of the wife of Nara-vāhanadatta Vās

priyaṅgvākhyā

  1. priyaṅgv-ākhyā f. panic seed L

priyaṅgukā

  1. priyaṅgukā f. Panicum Italicum SāmavBr

priyāka

  1. priyāka m. N. of an author Cat

priyākṛ

  1. priyā-√kṛ P. -karoti, to act kindly towards, do a favour to (acc.). Pāṇ. Vop. Bhaṭṭ

priyāya

  1. priyāya Nom. Ā. ○yáte, to treat kindly AV. MBh. (vḷ. priyam ivâcarate Nīlak
  2. cf. prīyāya)
  3. to make friends with (instr.) RV

priyāla

  1. priyāla m. the tree Buchanania Latifolia (commonly called Piyāl) MBh. R. Suśr. (ā), f. a vine, a bunch of grapes (= drākṣā) L

[[]]

  1. priyālatālakharjūraharītakīvibhītaka3priyāla--tālakharjūra-harītakī-vibhītaka m. pl.Piyāl, palm, date and yellow and beleric myrobalan trees MW

priyīya

  1. priyīya Nom. P. ○yati, to think a person to be another's mistress HYog

prī

  1. prī mfn. (ifc.) kind, delighted ( See adhaprī, kadha-prī, ghṛta-prī &c.)

prīṇa

  1. prīṇa mfn. (for 2. See col. 3) pleased, satisfied W

prīṇana

  1. prīṇana mfn. pleasing, gratifying, appeasing, soothing Suśr
  2. n. the act of pleasing or delighting or satisfying MBh. BhP. Ratnâv
  3. a means of pleasing or delighting or satisfying MBh. BhP

prīṇayitṛ

  1. prīṇayitṛ mfn. one who gladdens or delights
  2. (trī), f. Sāy. on RV. iv, 42, 10 (wṛ. prīṇāyitrī)

prīṇayitvā

  1. prīṇayitvā ind. having pleased or propitiated W

prīṇita

  1. prīṇita mfn. pleased, gratified, delighted MBh. Pañcat. Bhaṭṭ

prīta

  1. prītá mfn. pleased, delighted, satisfied, joyful, glad
  2. pleased or delighted or satisfied with, jṭjoyful at, glad of (with instr., loc., gen., or ifc.) RV. &c. &c
  3. beloved, dear to (gen. or comp.) Cāṇ. Hit
  4. kind (as speech) Hit
  5. (ā), f. a symbolical expression for the sound ṣ RāmatUp. (vḷ. pītā)
  6. n. jest, mirth L
  7. pleasure, delight W

prītacitta

  1. ○citta mfn. delighted at heart A

prītatara

  1. ○tara mfn. more highly pleased Ragh

prītamanas

  1. ○manas (R.),

prītamānasa

  1. ○mānasa (MBh.), or (ib. Mn.), mfn. pleased or gratified in mind

prītātman

  1. prīḍtâtman (ib. Mn.), mfn. pleased or gratified in mind

prīti

  1. prīti f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy, gladness, satisfaction (with loc. or ifc
  2. with ind. p., 'joy at having done anything') GṛŚrS. &c. &c
  3. friendly disposition, kindness, favour, grace, amity (with samam or ifc.), affection, love (with gen., loc., or ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. joy or gratification personified (esp. as a daughter of Daksha or as one of the two wives of Kāma-deva) Hariv. Pur. Kathās
  5. N. of a Śruti Saṃgīt
  6. the 2nd of the 27 astrological Yogas. L
  7. N. of the 13th Kalā of the moon Cat
  8. a symbolical expression for the sound dh RāmatUp
  9. (yā), ind. in a state of joyful excitement, gladly, with joy MBh. R. Ragh. Kathās
  10. in a friendly way, amicably Mn. Ragh. &c

prītikara

  1. ○kara mfn. causing pleasure to (comp.) MārkP. Pāṇ. 6-2, 15 Sch. (cf. a-p○)
  2. inspiring love or affection MW
  3. m. N. of two authors Cat

prītikaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. the act of causing pleasure, gratifying MW

prītikarman

  1. ○karman n. an act of friendship or love, kind action Mn

prītikūṭa

  1. ○kūṭa N. of a village, Vāsav., introd

prīticandra

  1. ○candra m. N. of a preceptor MW

prīticcheda

  1. ○ccheda m. destruction of joy Mṛicch

prītijuṣā

  1. ○juṣā f. N. of the wife of A-niruddha L

prītitṛṣ

  1. ○tṛṣ m. N. of the god of love L

prītida

  1. ○da mfn. giving pleasure L
  2. inspiring love or regard, affectionate W
  3. m. a jester or buffoon in a play L

prītidatta

  1. ○datta mfn. given through love or affection L
  2. n. (?) property or valuables presented to a female by her relations and friends at the time of her marriage, and constituting part of her peculiar property MW

prītidāna

  1. ○dāna n. (Ragh.) or (MBh. R. Rājat.) 'gift of love', a present made from love or affection

prītidāya

  1. ○dāya m. (MBh. R. Rājat.) 'gift of love', a present made from love or affection

prītidhana

  1. ○dhana n. money given from love or friendship. R

prītipātra

  1. ○pātra n. an object of affection, a beloved person or thing MW

prītipuroga

  1. ○puroga mfn. preceded by affṭaffection, affectionate, loving MBh

prītipūrvakam

  1. ○pūrvakam (Mn. Bhag.) or (MBh.), ind. with the accompaniment of kindness, kindly, affectionately. [Page 711, Column]

prītipūrvam

  1. ○pūrvam (MBh.), ind. with the accompaniment of kindness, kindly, affectionately. [Page 711, Column]

prītipramukha

  1. ○pramukha mfn. preceded by kindness, kind, friendly
  2. -vacana n. a speech preceded by kindness, kind spṭspeech, affectionate words Megh

prītibhāj

  1. ○bhāj mfn. enjoying friendship, receiving friendly offices Kathās

prītibhojya

  1. ○bhojya mfn. to be eaten joyfully or cheerfully MW

prītimat

  1. ○mat mfn. having pleasurable sensations, pleased, gratified, glad, satisfied MBh. Kāv. MārkP
  2. having love or affection for (loc., gen. or acc.), affectionate, favourable, loving MBh. R. Hariv. MārkP
  3. kind (as words) R
  4. (atī), f. a kind of metre Col

prītimanas

  1. ○manas mfn. joyous-minded, pleased in mind, content
  2. kind W

prītimaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made up of joy, arisen from joy (as tears) R

prītiyuj

  1. ○yuj mfn. beloved, dear Kir

prītirasāyana

  1. ○rasâyana n. 'an elixir of joy', any nectar-like beverage causing joy Hit

prītivacana

  1. ○vacana (A.) or (Hit.), n. kind or friendly words

prītivacas

  1. ○vacas (Hit.), n. kind or friendly words

prītivardhana

  1. ○vardhana mfn. increasing love or joy. A
  2. m. the 4th month Sūryapr
  3. N. of Vishṇu A

prītivāda

  1. ○vāda m. a friendly discussion MW

prītivivāha

  1. ○vivāha m. a love-marriage, love-match ib

prītiviśrambhabhājana

  1. ○viśrambha-bhājana n. a repository of affection and confidence ib

prītiśrāddha

  1. ○śrāddha n. a funeral offering to the Pitṛis of both parents (performed by some one in place of the eldest surviving son, and to be re-performed at some other period by this son in person) ib

prītisaṃyoga

  1. ○saṃyoga m. relation of friendship R

prītisaṃgati

  1. ○saṃgati f. a covenant of frṭfriendship, friendly alliance with (instr.) ŚārṅgP

prītisaṃdarbha

  1. ○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk

prītisambodhyaṅga

  1. ○sambodhy-aṅga n. (with Buddhists) joyfulness (one of the 7 requisites for attaining supreme knowledge) Dharmas. 49

prītisnigdha

  1. ○snigdha mfn. moist through love or charming through affection (said of the eyes) Megh

prīyati

  1. prīyati m. an expression for √prī MBh

prīyāya

  1. prīyāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to rejoice at (acc.) MBh. (cf. priyāya)

preṇā

  1. preṇā́ instr. for premṇā́, See premán

preṇi

  1. preṇí mfn. = pretṛ́ RV. i, 112, 10 (of obscure meaning AV. vi, 89, 1)

pretṛ

  1. pretṛ́ mfn. a lover, cherisher, benefactor RV. ŚāṅkhŚr

predhā

  1. predhā́ ind. = priya-dhā́ (q.v.) MaitrS

prema

  1. prema (ifc. f. ā) = premán love, affection (cf. sa-p○)
  2. (ā), f. See below

prema

  1. prema in comp. for premán

prematattvanirūpaṇa

  1. ○tattvanirūpaṇa n. N. of a Bengālī poem by Kṛishṇadāsa

premadhara

  1. ○dhara m. N. of an author Cat

premanārāyaṇa

  1. ○nārāyaṇa m. N. of a king Inscr

premanidhi

  1. ○nidhi m. N. of sev. authors Cat

premapattanikā

  1. ○pattanikā, f. N. of wk

premapara

  1. ○para mfn. intent on love, filled with affection, affectionate, loving, constant W

premapātana

  1. ○pātana n. rheum L
  2. tears (of joy) W

premapātra

  1. ○pātra n. an object of affection, a beloved person or thing MW

premapīyūṣalatākartarī

  1. ○pīyūṣa-latākartarī f. N. of wk

premabandha

  1. ○bandha m. (ŚārṅgP. Rājat.) or (BhP.) the ties of love, love, affection

premabandhana

  1. ○bandhana n. (BhP.) the ties of love, love, affection

premabhakticandrikā

  1. ○bhakti-candrikā f

premabhaktistotra

  1. ○bhaktistotra n. N. of wks

premabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. state of affection, love R

premarasāyana

  1. ○rasâyana n

premarasāyanānurāga

  1. ○rasâḍyanânurāga m

premarāja

  1. ○rāja m. N. of wks

premarāśībhū

  1. ○rāśī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become one mass of affection Megh

premarddhi

  1. ○rddhi (○ma-Rd○), f. increase of affṭaffection, ardent love MW

premalatikā

  1. ○latikā f. the small creeping plant 'love' Kpr

premavat

  1. ○vat mfn. full of love, affectionate Subh
  2. (atī), f. a mistress L

premaviśvāsabhūmi

  1. ○viśvāsa-bhūmi f. an object of love and confidence MW

premasāgara

  1. ○sāgara m. an ocean of love ib

premasāhi

  1. ○sāhi (sāhi = ?) m. = -nārāyaṇa Inscr

premasena

  1. ○sena m. N. of a prince Siṃhâs

premākara

  1. premâkara m. abundance of love Daś

premāmṛta

  1. premâmṛta n. 'love-ambrosia', N. of a metrical list of 112 names of Kṛishṇa and of sev. other wks

premārdra

  1. premârdra mfn. overflowing with love Mālatīm

premāśru

  1. premâśru n. a tear of affection MW

premendusāgara

  1. premêndu-sāgara m

premoktyudaya

  1. premôkty-udaya m. N. of wks

premaṇīya

  1. premaṇīya mfn. fit for exciting love &c. Buddh

preman

  1. premán m. n. love, affection, kindness, tender regard, favour, predilection, fondness, love &c. towards (loc. or comp.) TS. Br. Kāv. &c. (also pl.)
  2. joy L
  3. m. sport, a jest, joke Sāh
  4. wind L
  5. N. of Indra L
  6. of various men Rājat
  7. (premṇā, Ved. preṇā́), ind. through love or affection RV. TS. MBh

premā

  1. premā in comp. for premán

premābandha

  1. ○bandha m. = prema-b○ (above) Amar. Ratnâv. Veṇis

premāvatī

  1. ○vatī f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

premin

  1. premin mfn. loving, affectionate L

preyas

  1. préyas mfn. (compar. fr. priya) dearer, more agreeable, more desired RV. AV. ŚBr. &c
  2. m. a lover Amar. Kathās
  3. a dear friend Mālatīm
  4. (asī), f. a mistress Bhartṛ. Dhūrtas. [Page 711, Column]
  5. n. (in rhet.) flattery Pratāp. Kuval. Sāh

preyaskara

  1. ○kara m. the hand of a lover BhP

preyastā

  1. ○tā f. (Rājat.) or (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear

preyastva

  1. ○tva n. (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear

preyasvin

  1. ○vin mfn. containing flattery Kāv

preyopatya

  1. preyo-'patya (fr. ○yas + ap○), m. 'very fond of offspring', a heron L

preṣṭha

  1. préṣṭha mfn. (superl. fr. priya) dearest, most beloved or desired RV
  2. (in address) KaṭhUp. BhP
  3. very fond of (loc.) RV. vi, 63, 1
  4. m. a lover, husband BhP
  5. (ā), f. a mistress, wife L
  6. a leg L

preṣṭhatama

  1. ○tama mfn. dearest, most beloved BhP

prīṇa

  1. prīṇa (for 1. See under √prī), mfn. (fr. 1. pra) old, ancient, former Pāṇ. 5-4, 30 Vārtt. 7 Pat. (cf. pra-ṇa, pra-tna, pra-tana)

prītu

  1. prītu m. a bird (?) W

pru

  1. pru cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xxii, 61) pravate (pf. pupruve ŚBr
  2. aor. proṣṭhāḥ ĀśvŚr.), to spring up Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. prāvayati (aor. apupravat, or apipravat), to reach to (acc.) ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 86): Desid. of Caus. puprāvayiṣati or piprāvayiṣati Pāṇ. 7-4, 81 Sch. (cf. ati-√pru, apa-√pru &c
  3. and √plu)

prut

  1. prut (ifc.), See antarikṣa-, uda-, upari- and kṛṣṇa-prút

pruth

  1. pruth cl. 1. P. Ā. próthati, ○te, to pant, neigh, snort (as a horse) RV. ĀśvŚr.: Caus. prothayati, to employ force Āpast.: Intens. (only p. pópruthat) to snort aloud RV. i, 30, 16 (cf. √proth)

protha

  1. protha m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) the nostrils of a horse MBh. Var. (cf. pṛthu-p○)
  2. the snout of a hog MBh
  3. m. the loins or hip (of a man) Bhpr
  4. the womb L
  5. a cave L
  6. a petticoat L
  7. terror, fright L
  8. a traveller(?) L
  9. mfn. notorious, famous (?) W
  10. placed, fixed (?) ib

prothatha

  1. prothátha m. panting, snorting RV

prothin

  1. prothin m. a horse L

pruṣ

  1. pruṣ cl. 5. P. Ā. pruṣṇóti, ○ṇuté (fut. proṣíṣyate TS
  2. pf. puproṣa aor. aproṣīt, Gṛ.), to sprinkle, shower, wet, moisten RV. VS. TS
  3. cl. 10. P. Ā. (or Nom.) pruṣāyáti, ○te id. RV
  4. cl. 9. P. (Dhātup. xxxi, 55) pruṣṇāti (p. pruṣṇát Br.), id
  5. to become wet, fill L. ; cl. 4. P. pruṣyati, See vi-√pruṣ. [Cf. Lat. pruīna for prusviina ; Goth. frius ; Germ. friosan, frieren ; Eng. freeśe.]

pruṣ

  1. pruṣ (ifc.), See abhra- and ghṛta-prúṣ

pruṣita

  1. pruṣitá mfn. sprinkled, wet RV

pruṣitapsu

  1. ○psu (○tá-). mfn. dappled, piebald (as horses) ib

pruṣṭā

  1. pruṣṭā

pruṣṭāyate

  1. pruṣḍṭāyate Pāṇ. 3-1, 17 Vārtt. 1

pruṣva

  1. pruṣva m. the rainy season Uṇ. i, 151 Sch
  2. (pruṣvā́ or prúṣvā), f. a drop of water, hoar-frost, ice AV. VS. ŚBr

pruṣvāya

  1. pruṣvāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to fall in drops, trickle Uṇ. i, 151

proṣaka

  1. proṣaka m. pl. N. of a people MBh

pruṣ

  1. pruṣ cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 53) to burn

pruṣṭa

  1. pruṣṭa mfn. burnt L

pruṣva

  1. pruṣva m. head L
  2. mfn. hot L

proṣa

  1. proṣa m. burning, combustion L

prū

  1. prū See kaṭa-prū

prūṣ

  1. prūṣ (for pruṣ). See aṣṭā́-pruṣ

pre

  1. prê (pra- √5. i), cl. 2. P. prâiti (Ved. inf. prâitos AitBr.), to come forth, appear, begin RV. BṛĀrUp. MBh
  2. to go on, proceed, advance (esp. as a sacrifice) RV. VS
  3. to go forwards or farther, come to, arrive at, enter (acc.) ib. ŚBr. Up. MBh
  4. to go out or away, depart (this life, with or without asmāl lokāt, or itas), die Br. Up. Mn. MBh. &c.: Intens. Ā. prêyate, to drive or go forth (said of Ushas) RV

preta

  1. prếta mfn. departed, deceased, dead, a dead person ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh
  2. m. the spirit of a dead person (esp. before obsequial rites are performed), a ghost, an evil being Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 241, 271 MWB. 219)

pretakarman

  1. ○karman n. an obsequial rite MBh

pretakalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. 'obsṭobsequial ordinance', N. of GāruḍaP. ii

pretakāya

  1. ○kāya m. a dead body, corpse Kathās

pretakārya

  1. ○kārya n. = -karman MBh. R. BhP

pretakṛtya

  1. ○kṛtya n. id. MBh. (ā f. Mn. iii, 127)
  2. -nirṇaya and ○tyâdi-nirṇaya m. N. of wks

pretagata

  1. ○gata mfn. gone to the departed, dead MBh

pretagati

  1. ○gati f. the way of the depṭdeparted (with √gam, 'to die') ib

pretagṛha

  1. ○gṛha n. 'dead-house', a burning-place L

pretagopa

  1. ○gopa m. guardian of the dead (in Yama's house) R. [Page 712, Column]

pretacārin

  1. ○cārin m. 'roaming among the dṭdead', N. of Śiva Śivag

pretatva

  1. ○tva n. being dead Hariv
  2. the state of a ghost Hcat. Kāraṇḍ

pretadāha

  1. ○dāha m. burning of the dead MW
  2. ○hâgni m. corpse-fire L

pretadīpikā

  1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wk

pretadhūma

  1. ○dhūma m. smoke of the dead i.e. of a funeral pile Mn. Yājñ

pretanadī

  1. ○nadī f. river of the dead (= vaitaraṇī, q.v.) L

pretanara

  1. ○nara m. a dead man, a ghost W

pretanātha

  1. ○nātha m. 'lord of the dead', N. of Yama Bālar

pretaniryātaka

  1. ○niryātaka m. a carrier of dṭdead bodies Mn. iii, 166

pretanirhāraka

  1. ○nirhāraka m. id. ib. (vḷ.)

pretapakṣa

  1. ○pakṣa or m. = pitṛ-p○ (q.v.) L

pretapakṣaka

  1. ○pakḍṣaka m. = pitṛ-p○ (q.v.) L

pretapaṭaha

  1. ○paṭaha m. a drum beaten at the burning of the dead L

pretapatākā

  1. ○patākā f. a flag used at the bṭburning of the dead Hcar

pretapati

  1. ○pati m. = -nātha MārkP
  2. -paṭaha m. 'Yama's drum', drum beaten at the bṭburning of the dead Kād

pretapātra

  1. ○pātra n. a vessel used at a Śrāddha ceremony W

pretapiṇḍabhuj

  1. ○piṇḍa-bhuj mfn. one who partakes of the Piṇḍa (q.v.) at a Śrāddha Hcar

pretapitṛ

  1. ○pitṛ mfn. one whose father is dṭdead MānGṛ

pretapura

  1. ○pura n. (L.),

pretapurī

  1. ○purī f. (Daś.), city of the dṭdead, Yama's abode

pretapradīpa

  1. ○pradīpa m. N. of wk

pretaprasādhana

  1. ○prasādhana n. adornment of a corpse Kathās

pretabhakṣiṇī

  1. ○bhakṣiṇī f. N. of a goddess Cat

pretabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. the being dead, death (○vāya saṃsiddhaḥ, 'ready to die') R
  2. -stha mfn. dead ib

pretabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. 'place of the dead', a burning-ground MW

pretamañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f. N. of ch. of GāruḍaP

pretamuktidā

  1. ○mukti-dā f. N. of wk

pretamedha

  1. ○medha m. a funeral sacrifice R

pretamokṣa

  1. ○mokṣa m. N. of ch. of the Māghamāhātmya

pretarākṣasī

  1. ○rākṣasī f. Ocimum Sanctum L. (vḷ. apêta- and a-prêta-r○)

pretarāja

  1. ○rāja m. = -nātha R
  2. -niveśana n. -pura n. Yama's abode or city MBh

pretaloka

  1. ○loka m. the world of the dead (in which they remain for one year or until the Śrāddha ceremonies are completed) MBh

pretavat

  1. ○vat ind. as if dead MW

pretavana

  1. ○vana n. 'grove of the dead', a burning-ground L

pretavaśa

  1. ○vaśa m. power of the dead (○śaṃ-√nī, to put to death) MBh

pretavāhita

  1. ○vāhita mfn. possessed by an evil spirit L

pretaśarīra

  1. ○śarīra n. the body with which a departed spirit is invested RTL. 28

pretaśilā

  1. ○śilā f. 'stone of the dead', N. of a stone near Gayā on which Piṇdas are offered ( See piṇḍa) GāruḍaP

pretaśuddhi

  1. ○śuddhi f. (Mn.),

pretaśauca

  1. ○śauca n. (GāruḍaP.) purification after the death of a kinsman

pretaśrāddha

  1. ○śrāddha n. the obsequial ceremonies performed for a relative at death and every month for a year and at every anniversary after death

pretasamkḷpta

  1. ○samkḷpta mfn. (food) prepared in honour of the dead Āpast

pretasparśin

  1. ○sparśin (ŚāṅkhGṛ.),

pretahāra

  1. ○hāra (Mn.), m. = -niryātaka

pretādhipa

  1. prêtâdhipa m. = ○ta-nātha Hariv
  2. -nagarī f. Yama's residence Kād

pretādhipati

  1. prêtâdhipati m. the lord of the dead or of departed spirits ṢaḍvBr

pretānna

  1. prêtânna n. food offered to a dead person Mn. Āpast

pretāyana

  1. prêtâyana m. 'way of the dead', N. of a partic. hell Kād. (wṛ. ○tāpana)

pretālaya

  1. prêtâlaya m. a kind of thorn-apple L

pretāvāsa

  1. prêtâvāsa m. = ○ta-gṛha BhP

pretāsthi

  1. prêtâsthi n. a bone of a dead man
  2. -dhārin m. 'wearing dead men's bones', N. of Śiva Kāv

preteśa

  1. prêtêśa (Yājñ. Sch.),

preteśvara

  1. prêtêḍśvara (R.), m. = ○ta-nātha

pretoddeśa

  1. prêtôddeśa m. an offering to deceased ancestors W

preti

  1. prếti f. departure, flight. RV. VS
  2. approach, arrival TāṇḍBr

pretivat

  1. ○vat (pr74○), mfn. containing the word prêti or any form of prê TS

pretīṣaṇi

  1. prếtī-ṣaṇi (Padap. ○ti-S○), mfn. striving to move forwards (said of Agni) RV

pretika

  1. prêtika m. the soul of a dead man, a ghost L

pretya

  1. prếtya ind. having died, after death, in the next world, in the life to come, hereafter (opp. to iha) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

pretyajāti

  1. ○jāti f. rank or position in the next world MBh

pretyabhāj

  1. ○bhāj mfn. enjoying (the fruits of anything) in the next world Hariv

pretyabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. the state after death, future life Gaut. MBh. R. (cf. IW. 63)
  2. ○vika mfn. relating to it (opp. to aihalaukika) MBh

pretvan

  1. prêtvan mf(arī)n. moving along, straying about (as cattle) Br
  2. m. wind, air L
  3. N. of Indra L

prehi

  1. prêhi 2. sg. Impv. in comp. (cf. 1. prôha under prôh)

prehikaṭā

  1. ○kaṭā f. a rite in which no mats are allowed, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

prehikardamā

  1. ○kardamā f. a rite in which no impurity of any kind is allṭallowed ib

prehidvitīyā

  1. ○dvitīyā f. a rite at which no second person is allṭallowed to be present ib

prehivaṇijā

  1. ○vaṇijā f. a rite at which no merchants are allowed to be present ib

prekīya

  1. prékīya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pra + eka) Vop. (cf. prâikīya)

prekṣ

  1. prêkṣ (pra-√īkṣ), Ā. prêkṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to look at, view, behold, observe TS. &c. &c. [Page 712, Column]
  2. to look on (without interfering), suffer, say nothing Mn. MBh

prekṣaka

  1. prêkṣaka mf(ikā)n. looking at, viewing or intending to view MBh. R. Hariv
  2. considering, judging Yājñ. Sch
  3. m. a spectator, member of an audience MānGṛ
  4. ○kêrita mfn. (a word) uttered by a spectator MBh

prekṣaṇa

  1. prêkṣaṇa n. viewing, looking at or on (at a performance) GṛS. Mn. BhP
  2. (ifc. ā) a view, look, sight Megh
  3. the eye Suśr
  4. any public show or spectacle Mn. Pañcat. Kathās
  5. a place where public exhibitions are held W
  6. -kūṭa n. the pupil of the eye Suśr
  7. ○ṇâlambha n. sg. looking at and touching (women) Mn. ii, 179

prekṣaṇaka

  1. prêkṣaṇaka mfn. looking at, a spectator Yājñ
  2. n. a spectacle, show (as opp. to reality) Bālar. Hcat

prekṣaṇika

  1. prêkṣaṇika mfn. = prec, mfn. W
  2. m. an actor (?) Vet
  3. (ā), f. a woman fond of seeing shows W

prekṣaṇīya

  1. prêkṣaṇīya mfn. to be seen, visible Śak
  2. (ifc.) looking like, resembling Megh
  3. worth seeing, sightly, beautiful to the view MBh. Kālid
  4. n. a show, spectacle Vet
  5. -ka n. = prec. n. Kathās
  6. -tama and -tara mfn. most and more sightly or beautiful MBh
  7. -tā f. sightliness, beautifulness Rājat

prekṣā

  1. prêkṣā f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a performance) MBh. R. BhP. (often ifc., cf. dharma-prêkṣa, mukha-pr○)
  2. a sight or view (esp. a beautiful sight or view) BhP
  3. a public show or entertainment Mn. Hariv. Kathās
  4. (ifc.) the being understood or meant as Nir. i, 17
  5. circumspection, consideration, reflection MBh. Hariv. Rājat
  6. the branch of a tree L

prekṣākārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. one who acts with deliberation Kir

prekṣāgāra

  1. ○"ṣgāra (○kṣâg○), m. n. a play-house, theatre MBh. Hariv. VP

prekṣāgṛha

  1. ○gṛha n. id. Hariv

prekṣāpūrva

  1. ○pūrva (ibc.) or ind. with deliberation Hariv. Rājat

prekṣāpūrvam

  1. ○pūrḍvam ind. with deliberation Hariv. Rājat

prekṣāprapañca

  1. ○prapañca m. a stage-play Bālar

prekṣāvat

  1. ○vat mfn. circumspect, deliberate, prudent Sāṃkhyak. Sch. Nīlak

prekṣāvidhi

  1. ○vidhi m. a stage-play Bālar

prekṣāsamāja

  1. ○samāja n. sg. public shows and assemblies Mn. ix, 84 (v. l. ○jau m. du.)

prekṣita

  1. prêkṣita mfn. looked at &c
  2. n. a look, glance MBh. R. &c

prekṣitavya

  1. prêkṣitavya mfn. to be seen or beheld Ratnâv

prekṣitṛ

  1. prêkṣitṛ mfn. one who looks on, spectator Hariv

prekṣin

  1. prêkṣin mfn. looking at, viewing, regarding (○kṣi-tva n.) MBh. R. &c
  2. (ifc.) having the eyes or glance of (cf. mṛga-p○)

prekṣya

  1. prêkṣya mfn. to be seen, visible MBh
  2. to be looked at or regarded Kathās
  3. worth seeing, sightly Kālid. Rājat

preṅkh

  1. prêṅkh (pra-√īṅkh). P. Ā. prêṅkhati, ○te, to tremble, shake, vibrate AitĀr. Kāv.: Caus. P. prêṅkhayati, to swing (trans.) Ragh
  2. Ā. ○te, to swing one's self RV. vii, 88, 3

preṅkha

  1. prêṅkhá mfn. trembling, rocking, swaying, pitching RV. AV
  2. m. n. and (ā), f. a swing, a sort of hammock or swinging-cot Br. ŚrS. BhP. Suśr. (m. du. the two posts between which a swing moves Āpast
  3. id. [with nakulasya vāma-devasya] and sg. [with marutām] N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
  4. ○kha-phalaka n. the board or seat in a swing ŚāṅkhŚr
  5. ○khêṅkhana n. swinging BhP.)
  6. (ā), f. dancing L
  7. a partic. pace of a horse L
  8. wandering, roaming L

preṅkhaṇa

  1. prêṅkhaṇa mfn. (ifc.) moving towards Bhaṭṭ
  2. n. swinging Bhar
  3. a swing L
  4. a kind of minor drama (having no Sūtra-dhāra, hero &c.) Sāh. IW. 472
  5. -kārikā f. a female swinger or dancer Bhar

preṅkhaṇīya

  1. prêṅḍkhaṇīya mfn. to be swung or made to oscillate Vop

preṅkhita

  1. prêṅkhita mfn. swung, shaken, set in motion L
  2. joined to, being in contact with (?) W

preṅkhola

  1. prêṅkhola mfn. swinging, dancing, moving to and fro Vcar
  2. m. a swing hammock ib
  3. blowing (of the wind) Mālatīm
  4. Nom. ○lati, to swing, oscillate Mālatīm. Pracaṇḍ

preṅkholana

  1. prêṅkholana n. swinging, rocking Kād. Suśr

preṅkholaya

  1. prêṅkhoḍlaya Nom. ○yati, to swing, rock Dhātup

preṅkholita

  1. prêṅkhoḍlita mfn. swung, rocked, oscillating Kād

preṅgaṇa

  1. prêṅgaṇa n. (fr. pra + √iṅg) Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch

preḍ

  1. prêḍ (pra-√īḍ), Ā. prêṭṭe, to implore, praise, celebrate RV

preḍaka

  1. preḍaka mfn. = prêraka Sāṃkhyak. Sch. (-tva n.)

preṇā

  1. preṇā preṇi, See p. 711, col. 2. [Page 712, Column]

preta

  1. prêta &c. See p. 711, col. 3

predi

  1. predi m. N. of a man GopBr. (vḷ. proti, p. 713, col. 2)

preddha

  1. prếddha (pra-iddha), mfn. kindled, lighted, aflame RV

prenv

  1. prênv (pra-√inv), P. prênoti, to send forth, impel forwards or upwards RV

prenvana

  1. prênvana n

prenvanīya

  1. prênḍvanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 2 Vārtt. 6 Pat

prepa

  1. prepa mfn. (pra + ap, water) Pat

prepsā

  1. prêpsā f. (fr. Desid. of pra-√āp) wish to obtain, desire, longing for Nir. vii, 17
  2. supposition, assumption ib. vi, 32

prepsu

  1. prêpsu mfn. wishing to attain, desirous of obtaining, seeking, longing for, aiming at (acc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. anxious to rescue or save ( See prâṇa-pr○)
  3. supposing, assuming Nir. vi, 32

preman

  1. preman preyas &c. See p. 711, col. 2

prer

  1. prêr (pra-√īr), Ā. prêrte, to move (intrans.), come forth, arise, appear RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. Caus. prêrayati, to set in motion, push on, drive forwards, urge, stimulate, excite RV. &c. &c
  2. to send, dispatch MBh. R
  3. to turn, direct (the eyes) R. Śak. (vḷ.)
  4. to raise (the voice), utter, pronounce (words, prayers &c.) RV. &c. &c

preraka

  1. prêraka mfn. setting in motion, urging, dispatching, sending (-tva n.) Hariv. Rājat

preraṇa

  1. prêraṇa n. driving out
  2. See paśu-pr○
  3. (also ā f.) setting in motion, urging, inciting, direction, command, impelling to (prati or comp.) Naish. Kathās. Rājat. Hit
  4. activity, action Yājñ. Megh
  5. the sense of the causal verb Vop

preraṇīya

  1. prêraṇīya mfn. to be urged on or incited Rājat

prerayitṛ

  1. prêrayitṛ mfn. one who urges or incites or sends MW
  2. a ruler ib

prerita

  1. prêrita mfn. urged, impelled, dispatched, sent Kālid. Kathās. Suśr
  2. turned, directed (as the eye) Śak. (vḷ.)
  3. incited to speak Daś
  4. passed, spent (as time) Bhartṛ

preritṛ

  1. prêritṛ mfn. one who urges or incites, an inciter ŚvetUp

prertvan

  1. prêrtvan m. the sea, ocean Uṇ. iv, 116 Sch
  2. (arī), f. a river ib

preṣ

  1. preṣ cl. 1. Ā. preṣate, to go, move Dhātup. xvi, 18 (vḷ. hreṣ)

preṣ

  1. prêṣ (pra-√iṣ), P. Ā. prêṣyati, ○te (Ved. inf. prêṣe Pāṇ. 3-4, 9 Sch
  2. ind. p. prâi4ṣam s.v.), to drive on, urge, impel, send forth RV. MBh
  3. to invite, summon, call upon (another priest to commence a recitation or a ceremony acc., e.g. sāma prêṣyati, 'he calls upon to commence the recitation of a Sāman'
  4. esp. Impv. prêṣya, 'call upon to recite or offer acc. or gen. to dat.') ŚBr. KātyŚr. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 61 ; viii, 2, 91): Caus. prêṣayati, to hurl, fling, cast, throw MBh. R. Bhaṭṭ
  5. to turn or direct the eyes Śak. ii, 2 (vḷ. prêrayantyâ)
  6. to send forth, dismiss, dispatch MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. to send into exile, banish R. Kathās
  8. to send word, send a message to a person (gen.) R

preṣ

  1. prếṣ f. pressing, pressure (with hemán, 'urging pressure') RV. ix, 97, 1

preṣa

  1. prếṣa m. urging on, impelling, impulse ib. i, 68, 5
  2. sending, dispatching L
  3. pain, affliction L

preṣaka

  1. prêṣaka mfn. sending, directing, commanding MBh

preṣaṇa

  1. prêṣaṇa n. the act of sending &c., charge, commission Gaut. MBh. R. BhP
  2. rendering a service MBh. Ratnâv. (pl.)
  3. -kṛt mfn. one who executes a commission MBh
  4. ○ṇâdhyakṣa m. a superintendent of the commands (of a king), chief of the administration Cāṇ

preṣaṇīya

  1. prêṣaṇīya mfn. to be sent or dispatched MW

preṣayitṛ

  1. prêṣayitṛ mfn. = prêṣaka R

preṣita

  1. prếṣita mfn. set in motion, urged on, impelled RV
  2. hurled, flung, thrown ŚBr
  3. sent, dispatched on an errand MBh. Kāv. &c. (-vat mfn. Hit)
  4. sent into exile, banished R
  5. turned, directed (as the eyes) Śak. i, 23 (vḷ. prêrita)
  6. ordered, commanded Vop

preṣitavya

  1. prêṣitavya mfn. to be invited (to commence a ceremony) AitBr

preṣya

  1. prêṣya mfn. to be sent or dispatched, fit for a messenger Kathās
  2. m. a servant, menial, slave (ā f. a female servant, handmaid) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. n. servitude Yājñ. (in śūdra-pr○ vḷ. for -praiṣya)
  4. behest, command ( See next)
  5. -kara mfn. executing the orders of (gen.) MBh
  6. -jana m. servants (collectively), household Mn. Nal
  7. a servant Prab. [Page 713, Column]
  8. -tā f. (Mn.), -tva n. (ib. MBh.), -bhāva m. (Mālav.) the state or condition of a servant, servitude
  9. -vadhū f. a female servant, handmaid MBh
  10. the wife of a slave MW
  11. -varga m. a train of servants, retinue R
  12. ○ṣyā-tva n. the state of a female servant, being a handmaid Rājat

praiṣa

  1. prâiṣá m. sending, direction, invitation, summons, order, call (esp. upon the assistant priest to commence a ceremony) AV. Br. MBh. &c
  2. pain, affliction, frenzy, madness (?) L
  3. -kara mfn. executing orders, a servant Āpast
  4. -kṛt mfn. id. Vait
  5. giving orders, commanding Kauś. (Sch.)
  6. -pratīka-yājyā f. a Yājyā beginning with a Praisha ĀpŚr
  7. ○ṣâdhyāya m. N. of wk

praiṣika

  1. prâiḍṣika mfn. belonging to or connected with the Praishas Nir

praiṣaṇika

  1. praiṣaṇika mfn. (fr. prâiṣa) executing orders (as a means of livelihood), g. vetanâdi
  2. fitted for the execution of commands, g. chedâdi

praiṣam

  1. prâiṣam ind., in the formula prâiṣaiḥ or iṣṭibhiḥ prâiṣam icchati, 'he strives to start (the sacrifice compared to a hunted animal) with invocations or exclamations' AitBr. ŚBr

praiṣya

  1. prâiṣyá mfn. (with jana AV.) = m. a servant, slave Mn. R
  2. (ā), f. a female servant ib
  3. n. servitude ib. Var

praiṣyajana

  1. ○jana m. servants, train, retinue R

praiṣyabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. the state or condition of a slave, servitude Kum

preṣṭha

  1. preṣṭha See p. 711, col. 3

prehaṇa

  1. prêhaṇa n. (fr. pra-√īh) Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

prehi

  1. prêhi &c. See p. 712, col. 2

praikīya

  1. prâikīya Nom. P. ○yati = prékīya Vop

praiṇ

  1. praiṇ cl. 1. P. praiṇati vḷ. for paiṇ

praiṇāna

  1. praiṇāná mfn. = prīṇāná (√prī), propitiated, gratified AV

praitos

  1. prâitos See pré (pra-√i), p. 711

praidh

  1. prâidh (pra-√edh), cl. 1. Ā. prâidhate Pāṇ. 6-1, 89 Sch

praiya

  1. praiya n. (fr. priya), g. pṛthv-ādi

praiya

  1. praiya Vṛiddhi form of priya in comp

praiyamedha

  1. ○medha m. patr. fr. Priya-mṭmedha AitBr. (wṛ. praiyyam○)
  2. N. of Sindhu-kshit RAnukr
  3. n. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr

praiyarūpaka

  1. ○rūpaka n. (fr. priya-rūpa) Naish

praiyavrata

  1. ○vrata mf(ī)n. relating to Priya-vrata BhP
  2. m. patr. fr. PriyṭPriya-varata ib
  3. n. Priya-varata's life or adventures ib

praiyaka

  1. praiyaka m. patr. fr. priyaka g. bidâdi

praiyaṅgava

  1. praíyaṅgava mf(ī)n. (fr. priyaṅgu) relating to or prepared from panic grass, Maitr. TS. (wṛ. praiyyaṅ○ Kāṭh.)

praiyaṅgavika

  1. praíyaṅgaḍvika mf(ī)n. knowing the tale of Priyaṅgu Pat

praiyyamedha

  1. praiyyamedha wṛ. for praiyam○
  2. See above

prokta

  1. prôkta &c. See pra-√vac

prokṣ

  1. prôkṣ (pra-√ukṣ), P. prôkṣati to sprinkle upon, besprinkle, consecrate (for sacrifice) RV. VS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS
  2. to sacrifice, kill, slaughter (a sacrificial victim) MBh. R.: Caus. prôkṣayati, to sprinkle, besprinkle Suśr

prokṣa

  1. prôkṣa m. the act of sprinkling upon ĀpŚr

prokṣaṇa

  1. prốkṣaṇa n. id., consecration by sprinkling (of a sacrificial animal or of a dead body before burial) TS. &c. &c
  2. a vessel for holy water Hariv. (vḷ. ○ṇī)
  3. immolation of victims L. (-vidhi m. N. of wk.)
  4. (ī), f. See below

prokṣaṇi

  1. prốkṣaṇi f. pl. = ○ṇī pl. VS. ŚBr. &c

prokṣaṇī

  1. prốkṣaṇī f. a vessel for holy water Hariv. (vḷ. ○ṇa)
  2. pl. water for sprinkling or consecrating (mixed with rice and barley) AV. VS. Br. GṛŚrS
  3. -dhānī f. (ĀpŚr.), -pātra n. (Nīlak.) a vessel for sprinkling water
  4. ○nyāsādana n. placing of the Prôkshaṇī vessel L

prokṣaṇīya

  1. prôkṣaṇīya mfn. to be sprinkled
  2. n. (sg. and pl.) water used for consecrating Hariv. MārkP

prokṣita

  1. prokṣita mfn. sprinkled, purified or consecrated by sprinkling ŚBr. Mn. Yājñ
  2. immolated, killed L

prokṣitavya

  1. prôkṣitavya mfn. to be sprinkled or consecrated MārkP

proghiya

  1. proghiya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pra + ogha) Vop. (cf. prâughīya)

proccaṇḍa

  1. prôccaṇḍa (pra-ucc○), mfn. exceedingly terrible, very violent Uttarar. Mcar. [Page 713, Column]

proccar

  1. prôc-car (pra-ud-√car), P. -carati, to utter a sound, utter, pronounce Hariv.: Caus. -carayati, to cause to sound Pañcat

proccārita

  1. prôc-ḍcārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to sound, sounding ib

proccal

  1. prôc-cal (pra-ud-√cal), P. ○lati, to start, set out on a journey Kathās

proccāṭanā

  1. prôccāṭanā (pra-ucc○), f. driving away, removal, destruction Prasannar

proccais

  1. prôccais (pra-ucc○), ind. very loudly Kathās. Pañcat
  2. exceedingly high, in a very high degree Prab

procchal

  1. prôc-chal (pra-ud-√śal), P. ○lati, to spurt out, gush or flow forth Śiś

procchūna

  1. prôcchūna (pra-ucch○), mfn. swelled, swollen up W

procchrita

  1. prôcchrita (pra-ucch○), mfn. lifted up, raised Hariv
  2. high, lofty Mṛicch

procchvas

  1. prôc-chvas (pra-ud-√śvas), P. prôcchvasiti, to breathe strongly or loudly Pañcat

projjāsana

  1. prôjjāsana (pra-ujj○), n. killing, slaughter L

projjval

  1. prôj-jval (pra-ud-√jval), P. ○lati, to shine brightly, flash, glitter Hariv

projjh

  1. prôjjh (pra-√ujjh), P. prôjjhati, to abandon, leave, quit, forsake, avoid, efface Pañcat. Hit
  2. to subtract, deduct Sūryas

projjhana

  1. prôjjhana n. abandoning, forsaking, quitting, letting go W

projjhita

  1. prôjjhita mfn. abandoned, forsaken, shunned, avoided Prab. Pañcat
  2. (ifc.) free from, wanting Var

projjhya

  1. prôjjhya ind. having left or abandoned, Kirāt
  2. leaving aside, with exception of Var

proñch

  1. prôñch (pra-√uñch), P. prôñchati, to wipe out, efface Mṛicch

proñchana

  1. prôñchana n. wiping out, effacing (lit. and fig.) Naish. (ucchiṣṭa-pr○, gathering up the remnants Kull. on Mn. ii, 241)

proḍḍī

  1. prôḍ-ḍī (pra-ud-√ḍī, only ind. p. -ḍīya, to fly up, fly away Mṛicch. (vḷ.) ○ḍīna mfn. having flown up or away MBh. R. Rājat

proḍham

  1. proḍham ind., g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

proṇṭha

  1. proṇṭha m. a spitting-pot, spittoon L

prota

  1. prốta mfn. (fr. pra + uta, or ūta
  2. √ve) sewed (esp. with the threads lengthwise, and opp. to ôta, under. ā-√ve, p. 156)
  3. strung on, fixed on or in, put or sticking in (loc. or comp.) ChUp. MBh. &c
  4. set, inlaid MBh
  5. contained in (loc.), pervaded by (instr.) ŚBr. Up
  6. fixed, pierced, put on (a spit) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. m. n. woven cloth, clothes L

protaghaṇa

  1. ○ghaṇa mfn. immersed in clouds (said of the horns of Śiva's bull) Kum

protaśūla

  1. ○śūla mfn. put on a spit, impaled Rājat. (cf. śūla-prôta)

prototsādana

  1. prôtôtsādana n. a parasol, umbrella L

protaya

  1. prôtaya Nom. P. ○yati, to infix, insert, inlay KātyŚr. Sch

proti

  1. prốti (or prốti?), m. N. of a man ŚBr

protkaṭa

  1. prôtkaṭa (pra-utk○), mfn. very great Kathās

protkaṭabhṛtya

  1. ○bhṛtya m. a high official Pañcat

protkaṇṭha

  1. prôtkaṇṭha (pra-utk○), mfn. stretching out or lifting up the neck BhP
  2. Nom. P. ○ṭhayati, to awaken longings, excite desires in (acc.) Ṛitus

protkūj

  1. prôt-kūj (pra-ud-√kūj), P. -kūjati, to hum, buzz Dhanaṃj

protkruṣṭa

  1. prôt-kruṣṭa (pra-utk○), n. a loud cry or uproar, loud sound Hariv

protkṣipta

  1. prôtkṣipta (pra-utk○), mfn. threshed, winnowed Bhpr

protkhan

  1. prôt-khan (pra-ud-√khan), P. Ā. -khanati, ○te, to dig up or through or out R

protkhāta

  1. prôt-ḍkhāta mfn. dug up, dug out Mṛicch

protkhai

  1. prôt-khai (pra-ud-√khai), P. -khāyati, to dig up, dig out Bhaṭṭ. [Page 713, Column]

prottāna

  1. prôttāna (pra-utt○), mfn. stretched out widely Var

prottāla

  1. prôttāla (pra-utt○), mfn. very loud Prasannar

prottuṅga

  1. prôttuṅga (pra-utt○), mfn. very high or lofty, elevated, prominent Kāv. Kathās. MārkP

prottṝ

  1. prôt-tṝ (pra-ud-√tṝ), P. -tarati, cross over, emerge Rājat

protthā

  1. prôt-thā (pra-ud-√sthā), P. prôttiṣṭhati, to rise, spring up, start MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās

protthita

  1. prôtthita mfn. come forth, sprouted Ṛitus
  2. sprung from (comp.), issued Prab

protpat

  1. prôt-pat (pra-ud-√pat), P. -patati, to fly upwards, soar aloft Bhaṭṭ

protpad

  1. prôt-pad (pra-ud-√pad), Caus. -pādayati, to bring forth, produce, cause, effect MBh

protpanna

  1. prôt-ḍpanna mfn. produced, originated, developed BhP

protphala

  1. prôtphala (pra-ut-ph○), m. a species of tree resembling the fan-palm L

protphulla

  1. prôtphulla (pra-utphulla), mfn. (√phal) widely expanded, full blown MBh. Kāv

protphullanayana

  1. ○nayana mfn. having the eyes wide open MBh

protsad

  1. prôt-sad (pra-ud-√sad), Caus. -sādayati, to drive away, remove, destroy MBh. R. (Mn. ix, 261 wṛ. for -sāh○)

protsādana

  1. prôt-sādana n. causing to perish, destroying MW
  2. contriving, device (?) W

protsah

  1. prôt-sah (pra-ud-√sah), P. -sahati, to take courage or heart, boldly prepare to (inf.) Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -sāhayati (irreg. -sāhati MBh. i, 2233), to exhort, urge on, inspirit, instigate Mn. ix, 261 (wṛ. -sād○) MBh. (vi, 4437 wṛ. for -sād○) R. Kathās. &c

protsāha

  1. prôt-sāha m. great exertion, zeal, ardour Kathās
  2. stimulus, incitement W

protsāhaka

  1. prôt-sāhaka m. an inciter, instigator (esp. of any crime) W

protsāhana

  1. prôt-sāhana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of inspiriting or inciting, instigatlon, invitation to (comp.) MBh. R. &c

protsāhita

  1. prôt-sāhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) incited, instigated, stimulated, encouraged R. Kathās. Prab

protsikta

  1. prôtsikta (pra-uts○), mfn. exceedingly proud or arrogant Sāh

protsṛ

  1. prôt-sṛ (pra-ud-√sṛ), P. -sarati, to pass away, disappear, be gone Caṇḍ.: Caus. -sārayati, ○te, to drive away, disperse, dispel, destroy MBh. Hariv. Mṛicch
  2. to urge on, exhort, incite MW
  3. to grant, offer ( See below)

protsāraṇa

  1. prot-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) sending away, removing, expelling W

protsārita

  1. prot-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) offered, granted, given Hit
  2. ejected, expelled W
  3. urged forwards, incited MW

protsṛj

  1. prôt-sṛj (pra-ud-√sṛj), P. -sṛjati, to cast out Divyâv

protsṛp

  1. prôt-sṛp (pra-ud-√sṛp), Ā. -sarpate, to fall out of joint BhP

proth

  1. proth cl. 1. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxi, 6) prothati, ○te, to be equal to or a match for, be able to withstand (gen. or dat.) Bhaṭṭ
  2. (P.) to be full L
  3. to destroy, subdue, overpower W. (cf. √pruth)

protha

  1. protha &c. See under √pruth

prodaka

  1. prôdaka (pra-ud○), mfn. dripping, wet, moist Āpast
  2. that from which the water has run off Gobh
  3. ○kī-bhāva m. dripping off of water Āpast

prodara

  1. prôdara (pra-ud○), mfn. big-bellied Pat

prodi

  1. prôd-i (pra-ud- √5, i), P. -eti, to go up, rise Bhartṛ
  2. to come forth, appear Sāh. Subh

prodita

  1. prôdita prôdyamāna, See pra-√vad

prodgata

  1. prôdgata (pra-udy○), mfn. projecting, prominent Kathās

prodgārin

  1. prôdgārin (pra-udg○), mfn. (ifc.) giving out from, emitting Dhanaṃj

prodgīrṇa

  1. prôdgīrṇa mfn. cast out Divyâv

prodgīta

  1. prôdgīta (pra-udg○), mfn. begun to be sung Prab. [Page 714, Column]

prodgrīvam

  1. prôdgrīvam (pra-udg○), ind. while stretching out the neck Kāv

prodghuṣ

  1. prôd-√ghuṣ (pra-ud-√ghuṣ), Caus. -ghoṣayati, to cause to resound, proclaim MBh

prodghuṣṭa

  1. prôd-ghuṣṭa mfn. filled with noise, resonant, resounding ib

prodghoṣaṇā

  1. prôd-ghoṣaṇā f. sounding aloud, proclaiming, proclamation Kathās. (also ○ṇa n. W.)

proddāṇḍa

  1. prôddāṇḍa (pra-udd○), mfn. prominent, swollen Cat

proddāma

  1. prôddāma (pra-udd○), mfn. immense, extraordinary, prodigious Inscr. Prasannar

proddīpta

  1. prôddīpta (pra-udd○), mfn. blazing up, blazing Ml

proddhā

  1. prôd-dhā (pra-ud- √2. hā, only Ā. pr. p. prôjjíhāna), to flash up, rise to the sky RV

proddhūṣita

  1. prôddhūṣita See prôddhṛṣita

proddhṛ

  1. prôd-dhṛ (pra-ud-√hṛ), P. Ā. -dharati, ○te, to lift up, draw up (as water from a well) MBh. Hariv. R
  2. to extract from (abl.), extricate, save, deliver Kathās. Prasannar

proddhāra

  1. prôd-ḍdhāra m. lifting up, bearing Dharmaś

proddhṛṣita

  1. prôddhṛṣita (pra-uddhṛṣ○), mfn. bristling (as the hair of the body), thrilling, shuddering Pañcat. 13 (wṛ. ○dhūṣita)

prodbuddha

  1. prôdbuddha (pra-udb○), mfn. awakened (met.) Cat

prodbodha

  1. prôdḍbodha m. awaking, appearing Gīt
  2. awakening, rousing Prasannar

prodbhinna

  1. prôdbhinna (pra-udbh○), mfn. broken or burst forth, germinated Kāv

prodbhūta

  1. prôdbhūta (pra-udbh○), mfn. come forth, sprung up, arisen Hariv. Kāv. MārkP

prodyam

  1. prôd-yam (pra-ud-√yam), P. -yacchati, to lift up, raise Bhaṭṭ

prodyata

  1. prôd-ḍyata mfn. uplifted (-yaṣṭi mfn. having an uplṭuplifted stick) Pañcat
  2. raised (voice) RV
  3. being about to (inf.) Hariv

prodvah

  1. prôd-vah (pra-ud-√vah), P. -vahati, to utter, manifest Pañcar

prodvāha

  1. prôd-ḍvāha m. marriage BhP

prodvij

  1. prôd-vij (pra-ud-√vij), Caus. -vejayati, to frighten, terrify MBh. BhP

prodvigna

  1. prôd-ḍvigna mfn. terrified, alarmed BhP

prodvīci

  1. prôd-vīci (pra-udv○), mfn. waving, fluctuating Nalac

pronnad

  1. prôn-nad (pra-ud-√nad), P. -nadati, to roar out, roar Hariv

pronnam

  1. prôn-nam (pra-ud-√nam), Caus. -namayati, to raise up, erect Suśr

pronnata

  1. prôn-ḍnata mfn. raised up, elevated, lofty, high Var. Pañcat
  2. superior Pañcat

pronnamita

  1. prôn-ḍnamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) raised up, erected Suśr

pronnī

  1. prôn-nī (pra-ud-√nī), P. -nayati, to lead or bring up, raise, elevate Kām. BhP

pronmath

  1. prôn-math (pra-ud-√math), Pass. -mathyate, to be disturbed Divyâv

pronmāthin

  1. prôn-ḍmāthin mfn. destroying, annihilating Prab

pronmad

  1. prôn-mad (pra-ud-mad), P. -mādyati, to begin to grow furious, begin to rut (as an elephant) Inscr

pronmīl

  1. prôn-√mīl (pra-ud-√mīl), P. -mīlati, to open the eyes Bhaṭṭ
  2. to open (as a flower), blossom Prab
  3. to come to light, appear Cat.: Caus. -mīlayati, to open (the eyes) Kathās
  4. to unfold, reveal, manifest Cat

pronmūlita

  1. prôn-mūlita mfn. (pra-ud-√mūl) uprooted, disturbed (?) Divyâv

probh

  1. prôbh (pra-√ubh, only ind. p. prôbhya), to bind ŚBr

prombhaṇa

  1. prômbhaṇa n. filling W. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch.)

prombhita

  1. prômbhita mfn. filled W

proraka

  1. proraka m. fever in an ass Gal

prorṇu

  1. prôrṇu (pra-√ūrṇu), P. Ā. prôrṇoti, or ○ṇauti
  2. ○ṇute, to cover, veil, envelop AV. TS. KātyŚr. Bhaṭṭ
  3. (Ā.) to be covered or veiled VS. TS. Br. Kauś.: Intens. prôrṇonūyate, to cover completely Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 23 Vārtt. 3 Pat.) [Page 714, Column]

prorṇunaviṣu

  1. prôrṇunaviṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cover or conceal Bhaṭṭ

prorṇunāva

  1. prôrḍṇunāva (!), mfn
  2. (with jvara), m. a kind of fever Bhpr

prorṇunūṣu

  1. prôrḍṇunūṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cover W

prorṇuvitṛ

  1. prôrḍṇuvitṛ mfn. one who covers or envelops W

prollaṅgh

  1. prôl-laṅgh (pra-ud-√laṅgh), Caus. ○ghayati, to go beyond, transgress, violate Dharmaś. Divyâv

prollas

  1. prôl-las (pra-ud-√las
  2. only P. pr. p. prôllasat), to shine brightly, glitter Śiś
  3. to sound, be heard Kathās
  4. to move to and fro Kathās

prollāsita

  1. prôllāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) gladdened, delighted Kathās

prollāsin

  1. prôllāsin (pra-ull○), mfn. shining, resplendent Nalac

prollāghita

  1. prôllāghita (pra-ull○
  2. Pāṇ. 8-2, 55 Sch.), mfn. recovered from sickness, convalescent, strong, robust W

prollikh

  1. prôl-likh (pra-ud-√likh), P. -likhati, to draw lines on (acc.) Amar
  2. to scratch in Gṛihyās

prollekhana

  1. prôl-ḍlekhana n. drawing marks or lines, scratching, marking W

prollola

  1. prôllola (pra-ull○), mfn. moving to and fro, unsteady Nalac

proṣa

  1. proṣa proṣaka, See under √1. 3. pruṣ, p. 711

proṣadha

  1. proṣadha m. fasting (= poṣadha) Bhadrab

proṣita

  1. prôṣita &c. See under pra- √5. vas

proṣṭila

  1. proṣṭila m. (with Jainas) N. of a Daśa-pūrvin (for prOṣṭh○?)

proṣṭha

  1. próṣṭha m. (prob. fr. pra + oṣṭha = ava-stha, 'standing out below') a bench, stool TBr
  2. m. a bull Pāṇ. 5-4, 120 Sch
  3. N. of a man, g. śivâdi
  4. pl. N. of a people MBh. (○ṣṭa VP.)
  5. (ī), f. Cyprinus Pausius Bhpr. (also m. L.)

proṣṭhapada

  1. ○padá m. (and ā f.), sg. du. and pl. 'the foot of a stool', N. of a double Nakshatra of the 3rd and 4th lunar mansions AV. (próṣṭhāp○) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

proṣṭhapāda

  1. ○pāda mf(ī)n. born under the Nakshatra Proshṭha-pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 18

proṣṭheśaya

  1. proṣṭhe-śayá mfn. lying on a bench RV

proṣṭhika

  1. proṣṭhika m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi
  2. (ā), f. Cyprinus Sophore Rasar

prauṣṭha

  1. prauṣṭha m. patr. fr. proṣṭha g. śivâdi

prauṣṭhapada

  1. prauṣṭhapada mf(ī)n. relating to the Nakshatra Proshṭha-pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 18
  2. m. (with or scil. māsa), the month Bhādra or August-September (also called pūrva-bhādrapadā and uttara-bh○) MBh. R. BhP
  3. N. of one of Kubera's treasure-keepers R
  4. (ā), f. pl. = proṣṭha-padā PārGṛ
  5. (ī), f. full moon in the month Bhādra GṛŚrS
  6. n. N. of a Pariś. of SV

prauṣṭhapadika

  1. prauṣṭhapadika mf(ī)n., fr. proṣṭha-padā Pāṇ. 4-2, 35

prauṣṭhika

  1. prauṣṭhika m. patr. fr. proṣṭhika g. śivâdi

proṣṇa

  1. prôṣṇa (pra-uṣṇa), mfn. burning hot, scorching Pañcat

proṣya

  1. prôṣya &c. See under pra- √5. vas

proh

  1. prôh (pra- √1. ūh), P. prôhati, to push forward or away VS. KātyŚr. Nir
  2. to throw down KātyŚr
  3. to effect or bring about by transposition TāṇḍBr

proha

  1. prôha m. an elephant's foot or the ankle of an elephant L
  2. in prôha-kaṭā and -kardamā vḷ. for prêhikaṭā and -kard○ g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi Kāś

prohaṇa

  1. prôhaṇa n. the act of pushing away (?) Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

prohyapadi

  1. prôhya-padi or (Kāś.), ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot, g. dvidaṇḍy-âdi

prohyapadipādi

  1. ○pādi (Kāś.), ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot, g. dvidaṇḍy-âdi

prauha

  1. prauha m.= 1. prôha L

proha

  1. prôha mfn. (fr. pra- √2. ūh) skilful, clever L
  2. m. logical reasoning ib

prauha

  1. prauha mfn. and m. id. L

praukta

  1. praukta mf(ī)n. having the sense of 'tena-prôktam', proclaimed by that (said of a suffix) Pāṇ. 4-3, 101

prauga

  1. prauga wṛ. for prau0ga, MānGṛŚrS. [Page 714, Column]

praughīya

  1. praughīya Nom. ○yati = próghīya Vop

prauḍha

  1. prâuḍha mfn. (fr. pra + ūḍha, √vah) raised or lifted up ( See -pāda)
  2. grown up, fullgrown Hariv. Kāv. Rājat
  3. mature, middle-aged (as a woman
  4. in Subh. bālā, taruṇī, prâuḍha and vṛddhā are distinguished
  5. f. below)
  6. married W
  7. luxuriant (as a plant) Bhartṛ. Kāvyâd
  8. large, great, mighty, strong Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat
  9. violent, impetuous (as love) Prab. Rājat
  10. thick, dense (as darkness) Mālatīm
  11. full (as the moon) W
  12. (ifc.) filled with, full of ( See mṛdu-pr○)
  13. proud, arrogant, confident, bold, audacious, impudent (esp. said of a woman) Kāv. BhP
  14. controverted W
  15. m. (in music) N. of one of the Rūpakas
  16. (with Śāktas) N. of one of the 7 Ullāsas
  17. n. (with brāhmaṇa) = tāṇḍya-brāhmaṇa Sāy
  18. (ā), f. a married woman from 30 to 55 years of age W
  19. a violent or impetuous woman (described as a Nāyikā who stands in no awe of her lover or husband) W

prauḍhacaritanāman

  1. ○carita-nāman n. pl. N. of wk. by Vallabhâcārya on the titles of Kṛishṇa derived from 128 of his exploits during adolescence

prauḍhajalada

  1. ○jalada m. a dense cloud Bhartṛ

prauḍhatātparyasaṃgraha

  1. ○tātparya-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

prauḍhatva

  1. ○tva n. confidence, arrogance Kathās

prauḍhadordaṇḍa

  1. ○dor-daṇḍa m. a strong and long arm Prab

prauḍhapāda

  1. ○pāda mfn. one whose feet are raised (on a bench or in some partic. position) Mn
  2. Gaut Hcat

prauḍhapuṣpa

  1. ○puṣpa mfn. having blossoms full-grown (as a tree) Megh

prauḍhaprakāśikā

  1. ○prakāśikā f. N. of a Comm. on Prab

prauḍhapratāpa

  1. ○pratāpa mfn. of mighty prowess, renowned in arms MW
  2. -mārtaṇḍa m. N. of wk. on the appropriate seasons for the worship of Vishṇu,

prauḍhapriyā

  1. ○priyā f. a bold or confident mistress Ragh

prauḍhamanoramā

  1. ○manoramā f. N. of a Comm. on Siddh. and other wks
  2. -kuca-mardana n. -khaṇḍana n. N. of wks

prauḍhayauvana

  1. ○yauvana mfn. being in the prime or bloom of youth (ati- and an-ati-pr○) Megh. Hit

prauḍhavatsā

  1. ○vatsā f. having a full-grown calf L

prauḍhavāda

  1. ○vāda m. a bold or arrogant assertion Hcar

prauḍhavyañjaka

  1. ○vyañjaka m. N. of wk

prauḍhasvaram

  1. ○svaram ind. with a strong or loud voice Pañcad

prauḍhākṛṣṭa

  1. prâuḍhâkṛṣṭa mfn. impetuously or furiously dragged along Śak. i, 32 (vḷ. for pādâkṛ○)

praudhāṅganā

  1. prâudhâṅganā f. a bold woman Bhartṛ

prauḍhācāra

  1. prâuḍhâcāra m. pl. bold or confident behaviour Kathās

prauḍhānta

  1. prâuḍhânta m. (with Śāktas) one of the 7 Ullāsas

prauḍhokti

  1. prâuḍhôkti f. a bold expression or speech Kuval

prauḍhi

  1. prâuḍhi f. full growth, increase Kathās
  2. full development, maturity, perfection, high degree ib. BhP
  3. greatness, dignity Vcar
  4. self-confidence, boldness, assurance Kāv. Kathās
  5. zeal, exertion W
  6. controversy, discussion ib

prauḍhivāda

  1. ○vāda m. a bold assertion, pompous speech L. (cf. prâuḍha-v○)

prauḍhiman

  1. prâuḍhiman m. the state of full growth Vām. v, 2, 56

praudhībhū

  1. prâudhī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to grow up, increase, come to maturity Ragh. Rājat

prauṇa

  1. prauṇa mfn. clever, learned, skilful L. (cf. 2. prauha, proha)

prauṣṭha

  1. prauṣṭha &c. See under proṣṭha

prauha

  1. prauha. 2 See col. 2

plaka

  1. plaka See kaśa-plaká

plakṣ

  1. plakṣ cl. 1. P. Ā. plakṣati, ○te, to eat, consume Dhātup. xxi, 27 (vḷ. for blakṣ)

plakṣa

  1. plakṣá m. the waved-leaf fig-tree, Ficus Infectoria (a large and beautiful tree with small white fruit) AV. &c. &c
  2. the holy fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa L
  3. Thespesia Populneoides L
  4. a side door or the space at the space of a door L
  5. = dviipa Pur
  6. N. of a man TBr
  7. (with prāsravaṇa) = -prasravaṇa TāṇḍBr. ŚrS
  8. (ā), f. N. of the river Sarasvatī MBh. Hariv

plakṣagā

  1. ○gā f. N. of a river VP

plakṣajātā

  1. ○jātā f. 'rising near the fig-tree', N. of the Sarasvatī MBh

plakṣatīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage Hariv

plakṣatva

  1. ○tvá n. the state or condition of being a fig-tree MaitrS

plakṣadvīpa

  1. ○dvīpa m. n. N. of a Dviipa VP. (cf. IW. 420)

plakṣanyagrodha

  1. ○nyagrodha m. du. Ficus Infectoria and Ficus Indica Pāṇ. 2-2, 29 Sch

plakṣapraroha

  1. ○praroha m. the shoot or sprout of a fig-tree Ragh

plakṣaprasravaṇa

  1. ○prasravaṇa n. (ŚrS.),

plakṣarāj

  1. ○rāj m. (A.),

plakṣarāja

  1. ○rāja m. (MBh.), 'source and king of the fig-tree', N. of the place where the Sarasvatī rises

plakṣavat

  1. ○vat mfn. surrounded by fig-trees
  2. (ī), f. N. of a river (prob. the Sarasvatī) MBh

plakṣaśākhā

  1. ○śākhā́ f. a branch of the fig-tree MaitrS. [Page 715, Column]
  2. -vat mfn. furnished with it Gobh

plakṣasamudbhavā

  1. ○samudbhavā f. = -jātā L

plakṣasamudravācakā

  1. ○samudra-vācakā f. N. of the river Sarasvatī L

plakṣasravaṇa

  1. ○sravaṇa n. = -prasr○ Kull

plakṣāvataraṇa

  1. plakṣâvataraṇa n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. MārkP

plakṣodumbara

  1. plakṣôdumbara m. a species of tree Kauś

plakṣakīya

  1. plakṣakīya mfn. fr. plakṣa g. naḍâdi

plākṣa

  1. plā́kṣa mf(ī)n. belonging or relating to or coming from the Ficus Infectoria TS. AitBr
  2. m. pl. the school of Plākshi Pāṇ. 4-2, 112 Sch
  3. n. the fruit of the fig-tree L
  4. (with prasravaṇa) n. N. of the place where the Sarasvatī rises, ŚrS

plākṣaki

  1. plākṣaki m. patr. fr. plakṣa Pravar

plākṣāyaṇa

  1. plākṣāyaṇa m. patr. fr. plākṣi TPrāt

plākṣi

  1. plākṣí m. patr. fr. plakṣa TĀr. TBr
  2. (ī), f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 65 Sch

plakṣar

  1. pla-√kṣar (for pra-kṣar, formed to explain plakṣa), Caus. -kṣārayati, to cause to stream forth, pour out MaitrS

platī

  1. platī́ m. N. of a man RV

plāta

  1. plāta m. patr. fr. platí AitBr

plab

  1. plab or plav, cl. 1. Ā. plabate, plavate, to go Dhātup. x, 10 (vḷ.) and xiv, 10 (cf. √plu)

playoga

  1. pla-yoga m. (prob.= pra-y○) N. of a man Sāy

plāyogi

  1. plā́yogi m. patr. of Āsaṅga RV. ŚāṅkhŚr

plava

  1. plava plavaka &c. See col. 2

plākṣa

  1. plākṣa &c. See above

plāy

  1. plây (pla = pra and √ay = i
  2. cf. pla-√kṣar and pla-yoga), Ā. plâyate, to go away, go along MaitrS

plāya

  1. plâya m. = prâya, abundance
  2. (ifc.) having plenty of (vyādhi-) ŚāṅkhŚr

plāva

  1. plāva &c. See col. 2

plāśi

  1. plāśí m. sg. and pl. a partic. part of the intestines (= śiśna, or śiśna-mūla-nāḍyaḥ Mahīdh.) RV. AV. VS. ŚBr

plāśuka

  1. plấśuka mfn. (fr. pla = pra and āśu-ka) rapidly growing up again ŚBr. KātyŚr

plāśucit

  1. plâśu-cit mfn. quick, speedy (= kṣipra) Naigh. ii, 15

plih

  1. plih cl. 1. Ā. plehate, to go, move Dhātup. xvi, 41 (formed to explain the next words?)

plihan

  1. plihan m. = plīhan, the spleen Yājñ. iii, 94

plīha

  1. plīha in comp. for plīhan

plīhaghna

  1. ○ghna m. 'destroying the spleen', Andersonia Rohitaka L

plīhapuṣā

  1. ○puṣā f. Adelia Nereifolia L

plīhaśatru

  1. ○śatru m. 'enemy of the spleen', Andersonia Rohitaka L

plīhākarṇa

  1. plīhā-kárṇa (for ○ha-k○), mfn. suffering from a partic. disease of the ear called plīhan VS. (Mahīdh.)

plīhāri

  1. plīhâri m. 'id.', Ficus Religiosa L

plihodara

  1. plihôdara n. disease of the spleen Suśr
  2. ○rin mfn. splenetic ib

plīhan

  1. plīhán m. the spleen (from which and from the liver the Hindūs suppose the blood to flow) AV. VS. ŚBr. Suśr
  2. disease of the spleen (said to be equally applied to enlargement of the mesenteric glands &c.) Suśr. [Orig. splīhan
  3. Gk. ? ; Lat. lien [715,] for splihen ; Slav. sleśena for spleśena
  4. Eng. spleen.]

plīhā

  1. plīhā f. = plīhan L

plīhāśatru

  1. ○śatru m. Adelia Nereifolia L. (cf. ○ha-s○)

plīhāhantrī

  1. ○hantrī f. id. Bhpr

plī

  1. plī cl. 9. P. plināti, to go, move Dhātup. xxxi, 82 (vḷ.)

plīthā

  1. plī́thā f. pl. N. of a partic. class of Apsaras MaitrS. (vḷ. plīyā́)

plu

  1. plu cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xxii, 62
  2. xiv,. 40) plávate (rarely P. ○ti
  3. pf. pupluve Br. &c., 3. pl. ○vuḥ Hariv
  4. aor. aploṣṭa Br. &c., 2. pl. aploḍhvam Pāṇ. 8-3, 78 Sch
  5. Prec. ploṣīṣṭa, vii, 2, 43 Sch
  6. fut. ploṣyati, ○te Br. &c
  7. ind. p. -plū́ya ŚBr
  8. -plutya MBh. &c.), to float, swim RV. &c. &c
  9. to bathe MBh. Ragh
  10. to go or cross in a boat, sail, navigate MBh. Hariv
  11. to sway to and fro, hover, soar, fly Br. MBh. Hariv
  12. to blow (as the wind) MBh. Var
  13. to pass away, vanish by degrees ŚBr. R. (vḷ.)
  14. to be lengthened or prolated (as a vowel, See pluta) RPrāt. ĀpŚr. Sch
  15. (older form pru, q.v.) to hop, skip, leap, jump, spring from (abl.) or to or into or over or upon (acc.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. plāvayati (rarely ○te, or plāvayati
  16. aor. apiplavat Bhaṭṭ., apupl○ Gr.), to cause to float or swim, bathe, wash, inundate, submerge KātyŚr. MBh. &c. [Page 715, Column]
  17. to overwhelm i.e. supply abundantly with (instr.) MBh
  18. to wash away, remove (guilt, sin &c.) MBh. BhP
  19. to purify MBh
  20. to prolate (a vowel) ŚrS
  21. to cause to jump or stagger Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. of Caus. piplāvayiṣati or puplāvayiṣati Pāṇ. 7-4, 81: Desid. puplūṣate Gr.: Intens. poplūyate, to swim about or rapidly R. Var. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Old Lat. [715,] per-plovere ; Lat. pluit, pluvius ; Lith. plauti ; Angl. Sax. flovan ; Germ., flawjan, flawên, vlouwen &c.]

plava

  1. plavá mf(ā)n. swimming, floating ŚāṅkhGṛ. Suśr
  2. sloping towards, inclined Hariv. Var. Hcat. (in astrol. applied to a constellation situated in the quarter ruled by its planetary regent Var. Sch.)
  3. transient MuṇḍUp
  4. m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a float, raft, boat, small ship RV. &c. &c
  5. m. a kind of aquatic bird (= gātra-samplava, kāraṇḍava, jala-vāyasa, jala-kāka or jala-kukkuṭa L.) VS. &c. &c
  6. a frog L
  7. a monkey L
  8. & sheep L. an arm L
  9. a Caṇḍāla L
  10. an enemy L
  11. Ficus Infectoria L
  12. a snare or basket of wicker-work for catching fish L
  13. the 35th (or 9th) year in a cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS
  14. swimming, bathing (ifc. f. ā) MBh. R. Kathās
  15. flooding, a flood, the swelling of a river MBh. MārkP
  16. the prolated utterance of a vowel (= pluti) L
  17. protraction of a sentence through 3 or more Ślokas (= kulaka) L
  18. sloping down or towards, proclivity, inclination L
  19. (in astrol.) = plava-tva VarBṛS. Sch
  20. a kind of metre Col
  21. N. of a Sāman (also with vasiṣṭhasya) ĀrshBr
  22. jumping, leaping, plunging, going by leaps or plunges R. (cf. comp. below)
  23. returning L
  24. urging on L
  25. n. Cyperus Rotundus or a species of fragrant grass Suśr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ?] [715,]

plavaga

  1. ○ga mfn. = plava mfn. (in astrol.) VarBṛS. Sch
  2. m. 'going by leaps or plunges', a frog Hariv. R
  3. a monkey R. Ragh. Kathās
  4. a sort of aquatic bird, the diver L
  5. Acacia Sirissa L
  6. N. of the charioteer of the Sun L
  7. of a son of the Sun L
  8. (ā), f. the sign of the zodiac Virgo Var
  9. ○gêndra m. 'monkey chief', N. of Hanumat BhP

plavagati

  1. ○gati m. 'moving by jumps', a frog L

plavaṃga

  1. ○ṃ-ga mfn. 'moving by jumps', flickering (said of fire) MBh
  2. m. a monkey ib. Ṛitus
  3. a deer L
  4. Ficus Infectoria L
  5. N. of the 41st (15th) year in a sixty years' cycle of Jupiter Var

plavaṃgama

  1. ○ṃ-gama m. (cf. prec.) a frog R. Hariv
  2. a monkey Mn. R. Kathās
  3. (ā), f. a kind of metre Col
  4. ○mêndu m. 'monkey-moon', N. of Hanumat MW

plavatva

  1. ○tva n. (in astrol.) the position of a constellation in the quarter ruled by its planetary regent VarBṛS. -1

plavavat

  1. ○vat ind. as with a boat MBh. -2

plavavat

  1. ○vat mfn. possessing a ship or a boat ib

plavaka

  1. plavaka m. a leaper (by profession), a rope-dancer &c. MBh
  2. a frog L
  3. a Caṇdāla L
  4. Ficus Infectoria L

plavana

  1. plavana mf(ā)n. inclined, stooping down towards (cf. prāg-udak-pl○)
  2. m. a monkey L
  3. n. swimming, plunging into or bathing in (comp.) MBh. Gīt. Rājat. Suśr
  4. flying MBh. R
  5. leaping, jumping over (comp.) R
  6. capering (one of a horse's paces) Sāṃkhyak. Sch
  7. a kind of water Cyperus L

plavākā

  1. plavākā f. a boat L

plavika

  1. plaḍvika m. a ferry-man L

plavita

  1. plavita n. swimming or springing Lalit

plavitṛ

  1. plaḍvitṛ m. a leaper (with gen. of distance) R

plāva

  1. plāva m. flowing over, filling a vessel till it overflows Yājñ. MārkP
  2. leaping BhP

plāvana

  1. plāvana n. (fr. Caus.) bathing, immersion, ablution MBh
  2. filling a vessel to overflowing (for the purification of fluids) L
  3. inundation, flood, deluge (cf. jala-pl○)
  4. prolation (of a vowel) Āpast

plāvayitṛ

  1. plāḍvayitṛ mfn. one who causes to swim, causing to cross or go in a boat MBh

plāvita

  1. plāḍvita mfn. made to swim or overflow, deluged, soaked, moistened or covered with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. washed away, removed, destroyed BhP
  3. lengthened, prolated (as a vowel, See pluta) ŚrS. BhP
  4. n. inundation, food, deluge Kād
  5. a song in which the vowels are prolated BhP

plāvin

  1. plāḍvin mfn. (ifc.) spreading, promulgating Yājñ
  2. flowing from Śiś
  3. m. a bird or a deer L

plāvya

  1. plāḍvya mfn. to be bathed or steeped in (instr.) Var
  2. to be jumped or leaped W

pluta

  1. pluta mfn. floated, floating or swimming in (loc.), bathed, overflowed, submerged, covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c
  2. protracted, prolated or lengthened (as a vowel) to 3 Mātrās (q.v.) Prāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 27 esp. ŚrS. &c. (also said of a kind of measure Cat.) [Page 715, Column]
  3. flown R
  4. leaped, leaping MBh. Hariv
  5. n. a flood, deluge (pl.) Hariv
  6. leaping, moving by leaps MBh. R. Vcar
  7. capering (one of a horse's paces) L

plutagati

  1. ○gati f. moving by leaps Dhātup
  2. m. a hare L

plutatva

  1. ○tva n. See udagra-pluta-tva

plutameru

  1. ○meru m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

plutavat

  1. ○vat mfn. one who has leaped or jumped R. Hariv

pluti

  1. pluti f. overflowing, a flood Var
  2. prolation (of a vowel, cf. pluta) Prāt. Pāṇ. Sch. ŚrS
  3. a leap, jump Śak. i, 7, vḷ. (also met
  4. cf. maṇḍūka-pl○)
  5. capering, curvet (one of a horse's paces) L

pluṣ

  1. pluṣ cl. 1. 4. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 54
  2. xxvi, 107) ploṣati and pluṣyati (pf. puploṣa Gr
  3. aor. aploṣīt ib
  4. fut. ploṣiṣyati, ploṣitā ib.), to burn, scorch, singe Suśr. (only pass. pluṣyate)
  5. cl. 9. P. pluṣṇāti (Impv. pluṣāṇa), id. Bhaṭṭ
  6. to sprinkle
  7. to anoint
  8. to fill Dhātup. xxxi, 56 (cf. √pruṣ)

plukṣi

  1. plukṣi m. fire Uṇ. iii, 155 Sch
  2. the burning of a house (?) L
  3. oil L

pluṣi

  1. plúṣi m. a species of noxious insect RV. VS. ŚBr. (a flying white-ant L. )

pluṣṭa

  1. pluṣṭa mfn. burned, scorched, singed Ṛitus. Var. Suśr
  2. frozen Vcar

pluṣṭāya

  1. pluṣṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 17

ploṣa

  1. ploṣa m. burning, combustion Ratnâv. Rājat
  2. a burning pain Car

ploṣaṇa

  1. ploṣaṇa (Mālatīm.),

ploṣin

  1. ploḍṣin (Bālar.), mfn. burning, scorching, singeing

ploṣṭṛ

  1. ploṣṭṛ m. one who burns or consumes by fire Pur

plus

  1. plus cl. 4. P. plusyati, to burn Dhātup. xxvi, 107 (vḷ. for pluṣ)
  2. to share Vop

pleṅkha

  1. plêṅkhá (pla-īṅkha
  2. cf. prêṅkha), m. a swing TS. TBr

plev

  1. plev cl. 1. Ā. plevate, to serve, wait upon Dhātup. iv, 38 (cf. √peb, pev, sev)

plota

  1. plota m. or n. (?) cloth, stuff
  2. a bandage Suśr. (cf. prôta)

ploti

  1. ploti f. thread, connection (in karma-p○) Divyâv

ploṣa

  1. ploṣa &c. See under √pluṣ

psā

  1. psā cl. 2. P. (Dhātup. xxiv, 47) psā́ti (Impv. psāhi, psātu AV
  2. pf. papsau Gr
  3. aor. apsāsīt Bhaṭṭ
  4. Prec. psāyāt ŚBr
  5. or pseyāt Gr
  6. fut. psāsyati, psātā ib
  7. ind. p. -psā́ya Br
  8. Pass. impf. apsīyata ib.), to chew, swallow, devour, eat, consume
  9. to go Naigh. ii, 14. (For bhsā = bhasā = √bhas + ā
  10. √.mnā and man, √yā and i &c.)

psaras

  1. psáras n. a feast, enjoyment, delight RV. (cf. devá-psaras)

psā

  1. psā f. eating, food L
  2. hunger L

psāta

  1. psātá mfn. chewed, eaten, devoured ŚBr
  2. hungry L

psāna

  1. psāna n. eating, food L

psu

  1. psu See 1. á-psu

psuras

  1. psúras n. food, victuals RV. x, 26, 3. [Cf. Zd. fṣu.]

psnya

  1. psnya See viśvá-psnya

psātkāra

  1. psāt-kāra m. a partic. sound L

psu

  1. psu (prob. = bhsu fr. bhāsu, √bhās), aspect, appearance, form, shape (only ifc
  2. cf. aruṇá-, ṛta-psu, &c.)